EBD_7802

• Corporate Office : 45, 2nd Floor, Maharishi Dayanand Marg, Corner Market,
Malviya Nagar, New Delhi-110017
Tel. : 011-49842349 / 49842350

D. P. Gupta
Shikhaa Nagpal
Krishna Srivastava

Typeset by Disha DTP Team

DISHA PUBLICATION
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

© Publisher

No part of this publication may be reproduced in any form without prior permission of the publisher.
The author and the publisher do not take any legal responsibility for any errors or misrepresentations
that might have crept in. We have tried and made our best efforts to provide accurate up-to-date
information in this book.

For further information about the books from DISHA,

Log on to www.dishapublication.com or email to [email protected]
 INDEX
• Chapter Utility Score

01. Number Systems 1-38

02. Polynomials 39-72
03. Coordinate Geometry 73-96
04. Linear Equations in Two Variables 97-126
05. Introduction To Euclid’s Geometry 127-144
06. Lines and Angles 145-178
07. Triangles 179-220
08. Quadrilaterals 221-262
09. Areas of Parallelograms and Triangles 263-306
10. Circles 307-356
11. Constructions 357-380
12. Heron’s Formula 381-412
13. Surface Areas and Volumes 413-460
14. Statistics 461-504
15. Probability 505-530
EBD_7802
EBD_7802
EBD_7802
 NUMBER SYSTEMS

1
VARIOUS TYPES OF NUMBERS
1. Set of Natural Numbers, N = {1, 2, 3, …} Representation of N on number line:

0 1 2 3 4 5
2. Set of whole numbers, W = {0, 1, 2, 3, …} Number line of W (Whole numbers):

0 1 2 3 4
3. Set of integers, Z = {…, –3, –2, –1, 0, 1, 2, 3, … } Number line of Z (integers):

RATIONAL NUMBERS
p
The numbers of the form , where p and q are integers and q ¹ 0 are called rational numbers. Rational
q
ïì p ü
ï 1 -3
numbers, Q = í : p , q Î Z, q ¹ 0ý . For example, , , –5, 6, 10 etc.
îï q þï 2 4
Note that all the natural numbers, whole numbers and integers are rational numbers.

Equivalent Rational Numbers

p
The rational numbers do not have a unique representation in the form , where p and q are integers
q
1 2 10 25
and q ¹ 0. For example, = = = and so on
2 4 20 50

Rational Numbers lying Between Two Rational Numbers

There lies infinitely many rational numbers between any two rational numbers.
æ a +b ö
If a and b are two rational numbers, then there exists another rational number ç ÷ between them.
è 2 ø
For inserting n rational numbers between a and b, where a < b, divide (b – a) by (n + 1) and then the required
æb-a ö æb-a ö æb-a ö æb-a ö
rational numbers will be: a + ç ÷ , a + 2 ç n + 1 ÷ , a + 3 ç n + 1 ÷ ,..., a + n ç n + 1 ÷ .
è n + 1 ø è ø è ø è ø
 EBD_7802
2 Mathematics
IRRATIONAL NUMBERS
p
A number ‘s’ is called irrational, if it cannot be written in the form , where p and q are integers and q ¹ 0.
q
For example, 2, 3, 15, p, 0.10110111011110...
Note that when we use the symbol , we assume that it is the positive square root of the number. So
4 = 2, though both 2 and – 2 are square roots of 4.
REAL NUMBERS
The set of rational numbers and irrational numbers form a set of real numbers which is denoted by R.
Note that every real number is represented by a unique point on the number line. Also, every point on the
number line represents a unique real number.
NOTE :
(i) The square root of every perfect square number is rational. eg. 4 = 2, 9 = 3, 16 = 4 etc. are all
rational numbers.
(ii) The square root of any positive number which is not a perfect square is an irrational number. E.g.:
5, 3, 10, 12, 3.4, 0.748 etc.
(iii) p is an irrational number, which is actually the ratio of circumference to the diameter of a circle i.e.
c
p = , where c and d are the circumference and diameter of a circle. Approximate value of p is taken
d
22
as or 3.14
7

Decimal Expansions of Real Numbers

The decimal expansions of real numbers can be used to distinguish between rationals and irrationals.
There are three types of decimal expansion.
1. Terminating Decimal Expansions:
In this case, the decimal expansion terminates or ends after a finite number of steps. We call such
a decimal expansion as terminating.
2. Non-terminating Recurring Expansions:
In this case we have a repeating block of digits in the quotient. We say that this expansion is non-
terminating recurring.
1
The usual way of showing that 3 repeats in the quotient of is to write it as 0.3 . Similarly, since
3
1 1
the block of digits 142857 repeats in the quotient of , we write as 0.142857, where the bar
7 7
above the digits indicates the block of digits that repeats.
3. Non-terminating and Non-repeating:
In this case, no digit on the right of decimal point in the decimal expansion is repeated periodically.
Result 1: The decimal expansion of a rational number is either terminating or non-terminating recurring.
Moreover, a number whose decimal expansion is terminating or non-terminating recurring is rational.
Result 2: The decimal expansion of an irrational number is non-terminating non-recurring. Moreover, a
number whose decimal expansion is non-terminating non-recurring is irrational.
Number Systems 3
CONVERSION OF A RATIONAL NUMBER IN DECIMAL FORM TO ITS
p
SIMPLEST FORM
q
p
Conversion of a Terminating Decimal Number to its Simplest q Form.
Step 1 : Obtain the rational number.
Step 2 : Determine the number of digits in its decimal part.
Step 3 : Remove decimal point from the given number and write 1 as its denominator followed by as many
zeros as the total number of digits in the decimal part of the given number.
Step 4: Write the number obtained in step-3 in its simplest form (i.e. the form in which there is no common
factor other than 1 in its numerator and denominator).
p
The number so obtained is the required form.
q

ILLUSTRATION : 1
p
Convert rational number 2.348 in simplest form.
q
SOLUTION :
Given rational number = 2.348
There are three digits in the decimal part.
2348
\ 2.348 =
1000
2348
Now, write in its lowest form.
1000
2348 1174 587
2.348 = = = , which is the required form.
1000 500 250
Conversion of Non-Terminating and Repeating Decimal into a Fraction
Step 1: Suppose the given decimal as any variable like x, y, ............. etc.
Step 2: Multiply the given decimal with 10 or power of 10 in such a way that only repeating digits remain
on the right of the decimal or all non repeating terms which are on the right come to left of the decimal.
Step 3 : Multiply the decimal obtained in step 2 with 10 or powers of 10 in such a way that repeated digit or
a set of digit comes to the left of the decimal. i.e. We multiply by 10 if there is only one digit is repeated,
multiply by 102 or 100 if two digits repeated and so on.
Step 4 : Now subtract the decimal obtained in step 2 from the decimal obtained in step 3.
Step 5 : Solve the equation whatever get in step 4 and the value of variable in simplified form is the required
fraction.

ILLUSTRATION : 2 p
Express 0.52 in the form.
q
SOLUTION :
Let x = 0.52
x = 0.525252 ...(i)
There is no non-repeating digit after decimal point on the right hand side in equation (i).
Number of repeating digits after the decimal point on the right hand side of equation (i) is 2. Hence,
multiplying both sides of equation (i) by (10)2 i.e. 100, we get
 EBD_7802
4 Mathematics
100 x = 52.525252........(ii)
Subtract (i) from (ii), we get
100 x = 52.5252.....
x = 0.525252...
– –

99 x = 52
52 52
Þ x= \ 0.52 =
99 99
REPRESENTING REAL NUMBERS ON THE NUMBER LINE
Representation of Rational Numbers on the Number Line Through Successive
Magnification
Let us try to repersent 3.47 on the number line.
We know that 3.47 lies between 3 and 4. We divide the portion between 3 and 4 into 10 equal parts as
below:
3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9

3 4
Now, 3.47 lies between 3.4 and 3.5. Again we divide the portion between 3.4 and 3.5 into 10 equal parts.
3.41 3.42 3.43 3.44 3.45 3.46 3.47 3.48 3.49

3.4 3.5
Now, we can easily locate 3.47 on the number line.
In the above method, we have successively magnified different portions to represent 3.47 on the number
line.
This method of representation of real number on the number line is known as method of successive
magnification.

Representation of Irrational Numbers on Number Line

p
To represent an irrational number in the form , we use the Pythagoras theorem of a right angle triangle,
q
according to which, in a right angled triangle, the square of the hypotenuse is equal to the sum of the square
of the other two sides.
i.e. (Hypotenuse)2 = (Base)2 + (perpendicular)2 Q
Suppose ‘x’ ox be a horizontal line and let O be the origin.
Take OP as 1 unit and draw PQ ^ OP so that PQ = 1 unit.
With centre O and OQ as radius draw an arc meeting at A.
Then OA = OQ = 2 unit (by pythagoras theorem) x' O P A x
0 2
Similarly diagrams given below shows 3, 5
S
R
T
Q

x' O P A B C x
0 2 3 5
Number Systems 5
IMPORTANT PROPERTIES OF RATIONAL AND IRRATIONAL MUMBERS
1. Rational Numbers
(i) Rational numbers are closed with respect to addition subtraction, multiplication and division that
is if we add, subtract, multiply or divide (except by zero) any two rational numbers, then we get
rational numbers.
(ii) It satisfies commutative, associative and distribution laws for addition and multiplication.

2. Irrational Numbers
(i) Irrational numbers also satisfies commutative, associative and distributive laws for addition and
multiplication
(ii) The sum, difference, product and quotient of irrational numbers may not be irrational.
For example,
6 3
( 2 + 3 ) + (2 - 3 ) = 4 ; 3
=6

2 2
(7 + 5)(7 - 5) = (7) - ( 5) = 49 – 5 = 44.
Here, 4, 6 and 44 are rational numbers.
NOTE :
(i) The sum or difference of a rational number and an irrational number is irrational.
(ii) The product or quotient of a non-zero rational number with an irrational numbers is irrational.
RATIONALISATION
When the denominator of an expression contains a term with a square root, the procedure of converting it to
an equivalent expression whose denominator is a rational number is called rationalising the denominator.
When the product of two radical expressions is rational, then each one is called the rationalising factor of
the other.
For example,
(i) a is the rationalising factor of a and vice-versa.
(ii) ( a + b ) is the rationalising factor of ( a - b ) and vice-versa.
Square Root of Real Numbers
Let ‘a’ be any positive real number. We can express a = b if and only if b > 0 and b2 = a
The value of ‘b’ is called the positive square root of the positive real number ‘a’
SOME IDENTITIES RELATED TO SQUARE ROOTS
Let a and b be positive real numbers. Then
a a
(i) ab = a b (ii) =
b b
(iii) ( a + b ) ( a - b ) = a - b (iv) (a + b ) (a - b ) = a 2 - b
(v) ( a + b ) ( c + d ) = ac + ad + bc + bd (vi) ( a + b ) 2 = a + 2 ab + b.
LAWS OF EXPONENTS
(i) an = a × a × a × .........× a(n factors) (ii) am . an = am + n
am
(iii) (am)n = amn (iv) a m ¸ a n = = a m- n , m > n
n
a
 EBD_7802
6 Mathematics
(v) am bm = (ab)m (vi) (a)0 = 1.
m
1 æaö am
(vii) a–n = n. (viii) ç ÷ =
a èbø bm
(ix) nth Root of a Real Number : Let a > 0 be a real number and n be a positive integer.
Then n
a = b, if bn = a and b > 0. Here n a denotes the nth root of a.

ILLUSTRATION : 3
c
æ xb ö
xa (b - c )
Prove that ¸ç ÷ =1
x ( ) èx ø
b a -c ç a÷

SOLUTION :
c
x a (b -c) æ xb ö x ab - ac 1
¸ç ÷ = ¸ ( xb - a )c = x(ab–ac)–(ba–bc) ´
xb ( a - c ) ç xa ÷ ba -bc -
è ø x x a) c
(b

1
= xab – ac – ba + bc ´ bc - ac
0
= x ab – ba – ac + ac + bc – bc = x = 1
x
Important Formulae, Terms and Definitions
Rationalising Factor : If a and b are positive integers, then
1
(i) Rationalising factor of is a.
a
1
(ii) Rationalising factor of is a m b .
a± b
1
(iii) Rationalising factor of is a m b .
a± b
Laws of Exponents : If a, b are positive real numbers and m, n are rational numbers. Then, we have
am
(i) am × an = am + n (ii) = a m- n
n
a
1
(iii) (am)n = amn (iv) a–m =
am
m
am æaö
(v) (am bm = (ab)m (vi) =ç ÷
am èbø
m
1 æ 1ö m m
(vii) ( )
am n= ç a n ÷ = a n or n a m = n a m = a n
ç ÷
è ø
Inserting n rational numbers : For inserting n rational numbers between a and b, where a < b, divide
(b – a) by (n + 1) and then the required rational numbers will be:
æb-a ö æb-a ö æb-a ö æb-a ö
a +ç ÷ ,a + 2ç ÷ , a + 3ç ÷ ,..., a + n ç ÷.
è n +1 ø è n +1 ø è n +1 ø è n +1 ø
Number Systems 7
 EBD_7802
8 Mathematics

EXERCISE 1.1 (iii) Every rational number is a whole

number.
1. Is zero a rational number? Can you write it Sol. (i) True, since the collection of whole
numbers contains all natural numbers.
p
in the form , where p and q are integers
q (ii) False, because, – 3 is not a whole number.
and q ¹ 0? 1
(iii) False, Q is not a whole number..
Sol. Yes! zero is a rational number. We can write 2
p
zero in the form , as follows : EXERCISE 1.2
q
0 0 0 1. State whether the following statements are
0 = = = ......so on., q can be negative
1 2 3 true or false. Justify your answers.
integer also. (i) Every irrational number is a real
2. Find six rational number between 3 and 4. number.
Sol. A rational number between ‘a’ and ‘b’ is given (ii) Every point on the number line is of the
a+b form m , where m is a natural
as
2 number.
7 (iii) Every real number is an irrational
3+
3+ 4 7 2 = 13 number.
\ = Þ
2 2 2 4 Sol. (i) True, (Q real numbers are collection of
13 25 rational and irrational numbers.)
3+ 3+ (ii) False, because on negative number can
Þ 4 25 Þ 8 = 49
= be the square root of any natural number.
2 8 2 16
(iii) False, (2 is real but not irrational.)
49 97 2. Are the square roots of all positive integers
3+ 3+
Þ 16 97 Þ 32 = 103 .
= irrational ? If not, give an example of the
2 32 2 64 square root of a number that is a rational
Thus, six rational numbers between 3 and 4 number.
7 13 25 49 97 193 Sol. No, the square roots of all positive integers
are , , , , and .
2 4 8 16 32 64 are not irrational. For example, 16 = 4 is a
3. Find five rational numbers between rational number.
3 4 3. Show how 5 can be represented on the
and .
5 5 number line.
Sol. Consider a unit square OABC onto the number
3 3 ´ 10 30 4 4 ´ 10 40
Sol. = = , = = , therefore, line with the vertex O which coincides with
5 5 ´ 10 50 5 5 ´ 10 50 zero.
3 4
five rational numbers between and are Then OB = 12 + 12 = 2
5 5
31 32 33 34 35 Construct BD of unit length perpendicular to
, , , , .
50 50 50 50 50
OB. Then OD = ( 2) 2 + 12 = 3
4. State whether the following statements are
true or false? Give reasons for your answers. Construct DE of unit length perpendicular to
(i) Every natural number is a whole OD. Then OE = ( 3)2 + 12 = 4 = 2
number.
(ii) Every integer is a whole number Similarly, Construct EF of unit length ^ OE.
Number Systems 9
2
Then OF = 2 + 1 = 5 2 EXERCISE 1.3
Using a compass, with centre O and radius OF, 1. Write the following in decimal form and say
draw an arc which intersects the number line what kind of decimal expansion each has :
in the point R. Then R corresponds to 5. 36 1 1
(i) (ii) (iii) 4
100 11 8
3 2 329
(iv) (v) (vi)
13 11 400
36
Sol. (i) Given = 0.36 Hence, The decimal
100
expansion is terminating.
1
(ii) Given
11
Representation of 5 11 ) 1.000000 (0.090909......
99
4. Classroom activity (Constructing the 100
‘square root spiral’): 99
100
Sol. Take a large sheet of paper and construct the
99
square root spiral in the following manner. 1
Start with a point O and draw a line segment
Division shows that
OP1 of unit length. Draw a line segment P1P2
perpendicular to OP 1 of unit length 1
= 0.090909...... = 0.09
[see figure]. Now draw a line segment P2P3 11
perpendicular to OP 2 .Then draw a line 1
Hence, The decimal expansion of is
segment P 3 P 4 perpendicular to OP 3 . 11
Continuing in this manner, you can get the line non-terminating repeating .
segment Pn –1 Pn by drawing a line segment of 1 1 33
unit length perpendicular to OPn –1. In this (iii) Consider 4 = 4 + =
8 8 8
manner, you will have created the created the
\ 8 ) 33.000 (4.125
points: P1, P2, P3 ......, Pn ......, and joined them 32
to create a spiral depicting 2, 3, 4,.... 10
8
20
16
40
40
x
1
Thus, from the divison, we get 4 = 4.125
8
1
Hence, The decimal expansion of 4 is
8
terminating.
 EBD_7802
10 Mathematics

3 2
(iv) Given number is So, The decimal expansion of is non-
13 11
terminating repeating.
13) 3.00000000000 (0.230769230769...... 329
26 (vi)
400
40
By Dividing, we get
39
400 ) 329.0000 (0.8225
100
3200
91
900
90
800
78
1000
120 800
117 2000
30 2000
26 x
40
329
39 \ = 0.8225
100 400
91 329
90 Hence, The decimal expansion of is
400
78 terminating.
120
117 1
2. You know that = 0.142857 . Can you
3 7
predict what the decimal expansions of
3 2 3 4 5 6
\ = 0.230769230769....... , , , , are, without actually doing the
13
7 7 7 7 7
= 0.230769
long division? If so, how?
3 [Hint : Study the remainders while finding
Hence, The decimal expansion of is 1
13 the value of carefully.]
non-terminating repeating. 7
Sol. Yes! We can predict the decimal expansions
2
(v) Consider 2 3 4 5 6
11 of , , , , without actually doing the
7 7 7 7 7
11 ) 2.0000 (0.1818...... long division as follows :
11 2 1
90 = 2 ´ = 2 ´ 0.142857 = 0.285714
88 7 7
20 3
11 = 0.428571
7
90 Similarly,
88 4
2 = 0.571428
7
On dividing by 11, we get 5
= 0.714285
2 7
= 0.1818..... = 0.18 . 6
11 = 0.857142.
7
Number Systems 11
p Þ 1000 x = 1 + x Þ 999 x = 1
3. Express the following in the form , wheree
q 1
Þ x=
p and q are integers and q ¹ 0 . 999
1 p
(i) 0.6 (ii) 0.47 (iii) 0.001 Thus, 0.001 = Which is of the form ,
999 q
Sol. (i ) 0.6
Where, p=1
Let x = 0.6 = 0.6666 … … … (1)
q = 999 (¹ 0).
Multiplying both sides by 10 (since one
digit is repeating), we get p
4. Express 0.99999 ..... in the form . Aree
10x = 6.666........ q
= 6 + 0.6666...... you surprised by your answer?
= 6 + x (from (1)) With your teacher and classmates discuss
Þ 10x – x = 6 why the answer makes sense.
Þ 9x = 6 Sol. Let x = 0.99999........
2 Multiplying both sides by 10 (since one digit
Þ x=
3 is repeating), we get
2 p
Thus, 0.6 = Which is of the form , 10x = 9.9999.....
3 q
Where p=2 Þ 10x = 9 + 0.99999..... Þ 10x = 9 + x
q = 3 (¹ 0) . 9
Þ x= =1
(ii) 0. 47 9
Let x = 0. 47 = 0.47777....... 1
Thus, 0.99999.....= 1=
since one digit is repeating therefore 1
multiplying both sides by 10, we get
p
10x = 4.7777...... Which is in the form ,
q
Þ 10x = 4.3 + 0.47777......
Where, p=1

Þ 10x = 4.3 + x q = 1 (q ¹ 0)
Since 0.99999........goes on for ever, so there
Þ 4.3 43 is no gap between 1 and 0.99999...... end hence
x= =
9 90 they are equal.
43 5. What can the maximum number of digits
Thus, 4.7 = Which is of the form be in the repeating block of digits in the
90
p 1
, decimal expansion of ? Perform the
q 17
Where p = 43 and q = 90 (¹ 0). division to check your answer.
(iii) 0.001 Sol. The maximum number of digits in the
repeating block of digits in the decimal
Let x = 0.001 = 0.001001001......
Multiplying both sides by 1000 (since 1
expansion of can be 16.
three digits are repeating), we get 17
1000 x = 1.001001.....
Þ 1000 x = 1 + 0.001001001......
 EBD_7802
12 Mathematics
1
Thus, = 0.0588235294117647
17
By Long Division, the number of digits in the
repeating block of digits in the decimal
1
expansion of = 16.
17
\ The answer is verified.
6. Look at several examples of rational
60
p
51 numbers in the form (q ¹ 0) , wheree p and
90 q
85
50 q are integers with no common factors other
34 than 1 and having terminating decimal
160
153
representations (expansions).
70 Can you guess what property q must satisfy?
68 Sol. The property that q must satisfy, the prime
20 factorisation of q has only powers of 2 or
17
30 powers of 5 or both, i.e., q must be of the form
17 2m × 5n; m = 0, 1, 2, 3, ...., n = 0, 1, 2, 3,........
130 7. Write three numbers whose decimal
119 expansions are non-terminating non-
110
102 recurring.
80 Sol. 0.01001 0001 00001.........,
68 0.20 2002 20003 200002........,
120 0.003000300003..............,
119
100 8. Find three different irrational numbers
85 5 9
150
between the rational numbers and .
7 11
136 5
140 Sol. Consider the rational number . On dividing
136 7
40 by 7, we get,
34
60 7 ) 5.000000 (0.714285........
51 49
90 10
85 7
50 30
34
160
28
153 20
70 14
68 60
20 56
17 40
30 35
17 5
130
5
119 Thus, = 0.714285 ........ = 0.714285
110 7
102 9
Now, consider .
80 11
68
120
119
1
Number Systems 13
\ The decimal expansion is non-
\ 11) 9.0000 (0.8181......
88 terminating non-recurring.
20 (ii)
11
225 is the square root of 15 which can
90 15
88 be written as .
20 1
11 p
9 \ 225 is a rational number of the form q
9
Thus, = 0.8181......= 0.81
11 Where p = 15 and
\ Three different irrational numbers between q = 1( ¹ 0).
(iii) 0.3796
5 9
the rational numbers and can be Since, the decimal expansion is
7 11
0.75 075007500075000075....... terminating.
0.7670767000767............, \ 0.3796 is a rational number.
0.808008000800008..........., (iv) 7.478478.....= 7.478
9. Classify the following numbers as rational
or irrational : Since, the decimal expansion is non-
terminating recurring.
(i) 23 (ii) 225 \ 7.478478......... is a irrational number.
(iii) 0.3796 (iv) 7.478478....... (v) 1.101001000100001.......
(v) 1.101001000100001.....
Q the decimal expansion is non-
Sol. (i) 23 terminating non-recurring.
4.795831523 \ 1.101001000100001.......is an
4 23.00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 irrational number.
16
87 700
EXERCISE 1.4
609 1. Visualise 3.765 on the number line, using
949 9100 successive magnification.
8541
Sol.
9585 55900
47925
95908 797500
767264 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9
959163 3023600 3 3.5 4
2877489
9591661 14611100
3.76 3.77
9591661
3.7 3.8
95916625 501943900
479583125
959166302 2236077500
1918332604
9591663043 31774489600 3.76 3.765 3.77
28774989129
2999500471 2. Visualise 4.26 on the number line, up to 4
Thus, 23 = 4.795831523........ decimal places.

23 is an irrational number..
 EBD_7802
14 Mathematics

Sol. number with an irrational number is

4.26 = 4.262626......
irrational.
1
4.2 4.3 \ is an irrational number..
2
4 5 (v) Since, the product of a non-zero rational
number with an irrational number is
4.26 4.27 irrational.
4.2 4.3 \ 2p is an irrational number.
2. Simplify each of the following expressions :
(i) (3 + 3 ) (2 + 2 )
4.262 4.263
4.26 4.27 (ii) (3 + 3 ) (3 – 3)
(iii) ( 5 + 2)2
(iv) ( 5 - 2 ) ( 5 + 2 ).
Sol. (i) Consider
4.2626
4.2627

4.262 4.263 (3 + 3 ) (2 + 2 )
EXERCISE 1.5 = (3) (2) + 3 2 + ( 3 ) (2) + ( 3 ) ( 2 )
1. Classify the following numbers as rational =6+3 2+2 3+ (3)(2)
or irrational :
(i) 2– 5 (ii) (3 + 23) – 23 (Q a b = ab )
=6+3 2+2 3+ 6.
2 7 1 (ii) Consider
(iii) (iv)
7 7 2 (3 + 3 ) ( 3 – 3 ) = (3)2 – ( 3 )2
(v) 2p. = 9 – 3 = 6. (Qa2 - b2 = (a - b) (a + b))
Sol. (i) 2 – 5 is an irrational number as 2 is a (iii) Consider
rational number and 5 is an irrational ( 5 + 2) 2 = ( 5)2 + 2 5 2 + ( 2) 2
number.
(Q The difference of a rational number = 5+2 10 + 2
and an irrational number is irrational.) (Q a b = ab )
(ii) Consider
= 7+2 10 .
(3 + 23) – 23 = 3 + 23 – 23 = 3 (iv) Consider
p
which is a rational number of form
( 5 - 2) ( 5 + 2).= ( 5) - ( 2)
2 2
q
Where p = 3, q = 1 ( ¹ 0)
= 5 - 2 = 3.
(iii) Consider
3. Recall, p is defined as the ratio of the
2 7 2 circumference (say c) of a circle to its
=
7 7 7 diameter (say d).
which is a rational number. c
That is, p = . This seems to contradict the
d
æp ö fact that p is irrational. How will you resolve
ç , q ¹ 0 form ÷
è q ø this contradiction?
Where p = 2, q = 7 (¹ 0) c 22
Sol. Actually = which is an approximate
1 d 7
(iv) value of p. So, there is no contradiction. We
2
Since, The quotient of a non-zero rational may not realise that either c or d is irrational.
Number Systems 15

4. Represent 9.3 on the number line. 5- 2 5- 2

= =
5-2 3
Sol. (iv) Consider:
9 9.3 10
Mark the distance 9.3 from a fixed point A
1 1 7+2
on a given line to obtain a point B such that = ×
AB = 9.3 units. From B mark a distance of 1 7-2 7-2 7+2
unit and mark the new point as C. Find the
(Multiplying and dividing by 7 + 2 )
mid-point of AC which is denoted as O. Draw
a semi-circle taking O as a centre and radius 7+2 7 +2
OC. Draw a perpendicular to AC passing = =
7–4 3
through B and intersecting the semi-circle at
D. Then BD = 9.3 . EXERCISE 1.6
1. Find :
D (i) 641/2 (ii) 321/5
(iii) 125 1/3

Ö9.3 Sol. (i) Consider 641/2 = (82)1/2 = 82×1/2 =81= 8.

O 1

A
9.3
B
1
C (ii) Consider 321/5 = 25 ( ) 5 = 25×1/5 = 21 = 2.

5. Rationalise the denominators of the (iii) Consider 1251/3 = (53)1/3 = 53×1/3 = 51 = 5.

following: 2. Find :
1 (i) 93/2 (ii) 322/5
1 3/4
(i) (ii) (iii) 16 (iv) 125–1/3
7 7- 6 Sol. (i) Consider 9 = (9 )3= 33 = 27.
3/2 1/2
1 1
(iii) (iv) (ii) Consider 322/5 = (25)2/5= 25×2/5 = 22 = 4.
5+ 2 7 -2 (iii) Consider 163/4 = (24)3/4= 24×3/4 = 23 = 8.
(iv) Consider 125–1/3 = (53)–1/3 = 53 × (–1/3)
Sol. (i) Consider : 1
1 1 7 = 5–1 = .
5
= × 3. Simplify :
7 7 7
7 2 1 7
(Multiplying and dividing by 7 ) = . æ 1 ö
7 (i) 2 3 × 25 (ii) ç 3÷
(ii) Consider : è3 ø
111/ 2
1 1 7+ 6 (iii) (iv) 71/2 . 81/2
= × 111 / 4
7- 6 7- 6 7+ 6 2 1

(Multiplying and dividing by 7 + 6 ) Sol. (i) Consider 2 3 . 2 5 = 22/3 +1/5

10 +3
7+ 6 = 2 15 = 213 /15.
= = 7+ 6.
7–6
æ1ö
7
17 1
(iii) Consider : (ii) Consider ç 3 ÷ = 3 7 = 21 = 3
–21

3
è ø (3 ) 3
1 1 5- 2
= × 111/ 2
5+ 2 5+ 2 5- 2 (iii) Consider = 111/2–1/4 =111/4.
111/ 4
(Multiplying and dividing by 5 - 2 )
(iv) Consider 71/2 . 81/2 = (7 . 8)1/2 =561/2.
 EBD_7802
16 Mathematics

PAST YEAR QUESTIONS

Very Short Answer Questions [1 Mark]
3+ 2
1. Express the rational number 0.9 in the form 9. Rationalize the denominator of .
5+ 2
p [2015]
q
, where p and q are integers and q ¹ 0 .
1
10. If x = 2 + 3 , then find the value of x 2 + 2 .
[2014] x
2. Identify an irrational number among the [2015]
following numbers : 0.13, 0.1315, 0.1315 , p
0.3013001300013.... . [2014] 11. Express –0.00875 in the form , where p and
q
3. Simplify : ( 5 + 5 )( 5 - 5 ) . [2014] q are integers and q ¹ 0 . [2016]
4. Simplify : 8 3 - 2 3 + 4 3 . [2015] 1 2 3
12. Simplify : - - .
58 3+ 2 5- 3 2- 5
5. Find the decimal expansion of . [2015]
1000 [2016]
1 30
6. Insert three rational numbers between - 13. If = 4 3 - a 2,
3 4 3 +3 2
find the value of a. [2016]
2
and - . [2016] 14. Find the value of a and b if
3
7. Find two rational numbers between 4 and 5. 2 +1 2 -1
- . =a+ 2 b [2016]
[2016] 2 -1 2 +1
8. Simplify : 72 + 800 - 18 . [2016] Long Answer Questions [4 Marks]
1. Find a and b, if
Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks]
2 5+ 3 2 5- 3
+ = a + 15b [2013]
p 2 5- 3 2 5+ 3
1. Express 0.6 in the form of , where p and q
q 2. Rationalize the denominator of
1
are integers and q ¹ 0 . [2013]
2. Simplify the product : ( 2 + 3)- 4 . [2014]
3. Prove that :
(4 3 + 3 2 ) ´ (4 3 - 3 2 ). [2013]
1 1 1 1 1
3. Represent - + - + =5
3 on the number line. [2013] 3- 8 8- 7 7- 6 6- 5 5 -2
[2014]
4. Represent 9.3 on the number line. 4. Give two rational numbers whose : [2015]
[2013, 2012, 2011, 2010] (i) difference is a rational number,
(ii) sum is a rational number,
5. Simplify : 3 45 - 125 + 200 - 50 . [2014] (iii) product is a rational number,
6. Find any two irrational numbers between 0.1 (iv) division is a rational number.
and 0.12. [2014] Justify also.
7. Simplify : 2 50 ´ 3 32 ´ 4 18 [2014] 5. Give two irrational numbers whose:
8. Is zero (0) a rational number? Justify your [2015]
answer. [2015] (i) difference is a irrational number,
Number Systems 17
(ii) sum is a irrational number, -3
(iii) product is a irrational number, é 3
-3 ù
æ 81 ö 4
(iv) division is a irrational number. 7. Evaluate : ç 16 ÷ ´ êæ 9 ö 2 ¸ æ 5 ö ú .
è ø êçè 25 ÷ø ç ÷ ú
è2ø û
Justify also. ë
6. Simplify : [2016]
24 81 - 83 216 + 155 32 + 225 - 4 16 2 -1 2 +1
[2016] 8. If x = and y = then find the
2 +1 2 -1
value of x2 + 5xy + y2. [2016]

Very Short Answer Questions [1 Mark]

26 ´82
(v)
DIRECTIONS : Give answer in one word or one sentence. 44
10. Find two irrational numbers between 0.1
æ 2 ö¾ æ 2 ö7 / 6 and 0.2.
1. ç
ç ÷ ÷ when divided by ç
ç ÷÷ gives 11. Determine, without actually dividing, which of
è3ø è3 ø the following rational numbers can be named,
(a) by a terminating decimal, (b) by a repeating
æ 2 ö7- x
çç 3 ÷÷ . Find the value of x. decimal.
è ø 7 1
2. Write 0.9999... as a fraction in simplest form. (i) (ii)
20 6
3. Write 0.245 as a fraction in simplest form.
1 47
4. Give the rational form of –25.6875. (iii) (iv) 3
12 160
5. Find the rational form of 2.7435 12. Write down a fraction which is equivalent to
6. Write the repeating decimal for each of the 0.033636363..........
following, and use a bar to show the repetend. 13. Find two rational numbers between
4 11 11 0.222332333233332.... and
(i) - (ii) (iii) 0.252552555255552....
3 12 12
7. Classify the following numbers as rational or 1 1
irrational. 14. Find four rational numbers between and .
4 3
(i) 225 (ii) 7.478478...... Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks]
8. Simplify :
7 1 1 DIRECTIONS : Give answer in two to three sentences.
æ 1ö
(i) ç 3 ÷ (ii) 7 2 .8 2 1. Find the value of ‘a’ in the following expression:
è3 ø
6
9. Simplify : 3 3 =3 2 -a 3 .
3/4 æ5ö æ4ö 3 2-2 3
(i) ( 4) (ii) ç ÷ ç ÷ 2. Examine whether the number is rational or
è8ø è 3ø
é
6 (2 + 2)(3 - 5)
5ù irrational .
ê ú æ 5ö
3
æ9ö
4
(3 + 5)(2 - 2)
(iii) ê 3 ú (iv) ç ÷ .ç ÷
ê 5 ú è 3ø è2ø 3. Given that 3 = 1.732 , find the value of
êë 9 úû
1
75 + 48 - 192 .
2
 EBD_7802
18 Mathematics

4. Given that 3 = 1.732 , find the value of 6. If x = 9 + 4 5 and xy = 1, then find the value

75 +
1
48 - 192 . 1 æ 1 1 ö
2
of çç 2 + 2 ÷÷ .
322 è x y ø
5. Simplify : 3 2 + 4 64 + 4 64 + 4 2500 + 6 8. 7. Find the value of x, if 5 x -3.32 x -8 = 225 .
1 . 8. If a 2bc3 = 25 and ab2 = 5, then find the value
6. If x = 9 - 4 5 find the value of x-
x of abc.
9. If x + 1 / x = 3, then find x 2 + 1 / x 2 .
7. Suppose a is a rational number. What is the
reciprocal of the reciprocal of a ? x y
10. If x = 2 + 3, xy = 1, then find + .
2- x 2- y
æ2 a öa + b æ b öb + c æ c öc + a
2 2
8. Simplify: ç b ÷ ç c÷ ç a÷ 11. If x = 2 2 + 7 , identify the value of
ç2 ÷ ç2 ÷ ç2 ÷
è ø è ø è ø
1æ 1ö
çx + ÷÷.
1 2ç
è xø
éì -1/3 ù 4
-2
ê ïæ 1 ö üï ú 12. Find the value of
9. If ê íç ÷ ý
2 ú = 7 m , then find the value
êë ïîè 7 ø ïþ úû
2010
2 7 - 3 3 ´ 4020 55 - 12 21 .
of m. 1
10. Find four rational numbers between 3 and 4. 13. If x = , then find the value of
11. Which is greatest : 3
4 , 4 5 or 4 3 ?
(2 - 3 )
(x3 – 2x2 – 7x + 5).
Long Answer Questions [4 Marks]

DIRECTIONS: Give answer in four to five sentences

( )
14. If x = 5 + 2 6 , then prove that
æ 1 ö
çç x + ÷÷ = ±2 3.
p è xø
1. Express 0.6 + 0.7 + 0.47 in the form , where
q

2.
p and q are integers and q ¹ 0.
Express with a rational denominator : 15. If x = ( 3+ 2 ) and y = ( 3 - 2) ,
15 ( 3- 2) ( 3 + 2)
. find (x2
+ y2).
10 + 20 + 40 - 5 - 80
16. What is the value of
7 3 2 5 3 2 . 1 1 1
3. Simplify : - - + .... upto 15 terms?
+
10 + 3 6+ 5 15 + 3 2 1+ 2 2+ 3 3+ 4
4. Represent 9.3 on number line. 17. Find the sum of the squares of the following:

a + 2b + a - 2b 3 3 2
5. If x = , then prove that , , .
a + 2b - a - 2b 2 +1 2 -1 3
b2x2 – abx + b2 = 0. -2 n
9n ´ 32 ´ 3- n/2
( ) - (27) 1
18. If = then find the
3m 3 27
3 ´2
value of m.
Number Systems 19

Very Short Answer Questions [1 Mark] hence evaluate by taking 2 = 1.414 and
1. Rationalise the denominator of the following:
3 = 1.732 , up to three places of decimal.
[Exemplar]
[Exemplar]
3+ 2 16
(i) (ii) 1
4 2 41 - 5 6. If a = 2 + 3 , find the value of a - .
a
2. Simplify the following :
[Exemplar]
(i) 45 - 3 20 + 4 5 7. Raju, a student of class IX, try to understand
the concept of Natural Numbers with the help
7
(ii) 3 3 + 2 27 + [Exemplar] of counting the objects. Is he doing right? What
3 values are depicted by Raju? [VBQ]
3. Simplify: 8. Anuj was confused with the statement that
3 3 3 1/2 "Every rational number is real but every real
(i) (1 + 2 + 3 )
(ii) 64-1/3 ´ 641/3 - 64 2/3 [Exemplar] number is not rational".
3
- Explain how his confusion can be solved.?
2
4. Simplify: (256)-(4 ) [Exemplar] Which values are depicted by Anuj? [VBQ]
9. The teacher divided the class into three groups
Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks] of 10 students each and gave them a problem to
1. Simplify the following : [Exemplar] find.
p
7 (i) form of the number 0. 3 .
(i) 3 3 + 2 27 + q
3
(ii) Name the special characteristic of such
rational numbers.
(ii) 4 81 - 8 3 216 + 15 5 32 + 225
(iii) What value the teacher wants to develop
2. Locate 10 on the number line. [Exemplar] among students of the class? [VBQ]
3. Find the value of: Long Answer Questions [4 Marks]
1. Find three different irrational numbers between
4 1 2
+ + [Exemplar] 5 9
-2 -3 -1 the rational numbers and . [HOTS]
( 216 ) 3 ( 256 ) 4 ( 243) 5 7 11
2. Express 2.5434343… in the form p/q where p
4. Simplify: and q are integers and q ¹ 0 [HOTS]
4 -12 6
æ3ö æ8ö æ 32 ö 1 1
(i) ç ÷ ç ÷ ç ÷ 3. If x = ,y = , find the value
è5ø è5ø è 5 ø 7+4 3 7-4 3
2 2
of 5x – 7xy – 5y . [HOTS]
1 1
- ab
9 3 ´ 27 2 4. If 2a = 3b = 6c then show that c = .
(ii) 1 2
[Exemplar] a+b
- [HOTS]
3 ´3 3
6
æ 14 ö
1 5. If x = 2 + 3 2 , then find the value of ç x + ÷ .
5. Rationalise the denominator of and è xø
3+ 2 [HOTS]
 EBD_7802
20 Mathematics

Exemplar MCQs 9. The value of (256)0.16 × (256)0.09 is

1. Every rational number is (a) 4 (b) 16
(a) a natural number (b) an integer (c) 64 (d) 256.25
(c) a real number (d) a whole number 10. Which of the following is equal to x?
2. The product of any two irrational number is 12 5
1
(a) always an irrational number (a) x 7 -x7 (b) 12 ( 4 ) 3
x
(b) always a rational number
(c) always an integer 2 12 7
(d) sometimes rational, sometimes irrational (c) ( x )
3 3 (d) x7 ´ x 12
3. Between two rational numbers
(a) there is no rational number 2 -1
(b) there is exactly one rational number 11. If 2 = 1.4142..., then is equal to
(c) there are infinitely many rational numbers 2 +1
(d) there are only rational numbers and no (a) 2.4142... (b) 5.8282...
irrational numbers (c) 0.4142... (d) 0.1718...
4. Which of the following is irrational? 12. Which of the following is irrational?
(a) 0.14 (b) 0.1416
4 12
(a) (b) (c) (d) 0.4014001400014
9 3 0.1416
(c) 7 (d) 81 13. The value of 2 3 + 3 is
5. Decimal representation of a rational number (a) 2 6 (b) 6
cannot be
(a) terminating (c) 3 3 (d) 4 6
(b) non-terminating 14. The number obtained on rationalising the
(c) non-terminating repeating 1
(d) non-terminating non-repeating denominator of is
7-2
6. 43 2
2 equals to
7+2 7-2
(a) 2–1/6 (b) 2–6 (a) (b)
3 3
(c) 21/6 (d) 26
7. The product 3
2 . 4 2 . 12 32 equals to 7+2 7+2
(c) (d)
5 45
(a) 2 (b) 2
15. A rational number between 2 and 3 is
(c) 12
2 (d) 12 32
2+ 3 2. 3
(a) (b)
4( -2 2 2
8. The value of 81) is
(c) 1.5 (d) 1.8
1 1 1
(a) (b) 16. is equal to
9 3 9- 8
1 1 1
(c) 9 (d) (a)
2
(3 - 2 2 ) (b)
3+2 2
81
(c) 3-2 2 (d) 3 + 2 2
Number Systems 21

p 1+ x N +1
17. The value of 1.999... in the form of q , where p 5. For the equation = to be true, where
1- x N
and q are integers and q ¹ 0 is ‘N’ is positive, ‘x’ can have : [2010]
(a) any positive value less than 1
19 1999 (b) any value less than 1
(a) (b) (c) any non-negative value
10 1000
(d) any value
1
(c) 2 (d) 6. If the radius of a circle is a rational number,
9 then its area is given by a number which is:
18. After rationalising the denominator of [2010]
7 (a) rational (b) irrational
, we get the denominator is (c) integral (d) a perfect square
3 3 -2 2 7. If a and b are positive integers less than 10 such
(a) 13 (b) 19 that ab = 125, then (a – b)a + b – 4 is equal to:
(c) 5 (d) 35 [2011]
(a) 16 (b) 25
32 + 48
19. The value of is (c) 28 (d) 30
8 + 12
1
(a) 2 (b) 2 8. p = 5 + 2 6 and q = then, p2 + q2 is :
p
(c) 4 (d) 8
[2011]
NTSE Past Year MCQs (a) 49 (b) 98
(c) 100 (d) None of these
1. If 2009 = pa.qb, where “p” and “q” are prime 9. The decimal expansion of p is: [2012]
number, then find the value of p + q. [2009] (a) a whole number
(a) 3 (b) 48 (b) terminating
(c) 51 (d) 2009 (c) non-terminating but repeating
2. The number of integers between – 8 and 32 (d) non-terminating but non-repeating
is: [2009] 10. The sum of rational and irrational number is:
(a) 5 (b) 6 [2012]
(c) 7 (d) 8 (a) Rational (b) Irrational
3. When expanded, the number of zeroes in 100010 (c) Zero (d) Integers
is: [2009] 11. Which of the following can be expressed as the
(a) 13 (b 30 sum of square of two positive integers. as well
(c) 4 (d) 10 as three positive integers? [2014]
(a) 75 (b) 192
3 2 (c) 250 (d) 100
4. If 6 = 2.449, then the value of is close
2 3 12. The ascending order of 2
2, 3
4, 4
6 is [2014]
to : [2010]
(a) 1.225 (b) 0.816 (a) 2, 3 4, 4 6 (b) 2
2, 4
6, 3 4
(c) 0.613 (d) 2.449 3
(c) 4, 2, 4 6 (d) 4
6, 3 4, 2
 EBD_7802
22 Mathematics

CHAPTER TEST

Time : 30 Min. Max. Marks : 20

Directions : (i) Attempt all questions

(ii) Question 1 and 2 carry 1 mark each.
(iii) Question 3 and 4 carry 2 marks each.
(iv) Question 5, 6 and 7 carry 3 marks each.
(v) Question 8 carries 5 marks.

1 1
1. Find a rational number lying between and .
3 2
2
2. Write in decimal form.
11
3. Write three irrational numbers between 0.5 and 0.6.
p
4. Express 0. 235 in the form , where p and q are integers and q ¹ 0.
q

5. Find the value of 2. 6 – 0. 9 .

6. Prove that 3 - 2 is an irrational number..
7. If ( 6 )n = 216, then find the value of (n)3/2.
1
8. If m = 1 + 2 , then find the value of m 4 - .
m4
Number Systems 23

8. 72 + 800 - 18 .
Very Short Answer Questions = 36 ´ 2 + 400 ´ 2 - 9 ´ 2
1. Let, x = 0.999...
= 6 2 + 20 2 - 3 2 = 23 2
10x = 9.999...
10x – x = (9.999....) – (0.999....) Short Answer Questions
9x = 9 1. Let x = 0.6
x=1 x = 0.6666...... ...(i)
2. 0.13 is a terminating number. So, it is not an Multiplying 10 on both the sides,
irrational number. 10x = 6.6666 ...(ii)
0.1315 = 0.131515....., 15 is repeating From (ii)-(i)
continuously, so it is not an irrational number. 2
9x = 6.0 Þ x= .
0.1315 = 0.13151315....., is repeating 3
continuously, so it is not an irrational number.
0.3013001300013....., non-terminating and non-
2. (4 3 + 3 2 ) ´(4 3 - 3 2 )
recurring decimal. Hence, it is an irrational
= ( 4 3 ) - (3 2 )
2 2
number. So, 0.3013001300013 is an irrational
number. = 48 – 18 = 30.

{ } = 20
3. Let AB = BC = 1 unit length
3. (5 + 5 )( 5 - 5 ) = 5 - ( 5 )
2 2

D
4. 8 3 - 2 3 + 4 3 = 10 3
3 1 C
58
5. = 0.058 2
1000 3
1
1 4 –¥ ¥
6. - =- –2 –1 O 1 P Q2 3
3 12
A B
2 8
and - =- Let AB = BC = 1 unit length
3 12
Using Pythagoras theorem
Hence, three rational numbers are
5 6 7 OC = 12 + 12 = 2
- ,- and - . Construct CD = 1 unit length perpendicular to
12 12 12
OC, then using Pythagoras theorem,
4 5
7. 4=
5
´ 5 and 5 = ´ 5
5
[2016] OD = ( 2 )2 + 12 = 3
By using a compass with centre O and radius
20 25
4= and 5 =
5 5 OD = 3 , draw an arc which intersects the
number line at the point Q, then Q corresponds
21 23
The numbers are and . to 3 .
5 5
 EBD_7802
24 Mathematics
10. x = 2+ 3
D 1 1 1 2- 3
= = ´ = 2- 3
9.3 x 2+ 3 2+ 3 2- 3

A 9.3
4. 1
\ x+ =4
A O B C E x
9.3 1 Squaring both sides,
Take the distance 9.3 units from a fixed point A 1 2 1
x2 + + 2 = 16 Þ x + = 14
on a given line to obtain a point B such that x 2 x2
AB = 9.3 units from B, mark a distance of 1
unit and mark the new point as C. Find the mid- 11. -875
-0.00875 =
point of AC and mark that point as O. Draw a 100000
semi-circle with centre O and radius OC. Draw
-35 -7
a line perpendicular to AC passing through B = =
and intersecting the semi-circle at D. 4000 800

Then, BD = 9.3
1 2 3
12. - -
3+ 2 5- 3 2- 5
To represent 9.3 on the number line, get us
treat the line BC as the number line, with B as 1 3- 2 2
= ´ -
zero, C as 1, and so on. 3+ 2 3- 2 5- 3
Draw an arc with centre B and radius BD, which
intersects the number line at E. 5+ 3 3 2+ 5
´ - ´
\ E represents 9.3 5+ 3 2- 5 2+ 5
5. 3 45 - 125 + 200 - 50 3 - 2 2( 5 + 3 ) 3( 2 + 5 )
= - -
= 9 5 - 5 5 + 10 2 - 5 2 = 4 5 + 5 2 1 2 -3
6. The two irrational numbers are : = 3- 2- 5- 3+ 2+ 5 =0
(i) .10100100010000......
30
(ii) .1020020002000..... 13. = 4 3 -a 2
4 3 +3 2
7. 2 50 ´ 3 32 ´ 4 18
30 4 3 -3 2
= 10 2 ´ 12 2 ´12 2 = 2880 2 Þ ´ =4 3-a 2
4 3 +3 2 4 3 -3 2
8. Yes, zero is a rational number.
0 0 30 ( 4 3 - 3 2 )
Zero can be expressed as , etc. which are Þ = 4 3 -a 2
5 26 30
p
in the form of, where p and q are integers
q Þ 4 3 -3 2 = 4 3 - a 2
and q ¹ 0 .
On comparing, a = 3
3+ 2 3 + 2 5- 2
9. = ´ rationalize 2 +1 2 -1
5+ 2 5+ 2 5- 2 14. - = a+ 2 b
2 -1 2 +1
5 3 +5 2 - 6 -2 5 3+5 2 - 6 -2
=
25 - 2
=
23 ( 2 + 1) - ( 2 - 1)
2 2
=a+ 2 b
( 2 - 1)( 2 + 1)
Number Systems 25
3. LHS
2 + 1+ 2 2 - 2 -1+ 2 2
= a+ 2 b 1 1 1 1 1
2 -1 = - + - + =5
3- 8 8- 7 7- 6 6- 5 5 -2
4 2 = a+ 2 b (
3+ 8 8+ 7 7 + 6)
= - +
On comparing a = 0, b = 4
( 3) - ( 8 ) ( 8) -( 7) ( 7 )2 - ( 6 )2
2 2 2 2

Long Answer Questions

-
( 6 + 5)
+
( 5 + 2)
(2 5 + 3 ) + (2 5 - 3 )
2 2
( 6) -( 5)
2 2
( 5 )2 - ( 2 )2
1. L.H.S. =
(2 5 - 3 )( 2 5 + 3 )
3+ 8 ( 8 + 7 ) ( 7 + 6)
= - +
4´ 5 + 3 + 2 ´ 2 5 ´ 3 + 4´ 5 + 3 - 2´ 2 5 ´ 3 9-8 8-7 7 -6
=
( 2 5 )2 - ( 3 )2
-
( 6 + 5 ) ( 5 + 2)
+
20 + 3 + 4 15 + 20 + 3 - 4 15 6-5 5- 4
=
20 - 3 = 3+ 8 - 8 - 7 + 7 + 6
46 46 - 6 - 5 + 5 + 2 = 5 = RHS
= = + 15 ´ ( 0 )
17 17 4. Any example and verification of example :
46 4 9
\ + 15 ( 0 ) = a + 15b = R.H.S. Let m = ,n=
17 5 2
comparing both sides, we get 9 4 37
Difference = - =
46 2 5 10
a= ,b =0
17 4 9 53
Sum = + =
5 2 10
1
´
( 2 + 3)+ 4 4 9 36
2.
( Product = ´ =
2 + 3) - 4 ( 2 + 3)+ 4 5 2 10
9 4 45
2+ 3+ 4 2+ 3+ 4 1- 2 6 Division = ¸ =
= = ´ 2 5 8
( 2 + 3) - 4
2
1+ 2 6 1- 2 6
In each case resultant is rational number.
5. Let two irrational number are :
2 + 3 + 4 - 2 12 - 2 18 - 4 6 6 and 3
=
12 - ( 2 6 )
2
(i) 6- 3
= Difference is an irrational number.
2 + 3 + 4 -4 3 -6 2 -4 6
= (ii) 6+ 3
1 - 24
= sum is an irrational number.
-5 2 - 3 3 + 2 - 4 6 (iii)
= 6 ´ 3 = 18 = 3 2
-23
= product is an irrational number
5 2 +3 3+4 6 -2 (iv) 6/ 3= 2
=
23 = division is an irrational number.
 EBD_7802
26 Mathematics
3 7 9 -14
6. 24 81 - 83 216 + 155 32 + 225 - 4 16 æ 2 ö 4 - 6 æ 2 ö7 - x æ 2 ö 12 æ 2 ö7 - x
Þç
ç ÷ ÷ = ç
ç ÷÷ Þ ç
ç ÷ ÷ = ç
ç ÷ ÷
1 1 1 1 è3 ø è3ø è3 ø è3 ø
= 2 ( 34 ) 4 - 8 ( 63 ) 3 + 15 ( 25 ) 5 + 15 - ( 24 ) 4
-5 89
= 2 × 3 – 8 × 6 + 15 × 2 + 15 – 2 Þ = 7 - x Þ –5 = 84 – 12x Þ x =
12 12
= 6 – 48 + 30 + 15 – 2 2. Let x = 0.9999... ...(i)
=1 Then, 10x = 9.9999... ...(ii)
-3 On subtracting (i) from (ii), we get
é 3
-3 ù 9x = 9 Û x = 1
æ 81 ö 4
ê æ 9 ö 2 æ5ö ú
7. ç ÷ ´
êçè 25 ÷ø ¸ çè 2 ÷ø ú
Hence, 0.9999... = 1
è 16 ø
ë û
3. Let x = 0.245 .
Then x = 0.24545... ...(i)
3
é 3
3ù \ 10x = 2.4545... ...(ii)
æ 16 ö 4
= ç ÷ ´ êæ 9 ö 2 ¸ æ 2 ö ú and 1000x = 245.4545... ...(iii)
è 81 ø êçè 25 ÷ø ç ÷ ú
è5ø û on subtracting (ii) from (iii), we get
ë
3 243 27
é 3 ù 990 x = 243 Û x = = .
æ2 4 ö4 3 990 110
= çç ÷÷ ´ êæ 3 ö2 æ2ö ú
2
4 ê çç ÷÷ ¸ ç ÷ ú 27
è3 ø êëè 52 ø è 5 ø úû Hence, 0.245 = .
110
3
æ2ö é 3 3ù
= ç ÷ ´ êæç 3 ö÷ ´ æç 5 ö÷ ú 4. (a) –25.6875 =
-256875
=-
411
è 3 ø êëè 5 ø è 2 ø ûú 10000 16
5. (c) Let x = 2.7435
23 éæ 33 ö 53 ù 3 3
= ´ êç ÷ ´ ú = 2 ´ 3 = 1 100 x = 274.35 ....(i)
33 êëçè 53 ÷ø 23 úû 33 23 10000 x = 27435.35 ....(ii)
subtracting (i) from (ii)
8. x2 + 5xy + y2 = (x + y)2 + 3xy
27161
2 9900x = 27161 Þ x =
é 2 -1 2 + 1ù 2 -1 2 +1 9900
=ê + ú +3 ´
ë 2 +1 2 -1 û 2 + 1 2 -1 6. (i) -1.3 (ii) 0.916 (iii) 0.538461
7. (i) rational (ii) rational
2
æ ö
= ç 2 + 1- 2 2 + 2 + 1+ 2 2 ÷ + 3 1
è 2 -1 ø –21
8. (i) 3 (ii) (56) 2
= (6)2 + 3 = 36 + 3 = 39 3 125
9. (i) (ii)
24 216
729 30375
(iii) (iv)
Very Short Answer Questions 125 16
(v) 24
æ 2 ö3/4 10. 0.10101001000100001 and
ç
ç ÷
è3 ø
÷ æ 2 ö7 - x 0.11001001000100001
1. = ç
ç ÷ ÷
æ 2 ö7/6 è 3 ø 11. (i) terminating (ii) repeating
ç
ç ÷ ÷
è3ø (iii) repeating (iv) terminating
Number Systems 27
12. 37/1100
= 3 2 + 2 4 22 + 5 4 22 + 6 23
13. 0.25 and 0.2525
7 13 15 31 = 3 2 + 2 2 + 5 2 + 2 = 11 2
14. , , ,
24 48 48 96 6. x = 9 - 4 5 then
Short Answer Questions
1 9+4 5 9+4 5
6 6 3 2 +2 3 = =
1. = ´ x (9 - 4 5)(9 + 4 5) 81 - 80
3 2 -2 3 3 2 -2 3 3 2 +2 3
1
6(3 2 + 2 3) 6(3 2 + 2 3) =9+4 5
= = x
(3 2)2 - (2 3) 2 18 - 12
1
6(3 2 + 2 3) x- = 9-4 5 - 9+ 4 5
= =3 2 +2 3 x
6
Therefore, 3 2 + 2 3 = 3 2 - a 3
Þ a = –2 = 9 – 4 5 – 4 + 5 + 2´ 2 5
2. On rationalizing the denominator, we get
= ( 5 - 2) 2 - ( 5 + 2) 2
(2 + 2)(3 - 5)
(3 + 5)(2 - 2) = ( 5 - 2) - ( 5 + 2) = - 4

(2 + 2)(3 - 5) (3 - 5)(2 + 2) 1
= ´ 7. Here reciprocal of a = .
(3 + 5)(2 - 2) (3 - 5)(2 + 2) a
Now, reciprocal of reciprocal of
(2 + 2)2 (3 - 5)2
= 1 a
(32 - ( 5)2 )(22 - ( 2) 2 ) a= 1
= 1´ =a.
1
a
(4 + 2 + 4 2)(9 + 5 - 6 5) a +b b+c c +a
= æ 2a ö æ 2b ö æ 2c ö
(9 - 5)(4 - 2) ç b ÷ ç c ÷ ç a ÷
8. ç2 ÷ ç2 ÷ ç2 ÷
(6 + 4 2)(14 - 6 5) è ø è ø è ø
=
4´ 2 = (2a – b )a + b × (2b – c )b + c × (2c – a )c + a
84 - 36 5 + 56 2 - 24 10
= = 2(a 2 -b 2 ) + (b2 - c2 ) + (c2 - a 2 ) = 20 = 1
8
Hence irrational. 1
é -1 ù 4
ê ïìæ 1 -2 ü 3 ú
1 4 ö ï
3. 75 + 48 - 192 = 5 3 + 3 -8 3 9. ê íç ÷ ý ú = 7m
2 2 ê îïè 72 ø ú
þï
= 3(5 + 2 - 8) = - 1.732 ëê ûú

4. 1 4 1
75 + 48 - 192 = 5 3 + 3 -8 3 é{(7 -2 )-2 }-1/3 ù 4 = 7 m
2 2 Þ
ë û
= 3(5 + 2 - 8) = –1.732 1
6 3 Þ é (7 4 )-1/3 ù 4 = 7 m
5. 3 2 + 4 16 ´ 4 + 4 625 ´ 4 + 2 ë û

4 4 6
Þ (7 ) = 7m Þ 7–1/3 = 7m Þ m = –1/3
–4/3 1/4
= 2 + 24 ´ 2 2 + 54 ´ 2 2 + 23
 EBD_7802
28 Mathematics
10. To find four rational numbers between 3 and 4.
7 3 2 5 3 2
3´ 5 4´5 15 20 3. Let I = - -
and Þ and 10 + 3 6+ 5 15 + 3 2
5 5 5 5
= A- B -C
15 20 16 17 18 19 where
Between and lies , , ,
5 5 5 5 5 5
7 3 10 - 3 7 3( 10 - 3)
11. LCM (3, 4) = 12 A= ´ =
10 + 3 10 - 3 10 - 3
1 1 1 1
´4
3
4 = (4) 3 = (4) 3´4 = (4 4 ) 12 = (256)12 7 30 - 7 ´ 3 7( 30 - 3)
= = = 30 - 3
1 1 1 1 7 7
´3
4
5 = (5) 4 = (5) 4´3 = (53 )12 = (125)12 2 5 6- 5
B= ´
1 1
´3
1 1 6+ 5 6- 5
4
3 = (3) 4 = (3) 4´3 = (33 )12 = (27)12
2 30 - 2 ´ 5
1 1 1 = = 2 30 - 10
6-5
(256)12 > (125)12 > (27)12
3 2 15 - 3 2
3
4 >45 >43 C= ´
15 + 3 2 15 - 3 2
Hence, 3
4 is the greatest.
3 30 - 18 3 30 - 18
Long Answer Questions = = = - 30 + 6
15 - 18 -3
1. 0.6 + 0.7 + 0.47 Now, I = A – B – C
Let x = 0.7 ; y = 0.47 = ( 30 - 3) - (2 30 - 10) - (- 30 + 6)
Þ 9 x = 7.7 ;10 y = 4.7 = 30 - 3 - 2 30 + 10 + 30 - 6
Þ 9x = 7 ; 100 y = 47.7 = 2 30 - 2 30 - 3 + 10 - 6 = 1
7 43
Þ x= ; 90 y = 43 Þ y =
9 90
6 7 43 167
Required expression = + + =
10 9 90 90
4.
2. 10 + 20 + 40 - 5 - 80
= 10 + 4 ´ 5 + 4 ´ 10 - 5 - 16 ´ 5
= 10 + 2 5 + 2 10 - 5 - 4 5 Mark a distance 9.3 units from a fixed point A
= 3 10 - 3 5 = 3( 10 - 5) on a given line to obtain a given point B such
\ Given expression that AB = 9.3 units. From B mark a distance of
1 unit and call the new point as C. Find the
15 5 mid point of AC and call that point as O. Draw
= =
3( 10 - 5) 10 - 5 a semi circle with centre O and radius
5 10 + 5 OC = 5.15 units. Draw a line perpendicular to
= ´ AC passing through B cutting the semi-circle
10 - 5 10 + 5
at D.
5( 10 + 5) Then, BD = 3.05 units.
= = 10 + 5
10 - 5
Number Systems 29

( a + 2b + a - 2b ) ( a + 2b + a - 2b ) 1
5. x= ´ Þ x2 + = 7.
( a + 2b - a - 2b ) ( a + 2b + a - 2b ) x2
10. Given : x = 2 + 3, xy = 1
( a + 2b + a - 2b ) 2
Þ x= x y
( a + 2b) - ( a - 2b) +
2- x 2- y
a + 2b + a - 2b + 2 (a + 2b)(a - 2b)
= x xy x 1
4b = + = +
2 - x 2 x - xy 2 - x 2 x - 1
é a + a 2 - 4b2 ù
ê úû
Þ x= ë =
2+ 3
+
1
2b
2 2
(
2- 2+ 3 ) 2 (2 + 3 ) - 1
Þ 2bx - a = a - 4b
2
- (2 + 3) 1
= +
(2bx - a) = æç a 2 - 4b2 ö÷
2
è ø
3
(
2 2 + 3 -1 )
Squaring both sides, we get
2
Þ 4b2x2 + a2 – 4abx = a2 – 4b2
Þ 4b2x2 – 4abx + 4b2 = 0 =
(
- 2 3+3 )+ 1
=
(
- 3+ 2 3 ) +3
3
Þ b2x2 – abx + b2 = 0 3+ 2 3
(
3 3+ 2 3 )
6. x = 9+ 4 5
1 1 9-4 5 =
(
- 9 + 12 + 12 3 + 3 )
y= = = =9-4 5
x 9 + 4 5 (9)2 - (4 5)2 (
3 3+ 2 3 )
1 æ 1 1 ö =
(
- 18 + 12 3) = -6 (3 + 2 3) = -2
\ çç 2 + 2 ÷÷ 3(3 + 2 3) 3(3 + 2 3)
322 è x y ø
11. x=2 2+ 7
1
= [(9 - 4 5)2 + (9 + 4 5) 2 ] 1æ 1ö
322 çx + ÷
2ç
è xø
÷
2(81 + 80) 2(161) 322
= = = =1 1æ 1 ö
322 322 322 = çç 2 2 + 7 + ÷÷
2è 2 2+ 7ø
7. 5 x -3 32 x-8 = 225 Þ 5 x -3 32 x -8 = 52.32 æ 2 ö
By comparing x - 3 = 2 Þ x = 3 + 2 = 5. = ç
(
1 ç 2 2 + 7 + 1÷
÷ )
2çç 2 2 + 7 ÷÷
8. a 2bc3 = 25 ......(i) è ø
1 æç 8 + 7 + 2 ´ 2 2 ´ 7 + 1 ö÷
ab 2 = 5 ......(ii) =
2 çè 2 2+ 7 ÷
ø
Multiplying (i) & (ii), we get a3 b3 c 3 = 125
æ
abc = (125)1/3 = 5 =
1 æç16 + 4 14 ö÷ 1 ç 4 4 + 14
= ç
( ) ö÷÷
2 çè 2 2 + 7 ÷ø 2 ç 2 2 + 7 ÷
1 è ø
9. x+ = 3 (given)
x
æ 2 2 2+ 7
Squaring both sides x + 2 1
+2=9
ç
= 2ç
( ) ö÷÷ = 2 2
x2 ç 2 2+ 7
è
÷
ø
 EBD_7802
30 Mathematics

12. 2010
2 7 - 3 3 ´ 4020 55 + 12 21
y= ( 3 - 2) ´ ( 3- 2 )
2010
(
2 7 - 3 3 ´ 4020 2 7 + 3 3 )
2 ( 3 + 2) ( 3- 2 )
2
2010
(
2 7 - 3 3 ´ 2010 2 7 + 3 3 ) ( 3- 2 ) = 5 - 2 6 ).
(3 - 2) (
=

2010 (2 )(
7 -3 3 2 7 +3 3 =1 ) \ x + y = 10 and xy = (25 –24) = 1.
Þ (x + y)2 = 102
Þ x2 + y2 + 2xy = 100
13. x=
1(2 + 3)´ Þ x2 + y2 + 2 × 1 = 100
(2 - 3) (2 + 3) Þ x2 + y2 = 98
16. Rationalising each term, we get

=
(2 + 3) = (2 + 3) Þ (x - 2) = 3. 1 1 2 -1
= ´
(4 - 3) 1+ 2 2 +1 2 -1
\ (x – 2)2 = 3 Þ x2 –4x + 4 = 3
Þ x2 – 4x + 1 = 0. 2 -1 2 -1
= = = 2 -1
\ x3 – 2x2 – 7x + 5 2 2 -1
= x (x2 – 4x + 1) +2(x2 – 4x + 1) + 3 ( 2) -1
=x×0+2×0+0×3=3
1 1 3- 2
= ´
14.
1
=
1
´
5- 2 6
= (5- 2 6 ) ( ) 2+ 3 3+ 2 3- 2
x
(
5+ 2 6 5-2 6 ) (
(25 - 24) ) =
3- 2
= 3- 2
3- 2
(
= 5- 2 6 ) 1 1 2- 3 2- 3
æ 1ö = ´ = = 2- 3
4-3
( )(
Þ çç x + ÷÷ = 5 + 2 6 + 5 - 2 6 = 10
è xø ) 3+ 4 2+ 3 2- 3

1 1 4 - 15
æ 1 ö = ´
Þ çç x + + 2 ÷÷ = 12 15 + 16 4 + 15 4 - 15
è x ø
4 - 15
2 = = 4 - 15
æ 1 ö 2 16 - 15
Þ çç x +
è
÷÷ = 2 3
xø ( ) \ Given expression

æ
Þ çç x +
1 ö
= ±2 3 ÷
= ( 2 -1 + )( )(
3 - 2 + 2 - 3 + .... + 4 - 15 )
÷ =4–1=3
è x ø
2
æ 3 ö2 ( 3)
15. x= ( 3+ 2 )´( 3+ 2 ) 17. ç ÷ =
ç 2 + 1÷ 2 2
( 3- 2 ) ( 3+ 2 ) è ø
( 2) + (1) + 2 2
2

=
( 3+ 2) = (5 + 2 6). =
3
=
3
3
( )- 2 2 + 1+ 2 2 3+ 2 2
Number Systems 31

2
æ 3 ö2 ( 3)
ç ÷ =
ç 2 - 1÷ 2 2 Very Short Answer Questions
è ø
( 2) + (1) - 2 2

3+ 2 2 3 2+2
3 3 1. (i) ´ =
= = 4 2 2 8
2 +1- 2 2 3-2 2
16 41 + 5 16( 41 + 5)
æ 2 ö2 2 (ii) ´ =
ç ÷ = 41 - 5 41 + 5 41 - 25
ç 3÷ 3
è ø
= ( 41 + 5)
2 2 2
æ 3 ö æ 3 ö æ 2ö
ç ÷ +ç ÷ +ç ÷ 2. (i) 45 - 3 20 + 4 5 = 3 5 - 3 ´ 2 5 + 4 5
\ ç 2 + 1÷ ç 2 - 1÷ ç 3 ÷
è ø è ø è ø
= 7 5-6 5 = 5
é 3 3 ù 2
= êê + ú+ æ 7 3ö
ë3 + 2 2 3 - 2 2 ûú 3 (ii) 3 3 + 6 3 + çç + ÷
è 3 3 ÷ø

=
( ) ( )+ 2
3 3- 2 2 +3 3+ 2 2
= 9 3+
7 3 34 3
=
2 3 2 3 3
(3) - (2 2 ) 1 1 1
3. (i) (13 + 23 + 33 ) 2 = (1 + 8 + 27) 2 = (36) 2 = 6
9- 6 2 +9+6 2 2 -
1 1 2
= +
(ii) 64 3 ´ 64 3 - 64 3 = (4) -1 ´ (4)1 - (4) 2
9-8 3
2 56 2 = 1 – 16 = (–15)
= 18 + = = 18 -
3
2´-
3
3 3 3 -(4 2 ) 8 ´-(2 2)
4. (256) = (21)
- n /2 -2 n
9n ´ 32 ´ 3
( ) - (27) 1 8´-
1
18. 8´( -2)-3 1
= = (2) = (2) 8 = (2)-1 =
33m ´ 23 27 2
n n Short Answer Questions
32
( ) ´32 ´ 3n - 33 () 1
Þ = 7
33m
´2 3 27 1. (i) 3 3 + 2 3´3´ 3 +
3
32 n+ 2+ n - 33n 1 7
Þ = = 3 3 + 2 3´ 3´ 3 +
33m ´ 23 27 3

33n 32 - 1 7
Þ ( )= 1 Þ 3 3m
3n
=
1 ´8 = 3 3+6 3+
3
33m.8 27 3 ´8 27
3 3´ 3 ∗ 6 3´ 3 ∗ 7
3
=
33n
1 æ1 ö 3
Þ = ç ÷ Þ 33n – 3m = 3–3.
ç ÷
=
33m 27 è 3 ø 9 + 18 + 7 34 3 34 3
Þ 3n – 3m = –3 Þ n – m = –1 = = ´ =
3 3 3 3
Þ m=1+n
 EBD_7802
32 Mathematics

(ii) 4 81 - 8 3 216 + 15 5 32 + 225 4 -12 6

æ 3ö æ 8ö æ 32 ö
4. (i) çè ÷ø çè ÷ø çè ÷ø
5 5 5
= 4 3´ 3 ´ 3 ´ 3 - 8 3 6 ´ 6 ´ 6
-36
34 ´ 8-12 ´ 326
30
+ 15 5 2 ´ 2 ´ 2 ´ 2 ´ 2 + 15 ´ 15 34 ´ ( 2 ) ´ ( 2)
= =
= 3 – 8 × 6 + 15 × 2 + 15 54 ´ 5-12 ´ 56 54 -12 + 6
= 3 – 48 + 30 + 15 = – 45 + 45 = 0 -36+ 30
2. We write 10 as the sum of the squares of two 34 ´ ( 2 ) 3 ´ 3 ´ 3 ´ 3 ´ 2 -6
= =
natural numbers. 5- 2 5- 2
10 = 9 + 1 =32 + 12
81 ´ 5 ´ 5 2025
Take OA = 3 units, on the number line = =
2´2´ 2´ 2´2´2 64
Draw BA = 1 unit, perpendicular to OA.
Join OB
1 1 1 1
-
B
3
9 ´ 27 2 ( 3) 2´ 3 ´ ( 3)3´- 2
(ii) 1 2
= 2
- 1 -
10 36 ´ 3 3 ( 3) 6 ´ 3 3
1
2 ,3 2 3 ,5
,
0 3 A C 3 3 ´3 2 33 2 3 6
= 1 ,2 = 1 2 = ,1
,
Now, by Pythagoras theorem. 3 ´3 3
6 36 3 32

OB2 = AB2 + OA 2 ,5
∗
1
,
1
= 36 2 = 3 3
OB2 = 12 + 32 = 10 Þ OB = 10 5. Rationalising the denominator, we get
Taking O as centre and OB as a radius, draw an 1 3- 2 3- 2
arc which intersects the number line at point C. ´ =
3+ 2 3- 2 ( 3)2 - ( 2)2
Clearly, C corresponds 10 to on the number line.
3- 2
= = 3- 2
4 1 2 3-2
3. + +
-2 -3 -1
( 216) 3 ( 256) 4 ( 243) 5 Substituting the values of 3 and 2 , we get
1.732 – 1.414 = 0.318
2 3 1 6. a = 2+ 3
= 4 ( 216) 3 + ( 256) 4 + 2 ( 243) 5
2 3 1 1 1 1 2- 3 2- 3
Þ a= = ´ =
( ) ( )
= 4 63 3 + 44 4 + 2 35 5 ( ) 2 + 3 2 + 3 2 - 3 2 - ( 3) 2
2

1 2- 3
6 12 5 \ = = 2- 3
a 4-3
= 4 ´ 6 + 4 + 2 ´ 3 5 = 4 ´ 62 + 43 + 2 ´ 3
3 4
1
= 4 × 36 + 64 + 6 = 144 + 64 + 6 = 214 Hence, a - = 2 + 3 - (2 - 3)
a
= 2+ 3 -2+ 3 = 2 3
Number Systems 33
7. Definition of Natural number is: 7 ) 5.000000 (0.714285........
"All the counting numbers are known as 49
Natural Numbers." So Raju is doing right 10
thing. 7
30
Raju is an intelligent boy and by relating the
28
study with our surroundings, we can understand 20
better. 14
Values: Innovative, Leadership, Practical. 60
8. Explanation: 56
Anuj need to understand that real number is a 40
bigger set of numbers which contain rational 35
numbers as well as irrational numbers. 5
5
Thus, = 0.714285 ........ = 0.714285
7

9
Now, consider .
11
On dividing by 11, we get
11) 9.0000 (0.8181......
88
20
11
90
So, every rational number is a part of real
88
number but every real number not to be a 20
rational number. 11
Values 9
• Curious
• Hardworking 9
Thus, = 0.8181...... = 0.81
• Responsible 11
9. (i) Suppose x = 0. 3 = 0.3333 ...... Three different irrational numbers between the
\ 10x = 3.333 ......
5 9
After Subtracting 10x – x = 3 rational numbers and can be
7 11
1 0.75 075007500075000075.......,
Þx=
3 0.7670767000767............ and
1 p 0.808008000800008...........
So, 0.3 = x = which is form of 0. 3 . 2. Let x = 2.5434343
3 q
(ii) Non-terminating repeating decimals. Þ x = 2.543
(iii) Mutual Co-operation. Multiplying both sides by 10 we get
Long Answer Questions 10 x = 25.43 … (i)
5 Again multiplying equation (i) by 100
1. Consider the rational number . On dividing
7 1000 x = 2543.43
by 7, we get,
 EBD_7802
34 Mathematics
On subtracting 3. (c) Between any two rational numbers, there
are infinitely many rational numbers.
1000 x - 10 x = 2543.43 - 25.43
990x = 2518 4 2
4. (c) Since, = (rational)
9 3
2518 1259
x= Þ x=
990 495 12 2 3
= = 2 (rational)
1259 3 3
Hence, 2543.43 - 25.43 =
495 81 = 9 (rational)
3. -7 éë1 + 80 3 ùû whereas 7 is an irrational number..
5. (d) Decimal representation of a rational
4. Let 2a = 3b = 6c = k
number cannot be non-terminating and
So, 2a = k
non-repeating.
Þ k1/a = 2 …(i)
Similarly, k1/b = 3 …(ii) 6. (c)
43 2
2 = é( 22 )1/ 3 ù
1/ 4
éë n a = a1/n ùû
k1/c = 6 …(iii) ë û
Now, we know that 6 = 2 × 3 2 1
. é( m ) n = a mn ù
Putting the values of 6, 2 and 3 from (i), (ii) and = 23 4 ë a û
(iii), we get: 1
k1/c = k1/a × k1/b Þ k1/c = k1/a + 1/b = 26
1 1 1 1 b+a ab 7. (b) Since 3 12 4 ém a = mn n
a ùû
Þ = + Þ = Þc= 2= 2 ë
c a b c ab a+b
4 12 3
2= 2
1 1
5. x=2+ 3 2 Þ = 12 5
x 2+3 2 12
32 = 2
By rationalising, we get:
3 12 4 12 3 12 5
So, 2 . 4 2 . 12 32 = 2 . 2 . 2
1 2-3 2 2-3 2 3 2-2
= = = = 1
( ) 12´
x 22 - 3 2 2 4 - 18 14 12 4 +3+5
= 2 =2 2 =2
Now,
ém an = an/ m ù
æ 3 2 - 2ö ë û
æ 14 ö
çè x + ÷ø = 2 + 3 2 + 14 ç ÷
x è 14 ø 1 1
4( -2
8. (a) 81) =4
2
=
= 2 + 3 2+3 2 -2 = 6 2 ( 81) (81)1/ 2

ém an = an/ m ù
ë û
Exemplar MCQs 1 1
= = é( m ) n = a mn ù
1. (c) As, real numbers include rational and 2/ 2 9 ë a û
9
irrational numbers. 0.16
9. (a) (256) × (256)0.09
So, each rational number is a real number.
16 9
2. (d) Since, the product of any two irrational
= ( 256 )100 ´ ( 256 )100
numbers may be rational or irrational.
e.g., 3´ 3 = 3 (rational) 16 9
+
and (irrational) = ( 256 )100 100
5 ´ 3 = 15
Number Systems 35
1
= ( 256 ) 4 é( m ) n = a mn ù Here, 0.14 is terminating and 0.1416 ,
ë a û
1
0.1416 are non-terminating but recurring.
= ( 44 ) 4 = 4 13. (c) 2 3+ 3 =3 3
12 5 5
+1
5 1 1 7 +2
10. (c) (a) x 7 - x 7 = x 7 14. (a) = .
-x 7
7 -2 7 -2 7 +2
5
= x7 ( x - 1) ¹ x 7 +2 7 +2
= =
1
( 7) 2
- ( 2) 2 3
1
= æç (
1 ö12
(b) 12 4
( )
x 3 ÷
x4 3 ø ) 2+ 3
è 15. (c) , is an irrational number
2
éQ m x = x1/m ù
ë û
1 1 1
2. 3 6
4´ ´ = , is an irrational number
= x 3 12 = x9 ¹x 2 2
Here, 1.5 and 1.8 both are the rational numbers
éQ ( x m )n p = x mnp ù
ë û but only 1.5 lies between 1.414 and 1.732

2 1 1 3+ 2 2

( )
2 3 2 = .
´ 16. (d)
(c) ( x 3 3) =
3 3
x2
= x2 3 =x 9- 8 3- 2 2 3+ 2 2

3+ 2 2
éQ ( x m )n = xmn ù =
[(a – b) (a + b) = a2 – b2]
9 - (2 2 )
2
ë û
12 7 12 7
+ = 3+2 2
(d) x7 ´x 12 = x 7 12
17. (c) Suppose, x = 1.999... ...(i)
éQ x m × x n = xm + n ù \ 10x = 19.999... ...(ii)
ë û
After subtracting eq. (i) from (ii)
144+ 49 193
10x – x = (19.999...) – (1.9999...)
= x 84 = x 84 ¹ x \ 9x = 18
Þ x=2
2 -1 2 -1 2 -1
11. (c) = .
2 +1 2 +1 2 -1 7 7 3 3+2 2
18. (b) = .
3 3-2 2 3 3-2 2 3 3+2 2

=
( 2 - 1)
2
7 (3 3 + 2 2 )
[(a – b) (a + b) = a2 – b2] =
( 2)
2
- (1) 2
( 3 3 ) 2 - ( 2 2 )2

( 7 (3 3 + 2 2 )
2 - 1)
2
= =
2 -1 27 - 8

= 2 - 1 = (1.4142...) - 1 = 0.4142... 7 (3 3 + 2 2 )
=
12. (d) An irrational number is non-terminating 19
non-recurring i.e. 0.4014001400014...
 EBD_7802
36 Mathematics
Therefore, after rationalising the 22
p= , which is an irrational number..
7 7
denominator of , the So, A = pr2 is irrational because it is the
3 3 -2 2 product of an irrational number and a ratio-
denominator is 19. nal number.
7. (a) ab = 125
32 + 48 4 2 +4 3 We know that 53 = 125
19. (b) =
8 + 12 2 2 +2 3 So, a = 5, b = 3
Now, the value of (a – b)a + b – 4 is
4( 2 + 3) (5 – 3)5 + 3 – 4 = 24 = 16
= =2
2( 2 + 3) 1
8. (b) p = 5 + 2 6 and q =
p
NTSE Past Year MCQs 1
Þq=
1. (b) The prime factorization of, 2009 is, 5+ 2 6
2009 = 7 × 7 × 41 = 72 × 41
1 5-2 6
Compare with 2009 = pa.qb, we get Þq= ´
p = 7, q = 41 5+ 2 6 5- 2 6
Þ p + q = 7 + 41= 48 (Q Rationalising the denominator)
2. (d) – 8 = - 2 ´ 2 ´ 2 = –2 2 = -2.82 5- 2 6 5-2 6
Þq= 2
=
2 25 - 24
32 = 2´ 2´ 2 ´ 2´ 2 = 2´ 2 2 = 4 2 = 5.66
The list of integers are –2, –1, 0, 1, 2, 3,
5 - 2 6( )
4, 5 which are eight in numbers. Þ q = 5- 2 6
3. (b) Total number of zeroes in the number 1000 Now, calculating the value of p2 + q 2
is 3 2 æ 2 2ö
Also exponent of the number 1000 is 10 (5 + 2 6) + (5 - 2 6) = 2 çç52 + 2 6 ÷÷ ( )
è ø
Therefore, the total number of zeroes are
3 ×10 = 30. (Q (a + b)2 + (a – b)2 = 2(a2 + b2))
= 2(25 + 24) = 2 × 49 = 98
4. (a) 6 = 2.449 9. (d) Non-terminating but non-repeating
beacause p is an irrational number
3 2 3 2´ 3 3 6
Then, = = 10. (b) Irrational
2 3 2 3´ 3 2 ´3 11. (c) Out of line given options, line number 250
can be written as the sum of square of two
6 2.449 positive integers as well as three positive
= = »1.225
2 2 integers.
1+ x N +1 250 = 25 + 225 = (5)2 + (15)2
5. (a) = 250 = 25 + 81 + 144 = (5)2 + (9)2 + (12)2
1- x N
1+ x 1 1+ x 1 12. (b) 2
2, 3 4, 4 6
Þ = 1+ Þ -1 =
1- x N 1- x N LCM of 2, 3 and 4 = 12
1 + x - 1+ x 1 2
2=
12 6
2 = 12 64
Þ =
1- x N 12 4
3
4= 4 = 12 256
2x 1
Þ = Þ N = 1- x 12
1- x N 2x 4
6 = 63 = 12 216
6. (b) Radius (r) of the circle is rational Arranging in Ascending order
Area of a circle = pr2
12
r2 = r × r, 64 < 12 216 < 12 256
So, r2 is a rational number because it is the
or 2
2 < 4 6 <3 4
product of two rational numbers.
Number Systems 37
999x = 235
235
1 1 \ x= , which is of the form
1. Let x = and y = . Then, clearly x < y. 999
3 2
A rational number lying between x and y p
and q ¹ 0.
q
1
= (x + y)
2 5. Let x = 2. 6 = 2.666 ...... ... (i)
Multiply (i) by 10 both sides, we get
1 æ1 1ö æ1 5ö 5 10x = 26.666 ....... ...(ii)
= ç + ÷ = ç ´ ÷ = .
2 è 3 2 ø è 2 6 ø 12 Subtracting (i) and (ii), we get
5 24 8
Hence, is a rational number lying between 9x = 24 Þ x = = ... (iii)
12 9 3
1 1 Let y = 0. 9 = 0.999 ...... ... (iv)
and .
3 2 Multiply (iv) by 10 both sides, we get
2. By actual division, we have: 10y = 9.999 ... (v)
Subtracting (iv) from (v), we get
10y – y = 9 Þ y = 1 ... (vi)
0.1818... 8
\ 2. 6 – 0. 9 = x – y = –1
11 2.0 3
–0
5
20 = (from (iii) and (vi))
– 11 3
90 6. If possible, let 3 –
– 88 2 be a rational number
20 equal to x. Then,
– 11 x= 3 – 2
90
– 88 Þ x2 =( 3 – 2)
2

2
Þ x2 = 3 + 2 – 2 3 × 2
Þ x2 = 5 – 2 6
2
\ = 0.1818... = 0. 18 . Þ x2 – 5 = – 2 6
11
NOTE: The string of remainder is 2, 9, 2, 9, 5 – x2
Þ = 6
... which is repeated. 2
3. Consider the following numbers: Now,
0.515115111..., 0.535335333..., x is rational
0.575775777..., which are evidently irrational Þ x2 is rational
numbers having a non-terminating and non- 5 – x2
repeating decimal expansion. Also, these Þ is rational
2
numbers lie between 0.5 and 0.6.
Þ 6 is rational
\ The required numbers are 0.515115111...,
0.535335333..., 0.575775777.... But, 6 is irrational.
4. Let x = 0. 235 Thus, we arrive at a contradiction. So, our
supposition that 3 – 2 is rational, is wrong.
\ 1000x = 235.235
Subtracting (1) from (2), we get Hence, 3 – 2 is an irrational number..
 EBD_7802
38 Mathematics

7. ( 6)n = 216 1 1
We have, m2 + 2
= (3 + 2 2 ) +
m (3 + 2 2)
Þ ( 6)n = (6)3 = ( 6)6 Þ n = 6
= (3 + 2 2) + (3 – 2 2) = 6 ... (2)
Now, (n)3/2 = (6)3/2 = 216 = 6 6
8. We have m = 1 + 1 æ 1 ö
2 Also, m – = (1 + 2 ) – çç ÷÷
m
2 è 1+ 2 ø
1 æ 1 ö
m4 – = (m2)2 – ç ÷ = (1 + 2 ) + (1 – 2)=2 ... (3)
4
m è m2 ø
1 1
æ 2 1 öæ 2 1 ö Finally, m + = (1 + 2)+
= çm + 2 ÷ çm – 2 ÷ m 1+ 2
è m øè m ø
=1+ 2 –1+ 2 = 2 2 ... (4)
æ 2 1 ö æ 1ö æ 1ö Put the value of (1), (3) are (4) in (1), we get
= çm + 2 ÷ çm+ ÷ çm– ÷ ... (1)
è m ø è mø è mø
1
m4 – = (6)(2)(2 2 ) = 24 2 .
Now, m = 1 + 2 m4
Þ m2 = 1 + 2 + 2 2 = 3 + 2 2
 POLYNOMIALS

2
ALGEBRAIC EXPRESSIONS
The expressions involving variables and constants are called algebraic expressions.
-1
For example, 2x, 3x, –x, x are algebraic expressions.
2
POLYNOMIALS
An algebraic expression f (x) of the form f(x) = a0 + a1x + a2x² + .......... + anxn, where a0, a1, a2, ........., an are
real numbers and all the index of x are non-negative integers is called a polynomials in x and the highest
index n is called the degree of the polynomial. Here a0 , a1x , a2x², .........., anxn are called the terms of the
polynomial and a0, a1, a2 ......... an are called various coefficients of the polynomial f(x).

Constant Polynomials
3 0 3 0
Constants 2, - 2, 2, and a can be written as 2x0, –2x0, 2 x , x and ax0 respectively. Therefore, these
2 2
constants are expressed as polynomials which contain single term having variable x and the exponent of the
variable is 0. Thus, we can define a constant as a constant polynomial. Moreover, a non-zero constant is
defined as a polynomial of degree zero.

Zero polynomial
The constant polynomial 0 is called the zero polynomial.
Note that the degree of a zero polynomial is not defined.

TYPES OF POLYNOMIALS ON THE BASIS OF NUMBER OF TERMS OF THE

POLYNOMIAL
Monomial
A polynomial is said to be a monomial if it has only one term. For example, –3x2, 5x3, 10x are monomials.
Binomial
A polynomial is said to be a binomial if it contains two terms. For example, 2x2 + 5, 3x3 – 7, 6x2 + 8x are
binomials.
 ,

EBD_7802
40 Mathematics
Trinomial
A polynomial is said to be a trinomial if it contains three terms. For example, 3 x3 - 8 x + 5 ,
9 2
7 x10 + 8 x 4 - 3x 2 , 5 – 7x + 8x , etc. are trinomials.
TYPES OF POLYNOMIALS ON THE BASIS OF THEIR DEGREE
Linear Polynomial
A polynomial of degree one is called a linear polynomial. The general form of a linear polynomial is ax + b,
where a and b are any real constants and a ¹ 0. For example, 3x + 5 is a linear polynomial.
Quadratic Polynomial
A polynomial of degree two is called a quadratic polynomial. The general form of quadratic polynomial is
ax2 + bx + c, where a ¹ 0. For example, 2y2 + 3y – 1 is a quadratic polynomial.
Cubic Polynomial
A polynomial of degree three is called a cubic polynomial. The general form of a cubic polynomial is
ax3 + bx2 + cx + d, where a ¹ 0. For example, 6x3 – 5x2 + 2x + 1 is a cubic polynomial.
Biquadratic Polynomial
A polynomial of degree four is called a biquadratic polynomial. The general form of a biquadratic polynomial
is ax4 + bx3 + cx2 + dx + e where a ¹ 0. For example, x4 – 2x2 + 5x + 2 is a biquadratic polynomial.
Polynomial of Degree n
A polynomial in one variable x of degree n is an expression of the form an xn + an–1 xn–1 +.....+ a1 x + a0.
where a0, a1, a2, ....., an are constants and an ¹ 0.
VALUE OF A POLYNOMIAL
A polynomial in any variable x is symbolically may be repersented by p(x), f (x), …, (etc.)
The value of a polynomial p(x) at x = a is obtained by substituting x = a in the given polynomial and is
denoted by p (a).
For example, Consider the polynomial
p(x) = 5x3 – 2x2 + 3x – 2
If we replace x by 1 everywhere in p(x), we get
p(1) = 5 × (1)3 – 2 × (1)2 + 3 × (1) – 2 = 5 – 2 + 3 – 2 = 4
So, we say that the value of p(x) at x = 1 or p(1) is 4.
Zeroe(s) or Root(s) of a Polynomial
If value of a polynomial p(x) at x = a is 0 i.e., p(a) = 0, then a is called the zero of the polynomial p(x).
Let f(x) = 2x2 – x – 1 is a polynomial
Now, f(1) = 2 × (1)2 – (1) – 1 = 0
Hence, x = 1 is a zero or root of the polynomial f (x).
NOTE :
(i) Every real number is a zero of the zero polynomial.
(ii) A non-zero constant polynomial has no zero.
(iii) Every linear polynomial in one variable has a unique zero.
(iv) Every quadratic polynomial in one variable has two zeroes.
(v) Every cubic polynomial in one variable has three zeroes.
Polynomials 41
REMAINDER THEOREM
If p(x) is any polynomial of degree greater than or equal to 1 and p(x) is divided by the linear polynomial
(x – a) (where ‘a’ is any real number) then the remainder is p(a).
We can express p(x) as p(x) = (x – a) q(x) + r(x) where q(x) is the quotient and r(x) is the remainder.
NOTE :
(i) If a polynomial p(x) is divided by
(x + a), (ax – b), (ax + b), (b – ax), then the remainder is the value of p (x) at
b b a
x = – a, ,– , i.e.,
a a b

p(–a), p æç b ö÷ , p æç - b ö÷ , p æç ö÷
a
èaø è a ø è bø
are remainders respectively.
(ii) If p(x) and g(x) are two polynomials such that degree of p(x) ³ degree of g(x) and g(x) ¹ 0. Then we can
find polynomials q(x) and r(x) such that p(x) = g(x) q(x) + r(x)
where r(x) = 0 or degree of r(x) < degree of g(x)
ILLUSTRATION 1 :
Find the values of a and b so that the polynomial x3 + 10x2 + ax + b is exactly divisible by (x – 1)
as well as (x + 2).

SOLUTION :
Let p (x) = x3 + 10x2 + ax + b
Now, (x – 1) is a factor of p (x) Þ p (1) = 0 and (x + 2) is a factor of p (x) Þ p (–2) = 0
Now, p (1) = 13 + 10 × 12 + a × 1 + b = 11 + a + b and p (–2) = (–2)3 + 10 × (–2)2 + a(–2) + b = 32 – 2a + b
So, we must have
11 + a + b = 0 … (i) and 32 – 2a + b = 0 … (ii)
Subtracting (ii) from (i), we get 3a – 21 = 0 or a = 7
Putting a = 7 in (i), we get b = –18
\ a = 7 and b = –18
Factorization
The process of writing an algebraic expression as the product of two or more algebraic expressions is called
factorization.
ILLUSTRATION 2 :
Factorize 2x2 + 5x – 3 by splitting the middle term.

SOLUTION :
Here, 2 × (– 3) = – 6 = 6 × (–1) and 6 + (–1) = 5
\ 2x2 + 5x – 3 = 2x2 + 6x – x – 3
= 2x(x + 3) – 1(x + 3) = (x + 3) (2x – 1)
 EBD_7802
42 Mathematics
FACTOR THEOREM
Let f(x) be a polynomial of degree n ³ 1 and ‘a’ be any real number. Then
(i) (x – a) is a factor of f(x) if f(a) = 0. (ii) f(a) = 0 if (x – a) is a factor of f(x).
LLUSTRATION 3 :
Use the factor theorem to factorize x3 + x2 – 4x – 4 completely.

SOLUTION :
Let f (x) = x3 + x2 – 4x – 4
The constant term in f (x) is – 4. Its factors are 1, –1, 2, –2, 4 and – 4
Now, f (2) = 23 + 22 – 4 × 2 – 4 = 0 \ (x – 2) is a factor of f (x)
On dividing f (x) by (x – 2), we get

x–2 x3 + x2 – 4x – 4 x2 + 3x + 2
x3 – 2x2
– +
–––––––––––––––
3x2 – 4x – 4
3x2 – 6x
– +
–––––––––––––––
2x – 4
2x – 4
– +
––––––––
0
––––––––
ALGEBRAIC IDENTITIES
1. (a + b)2 a2
= + 2ab + b2
2. (a – b)2 = a2 – 2ab + b2
3. a2 – b2 = (a + b) (a – b)
4. (a + b)2 + (a – b)2 = 2(a2 + b2)
5. (a + b)2 – (a – b)2 = 4ab
6. (a + b + c)2 = a2 + b2 + c2 + 2ab + 2bc + 2ca
7. (a + b)3 = a3 + b3 + 3ab(a + b) = a3 + b3 + 3a2b + 3ab2
8. (a – b)3 = a3 – b3 – 3ab(a – b) = a3 – b3 – 3a2b + 3ab2
9. a3 + b3 = (a + b) (a2 – ab + b2)
10. a3 – b3 = (a – b) (a2 + ab + b2)
11. a3 + b3 + c3 – 3abc = (a + b + c) (a2 + b2 + c2 – ab – bc – ca)
1
12. a3 + b3 + c3 – 3abc = (a + b + c) [(a – b)2 + (b – c)2 + (c – a)2]
2
13. If a + b + c = 0, then a3 + b3 + c3 = 3abc
14. (x + a) (x + b) = x2 + (a + b) x + ab
15. (x + a) (x + b) (x + c) = x3 + (a + b + c) x2 + (ab + bc + ca)x + abc
Polynomials 43
ILLUSTRATION 4 :
Use a suitable identity to factorise each of the following :
(a) 4x2 + 4xy + y2 (b) 25p2 – 36q2 (c) x2 – y2 + 2x + 1 (d) 4a2 – 4b2 + 4a + 1
SOLUTION :
(a) 4x2 + 4xy + y2 = (2x)2 + 2 (2x) (y) + (y)2
= (2x + y)2 = (2x + y) (2x + y)(Using Identity 1)
(b) 25p – 36q = (5p) – (6q)2
2 2 2

= (5p + 6q) (5p – 6q) (Using Identity 3)

2 2 2
(c) x – y + 2x + 1= x + 2x + 1 – y 2

= (x + 1)2 – (y)2 = (x + 1 + y) (x + 1– y)(Using Identities 1 and 3)

(d) 4a – 4b + 4a + 1 = (4a2 + 4a + 1) – 4b2
2 2

= {(2a)2 + 2(2a) (1) + (1)2} – (2b)2

= (2a + 1)2 – (2b)2 = (2a + 1+ 2b) (2a + 1– 2b).(Using Identities 1 and 3)
ILLUSTRATION 5 :
Factorise : (a + b – c)3 + (a – b + c)3 – 8a3
SOLUTION :
(a + b – c)3 + (a – b + c)3 – 8a3 = (a + b – c)3 + (a – b + c)3 + (– 2a)3
= 3(a + b – c) (a – b + c) (– 2a) [\ (a + b – c) + (a – b + c) + (– 2a) = 0)]
= – 6a (a + b – c) (a – b + c)

Important Formulae, Terms and Definitions

Remainder Theorem : Let p(x) be any polynomial of degree greater than or equal to 1 and a be any real
number, if p(x) be divided by linear polynomial (x–a), then the remainder is equal to p(a).
Factor Theorem : If p(x) is a polynomial of degree greater than or equal to 1 and ‘a’ be any real number
such that
(i) if p(a) = 0 then (x – a) is a factor of p(x) and
(ii) if (x – a) is a factor of p(x), then p(a) = 0
 EBD_7802
44 Mathematics
Polynomials 45

EXERCISE 2.1 (ii) Given 2 – x2 + x3

1. Which of the following expressions are Term containing x2 = – x2
polynomials in one variable and which are Coefficient of x2 = – 1.
not? State reasons for your answer. p 2
(iii) Given x +x
(i) 4x2 – 3x + 7 (ii) y2 + 2 2
2 p 2
(iii) 3 t + t 2 (iv) y + y Term containing x2 =
2
x

(v) x10 + y3 + t50 p

Coefficient of x2 = .
2
Sol. (i) Given expression 4x 2 – 3x + 7; is a
polynomial in one variable x (Q there is (iv) Given 2x -1
only one variable x) Term containing x2 = 0
(ii) Given expression y2 + 2 ; is a polynomial Coefficient of x2 =0 .
in one variable y (Q there is only one 3. Give one example each of a binomial of
variable y). degree 35, and of a monomial of degree 100.
(iii) Given expression 3 t + t 2 ; is not a Sol. Binomial of degree 35 is 2x 35 + 4. One
polynomial because in the term 3 t , the example of a monomial of degree 100 is y100.
1 4. Write the degree of each of the following
exponent of t is , which is not a whole
2 polynomials :
number.
2 (i) 5x3 + 4x2 + 7x (ii) 4 – y2
(iv) Given expression y + ; is not a
y (iii) 5t – 7 (iv) 3.
2 Sol. (i) Given polynomial is 5x3 + 4x2 + 7x
polynomial because in the term y , the Term with the highest power of x = 5x3
\ Degree of this polynomial = 3
exponent of y is –1, which is not a whole (ii) Given polynomial is 4 – y2
Term with the highest power of y = – y2
number. Exponent of y in this term = 2
(v) Given expression x10 + y3 + t50; is not a \ Degree of this polynomial = 2.
polynomial in one variable because there
(iii) Given polynomial is 5t – 7
are three variables (x, y and t) in the
expression. Term with the highest power of t = – 5t
\ Degree of this polynomial = 1.
2. Write the coefficients of x2 in each of the (iv) Given polynomial is 3.
following : Which can be written as 3.x0. So the
(i) 2 + x2 + x (ii) 2 – x2 + x3 degree of this polynomial is zero.
p 2 5. Classify the following as linear, quadratic
(iii) x +x (iv) 2x -1
2 and cubic polynomials:
(i) x2 + x (ii) x – x3
Sol. (i) Given 2 + x2 + x 2
(iii) y + y + 4 (iv) 1 + x
Term containing x2 = x2 (v) 3t (vi) r2
Coefficient of x2 = 1. (vii) 7x3.
 EBD_7802
46 Mathematics
Sol. (i) quadratic (ii) cubic 4
(iii) quadratic (iv) linear (ii) p(x) = 5x – p, x =
5
(v) linear (vi) quadratic (iii) p(x) = x2 – 1, x = 1, – 1
(vii) cubic
(iv) p(x) = (x + 1) (x – 2), x = – 1, 2
EXERCISE 2.2 (v) p(x) = x2, x = 0
m
1. Find the value of the polynomial 5x –4x2 + 3 at (vi) p(x) = lx + m, x = –
l
(i) x = 0 (ii) x = – 1 1 2
(iii) x = 2. (vii) p(x) = 3x2 - 1, x = – ,
3 3
Sol. Let p (x) = 5x – 4x2 + 3
1
(i) Value of p (x) at x = 0 is (viii) p(x) = 2x + 1, x = .
p (0) = 5(0) – 4(0)2 + 3 = 3 2
1
(ii) Value of p (x) at x = – 1 is Sol. (i) Given p(x) = 3x + 1, x = –
p (– 1) = 5 (– 1) – 4 (– 1)2 + 3 3
=–5–4+3=–6 æ 1ö æ 1ö
Now, p ç - ÷ = 3 ç - ÷ + 1 = -1 + 1 = 0
(iii) Value of p (x) at x = 2 is è 3ø è 3ø
p (2) = 5(2) – 4(2)2 + 3 = 10 – 16 + 3 = – 3. 1
2. Find p(0), p(1) and p(2) for each of the \ - is a zero of p(x).
3
following polynomials : 4
(i) p(y) = y2 – y + 1 (ii) Given p(x) = 5x – p, x = ,
5
(ii) p (t) = 2 + t + 2t2 – t3 æ 4ö æ 4ö
(iii) p (x) = x3 Now, p ç ÷ = 5 ç ÷ - p = 4 - p which
è 5ø è 5ø
(iv) p (x) = (x – 1) (x + 1).
is non zero.
Sol. (i) Given p(y) = y2 – y + 1
\ p(0) = (0)2 – (0) + 1 = 1, 4
\ is not a zero of p(x)
p(1) = (1)2 – (1) + 1 = 1, 5
and p(2) = (2)2 – (2) + 1 = 4 – 2 + 1 = 3. (iii) Given p(x) = x2 – 1, x = 1, – 1
(ii) Given p(t) = 2 + t + 2t2 – t3 Now, p(1) = (1)2 – 1= 1 – 1= 0
\ p(0) = 2 + 0 + 2(0)2 – (0)3 = 2. p(– 1) = ( –1)2 – 1= 1 – 1= 0
p(1) = 2 + 1 + 2(1)2 – (1)3 \ 1, – 1 are zeros of p(x).
= 2 + 1+ 2– 1 = 4, (iv) Given p(x) = (x + 1) (x – 2), x = – 1, 2
and p(2) = 2 + 2 + 2 (2)2 – (2)3
Now, p(– 1) = (– 1+ 1) ( – 1– 2)
= 2 + 2 + 8 – 8 = 4.
= (0) ( – 3) = 0 and
(iii) Given p (x) = x3
\ p(0) = (0)3 = 0. p(2) = (2 + 1) (2 – 2) = (3)(0) = 0
\ – 1, 2 are zeros of p(x).
p(1) = (1)3 = 1. (v) Given p(x) = x2, x = 0, p(0) =(0)2 = 0
and p(2) = (2)3 = 8. \ 0 is zero of p(x).
(iv) Given p(x) = (x – 1) (x + 1) m
(vi) Given p(x) = lx + m, x = –
\ p(0) = (0 – 1) (0 + 1) = (– 1) (1) = – l
p(1) = (1 – 1) (1 + 1) = (0) (2) = 0. æ mö æ mö
and p(2) = (2 – 1) (2 + 1) = (1) (3) = 3. pç- ÷ = lç- ÷ + m = – m + m = 0
è l ø è l ø
3. Verify whether the following are zeroes of
the polynomial, indicated against them. m
\– is a zero of p(x).
1 l
(i) p(x) = 3x + 1, x = – 2 1 2
3 (vii) Given p( x)= 3x -1, x =- ,
3 3
Polynomials 47
2 Þ 3x = 0 Þ x = 0
æ 1 ö æ 1 ö æ1ö
pç- ÷ = 3ç - ÷ -1 = 3ç 3 ÷ - 1 = 1 -1 = 0 \ 0 is a zero of the polynomial p(x).
è 3ø è 3ø è ø
(vi) p(x) = ax, a ¹ 0
2
æ2ö æ2ö æ4ö 4 1 p(x) = 0
p ç ÷ = 3ç ÷ -1 = 3ç ÷ - 1 = - 1 = ¹ 0
3
è ø 3
è ø 9
è ø 3 3 Þ ax = 0 Þ x = 0
1 2 \ 0 is a zero of the polynomial p(x).
\- is a zero of p(x) but is not a zero
3 3 (vii) p(x) = cx + d, c ¹ 0, c, d are real numbers.
of p(x). p(x) = 0
d
1 Þ cx + d = 0 Þ cx = –d Þ x = –
(viii) Given p( x ) = 2 x +1, x = c
2 d
\ – is a zero of the polynomial p(x).
æ1ö æ1ö c
p ç ÷ = 2ç ÷ +1 = 1+ 1 = 2 ¹ 0
è2ø è2ø EXERCISE 2.3

1 1. Find the remainder when x3 + 3x2 + 3x + 1

\ is not a zero of p(x) is divided by
2 1
4. Find the zero of the polynomial in each of (i) x + 1 (ii) x - (iii) x
2
the following cases : (iv) x + p (v) 5 + 2x
(i) p(x) = x + 5 (ii) p(x) = x – 5 Sol. (i) Let p(x) = x3 + 3x2 + 3x + 1
(iii) p(x) = 2x + 5 (iv) p(x) = 3x – 2 Put x + 1 = 0 Þ x = – 1
(v) p(x) = 3x (vi) p(x) = ax, a ¹ 0 \ Remainder = p( – 1) = (– 1)3 + 3 (– 1)2
(vii) p(x) = cx + d, c ¹ 0, c, d are real numbers. + 3(– 1) + 1 = – 1 + 3 – 3 + 1 = 0.
Sol. (i) p(x) = x + 5 1 1
(ii) Put x - = 0 Þ x =
p(x) = 0 2 2
Þx+5=0 Þx=–5 \ Remainder
\ – 5 is a zero of the polynomial p(x). æ 1 ö æ 1 ö3 æ1ö
2
æ1ö
p ç ÷ = ç ÷ + 3ç ÷ + 3 ç ÷ + 1
(ii) p(x) = x – 5 2
è ø è2ø è2ø è 2ø
p(x) = 0 1 3 3 27
= + + +1 = .
Þ x–5=0Þx=5 8 4 2 8
(iii) Put x = 0
\ 5 is a zero of the polynomial p(x).
\ Remainder
(iii) p(x) = 2x + 5 p (0) = (0)3 + 3(0)2 + 3(0) + 1 = 1.
p(x) = 0 (iv) Put x + p = 0 Þ x = – p
5
Þ 2x + 5 = 0 Þ 2x = – 5 Þ x = –
2 \ Remainder
5
\ – is a zero of the polynomial p(x). p (–p) = (– p)3 + 3(– p)2 + 3(– p) + 1
2
(iv) p(x) = 3x – 2 = – p3 + 3p3 – 3p + 1
5
p(x) = 0 (v) Put 5 + 2x = 0 Þ x = -
2 2
Þ 3x – 2 = 0 Þ 3x = 2 Þ x = \ Remainder
3 3 2
2 æ -5 ö
p ç ÷ = æç - ö÷ + 3æç - ö÷ + 3 æç - ö÷ + 1
5 5 5
\ is a zero of the polynomial p(x).
3 2
è ø è 2ø è 2ø è 2ø
(v) p(x) = 3x
125 75 15 27
p(x) = 0 =- + - +1 = - .
8 4 2 8
 EBD_7802
48 Mathematics
2. Find the remainder when x3 – ax2 + 6x – a = –1 – 1 + 2 + 2 + 2 = 2 2 ¹ 0
is divided by x – a. \ By factor theorem, x + 1 is not a factor
Sol. Let p(x) = x3 – ax2 + 6x – a of x3 – x2 – (2 + 2) x + 2.
put x – a = 0 Þ x = a 2. Use the factor theorem to determine whether
\ Remainder g(x) is a factor of p(x) in each of the following
p(a) = (a)3 – a(a)2 + 6(a) – a cases:
= a3 – a3 + 6a – a = 5a. (i) p(x) = 2x3 + x2 – 2x – 1, g(x) = x + 1
3. Check whether 7 + 3x is a factor of 3x3 + 7x. (ii) p(x) = x3 + 3x2 + 3x + 1, g(x) = x + 2
(iii) p(x) = x3 – 4x2 + x + 6, g(x) = x – 3
Sol. 7 + 3x will be a factor of 3x3 + 7x only if 7 +
3x divides 3x3 + 7x leaving no remainder. Sol. (i) Given p(x) = 2x3 + x2 – 2x – 1, and
Let p(x) = 3x3 + 7x g(x) = x + 1,
7 put g(x) = 0
put 7 + 3x = 0 Þ x = -
3 Þ x=–1
æ 7ö 3
\ Zero of g(x) is – 1.
\ Remainder = p ç - ÷ = 3 æç - ö÷ + 7 æç - ö÷
7 7
è ø3 è 3ø è 3ø Now, p(– 1) = 2(– 1)3 + (– 1)2 – 2(– 1) – 1
343 49 490 =–2+1+2–1=0
=- - =- ¹0
9 3 9 \ By factor theorem, g(x) is a factor of
p(x).
\ 7 + 3x is not factor of 3x3 + 7x.
(ii) Given p(x) = x3+3x2 +3x +1, and
EXERCISE 2.4 g(x) = x + 2
1. Determine which of the following
By putting g(x) = 0, we get x = – 2
polynomials, (x + 1) a factor
(i) x3 + x2 + x + 1 \ Zero of g(x) is – 2.
(ii) x4 + x3 + x2 + x + 1 Now, p(– 2) = (– 2)3 + 3(– 2)2 + 3(– 2) + 1
(iii) x4 + 3x3 + 3x2 + x + 1 = – 8 + 12 – 6 + 1 = – 1 ¹ 0
(iv) x3 – x2 – (2 + 2) x + 2. \ By factor theorem, g(x) is not a factor
Sol. (i) Let p(x) = x3 + x2 + x + 1 of p(x).
put x + 1 = 0 Þ x = –1 (iii) Given p(x) = x3 – 4x2 + x + 6, and
p(– 1) = (– 1)3 + (– 1)2 + (– 1) + 1 g(x) = x – 3
= –1 + 1 – 1 + 1 = 0
\ By factor theorem, x + 1 is a factor of By putting g(x) = 0 we get x = 3
x3 + x2 + x + 1. \ Zero of g(x) is 3.,
(ii) Let p(x) = x4 + x3 + x2 + x + 1 Now, p(3) = (3)3 – 4(3)2 + 3 + 6
p(– 1) = (– 1)4 + (– 1)3 + (– 1)2 + (–1)+ 1 = 27 – 36 + 3 + 6 = 0
=1–1+1–1+1=1¹0
\ By factor theorem, g(x) is a factor of
\ By factor theorem, x + 1 is not a factor
p(x).
of x4 + x3 + x2 + x + 1.
(iii) Let p(x) = x4 + 3x3 + 3x2 + x + 1 3. Find the value of k, if x – 1 is a factor of p(x)
p(– 1) = (– 1)4 + 3(– 1)3 + 3(– 1)2 + (– 1) in each of the following cases:
+1=1–3+3–1+1=1¹0 (i) p(x) = x2 + x + k
\ By factor theorem, x + 1 is not a factor (ii) p( x) = 2 x 2 + kx + 2
of x4 + 3x3 + 3x2 + x + 1. 2
(iv) Let p(x) = x3 – x2 -(2 + 2) x + 2 (iii) p( x ) = kx - 2 x + 1
2
(iv) p( x ) = kx - 3x + k
p(– 1) = (– 1)3 – (– 1)2
– (2 + 2)(-1) + 2
Polynomials 49
Sol. (i) Given p(x) = x2 + x + k = 1– 2 – 1 + 2 = 0
since, x – 1 is a factor of p(x), \ By Factor Theorem, (x – 1) is a factor
\ [By Factor Theorem] p(1) = 0 of p(x).
Þ (1)2 + (1) + k = 0 Now, x3 – 2x2 – x + 2
Þ 1+ 1+ k = 0 Þ k = – 2. = x2 (x – 1) – x(x – 1) – 2(x – 1)
2 = (x – 1) (x2 – x – 2)
(ii) Given , p( x) = 2 x + kx + 2 = (x – 1) (x2 – 2x + x – 2)
since, x – 1 is a factor of p(x), = (x – 1) {x(x – 2) + 1 (x – 2)}
\ p(1) = 0, [By Factor Theorem] = (x – 1) (x – 2) (x + 1).
Þ 2(1)2 + k(1) + 2=0 (ii) Let p(x) = x3 – 3x2 – 9x – 5
By trial, we find that
Þ 2 + k + 2 = 0 Þ k = -(2 + 2). p(–1) = (–1)3 – 3(– 1)2 – 9(– 1) – 5
2 =–1–3+9–5=0
(iii) Given p( x ) = kx - 2 x + 1
\ By Factor Theorem, (x + 1) is a factor
since, x – 1 is a factor of p(x), of p(x).
\ [By Factor Theorem] p(1) = 0, Now, x3 – 3x2 – 9x – 5
Þ k(1)2 – 2(1) + 1 = 0 = x2(x + 1) –4 x(x + 1) – 5(x + 1)
= (x + 1) (x2 – 4x – 5)
Þ k - 2 + 1 = 0 Þ k = 2 - 1.
2 = (x + 1) (x2 – 5x + x – 5)
(iv) Given p( x ) = kx - 3x + k since, x – 1 is = (x + 1) {x(x – 5) + 1 (x – 5)}
a factor of p(x), = (x + 1) (x – 5) (x + 1).
\ [By Factor Theorem] p(1) = 0 (iii) Let p(x) = x3 + 13x2 + 32x + 20
Þ k(1)2 – 3(1) + k = 0 Þ 2k – 3 = 0 By trial, we find that
3 p(–1)= (–1)3 + 13(– 1)2 + 32(– 1) + 20
Þ k= . = – 1 + 13 – 32 + 20 = 0
2
4. Factorise: \ By Factor Theorem, (x + 1) is a factor
(i) 12x2 – 7x + 1 (ii) 2x2 + 7x + 3 of p(x).
2
(iii) 6x + 5x – 6 (iv) 3x2 – x – 4 Now, x3 + 13x2 + 32x + 20
Sol. (i) Consider 12x – 7x + 1 = 12x2 – 4x – 3x
2 = x2(x + 1) + 12 x(x + 1) + 20(x + 1)
+ 1 = 4x(3x – 1) – 1(3x – 1) = (3x – 1)(4x – 1) = (x + 1) (x2 + 12x + 20)
(ii) Consider 2x2 + 7x + 3 = 2x2 + 6x + x + 3 = (x + 1) (x2 + 2x + 10x + 20)
= (x + 1) {x(x + 2) + 10 (x + 2)}
= 2x(x + 3) + 1(x + 3) = (x + 3) (2x + 1)
= (x + 1) (x + 2) (x + 10).
(iii) Consider 6x2 + 5x – 6
(iv) Let p(x) =2y3 + y2 – 2y – 1
= 6x2 + 9x – 4x – 6
By trial, we find that
= 3x(2x + 3) – 2(2x + 3) = (2x + 3) (3x – 2)
p(1) = 2 (1)3 + (1)2 – 2(1) – 1
(iv) Consider 3x2 – x – 4 = 3x2 – 4x + 3x – 4 =2+1–2–1=0
= x(3x – 4) + 1(3x – 4) = (3x – 4) (x + 1) \ By Factor Theorem, (y – 1) is a factor
5. Factorise : of p(y).
(i) x3 – 2x2 – x + 2 Now, 2y3 + y2 – 2y – 1
(ii) x3 – 3x2 – 9x – 5 = 2y2(y – 1) + 3y(y – 1) + 1(y – 1)
(iii) x3 + 13x2 + 32x + 20 = (y – 1) (2y2 + 3y + 1)
(iv) 2y3 + y2 – 2y – 1. = (y – 1) (2y2 + 2y + y + 1)
Sol. (i) Let p(x) = x3 – 2x2 – x + 2 = (y – 1) {2y(y + 1) + 1(y + 1)}
By trial, we find that = (y – 1) (y + 1) (2y + 1).
p(1) = (1)3 – 2(1)2 – (1) + 2
 EBD_7802
50 Mathematics

EXERCISE 2.5 (ii) Consider 95 × 96 = (90 + 5) × (90 + 6)

= (90)2 + (5 + 6) (90) + (5) (6)
1. Use suitable identities to find the following (Using Identity IV)
products: = 8100 + 990 + 30 = 9120.
(i) (x + 4) (x + 10) Aliter 95 × 96 = (100 – 5) × (100 – 4)
(ii) (x + 8) (x – 10) = {100 + (–5)}{100 + (– 4)}
(iii) (3x + 4) (3x – 5) = (100)2 + { (– 5) + (– 4) } (100) + (–5)(– 4)
(Using Identity IV)
(iv) æç y 2 + ö÷ æç y 2 - ö÷
3 3
= 10000 – 900 + 20 = 9120.
è 2 øè 2ø (iii) 104 × 96 = (100 + 4) × (100 – 4)
(v) (3 – 2x) (3 + 2x). = (100)2– (4)2
Sol. (i) Consider (x + 4)(x + 10) (Using Identity III)
= x2 + (4 + 10)x + (4) (10) = 10000 – 16 = 9984.
(Using Identity IV) 3. Factorise the following using appropriate
= x2 + 14x + 40. identities:
(ii) Consider (x + 8) (x – 10) (i) 9x2 + 6xy + y2 (ii) 4y2 – 4y + 1
= x2 + {8 + (– 10)} x + (8) (– 10) y 2
(Using Identity IV) (iii) x2 –
100
= x2 – 2x – 80. Sol. (i) Consider 9x2 + 6xy + y2
(iii) Consider (3x + 4) (3x – 5) = (3x)2 + 2(3x)(y) + (y)2
= (3x)2 + {4 + (– 5)} (3x) + (4) (– 5) = (3x + y)2 = (3x + y)(3x + y)
(Using Identity IV) (Using Identity I)
2
= 9x – 3x – 20. (ii) Consider 4y2 – 4y + 1
2
( )( )
(iv) Consider y 2 + 3 y 2 - 3 = y 2 - ç ÷
2 2
æ 3ö
è 2ø
= (2y)2– 2(2y)(1) + (1)2
= (2y – 1)2
9 = (2y – 1) (2y – 1)
= y4 - .
4 (Using Identity II)
(Using Identity III) 2
y
(v) Consider (3 – 2x) (3 + 2x) = (3)2 – (2x)2 (iii) Consider x2 –
100
= 9 – 4x2. 2
(Using Identity III) æ y ö = æ x + y ö æ x - y ö.
= (x)2 – ç ÷ ç ÷ç ÷
2. Evaluate the following products without è 10 ø è 10 ø è 10 ø
multiplying directly : (Using Identity III)
(i) 103 × 107 (ii) 95 × 96 4. Expand each of the following using suitable
(iii) 104 × 96 identities :
Sol. (i) Consider 103 × 107 = (100 + 3) × (100 + 7) (i) (x +2y + 4z)2 (ii) (2x – y + z)2
= (100)2 + (3 +7) 100 + (3)(7) (iii) (– 2x + 3y + 2z) 2 (iv) (3a –7b – c)2
(Using Identity IV) (v) (– 2x + 5y – 3z)2
= 10000 + 1000 + 21 = 11021. 2
é1 1 ù
Aliter. 103 × 107 = (105 – 2) × (105 + 2) (vi) ê a - b + 1ú
ë4 2 û
= (105)2 – (2)2
Sol. (i) Consider (x +2y + 4z)2 = (x)2+(2y)2+(4z)2
(Using Identity III)
= (100 + 5)2 – 4 + 2(x) (2y) + 2 (2y) (4z) + 2(4z) (x)
= (100)2 + 2(100)(5) + (5)2 – 4 (Using Identity V)
(Using Identity I)
= x2 +4y2 + 16z2 + 4xy + 16yz + 8zx
= 10000 + 1000 + 25 – 4 = 11021.
Polynomials 51
(ii) Consider (2x – y + z)2 = {2x + (– y) + z}2 = (2x)2 + (3y)2 + (– 4z)2 + 2 (2x) (3y)
= (2x)2 + (– y)2 + (z)2 + 2(2x)(– y) +2 (3y) (– 4z) + 2 (– 4z) (2 x)
+ 2 (– y)(z) + 2(z)(2x) = { 2x + 3y + (– 4z)}2 = (2x +3y – 4z)2
(Using Identity V) = (2x + 3y – 4z) (2x + 3y – 4z)
= 4x2 + y2 + z2 – 4xy – 2yz + 4zx (ii) Given 2x2 + y2 + 8z2 – 2 2 xy + 4 2 yz – 8zx
(iii) Consider (– 2x + 3y + 2z)2
( ) + y 2 + (2 2 z)2
2
= - 2x
= (– 2x)2 + (3y)2 + (2z)2 + 2(– 2x)(3y)
+2 ( - 2 x ) y + 2 y (2 2 z ) + 2(2 2 z )( - 2)
+ 2(3y) (2z) + 2(2z) (– 2x)
(Using Identity V) +2(2 2 z)(- 2 x)
= 4x2 + 9y2 + 4z2 – 12xy + 12yz – 8zx. 2
= (- 2 x + y + 2 2 z )
(iv) Consider (3a – 7b – c)2
= (- 2 x + y + 2 2 z )(- 2 x + y + 2 2 z )
= {3a + (– 7b) + (– c)}2
6. Write the following cubes in expanded form :
= (3a)2 + (– 7b)2 + (– c)2 + 2(3a)
(i) (2x + 1)3 (ii) (2a – 3b)3
(–7b) + 2(– 7b) (– c) + 2 (– c) (3a)
3 3
= 9a2 +49b2 + c2 – 42ab +14bc – 6ca é3 ù é 2 ù
(iii) ê x + 1ú (iv) ê x - yú
(v) Consider (– 2x + 5y – 3z)2 ë 2 û ë 3 û
= (– 2x)2 + (5y)2 + (–3z)2 + 2(–2x)(5y) Sol. (i) Given (2x + 1)3 = (2x)3+ (1)3
+ 2 (5y) (– 3z) + 2(– 3z) (– 2x) +(2x)(1)(2x + 1) (Using Identity VI)
= 4x2 + 25y2 + 9z2 – 20xy – 30yz + 12zx. = 8x3 + 1+ 6x (2x + 1) = 8x3 + 1 + 12x2 + 6x
é1 1 ù
2 (ii) Consider (2a – 3b)3
(vi) Consider ê a - b + 1ú = (2a)3 – (3b)3– 3(2a)(3b) (2a – 3b)
ë4 2 û
2
(Using Identity VII)
é1 æ 1 ö ù = 8a3 – 27b3 – 18ab (2a – 3b)
= ê a + ç - b ÷ + 1ú
ë 4 è 2 ø û = 8a3 – 27b3 – 36a2b + 54ab2
2 2
æ1 ö æ 1 ö 2 3 3
= ç a ÷ + ç - b ÷ + (1) + 2 é3 ù æ3 ö 3
è4 ø è 2 ø (iii) Consider ê x + 1ú = ç x ÷ + (1)
ë 2 û è 2 ø
æ 1 öæ 1 ö æ 1 öæ 1 ö
= ç a ÷ç - b ÷ + 2ç a ÷ç- b÷ æ3 ö æ3 ö
+3 ç x ÷ (1) ç x + 1÷ (Using Identity VI)
è 4 øè 2 ø è 4 øè 2 ø
è2 ø è2 ø
æ 1 ö æ1 ö
+2 ç - b÷ (1) + 2(1) ç a÷ 27 3 9 æ3 ö
è 2 ø è4 ø = x + 1 + x ç x + 1÷
8 2 è2 ø
1 2 1 2 1 1
= a + b + 1 - ab - b + a.
16 4 4 2 27 3 27 2 9
5. Factorise : = x +1+ x + x
8 4 2
(i) 4x2 + 9y2 + 16z2 +12xy –24yz – 16xz
3
3
(ii) 2x2 + y2 + 8z2 – 2 2 xy + 4 2 yz – 8xz. é 2 ù 3 æ2 ö
(iv) Consider ê x - yú = x - ç y ÷
Sol. (i) Consider 4x2 + 9y2 + 16z2 ë 3 û è3 ø
+12xy –24yz – 16xz
 EBD_7802
52 Mathematics
(ii) Consider 8a3
– – b3 12a2b
+ 6ab2
æ 2 öæ 2 ö 3 3
-3( x ) ç y ÷ç x - y ÷ = (2a) – (b) – 3(2a)(b) (2a – b)
è 3 øè 3 ø (Using Identity VII)
(Using Identity VII) = (2a – b)3 = (2a – b) (2a – b) (2a – b)
(iii) Consider 27– 125a3 – 135a + 225a2
3 8 3 æ 2 ö
= x - y - 2 xy ç x - y ÷ = (3)3 – (5a)3 – 3(3) (5a)(3 – 5a)
27 è 3 ø
(Using Identity VII)
8 3 4 = (3 – 5a)3 = (3 – 5a)(3 – 5a)(3 – 5a)
= x3 - y - 2 x 2 y + xy 2 (iv) Consider 64a3 – 27b3 – 144a2b + 108ab2
27 3
= (4a)3 – (3b)3 – 3(4a)(3b)(4a–3b)
7. Evaluate the following using suitable (Using Identity VII)
identities:
= (4a – 3b)3 = (4a – 3b)(4a – 3b)(4a – 3b)
(i) (99)3 (ii) (102)3
1 9 1
(iii) (998)3 (v) Consider 27 p 3 - - p 2 + p.
216 2 4
Sol. (i) Consider (99)3 = (100 – 1)3
3
= (100)3 – (1)3 – 3(100) (1) (100 – 1) æ
1ö æ 1 öæ 1ö
(Using Identity VII)
= (3p)3–ç ÷ - 3(3 p) ç ÷ç 3 p - ÷
6
è ø 6
è øè 6 ø
= 1000000 – 1 – 300 (100 – 1) 3
= 1000000 – 1 – 30000 + 300 = 970299 = æç 3 p - 1 ö÷ (Using Identity VII)
è 6ø
(ii) Consider (102)3 = (100 + 2)3
= (100)3 + (2)3 + 3(100) (2)(100 + 2) æ 1 öæ 1 öæ 1ö
= ç 3 p - ÷ç 3 p - ÷ç 3 p - ÷ .
(Using Identity VI ) è 6 øè 6 øè 6ø
= 1000000 + 8 + 600(100 + 2) 9. Verify :
= 1000000 + 8 + 60000 + 1200 (i) x3 + y3 = (x + y)(x2 – xy + y2)
(ii) x3 – y3 = (x – y) (x2 + xy + y2).
= 1061208
Sol. (i) We have from Identity VI
(iii) Consider (998)3 = (1000 – 2)3
(x + y)3 = x3 + y3 + 3xy(x + y)
= (1000)3 – (2)3 – 3(1000) (2) (1000 – 2)
Þ x3 + y3 = (x + y)3 – 3xy ( x + y)
(Using Identity VII)
Þ x3 + y3 = (x + y){(x + y)2 – 3xy}
= 1000000000 – 8 – 6000 (1000–2)
Þ x3 + y3 = (x + y) (x2 + 2xy + y2 – 3xy)
= 1000000000 – 8 – 6000000 + 12000
(Using Identity I)
= 994011992.
8. Factorise each of the following : Þ x + y = (x + y) (x – xy + y2)
3 3 2

(ii) We have from identity VII

(i) 8a3 + b3 + 12a2b + 6ab2
(x – y)3 = x3 – y3 – 3xy(x – y)
(ii) 8a3 – b3 – 12a2b + 6ab2
(iii) 27– 125a3 – 135a + 225a2 Þ x3 – y3 = (x – y)3 + 3xy (x – y)
(iv) 64a3 – 27b3 – 144a2b + 108ab2 Þ x3 – y3 = (x – y){(x – y)2 + 3xy}
3 1 9 1 Þ x3 – y3 = (x – y) (x2 – 2x y + y2 +3xy)
(v) 27 p - - p 2 + p.
216 2 4 Þ x3 – y3 = (x – y)(x2 + xy + y2).
Sol. (i) Consider 8a3 + b3 + 12a2b + 6ab2 10. Factorise each of the following :
= (2a)3 + (b)3 + 3 (2a) (b) (2a + b) (i) 27y3 + 125z3
= (2a + b)3 (Using Identity VI) (ii) 64m3 – 343n3.
= (2a + b) (2a + b) (2a + b) [Hint : See Question 9.]
Polynomials 53
Sol. (i) 27y3+ 125z3 = (3y)3
+ (5z)3 (i) (– 12)3 + (7)3 + (5)3
= (3y + 5z){(3y)2 – (3y)(5z) + (5z)2} (ii) (28)3 + (– 15)3 + (– 13)3
= (3y + 5z) (9y2 – 15yz + 25z2) Sol. (i) Consider
(ii) 64m3 – 343n3 = (4m)3 – (7n)3 (– 12)3 + (7)3 + (5)3 = 3(– 12) (7) (5)
= (4m –7n){(4m)2 + (4m) (7n) + (7n)2} (Q (– 12) + (7) + (5) = 0) = – 1260
= (4m – 7n)(16m2 + 28mn + 49n2). (ii) Consider (28)3 + (– 15)3 + (– 13)3
11. Factorise : 27x3 + y3 + z3 – 9xyz. = 3(28) (– 15) (– 13)
Sol. Consider 27x3 + y3 + z3 – 9xyz (Q (28) + (– 15) + (– 13) = 0)
= (3x)3 + (y)3 + (z)3 –3(3x)(y)(z) = 16380
= (3x + y + z){(3x)2 + (y)2 + (z)2 – (3x)(y) 15. Give possible expressions for the length and
– (y) (z) – (z) (3x)} breadth of each of the following rectangles,
= (3x + y + z) (9x2 + y2 + z2 – 3xy in which their areas are given :
– yz – 3zx). (i) Area : 25a2 – 35a + 12
12. Verify that x3 + y3 + z3 – 3xyz (ii) Area : 35y2 + 13y – 12
Sol. (i) 25a2 – 35a + 12 = 25a2 – 20a – 15a + 12
1 = 5a(5a – 4) – 3(5a – 4)
= (x + y + z) [(x – y)2 + (y – z)2 + (z – x)2].
2 = (5a – 4) (5a – 3)
Sol. L.H.S. = x3 + y3 + z3 – 3xyz \ The one possible expression for the length
= (x + y + z) (x2 + y2 + z2 – xy – yz – zx) and breadth of the rectangle is
(Using Identity VIII) 5a–3 and 5a–4
(ii) 35y2 + 13y – 12 = 35y2 + 28y – 15y – 12
1
= (x + y + z){2 (x2 + y2 + z2 – xy – yz –zx) = 7y(5y + 4) – 3(5y + 4)
2
1 = (5y + 4) (7y – 3)
= (x + y + z) (2x2 + 2y2 + 2z2 –2xy \ The one possible expression for the length
2
–2yz–2zx) and breadth of the rectangle is
1 7y – 3 and 5y + 4.
= (x + y + z){(x2 – 2xy + y2) 16. What are the possible expressions for the
2
+ (y2 – 2yz+z2 + ( z2 – 2zx + x2)} dimensions of the cuboids whose volumes are
1 given below?
= (x + y + z)[(x – y)2 + (y – z)2 + ( z –x)2] (i) Volume : 3x2 – 12x
2
(Using Identity II) (ii) Volume : 12ky2 + 8ky – 20k
13. If x + y + z = 0 show that x3 + y3 + z3 = 3xyz. Sol. (i) 3x2 – 12x = 3x (x – 4)
\ The one possible expression for the
Sol. We know that x3 + y3 + z3 – 3xyz
dimensions of the cuboid is 3, x and x – 4.
= (x + y + z) (x2 + y2 + z2 – xy – yz – zx) (ii) 12ky2 + 8ky – 20k = 4k(3y2 + 2y – 5)
(Using Identity VIII) = 4k (3y2 + 5y – 3y – 5)
= (0) (x2 + y2 + z2 – xy – yz – zx) = 4k{y (3y + 5) – 1(3y + 5)}
(Q x + y + z = 0) = 4k (3y + 5) (y – 1)
\ The one possible expression for the
= 0
dimensions of the cuboid is 4k, 3y + 5
14. Without actually calculating the cubes, find and y – 1.
the value of each of the following :
 EBD_7802
54 Mathematics

Very Short Answer Questions [1 Mark]

10. Simplify : ( 2a + 3b )3 - ( 2a - 3b )3 . [2015]
1. Factorize : 12a2b – 6ab2. [2014]
11. Evaluate 1113, using a suitable identity. [2015]
2. Find p(0) if p(y) = y2 – y + 1. [2014]
12. Find the value of k, so that polynomial x3 + 3x2
3. Factorize : x2 – 3x. [2014]
– kx – 3 has one factor as x + 3. [2016]
4. Find the value of k, if x – 2 is a factor of p(x)
13. If y = 2 and y = 0 are the zeroes of the polynomial
= 2x2 + 3x – k. [2015]
f(y) = 2y3 – 5y2 + ay + b find the value of a
5. Find the value of k, if 2x – 1 is a factor of the
and b? [2016]
polynomial 6x2 + kx – 2. [2015]
3 3
14. Find the remainder when the polynomial
6. Factorize : 8y – 125x . [2016]
7. Factorize : 6 – x – x2. [2016] f ( x ) = 4 x 3 - 12 x 2 + 14 x - 3 is divided by
8. Factorize : 20x2 – 9x + 1. [2016] (2x – 1). [2016]
Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks] 15. If f ( x ) = x 4 - 4 x3 + 3x 2 - 2 x + 1 , then find
1. Classify the following as linear, quadratic and
whether f ( 0 ) ´ f ( -1) = f ( 2 ) . [2016]
cubic polynomials : [2013]
If f ( x ) = x3 - 3x 2 + 3x - 4 , find f (2) + f(–2) +
3 2
(1 + x); (x – x ); (x + x); 7x 3
16.
2. Using remainder theorem, factorize : f (0). [2016]
3 2 [2013]
6 x - 25 x + 32 x - 12 Long Answer Questions [4 Marks]
3 2 1. Without actual division, show that
3. Polynomial 3 x - 5 x + kx - 2 and –x3 – x2 +
7x + k leave the same remainder when divided f(x) = 2x4 – 6x3 + 3x2 + 3x – 2 is exactly divisible
by x + 2. Find the value at k. [2013] by x2 – 3x + 2. [2013]

3 3 343 2. Factorize completely : x8 - y8 [2013]

4. Factorize : p q + . [2013]
729 3. Show by long division method that x – 3 is a
5. Find the value of the polynomial [2014] factor of 2 x 4 + 3 x 3 - 26 x 2 - 5 x + 6 . [2014]
p ( x ) = x3 - 3x 2 - 2 x + 6 at x = 2 4. Factorize : x3 – 3x2 – 9x + 5. [2014]
5. Using factor theorem, show that (m – n), (n – p)
6. Factorize : 64a3 – 27b3 – 144a2b + 108ab2.
and (p – m) are factors of
[2014] m(n 2 – p2) + n(p2 – m2) + p(m2 – n2). [2015]
7. For what value of k, is the polynomial
6. Using Factor theorem, factorise x3 - 3 x 2 - x + 3 .
3 2
p ( x ) = 2 x - kx + 3x + 10 exactly divisible by [2015]
(x + 2)? [2014] 7. If 2x3 + ax2 + bx – 6 has (x – 1) as a factor and
8. Factorize : 8x3 – (2x – y)3. [2015] leaves a remainder 2 when divided by x – 2,
find the relation between a and b. [2016]
9. ( )
Factorize : ( x - y ) 2 - 7 x 2 - y 2 + 12 ( x + y )2
8. Factorize : 2 x 4 + x3 - 14 x 2 - 19 x - 6 . [2016]
[2015]
Polynomials 55

Very Short Answer Questions [1 Mark] Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks]

DIRECTIONS : Give answer in one word or one sentence. DIRECTIONS : Give answer in two to three sentences.

1. Check whether –2 and 2 are zeroes of the a2 1 b2

1. Factorize: - + , a ¹ 0, b ¹ 0
polynomial x + 2. 4b 2 3 9a 2
2. Write the following polynomial in standard
2. Factorize: 4x2 – 4 3x + 3
form:
3. Factorize : 12(a + 1)2 – 25(a + 1)(b + 2) + 12(b + 2)2
m7 + 8m5 + 4m6 + 6m – 3m2 – 11
4. Find the value of a3 + b3 + c3 – 3abc, given
3. Factorize : xy – 3z + xz – 3y that a + b + c = 10 and a2 + b2 + c2 = 83.
4. Factorize : axb + axc + 3aby + 3acy – 5b – 5c a æa cö c
5. Factorize : x 2 + ç + ÷ x + ; where
5. Factorize : (a – 2b)3 – a + 2b b èb d ø d
b ¹ 0, d ¹ 0.
6. Expand the following using suitable identities:
6. The remainder when the polynomial
(– 2x + 3y + 2z)2 p(x) = x100 – x97 + x3 is divided by x + 1
7. Factorize a5b – ab5. 7. If x 2 + 2x = 45, what is the value of
x4 + 4x3 + 4x2 –13 ?
8. Use the Factor Theorem to determine whether 8. Identify the remainder when
q(x) is a factor of p(x) : 1 + x + x2 +x3 + .......... + x2012 is divided by x – 1
9. If the polynomials (2x3 + ax2 + 3x – 5) and (x3
p( x) = 2 2 x 2 + 5 x + 2, q ( x ) = x + 2
+ x2 – 2x + a) leave the same remainder when
9. x – a is a factor of the polynomial p(x), if
p(a) = ______ . divided by (x – 2), find the value of a.
10. Find the factors of polynomial x3 – 3x2 – 10x + 24 10. Find the value of a for which (x + a) is a factor
of the polynomial f(x) = x3 + ax2 – 2x + a + 6.
11. If one factor of 5 + 8x – 4x2 is (2x + 1), then
find the second factor. 11. (
If p ( x ) = x 2 - 2 2x + 1 , then find p 2 2 . )
12. If x – a is a factor of x3 – 3x2a + 2a2x + b, then
find the value of 'b'. 12. If p(x) = x2 – 4x + 3, then find the value of
13. If x140 + 2x151 + k is divisible by x + 1, then æ1ö
p(2) – p(– 1) + p ç ÷ .
find the value of 'k'. è2ø
14. If x + a is a factor of x4 – a2x2 + 3x – 6a, then 13. Simplify: (2x – y + z)2 – (2x + y – z)2
the value of 'a'. 14. If 2x – 3y = 4, find the value of 8x3 – 27y3 – 72xy.
15. What are the factors of (42 – x – x2)? 15. Simplify: (a + b) (a2 + ab + b2) (a2 – ab + b2) (a – b)
16. If a + b + c = 14, a2 + b2 + c2 = 74 and a3 + b3 + c3
16. If 4x4 – 3x3 – 3x2 + x – 7 is divided by 1 – 2x
= 434, then find the value of abc.
then find the remainder.
1 1
17. Find the remainder, when polynomial x3 – ax2 17. Factorise : x 2 + 2
- 4 - y2 -
+ 6x – a is divided by (x – 1). x y2
18. The degree of a polynomial A is 7 and that of 18. If (x – 1) and (x – 2) are two factors of x3 – ax2
polynomial AB is 56, then find the degree of + 14x + b, then find the values of a and b.
polynomial B.
 EBD_7802
56 Mathematics
Long Answer Questions 3. If f (x) = x4 – 2x3 + 3x2 – ax + b is a polynomial
DIRECTIONS: Give answer in four to five sentences such that when it is divided by x – 1 and x + 1,
the remainders are respectively 5 and 19.
1. For what values of a is 2x3 + ax2 + 11x + a + 3
Determine the remainder when f (x) is divided
exactly divisible by (2x – 1)?
by (x – 2).
If both (x –2) and æç x - ö÷ are factors of
1 1 3 3
2.
è 2ø 4. Find the value r – s + 125t3 + 5rst, when
27
px2 + 5x + r, show that p = r. r
s= + 5t.
3

Very Short Answer Questions [1 Mark] 4. Ramu's monthly income is given by the
1. Find the zeroes of the polynomial expression 3x2 –12x. What are the possible
(x – 2)2 – (x + 2)2. [Exemplar] expression for his saving and expenses. What is
2. By remainder theorem, find the remainder when the importance of saving money in life? [VBQ]
p(x) is divided by g(x) 5. The equation of the path of a missile launched
by the army in war is given by the polynomial
3
p(x) = x3 – 6x2 + 2x – 4, g(x) = 1 – x p(x) = x4 + 4x2 + 5.
2 (i) Find the zero's of the polynomial.
(ii) List the value assocated with this problem.
[Exemplar]
[VBQ]
3. The factorisation of 4x2 + 8x + 3 is ________.
[Exemplar] Long Answer Questions [4 Marks]
4. Factorise : (x – 2y)3 + (2y – 3z)3 + (3z – x)3 1. If x + 2a is a factor of x5 – 4a2x3 + 2x + 2a + 3,
[Exemplar] find a. [Exemplar]
5. Factorise : (x – y)3 + (y – z)3 + (z – x)3. 2. If the polynomials az3 + 4z2 + 3z – 4 and
[Exemplar] z3 – 4z + a leave the same remainder when
Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks] divided by z – 3, find the value of a.
1. If (x + a) is a factor of x2 + px + q and [Exemplar]
x2 + mx + n, then find the value of a. [HOTS] 3. If (3x – 1)4 = a4x4 + a3x3 + a2x2 + a1x + a0, then
2. Let A and B are the remainders when the polynomial find the value of a4 + 3a3 + 9a2 + 27a1 = 81a0.
y3 + 2y2 – 5ay – 7 and y3 + ay2 – 12y + 6 are [HOTS]
4. 3 2
If Ax + 31x – Bx – 10 is exactly divisible by
divided by (y + 1) and (y – 2) respectively. If
2A + B = 6, find the value of a. [HOTS] 2x2 + 9x – 5, find the values of A and B.
3. Using suitable identity evaluate (998)3 [HOTS]
(i) Which mathematical concept is used in this 5. Find the values of p and q, if (x + 3) and (x – 4)
problem? are factors of x3 – px2 – qx + 24. [HOTS]
(ii) Which kind of skills are used? [VBQ]
Polynomials 57

Exemplar MCQs NTSE Past Year MCQs

1. 2 is a polynomial of degree 1. Let f(x) = x2 + x – 6. For what values of “ t ”
(a) 2 (b) 0 does f(t – 5) = 0? [2009]
(a) –3 and 2 (b) –2 and 3
1 (c) 5 (d) 2 and 7
(c) 1 (d)
2 2. Which of the following polynomials below is
2. Degree of the zero polynomial is identical to the polynomial (x2 – l) (x2 – 4)?
(a) 0 [2009]
(b) 1 (a) x4 + 4
(c) any natural number (b) x2 – 5x + 4
(d) not defined (c) (x2 + 1) (x2 + 4)
3. If p(x) = x + 3, then p(x) + p(–x) is equal to (d) (x2 + x – 2) (x2 – x– 2)
(a) 3 (b) 2x 3. Let f(x) denote a polynomial of degree 3.
(c) 0 (d) 6 Suppose f(x + 2) – f(x) = x2 + 4x + 4 and f(l) = 9.
4. If x + 1 is factor of the polynomial 2x2 + kx, Find the value of f(3). [2009]
then the value of k is (a) 18 (b) 19
(a) –3 (b) 4 (c) 23 (d) 13
(c) 2 (d) –2 4. The remainder when x4 – 3x3 + 2x2 is divided
5. One of the factors of (25x2 – 1) + (1 + 5x)2 is by x is : [2011]
(a) 5 + x (b) 5 – x (a) x3 – 3x2 + 2x (b) 2x2 – 3x3
(c) 5x – 1 (d) 10x (c) 1 (d) 0
6. Which of the following is a factor of (x + y)3 – 5. If (x – 2) is a common factor of x3 – 4x2 + ax + b
(x3 + y3) ? and x3 – ax2 + bx + 8, then the values of a and b
(a) x2 + y2 + 2xy (b) x2 + y2 – xy are respectively: [2011]
(c) xy2 (d) 3xy (a) 3 and 5 (b) 2 and – 4
7. The coefficient of x in the expansion of (x + 3) 3 (c) 4 and 0 (d) 0 and 4
is
(a) 1 (b) 9 1 1
6. If x + = 3, then the value of x 6 + is
(c) 18 (d) 27 x x6
x y [2012]
8. If + = -1 (where x, y ¹ 0), then the value
y x (a) 927 (b) 114
of x3 – y3 is (c) 364 (d) 322
(a) 1 (b) –1 7. The area of a rectangle is same as that of a circle
1 35
(c) 0 (d) of radius cm. If the length of the rectangle
2 11
æ 1 öæ 1ö exceeds its breadth by 3 cm., then the length of
9. If 49x 2 - b = ç 7x + ÷ç 7x - ÷ , then the
è 2 øè 2ø the rectangle is [2014, 2015]
value of b is (a) 2 cm (b) 3 cm
1 (c) 4 cm (d) 5 cm
(a) 0 (b)
2 1 1
8. If x + = 2 then x+ will be-
1 1 x x
(c) (d) [2015]
4 2
10. If a + b + c = 0, then a3 + b3 + c3 is equal to (a) 2 (b) 2
(a) 0 (b) abc
(c) 2 +1 (d) 1
(c) 3abc (d) 2abc
 EBD_7802
58 Mathematics

CHAPTER TEST

Time : 30 Min. Max. Marks : 20

Directions : (i) Attempt all questions

(ii) Question 1 and 2 carry 1 mark each.
(iii) Question 3 and 4 carry 2 marks each.
(iv) Question 5, 6 and 7 carry 3 marks each.
(v) Question 8 carries 5 marks.

1. Give one example each of a binomial of degree 35 and a monomial of degree 100.
2. (i) If p(x) = 2x2 – 5x + 4, find p(2).
(ii) If q(y) = 3y4 – 5y3 + y2 + 8, find q(– 1).
(iii) If f(t) = 3t2 – 10t + 6, find f(0).
3. Find the remainder when the polynomial f(x) = 4x 3 – 12x 2 + 14x – 3 is divided by
(2x – 1 ).
4. Without actual division, prove that x4 + 2x3 –2x2 + 2x – 3 is exactly divisible by x2 + 2x – 3.
5. If ax3 + bx2 + x – 6 has x + 2 as a factor and leaves a remainder 4 when divided by (x – 2), find the
values of a and b.
6. If a + b + c = 15 and a2 + b2 + c2 = 83, find the value of a3 + b3 + c3 – 3abc.
1 1
7. If x2 + 2 = 83. Find the value of x3 – .
x x3
8. Let R1 and R2 are the remainders when the polynomials x3 + 2x2 – 5ax – 7 and x3 + ax2 – 12x + 6 are
divided by x + 1 and x – 2 respectively. If 2R1 + R2 = 6, find the value of a.
Polynomials 59

Now, 6 x3 - 25 x 2 + 32 x - 12

Very Short Answer Questions = 6 x 2 ( x - 2 ) - 13x ( x - 2 ) + 6 ( x - 2 )

1. 12a2b – 6ab2 = 6ab(2a – b)
= ( x - 2 ) ( 6 x2 - 13x + 6 )
2. p(y) = y2 – y + 1
p(0) = 02 – 0 + 1 = 1 = ( x - 2 ) ( 6 x2 - 9 x - 4 x + 6 )
3. x2 – 3x = x(x – 3)
4. x – 2 is a factor of p(x), then p(2) = 0 = ( x - 2 ) [3x ( 2 x - 3) - 2 ( 2 x - 3)]
p(2) = 2 × (2)2 + 3 × 2 – k = 0
Þ 8+6–k=0 = ( x - 2 )( 2 x - 3)( 3x - 2 ).
\ k = 14.
3. Let, p ( x ) = 3x 3 - 5 x 2 + kx - 2 ,
5. 2x – 1 is a factor of p(x) = 6x2 + kx – 2
1 q ( x ) = - x3 - x 2 + 7 x + k
x= is a solution of p(x)
2 x+2=0
Put, x = –2 in p(x) and q(x)
æ1ö 1 1
Þ pç ÷ = 0 Þ 6. + k . - 2 = 0 P(–2) = 3(–2)3 – 5(–2)2 + k(–2) – 2
è2ø 4 2
= –24 – 20 – 2k – 2
Þ k =1 = –2k – 46
6. 8y3 – 125x3 = (2y)3 – (5x)3 q(–2) = –(–2)3 – (–2)2 + 7 (–2) + k
= (2y – 5x) (4y2 + 10xy + 25x2) = 8 – 4 – 14 + k
7. 6 – x – x = 6 – 3x + 2x – x2
2 = –10 + k
= 3(2 – x) + x(2 – x) = (2 – x) (3 + x) \ p(x) and q(x) leave the same remainder when
8. 20x2 – 9x + 1 = 20x2 – 5x – 4x + 1 divided by x + 2.
= 5x(4x – 1) – 1(4x – 1) Þ –2k – 46 = k – 10
= (4x – 1) (5x – 1) Þ –3k = 36
Short Answer Questions \ k = –12
3
1. Linear polynomial = 1 + x, degree = 1 343 3 æ7ö
4. p3q3 + = ( pq ) + ç ÷
Quadratic polynomial = x2 + x, degree = 2 729 è9ø
Cubic polynomial = x – x3, 7x3, degree = 3
2. Factors of 12 = (± 1, ± 2, ± 3, ± 4, ± 6, ± 12)
æ 7öæ 2 ö
= ç pq + ÷ ç ( pq )2 + çæ 7 ÷ö - pq ´ 7 ÷
3 2
p ( x ) = 6 x - 25 x + 32 x - 12 . è 9øèç 9 ÷ø
è9ø
p ( 2 ) = 6(2)3 - 25(2)2 + 32 ´ 2 - 12
éQ a3 + b3 = ( a + b ) ( a 2 + b2 - ab )ù
= 48 - 100 + 64 - 12 ë û
= 112 - 112 = 0
æ 7öæ 49 7 pq ö
\ x = 2 is zero of p(x) or (x – 2) is a factor of = ç pq + ÷ ç p 2 q2 + - ÷
è 9øè 81 9 ø
p(x).
 EBD_7802
60 Mathematics

5. p ( x ) = x3 - 3 x 2 - 2 x + 6 10. ( 2a + 3b )3 - ( 2a - 3b )3

p ( 2 ) = ( 2 ) - 3( 2 ) - 2 ( 2 ) + 6
3 2
êë
(
éQx3 - y 3 = ( x - y ) x 2 + xy + y 2 ù
úû
)
= 2( 2 ) - 6 - 2 2 + 6 = [( 2a + 3b ) - ( 2a - 3b )] [(2a + 3b)2 + ( 2a + 3b )
=0
( 2a - 3b ) + ( 2 a - 3b )2 ]
6. 64a3 – 27b3 – 144a2b + 108ab2
= (4a)3 – (3b)3 – 3 × (4a)2 × (3b) + 3 × (4a) × (3b)2 = 6b[(4a 2 + 12ab + 9b2 ) + (4a 2 - 9b2 )
= (4a)3 – (3b)3 – 3 × 4a × 3b (4a – 3b)
= (4a – 3b)3 + (4a2 - 12ab + 9b2 )]

7. (x + 2) is a factor of p ( x ) = 2 x 3 - kx 2 + 3x + 10 = 6b (12a 2 + 9b2 )

x = –2
= 6b ´ 3 ´ (4a 2 + 3b2 )
Þ p(–2) = 0
Þ 2(–2)3 – k(–2)2 + 3(–2) + 10 = 0 = 18b(4a 2 + 3b2 )
Þ –16 – 4k – 6 + 10 = 0 11. 1113 = (100 + 11)3
Þ k = –3 = (100)3 + 3(100)2 (11) + 3(100) (11)2 + (11)3
8. 8x3 – (2x – y)3 = (2x)3 – (2x – y)3 = 1367631
= [2x – (2x – y)] [(2x)2 + (2x – y)2 + 2x(2x – y)]
= y[4x2 + 4x2 + y2 – 4xy + 4x2 – 2xy]
12. f ( x ) = x3 + 3 x 2 - kx - 3
= y[12x2 + y2 – 6xy] (x + 3) is a factor of f (x)
9. Given Exp. f ( x ) = x3 + 3 x 2 - kx - 3
2 2
= ( x - y ) - 7 ( x + y )( x - y ) + 12 ( x + y ) f ( -3) = 0

2
= ( x - y ) - 4 ( x + y )( x - y ) ( -3)3 + 3 ( -3)2 - k ( -3) - 3 = 0
-27 + 27 + 3k - 3 = 0
2
- 3 ( x + y )( x - y ) + 12 ( x + y ) 3k - 3 = 0
= ( x - y ) [ x - y - 4x - 4 y ] k =1

13. f ( y ) = 2 y 3 - 5 y 2 + ay + b
- 3( x + y )[ x - y - 4x - 4 y]
f ( 2 ) = 2(2)3 - 5(2) 2 + a (2) + b = 0
= ( x - y ) [ -5 y - 3x ] - 3 ( x + y ) [ -3x - 5 y ]
Þ 16 - 20 + 2a + b = 0
= ( -5 y - 3 x ) éë x - y - 3 ( x + y ) ùû
Þ 2a + b = 4 ...(i)
= - ( 5 y + 3x )( -2 x - 4 y ) Now, f ( 0 ) = b = 0
From (i),
= ( 5 y + 3x )( 2 x + 4 y )
2a + 0 = 4
= 2 ( x + 2 y )( 5 y + 3x ) Þ a=2
\ a = 2, b = 0
Polynomials 61
14. 2x - 1 = 0 3 2
f ( -2 ) = ( -2 ) - 3 ( -2 ) + 3 ( -2 ) - 4
1 = –8 – 12 – 6 – 4
Þ x=
2
f ( -2 ) = -30
Using remainder theorem, if f(x) is divided by
f ( 0 ) = -4
2x – 1, the remainder is f æç 1 ö÷
è2ø \ f ( 2 ) + f ( -2 ) + f ( 0 ) = -2 - 30 - 4 = -36

3 2 Long Answer Questions

æ1ö æ1ö æ1ö æ1ö
\ f ç ÷ = 4 ç ÷ - 12 ç ÷ + 14 ç ÷ - 3
è2ø è2ø è2ø è2ø 1. Suppose, g ( x ) = x 2 - 3x + 2

1 1 1 = x2 - 2 x - x + 2
= 4 ´ - 12 ´ + 14 ´ - 3
8 4 2
= x ( x - 2 ) - 1( x - 2 )

=
1
-3+7 -3 = ( x - 2 )( x - 1)
2 Put x - 2 = 0 Þ x = 2
1 Put x - 1 = 0 Þ x = 1
= +1
2
Now, f ( x ) = 2 x 4 - 6 x3 + 3x 2 + 3x - 2
3
= f ( 2 ) = 2(24 ) - 6(23 ) + 3(22 ) + 3(2) - 2
2
= 32 – 48 + 12 + 6 – 2 = 0
3
So, required remainder is . 4 3 2
f (1) = 2 (1) - 6 (1) + 3 (1) + 3 (1) - 2
2
=2–6+3+3–2=0
15. f ( x ) = x 4 - 4 x3 + 3 x 2 - 2 x + 1
Þ ( x - 1) and ( x - 2 ) are the factors of f (x).
f ( 0) = 1
\ f ( x ) is exactly divisible by g(x).
4 3 2
f ( -1) = ( -1) - 4 ( -1) + 3 ( -1) - 2 ( -1) + 1
x8 - y8 = ( x 4 ) - y 4 ( )
2 2
2.
= 1 + 4 + 3 + 2 + 1 = 11
4 3 2
f ( 2) = ( 2) - 4 ( 2) + 3( 2) - 2 ( 2) + 1 (
= x4 + y4 )( x4 - y 4 )
= 16 – 32 + 12 – 4 + 1
( é
) ( )
2ù
= x 4 + y 4 êë( x 2 ) - y 2 ûú
2
= 29 – 36 = –7
\ f ( 0 ) ´ f ( -1) = 11 ¹ f ( 2 )
(
= x4 + y 4 )( x2 + y 2 )( x2 - y 2 )
16. f ( x ) = x - 3x + 3x - 4
3 2

3 2
(
= x4 + y 4 )( x2 + y 2 ) ( x + y )( x - y )
f ( 2) = ( 2) - 3( 2) + 3( 2) - 4
3. (x – 3) is a factor of
= 8 – 12 + 6 – 4
p ( x ) = 2 x 4 + 3x 3 - 26 x 2 - 5 x + 6 , then it
f ( 2 ) = -2
completely divide p(x).
 EBD_7802
62 Mathematics
Similarly, F(n = F) = 0 and F(p = m) = 0
3 2
2 x + 9 x + x - 2 (quotient) n – p is a factor of F and p – m is a factor of F.
x - 3) 2 x 4 + 3x3 - 26 x 2 - 5 x + 6 6. Suppose p ( x ) = x3 - 3x 2 - x + 3

2 x 4 - 6 x3 The factors of the constant term 3 are ±1, ±3

- + p(1) = 13 – 3(1)2 – 1 + 3 = 0
\ (x – 1) is a factor
9 x3 - 26 x 2 p(–1) = (–1)3 – 3(–1)2 – (–1) + 3 = 0
9 x 2 - 27 x 2 \ (x + 1 ) is a factor
- + p(3) = 33 – 3(3)2 – 3 + 3 = 0
\ (x – 3) is a factor
x2 - 5 x (x – 1), (x + 1), (x – 3) are the factors of p(x).
x2 - 3x
7. Let f ( x ) = 2 x3 + ax 2 + bx - 6 ...(i)
- +
-2 x + 6 Q ( x - 1) is a factor of f(x), then
-2 x + 6 f(1) = 0 ...(ii)
+ - On putting x = 1 in (1)
0 f (1) = 2 + a + b - 6

Þ f (1) = a + b - 4
\ Remainder = 0. Hence, (x – 3) is a factor of
p(x). Þ a +b-4 = 0 ...(iii)
4. Factors of 5 = (± 1, ± 5) When f(x) is divided by (x – 2) it leaves
p(5) = (5)3 – 3(5)2 – 9(5) – 5 remainder
= 125 – 75 – 45 – 5 f(2) = 2 ...(iv)
= 125 – 125 = 0 On putting x = 2 in (1) and using (4)
\ x = 5 is a zero of p(x) or (x – 5) is a factor of 3 2
f ( 2) = 2 ( 2) + a ( 2) + b (2) - 6 = 2
p(x)
Then, x3 – 3x2– 9x – 5 Þ 16 + 4a + 2b - 6 = 2
= x2(x – 5) + 2x(x – 5) + 1(x – 5) Þ 4a + 2b + 8 = 0
= (x – 5) (x2 + 2x + 1)
Þ 2a + b + 4 = 0 ...(v)
= (x – 5) (x2 + x + x + 1)
From (iii) and (v)
= (x – 5) (x(x + 1) + 1(x + 1))
= (x – 5) (x + 1) (x + 1) 2a + b + a + b = 0
5. Given Polynomial, Þ 3a + 2b = 0

( ) (
F = m n2 - p2 + n p2 - m2 + p m2 - n2 ...(i)) ( ) Þ 3a = -2b

On putting m = n in RHS of eqn (i), we get

8. Suppose f ( x ) = 2 x 4 + x3 - 14 x 2 - 19 x - 6
The factors of the constant term are ± 1, ± 2, ±
( ) ( )
F (m = n) = n n 2 - p 2 + n p 2 - n2 + p ( n2 - n2 ) 3 and ± 6.
We have
( ) (
= n n2 - p 2 - n n2 - p 2 + 0 ) 4 3 2
f ( -1) = 2 ( -1) + ( -1) - 14 ( -1) - 19 ( -1) - 6
=0
m – n is a factor of F = 2 – 1 – 14 + 19 – 6
Polynomials 63
= 21 – 21 = 0 Therefore, – 2 is a zero of the polynomial x + 2,
and f(–2) = 2(–2)4 + (–2)3 – 14(–2)2 – 19(–2) – 6 but 2 is not.
= 32 – 8 – 56 + 38 – 6 2. m7 + 4m6 + 8m5 – 3m2 + 6m – 11
= 70 – 70 = 0 3. (y + z)(x – 3)
So, x + 1 and x + 2 are factors of f(x) 4. (b + c) (ax + 3ay – 5)
Þ ( x + 1)( x + 2) is a factor of f(x) 5. (a – 2b) (a – 2b + 1) (a – 2b – 1)
6. (– 2x + 3y + 2z)2 = (– 2x)2 + (3y)2 + (2z)2
Þ x 2 + 3x + 2 is a factor of f(x) + 2(– 2x)(3y) + 2(3y) (2z) + 2(2z) (– 2x)
Now divide = 4x2 + 9y2 + 4z2 – 12xy + 12yz – 8zx.
7. ab (a2 + b2)(a + b)(a – b)
f ( x ) = 2 x 4 + x3 + 14 x 2 - 19 x - 6 by 8. The zero of q (x) is – 2
x2 + 3x + 2
Now, p(- 2) = 2 2 (- 2) 2 + 5(- 2) + 2

2 x2 - 5 x - 3 = 4 2 -5 2 + 2 = 0
2
x + 3x + 2) 4 3 2 \ By factor theorem, q (x) is a factor of p
2 x + x - 14 x - 19 x - 6
(x).
4 x 4 + 6 x3 + 4 x 2
9. 0
- - - 10. x3 – 3x2 –10x + 24
-5 x - 18 x 2 - 19 x
3
= (x – 2) (x2 – x – 12)
= (x – 2) (x2 – 4x + 3x – 12)
-5 x3 - 15 x 2 - 10 x
= (x – 2) (x – 4) (x + 3)
+ + +
11. 5 + 8x – 4x2 has (2x + 1) as one factor
-3 x 2 - 9 x - 6 5 + 8x - 4x 2
2 = (5 - 2x)
-3 x - 9 x - 6 2x + 1
+ + + \ (5 – 2x) is another factor.
12. Since x – a is a factor
0
\ (a)3 –3(a)2 . a + 2a2(a) + b = 0
Þ a3 – 3a3 + 2a3 + b = 0 Þ b = 0
\ 2 x 4 + x 3 - 14 x 2 - 19 x - 6 13. Put x = –1 in the given expression, we get
(–1)140 + 2(–1)151 + k = 0
= ( x 2 + 3x + 2 )( 2 x 2 - 5 x - 3) Þ 1–2+k=0Þk=1
14. Since x + a is a factor of given expression
= ( x + 1)( x + 2 ) ( 2 x 2 - 6 x + x - 3) \ put x = –a in the given polynomial, we get
(–a)4 – a2(–a)2 + 3(–a) – 6a = 0
= ( x + 1)( x + 2 )[2 x ( x - 3 ) + 1 ( x - 3 )] Þ a4 – a4 – 3a – 6a = 0
Þ –9a = 0 Þ a = 0
= ( x + 1)( x + 2 )( x - 3)( 2 x + 1)
15. (42 – x – x2)
= –(x2 + x – 42)
= –(x2 + 7x – 6x – 42)
Very Short Answer Questions = –[x(x + 7) – 6(x + 7)]
1. Let r(x) = x + 2. = –[(x – 6) (x + 7)]
= (6 – x)(x + 7)
Then r (2) = 2 + 2 = 4, r (– 2) = – 2 + 2 = 0
 EBD_7802
64 Mathematics
Now, a3 + b3 + c3 – 3abc
-57
16. = (a + b + c)(a2 + b2 + c2 – ab – bc – ca)
8
= 10(83 – 8.5) = 745
17. Let p(x) = x3 –ax2 + 6x – a.
æa cö
If p(x) is divided by (x – 1), then remainder is 5. (x + 1) ç x + ÷
p(1) èb dø

p(1) = (1)3 – a(1)2 + 6(1) – a 6. The remainder when p(x) = x100 – x97 + x3
is divided by x + 1 is
= 1 – a + 6 – a = 7 – 2a.
100 97 3
18. Degree polynomial A + Degree of polynomial B p ( -1) = ( -1) - ( -1) + ( -1)
= Degree of polynomial B = 1 – (– 1) – 1 = 1
Þ 7 + x = 56 7. Given: x2 +2x = 45
Þ x = 49 x4 + 4x3 + 4x2 – 13
Short Answer Questions = (x2 +2x)2 – 13
= 45 × 45 – 13 = 2025 – 13
a2 1 b2 = 2012
1. - + 8. Let f(x) = 1 + x + x2 + x3 + ............ + x2012
4b2 3 9a2
Here, we will apply the remainder theorem.
2 2 2 Remainder theorem states that if f(x) is divided
æ aö æ aö æ bö æ bö
= ç ÷ - 2ç ÷ ç ÷ + ç ÷ by (x –a), then the remainder is given by f(a).
è 2b ø è 2b ø è 3a ø è 3a ø
So, when f(x) is divided by (x–1), the remainder
2
æ a b ö æ a b öæ a b ö will be given by f(1).
= ç - ÷ = ç - ÷ç - ÷ f(1) = 1 +1 + 12 + 13 + ............. + 12012
è 2b 3a ø è 2b 3a øè 2b 3a ø
= 2013 times 1
2. 4 x 2 - 4 3x + 3 = 2013
\ Remainder = 2013
( 2 x )2 - 2 ( 2 x ) ( ) ( 3)
2
3 + 9. Let f(x) = 2x3 + ax2 + 3x – 5 and g(x) = x3 + x2
– 2x + a.
( 3 ) = ( 2 x - 3 )( 2 x - 3 )
2
= 2x - When f(x) is divided by (x – 2), remainder =
3. 12(a + 1)2 – 25(a + 1)(b + 2) + 12(b + 2)2 f(2).
When g(x) is divided by (x – 2), remainder =
Let (a + 1) = x and (b + 2) = y
g(2).
Þ 12x2 – 25xy + 12y2 Now, f(2) = (2 × 23 + a × 22 + 3 × 2 – 5)
Þ 12x2 – (16 + 9)xy + 12y2 = (17 + 4a).
Þ (3x – 4y)(4x – 3y) And, g(2) = (23 + 22 – 2 × 2 + a) = (8 + a)
or [3(a + 1) – 4(b + 2)][4(a + 1) – 3(b + 2)] \ 17 + 4a = 8 + a Þ 3a = – 9 Þ a = – 3.
Hence, a = – 3
= (3a–4b–5)(4a–3b–2)
10. (x + a) is a factor of
4. a3 + b3 + c3 – 3abc f(x) = x3 + ax2 – 2x + a + 6.
= (a + b + c) (a2 + b2 + c2 – ab – bc – ca) Û f(– a) = 0 [... x + a = 0 Û x = – a]
[Q (a + b + c)2 = a2 + b2 + c2 + 2ab + 2bc + 2ca] Û (– a)3 + a(–a)2 – 2(– a) + a + 6 = 0
Þ (10)2 = 83 + 2(ab + bc + ca) Û 3a = – 6
17 Ûa=–2
Þ ab + bc + ca = = 8.5 Hence, the required value of a is – 2.
2
Polynomials 65

11. p(x) = x2 – 2 2x + 1 15. We have, (a + b) (a2

+ ab + b2)
(a2 – ab + b2) (a – b)
( ) ( ) ( ) = {(a + b) (a2 – ab + b2)}
2
p 2 2 = 2 2 - 2 2 2 2 +1
{(a – b) (a2 + ab + b2)}
= (a3 + b3) (a3 – b3)
( ) - (2 2 )
2 2
= 2 2 +1 [Using identities (x + y) (x2 – xy + y2)
=1 = x3 + y3 and (x – y) (x2 + xy + y2) = x3 – y3]
12. We have p(x) = x2 – 4x + 3 = (a3)2 – (b3)2
[Using identity (x + y) (x – y) = x2 – y2]
æ1ö = a6 – b6
p(2) – p(– 1) + p ç ÷ = (22 – 4 × 2 + 3)
è2ø 16. We have a + b + c = 14
(a + b + c)2 = a2 + b2 + c2 + 2(ab + bc + ca)
ìïæ 1 ö2 1 üï Þ 2(ab + bc + ca)
– {(– 1)2 – 4(– 1) + 3} + íç 2 ÷ - 4 ´ 2 + 3ý = (a + b + c)2 – a2 – b2 – c2
ïîè ø ïþ
Þ 2(ab + bc + ca) = (14)2 – 74
= 196 – 74 = 122
æ1 ö
= (4 – 8 + 3) – (1 + 4 + 3) + ç - 2 + 3 ÷ Þ ab + bc + ca = 122 ¸ 2 = 61
è4 ø
Now, a3 + b3 + c3 – 3abc
5 = (a + b + c) ×
= -1 - 8 + {a2 + b2 + c2 – (ab + bc + ca)}
4
Þ 434 – 3abc = 14(74 – 61) = 14 × 13 = 182
5 Þ 434 – 182 = 3abc
= -9 +
4 Þ 3abc = 252
Þ abc = 252 ¸ 3 = 84
-36 + 5 17. Given expression
=
4
1 1
-31 = x2 + 2
- 2 - 2 - y2 -
= x y2
4
13. (2x – y + z)2 – (2x + y – z)2 æ 2 1 ö æ 2 1 ö
ç ÷
= (2x)2 + (–y)2 + z2 + 2(2x) (–y) çx + 2 - 2÷
= ç ÷ - çy + 2 + 2÷
è x ø è y ø
+ 2(–y)z + 2z((2x) – {(2x)2 + y2 + (–z)2
+ 2(2x)y + 2y(–z) + 2(–z) 2x} 2
2
= 4x2 + y2 + z2 – 4xy – 2yz + 4zx – 4x2 – y2 æ 1 ö æç 1 ö÷
= çç x - ÷÷ - ç y + ÷
– z2 – 4xy + 2yz + 4zx è xø è yø
= – 8xy + 8zx
14. 2x – 3y = 4 æ 1 1 öæ 1 1ö
Cubing on both sides, we get = çç x - + y + ÷ç
÷ç x - - y - ÷÷
è x yøè x yø
(2x – 3y)3 = (4)3
18. Let f(x) = x3 – ax2 + 14x + b
Þ (2x)3 – (3y)3 – 3(2x) (3y) (2x – 3y) = 64
Here, we will perform the synthetic division of
Þ 8x3 – 27y3 – 18xy (2x – 3y) = 64
f(x) by (x – 1) and (x – 2). Remainder will be
Þ 8x3 – 27y3 – 18xy (4) = 64
zero as (x – 1) and (x – 2) are the factors of
Þ 8x3 – 27y3 – 72xy = 64
f(x).
 EBD_7802
66 Mathematics

2
1 1 –a 14 –b æ1ö 1 p 5
Þ p ç ÷ + 5. + r = 0 Þ + +r = 0
è ø
2 2 4 2
1 1–a 15 – a
p + 10 + 4r = 0 …(ii)
1 1–a 15 – a 15 – a + b = 0 From equations (i) and (ii), we have
Þ a – b = 15 ...(i) 4p + 10 + r = p + 10 + 4r
4p – p + 10 = 4r + 10 – r Þ 3p = 3r
2 1 –a 14 –b Þ p=r
2 4 – 2a 36 – 4a 3. When f(x) is divided by x – 1 and x + 1 the
remainders are 5 and 19 respectively.
1 2–a 18 – 2a 36 – 4a + b = 0
\ f(1) = 5 and f(–1) = 19
Þ 4a – b = 36 ....(ii)
(1)4 – 2 × (1)3 + 3 × (1)2 – a(1) + b = 5 and
Solving (i) and (ii), we get a = 7, b = –8
Þ (–1)4 – 2 × (–1)3 + 3 × (–1)2 – a × (–1) + b
Long Answer Questions = 19
1. Let p(x) = 2x3 + ax2
+ 11x + a + 3 be the given Þ 1 – 2 + 3 – a + b = 5 and 1 + 2 + 3 + a + b
polynomial. If p(x) is exactly divisible by = 19
2x – 1, then (2x – 1) is a factor of p(x). Þ 2 – a + b = 5 and 6 + a + b = 19
æ1ö 1 Þ –a + b = 3 and a + b = 13
\ pç ÷ = 0 [Q 2x – 1 = 0 Þ x = ]
è 2ø 2 Adding these two equations, we get
(–a + b) + (a + b) = 3 + 13 Þ 2b = 16 Þ b = 8
3 2
æ1ö æ1ö 1 Putting b = 8 in –a + b = 3, we get
Þ 2 × ç ÷ + a × ç ÷ + 11 × + a + 3 = 0
è2ø è2ø 2
–a + 8 = 3 Þ –a = –5 Þ a = 5
1 a 11 Putting the values of a and b in
Þ + + +a+3=0
4 4 2 f(x) = x4 – 2x3 + 3x2 – 5x + 8
The remainder when f(x) is divided by (x – 2)
1 + a + 22 + 4a + 12 5a + 35
Þ =0Þ =0 is equal to f(2).
4 4
So, remainder
Þ 5a + 35 = 0 Þ a = –7 = f(2) = 24 – 2 × 23 + 3 × 22 – 5 × 2 + 8
Thus the given polynomial is divisible by 2x –1, = 16 – 16 + 12 – 10 + 8 = 10
if a = –7. 1 3 3
4. r – s +125t 3 + 5rst
2. Let f(x) = px2 + 5x + r 27
As (x – 2) is a factor of f (x), so f (2) = 0 1 3
= 3 r + (– s ) + 5 t + 5rst
3 3 3

3
p × 22 + 5 × 2 + r = 0
3
Þ 4p + 10 + r = 0 ....(i) ærö ærö
= ç ÷ + (– s) 3 + (5t ) 3 – 3 ç ÷ (– s ) (5t )
è3ø è3ø
æ 1ö æ1ö
Also, ç x - ÷ is a factor of f (x), so f ç ÷ = 0
è 2 ø è 2ø
Polynomials 67

ær ö = (2x + 1) (2x + 3)
= ç + (- s) + 5t ÷
è3 ø 4. Let x – 2y = a, 2y – 3z = b and 3z – x = c
\ a + b + c = x – 2y + 2y – 3z + 3z – x = 0
éæ r ö2 r r ù
êç ÷ + ( - s ) + (5t ) - .(- s) - (- s) (5t ) - (5t ) ú
2 2
Þ a3 + b3 + c3 = 3abc
ëêè 3 ø 3 3 ûú Hence (x – 2y)3 + (2y – 3z)3 + (3z – x)3
= 3(x – 2y) (2y – 3z) (3z – x)
öær 5rt ö
2
ær rs 5. Put x – y = a, y – z = b, and z – x = c.
= ç 3 - s + 5t ÷ ç 9 + s + 25t + 3 + 5st - 3 ÷
2 2

è øè ø Now, a + b + c =x – y + y – z + z – x = 0
Þ a3 + b3 + c3 = 3abc
r Þ (x – y)3 + (y – z)3 + (z – x)3
Now, s = + 5t (Given)
3 = 3(x – y) (y – z) (z – x)
r
Þ - s + 5t = 0 Short Answer Questions
3
1. Let f(x) =x2 + px + q
1 3 3 and q(x) = x2 + mx + n
\ r - s +125t 3 + 5rst
27 (x + a) is a factor of f(x) and g(x)
By remainder theorem,
æ r2 rs 5rt ö f(–a) = (–a)2 + p( –a) + q = 0
= 0 ´ ç + s 2 + 25t 2 + + 5st - ÷ =0 Þ a2 – ap + q = 0 ....(i)
è 9 3 3 ø
Also,
g(–a) = (–a)2 + m(–a) + n = 0
Þ a2 – am + n = 0 ....(ii)
Subtracting (ii) from (i)
Very Short Answer Questions –a(p – m) + q – n = 0
1. Let p(x) = (x – 2)2 – (x + 2)2 Þ –a (p – m) = –(q – n)
As finding a zero of p(x), is same as solving Þ a (p – m) = q – n
n-q
the equation p(x) = 0 Þ a=
m-p
So, p(x) = 0 Þ (x – 2)2 – (x + 2)2 = 0
2. A is a remainder when y3 + 2y2 – 5ay – 7 is
Þ (x – 2 + x + 2) (x – 2 – x – 2) = 0
divided by y + 1
Þ 2x (– 4) = 0 Þ –8x = 0 Þ x = 0 \ (– 1)3 + 2(– 1)2 – 5a(1) – 7 = A
Hence, x = 0 is the one zero of p(x). Þ – 1 + 2 + 5a – 7 = A
3 2 Þ 5a – 6 = A ...(i)
2. g(x) = 0 Þ 1 - x = 0; x = B is a remainder when y3 + ay2 – 12y + 6 is
2 3
divided by y – 2
æ2ö \ (2)3 + a(2)2 – 12(2) + 6 = B
Remainder = p ç ÷ 8 + 4a – 24 + 6 = B
è3ø
4a – 10 = B ...(ii)
8 24 4 It is given that 2A + B = 6
= - + -4 2 (5a – 6) + (4a – 10) = 6
27 9 3
14a – 22 = 6
8 - 72 + 36 - 108 136 14a = 28
= =-
27 27 a=2
3. As we know
3. 4x2 + 8x + 3 = 4x2 + 6x + 2x + 3
(a – b)3 = a3 – b3 – 3ab (a – b)
= 2x (2x + 3) + 1 (2x + 3)
(998)3 = (1000 – 2)3
 EBD_7802
68 Mathematics
=(1000)3 – (2)3 – 3(1000)(2)(1000 – 2) 3. (3x – 1)4
= (3x – 1)2
(3x – 1)2
= 1000000000 – 8 – 6000 (998) = (9x2 – 6x + 1) (9x2 – 6x + 1)
= 10000000000 – 5988008 = (9x2 – 6x + 1)2
= 994011992 = 81x4 + 36x2 + 1 – 108x3 – 12x + 18x2
(i) Concept of algebraic identities. = 81x4 – 108x3 + 54x2 – 12x + 1
(ii) (a) Critical thinking Compare with given equation, we get
(b) Knowledge of subject a4 = 81, a3 = – 108, a2 = 54, a1 = – 12, a0 =1
(c) understanding of concepts \ a4 + 3a3 + 9a2 + 27a1 + 81a0
4. f (x) = 3x2 – 12x = 81 – 324 + 486 – 324 + 81
= 3x (x – 4) = 81 – 324 + 486 – 324 + 81
Thus, if f (x) is his income then 3x will be his = 648 – 648 = 0
expenses and (x – 4) saving. 4. Let us find the factors of 2x2 + 9x –5.
Values: 2x2 + 9x – 5 = 0
Þ 2x2 + 10x – x – 5 = 0
• Future security
Þ 2x(x + 5) – 1(x + 5) = 0
• Sense of responsibility
Þ (2x – 1) (x + 5) = 0
5. (i) p(x) = x4 + 4x2 + 5 is positive for all x as
1
powers of x are all even Þ x = , – 5 are the factors of
So, p(x) ¹ 0 for any x 2
2x2 + 9x – 5
Therefore, there exists no zero of the given
As, Ax3 + 31x2 – Bx – 10 is exactly divisible
polynomial.
by 2x2 + 9x – 5 it will be exactly divisible by its
(ii) Duty, discipline, and patriotism.
factors also.
Long Answer Questions Let f(x) = Ax3 + 31x2 – Bx – 10
1. p(x) = x5 – 4a2x3 + 2x + 2a + 3 Now, we will apply remainder theorem and
r(x) = x + 2a is a zero of p(x) synthetic division of f(x) by (2x – 1) and
\ p(– 2a) = 0 (x + 5).
Þ p(– 2a) = (– 2a)5 – 4(– 2a)3 × a2 + 2(– 2a)
+ 2a + 3 1
A 31 –B –10
= – 32a5 + 32a5 – 4a + 2a + 3 2
p(– 20) = – 2a + 3 = 0 A A + 62 A + 62 - 4B
3 2 4 8
Þ – 2a + 3 = 0 Þ a =
2 A A + 62 - 4B
2. Consider, A + 31 A + 62 - 4B - 80
2 =0
4 8
p(z) = az3 + 4z2 + 3z – 4
q(z) = z3 – 4z + a and r(z) = z – 3
z =3 is the root of both p(z) and q(z) (Q Remainder will be 0)
p(3) = a(3)3 + 4(3)2 + 3(3) – 4 Þ A – 4B = 18 ....(i)
p(3) = 27a + 36 + 9 – 4 Similarly,
p(3) = 27a + 41
–5 A 31 –B –10
and q(3) = (3)3 – 4(3) + a
= 27 – 12 + a –5A 25A – 155 –125A + 5B + 775
q (3) = 15 + a
A –5A + 31 25A – B – 155 –125A + 5B + 765 = 0
\ 27a + 41 = 15 + a
27a – a = 15 – 41 (Q Remainder will be 0)
26a = – 26 Þ a = – 1 Þ 25A – B = 153 ....(ii)
Solving (i) and (ii), we get A = 6, B = – 3.
Polynomials 69
5. Let f (x) = –x3 px2 – qx + 24. 6. (d) Since, (x + y)3 – (x3 + y3)
Since, (x + 3) is a factor of f (x), so by factor = (x + y)3 – (x + y) (x2 – xy + y2)
theorem, f (– 3) = 0 [a3 + b3 = (a + b) (a2 – ab + b2)]
\ f (–3) = (–3)3 – p (–3)2 – q (–3) + 24 = 0 = (x + y) (x2 + y2 + 2xy – x2
Þ –27 – 9p + 3q + 24 = 0 + xy – y2)
Þ –3p + q – 1 = 0… (i) = (x + y) (3xy)
So, one of the factors of given polynomial
Similarly, if (x – 4) is a factor of f (x), then f (4)
is 3xy.
=0
7. (b) Since, (x + 3)3 = x3 + 33 + 3x (3) (x + 3)
\ (4)3 – p(4)2 – q (4) + 24 = 0
[(a + b)3 = a3 + b3 + 3ab (a + b)]
Þ 64 – 16p – 4q + 24 = 0
= x3 + 27 + 9x2 + 27x
Þ – 4p – q + 22 = 0… (ii) So, the coefficient of x in (x + 3)3 is 27.
Solving eqs. (i) and (ii) we get
–7p + 21 = 0, \ p = 3 x y
8. (c) Since, + = -1
Substituting, p = 3 in eq. (i), we get – 3 (3) + q y x
– 1 = 0 \ q = 10 \ p = 3 and q = 10
x 2 + y2
\ = -1
xy

Exemplar MCQs So, x2 + y2 + xy = 0 ...(i)

Now, x3 – y3 = (x – y) (x2 + xy + y2)
1. (b) 2 is a polynomial of degree 0, as [a3 – b3 = (a – b) (a2 + ab + b2)]
exponent of variable is 0. = (x – y) × 0 = 0
2. (d) The degree of zero polynomial is not [from Eq. (i)]
defined as in zero polynomial, the
æ 1 öæ 1ö
coefficient of any variable is zero. 9. (a) Since, (49x2 – b) = ç 7x + ÷ç 7x - ÷
è 2 øè 2ø
3. (d) Q p(x ) = x + 3, put x = –x in the given
equation,
2ù é
2ù
é 2 æ1ö
\ ë 49x - ( b ) û = ê( 7x ) - ç ÷ ú
2
p(–x) = –x + 3
ëê è 2 ø ûú
So, p(x) + p(–x) = x + 3 + (–x) + 3
=6 [(a + b)(a – b) = a2 b2]
4. (c) Suppose, p(x) = 2x2 + kx 2
æ1ö
-( b ) = -ç ÷
2
As, (x + 1) is a factor of p(x) So,
è2ø
So, p(–1) = 0
Þ 2(–1)2 + k(–1) = 0 1
\ k=2 Therefore, b =
4
Therefore, the value of k is 2. 10. (c) Since, a + b + c3 = (a + b + c)
3 3
5. (d) Since, (25x2 – 1) + (1 + 5x)2 (a2 + b2 + c2 – ab – bc – ca) + 3abc
= 25x2 + 25x2 + 10x \ a3 + b3 + c3 – 3abc
[(a + b) = a2 + b2 + 2ab]
2
= (a + b + c) (a2 + b2 + c2 – ab – bc – ca)
= 10x (5x + 1) =0
Therefore, one of the factors of given So, a3 + b3 + c3 = 3abc
polynomial is 10x.
 EBD_7802
70 Mathematics

NTSE Past Year MCQs 1

6. (d) x + =3
1. (d) f (t – 5) = 0 x
Þ (t –5)2 + (t – 5) – 6 = 0
1 æ 1ö
Þ t2 –10t + 25 + t – 5 –6 = 0 x3 + + 3 ç x + ÷ = 27
3
x è xø
Þ t2 –9t + 14 = 0
Þ t2 –7t –2t + 14 = 0 1
Þ t (t – 7) –2 (t – 7) = 0 x3 + = 27 - 9 = 18
x3
Þ (t – 2) (t –7) =0
Þ t = 2, 7 æ 3 1 ö æ 6 1
2
ö
2. (d) (x2 –1) (x2 – 4) =(x2 –12) (x2 –22) ç x + 3 ÷ = ç x + 6 + 2÷
è x ø è x ø
= (x + 1) (x – 1) (x + 2) (x – 2)
and (x2 + x – 2) (x2 – x – 2) 6 1
= (x2 + 2x – x – 2) (x2 – 2x + x – 2) Now x + 6 + 2 = 324
x
= (x (x + 2) –1 (x + 2)) (x (x – 2) +1 (x – 2))
= (x –1) (x + 2)(x +1) (x – 2) 1
x6 + = 322
3. (a) f (x + 2) –f (x) = x2 + 4x + 4 x6
Put x = 1
22 35
f (1+ 2) – f (1) = (1)2 + 4(1) + 4 7. (d) lb = ´ = 10 ....(i)
7 11
Þ f (3) – f (1) = 1 + 4 + 4
Þ f (3) = 9 + f (1) But l = b + 3 ....(ii)
=9+9
Solving (i) & (ii), l = 5, b = 2
= 18
4. (d) x4 – 3x3 + 2x2 = x(x3 – 3x2 + 2x) 1
8. (b) x + =2
So, x is a factor of x4 – 3x3 + 2x2 x
\ when x4 – 3x3 + 2x2 is divided by x, the 2
æ 1 ö
( ) 1
2
remainder is 0. +ç
x ÷ + 2 x. = 2+2
5. (c) Let f(x) = x3 – 4x2 + ax + b è xø x
and g(x) = x3 – ax2 + bx + 8
2
As (x – 2) is a common factor of f(x) & g(x), æ 1 ö
ç x+ ÷ =4
f(2) = 0 è xø
Þ 23 – 4×22 + a × 2 + b = 0
Þ 8 – 4 × 4 + 2a + b = 0 1
x+ =2
Þ 8 – 16 + 2a + b = 0 x
Þ 2a + b – 8 = 0 ...(i)
Also, g(2) = 0
Þ 23 – a × 22 + b × 2 + 8 = 0 1. We know that the highest degree of all terms
Þ 8 – 4a + 2b + 8 = 0 that appear with non-zero coefficients in a
Þ 16 – 4a + 2b = 0 polynomial is called the degree of the
polynomial.
Þ 4a – 2b – 16 = 0 ...(ii)
(i) A binomial of degree 35 is 7x35 + 1.
Solving (i) and (ii), we get a = 4, b = 0
(ii) A monomial of degree 100 is 3t100 .
Polynomials 71
2. We have: Þ p(– 2) = 0 [Q x + 2 = 0 Þ x = – 2]
(i) p(x) = 2x2 – 5x + 4 Þ a(– 2)3 + b(– 2)2 + (– 2) – 6 = 0
Þ p(2) = (2 × 22 – 5 × 2 + 4) Þ – 8a + 4b – 2 – 6 = 0
= (8 – 10 + 4) = 2 Þ – 8a + 4b = 8
(ii) q(y) = 3y4 – 5y3 + y2 + 8 Þ – 2a + b = 2 ... (i)
Þ q(– 1) = [3 × (– 1)4 – 5 × (– 1)3
+(– 1)2 + 8] It is given that p(x) leaves the remainder 4
= (3 + 5 + 1 + 8) = 17. when it is divided by (x – 2).
(iii) f(t) = 3t2 – 10t + 6 \ p(2) = 4 [Q x – 2 = 0 Þ x = 2]
Þ f(0) = (3 × 02 – 10 × 0 + 6)= 6. Þ a(2)3 + b(2)2 + 2 – 6 = 4
3. 2x – 1 = 0 Þ 8a + 4b – 4 = 4
Þ 8a + 4b = 8
1
Þ x= . Þ 2a + b = 2 ...(ii)
2
Adding (i) and (ii), we get
By the remainder theorem, we know that when 2b = 4
f(x) is divided by (2x – 1), the remainder is Þ b=2
æ1ö Putting b = 2 in (i), we get
fç ÷ . – 2a + 2 = 2
è 2ø
Þ –2a = 0
é æ 1 ö3 Þ a = 0.
1 ù
2
æ1ö æ 1ö
Now, f ç ÷ = ê4 ´ ç ÷ –12 ´ç ÷ +14´ –3ú Hence, a = 0 and b = 2.
è 2ø êë è 2 ø è 2ø 2 ú
û 6. We know that
a3 + b3 + c3 – 3abc
æ1 ö 3 = (a + b + c)[(a2 + b2 + c2) – (ab + bc + ca)]
= ç – 3 + 7 – 3÷ = .
è 2 ø 2 ... (i)
Now,
3 (a + b + c)2 = a2 + b2 + c2 + 2(ab + bc + ca)
Hence, the required remainder is .
2 Þ 152 = 83 + 2(ab + bc + ca)
4. Let f (x) = x4 + 2x3 – 2x2 + 2x – 3 and Þ 142 = 2(ab + bc + ca)
g(x) = x2 + 2x – 3. Then,
142
g(x) = x2 + 2x – 3 = x2 + 3x – x – 3 Þ ab + bc + ca = = 71
2
= x(x + 3) – (x + 3) = (x + 3)(x – 1).
Þ x + 3 and x – 1 are factors of g(x). Substituting the value of ab + bc + ca in (i),
Now, we get
f (–3) = (– 3)4 + 2(– 3)3 – 2(– 3)2 + 2 × (– 3) – 3 a3 + b3 + c3 – 3abc
= 81 – 54 – 18 – 6 – 3 = 0 = 15 (83 – 71) = 15 × 12 = 180.
and, f (1) = (1)4 + 2 ´ (1)3 – 2 ´ (1)2 + 2 ´ 1 – 3 2 1
We know that æç x – ö÷
1
=1+2–2+2–3=0 7. = x2 + –2
è xø x2
\ f(x) is divisible by x + 3 and x – 1.
Hence, f(x) is divisible by (x + 3)(x – 1) 2
= x2 + 2x – 3 = g(x) æ 1ö é 2 1 ù
Þ ç x – ÷ = 83 – 2 ê Putting x + 2 = 83ú
5. Let p(x) = ax3 + bx2 + x – 6 be the given è x ø ë x û
polynomial.
2
Now, (x + 2) is a factor of p(x) æ 1ö
Þ ç x – ÷ = 81
è xø
 EBD_7802
72 Mathematics

2
8. x3
Let p(x) = + 2x2 – 5ax – 7 and q(x) = x3 +
æ 1ö 2
ax – 12x + 6 be the given polynomials. Now,
Þ ç x – ÷ = 92
è xø R1 = Remainder when p(x) is divided by x + 1
Þ R1 = p(– 1)
1 Þ R1 = (– 1)3 + 2(– 1)2 – 5a × (– 1) – 7
Þ x– =±9
x [Q p(x) = x3 + 2x2 – 5ax – 7]
[Taking square root both sides] ÞR1 = – 1 + 2 + 5a – 7
3
Þ R1 = 5a – 6
æ 1ö And, R2 = Remainder when q(x) is divided
ç x – ÷ = ± 93 [Cubing both sides]
è xø by x – 2
Þ R2 = q(2)
1 1 æx– 1ö Þ R2 = (2)3 + a × (22) – 12 × (2) + 6
Þ x3 – – 3x × ç ÷
x 3 x è x ø = ± 729 [Q q(x) = x3 + ax2 – 12ax + 6]
Þ R2 = 8 + 4a – 24 + 6
1 Þ R2 = 4a – 10
Þ x3 – – 3 × ± 9 = 729
x3 Substituting the values of R1 and R2 in
2R1 + R2 = 6, we get
1
Þ x3 – = ± 729 + 27 2(5a – 6) + (4a – 10) = 6
x3 Þ 10a – 12 + 4a – 10 = 6
Þ 14a – 22 = 6
1
Þ x3 – = ± 756 Þ 14a = 28
x3 Þ a=2
 COORDINATE

3 GEOMETRY

COORDINATE GEOMETRY
The branch of mathematics in which geometric problems are solved through algebra by using the coordinate
system is known as coordinate geometry.
In coordinate geometry, every point is represented by an ordered pair, called coordinates of that point.

NUMBER LINE
Any number can be represented on the number line. Positive numbers are represented on right side of zero
and negative numbers on the left.

For example, The point 5 is located at the distance of 5 units from origin on the right side of origin.
Similarly –5 is located at the distance of 5 units from origin but on the left side of origin. Thus sign decides
the position of a point with reference to origin.

CARTESIAN SYSTEM
To locate a point on a plane we require two such number lines, both perpendicular to each other and meeting
each other at origin. One number line is kept horizontal marked XX’ and other perpendicular marked YY’.
Numbers are written on both of them just as written on number line.
 EBD_7802
74 Mathematics
NOTE
(i) The horizontal line XX¢ is called X-axis and the vertical line YY¢ is called y-axis
(ii) From the figure, it is clear that positive numbers lies on OX and OY. OX and OY are called positive
direction of X-axis and Y-axis respectively. Similarly OX’ and OY’ are called negative direction of X-
axis and Y-axis respectively because negative numbers lies on OX’ and OY’.

Quadrants
The two axes XOX' and YOY' divide the plane into four parts, these are called quadrants. XOY, YOX', X'OY'
and Y'OX are called the first, second, third and fourth quadrants respectively. These are numbered as I, II, III
and IV anticlockwise from OX.
Coordinates of a Point in a Plane
The entire plane consists of the two axis and four quadrants. We call this plane as XY-plane or Cartesian plane or
co-ordinate plane.
The two axes (plural of axis) are called co-ordinate axes.
Coordinates of a Point
(i) The x-coordinate of a point is its perpendicular distance from the y-axis measured along the
x-axis (positive along the positive direction of the x-axis and negative along the negative direction of
x-axis). The x-coordinate is also called the abscissa.
(ii) The y-coordinate of a point is the perpendicular distance from the x-axis measured along the
y-axis (positive along the positive direction of the y-axis and negative along the negative direction of
y-axis). The y-coordinate is also called the ordinate.
(iii) The coordinate of any point in the coordinate plane is represented by the ordered pair (x, y).
Sign of a Point
The figure shows the sign of the co-ordinates of a point in different quadrants.

We can clearly see from figure that

(i) All the points in first quadrant have both abscissa and ordinate positive.
(ii) In second quadrant abscissa is negative and ordinate is positive.
(iii) In third quadrant both abscissa and ordinate are negative.
(iv) In fourth quadrant abscissa is positive and ordinate is negative.
All the points which lie on x-axis have zero-ordinate as their distance from x-axis is zero.
Similarly all the points on y-axis have zero abscissa as their distance from y-axis is zero.
Coordinate Geometry 75
In other words:
Let (x, y) is a point in the plane and I, II, III, and IV are the four quadrants of rectangular
co-ordinate system, then we have four results:
1. If x > 0 and y > 0, then (x, y) Î I
2. If x < 0 and y > 0, then (x, y) Î II
3. If x < 0 and y < 0, then (x, y) Î III
4. If x > 0 and y < 0, then (x, y) Î IV
Plotting of a Point whose Coordinates are Known
The point can be plotted by measuring its proper distance from the axes. Thus, any point (h, k) can be plotted
as follows :

P(h,k)

X
O h M

(i) Measure OM equal to h along the x-axis.

(ii) Now measure MP perpendicular to OM and equal k.
Note that if x ¹ y, then the position of (x, y) in the Cartesian plane is different from the position of (y, x)
ILLUSTRATION : 1
Using the adjoining diagram, write down the co-ordinates of the points A, B, C, D and E.

3 D E C

1 A B

X' O 1 2 3 4 5 X

Y'

(i) Name the figure ABCD and find its area.

(ii) Name the figure ABE and find its area.
(iii) Is area of the figure ABCD twice the area of the figure ABE ?
What conclusion can you derive from the above result ?
 EBD_7802
76 Mathematics

SOLUTION :
Clearly from the diagram, we have
A(1, 1), B(4, 1), C(5, 3), D(2, 3), E(3, 3).
(i) ABCD is a parallelogram, since AB = DC = 3 units,
and AB is parallel to DC.
Area = base × height = 3 × 2 = 6 sq. units
(ii) ABE is a triangle, since, it is a three-sided figure.
1 1
Area = × base × height = × 3 × 2 = 3 sq. units
2 2
(iii) Yes, Area of parallelogram ABCD = 2 (Area of triangle ABE)
Conclusion : The area of parallelogram is twice the area of a triangle on the same base and between
the same parallels.

Important Formulae, Terms and Definitions

Cartesian Plane : To locate the position of a point in a plane, we require two perpendicular lives, one
of them is horizontal, and the other is vertical. The plane is called the cartesian, or coordinate plane and
the lines are called the coordinate axes.
Coordinate Axes : The horizontal line is called the x-axis and the vertical line is called y-axis.
Quadrants : The coordinate axes divide the plane into four parts called quadrants.
Origin : The point of intersection of the axes is called the origin.

y-axis Abscissa
Ordinate
b (a, b)
Coordinates
O a
x-axis

Origin (0,0)
Coordinate Geometry 77
 EBD_7802
78 Mathematics

EXERCISE 3.1 another in the East-West direction. Each cross

street is referred to in the following manner :
1. How will you describe the position of a table If the 2nd street running in the North-South
lamp on your study table to another person? direction and 5th in the East-West direction
Sol. In order to locate the position of the lamp, we meet at some crossing, then we will call this
take a fixed point (i.e. corner of the table) for cross-street (2, 5). Using this convention,
reference. Let lamp be a point and table as find :
plane. Draw perpendicular from the lamp point (i) how many cross-streets can be referred
of two edges (perpendicular from the lamp to as (4, 3)
point to each other) of the table and measure
the distance of these perpendiculars from the (ii) how many cross-streets can be referred
fixed point (i.e. corner of the table). Let these to as (3, 4)
distances are 26 cm. and 32 cm.
Sol. The street plane is shown below:
y

5 5 5 5
60
4 4 4 4
Street 1

Street 3

Street 5

Street 7
50 3 3 3 3
2 2 2 2
40
1 1 1 1
30 W E
L (32,26) 1 1 1 1
20 2 2 2 2
Street 2

Street 4

Street 8
3 3 3 3
10
4 4 4 4
x
0 10 20 30 40 50 5 5 5 5

Then position of lamp can be written as L

(32,26) with respect to origin i.e. fixed point (i) There is only one cross-street which can
i.e. corner of table. (see figure). be referred to as (4,3)
2. (Street Plan) : A city has two main roads (ii) There is only one cross-street which can
which cross each other at the centre of the be referred to as (3,4)
city. These two roads are along the North-
South direction and East-West direction. All EXERCISE 3.2
the other streets of the city run parallel to
these roads and are 200m apart. There are 1. Write the answer of each of the following
about 5 streets in each direction. Using 1 questions:
cm = 200m, draw a model of the city on your (i) What is the name of horizontal and the
notebook, Represent the roads/streets by vertical lines drawn to determine the
single lines. position of any point in the Cartesian
There are many cross-streets in your model. A plane?
particular cross-street is made by two streets, (ii) What is the name of each part of the
one running in the North-South direction and plane formed by these two lines?
Coordinate Geometry 79
(iii) Write the name of the point where EXERCISE 3.3
these two lines intersect. 1. In which quadrant or on which axis do each
Sol. (i) Horizontal line is the x-axis and vertical of the points (– 2, 4), (3, – 1), (– 1, 0) (1, 2)
line is the y-axis. and (– 3, – 5) lie? Verify your answer by
locating them on the Cartesian Plane.
(ii) Part of the plane formed by these two
lines is called quadrants. Sol. The point (– 2, 4) lies in the II quadrant.

(iii) The origin. The point (3, – 1) lies in the IV quadrant.

2. See figure and write the following: The point (– 1, 0) lies on the negative x-axis.

(i) The coordinates of B. The point (1, 2) lies in the I quadrant.

The point (– 3, – 5) lies in the III quadrant.
(ii) The coordinates of C. Y
(iii) The point identified by the coordinates
(– 3, – 5).
(–2, 4)
(iv) The point identified by the coordinates (1, 2)
(2, – 4).
(v) The abscissa of the point D. X' O X
(–1, 0)
(vi) The ordinate of the point H. (3, – 1)

6 (– 3, – 5)
Y'
5 L
4 2. Plot the points (x, y) given in the following
3 table on the plane, choosing suitable units
B 2 D of distance on the axes.
1
M x -2 -1 0 1 3
X' X
–5 –4 –3 –2–1 O 1 2 3 4 5 6 y 8 7 -1.25 3 -1
–1
–2
H –3
G
Sol.
–4
E –5 C Y
(–2, 8)
Y' (–1, 7)
(vii) The coordinates of the point L.
(viii) The coordinates of the point M.
Sol. (i) The Co-ordinate of B is (– 5, 2) (1, 3)

(ii) The Co-ordinate of C is (5, – 5) X' X

O
(iii) The point identified by (–3, –5) is E (0, – 1.25) (3, – 1)
(iv) G
(v) Abscissa of point D is 6
(vi) – 3
(vii) L ® (0, 5)
Y'
(viii) M ® (– 3, 0)
 EBD_7802
80 Mathematics

Very Short Answer Questions [1 Mark] 5. Write ordinates of following points :

1. Write any two points lying on the negative (3, 4), (4, 0), (0, 4), (5, –3) [2015]
direction of x-axis. [2013] 6. Plot the points (–1, 0), (1, 0), (1, 1), (0, 2) and
2. What do you mean by abscissa of a point? (–1, 1). Join them in order. What figure do
[2014] you get? [2015]
3. In which quadrants the points P (2, –3) and 7. Find distances of points C(–3, –2) and D(5, 2)
Q(–3, 2) lie? [2015] from x-axis and y-axis. [2016]
4. If (a, b) = (0, –2). Find the value of a and b. 8. Which of the following point lie (i) on x axis?
[2016] (ii) on y-axis? [2016]
5. The points P(a, b) lies in the IV quadrant. Find A(0, 2), B(5, 6), C(23, 0), D(0, 23), E(0, 4),
which of a or b is greater? [2016] F(6, 0), G(3, 0)
Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks] 9. Plot two paints A(–3, 3) and B(3, –3) on the
graph paper. Draw line segment AB and find
1. Plot the points (5, –3), (– 6, 0), (– 2, – 3) and
its mid point. [2016]
(– 4, 3) on the graph. [2014]
10. Point A(4, 2), B(–1, 2) and D(4, –5) are there
2. Plot two points A(23, 3) and B(3, 23) on the
vertices of a square ABCD. Plot these points
graph paper. Draw line segment AB and find
and hence find the vertex C. [2016]
its mid-point. [2014]
11. Draw the quadrilateral ABCD whose vertices
3. Plot th e points A(3, 10), B(–3, 5) an d
C(–1, –6) on the graph paper. Join them in are A(0, 0), B(5, 0), C(3, 2) and D(0, 2). [2016]
pairs and identify the figure so formed. [2014] 12. Plot three points P(1, 5), Q(1, 1) and R(5, 1)
4. In the co-ordinate plane, draw a square of side on the graph paper. Now plot point S so that
3 units, taking origin as one vertex. Also, write PQRS is a square. Give co-ordinate of point of
the co-ordinates of its vertices. [2015] intersection of diagonals. [2016]

Very Short Answer Questions [1 Mark] 3. If a point lies on both x and y axes, then write
the name and coordinate of that point.
DIRECTIONS : Give answer in one word or one sentence. 4. Do the points (–5, 0) and (0, –4) lie in quadrant
or not?
1. If x > 0 and y < 0, then (x, – y) lies in which
quadrant? 5. On the graph paper sketch the parallelogram
whose vertices are P(0, –3), Q(5, –3), R(8, 1)
2. Find the coordinate of the point whose abscissa
and S(3, 1).
is 5 and which lies on x-axis.
6. A point lies on the x-axis at a distance of 7 units
from the y-axis. What are its co-ordinates?
Coordinate Geometry 81
7. In the figure, find the coordinates of B Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks]
Y
6
DIRECTIONS : Give answer in two to three sentences.

M
5 1. Three vertices of a rectangle are (3, 2), (– 4, 2)
4 and (– 4, 5). Find the coordinates of the fourth
B
3 vertex.
2 2. Find the area of the triangle formed by the points
1 P(0, 1), Q(0, 5) and R(3, 4)
X¢ –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 O 1 2 3 4 5 6 X 3. Reshma moves 5 units right and then 3 units
–1 downwards. She then moves 4 units to the left,
–2
finally stops at a point represented by (– 2, – 2)
–3
on the cartesian plane. What was her starting
–4 point on the plane?
L S
–5
–6 4. Find the distance of the point (3, 4) from
Y¢ y-axis.
8. A quadrilateral whose vertices are (1, 4), 5. A point lies on the x-axis at a distance of 7 units
(–5, 4), (–5, –3) and (1, –3). What type of from the y-axis. What are its co-ordinates? What
quadrilateral it is?
9. If (x + 3, 5) = (2, 2 – y) then find the values of will be the coordinates if it lies on y-axis at a
the x and y distance of –7 units from x-axis?
10. The diagram shows two points, M and N on a 6. In fig. AB is a line parallel to the y-axis at a
Cartesian plane. distance of 2 units.
y (i) What are the coordinates of the points P,
6 R and Q?
(ii) What is the difference between the abscissa
4
M of the point A and B?
2 Y
N
0 2 4 6 x 4 A

3
Find the abscissa of M and ordinate of N.
11. P is the point (– 5, 3) and Q is the point 2 P
(– 5, m). If sum of abscissa and ordinates of
1
both points is equal then find the possible value
of m. X' X
–4 –3 –2 –1 O 1 2 3 4
12. Find the area of the figure formed by joining
the points (5, 0), (0, 0), (0, 6). –1 Q
13. The coordinates of two points are A(3, 4) & –2
B(– 2, – 1), then (abscissa of A) + (ordinate of
B) = ? –3 R
14. Three points of a triangle ABC are A (4, 1),
–4 B
B (5, –1) and C (7, 2), the triangle lies in
which quadrant?
Y'
 EBD_7802
82 Mathematics
7. Write the coordinates of the vertices of a Long Answer Questions [4 Marks]
rectangle whose length and breadth are 7 and 4
units respectively, one vertex at the origin, the DIRECTIONS: Give answer in four to five sentences
longer side lies on the x-axis and one of the
vertices lies in the third quadrant. 1. Plot the points A(2, 0), B(2, 2), C(0, 2) and
8. Find the area of the triangle formed by the points draw the line segments OA, AB, BC and CO.
P(1, 0), Q(0, 4) and R(3, 4).
Which figure do you obtain?
9. Find the distance of the point P(4,3) from the
origin. 2. Plot the points A(4, 4) and B(–4, 4) and join the
lines OA, OB and BA. Which figure do you
obtain?
3. In the figure OAB is an equilateral triangle.
Find the co-ordinate of vertex.

Very Short Answer Questions [1 Mark] put a street light at the origin. Show it on the
1. In which quadrant or on which axis each of the graph. What values Rahul possess? [VBQ]
following points lie? [Exemplar]
5. Amit, a boy of class IX want to make a model
(– 3, 5), (4, – 1), (2, 0), (2, 2), (– 3, – 6)
2. The point whose ordinate is 4 and which lies of city in which he needs to build a shoping
on y-axis is (a, 4). The value of ‘a’ is _______. mall in between three buildings. He made it
[Exemplar] using the concept of triangles.
3. Which of the points P(0, 3), Q(1, 0), R(0, –1), He build building at the points A (6, 6),
S(–5, 0) and T(1, 2) do not lie on the X-axis?
B (–2, 0) and C (2, 0). Now he build the mall
[Exemplar]
at G (2, 2).
4. Find the point which lies on Y-axis at a distance
Represent it using graph. What values Amit
of 5 units in the negative direction of Y-axis.
possess? [VBQ]
[Exemplar]
6. Ram is sitting on a chair in a corner of a huge
Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks] park. His son Ravi is a student of class X. Mr.
1. Three vertices of a rectangle are (3, 2), (– 4, 2) Ram asks him, "Draw a straight line passing
and (– 4, 5). Plot these points and find the through my feet and the centre of the park in 2
coordinates of the fourth vertex. [Exemplar] minutes.” Ravi do so.
(i) Find the co-ordinate of the feet of Mr. Ram
2. Plot the following points and write the name of
if the y-coordinate of the feet is –19.5 and
the figure obtained by joining them in order.
the equation of the line is x + y = 0
P(– 3, 2), Q (– 7, – 3), R (6, – 3), S (2, 2)
(ii) Find the co-ordinate of the feet of Mr. Ram'
[Exemplar]
if the x-coordinate of the feet is 20.5 and
3. What is the length of MN, if M is (5, – 3) and
the equation of the line is x = y.
N is (–3, –3) [HOTS]
(iii) Which mathematical concept is used in the
4. Four houses are located at the points P (2, 2), above problem?
Q (– 2, 2), R (– 2, – 2) and S (2, – 2). Rahul (iv) which values do you learn from Ravi?
[VBQ]
Coordinate Geometry 83

Exemplar MCQs 11. The points (–5, 2) and (2, –5) lie in the
1. Point (–3, 5) lies in the (a) same quadrant
(a) first quadrant (b) II and III quadrants, respectively
(b) second quadrant (c) II and IV quadrants, respectively
(c) third quadrant (d) IV and II quadrants, repsectively
(d) fourth quadrant 12. If the perpendicular distance of a point P from
2. Signs of the abscissa and ordinate of a point in the X-axis is 5 units and the foot of the
the second quadrant are respectively. perpendicular lies on the negative direction of
(a) +, + (b) –, – X-axis then the point P has
(c) –, + (d) +, – (a) x-coordinate = –5
3. Point (0, –7) lies (b) y-coordinate = 5 only
(a) on the X-axis (c) y-coordinate = –5 only
(b) in the second quadrant (d) y-coordinate = 5 or –5
(c) on the Y-axis 13. On plotting the points O(0, 0), A(3, 0), B(3, 4),
(d) in the fourth quadrant C(0, 4) and joining OA, AB, BC and CO. Which
4. Point (–10, 0) lies of the following figure is obtained?
(a) on the negative direction of the X-axis (a) Square (b) Rectangle
(b) on the negative direction of the Y-axis (c) Trapezium (d) Rhombus
(c) in the third quadrant 14. If P(–1, 1), Q(3, –4), R(1, –1), S (–2, –3) and
T(–4, 4) are plotted on the graph paper, then
(d) in the fourth quadrant
the point(s) in the fourth quadrant is/are
5. Abscissa of all the points on the X-axis is
(a) P and T (b) Q and R
(a) 0 (b) 1
(c) Only S (d) P and R
(c) 2 (d) any number
6. Ordinate of all points on the X-axis is 15. If the coordinates of the two points are P(–2, 3)
(a) 0 (b) 1 and Q(–3, 5) then
(c) –1 (d) any number (Abscissa of P) – (Abscissa of Q) is
7. The point at which the two coordinate axes meet (a) –5 (b) 1
is called the (c) –1 (d) –2
(a) abscissa (b) ordinate 16. If P(5, 1), Q(8, 0), R(0, 4), S(0, 5) and O(0, 0)
(c) origin (d) quadrant are plotted on the graph paper, then the point(s)
8. A point both of whose coordinates are negative on the X-axis is/are
will lie in (a) P and R (b) R and S
(a) I quadrant (b) II quadrant (c) Only Q (d) Q and O
(c) III quadrant (d) IV quadrant 17. Abscissa of a point is positive in
9. Points (1, –1), (2, –2), (4, –5) and (–3, –4)
(a) I and II quadrants(b) I and IV quadrants
(a) lie in II quadrant
(c) I quadrant (d) II quadrant
(b) lie in III quadrant
(c) lie in IV quadrant 18. The points whose abscissa and ordinate have
(d) do not lie in the same quadrant different signs will lie in
10. If y-coordinate of a point is zero, then this point (a) I and II quadrants
always lies (b) II and III quadrants
(a) in I quadrant (b) in II quadrant (c) I and III quadrants
(c) on X-axis (d) on Y-axis (d) II and IV quadrants
 EBD_7802
84 Mathematics
19. In following figure, coordinates of P are
NTSE Past Year MCQs
Y
1. The point (–3, 2) is at a distance of ___ units
4 from y- axis. [2009]
P (a ) 2 units (b) 3 units
3
2 (c) –3 units (d) 5 units
1
2. The below diagram shows the graph of _____
–4 –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 4 [2009]
X' X
O
–1 Y
–2
–3
4
–4
3
Y'
2
(a) (–4, 2) (b) (–2, 4)
(c) (4, –2) (d) (2, –4) 1
20. In following figure, the point identified by the
coordinates (–5, 3) is X
0 1 2 3 4

Y (a) y = x – 3 (b) y = –2x + 3

R
• - 4x
5 (c) y = –x –3 (d) y = +4
3
4
•L 3 3. The line x – 7 = 0 is : [2010]
2 (a) parallel to y-axis
1 (b) parallel to x-axis
X' X (c) passing through the origin
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 O 1 2 3 4 5
–1 (d) none of these
S –2 4. The area of the triangle formed between lines x = 0,
• –3 y = 0 and 2x – 3y + 6 = 0 is : [2011]
–4 • (a) 3 sq, units (b) 4 sq. units
–5 T (c) 2 sq, units (d) 5 sq. units
5. Straight line passing through the points (–1,1),
Y' (0, 0) and (1, –1) has equation : [2011]
(a) y = x (b) x + y = 0
(a) T (b) R (c) y = 2x (d) 2 + 3y = 7x
(c) L (d) S 6. If the co-ordinates of the point P are (3, –5),
21. The point whose ordinate is 4 and which lies on then the perpendicular distance of P from the
Y-axis is y-axis with proper ‘+’ or ‘–’ sign prefixed is:
(a) (4, 0) (b) (0, 4) [2011]
(c) (1, 4) (d) (4, 2) (a) –5 (b) 5
(c) 3 (d) –3
Coordinate Geometry 85

CHAPTER TEST

Time : 30 Min. Max. Marks : 20

Directions : (i) Attempt all questions

(ii) Question 1 and 2 carry 1 mark each.
(iii) Question 3 and 4 carry 2 marks each.
(iv) Question 5, 6 and 7 carry 3 marks each.
(v) Question 8 carries 5 marks.

1. On which axes do the given points lie?

(i) (0, 6) (ii) (– 5, 0)
2. A point lies on the x-axis at a distance of 7 units from the y-axis. What are its co-ordinates if it lies on
y-axis at a distance – 7 units from the x-axis?
3. On which axes and on which side of origin do the given points lie?
(i) (9, 0) (ii) (0, – 3) (iii) (0, 6) (iv) (– 5, 0)
4. In which quadrant do the following points lie?
(i) (4, 2) (ii) (– 3, 5) (iii) (– 2, – 5) (iv) (4, – 2).
5. Plot the points (3, – 3), (0, 4), (– 2, 4) and (– 3, – 3) in the cartesian plane. Use the scale 1 cm = 1 unit
on the cartesian axes.
6. Write down the coordinates of each of the points P, Q, R, S and T, as shown in the following figure.

y
6
5
4 P
R 3
2 Q
1
V N L MU
X' – 5 – 4 – 3 – 2 – 1 O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X
T –1
–2
–3
S
–4
–5
Y'

7. Graph the points S(3, 0), T(0, 4), A(– 3, 0) and R(0, – 4) and draw the rhombus STAR.
8. Draw the graph of the equation y = 2x – 3.
 EBD_7802
86 Mathematics

3.

Very Short Answer Questions

1. In IInd quadrant
Y
Points = (–1, 0), (–2, 0) 10 A(3, 10)
2. The distance of a point from the y-axis is called 9
its x-co-ordinate or abscissa. 8
7
3. P(2, –3) and Q(–3, 2) lie in IV and II quadrants. B(–3, 5) 6
4. (a, b) = (0, –2) 5
a = 0, b = –2 4
3
5. Since P(a, b) lies in IV quadrant 2
a > 0, and b < 0 1
a>b X' X
–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Short Answer Questions –1
1. –2
Y
–3
5 –4
4 –5
D(–4, 3) C(–1, –6) –6
3 –7
2 Y'
1
B(–6, 0)
X' X
–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 O 1 2 3 4 5 6
–1 A triangle is formed.
–2
A(5, –3)
4. Vertices are (0, 0), (3, 0), (3, 3) & (0, 3).
–3
C(–2, –3) –4
–5
Y'
Y

Y 3
(0, 3) (3, 3)
2. 25 B (3, 23)
20 2
15
3 2 1 11 2 3
10
5 X' X
A (23, 3) (0, 0) (3, 0)
X'
–25 –20 –15 –10 –5 O 5 10 15 20 25 X 1
–5
2
–10
–15 3
–20
–25
Y'
Y'

æ 3 + 23 23 + 3 ö
Mid-point = ç , ÷ = (13, 13) 5. 4, 0, 4, –3
è 2 2 ø
Coordinate Geometry 87
6. 10. It is clear that the vertex of C(–1, –5)
Y
6
Y 5
4
2 3
(0, 2) B(–1, 2) 2 A(4, 2)
1
1 X' X
(–1, 1) (1, 1) –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 4 5 6
(–1, 0) (1, 0)
X' X –1
–2 –1 1 2 –2
–3
1
–4
C(–1, –5) –5 D(4, –5)
2 A Pentagon –6
Y'

Y' 11.
Y
6
7. C(–3, –2), distance from x-axis = 2
5
distance from y-axis = 3 4
D(5, 2) distance from x axis = 2 3
D(0, 2) 2 C(3, 2)
distance from y axis = 5
1
8. On x axis = C, F, G B(5, 0)
X' X
On y axis = A, D, E –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 4 5 6
–1
9. Middle point of line segment AB is (0, 0) A(0, 0)
–2
–3
–4
–5
Y –6
Y'
4 12. From the graph point of intersection of diagonals
A (–3, 3) 3 is (3, 3).
2
Y
1 , 0)
O (0 6
P(1, 5) S(5, 5)
X' X 5
–4 –3 –2 –1 –1 1 2 3 4
4
–2 3 A(3,3)
–3 2
B (3, –3)
1
–4 Q(1, 1) R(5, 1)
X' X
–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Y' –1
–2
–3
–4
–5
–6
Y'
 EBD_7802
88 Mathematics
11. Coordinates of P = (– 5, 3) and Q = (– 5, m)
According to question
Very Short Answer Questions m + 3 = – 5 – 5 Þ m + 3 = – 10
m = – 10 – 3 = – 13
1. y < 0 Þ –y > 0
\ The point (x, – y) lies in first quadrant. 12. Let the points are A(5, 0), O(0, 0) and
2. (5, 0) B(0, 6).
3. Origin (0, 0) is the only point that lies on both On plotting it on the graph, we get a right
x and y-axes. It lies at their point of intersection. angled triangle OAB right angle at O.
4. No. These lie on axes. Point (–5, 0) lies on the
x-axis since its ordinate is 0 and point (0, –4)
Y
lies on the y-axis since its abscissa is 0.
5. B(0, 6)
6
5
4
Y
3
6
2
5
1 A(5, 0)
4
X¢ X
3 O(0, 0) 1 2 3 4 5
2
S(3, 1) R(8, 1)
1 Y¢
X' X
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
–1
–2 In DOAB, OA = 5 unit, OB = 6 unit
–3
P(0, –3) Q(5, –3) 1
–4 Area of DOAB = × OA × OB
2
–5
1
Y' = × 5 × 6 = 15 square unit
2

13. A(3, 4), B(– 2, – 1)

6. Any point that lies on x-axis has its ordinate 0.
(Abscissa of A) + (Ordinate of B)
Since the point is at a distance of 7 units from
= (x-coordinate of A) + (y-coordinate of B)
y-axis, therefore coordinate of the point will
= 3 + (– 1) = 3 – 1 = 2
be (7, 0).
14. 1st and 4th quadrant
7. (4, 3)
Y
8. Rectangle
9. Since (x + 3, 5) = (2, 2 – y) (4,1) (7, 2)
Þ x+3=2Þx=2–3= –1
X¢ X
and 2 – y = 5 Þ 2 – 5 = y Þ y = – 3 O
\ x = – 1, y = – 3 (5, –1)
10. Coordinates of M = (1, 3) Y¢
Coordinates of N = (5, 1)
So abscissa of M and ordinate of N are 1 and 1.
Coordinate Geometry 89

Short Answer Questions 4. The perpendicular distance of the point P from

y-axis is equal to its x-coordinate = 3 units.
1. Plot the three vertices of the rectangle as
5. Any point that lies on x-axis has its ordinate 0.
A(3, 2), B (– 4, 2), C (– 4, 5) (see Fig.)
Since the point is at a distance of 7 units from
y-axis, therefore coordinates of the point will
be (7, 0). If the point lies on the y-axis its
abscissa will be 0. Since the point is at a distance
of –7 units from x-axis, therefore, coordinate
of point will be (0, –7).
6. (i) Coordinates of the points P, Q and R are
P = (2, 2), Q = (2, –1), R = (2, –3)
(ii) Abscissa of point A is 2 and of point B is 2.
Difference between their abscissa
=2–2=0
7. Given, one vertex of the rectangle is at origin
O(0,0), and one vertex lies in third quadrant.
As longer side lies on x-axis and is 7 units long.
Thus, one coordinate would be (–7, 0). As
shorter side lies on y-axis and is 4 units long.
Thus, one coordinate would be (0, –4). On
We have to find the coordinates of the fourth
vertex D so that ABCD is a rectangle. plotting the points O(0, 0), B(–7, 0), C(0, –4)
Since the opposite sides of a rectangle are equal, and A(–7, –4) on the graph we get rectangle ABOC.
so the abscissa of D should be equal to abscissa
of A, i.e., 3 and the ordinate of D should be
equal to the ordinate of C, i.e., 5.
So, the coordinates of D are (3, 5)
1
2. Area of DPQR = ´ 3 ´ 4 sq. units = 6 sq. units
2
3. (– 3, 1)

(–3, 1)

(– 2, – 2)

Hence, Reshma's starting point is (–3, 1).

 EBD_7802
90 Mathematics

8. On joining OA, AB, BC and CO, we get a square

Q(0, 4) R(3, 4)
OABC of side 2 units.
2.

P(1, 0) Y

B(–4, 4) 4 A(4, 4)

3
1
Area of DPQR = ´ 3 ´ 4 sq. units 2
2
= 6 sq. units 1
X' X
9. Y –4 –3 –2 –1 O 1 2 3 4
–1
P
(0, 3) (4, 3) –2

–3

–4
X¢ X
Q (0, 0) R(4, 0) Y'

On joining OA, OB and BA, we get an isosceles

triangle OAB.
3. In Figure
Y¢

QP = QR 2 + PR 2 = (4)2 + (3) 2
= 16 + 9 = 25 = 5
Long Answer Questions
1.
Y

3
OAB is an equilateral triangle of length 2a units.
C(0, 2) 2 B(2, 2)
\ OA = AB = OB = 2a
1
A(2, 0) Now, from the point B, draw BM perpendicu-
X' X
–4 –3 –2 –1 O 1 2 3 4 lar on OA.
–1
\ OM = MA = a
–2 Therefore from right triangle OMB,
Y' OB2 = OM2 + MB2
Coordinate Geometry 91
or, (2a)2 = (a)2 + MB2 We have to find the coordinates of the fourth
or, MB2 = 3a2 vertex D so that ABCD is a rectangle.

\ MB = Since the opposite sides of a rectangle are equal,

3×a
so the abscissa of D should be equal to abscissa
Since OM = a and MB = 3×a of A, i.e., 3 and the ordinate of D should be
Hence, co-ordinates of vertex B are (a, 3a). equal to the ordinate of C, i.e., 5.
So, the coordinates of D are (3, 5)
2.
Y
Very Short Answer Questions
4
1. (– 3, 5) lie in II quadrant P (–3, 2) 3 S
(4, – 1) lie in IV quadrant 2 (2, 2)
1
(2, 0) on x-axis
X¢ X
(2, 2) lie in I quadrant o 7 o 6o 5o 4o 3o 2o 1 1 2 3 4 5 6
o1
(– 3, – 6) lie in III quadrant o2
2. Value of ‘a’ = 0 Q (–7, –3) o3 R
(6,–3)
3. Since, y-coordinates of points P(0, 3),
R(0, –1) and T(1, 2) are not zero. Therefore, Y¢
these points do not lie on the X-axis The figure obtained is a trapezium
4. Since, the point lies on Y-axis at a distance of 5
units in negative direction of Y-axis. Therefore, i.e., PQRS is a trapezium.
its y-coordinate is negative. 3. The ordinate of both the points are same. So
So, the given point is (0, –5). both the points lie on a same line parallel to x -
Short Answer Questions axis.
The distance between the points is given by,
1. Plot the three vertices of the rectangle as
5 – (–3) = 5 + 3 = 8 units.
A(3, 2), B (– 4, 2), C (– 4, 5) (see Fig.)

Y 4. Q (–2, 2) P (2, 2)
C (–4, 5) 2
5
1
4
3
B (–4, 2) A (3, 2)
2 –2 –1 (0,0) 1 2
–1
– 5 – 4 – 3 – 2 – 1 11 2 3 4 5
X
O
–2
–1
R (–2, –2) S (2, –2)
–2
–3
Rahul is an intelligent person and by doing this
–4
he saved electricity and helps to all four houses.
–5 Values: Responsibility, Leadership, Sincerity
 EBD_7802
92 Mathematics
5.

Exemplar MCQs
6 A(6, 6) 1. (b) In (–3, 5), x-coordinate is negative and
5
y-coordinate is positive. Therefore, the
4
point lies in the second quadrant.
3
2. (c) In second quadrant, X-axis is negative and
2)
2, Y-axis is positive. Therefore, sign of
2 G(

1
abscissa of a point in the second quadrant
B
is negative and sign of ordinate is positive.
C

–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 4 5 6 3. (c) In (0, –7) x-coordinate is zero. Therefore,

–1
–2
the point (0, –7) lies on the Y-axis in the
–3
negative direction.
–4
4. (a) In (–10, 0) y-coordinate is zero. Therefore,
the point (–10, 0) lies on the X-axis in the
–5
negative direction.
–6
5. (d) Abscissa of all the points on the X-axis is
any number.
6. (a) Ordinate of all points on the X-axis is zero.
Point G is the centroid of the triangle which As these points lies on X-axis, so the
is at equal distance from all three points. perpendicular distances of points from
Amit shows his knowledge of triangles and X-axis will be zero.
show Leadership and social responsibility. 7. (c) The point at which the two coordinate axes
6. (i) Since, the equation of line is meet is called the origin.
x+y=0 ...... (i) 8. (c) A point both of whose coordinates are
As, the line passes through a point which negative will lie in third quadrant as third
have y-coordinate– 19.5 quadrant, x-coordinate and y-coordinate
After putting the value of y = – 19.5 in both are negative.
equation (i), 9. (d) In these points (1, –1), (2, –2) and (4, –5),
So, x – 19.5 = 0 x-coordinate is positive and y-coordinate
\ x =19.5 is negative. Therefore, they lie in fourth
Hence, the required coordinates are quadrant. In point (–3, –4) x-coordinate is
(19.5 – 19.5) negative and y-coordinate is negative.
(ii) Here, the equation of line is So, it lies in third quadrant.
x=y ...... (ii) Hence, all the given points do not lie in
As, the line passes through a point which same quadrant.
have x-coordinate is 20.5 10. (c) If y-coordinate of a point is zero, then this
After putting value of x = 20.5 in (ii), point always lie on X-axis. As
y = 20.5 perpendicular distance of that point from
Hence, the required coordinates are X-axis is zero.
(20.5, 20.5) 11. (c) In (–5, 2), x-coordinate is negative and
(iii) The coordinates of all the points which are y-coordinate is positive. Therefore, it lies
lying on a given line satisfy the equation in second quadrant and in point (2, –5),
of that line. x-coordinate is positive and y-coordinate
(iv) Obedience and discipline. is negative. Hence, it lies in fourth
quadrant.
Coordinate Geometry 93
12. (d) Since, the perpendicular distance of a point 15. (b) (Abscissa of P) – (Abscissa of Q)
from the X-axis gives y-coordinate. As foot = –2 – (–3)
of perpendicular lies on the negative = –2 + 3 = 1
direction of X-axis, so the point P has 16. (d) Since, a point lies on X-axis when its
y-coordinate either 5 or –5. y-coordinate is zero. Therefore, after
13. (b) Since point O (0, 0) is the origin whereas plotting the given points we get Q and O
A(3, 0) lies on positive direction of X-axis, lie on the X-axis.
B(3, 4) lies in first quadrant and C(0, 4)
lies on positive direction of Y-axis. After Y
joining OA, AB, BC and CO a rectangle is
obtained. 5 S (0, 5)
4 R
3 (0, 4)
Y
2
4 C B P
(0, 4) (3, 4) 1 (5, 1)
Q
3 X' X
(0, 0) O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2 (8, 0)
1
X' X
–3 –2 –1 O
(0, 0) 1 2 3 4 Y'
1 A
(3, 0)
2 17. (b) Since, abscissa of a point will positive in
3 I and IV quadrants.
4

Y' Y

14. (b) Since, in P(–1, 1), x-coordinate is –1 and II I

y-coordinate is 1 therefore, it lies in second (–, +) (+, +)
quadrant.
Similarly, we plot all the points Q(3, –4), X' X
R(1, –1), S(–2, –3) and T(–4, 4). III IV
(–, –) (+, –)
Y

–4
T (–4, 4)
–3
II Y'
(–1, 1) P –2 I

–4 –3 –2 –1
–1
1 2 3 4 18. (d) Since, the points whose abscissa and
X'
O
X ordinate have different signs will lie in
1
R (1, –1)
second and fourth quadrants.
2 19. (b) Since, point P lies in second quadrant and
IV
III 3
its perpendicular distance from X-axis is
(–2, –3) S 4, therefore y-coordinate of P is 4 whereas
4 Q (3, –4)
its perpendicular distance from Y-axis is
Y' 2, therefore x-coordinate is –2.
From the graph, it is clear that points R So, coordinates of P are (–2, 4).
and Q lie in IVth quadrant.
 EBD_7802
94 Mathematics
20. (c) Since, in (–5, 3), x-coordinate is negative Putting x = 0 in 2x – 3y + 6 = 0, we have
and y-coordinate is positive, therefore it 2 × 0 – 3y + 6 = 0
will lie in second quadrant. As Þ –3y = –6
Þy=2
perpendicular distance of L from Y-axis is
Hence, the line 2x – 3y + 6 = 0 intersects
5 and from X-axis is 3. Therefore, the the x-axis and y-axis at –3 and 2
required point is L. respectively. So, the three lines can be
21. (c) Since, ordinate of the point is 4 and which represented by :
lies on Y-axis.
Y
Therefore, given point is (0, 4).
NTSE Past Year MCQs
1. (b) The abscissa of the point (–3, 2) is –3 and (0, 2)
ordinate is 2.
Note that the abscissa is the distance of the
point from y-axis. X' X
O
So required distance is 3 units. (–3, 0)
2. (d) From the graph, the x-intercept is (3, 0)
and the y-intercept is (0, 4).
Out of the given equation, only the equation
4x
y=- + 4 is satisfied by these two points Y'
3
3. (a) x – 7 = 0 1
Þ x = 7, which can be represented as given So, the area of triangle = ´ base ´ height
2
below: 1
= ´ 3´ 2 = 3 sq. units
2
Y 5. (b) The equation of the straight line passing
through the points (–1, 1), (0, 0) and (1, –1)
is x + y = 0.
x–7=0
x + y = –1 + 1 = 0 at (–1, 1)
X' X x + y = 0 + 0 = 0 at (0, 0)
(7,0) x + y = 1 + (–1) = 0 at (1, –1)
So, the equation is true for all the three
points.
6. (c)
Y
Y'

\ the line x – 7 = 0 is parallel to y-axis. (0, 2)

4. (a) The equation of 3 lines are as follows:
x=0 ... (i)
y=0 ... (ii) X'
(3, 0)
2x – 3y + 6 = 0 ... (iii)
Here, we have to find the point of intersection
of the line 2x – 3y + 6 = 0 with x-axis and (0, –5) P(3, –5)
y-axis.
Putting y = 0 in 2x – 3y + 6 = 0, we have
Y'
2x – 3 × 0 + 6 = 0
Þ 2x = – 6 \ the perpendicular distance of point P
Þx=–3 from y-axis is 3 units.
Coordinate Geometry 95

5.
Y
1. (i) In (0, 6), we have the abscissa = 0. 5
(–2, 4)
\ (0, 6) lies on the y-axis. 4 (0, 4)
(ii) In (– 5, 0), we have the ordinate = 0. 3
\ (– 5, 0) lies on the x-axis. 2
Scale : 1 cm = 1 unit
2. (7, 0) is a point which lies on the x-axis at a 1
distance of 7 units from the y-axis. X' X
O
If it lies on y-axis at a distance –7 units from –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 4 5

the x-axis, then its coordinate are (0, – 7).

3. (i) In (9, 0), we have the ordinate = 0.
(–3, –3) (3, –3)
Since the abscissa is positive.
\ (9, 0) lies on the x-axis right of origin.
\ (9, 0) lies on the positive x-axis. Y'
(ii) In (0, – 3), we have the abscissa = 0.
Since the ordinate is a negative. 6. (i) The distance of P from the y-axis
\ (0, – 3) lies on the y-axis below to the = OL = 2 units.
origin. The distance of P from the x-axis
= LP = 4 units.
\ (0, – 3) lies on the negative y-axis.
Hence, the coordinates of P are (2, 4).
(iii) In (0, 6), we have the abscissa = 0. (ii) The distance of Q from the y-axis
Since the ordinate is the positive. = OM = 4 units.
\ (0, 6) lies on the y-axis above the origin. The distance of Q from the x-axis
\ (0, 6) lies on the positive y-axis. = MQ = 2 units.
(iv) In (– 5, 0), we have the ordinate = 0. Hence, the coordinates of Q are (4, 2).
(iii) The distance of R from the y-axis
Since the abscissa is –ve.
= ON = – 2 units.
\ (– 5, 0) lies on the x-axis left of origin. The distance of R from the x-axis
\ (– 5, 0) lies on negative x-axis. = NR = 3 units.
4. (i) In the point (4, 2) abscissa and ordinate Hence, the coordinates of R are (– 2, 3).
both are positive, so it lies in the first (iv) The distance of S from the y-axis
quadrant. = OU = 5 units.
The distance of S from the x-axis
(ii) In the point (– 3, 5) abscissa is negative
= US = – 3 units.
and ordinate is positive. So, it lies in the Hence, the coordinates of S are (5, – 3).
second quadrant. (v) The distance of T from the y-axis = OV
(iii) The point (– 2, – 5) lies in the third = – 4 units.
quadrant. The distance of T from the x-axis
(iv) The point (4, – 2) lies in the fourth = VT = – 1 unit.
Hence, the coordinates of T are (– 4, – 1).
quadrant.
 EBD_7802
96 Mathematics
7. Plot the points S(3, 0) right 3, no vertical Thus, we have the following table.
movement; T(0, 4) no horizontal movement, up x 1 3
4; A(– 3, 0) left 3, no vertical movement and y –1 3
R(0, – 4) no horizontal movement, down 4. Join
On a graph paper, draw the lines X'OX and
ST, TA, AR and RS. The graph shows the
YOY' as the x-axis and y-axis respectively.
rhombus STAR.
Now, plot the points P(1, – 1) and Q (3, 3) on
the graph paper.
Y Join PQ and extend it in both the directions.
Then, line PQ is the graph of the equation,
y = 2x – 3.
T(0, 4)
3
Y
2
A(–3, 0) 1 S(3, 0) 4
X' o X 3 Q(3, 3)
–5 – 4 –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
–2 2
–3
1
–4
R(0, –4)
–5 X' X
o
–2 –1 1 2 3 4
Y'
–1
P(1, – 1)
–2
8. The given equation is
y = 2x – 3.
Putting x = 1, we get: Y'

y = (2 × 1) – 3 = – 1.
Putting x = 3, we get:
y = (2 × 3) – 3 = 3.
 LINEAR EQUATIONS

4 IN TWO VARIABLES

LINEAR EQUATION IN TWO VARIABLES

An equation of the form ax + by + c = 0 where a, b, c are real numbers (a, b ¹ 0) and x, y are variables, is
called a linear equation in two variables.
Here ‘a’ is called coefficient of x, b is called coefficient of y and c is called constant term.
For example, 6x + 2y + 5 = 0, 5x – 2y + 3 = 0, etc.
In the linear equation in two variables, index (power) of each of the variable is 1.
Solution of a Linear Equation
The value of variable that makes the equation true i.e. makes L.H.S. equal to R.H.S. is called solution of
equation.
For example, 3x + 4y + 1 = 0
For x = 1, y = –1
L.H.S. = 3(1) + 4(–1) + 1
=3–4+1=0
Now, R.H.S. = 0
\ L.H.S. = RH.S.
Thus, (1, –1) is solution of the equation.
Solution of linear equation in two variables can be represented as a ordered pair in a cartesian plane. Conversely,
if any ordered pair (a, b) is a solution of any linear equation ax + by + c = 0, then aa + bb + c = 0.
A linear equation in two variables has infinitely many solutions.
ILLUSTRATION 1 :
Express y in terms of x, given that 2y – 4x = 7. Check whether (– 1, – 1) is a solution of the line.
SOLUTION :

7 + 4x
Given equation is 2y – 4x = 7 Þ 2y = 7 + 4x Þ y =
2
Now substituting x = – 1, y = – 1 in the equation, we get
7 + 4(-1) 7-4 3
-1 = Þ -1 = Þ -1 = which is not true
2 2 2

\ LHS ¹ RHS
 EBD_7802
98 Mathematics
Hence, the point (–1, –1) is not a solution of the line 2y – 4x = 7.
To Find the Solution(s) [or Root(s)] of a Linear Equation in Two Variables
Algebraically
Standard form of a linear equation in two variables : ax + by + c = 0 (a, b ¹ 0)
Express any one variable y in terms of other variable say x as
æ ax + c ö
y = -ç ÷ …(i)
è b ø
Now by putting any real value of x in above equation (i), you will get the corresponding real value of y. The
value of x and its corresponding value of y is one set of solution of the given linear equation in two variables.
In the same way by putting another real value of x in the above equation (i), you will get another value of y.
Thus you will get another set of solution. In this way, you will get infinite sets of solution.
For example, consider a linear equation in two variable –x + 2y = 4
This equation can be re-written as x = 2y – 4
Put y = 0, we have x = 2 (0) – 4 = – 4
Put y = 1, we have x = 2(1) – 4 = 2 – 4 = – 2
Put y = 2, we have x = 2 (2) = 4 – 4 – 4 = 0
Therefore, the three solution sets are (–4, 0), (–2, 1), (0, 4).
GRAPH OF A LINEAR EQUATION IN TWO VARIABLES
To draw the graph of a linear equation
ax + by + c = 0; a, b ¹ 0; we may follow the following steps:
(i) Obtain the linear equation : ax + by + c = 0
æ ax + c ö
(ii) Express any one variable y in terms of other variable x as y = - ç ÷
è b ø
(iii) Put any three values x1, x2, x3 for x one by one in the equation obtained in step (ii) and calculate the
corresponding values y 1 , y 2 , y 3 of y. Thus you obtained thr ee solution sets, (x 1 , y 1 ),
(x2, y2) and (x3, y3)
(iv) Plot points (x1, y1), (x2, y2) and (x3, y3) on a graph paper.
(v) Join the points marked in step (iv).
You will see that the three points lie on a straight line. The straight line passing through these three
points is the graph of the linear equation in two variables, because coordinates of each point on the line
satisfy the linear equation in two variables and hence coordinates of each point on the line is a set of
solution of the equation.
For example, Let us take a linear equation x + 2y = 6. The solution of given equation can be expressed
in the form of table as follows:

x 0 2 4 6 ...
y 3 2 1 0 ...

By plotting the points (0, 3), (2, 2), (4, 1) and (6, 0) on a graph paper we obtain given graph which is
called the geometrical representation of linear equation in two variables.
Linear Equations in Two Variables 99

5
4
(0, 3)
3
(2, 2)
2
1 (4, 1)
(6, 0)
X' X
O 8
–3 –2 –1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
–1
–2
–3
Y'

Equation of Lines Parallel to x-axis and y-axis

(i) The linear equation x = a i.e., 1.x + y.0 = a can also be represented graphically in two variable by a line
through (a, 0) and parallel to y-axis in cartesian plane.
(ii) The linear equation y = b i.e., x.0 + y.1 = b can also be represented graphically in two variable by a line
through (0, b) and parallel to x-axis in cartesian plane.
NOTE :
(i) The equation of y-axis is x = 0.
(ii) The equation of x-axis is y = 0.
(iii) An equation of the type y = mx represents a line passing through the origin.
Consider the equation x – 2 = 0. If this is treated as an equation in one variable x only, then it has the unique
solution x = 2, which is a point on the number line.

4 A

3 (2, 3)

2 (2, 2)

1 (2, 1)
(2, 0)
X' X
–2 –1 O 1 2 3 4
–1 (2,– 1)

–2 B

–3
Y'
 EBD_7802
100 Mathematics

ILLUSTRATION 2 :
Draw the graph of the equation x – y + 3 = 0. Use it to find some solution of the equations and
check from the graph that x = 0 and y = 3 is a solution.
SOLUTION :
The given equation is x – y + 3 = 0
To draw the graph we use the table of corresponding values of x and y.

x -2 -6 3
y 1 -3 6

We have drawn the graph of x – y + 3 = 0 by plotting the points (– 2, 1), (– 6, – 3) and (3, 6). As
shown in the figure some of the other solutions of x – y + 3 = 0 are : x = 1, y = 4; x = –1, y = 2
The point x = 0 and y = 3 is on the graph. Hence, x = 0, y = 3 is a solution of the equation

X'

Y'

Important Formulae, Terms and Definitions

Linear Equation in two variables: An equation of the form ax + by + c = 0, where a, b and c are real
numbers, such that a and b both are not zero, is called a linear equation in two variables. It has infinitely
many solutions.
Graph of linear equation:
• The graph of every linear equation in two variables is a straight line. Conversely, every solution of
the linear equation is a point on the graph of the linear equation.
• The graph of the equations x = a and y = a are straight lines parallel to the y-axis and x-axis
respectively.
• The graph of the equation of the form y = kx is a slant line passing through the origin.
Linear Equations in Two Variables 101
 EBD_7802
102 Mathematics

EXERCISE 4.1 Þ 2x + 5y = 0
1. The cost of a notebook is twice the cost of a Comparing with ax + by + c = 0,
pen. Write a linear equation in two variables we get a = 2, b = 5, c = 0.
to represent this statement. (vi) Given equation is 3x + 2 = 0
(Take the cost of a notebook to be ` x and
Þ 3x + 0y + 2 = 0
that of a pen to be ` y)
Comparing with ax + by + c = 0,
Sol. Let the cost of a note book be ` x and the cost
of a pen be ` y. we get a = 3, b = 0, c = 2.
According to the question, (vii) Given equation is y – 2 = 0
x = 2y Þ x –2y = 0 which is the required linear Þ 0.x + 1.y – 2 = 0
equation in two variables. Comparing with ax + by + c = 0,
2. Express the following linear equations in the we get a = 0, b = 1, c = – 2.
form ax + by + c = 0 and indicate the values
of a, b and c in each case : (viii) Given equation is 5 = 2x
y Þ – 2x +5 = 0
(i) 2x + 3y = 9.35 (ii) x - - 10 = 0
5 Comparing with ax + by + c = 0, we get
(iii) – 2x + 3y = 6 (iv) x = 3y
a = – 2, b = 0, c = 5. (Q coeff of y = 0)
(v) 2x = – 5y (vi) 3x + 2 = 0
(vii) y – 2 = 0 (viii) 5 = 2x EXERCISE 4.2
Sol. (i) Given equation is 2x + 3y = 9.35 1. Which one of the following options is true,
and why?
Þ 2x + 3y – 9.35 = 0
Comparing with ax + by + c = 0, y = 3x + 5 has
we get a = 2, b = 3, c = – 9.35 . (i) a unique solution
y (ii) only two solutions,
(ii) Given equation is x - - 10 = 0 (iii) infinitely many solutions.
5
Þ 5x – y – 50 = 0 Sol. y = 3x + 5 has infinitely many solution,
because for every value of x, there is a
Comparing with ax + by + c = 0,
corresponding value of y and vice-versa.
we get a = 5, b = – 1, c = – 50 So, option (iii) is true.
(iii) Given equation is – 2x + 3y = 6 2. Write four solutions for each of the following
Þ – 2x + 3y – 6 = 0 equations:
(i) 2x + y = 7 (ii) px + y = 9
Comparing with ax + by + c = 0, (iii) x = 4y
we get a = – 2, b = 3, c = – 6. Sol. (i) Consider 2x + y = 7
(iv) Given equation is x = 3y Þ y = 7 – 2x
Put x = 0, we get y = 7
Þ x – 3y = 0 Put x = 1, we get y = 7 – 2 = 5
Comparing with ax + by + c = 0, Put x = 2, we get y = 7 – 4 = 3
Put x = 3, we get y = 7 – 2(3) = 7 – 6 = 1
we get a = 1, b = – 3, c = 0.
\ Four solutions are (0, 7), (1, 5), (2, 3)
(v) Given equation is 2x = – 5y and (3, 1).
Linear Equations in Two Variables 103
(ii) Consider px + y = 9 Þ y = 9 – px (iii) By putting x = 4 and y = 0 in (1), we get
By putting x = 0, we get y = 9 4 = 4 which is true
By putting x = 1, we get y = 9 – p
\ (4, 0) is a solution of (1).
By putting x = – 1, we get y = 9 – p(– 1)
=9+p (iv) By putting x = 2 , y = 4 2 in (1), we
9 2 – 2 (4 2 ) = 2–8 2
By putting x = , we get get
p
æ9ö = – 7 2 ¹ 4.
y = 9 – pç ÷ = 0
èpø
\ Four solutions are (0, 9), (1, 9– p), \ ( 2 , 4 2 ) is not a solution of (1).
æ9 ö
(– 1, 9 + p) and ç , 0 ÷ . (v) By putting x = 1 and y = 1 in (1), we get
èp ø 1 – 2 (1) = 1 – 2 = – 1 ¹ 4
(iii) Consider the given equation x = 4y
\ (1, 1) is not a solution of (1).
x
Þ y= 4. Find the value of k, if x = 2, y = 1 is a solution
4
of the equation 2x + 3y = k.
0
By putting x = 0, we get y = =0 Sol. Since, x = 2, y = 1 is a solution of the equation
4
2x + 3y = k, therefore these values will satisfy
4 the equation.
By putting x = 4 , we get y = =1
4
So, we put x = 2 and y = 1 in the equation, we
-4 get 2 (2) + 3(1) = k Þ k = 7.
By putting x = – 4, we get y = = -1
4
EXERCISE 4.3
2 1
By putting x = 2, we get y = = 1. Draw the graph of each of the following
4 2
\ Four solutions are (0, 0), (4, 1), linear equations in two variables :
(i) x + y = 4 (ii) x – y = 2
æ 1ö
(– 4, – 1) and ç 2, ÷ . (iii) y = 3x (iv) 3 = 2x + y
è 2ø
Sol. (i) Given equation is x + y = 4 or y = 4 – x
3. Check which of the following are solutions
of the equation x – 2y = 4 and which are Now we take certain values of x and find their
not: corresponding values of y
(i) (0, 2) (ii) (2, 0) For x = 0, y = 4 – 0 = 4
(iii) (4, 0) (iv) ( 2, 4 2 ) x = 1, y = 4 – 1 = 3
(v) (1, 1) x = 2, y = 4 – 2 = 2
Sol. The given equation is x – 2 y = 4 …(1) \ Table is given below :
(i) Given equation
x 0 1 2
By putting x = 0 and y = 2 in given
equation, we get –4 = 4, which is not true. y 4 3 2
\ (0, 2) is not a solution of given
equation. Now we plot the points (0, 4), (1, 3) and (2, 2)
(ii) By putting x = 2 and y = 0 in (1), we get on the graph and join them to get the straight
2 = 4, which is not true. line which represents the linear equation
\ (2, 0) is not a solution of (1). x + y = 4.
 EBD_7802
104 Mathematics
Y Thus, we get the points (0, 0), (1, 3), (2, 6)
and we plot them on the graph paper and join
5 to get a straight line which is the representation
of y = 3x.
4 (0, 4)
Y
3 (1, 3)
6 (2, 6)

2 (2, 2) 5

1 4
3 (1, 3)
X
X¢ –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5(
x 2
–1 +
y
= 1
4) (0, 0)
–2 X
X¢ –1 0 1 2 3 4
–1
Y¢
(ii) Given equation is x – y = 2
Þ x=2+y Y¢

Now take certain values of y and find (iv) Given equation is 3 = 2x + y

their corresponding values of x. or y = 3 – 2x
For y = 0, x = 2 Now we consider certain values of x and
y = 1, x = 3 find their corresponding values of y.
y = 2, x = 4 When x = 0, y = 3
\ The corresponding table is x = 1, y = 1
x = 2, y = – 1
x 2 3 4 Thus, the points are (0, 3), (1, 1) and (2, – 1)
y 0 1 2 and join them to get straight line which is the
graphical representation of the given linear
Now we plot the points (2, 0), (3, 1) and (4, 2) equation.
on the graph paper and join them to get the
corresponding line of the linear equation Y
x – y = 2.
Y
(4, 2) 4
2 3 (0, 3)
1 (3, 1) 2
(2, 0)
X¢ X 1 (1, 1)
0 1 2 3 4
X
X¢ –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5
–1 (2, –1)

–2
Y¢
Y¢
(iii) Given equation is y = 3x
Now we take certain values of x and find 2. Give the equations of two lines passing
the corresponding values of y. through (2, 14). How many more such lines
When x = 0, y = 3 × 0 = 0 are there, and why?
x = 1, y = 3 × 1 = 3 Sol. The equations of two lines passing through
x = 2, y = 3 × 2 = 6 (2, 14) can be taken as
The corresponding table is x + y = 16 and 7x – y = 0.
So, There are infinitely many such lines
x 0 1 2 because through a point an infinite number of
y 0 3 6 lines can be drawn.
Linear Equations in Two Variables 105
3. If the point (3, 4) lies on the graph of the 5. From the choices given below, choose the
equation 3y = ax + 7, find the value of a. equation whose graphs are given in Fig.(1)
Sol. Since, the point (3, 4) lies on the graph of the and Fig. (2).
equation
For Fig.1 For Fig.2
3y = ax +7, therefore this point satisfies the
equation So, we put x = 3, y = 4 in given (i ) y = x (i ) y = x + 2
equation, we get (ii ) x + y = 0 (ii ) y = x - 2
3(4) = a (3) + 7
( iii ) y = 2 x (iii ) y = - x + 2
Þ 12 = 3a + 7 Þ 3a = 12 – 7
5 ( iv ) 2 + 3 y = 7 x (iv ) x + 2 y = 6
Þ 3a = 5 Þ a= .
3 Y
4. The taxi fare in a city is as follows : For the
first kilometre, the fare is ` 8 and for the
subsequent distance it is ` 5 per km. Taking
2
the distance covered as x km and total fare
as ` y, write a linear equation for this
(–1, 1) 1
information, and draw its graph.
(0, 0)
Sol. Total distance covered = x km X' X
O
Total fare = ` y –2 –1 1 2 3
Fair for the first kilometre = ` 8 –1 (1, – 1)
Subsequent distance = (x – 1) km
Fair for the subsequent distance = ` 5(x – 1) –2
According to the question,
y = 8 + 5(x – 1) Fig. - 1
Þ y = 8 + 5x – 5 Y'
Þ y = 5x + 3 Y
Table of solutions 4

x 0 1 (–1, 3) 3
y 3 8
2 (0, 2)
We plot the points (0, 3) and (1, 8) on the graph
paper and join the same to get the line which (–1, 1) 1
(2, 0)
is the graph of the equation y = 5x + 3. X' X
–2 –1 O 1 2 3
Y –1

(1, 8) –2

–3

(0, 3) Y'
Fig. - 2
X' X
0 Sol. For Fig. (1)
The correct equation is (ii), Which is x + y
+3

= 0.
y = 5x

Because it passes through origin and when

x = 1, y = –1 and x = –1 and y = 1
For Fig. (2)
The correct equation is (iii), Which is y = – x + 2.

Y'
 EBD_7802
106 Mathematics
Because, when x = 0, y = 2 and x = 2, y = 0 \ Work done when the distance travelled
Thus, points are (0, 2) and (2, 0) by the body is 2 units = 10 units.(ii)
6. If the work done by a body on application Clearly y = 0 when x = 0. So, the work
of a constant force is directly proportional done when the distance travelled by the
to the distance travelled by the body, express body is 0 unit = 0 unit.
this in the form of an equation in two 7. Yamini and Fatima, two students of Class
variables and draw the graph of the same IX of a school, together contributed ` 100
by taking the constant force as 5 units. Also towards the Prime Minister's Relief Fund
read from the graph the work done when to help the earthquake victims. Write a
the distance travelled by the body is linear equation which satisfies this data.
(i) 2 units (ii) 0 unit (You may take their contributions as ` x and
Sol. Let the work done by the constant force be y ` y.) Draw the graph of the same.
units and the distance travelled by the body be Sol. Let the contributions of Yamini and Fatima be
x units. ` x and ` y respectively.
Constant force = 5 units Then according to the question
We have x + y = 100
Work done = Force × Displacement This is the required linear equation which
Þ y = 5x satisfies the given data
Now, we consider certain value of x and find
Table of solutions
corresponding values of y.
x 0 1 For x = 0, y = 100
y x = 50, y = 50
0 5
Table of solutions
We plot the points (0, 0) and (1, 5) on the graph
paper and join the same to get the line which x 0 50
is the graph of the equation y = 5x.
y 100 50

Y We plot the points (0, 100) and (50, 50) on the

(0,10) C B graph paper and join the same to get the line
which is the graph of the equation x + y = 100.
Y

(0,100)
(1, 5)

90 x+
80 y=
10
70 0
X¢ O A
X 60
(0,0) (2,0) 50 (50, 50)
40
x)

30
(y = 5

20
10
X' X
0 102030405060708090100

Y'

(i) Let A be (2,0), Through A, draw a line

parallel to OY to intersect the graph of
the equation y = 5x at B. Through B, draw
a line parallel to OX to intersect OY at Y'
C. Then C will be (0, 10)
Linear Equations in Two Variables 107
8. In countries like USA and Canada, Now we plot the points A(0, 32), B(– 5, 23),
temperature is measured in Fahrenheit, C(5, 41), D(10, 50), E(15, 59), F(–20, – 4)
whereas in countries like India, it is and G(– 40, – 40) on the graph paper.
measured in Celsius. Here is a linear 9
equation that converts Fahrenheit to Celsius. (ii) For C = 30°, F = × 30° + 32° = 86°
5
æ 9ö Required temperature = 86°
F = ç ÷ C + 32
è 5ø 9
(i) Draw the graph of the linear equation (iii) For F = 95° F, we have 95 = × C + 32°
5
above using Celsius for x-axis and
Fahrenheit for y - axis. 9 9
Þ 95° – 32° = C Þ C = 63°
(ii) If the temperature is 30°C, what is the 5 5
temperature in Fahrenheit? Þ C = 35°
(iii) If the temperature is 95°F, what is the 9
temperature in Celsius? (iv) For C = 0, F = × 0 + 32° = 32° and
5
(iv) If the temperature is 0°C, what is the
temperature in Fahrenheit and if the 9
For F = 0° F, we have 0 = ´ C + 32°
temperature is 0°F, what is the 5
temperature in Celsius? -32°´ 5 -160°
(v) Is there a temperature which is Þ C= =
9 9
numerically the same in both
(v) Let the temperature be x° numerically.
Fahrenheit and Celsius? If yes, find it i.e.- x° F = x° C
Sol. Given linear equation is F = çæ 9 ÷ö C + 32 æ9ö 9
\ F = ç ÷ C + 32 Þ x = x + 32
è5ø è5ø 5
(i) Let C = x – axis and F = y – axis
9x - 5x -32 ´ 5
Þ –32= Þ x= = -40°
9 5 4
\ Given equation becomes y = x + 32
5 Hence, – 40°F = – 40°C.
Now we consider certain values of x and Y
find the corresponding values of y.
65
9 60 E(15, 59)
For x = 0, y = ´ 0 + 32 = 32 55
5 50 D(10, 50)
45
9
For x = – 5, y = (-5) + 32 = 23 40 C(5, 41)
5 35
A(0, 32)
30
9 (-5, 23)B 25
For x = 5, y = (5) + 32 = 41 20
5
15
10
9
For x = 10, y = (10) + 32 = 50 X' -35 -25 -15 -5
5
5
-40 -30 -20 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 X
F(-20, -4)
9 -10
For x = 15, y = (15) + 32 = 59 -15
5 -20
-25
9
For x = – 20, y = (-20) + 32 = -4 -30
5 -35
G(-40, 40) -40
9
For x = – 40, y = (-40) + 32 = -40 Y'
5
 EBD_7802
108 Mathematics
EXERCISE 4.4 Sol. The given equation is
1. Give the geometric representations of y = 3 2x + 9 = 0
as an equation
(i) in one variable (i) In one variable
(ii) in two variables
Sol. The given equation is y = 3 9
2x + 9 = 0 Þ x = -
(i) In one variable 2
(ii) In two variables The representation of 2x + 9 = 0 on the
The representation of y = 3 on the number line is as shown below:
y = 3 can be written as
number line is as shown below:
9
0.x + 1.y = 3 -
2
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 O 1 2 3 4 5 6
3 (ii) In two variables
2 2x + 9 = 0 can be written as 2x + 0.y + 9
1 =0
0 It is a linear equation in two variables x
–1 and y. This is represented by a line. All
–2 the values of y are permissible because
–3 0y is always 0. However, x must satisfy
the relation 2x + 9 = 0.
9
i.e., x = - .
2
Y Hence, two solution of the given equation
9 9
are x = - , y = 0 and x = - , y = 2.
A(0, 3) 2 2
y=3 B(2, 3) The graph AB is a line parallel to the
9
X' X y-axis and at a distance of units to the
O 2
left of it.

Y'

It is a linear equation in two variables x and y. æ 9 öB

ç - , 2÷
This is represented by a line. All the values of è 2 ø
X' X
x are permissible because 0. x is always 0. A O
æ 9 ö
However, y must satisfy the relation ç - ,0 ÷
è 2 ø
y = 3. Hence, two solutions of the given
equation are x = 0, y = 3 and x = 2, y = 3.
2. Give the geometric representations of
Y'
2x + 9 = 0 as an equation
(i) in one variable (ii) in two variables.
Linear Equations in Two Variables 109

Very Short Answer Questions [1 Mark] 6. ABCD is a rectangle. Write the equation of its
sides. Also, find its area. [2015]
1. If 3 x = 2 x + 1, then x is equal to ...........
[2013] y
2. If the point (2, 3) lies on the line 4y = ax + 5, 4
then a = ............ . [2013]
3
3. Total number of legs in a herd of goats and hens
is 40. Represent this in the form of linear 2
equation of two variables. [2014]
4. Does the following equation x = 5y represent a 1
straight line passing through the point (0, 0)? A B
[2014] x' x
–4 –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 4
5. In a one day cricket match, Raina and Dhoni
scored 198 runs. Express this as a linear equation –1
in two variables. [2014] –2
6. Find the point where equation 3x + 2y = 12
intersects y-axis. [2014] –3
x –4
7. Express - 3 y = 7 in the form of D C
4 y'

ax + by + c = 0 . [2016]
7. Find the value of k for which the point (–1, 3)
8. If the graph of 2x + ky = 5, passes through the lies on the graph of the equation 2x – y + k = 0
point (–2, 1), find k. [2017] [2016]
9. In –2y + 3x = 14, express y in terms of x. 8. Write 3x + 2y = 18, in the form of y = mx + c.
[2017] Draw its graph. [2017]
9. Draw the graphs of y = x + 1 and x + y = 5 on
Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks] the same cartesian plane. Shade the triangle
1. For what value of p; x = 2, y = 3 is a solution of formed by these graphs and y-axis and also find
(p + 1)x – (2p + 3) y – 1 = 0 and write the its area. [2017]
equation. [2013] 10. Find the equations of any two lines passing
through the point (–1, 2). How many such lines
2. Find three solutions of linear equation
can be there? [2017]
7x – 5y = 35 in two variables. [2014]
Long Answer Questions [4 Marks]
x 3y
3. Write the equation + = -1 in standard 1. Draw the graph of linear equations
2 5 x + y = 10 and 2x – y = 5 and find the point of
form and draw the graph. [2014] intersection. [2013]
4. ABCD is a square. Co-ordinates of A and C are 2. A student Amit of class IX is unable to write in
(–1, –1) and (1, 1) respectively. Write the his examination, due to fracture in his arm.
coordinates of B and D. Also write the equations Akhil a student of class VI writes for him. The
of all the sides of square. [2014] sum of their ages is 25 years. [2013]
5. For what value of k, the linear equation (i) Write a linear equation for the above
situation and represent it graphically.
2x + ky = 8 has x = 2 and y = 1 as its solution?
(ii) Find the age of Akhil from the graph, when
If x = 4, then find the value of y. [2014] age of Amit is 14 years.
 EBD_7802
110 Mathematics
3. The taxi fare in a city is as follows : Celsius which is equal to 30 degree Fahrenheit.
For the first kilometer, the fare is ` 8 and for [2017]
the subsequent distance it is ` 5 per km. Taking 5. The taxi fare in a city is as follows : For the first
distance covered as x km and the total fare as kilometre, the fare is `20 and for the subsequent
` y. Write a linear equation for this information distance it is ` 8 per km. Taking the distance
and draw its graph. [2015] covered as y km and total fare as ` x, write a
4. Fahrenheit (F) and Celcius (C) are two different linear equation for this information, and draw
units of temperature and the relation between its graph. Also, find the distance travelled it total
fare is ` 100. [2017]
5
them is given by C = ( F - 32 ) . Draw the 6. Draw the graphs of the following equations on
9
the same graph sheet :
graph for this relation. At what temperature both x = 0, y = 0, x + y = 3. Also, find the area
units read the same. Also, find temperature, in enclosed between these lines. [2017]

Very Short Answer Questions [1 Mark] 13. Five years hence a man’s age will be three times
his son’s age. Write a linear equation in two
DIRECTIONS : Give answer in one word or one sentence. variables to represent this statement.
1. Express y in terms of x, given that 2y – 4x = 7. 14. Seven times a given two digit number is equal
2. An equation of the form cy + d = 0, where c, d to four times the number obtained by
are real numbers and c ¹ 0, in the variable y interchanging the digits. Write a linear equation
geometrically represents a........................... on in two variables to represent this statement.
the number line.
15. Find the missing member ‘x’ in the ordered pair
3. Express the linear equation y – 2 = 0 in the form
ax + by + c = 0 and indicate the values of a, b (x, –8) if the second member of the pair is 4
and c. more than the first member.
4. Write the equation of the line parallel to the 16. Find four different solutions of the equation
x-axis at distance 3 units above x-axis. x + 2y = 6.
5. If (3, –2) is a solution of the equation 3x – py –7 = 0, 17. Show that x = 2, y = 3 satisfy the linear equation
then find the value of p.
6. Find the value of x for which y = – 4 is a solution 3x –4y + 6 = 0.
of the linear equation 5x – 8y = 47. Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks]
7. If x = k2 and y = k is a solution of the equation
x – 5y + 6 = 0, then find the sum of the values DIRECTIONS : Give answer in two to three sentences.
of k.
8. For equation x + y = 8, ordered pair (5, a) lies 1. Given the point (2, 11), find the equation of a
on its graph. Find the value of ‘a’. line on which it lies. How many such equations
9. What is the distance between the graphs of the are there?
equations y = – 1 and y = 3? 2. What is the solution of the given equation?
10. If the graph of the linear equation 2x – y = 4 3y + 4 2y - 5 31
cuts x- axis at (a, 0), then find the value of ‘a’. + =
2 3 2
11. If (2k – 1, k) is a solution of the equation 3. Express y in terms of x in the equation
10x – 9y = 12, then find the value of ‘k’.
2x + 3y = 11. Find the point where the line
12. How many linear equations in ‘x’ and ‘y’ can be
satisfied by x = 2 and y = 3? represented by the equation 2x + 3y = 11 cuts
the y-axis.
Linear Equations in Two Variables 111
4. Solve for x : 5(4x + 3) = 3(x – 2). Long Answer Questions :
3 1 4 DIRECTIONS: Give answer in four to five sentences
5. Solve for x : + = , where x ¹ 0,
x -1 x + 1 x
1. Draw the graph of 2x + 3y = 9. Using the graph,
x ¹ 1, x ¹ –1. check whether (3, 1) and (–1, 2) are solutions
6. Solve for x : (5x + 1) (x + 3) – 8 = 5(x + 1) (x + 2). of the given equation.
7. Determine the point on the graph of the linear 2. Draw the graph of each of the following
equation x + y = 6, whose ordinate is 2 times its linear equations in two variables :
abscissa. (i) x + y = 4 (ii) x – y = 2
8. If the point (2k – 3, k + 2) lies on the graph of 3. Draw the graph of the equation 2x – y + 3 = 0.
the equation 2x + 3y + 15 = 0, find the value Using the graph, find the value of y, when x = – 2.
of k.
9. Let y varies directly as x. If y = 12 when x = 4, 4. Give the geometric representations of 2x + 9 = 0
then write a linear equation. What is the value as an equation
of y when x = 5? (i) in one variable (ii) in two variables.

Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks] 8. Plot the points A (1, 3), B(1, – 1), C(7, – 1),
D(7, 3). Join the points.
1. Find the points where the graph of the equation (i) Name the figure so obtained.
3x + 4y = 12 cuts the x-axis and the y-axis. (ii) Find the area of the figure formed.
[Exemplar] (iii) Supposing a park has the above said figure
and boundary of the park is painted with
2. Draw the graph of the equation represented by
a message.
the straight line which is parallel to the x-axis
Y
and is 4 units above it. [Exemplar]
3. At what point does the graph of the linear
equation x + y = 5 meet a line which is parallel A (1, 3) D (7, 3)
to the y-axis, at a distance 2 units from the origin
and in the positive direction of x-axis?
[Exemplar]
4. If the point (3, 4) lies on the graph of 3x = ay + 7, O
then find the value of a. [Exemplar]
B (1, – 1) C (7, – 1)
5. Determine the point on the graph of the
equations 2x + 5y = 20 whose x-coordinate is "Keep the Park Clean and Green"
Comment on the message. [VBQ]
5 Long Answer Questions [4 Marks]
times its ordinate. [Exemplar]
2
1. If the graph of the equation 4x + 3y = 12 cuts
6. For what value of c, the linear equation 2x + cy = 8 the coordiante axes at A and B, then find the
has equal values of x and y as its solution? length of the hypotenuse of right triangle AOB.
[Exemplar] [HOTS]
7. If the points A(3, 5) and B (1, 4) lie on the graph 2. From the choices given below, choose the
of the line ax + by = 7, then find the sum of equation whose graph is given in Fig. [HOTS]
values of ‘a’ and ‘b’ [HOTS]
 EBD_7802
112 Mathematics
3. The area of the triangle formed by the line
x + 3y = 12 and the coordinate axes is ____ .
Y
[HOTS]
(–1, 3) 3
(0, 2)
4. The autorikshaw fare in a city is charged ‘ 10
2
for the first kilometer and @ ‘ 4 per kilometer
(–1, 1) 1
(2, 0) for subsequent distance covered. Write the linear
X ' –2 –1 O 1 2 3 X equation to express the above statement. Draw
–1
the graph of the linear equation. [HOTS]
–2
Y'

Exemplar MCQs 7. Any point on X-axis is of the form

1. The linear equation 2x – 5y = 7 has (a) (x, y) (b) (0, y)
(a) a unique solution (c) (x, 0) (d) (x, x)
(b) two solutions 8. Any point on the line y = x is of the form
(c) infinitely many solutions (a) (a, a) (b) (0, a)
(d) no solution (c) (a, 0) (d) (a, –a)
2. The equation 2x + 5y = 7 has a unique solution, 9. The equation of X-axis is of the form
if x and y are (a) x = 0 (b) y = 0
(a) natural numbers (c) x + y = 0 (d) x = y
(b) positive real numbers 10. The graph of y = 6 is a line
(c) real numbers (a) parallel to X-axis at a distance 6 units from
(d) rational numbers the origin
3. If (2, 0) is a solution of the linear equation (b) parallel to Y-axis at a distance 6 units from
2x + 3y = k, then the value of k is the origin
(a) 4 (b) 6 (c) making an intercept 6 on the X-axis
(c) 5 (d) 2 (d) making an intercept 6 on both axes
4. Any solution of the linear equation 2x + 0y + 9 11. x = 5 and y = 2 is a solution of the linear equation
= 0 in two variables is of the form (a) x + 2y = 7 (b) 5x + 2y = 7
(c) x + y = 7 (d) 5x + y = 7
æ 9 ö æ 9ö
(a) ç - , m ÷ (b) ç n, - ÷ 12. If a linear equation has solutions (–2, 2), (0, 0)
è 2 ø è 2ø
and (2, –2) then it is of the form
æ 9ö (a) y – x = 0 (b) x + y = 0
(c) ç 0, - ÷ (d) (–9, 0) (c) –2x + y = 0 (d) –x + 2y = 0
è 2ø
13. The positive solutions of the equation ax + by +
5. The graph of the linear equation 2x + 3y = 6
c = 0 always lie in the
cuts the Y-axis at the point
(a) Ist quadrant (b) IInd quadrant
(a) (2, 0) (b) (0, 3)
(c) IIIrd quadrant (d) IVth quadrant
(c) (3, 0) (d) (0, 2)
14. The graph of the linear equation 2x + 3y = 6 is
6. The equation x = 7, in two variables can be
a line which meets the X-axis at the point
written as
(a) (0, 2) (b) (2, 0)
(a) 1.x + 1.y = 7 (b) 1.x + 0.y = 7
(c) (3, 0) (d) (0, 3)
(c) 0.x + 1.y = 7 (d) 0.x + 0.y = 7
Linear Equations in Two Variables 113
15. The graph of the linear equation y = x passes 19. The point of the form (a, –a) always lies on the
through the point line
(a) x = a (b) y = –a
æ 3 3ö æ 3ö
(a) ç , - ÷ (b) ç 0, ÷ (c) y = x (d) x + y = 0
è 2 2ø è 2ø
NTSE Past Year MCQs
æ 1 1ö 1. Given: 3x – 4y = 7 and x + cy = 13, for what
(c) (1, 1) (d) ç - , ÷ value of “c” will the two equations not have a
è 2 2ø
16. If we mutliply or divide both sides of a linear solution? [2009]
equation with a non-zero number, then the 3 4
solution of the linear equation (a) (b)
4 3
(a) changes
–4
(b) remains the same (c) – 4 (d)
(c) Only changes in case of multiplication 3
(d) Only changes in case of division 2. A man has certain number of chickens and goats.
17. How many linear equations in x and y can be Their head count is 30. If the total number of
satisfied by x = 1 and y = 2? their legs is 84, what is the ratio between the
(a) Only one (b) Two number of chickens and goats? [2009]
(c) Infinitely many (d) Three (a) 1 : 2 (b) 2 : 3
18. The point of the form (a, a) always lies on (c) 3 : 2 (d) 3 : 4
(a) X-axis
(b) Y-axis
(c) the line y = x
(d) the line x + y = 0
 EBD_7802
114 Mathematics

CHAPTER TEST

Time : 30 Min. Max. Marks : 20

Directions : (i) Attempt all questions

(ii) Question 1 and 2 carry 1 mark each.
(iii) Question 3 and 4 carry 2 marks each.
(iv) Question 5, 6 and 7 carry 3 marks each.
(v) Question 8 carry 5 marks each.

1. If x = k2 and y = k is a solution of the equation x – 5y + 6 = 0, find the values of k.

2. Write the equation of following lines.
(i) passing through (7, 0) and parallels to y-axis.
(ii) passing through (0, 3) and parallel to x-axis.
3. If three times the larger of the two numbers is divided by the smaller one, we get 4 as the quotient
and 3 as remainder. Write a linear equation in two variables to represent this statement.
4. 7 audio cassettes and 3 video cassettes cost `1110. Write a linear equation in two variables to
represent this statement.
5. Draw the graph of the equation 2x + 3y = 11. From your graph, find the value of y, when x = – 2.
6. Draw the graph of the equation x – 2y = 1 and 2x + y = 7 on the same graph paper and find the
common solution.
æ k + 2ö æ 3k - 2 ö
7. For what value of k is x = 1 , y = 0 a soluiton of ç x– ÷ y – 3 = 0.
è k - 1 ÷ø çè
k+2ø
8. Draw the graphs of the equation x – y = 1 and, 2x + y = 8. Shade the area bounded by these two
lines and y-axis. Also, determine this area.
Linear Equations in Two Variables 115

Þ 2 p + 2 - 6 p - 9 -1 = 0
Þ -4 p - 8 = 0 Þ p = -2
Very Short Answer Questions Put the value of p in the equation (i), then
1. Given, 3x = 2 x + 1 -x + y -1 = 0
x - y + 1 = 0 , is the required equation.
\ x( 3 - 2 ) = 1
7 x - 35
x=
1 2. When y =
\ 5
3- 2
2. 4(3) = a(2) + 5 x 5 0 10
Þ 2a = 12 – 5 y 0 -7 7
7
Þ a= 3. The given equation can be written as,
2 5 x + 6 y = -10 Þ 5x + 6y + 10 = 0
3. Suppose, the number of goats and hens in herd
Þ y = - ( 5 x + 10 ) / 6
are x & y respectively. Then, 4x + 2y = 40
4. Given equation : x = 5y x -2 4 10
Yes. The point (0, 0) satisfies the given equation,
y 0 -5 -10
5. Suppose the runs scored by Raina & Dhoni are
x & y respectively then, x + y = 198 y
6. Put x = 0 in the given equation, 10
3(0) + 2y = 12
8
\ y=6
The required point is (0, 6). 6

x 4
7. Since, - 3y = 7
4 2
(–2, 0)
x x' x
So - 3y - 7 = 0 –10 –8 –6 –4 –2 2 4 6 8 10
4 –2 B (5, 0)
Hence x - 12 y - 28 = 0 –4 (4, –5)

8. Here, 2 ( -2 ) + k (1) = 5 –6
So -4 + k = 5 –8 (10, –10)
Hence, k = 9 –10
9. Since, -2 y + 3x = 14
Þ 3 x - 14 = 2 y 4. Given, A(–1, –1) and C(1, 1)
y'

3x - 14 Then, B(1, –1) and D(–1, 1)

So, y = Also, equations of sides of square are,
2
AB : Y = –1
Short Answer Questions BC : X=1
1. Given equation: (p + 1) x – (2p + 3) y – 1 = 0 CD : Y=1
...(i) DA : X = –1
If x = 2, y = 3 is the solution of the equation (i), 5. The linear equation is 2x + ky = 8
then (p + 1)2 – (2p + 3)3 – 1 = 0 At x = 2, y = 1
 EBD_7802
116 Mathematics
2(2) + k(1) = 8 y
4+k=8 Þ k=4
If x = 4, then
5 R
Þ 2(4) + 4y = 8
8 + 4y = 8 4
4y = 0 Þ y = 0 3 Q
6. Equation of the sides are : 2
AB : Y = 0
BC : X = – 1 1 P
CD : Y = – 4 x
DA : X = – 4 0 1 2 3 4 5
Area = 4 × 3
= 12 sq. units 1
7. (–1, 3) lies on the graph 2x – y + k = 0 So, area of (DPQR) = ´ 4 ´ 2 = 4 sq. units
\ 2(–1) – 3 + k = 0 2
k = 2 + 3, k = 5 10. Equation of two lines which are passing through
8. Since, 3 x + 2 y = 18 the point (–1, 2) are x + y = 1 and 2x + y = 0
Then, 2 y = -3x + 18 Here, infinite lines can pass through given point
3 (–1, 2).
Therefore, y = - x+9
2 Long Answer Questions :
x 0 2
1. x + y = 10 Þ y = 10 - x
y 9 6
x 0 2 3 4 5
(0, 9) y 10 8 7 6 5
9
8 2x - y = 5 Þ y = 2x - 5
7 x 0 2 5
(2, 6)
6 y -5 -1 5
5
y
4 (2, 8)
8
3 7 (3, 7) 2x – 7 = 5
6 (4, 6)
2 5 (5, 5)
1 4
3
2 x + y = 10
0 1 2 3 1
9. Since y = x +1 x'
–8 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
x
–1
(2, –1)
–2
x 0 2 –3
–4
y 1 3 (0, –5) –5
–6
Now, x+ y = 5Þ y = 5- x –7
–8
x 0 5
From graph it is clear that point of intersection
y 5 0 is (5, 5).
Linear Equations in Two Variables 117
2. Suppose age of Amit = x years
5
Age of Akhil = y years 4. x= ( y - 32 )
(i) According to the question the linear 9
equation for the above situation is
x 10 - 40 -15
x + y = 25
y 50 - 40 5
Þ y = 25 - x
Suppose x = y = a
x 0 10 15
5
y 25 15 10 \ a= ( a - 32 )
9
y
9a = 5a - 160
a = -40
(0, 25)
25
\ – 40ºC = – 40ºF
20 (10, 15)
15
(15, 10) y
11
10
50 P (10, 50)
5
40
x
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
14
20
10
(–15, 5) Q
x
(ii) Amit's age = 14 years, then Akhil's –50 –40 –30 –20 –10 10 20 30 40 50
age = 11 years. –10
3. The fare for 1st km is ` 8.00 –20
Let the total distance to be covered is x km
Fare for (x – 1) kilometer at the rate of ` 5 per –30
km is 5(x – 1) R (– 40, – 40) –40
\ Total fare y = 5 ( x - 1) + 8 –50
y = 5x + 3
x 0 -1 -2
y 3 -2 -7 5
As, C = ( F - 32 )
9
Y
Q F = 30º
5 5
4 So, C = ( 30 - 32 )
9
(0, 3) 3
5
( -2 ) = - 10
2
1
=
9 9
X' X
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 4 5 6
æ 10 ö º
–1 Hence, 30ºF is equal to ç - ÷ C
(–1, –2) –2 è 9 ø
–3 5. As per given information
–4 x = 20 + ( y - 1)8
–5
–6
So, x = 8 y + 12
(–2, –7) –7
Y'
 EBD_7802
118 Mathematics

x - 12
y=
8
Very Short Answer Questions
x 12 20 28 1. 2y – 4x = 7
y 0 1 2 2y = 7 + 4x
7 + 4x
y=
2
y 2. point
6 3. Given equation is y – 2 = 0
5 Þ 0.x + 1.y – 2 = 0
4 Comparing with ax + by + c = 0, we get
a = 0, b = 1, c = – 2.
3
4. The equation of any line parallel to x-axis at a
2 (28, 2) distance b units is given by y = b.
)0

1 (20, 1)
2,

Here, b = 3 (above x-axis represent positive

(1

x direction)
–20 –10 10 20 30 40 50 60
–1 Þ Required equation is y = 3.
–2 5. 3(3) – p (–2) – 7 = 0 Þ 2 + 2p = 0 Þ p = – 1
6. As y = – 4 is a solution of 5x – 8y = 47
\ 5x – 8(– 4) = 47 Þ 5x + 32 = 47
If total fare is ` 100 then distance travelled Þ 5x = 15 Þ x = 3
7. Given x = k2 and y = k is a solution
100 - 12 88
= = = 11 km \ we have
8 8
k2 – 5k + 6 = 0 Þ k2 – 3k – 2k + 6 = 0
6. Here x = 0, y = 0, x + y = 3
Þ (k – 3) (k – 2) = 0 Þ k = 3, 2
x 0 3 Sum = 3 + 2 = 5
y 3 0 8. Since (5, a) lies on x + y = 8,
\5+a=8Þa=8–5=3
9. Required distance = 3 – (–1) = 4
y 10. Since 2x – y = 4 cuts x-axis at (a, 0) therefore
2(a) – 0 = 4 Þ 2a = 4 Þ a = 2
R
x+y=3 5 11. Since (2k – 1, k) is a solution of 10x – 9y = 12
4 therefore
3 10 (2k – 1) – 9(k) = 12 Þ 20k – 10 – 9k = 12
2 Þ 11k = 22 Þ k = 2
1 12. According to Euclid, infinite number of lines
y=0 can pass through a given point.
0 1 2 3 4 5
x = 2 and y = 3 represent a point (2, 3).
So, the number of linear equations in ‘x’ and
‘y’ satisfied by x = 2 and y = 3 is equal to the
number of lines that can pass through a point.
1 13. Let the present age of the man and his son be x
So, Area of triangle = ´ 3´ 3
2 years and y years respectively.
= 4.5 sq. units Five years hence, man’s age = (x + 5) years
and son’s age = (y + 5) years
Linear Equations in Two Variables 119
According to the question, we have Þ 20x + 15 = 3x – 6
x + 5 = 3(y + 5)
Þ 20x – 3x = – 6 – 15
Þ x + 5 = 3y + 15
Þ x – 3y = 10 -21
This is a linear equation in two variables which Þ 17 x = -21 Þ x =
17
represents the given statement.
14. Let the digit in the unit’s place be x and the 3 1 4
5. + =
digit in the ten’s place be y. x -1 x + 1 x
Then, the number = 10y + x.
The number obtained on reversing the digits
= 10x + y. 3 ( x + 1) + 1( x – 1) 4
Þ =
According to the given condition, we have ( x - 1)( x + 1) x
7 (10y + x) = 4(10x + y)
Þ 70y + 7x = 40x + 4y
Þ 66y – 33x = 0 3x + 3 + x - 1 4
Dividing both sides by 33, we get Þ 2
=
x -1 x
2y – x = 0
This is a linear equation in two variables
representing the given statement. 4x + 2 4
15. Here the second member is (x, –8) is 4 more Þ 2
= Þ x(4x + 2) = 4(x2 – 1)
x -1 x
than the first member.
This means value of x is 4 less than –8
Þ x = –8 –4 Þ x = –12 Þ 4x2 + 2x = 4x2 – 4 Þ 2x = – 4 Þ x = – 2
16. (2, 2), (0, 3), (6, 0) and (4, 1). 6. (5x + 1) (x + 3) – 8 = 5(x + 1) (x + 2)
17. Substituting x = 2, y = 3 in the given equation, Þ (5x2 + 15x + x + 3) – 8 = 5(x2 + 2x + x + 2)
Þ 5x2 + 16x + 3 – 8 = 5(x2 + 3x + 2)
we get Þ 5x2 + 16x – 5 = 5x2 + 15x + 10
LHS = 3 × 2 – 4 × 3 + 6 = 0 = RHS. Þ 16x – 15x = 15 Þ x = 15
\ x = 2, y = 3 satisfy 3x – 4y + 6 = 0 7. Given y = 2x, putting y = 2x in the equation
Short Answer Questions x + y = 6, we get
x + 2x = 6 Þ 3x = 6
1. Given point (2, 11) i.e. x = 2 and y = 11
By addition, we get x + y = 2 + 11 = 13 6
Þx= Þx=2
By subtraction, we get x – y = 2 – 11 = – 9 3
Hence x + y = 13 and x – y = – 9 are two lines Putting x = 2 in the equation y = 2x we get,
passing through (2, 11). Infinite number of lines y=2´2=4
may be drawn through the point (2, 11). \ the required point is (2, 4).
3y + 4 2y - 5 31 8. As (2k – 3, k + 2) lies on the line 2x + 3y + 15 = 0
2. + = So, putting x = 2k – 3 and y = k + 2 in equation,
2 3 2
we get
3(3y + 4) + 2(2y – 5) = 3 ×31 Þ 2(2k – 3) + 3(k + 2) + 15 = 0
9y + 12 + 4y – 10 = 93 Þ 4k – 6 + 3k + 6 + 15 = 0
13y + 2 = 93 Þ 7k + 15 = 0
13y = 91
y= 7 15
Þ 7k = – 15 Þ k = -
7
11 - 2x æ 11ö 9. As y is 3 times of x, when y = 12 and x = 4
3. y= , ç 0, ÷
3 è 3ø Þ y = 3x ...(i)
4. 5(4x + 3) = 3(x – 2) So required linear equation is y = 3x
 EBD_7802
120 Mathematics
When x = 5 the value of y will be y = 3(5) = 15 (ii) Given equation is x – y = 2
\ Point is (5, 15). Þ x=2+y
Long Answer Questions Now take certain values of y and find their
corresponding values of x.
1. For y = 0, x = 2
y = 1, x = 3
y = 2, x = 4
\ The corresponding table is

Now we plot the points (2, 0), (3, 1) and (4, 2)

on the graph paper and join them to get the
Point (3, 1) is solution but (–1, 2) is not a solution of
corresponding line of the linear equation x – y = 2.
the equation.
2. (i) Given equation is x + y = 4 or y = 4 – x
Now, we take certain values of x and find their
corresponding values of y
For x = 0, y = 4 – 0 = 4
x = 1, y = 4 – 1 = 3
x = 2, y = 4 – 2 = 2
\ Table is given below:

Now, we plot the points (0, 4), (1, 3) and

(2, 2) on the graph and join them to get the
straight lin e which represents the lin ear
equation x + y = 4. 3. 2x – y + 3 = 0 Þ y = 2x + 3
When x = 0, then y = 2 × 0 + 3 = 3
Y When x = 1, then y = 2 × 1 + 3 = 5
When x = –2, then y = 2 × (–2) + 3 = –1
Thus, we have the following table :

x 0 1 -2
y 3 5 -1

Now, plot the points A (0, 3) and B (1, 5) on a

x+ graph paper
y= Join AB and extend it in both the directions.
4
Linear Equations in Two Variables 121
Then, the line AB is the required graph of The graph AB is a line parallel to the
2x – y + 3 = 0 –9
y-axis and at a distance of units to the
2
left of it.

æ -9 ö æ -9 ö
çè ,2÷ø çè ,0÷ø
2 2

From the graph it is clear when x = – 2, then

Short Answer Questions
y = –1
1. The graph of the linear equation 3x + 4y = 12
4. The given equation is 2x + 9 = 0
cuts the x-axis at the point where y = 0. On
(i) In one variable
putting y = 0 in the linear equation, we have
2x + 9 = 0 Þ x = – 9 3x = 12, which gives x = 4. Thus, the required
2 point is (4, 0).
The representation of 2x + 9 = 0 on the The graph of the linear equation 3x + 4y = 12
number line is as shown below: cuts the y-axis at the point where x = 0. On
–9 putting x = 0 in the given equation, we have
4y = 12, which gives y = 3. Thus, the required
point is (0, 3).
2. Any straight line parallel to x-axis is given by
(ii) In two variables
y = k, where k is the distance of the line from
2x + 9 = 0 can be written as 2x + 0.y + 9 = 0
It is a linear equation in two variables x the x-axis. Here k = 4. Therefore, the equation
and y. This is represented by a line. All of the line is y = 4. To draw the graph of this
the values of y are permissible because 0y equation, plot the points (1, 4) and (2, 4) and
is always 0. However, x must satisfy the
join them. This is the required graph
relation 2x + 9 = 0.
Y
i.e., x = – 9 . )
2 4 (1, 4 (2, 4) y=4
3
Hence, two solution of the given equation
2
–9 –9
are x = , y = 0 and x = , y = 2. 1
2 2 X
O 1 2 3 4
 EBD_7802
122 Mathematics
3. The co-ordinates of the points lying on the line get 4x = 12 Þ x = 3
parallel to the y-axis, at a distance 2 units from Hence, co-ordiantes of the point A where the
the origin and in the positive direction of the graph (i.e. line) of the equation cuts the x-axis
x-axis are of the form (2, a). Putting x = 2, y = a is (3, 0).
in the equation x + y = 5, we get a = 3. Thus, the Now x-coordinate of the point B where graph
required point is (2, 3) (i.e. line) of the equation 4x + 3y = 12 cuts the
4. Q (3, 4) lies on the graph of 3x = ay + 7 y-axis is 0 i.e. x = 0.
\ 3 (3) = a ´ 4 + 7 Þ 9 = 4a + 7 On putting x = 0 in equation 4x + 3y = 12, we
get 3y = 12 Þ y = 4
1
Þ 4a = 2 Þ a = Hence, coordinate of the point B where graph
2 (i.e. line) of the equation 4x + 3y = 12 cuts the
5 y-axis is (0, 4).
5. As the x-coordinate of the point is times its
2
Y
5
ordinate, therefore, x = y. B(0, 4)
2
5
Now putting x = y in 2x + 5y = 20, we get
2 O A X
X¢
10y = 20 Þ y = 2. (3, 0)
Therefore, x = 5. Thus, the required point is (5, 2) 4x+ 3y = 12
Y¢
6. 2x + cy = 8, here y = x
\ 2x + cx = 8 Þ cx = 8 – 2x In the diagram, AOB is a triangle right angled
8 - 2x at O.
Þ c= , x¹0 In right DAOB,
x
AB2 = OA2 + OB2 = (3)2 + (4)2 = 9 + 16 = 25
7. Since A(3, 5) and B(1, 4) lies on the graph \ AB = 5 units
ax + by = 7 Hence, length of hypotenuse AB = 5 units
Therefore we have 2. The correct equation is (c),
3a + 5b = 7 ...(i) which is y = – x + 2
Because, when x = 0, y = 2 and x = 2, y = 0
and a + 4b = 7 ...(ii)
Thus, points are (0, 2) and (2, 0)
On solving these, we get 3. Put x = 0 in x + 3y =12,
a = – 1 and b = 2. 0 + 3y = 12 Þ 3y = 12 Þ y = 4
a+b=–1+2=1 So the graph of x + 3y = 12 cuts y-axis at
(0, 4)
8. (i) The figure formed is a rectangle whose
Put y = 0 in x + 3y = 12
length is 6 units and breadth is 4 units.
x + 0 = 12 Þ x = 12
(ii) So, area of rectangle = (6) × (4) = 24 sq.
So the graph of x + 3y = 12 cuts x-axis at (12,0)
units.
Area of triangle formed is,
(iii) The message informs the visitors for
planting more and more trees to reduce 1
Area (DAOB) = × 12 × 4 = 6 × 4 = 24
pollution and indicates th e value of 2
cleanliness. 4. Let the total distance covered be x km and the
Long Answer Questions [4 Marks] fare charged ‘ y. Then for the first km, fare
1. y-coordinate of the point A where graph (i.e. charged is ‘ 10 and for remaining (x – 1) km
line) of the equation 4x + 3y = 12 cuts the
fare charged is ‘ 4(x – 1)
x-axis is 0 i.e. y = 0.
On putting y = 0 in equation 4x + 3y = 12, we Therefore, y = 10 + 4(x – 1) = 4x + 6
Linear Equations in Two Variables 123
The required equation is y = 4x + 6. æ 9 ö
Now, when x = 0, y = 6 and when x = –1, y = 2. So, ç - , m ÷ is the required form of the
è 2 ø
-3 solution.
And when x = ,y=0 5. (d) As the graph of linear equation 2x + 3y = 6
2
cuts the Y-axis
The graph is given in fig.
So, putting x = 0 in the given equation
2x + 3y = 6, then
2 × 0 + 3y = 6 Þ 3y = 6
Þy=2
Thus, the given linear equation cuts the
Y-axis at the point (0, 2).
6. (b) Since, the coefficient of 'y' in the equation
x = 7 is 0.
Therefore, the given equation is
1.x + 0.y = 7
7. (c) Each point on the X-axis has y-coordinate
as zero.
So, y = 0
æ -3 ö Therefore, any point on X-axis is (x, 0).
çè , 0÷ø
2
8. (a) Each point on the line y = x has equal value
of x and y-coordinates.
Therefore, (a, a) is the required form, of
the solution.
9. (b) The equation of X-axis is of the form y = 0.
10. (a) To draw the graph of above equation
Put x = 0, then y = 6
Put x = 2, then y = 6

x 0 2 3
Exemplar MCQs y 6 6 6
1. (c) Since, in the equation 2x – 5y = 7, for each So, we get two points A (0, 6) and B (2, 6).
value of x, there is a corresponding value After plotting the points we join the line
of y and vice-versa. Hence, the linear AB.
equation has infinitely many solutions.
2. (a) Since, in natural numbers, there is only Y
(1, 1) that satisfy the given equation yet in
real numbers positive real numbers and
7 y=6
rational numbers there are many values to A
6
satisfy the given linear equation. (0, 6) B C (3, 6)
3. (a) As (2, 0) is a solution of the given linear 5 (2, 6)
equation 2x + 3y = k, so putting x = 2 and 4
y = 0 in the equation 3
\ 2(2) + 3(0) = k Þ k = 4 2
Therefore, the value of k is 4. 1
4. (a) Since the given linear equation, X' X
–4 –3 –2 –1 O 1 2 3 4 5
2x + 0y + 9 = 0
9 Y'
So 2x + 9 = 0 Þ x = -
2
 EBD_7802
124 Mathematics
11. (c) (a) Consider x + 2y, after putting x = 5 and 17. (c) Consider the linear equation be
y = 2, ax + by + c = 0
5 + 2(2) = 9 ¹ 7 After putting x =1 and y = 2 in the equation
Therefore, (5, 2) is not a solution of x + 2y = 7 a + 2b + c = 0
(b) Consider 5x + 2y, after putting x = 5 Therefore, infinitely many linear equations
and y = 2, in x and y may be satisfied by x = 1 and y = 2.
5 × 5 + 2 × 2 = 29 ¹ 7 18. (c) As, the point (a, a) has equal value of x
Therefore, (5, 2) is not a solution of and y-coordinates. Hence, the point (a, a)
5x + 2y = 7. will lie on the line y = x.
(c) Consider x + y, on putting x = 5 and 19. (d) Q x + y = a + (–a) = a – a = 0
y = 2, Therefore, the point (a, –a) will lie on the
5 + 2 = 7 (LHS = RHS) line x + y = 0.
So, (5, 2) is a solution of x + y = 7 NTSE Past Year MCQs
(d) Consider 5x + y, after putting x = 5 and
y = 2, 1. (d) For no solution, we must have
5 × 5 + 2 = 27 ¹ 7 a1 b1 c1
Therefore, (5, 2) is not a solution of 5x + y = 7 = ¹
a 2 b2 c2
12. (b) Let a linear equation be ax + by + c = 0
...(i) From first two ratios
As (–2, 2), (0, 0) and (2, –2) are the a1 b1 3 -4
solutions of linear equation. So they = Þ =
a 2 b2 1 c
satisfies the eq. (i).
Therefore, for point (–2, 2) –4
–2a + 2b + c = 0 ...(ii) Þ 3c = – 4 Þ c =
3
for point (0, 0)
0 + 0 + c = 0 Þ c = 0 ...(iii) 2. (c) Let x and y be the number of chickens &
and for point (2, –2) goats respectively.
2a – 2b + c = 0 ...(iv) Their head count is 30.
From eqs. (ii) and (iii), we get so, x + y = 30 ...(i)
c = 0 and –2a + 2b + 0 = 0, Total number of their legs is 84. A chicken
a=b has two legs whereas a goat has four legs.
After putting a = b and c = 0 in eq. (i) So, 2x + 4y = 84 ...(ii)
bx + by = 0 Solving (i) and (ii), we get x = 18, y = 12
x + y = 0, b ¹ 0 \ the ratio between the number of chickens
Therefore, x + y = 0 is the required form of & goats = x : y = 18 : 12 = 3 : 2
the given equation.
13. (a) Since, if a line passes through the first
quadrant, then all solution lying on the line 1. It is given that x = k2 and y = k is a solution of
in Ist quadrant should be positive as the the equation x – 5y + 6 = 0.
coordinate of all points in the first quadrant Therefore,
are positive. k2 – 5k + 6 = 0
14. (c) As the graph of linear equation is a line Þ k2 – 3k – 2k + 6 = 0
which meets the x-axis. Þ k(k – 3) – 2(k – 3) = 0
So, putting y = 0 in 2x + 3y = 6 Þ (k – 3)(k – 2) = 0
\ 2x + 3(0) = 6 Þ k – 2 = 0 or k = 3
Therefore x = 3 Þ k = 2, k = 3
Thus, the coordinate on X-axis is (3, 0). 2. (i) Since a line parallel to y-axis has its
15. (c) Since, the linear equation y = x has equal ordinate zero and when it passes through
values of x and y-coordinates. So, the point (7, 0) its equation is x = 7.
(1, 1) should lie on the line y = x. (ii) Since line parallel to x-axis has its abscissa
16. (b) Since, if we multiply or divide both sides zero and when it passed through (0, 3) its
of a linear equation with a non-zero equation is y = 3.
number, then the solution of the linear 3. Let the two numbers be x and y and let x > y.
equation remains unchanged. According to the question, we have 3x is
Linear Equations in Two Variables 125
divided by y, quotient is 4 and remainder is 3. Clearly, PM = 5.
Now using \ when x = –2, then y = 5.
Divided = Divisor × Quotient + Remainder 6. The given equations are x – 2y = 1 and
\ 3x = 4y + 3 Þ 3x – 4y = 3 2x + y = 7
This is a linear equation in two variable which Consider x – 2y = 1
represents the given statement.
4. Let the cost of one audio cassette be `x and the 1
cost of one video cassette be `y. Then according or y = (x – 1)
2
to the question, we have
7x + 3y = 1110 x 1 3 -1
This is a linear equation in two variables which Table of values:
represents the given statement. y 0 1 -1
5. 2x + 3y = 11 Plot the points (1, 0), (3, 1) and (–1, –1) and
(11 - 2 x) join them to get a straight line which
Þ y= ...(i) represents the graph of x – 2y = 1.
3
(11 - 2 ´ 1) 9
When x = 1, then y = = = 3. Y
3 3
6
When x = 4, then
5 (1, 5)
(11 - 2 ´ 4) 3
y= = = 1. 4
3 3
3 (2, 3)
x 1 4 =1
2y
\ Required y 3 1 2 x–
1 (3, 1)
(1, 0)
Now, plot the points A(1, 3) and B(4, 1) on a
graph paper. X' –2 –1 O
(–1, 1) –1
1 2 3 4 5 6X
Join AB and extend it in both the directions.
Line AB is the required graph of 2x + 3y = 11.

2x
–2

+
y=
7
Y'
Y

P
5 Now consider 2x + y = 7
4 or y = 7 – 2x
A(1, 3)
3
x 1 2 3
2 Table of values: y 5 3 1
B(4, 1)
1
M Plot the points (1, 5), (2, 3) and (3, 1). Join
X' –3 –2 –1 O 1 2 3 4 X these points to get a straight line which
–1
represents the graph of the equation 2x + y = 7.
–2
We see that the two straight line intersect
–3
each other at (3, 1). So the common solution
Y' of the two given equation is x = 3, y = 1
7. Let (x = 1, y = 0) be the solution of given
equation, then x = 1 and y = 0 must satisfy the
Reading the graph equation.
Given: x = –2.
æ k + 2ö æ 3k - 2 ö
Take a point M on the x-axis such that OM = –2 Þ çè ÷ø × 1 – çè ÷ ×0–3=0
Draw, MP, parallel to the y-axis, meeting the k -1 k+2ø
line AB at P.
 EBD_7802
126 Mathematics

k+2 y
Þ –3=0
k -1 C(0, 8)
Þ k + 2 = 3(k – 1) Þ k + 2 = 3k – 3
Þ 2 + 3 = 3k – k Þ 5 = 2k Þ k = 5/2
\ For k = 5/2, x = 1 and y = 0 is the
solution of given equation.
8. Graph of the equation x – y = 1:

2x
We have,

+
y=
x – y = 1 Þ y = x – 1 and x = y + 1

8
Putting x = 0, we get y = –1
Putting y = 0, we get x = 1
Thus, we have the following table for the
points on the line x – y = 1: 1
y =
x–
x 0 1
P(3, 2)
y -1 0 M(0, 2)

Plotting points A(0, –1), B(1, 0) on the

graph paper and drawing a line passing x' x
O
through them, we obtain the graph of the
B(0, 1) D(0, 4)
line represented by the equation x – y = 1 as
shown in Fig. A(0, –1)
Graph of the equation 2x + y = 8: y'
We have,
8- y Clearly, the two lines intersect at P(3, 2).
2x + y = 8 Þ y = 8 – 2x and x =
2 The area enclosed by the lines represented by
Putting x = 0, we get y = 8 the given equations and the y-axis is shaded
Putting y = 0, we get x = 4 in Fig.
Thus, we have the following table giving two Now, required area = Area of the shaded region
points on the line represented by the = Area of DPAC
equation 2x + y = 8.
1
= (Base × Height)
x 0 4 2
y 8 0 1
= (AC × PM)
Plotting points C(0, 8) and D(4, 0) on the 2
same graph paper and drawing a line 1
passing through them, we obtain the graph = (9 × 3) sq. units
2
of the line represented by the equation
2x + y = 8 as shown in Fig. [\ PM = x-coordinate of P = 3]
= 13.5 sq. units.
 Introduction To

5 Euclid’s Geometry

EUCLID’S APPROACH TO GEOMETRY

The Greek mathematician of Euclid’s time expressed some basic terms in geometry such as point, line,
plane, solid, etc. according to what they observed in the world around them.
According to Euclid,
(1) Boundries of a solid are called surfaces.
(2) Boundries of surfaces are lines (curved or straight.)
(3) Lines end in points.
Euclid defined some terms precisely as below:
Point
A point is that which has no part.
Line
A line is breadthless length.
Surface
A surface is that which has length and breadth only.
Ends of a Line
The ends of a line are points.
Edges of a Surface
The edges of a surface are lines.
Straight Line
A straight line is a line which lies evenly with the points on itself.
Plane Surface
A plane surface is a surface which lies evenly with the straight lines on itself.
These definitions are not complete and required further assumptions due to which they were not accepted
to the other Mathematicians. These geometric terms which are not completely defined were termed as
undefined terms.
POSTULATES AND AXIOMS
Some assumptions and properties which were not proved were treated as universal truths. Universal truths
with reference to geometry were termed as Postulates whereas some truths related to other branches of
mathematics were termed as Axioms.
 EBD_7802
128 Mathematics
Axioms
Axioms are the assumptions, used throughout in mathematics which are obvious universal truths and are
not be proved.
Some of the axioms given by Euclid :
(i) Things which are equal to the same thing are equal to one another.
i.e., if a = c and b = c, then a = b.
(ii) If equals are added to equals, the wholes are equal.
i.e., if a = b and c = d, then a + c = b + d.
Also a = b Þ a + c = b + c.
Here, a, b, c and d are things of same kind.
(iii) If equals are subtracted from equals, the remainders are equal.
(iv) The things which coincide with one another are equal to one another.
(v) The whole is greater than the part.
i.e., if a > b, then there exists ‘c’ such that a = b + c.
Here, ‘b’ is a part of ‘a’ and therefore, ‘a’ is greater than ‘b’.
(vi) Things which are double the same thing are equal to one another.
(vii) Things which are halves of the same thing are equal to one another.
Postulates
The assumptions, specific to geometry which are obvious universal truths, are termed as postulates.
Euclid’s five postulates are given below:
Postulate 1
A straight line may be drawn from any one point to any other point.
This first postulate says that for given any two points such as A and B, there is a unique line AB whose end
points are A and B.
Postulate 2
A terminated line can be produced indefinitely.
Euclid’s terminated line is now called line segment.
So, according to the present day terms, the second postulate say that a line segment can be extended on either
side to form a line.

A
Postulate 3
A circle can be drawn with any centre and any radius.
Postulate 4
All right angles equal one another.
Postulate 5
If a straight line falling on two straight lines makes the interior angles on the same side of it taken together
less than two right angles, then the two straight lines, if produced indefinitely, meet on that side on which the
sum of the angles is less than the two right angles.
Introduction To Euclid’s Geometry 129

For example, in the figure, the line PQ falls on lines AB and CD such that the sum of the interior angles 1 and
2 is less than 180° on the left side of PQ. Therefore, the lines AB and CD will eventually intersect on left side
of PQ, if the produced infinitely.
B
P
A
1

C Q D

PROPOSITIONS OR THEOREMS
The statements which can be proved using the already stated axions or postulates are called propositions or
theorems.
CONSISTENT SYSTEM OF AXIOMS
A system of axioms is called consistent if it is impossible to deduce from these axioms a statement that
contradicts any axiom or previously proved statement.
EQUIVALENT VERSIONS OF EUCLID’S FIFTH POSTULATE
There are several equivalent versions of this postulate. One of them is Playfair’s Axiom as stated below:
For every line q and for every point A not lying on q, there exists a unique line p passig through A and
parallel to q’.
From figure you can see that of all the lines passing through the point A, only line p is parallel to line q.

p A

This result can also be stated in the following form :

Two distinct intersecting lines can not be parallel to the same line.
AXIOMS OF POINTS AND LINES
Here, we shall assume some properties about lines and points without any proof but these properties are
obvious universal truths. These properties are taken as axioms.
Axiom 1:
A line contains infinitely many points.
Axiom 2:
Through a given point, infinitely many lines can be made to pass.
 EBD_7802
130 Mathematics

Axiom 3:
Given two distinct points, there exists one and only one line passing through them.
l
P Q

Common Points of Two Distinct Lines

Two distinct lines cannot have more than one point in common.
In case of two parallel distinct lines, there is no common point.
ILLUSTRATION 1 :
If A, B and C are three points on a line, and B lies between A and C (Fig.), then prove that
AB + BC = AC.

C
B
A

SOLUTION :
In the figure given above, AC coincides with AB + BC.
Also, Euclid’s Axiom (4) says that things which coincide with one another are equal to one another.
So, it can be deduced that AB + BC = AC.
Note that in this solution, it has been assumed that there is a unique line passing through two points.
ILLUSTRATION 2 :
If l and m are intersecting lines, l || p and m || q, show that p and q also intersect.
SOLUTION :
Since l and m are intersecting and l || p
Þ m and p intersect.
Now, m and p intersect and m || q.
Þ p and q intersect.

Important Formulae, Terms and Definitions

Axioms: Axioms are assumptions, used throughout in mathematics which are obvious universal truths.
They are not proved.
Postulates: The assumptions, specific to geometry which are obvious universal truths, are termed as
postulates.
Theorems: Theorems are statements which are proved, using definitions, axioms, previously proved
statements and deductive reasoning.
Introduction To Euclid’s Geometry 131
 EBD_7802
132 Mathematics

EXERCISE 5.1 Mark two points A and B on the plane of

1. Which of the following statements are true paper. Fold the paper so that a crease passes
and which are false? Give reasons for your through A. Again fold the paper so that a
answers. line passes through B. Clearly infinite
(i) Only one line can pass through a single number of lines can pass through B. Now
point. fold the paper in such a way that a line
(ii) There are an infinite number of lines which passes through both A and B. We observe
pass through two distinct points. that there is just only one line passes
(iii) A terminated line can be produced through both A and B.
indefinitely on both the sides. (iii) True.
(iv) If two circles are equal, then their radii are In geometry, by a line, we mean the line in
equal. its totality and not a portion of it. Since a
(v) If AB = PQ and PQ = XY, then AB = XY. line extends indefinitely in both the
directions.
A B
A B
P Q So it cannot be drawn whole on paper. In
practice, only a portion of a line is drawn
X Y and arrowheads are marked at its two ends
Sol. (i) False. As we know that there are various indicating that it extends indefinitely in
points in a plane such that A, B, C, D and both directions.
E. Now by first postulate. (iv) True.
On superimposing the region bounded by
one circle on the other if the circles
E coincides. Then, their centres and
boundaries coincide. Therefore, their radii
will be equal.
A B (v) True.
As we know things which are equal to the
D C same thing, are equal to one another.
2. Give a definition for each of the following
terms. Are there other terms that need to be
defined first? What are they, and how might
We can draw a line from A to B, A to C, A you define them?
to E and A to D. It proves that many lines (i) parallel lines
can pass through point A. (ii) perpendicular lines
Similarly we conclude that infinite lines (iii) line segment
can pass through a single point. (iv) radius of a circle
(ii) False (v) square.
Sol. (i) Lines which do not intersect anywhere are
called parallel lines.
(ii) Two lines which are at a right angle to each
A other are called perpendicular lines.
B
(iii) Line Segment : It is a terminated line.
(iv) Radius of a Circle: The length of the
Introduction To Euclid’s Geometry 133
line-segment joining the centre of a circle 1
AC = AB and ....(1)
to any point on its circumference. 2
(v) A quadrilateral with all the four sides equal 1
AD = AB ....(2)
and all the four angles of measure 90° each 2
is called a square. From (1) and (2)
3. Consider two 'postulates' given below:
(i) Given any two distinct points A and B, AC = AD. (Q Things which are equal to the
there exists a third point C which is in same thing are equal to one another)
between A and B.
6. If AC = BD, then prove that AB = CD.
(ii) There exist at least three points that are
not on the same line.
D
Do these postulates contain any B
undefined terms? Are these postulates C
consistent? A
Do they follow from Euclid's postulates? Sol. AC = BD ... (1)
Explain.
Sol. There are several undefined terms which should AC = AB + BC [B lies between A and C]... (2)
be list. These postulates are consistent.
BD = BC + CD [C lies between B and D]... (3)
First says that the given two points A and B,
there is a point C lying on the line in between Substituting (2) and (3) in (1), we get
them;
(ii) says that given A and B, we can take C not AB + BC = BC + CD
lying on the line through A and B. Þ AB = CD [Subtracting equals from equal]
These 'postulates' do not follow from 7. Why is Axiom 5, in the list of Euclid's axioms,
Euclid's postulates However, they follow considered a 'universal truth'? (Note that the
from axiom stated as given two distinct question is not about the fifth postulate).
points there is a unique line that passes
through them. Sol. This is true for any thing in any part of the world,
4. If a point C lies between two points A and this is a universal truth.
B such that AC = BC, then prove that EXERCISE 5.2
AC = AB/2.
Sol. 1. How would you rewrite Euclid's fifth
B postulate so that it would be easier to
understand?
C
Sol. The two facts about the axioms are
(i) There is a line through P which is parallel
A to l.
AC = BC (ii) There is only one such line.
Þ AC + AC = BC + AC [Equals 2. Does Euclid's fifth postulate imply the
are added to equals] existence of parallel lines? Explain.
Þ 2AC = AB Þ AC = AB/2 Sol. If a straight line l falls on two straight lines m
5. In Question 4, point C is called a mid-point and n such that the sum of the interior angles
of line segment AB. Prove that every line on one side of l is two right angles, then by
segment has one and only one mid-point. Euclid's fifth postulate the lines will not meet
Sol. Given: C is mid-point of AB . on this side of l. Next, we know that the sum of
To Prove: C is the only mid-point of AB. the interior angles on the other side of line l
will also be two right angles. Therefore, they
Let a line AB have two mid-points, say, C and will not meet on the other side also. So, the lines
D. Then, m and n never meet and are, therefore, parallel.
 EBD_7802
134 Mathematics

Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks] 2. It is known that if a + b = 10, then a + b – c = 10

1. State any two Euclid's axioms. [2014] – c. Write the Euclid's axiom that best illustrates
2. State playfair's axiom. Is it equivalent to one of this statement. Also give two more axioms other
the Euclid's postulate. [2015] than the axiom used in the above situation.
3. P and Q are the centres of two intersecting [2015]
circles. Prove that PQ = QR = PR.[2016, 2013] 3. Two salesmen make equal sales during the
month of June. In July, each salesmen doubles
R his sale of the month of June. Compare their
sales in July. State which axiom you use here.
Also give two more axioms other than the axiom
used in the above situation. [2015]
P Q
1 1
4. In the fig. if OX = XY , PX = XZ and
2 2
OX = PX. Show that XY = XZ. State which
axiom you use here. Also give two more axioms
4. Solve the equation x + 4 = 10 and state Euclid's other than the axiom used in the above situation.
axiom used. [2016] [2016]
5. In a D PQR, X and Y are the points on PQ are
QR respectively. If PQ = QR and QX = QY, show
that PX = RY. [2016] X

Long Answer Questions [4 Marks]

1. In the fig. we have Ð1= Ð3 and Ð2 = Ð4. Show
that ÐA = ÐC. State which axiom you use here. O P
Also give two more axioms other than the
axioms used in the above situation. [2013]

Y Z
B

5. Using Euclid's axiom, compare length AD and

AF. State which axiom you used here. Also give
two more axiom other than the axiom used in
A 1
2
3 C
the above situation. [2016]
4

A B C D E F G H

D
Introduction To Euclid’s Geometry 135

Very Short Answer Questions [1 Mark] Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks]

DIRECTIONS : Give answer in one word or one sentence. DIRECTIONS : Give answer in two to three sentences.
1. In the given figure, BM = BN, M is the mid-
1. If P, Q and R are three points on a line and Q is
point of AB and N is the mid-point of BC, then
between P and R, then prove that PR – QR = PQ prove that AB = BC.
2. For every line ‘l’ and a point P not lying on it. M
Find the number of lines that pass through P A B
and parallel to ‘l’
3. The first known proof that ‘the circle is bisected
by its diameter’ was given by ________ .
N
4. Solve the equation u – 5 = 15 and state the axiom
that you use here.
5. If a point C lies between two points A and B
such that AC = BC, then prove that AC = AB/2.
B C
2. It is known that x + y = 10 and that x = z. Show
C
that z + y = 10.
3. Look at the fig. show that the length AH > sum
of lengths of AB + BC + CD.
A A B C D E F G H
6. In a D ABC, X and Y are the points on AB and 4. Let point C is called a mid-point of line segment
BC such that BX = BY and AB = BC. Show AB. Prove that every line segment has one and
that AX = CY. State the Euclid's Axiom used. only one mid-point.

Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks]

1 1
2. In the Figure, if OX =XY , PX = XZ and
2 2
DIRECTIONS: Answer the following questions.
OX = PX, show that XY = XZ. [Exemplar]
1. In the Figure, we have
X and Y are the mid-points of AC and BC and X
AX = CY. Show that AC = BC [Exemplar]
C

O P
X Y

Y Z
A B
 EBD_7802
136 Mathematics
3. In the Figure, we have, Long Answer Questions [4 Marks]
ÐABC = ÐACB, Ð3 = Ð4 . 1. If a point O lies between two points P and R
Show that Ð1 = Ð2 [Exemplar] 1
such that PO = OR, then prove that PO = PR.
A 2
[HOTS]
2. A company manufactures circular teethers of
good quality for the little kids in three different
D sizes. If first is greater than second and second
is greater than third then:
(i) How are first and third related?
4 3 (ii) Which axiom of Euclids geometry is used
1 2
B C to decide the relation in (i)?
4. In the Figure, if (iii) There exist two types of machines for
Ð1 = Ð3, Ð2 = Ð4 and Ð3 = Ð4 , manufacturing teethers, one operates on
electricity and other on coal. Which
write the relation between Ð1 and Ð2 , using
machine would you prefer? [VBQ]
an Euclid’s axiom. [Exemplar]
3. Read the following statement:
"A square is a polygon made up of four line
3
segments, out of which, length of three line
4
segments are equal to the length of fourth one
and all its angles are right angles."
(i) Define the terms used in this definition
1 which you feel necessary. Are there any
2
undefined terms in this? Can you justify
that all angles and sides of a square are
5. In Figure, we have: AC = XD, C is the mid-
equal?
point of AB and D is the mid-point of XY. Using
an Euclid’s axiom, show that AB = XY. (ii) Which mathematical concept is used in this
[Exemplar] problem.
(iii) What is its value? [VBQ]

B X

C D

A Y
Introduction To Euclid’s Geometry 137

Exemplar MCQs 13. In ancient India, the shapes of altars used for
1. The three steps from solids to points are household rituals were
(a) solids-surfaces-lines-points (a) squares and circles
(b) solids-lines-surfaces-points (b) triangles and rectangles
(c) lines-points-surfaces-solids (c) trapeziums and pyramids
(d) lines-surfaces-points-solids (d) rectangles and squares
2. The number of dimensions, a solid has 14. The number of interwoven isosceles triangles
(a) 1 (b) 2 in Sriyantra (in the Atharvaveda) is
(c) 3 (d) 0 (a) seven (b) eight
3. The number of dimensions, a surface has (c) nine (d) eleven
(a) 1 (b) 2 15. Greek's emphasised on
(c) 3 (d) 0 (a) inductive reasoning
4. The number of dimensions, a point has (b) deductive reasoning
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) both (a) and (b)
(c) 2 (d) 3 (d) practical use of geometry
5. Euclid divided his famous treatise 'The 16. In ancient India, altars with combination of
Elements' into shapes like rectangles, triangles and trapeziums
(a) 13 chapters (b) 12 chapters were used for
(c) 11 chapters (d) 9 chapters (a) public worship (b) household rituals
6. The total number of propositions in 'The (c) both (a) and (b) (d) none of these
Elements' are 17. Euclid belongs to the country
(a) 465 (b) 460 (a) Babylonia (b) Egypt
(c) 13 (d) 55 (c) Greece (d) India
7. Boundaries of solids are 18. Thales belongs to the country
(a) surfaces (b) curves (a) Babylonia (b) Egypt
(c) lines (d) points (c) Greece (d) Rome
8. Boundaries of surfaces are 19. Pythagoras was a student of
(a) surfaces (b) curves (a) Thales (b) Euclid
(c) lines (d) points (c) Both (a) and (b) (d) Archimedes
9. In Indus Valley Civilisation (about 3000 BC), 20. Which of the following needs a proof?
the bricks used for construction work were (a) Theorems (b) Axiom
having dimensions in the ratio (c) Definition (d) Postulate
(a) 1 : 3 : 4 (b) 4 : 2 : 1 21. Euclid stated that all right angles are equal to
(c) 4 : 4 : 1 (d) 4 : 3 : 2 each other in the form of
10. A pyramid is a solid figure, the base of which is (a) an axiom (b) a definition
(a) only a triangle (b) only a square (c) a postulated (d) a proof
(c) only a rectangle (d) any polygon 22. 'Lines are parallel, if they do not intersect' is
11. The side faces of a pyramid are stated in the form of
(a) triangles (b) squares (a) an axiom (b) a definition
(c) polygons (d) trapeziums (c) a postulated (d) a proof
12. It is known that, if x + y = 10, then x + y + z = NTSE Past Year MCQs
10 + z. The Euclid's axiom that illustrates this 1. In how many ways can given square be cut into
statement is two congruent parts? [2014]
(a) first axiom (b) second axiom (a) Exactly 4 (b) Exactly 8
(c) third axiom (d) fourth axiom (c) Exactly 12 (d) More than 12
 EBD_7802
138 Mathematics

CHAPTER TEST

Time : 30 Min. Max. Marks : 20

Directions : (i) Attempt all questions

(ii) Question 1 and 2 carry 1 mark each.
(iii) Question 3 and 4 carry 2 marks each.
(iv) Question 5, 6 and 7 carry 3 marks each.
(v) Question 8 carries 5 marks.

1. P, Q, R and S are points on line l. If PQ = RS, show that PR = QS and state the axiom used.
2. How many planes can be made to pass through three distinct points?
3. If l, m, n are lines in the same plane such that l intersects m and n || m, then prove that l intersects n also.
4. Ram and Ravi have the same weight. If they each gain weight by 2kg, how will their new weights be
compared?
5. If lines AB, AC, AD and AE are parallel to a line l, show that the points A, B, C, D, E are
collinear.
6. Prove that the two lines which are both parallel to the same line, are parallel to each other.
7. If l and m are intersecting lines, l || p and m || q, show that p and q also intersect.
8. Given four distinct points in a plane. How many lines can be drawn through them?
Introduction To Euclid’s Geometry 139

By Euclid's Axiom: If equals are subtracted

from equals, the remainders are equal
So, PQ – QX = QR – QY
Short Answer Questions
PX = RY
1. Euclid's axioms
(i) Things which are equal to the same thing Long Answer Questions
are equal to one another. 1. Since Ð1 = Ð3 and Ð2 = Ð4.
(ii) If equals are added to equals, the wholes Now, adding both equation
are equal Ð1 + Ð2 = Ð3 + Ð4
2. Playfair's Axiom : For every line l and for every Þ ÐBAD = ÐBCD
point P not lying on l, there exists a unique line Þ ÐA = ÐC
m passing through P and parallel to l. It is If equals are added to equal, the wholes are
equivalent to Euclid's fifth postulate. equal. Two more Euclid's axioms :
3. In a circle having centre at P Things which are equal to the same thing are
PR = PQ = radius equal to one another.
In a circle having centre at Q
e.g., if AB = PQ and PQ = XY , then
QR = QP = radius
Euclid's first axiom : Things which are equal AB = XY
to the same thing are equal to one another. If equals are subtracted from equals, the
\ PR = PQ = QR remainders are equal.
4. x + 4 = 10 e.g., if mÐ1 = mÐ2 then
x=6 mÐ3 = mÐ3
If equals are subtracted from equals, the mÐ1 – mÐ3 = mÐ2 – mÐ3
remainder are equal. 2. Axiom : If equals be subtracted from equals,
5. Here PQ = QR (Given) the remainders are equal.
QX = QY (Given) Two more axiom Euclid's are:
(i) Things which are halves of the same thing
are equal to one another.
Q
(ii) The whole is greater than the part.
3. Their sales in July will also be equal as things
which are double of the same things are equal
X Y to one another.
Two other Euclid's axioms are :
(i) The whole is greater than the part.
(ii) Things which are halves of the same thing
P R are equal to one another.
 EBD_7802
140 Mathematics
4. u – 5 = 15
4. Here 1
OX = XY On adding 5 to both sides, we have
2
u – 5 + 5 = 15 + 5
1 (Euclid’s second axiom, when equals are added
PX = XZ
2 to equals, the wholes are equal)
or u = 20
Also OX = PX
5. AC = BC
1 1 Þ AC + AC = BC + AC
Þ XY = XZ
2 2 [Equals are added to equals]
XY = XZ Þ 2AC = AB Þ AC = AB/2
Things equal to half of equals, are equal to one 6. AB = BC (given)
another. BX = BY (given)
Two other Euclid's axioms : By Euclid's axiom : If equals are subtracted
Things coincide with one another are equal to from equals, then remains are equal.
one another. AB – BX = BC – BY
The whole is greater than the part. \ AX = CY
5. AD is part of AF
Short Answer Questions
\ AD < AF
As whole is greater than part 1. We have BM = BN ....(1)
Two more Euclid's axioms As M is the mid-point of AB, so
If equals are added two equals, the whole are BM = AM ....(2)
equal and N is the mid-point of BC,
e.g., if Ð1 = Ð2, then BN = NC ....(3)
Ð1 + Ð3 = Ð2 + Ð3 From (1), (2) and (3) and Euclid’s axiom 1,
if equals are subtracted from equals, the we get
remainders are equal. AM = NC ....(4)
e.g., if Ð1 = Ð2, then Adding (4) and (1), we get
Ð1 – Ð3 = Ð2 – Ð3 AM + BM = NC + BN
Hence, AB = BC
2. The given equation is:
x + y = 10 …(i)
Very Short Answer Questions
and, x = z …(ii)
1.
Subtracting (ii) from (i)

In the above figure PQ coincides with PR – QR x + y – x = 10 – z

So, according to axiom, “things” which [Q If equals are subtracted from equals, the
coincide with one another are equal to ‘one remainders are equal]
another’. We have, \ y = 10 – z
PR – QR = PQ Þ y + z = 10
2. 1 (one) [Q If equals are added to equals, the wholes
3. Thales are equal]
Introduction To Euclid’s Geometry 141
3. AH = AB + BC + CD + DE + EF + FG + GH 3. Given: ÐABC = ÐACB
Now, AB + BC + CD = AD and Ð3 = Ð4
Since AD is a part (fraction) of AH, therefore We have,
AH > AD or AH > AB + BC + CD ÐABC = Ð1 + Ð4
(Axiom 6: Whole is greater than any one of ÐACB = Ð2 + Ð3
the part).
Ð1 + Ð4 = Ð2 + Ð3
4. Given: C is mid-point of AB.
Ð1 + Ð3 = Ð2 + Ð3
To Prove: C is the only mid-point of AB. Þ Ð1 = Ð2 (Hence Proved.)
Let a line AB have two mid-points, say, C and 4. Here, Ð3 = Ð4 , Ð1 = Ð3 an d Ð2 = Ð4 .
D. Then, Euclid’s first axiom says, the things which are
1 equal to equal thing are equal to one another.
AC = AB and ....(1)
2 So, Ð1 = Ð2
1 5. AB = 2AC (C is the mid-point of AB)
AD = AB ....(2) XY = 2XD (D is the mid-point of XY)
2
Also, AC = XD (Given)
From (1) and (2) Therefore, AB = XY, because things which are
AC = AD. (Q Things which are equal to the same double of the same things are equal to one
thing are equal to one another) another.
Long Answer Questions
1. Proof: From fig., PO + OR = PR ...(i)
Short Answer Questions PO = OR (given) ...(ii)
1. Given: AX = CY
also, AX = CX (X and Y are mid points of AC P O R
and CB) Fig.
and CY = BY PO + PO = PR [using (ii) in (i)]
AX = CY = BY = CX 2PO = PR
AX = CY Þ AX + CX = CY + CX
1
AX + CX = CY + BY PO = 2 PR
AC = BC (Hence proved)
2. (i) First is greater than the third.
1 1 (ii) Axiom (v) of Euclid's Geometry is applied
2. Given: OX = XY , PX = XZ
2 2 to decide the relation in (i).
and OX = PX (iii) Machine operated by electricity should be
preferred as it is eco-friendly in comparison
1 1
XY = XZ to machine operated by coal.
2 2 3. (i) The terms which are needed to be defined:
Þ XY = XZ (Hence proved) Polygon: A simple closed figure which is
made up of three or more line segments.
 EBD_7802
142 Mathematics
Lines segment: Part of a line segmented 9. (b) Since, in Indus Valley Civilisation, the
with two end points. bricks used for construction work were
Angle: A figure which is formed by two having dimensions in the ratio 4 : 2 : 1.
rays with a common starting point. 10. (d) A pyramid is a solid figure, the base of
Ray: Part of a line which has one end point. which is either a triangle, square or any
Right angle: Angle whose measure is equal other polygon.
to 90°. 11. (a) Side faces of a pyramid are triangles.
Line and Point: Undefined terms. 12. (b) The Euclid's axiom that illustrates the
Now, Euclid's fourth postulate says that "all given statement is second axiom.
right angles are equal to one another." According to second axiom, "If equals are
Since, in a square, all angles are right added to equals, the wholes are equal."
angles, so, all angles are equal (By Euclid's 13. (a) In ancient India, squares and circular
fourth postulate). shaped altars were used for household
As, three line segments are equal to fourth rituals.
line segment. 14. (c) The Sriyantra (in the Atharvaveda)
Hence, all four sides of a square are equal includes nine interwoven isosceles
(from Euclid's first axiom "things which triangles.
are equal to the same thing are equal to 15. (b) Greek's emphasised on deductive
one another.") reasoning.
(ii) Introduction to Euclid's geometry. 16. (a) In ancient India altars with combinations
(iii) Equality is needed for unity. of rectangles, triangles and trapeziums
were used for public worship.
17. (c) Euclid belongs to Greece.
Exemplar MCQs 18. (c) Thales belongs to Greece.
19. (a) Pythagoras was a student of Thales.
1. (a) Since, the three steps from solids to points
20. (a) The statements which needs a proof are
are solids-surfaces-lines-points.
called theorems.
2. (c) Since, a solid has shape, size and position.
21. (c) Euclid stated that all right angles are equal
Therefore, solid has three dimensions.
to each other in the form of a postulate.
3. (b) Since, a surface has length and breadth.
22. (b) 'Lines are parallel, if they do not intersect'
Therefore, it has two dimensions.
is stated in the form of definition of parallel
4. (a) Since, a point has no length, no breadth
lines.
and no height. Therefore, it has n o
dimension. NTSE Past Year MCQs
5. (a) Since, Euclid divided his famous treatise 1. (d) If we take the centre point of line square,
'The Elements' into 13 chapters. then we can divide it up an infinite amount
6. (a) Euclid deduced 465 propositions from his of times to give matching sections.
axioms, postulates and theorems. Thus correct option is (d) more than 12.
7. (a) Boundaries of solids are known as surfaces.
8. (b) The boundaries of surfaces are called
curves.
Introduction To Euclid’s Geometry 143
when equals are added to equals, the wholes
are equal. Therefore, weights of Ram and Ravi
1. Given PQ = RS are again equal.
Adding QR to both sides we get 5. Given: Lines AB, AC, AD and AE are lines,
PQ + QR = RS + QR Þ PR = QS all parallel to a line l.
[Using Axiom which states that when equals To Prove: A, B, C, D, E are collinear.
are added to equals the wholes are equal] Proof: Since AB, AC, AD and AE are all
2. Case 1. When thr ee distinct points are parallel to a line l, it follows that A is a point
collinear. In this case infinite number of planes outside l, through which lines AB, AC, AD
can be drawn. and AE are drawn, each parallel to l.
Illustration. Pages of a book. But, by parallel lines axiom, one and only
Case 2. When three distinct points are non- one line can be drawn through A and parallel
collinear. In this case one and only one plane to l.
can be drawn. This is possible only when A, B, C, D, E all
3. Given: Three lines l, m, n in the same plane lie on the same line.
such that l intersects m and n || m. Hence, A, B, C, D, E are collinear.
To Prove: Lines l and n are intersecting lines. 6. Given: Three lines l, m and n in a plane such
Proof: If the possible let l and n be non- that l || n and m || n.
intersecting lines. Then, l || n. To Prove l || m.
But, n || m .
\ l || n and n || m Þ l || m Þ l and m are non- l
intersecting lines.
m

l n

m Proof: If possible, let l be not parallel to m.

Then l and m should intersect in a unique point,
say P.
Thus, through a point P, outside n, there are
n
two lines l and m, both parallel to n.
This contradicts the parallel lines axiom.
So, our assumption is wrong.
This is a contradiction to the hypothesis that l Hence, l || m.
and m are intersecting lines. So, our 7. Given: Four lines, l, m, p and q such that l || p,
supposition is wrong. Hence, line l intersects m || q and l and m are intersecting
line n. To Prove: Lines p and q intersect
4. Let x kg be the weight each of Ram and Ravi. Proof: Since l and m are intersecting lines and
On gaining 2kg, weight of Ram and Ravi will l || p. Therefore, m and p intersect.
be (x + 2) each. By the Euclid's second Axiom,
 EBD_7802
144 Mathematics

p
D
l

m A B C

¬¾¾® , ¬¾¾® , ¬¾¾® , ¬¾¾®

DA DB DC AC
q
Case 3. When no three of the four points are
collinear.
In this case six lines can be drawn which are
¬¾¾® ¬¾¾ ®¬¾¾® ¬¾¾® ¬¾¾® ¬¾¾ ®
AB , BC , CD , DA , AC , BD

Now, m and p intersect and m || q D

(Given)
Hence, p and q intersect.
8. Case 1. When all the four points are collinear.
In this case only one line can be drawn. A

A B C D C
Case 2. When three of the four points are
collinear.
In this case only four lines can be drawn such
as:
B
 6 LINES AND ANGLES

In Mathematics geometry is concerned about shapes, sizes etc and to study shapes, sizes one needs to
understands concepts of lines and angles as a important tool.

BASIC TERMS AND DEFINITIONS

Ray
uuur
A part of a line with one end point is called ray and is denoted by AB . It can be extended further from point B.

A B
Line
suur
A line has no end points. It can be extended from both sides and is denoted by AB .

A B
Line Segment
A part of a line with two end points is called a line segment and is denoted by AB .

A B
Collinear Points
Three or more points are said to be collinear if a single straight line passes through them. Here A, B, C
are collinear

A B C
Non-Collinear Points
Three or more points not lying on a single straight line are called non-collinear points.
Intersecting Lines
Two lines are intersecting if they have a common point. The common point is called the ‘point of intersection’.
Concurrent Lines
Three or more lines intersecting at the same point are said to be concurrent.
 EBD_7802
146 Mathematics
Parallel Lines
If the distance between two lines in a plane are same everywhere then they are called parallel lines.
m

n
ANGLE
An angle is the union of two rays with a common initial point. An C
angle is denoted by symbol Ð. It is measured in degrees.
uuur uuur
The angle formed by the two rays AB and AC is ÐBAC or ÐCAB.
uuur uuur
AB and AC are called the arms and the common initial point ‘A’’
A
is called the vertex of the angle. B

Bisector of an Angle A

A line which divides an angle into two equal parts is called

the bisector of the angle. P
In the adjacent figure, the line OP divides ÐAOB into
two equal parts.
i.e.. ÐAOP = ÐPOB = x°. x°
x°
So, the line OP is called the bisector of ÐAOB. O B

Types of Angles
Right Angle
An angle whose measure is 90° is called a right angle.
Acute Angle
An angle whose measure is less than 90° is called an acute angled.
Obtuse Angle
An angle whose measure is more than 90° but less than 180° is called an obtuse angle.
Straight Angle
An angle whose measure is 180° and less than 360° is called a straight angle.
Reflex Angle
An angle whose measure is more than 180° and less than 360° is called a reflex angle.
PAIRS OF ANGLES
C
Complementary Angles
B
Two angles are said to be complementary if the
y
sum of their measures is equal to 90°.
Here Ðx + Ðy = 90°, therefore, Ðx and Ðy are x

complementary angles. O A

Supplementary Angles
Two angles are said to be supplementary if the sum of their measures is equal to 180º.
Here Ðx + Ðy = 180°, therefore Ðx and Ðy are supplementary angles.
Lines and Angles 147

y
C x
A

Adjacent Angles
Angle having the same vertex and a common arm, and the C
non-common arms lie on the opposite sides of the common
arm are called adjacent angles. B
ÐAOB and ÐCOB with common vertex O and common
arm OB are adjacent angles.
O
Note that ÐAOC = ÐAOB + ÐBOC A

Linear Pair of Angles

If the sum of two adjacent angles is 180°, they are said to form a linear pair.
B

A O C
Here ÐAOB + ÐBOC = 180°.
Vertically Opposite Angles
Two angles are said to form a pair of vertically opposite angles A
B
if their arms form two pairs of opposite rays.
When two lines intersect each other, then the vertically opposite
angles are equal. O

\ ÐAOB = ÐCOD C D
ÐBOC = ÐAOD
Important Points to Remember
• If a ray stands on a line, then the sum of two adjacent angles so formed is 180°.
• If the sum of two adjacent angles is 180°, then the non-common arms of the angles form a line.
• If two lines intersect each other, then the vertically opposite angles are equal.
TRANSVERSAL LINE
A straight line intersecting two or more straight lines in distinct points
is known as a transversal to the two given lines.
In the figure, the line l is a transversal which intersects two lines m and n
forming eight angles, Ð1, Ð2, Ð3, Ð4, Ð5, Ð6, Ð7 and Ð8.
 EBD_7802
148 Mathematics
Exterior Angles
Exterior angles are the angles lying outside the region between the two lines, which are intersected by a
transversal. In the given figure Ð1, Ð2, Ð7, and Ð8, are exterior angles.

Interior Angles
Interior angles are the angles lying inside the region between the two lines, which are intersected by a
transversal. In the given figure Ð3, Ð4, Ð5, and Ð6 are interior angles.

Corresponding Angles
Corresponding angles are the pair of angles lying on the same side of the transversal, both of which either lie
above the two lines or below the two lines intersected by a transversal. In the given figure Ð1 & Ð5, Ð2 & Ð6,
Ð3 & Ð7, Ð4 & Ð8 are pair of corresponding angles.

Alternate Interior Angles

Alternate interior angles are the pair of angles lying in the region between the two lines (intersected by a
transversal) and on the opposite sides of the transversal but one below the transversal and other above the
transversal. In the adjoining figure (Ð4 and Ð6) and (Ð3 and Ð5) and are pair of alternate interior angles.

Properties of Corresponding Angles

If a transversal intersects two parallel lines, then each pair of corresponding angles is equal.
Converse : If a transversal intersects two lines such that a pair of corresponding angles is equal, then the two
lines are parallel to each other.

Properties of Alternate Angles

If a transversal intersects two parallel lines, then each pair of alternate interior angles is equal.
Converse : If a transversal intersects two lines such that a pair of alternate interior angles is equal, then the
two lines are parallel.

Properties of Co-interior Angles

If a transversal intersects two parallel lines, then each pair of interior angles on the same side of the transver-
sal (i.e., co-interior angles) is supplementary.
Converse : If a transversal intersects two lines such that a pair of interiror angles on the same side of the
transversal is supplementary, then the two lines are parallel.
Note that lines parallel to a given line are parallel to each other. In other words, if l, m and n be three lines
such that l||m and l||n, then m||n.

ILLUSTRATION : 1
In the figure, show that AB || EF
Lines and Angles 149
SOLUTION :
Ð ABC = 70°
Ð BCD = Ð BCE + Ð ECD = 30° + 40° = 70°
\ Ð ABC = Ð BCD
But these are alternate angles, thus AB || CD
Now, Ð DCE + Ð FEC = 40° + 140° = 180°
But these are consecutive interior angles
\ CD || EF But AB || CD
\ AB || EF

ANGLE SUM PROPERTY OF A TRIANGLE

• The sum of the three angles of a triangle is 180°.
In DABC, ÐA + ÐB + ÐC = 180°.
• In a right angled triangle, the sum of the two acute angles is 90°.

ILLUSTRATION : 2
In figure, if l || m, then find the value of x.

SOLUTION :
As l || m and DC is transversal
\ Ð D + Ð 1 = 180° Þ 60° + Ð 1 = 180°
Þ Ð 1 = 120°
Here Ð 2 = Ð 1 = 120° (vertically opposite angles)
In the D ABC, Ð A + Ð B + Ð C = 180°
25° + x° + 120° = 180° or x = 35°
A
EXTERIOR ANGLE PROPERTY OF A TRIANGLE
If a side of a triangle is produced, then the exterior angle so formed
is equal to the sum of the two interior opposite angles.
In DABC, ÐACD = ÐBAC + ÐABC.
B C D
 EBD_7802
150 Mathematics
Important Formulae, Terms and Definitions
Linear Pair of Angles:
If the sum of two adjacent angles is 180°, they are said to form a linear pair.

A O C

Here ÐAOB + ÐBOC = 180°.

Vertically Opposite Angles:

Two angles are said to form a pair of vertically opposite angles if
A
their arms form two pairs of opposite rays. B
When two lines intersect each other, then the vertically opposite
angles are equal. O

\ ÐAOB = ÐCOD C D
ÐBOC = ÐAOD
Angle Sum Property of a Triangle:
• The sum of the three angles of a triangle is 180°.
In DABC, ÐA + ÐB + ÐC = 180°.
• In a right angled triangle, the sum of the two acute angles is 90°.

A
Exterior Angle Property of a Triangle:
If a side of a triangle is produced, then the exterior angle
so formed is equal to the sum of the two interior opposite angles.
In DABC, ÐACD = ÐBAC + ÐABC.
B C D
Transversal Intersects Two Parallel Lines:
• each pair of corresponding angles is equal.
• each pair of alternate interior angles is equal.
• each pair of interior angles on the same side of transversal is supplementary.
Lines and Angles 151
 EBD_7802
152 Mathematics

EXERCISE 6.1 Sol. Since Ray OP stands on line XY and from Linear
Pair Axiom
1. In figure, Lines AB and CD intersect at O. If
ÐAOC + ÐBOE = 70° and ÐBOD = 40°, find \ ÐPOX + ÐPOY = 180°
ÐBOE and reflex ÐCOE. Given ÐPOY = 90°
E Þ ÐPOX = 90°
C Þ ÐPOM + ÐXOM = 90°
Þ a + b = 90° (from figure) ...(1)
A O B Now, we have

D a:b=2:3

Sol. Ð AOC = ÐBOD a 2 a b

Þ = Þ = = k (say)
(Vertically Opposite Angles) b 3 2 3
But Given ÐBOD = 40° Þ a = 2k and b = 3 k
...(1)
Putting the values of a and b in (1), we get
\ Ð AOC =40° (Alternate angle)...(2)
2k + 3k = 90°
Now, Given Ð AOC + ÐBOE = 70°
Þ k = 18°
Þ ÐBOE = 70° – 40° (from 2)
Þ ÐBOE = 30° a = 2k = 2(18°) = 36° ü
\ ý ...(2)
Again, Reflex ÐCOE = ÐCOD + ÐBOD b = 3k = 3(18°) = 54° þ
+ÐBOE Again, Ray OX stands on Line MN
Q Ray OA stands on line CD \ ÐXOM + ÐXON = 180°
= ÐCOD + 40° + 30° (Using (1) and (2)) (Linear Pair Axiom)
= 180° + 40 ° + 30° Þ b + c = 180°
= 250° (Q Ray OA stands on line CD) Þ 54° + c = 180° (Using (2))
2. In figure, lines XY and MN intersect at O. If Þ c = 180° – 54°
ÐPOY = 90° and a : b = 2 : 3, find c. Þ c = 126°
3. In figure, ÐPQR = ÐPRQ, then prove that
ÐPQS = ÐPRT.
P
M P

a
b
X O Y Q R T
c S
Sol. By linear pair axiom we have
ÐPQS + ÐPQR = 180° ...(1)
N
Also, Ray RP stands on line ST
\ ÐPRQ + ÐPRT = 180° ...(2)
Lines and Angles 153
(Linear Pair Axiom) Þ ÐQOS – ÐPOS = (ÐQOR – ÐPOR) +
From (1) and (2), we obtain 2ÐROS = 2ÐROS (Using (1))
ÐPQS + ÐPQR = ÐPRQ + ÐPRT 1
Now, Given ÐPQR = ÐPRQ Þ ÐROS = (ÐQOS - ÐPOS ).
2
\ ÐPQS = ÐPRT. 6. It is given that ÐXYZ = 64° and XY is pro-
4. In figure, if x + y = w + z, then prove that duced to point P. Draw a figure from the given
AOB is a line. information. If ray YQ bisects ÐZYP, find
C ÐXYQ and reflex ÐQYP.
B Sol. ÐXYZ + ÐZYP = 180° (Linear Pair Axiom and
x YZ stands on line PX)
y Q Z
O w
z

A D
64°
P Y X
Sol. x + y = w + z ...(1) (Given)
Q The sum of all the angles round a point is
equal to 360° Given, ÐXYZ = 64°
\ x + y + w + z = 360° \ 64° + ÐZYP = 180°
Þ x + y + x + y = 360° (Using (1)) Þ ÐZYP = 116° ...(1)
Þ 2(x + y) = 360° Also , Ray YQ bisects ÐZYP
360° 1 1
Þ x+y= \ ÐPYQ = ÐZYQ = ÐZYP = (116°)
2 2 2
Þ x + y = 180° = 58° (Using (1)) ...(2)
\ AOB is a line. \ Reflex ÐQYP = 360° – 58° = 302°
(Q The sum of all the angles round a point is
(If the sum of two adjacent angles is 180°, then
equal to 360°)
the non-common arms of the angles form a line)
Again, ÐXYQ = ÐXYZ + ÐZYQ
5. In figure, POQ is a line. Ray OR is perpen-
= 64° + 58° = 122°.
dicular to line PQ. OS is another ray lying
(Q ÐXYZ = 64° (given) and ÐZYQ = 58°
between rays OP and OR. Prove that
[From (2)])
1
ÐROS = (ÐQOS - ÐPOS ). EXERCISE 6.2
2
1. In figure, find the values of x and y and then
R show that AB || CD.
S
50°
A x B
P O Q
y
Sol. Since OR ^ PQ 130
C D
\ ÐQOR = ÐPOR = 90° ...(1) °
and ÐQOS = ÐQOR + ÐROS ...(2) Sol. Since, line AE cuts line GH
Also, ÐPOS = ÐPOR – ÐROS ...(3) \ Ð AEG + Ð AEH = 180°
(Linear Pair property)
Subtracting (2) and (3),
 EBD_7802
154 Mathematics
G (Consecutive interior angles on the same side
50° E of the transversal GH to parallel lines AB and
CD)
A x B
From (1) and (2),
y z + y = 180°
F Given y : z = 3 : 7
C 130 D Now, sum of the ratios = 3 + 7 = 10
°
H 3
Þ 50° + x = 180° \ y = ´ 180° = 54° and
10
Þ x = 180° – 50° = 130° ....(1) 7
Now, y = 130° ....(2) z = ´ 180° = 126°
10
(Vertically Opposite Angles) Since x = z
\ From (1) and (2) \ x = 126°.
x=y 3. In figure, if AB || CD, EF ^ CD and Ð GED
But x and y are alternate interior angles and = 126°, find Ð AGE, Ð GEF and Ð FGE.
equal.
A G F B
So, we can say that AB || CD
2. In figure, if AB || CD, CD || EF and y : z = 3 :
7 ,
find x.
C E D
Sol. (i) Ð AGE = Ð GED = 126°
( Alternate Interior Angles)
A x B
y (ii) We have Ð GED = 126°
Ð GEF + Ð FED = 126°
C D
z Þ Ð GEF + 90° = 126°
(From the figure, Ð FED = 90°)
E F Þ Ð GEF = 126° – 90° = 36°
(iii) Since, CD is a line
Sol. \ By linear sum property, we have
G
Ð GEC + Ð GEF + Ð FED = 180°
L Þ Ð GEC + 36° + 90° = 180°
Þ Ð GEC = 180°– 126° = 54°
A x B
y Now, Ð FGE = Ð GEC = 54°
M ( Alternate Interior Angles)
C D 4. In figure, if PQ || ST, Ð PQR = 110° and
z
Ð RST = 130° , find Ð QRS.
E N F T
S
H P Q 130°
Since, AB || CD and CD || EF (Lines parallel 110°
to the same line are parallel to each other)
....(1)
therefore, AB || EF R
\ x = z (Alternate Interior Angles) ....(2) [Hint:Draw a line parallel to ST through
x + y = 180° point R.]
Lines and Angles 155
Sol. Draw a line RV parallel to ST through point R. Sol. Draw ray BM ^ PQ and ray CN ^ RS.
S T
P B Q
P Q 130° N
110° D
A
M
R V R C S
\ Ð RST + Ð SRV = 180° Since, BM ^ PQ, CN ^ RS
(Q Sum of the consecutive interior angles on \ BM || CN
the same side of the transversal is 180°) Ð MBC = Ð NCB ....(1)
Þ Ð SRV = 180°– 130° = 50° ....(1) (Alternate Interior Angles)
Also, Ð QRV = Ð PQR = 110° Also, Ð ABM = Ð MBC ....(2)
(Q Angle of incidence = Angle of reflection)
(Alternate Interior Angles)
Ð NCB = Ð NCD ....(3)
Þ Ð QRS + Ð SRV = 110° (Q Angle of incidence = Angle of reflection)
Þ Ð QRS = 110°– 50° = 60° Using (1) From (1), (2) and (3), we get
Ð ABM = Ð NCD ....(4)
5. In figure, if AB || CD, Ð APQ = 50° and Adding (1) and (4), we get
Ð PRD = 127°, find x and y. Ð MBC + Ð ABM = Ð NCB + Ð NCD
Þ Ð ABC = Ð BCD
A P B But these are alternate interior angles and
50° y
they are equal.
So, AB || CD.
127°
x EXERCISE 6.3
C Q RD
1. In figure, sides QP and RQ of DPQR are pro-
duced to points S and T respectively. If ÐSPR
Sol. x = Ð APQ = 50° = 135° and ÐPQT = 110°, find ÐPRQ.
(Alternate Interior Angles)
S
and Ð APQ + y = Ð PRD = 127°
(Alternate Interior Angles) P 135°
Þ 50° + y = 127°
Þ y = 127° – 50° = 77°
6. In figure, PQ and RS are two mirrors placed par-
allel to each other. An incident ray AB strikes the
mirror PQ at B, the reflected ray moves along the 110°
path BC and strikes the mirror RS at C and again Q R
T
reflects back along CD. Prove that AB || CD.
Sol. ÐPQT + ÐPQR = 180° …(linear pair)
Þ 110° + ÐPQR = 180°
P B Q
Þ ÐPQR = 180° – 110° = 70° ...(1)
Again, ÐSPR + ÐQPR = 180°
D 135° + ÐQPR = 180° (Q QS is a line)
A
Þ ÐQPR = 180° – 135° = 45° ...(2)
In DPQR,
R C S ÐPQR + ÐQPR + ÐPRQ = 180°
(By D's angle sum property)
 EBD_7802
156 Mathematics
From (1) and (2) Sol. Since, AB || DE therefore,
70° + 45° + ÐPRQ = 180°
ÐDEC = ÐBAC = 35° ...(1)
Þ ÐPRQ = 180° – 115° = 65°
2. In figure, ÐX = 62°, ÐXYZ = 54°. If YO and (Alternate Interior Angles)
ZO are the bisectors of ÐXYZ and ÐXZY and ÐCDE = 53° (Given) ...(2)
respectively of DXYZ, find ÐOZY and ÐYOZ.
X \ From DCDE, we have

62°
ÐCDE + ÐDEC + ÐDCE = 180°
(By angle sum property)
O Þ 53° + 35° + ÐDCE = 180°
54° [Using (1) & (2)]
Þ ÐDCE = 180° – 88° = 92°.
Y Z
4. In figure, if lines PQ and RS intersect at
Sol. From DXYZ, we have pointT, such that ÐPRT = 40°, ÐRPT = 95°
ÐXYZ + ÐYZX + ÐZXY = 180° and ÐTSQ = 75°, find ÐSQT.
(By D's angle sum prpoerty) P
Þ 54° + ÐYZX + 62° = 180°
95°
Þ ÐYZX = 180° – 116° = 64° ...(1) 40°
R S
Given YO is the bisector of ÐXYZ T 75°
1 1
\ ÐXYO = ÐOYZ = ÐXYZ = (54°) = 27° ...(2)
2 2 Q
Similarly Sol. In DPRT, From D's angle sum prpoerty, we have
1 1 ÐPTR + ÐPRT + ÐRPT = 180°
ÐXZO = ÐOZY = ÐYZX = (64°) = 32° ...
2 2 Þ ÐPTR + 135° = 180°
(3) (Q ZO is the bisector of ÐYZX ) Þ ÐPTR = 45°
Now, consider DOYZ, which gives Also, ÐQTS = ÐPTR = 45°
ÐOYZ + ÐOZY + ÐYOZ = 180° (Vertically Opposite Angles)
(By angle sum property) [Using (2) and (3)] Again from DTSQ, we have
Þ 27° + 32° + ÐYOZ = 180° ÐQTS + ÐTSQ + ÐSQT = 180°
Þ ÐYOZ = 180° – 59° = 121°. (Q The sum of all the angles of a triangle is
3. In figure, if AB || DE, ÐBAC = 35° and ÐCDE 180°)
= 53°, find ÐDCE. Þ 45° + 75° + ÐSQT = 180°
A B
35° Þ 120° + ÐSQT = 180°
Þ ÐSQT = 180° – 120° = 60°
5. In figure, if PQ ^ PS , PQ || SR, ÐSQR = 28°
C
and ÐQRT = 65°, then find the values of x
and y.
53°
D E
Lines and Angles 157
ÐPRS meet at point T, then prove that
P Q
x 1
ÐQTR = ÐQPR.
28° 2
T
P
y
65°
S R T

Sol. As we know the exterior angle is equal to the

sum of the two interior opposite angles
\ ÐQRT = ÐRQS + ÐQSR Q R S
Þ 65° = 28° + ÐQSR
Sol. Since , ÐTRS is an exterior angle of DTQR
Þ ÐQSR = 65° – 28° = 37°
\ ÐTRS = ÐTQR + ÐQTR ...(1)
Also given PQ ^ SP
(Q The exterior angle is equal to sum of the
\ ÐQPS = 90° two interior opposite angles)
Also PQ || SR gives
Again ÐPRS is an exterior angle of DPQR
ÐQPS + ÐPSR = 180°
\ ÐPRS = ÐPQR + ÐQPR ...(2)
( Q The sum of consecutive interior angles on
the same side of the transversal is 180°) Þ 2ÐTRS = 2ÐTQR + ÐQPR
ÐPSR = 90° (Q QT is the bisector of ÐPQR and RT is the
Þ ÐPSQ + ÐQSR = 90° Þ y + 37° = 90° bisector of ÐPRS )
Þ y = 90° – 37° = 53° Þ 2(ÐTRS – ÐTQR) = ÐQPR ...(3)
Now, from DPQS, we have
From (1),
ÐPQS + ÐQSP + ÐQPS = 180°
ÐTRS – ÐTQR = ÐQTR ...(4)
(By angle sum property of a D)
Þ x + y + 90° = 180° Þ x + 53° + 90° = From (3) and (4), we obtain

180° Þ x = 180° – 143° = 37°. 2ÐQTR = ÐQPR

6. In figure, the side QR of DPQR is produced
1
to a point S. If the bisectors of ÐPQR and Þ ÐQTR = ÐQPR.
2
 EBD_7802
158 Mathematics

Very Short Answer Questions [1 Mark] 5. In the given figure, PO ^ AB. If x : y : z = 1 : 3 : 5,

1. A transversal line l intersects two lines m and n then find the degree measure of x, y and z.
such that a pair of alternate interior angles is [2014]
equal. Then, what can you say about the lines m
P
and n? [2016] Q
2. If a transversal intersects two parallel lines, then
which of the pairs of angles is equal. [2016]
3. Two supplementary angles are in the ratio 2 : 7. R
Find the measures of angles. [2016] yx
Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks] z
A O B
1. In the figure, AB || DE, ÐABC = 140º and
ÐCDE = 100º. Find ÐBCD. [2013] 6. In figure, a transversal l cuts two lines AB and
CD at E and F respectively. EG is the bisector
D E of ÐAEF and FH is the bisector of ÐEFD such
A B 100º that Ða = Ðb. Show that EG || FH and AB || CD.
[2014]
140º l

E
a
C A B
G
2. In DABC, ÐA + ÐB = 65º and ÐB + ÐC = 140º,
find the value of ÐB and ÐC. [2013]
H
3. If a transversal intersects two lines such that b
the bisectors of a pair of corresponding angles C F D
are parallel, then prove that the two lines are
parallel. [2013]
7. If ÐAOP = 5y, ÐQOD = 2y and ÐBOC = 5y in
M the given figure, find the value of y. [2015]
Q
1 A
2 D
A P B
S
5y O 2y
3
4 P Q
5y
C R D
N
C B
4. In the figure, AB || CD, EF ^ CD and ÐGFC = 130º.
Find x, y and z. [2013] 8. If (3x – 15º) and (x + 5º) are complementary
A E GB
angles, find the angles. [2015]
y x 9. The angles of a triangles are (x – 40)º, (x – 20)º

æx öº
and ç - 10 ÷ . Find the value of x and then
è2 ø
ºz
130 the angles of the triangle. [2015]
C F D
Lines and Angles 159
10. In the figure, l || m and n || p. If Ð1 = 60º, then 14. In figure, AB || CD, then find x. [2016]
prove that Ð2 = 2Ð1. [2015] A G B
n p
135º

E x
1 125º
1 3
2 C D
m 15. In the figure, prove that AB || EF. [2016]

B A
57º

11. In the figure, if x + y = w + z, then prove that E F

AOB is a straight line. [2015] 145º

º
22
35º
C C D
B

xº 16. In the figure AB || CD and DE || PF. If ÐAPF = 50º

yº wº
and ÐCDG = 40º find
zº
E
A D F G

12. In the figure PQ || RS, CBD is a transverse and

40º
ÐBCQ = 135°. Find ÐRBD. [2016] D
C
50º
A P Q B
P R D (i) ÐAQD (ii) ÐEDG (iii) ÐDPF
B [2017]

C Long Answer Questions [4 Marks]

135º
Q S 1. If two parallel lines are intersected by a
transversal, then prove that bisectors of the
13. In the given figure, find the angles a and b and interior angles form a rectangle. [2013]
then show that LM || XY. [2016] E
A G B

1
50º 3
1 M L
L a M
2
b
m
m C H D
X 130º Y
F
 EBD_7802
160 Mathematics
2. In the given figure, lines AB and CD intersect l
each other at O. Find the values of x, y and z.
[2014]
60º
A E 40º B
C
x
B P
2xº 25
º
84º O zº y
C F D
75º yº

A D
E
T
6. In figure, m and n are two plane mirrors
3. In the figure, lines PQ and RS intersect each perpendicular to each other. Show that incident
other at point O. If ÐPOR : ÐROQ = 5 : 7, find ray CA is parallel to reflected ray BD. [2016]
all the indicated angles. [2014] B
O
m
S
P

O L

D
A
R Q

4. Prove that the sum of three angles of a triangle

is 180º. Using this result, find the value of x
and all the three angles of the triangle, if the
angles are (2x – 7)º, (x + 25)º and (3x + 12)º. C
n
[2014] 7. A transversal intersects two parallel lines. Prove
5. In the adjoining figure, AB || CD and l is that the bisectors of any pair of corresponding
transversal. Find values of x and y. [2016] angles so formed are parallel. [2017]

Very Short Answer Questions [1 Mark] 3. If AB || CD, what is the value of x?

DIRECTIONS : Give answer in one word or one sentence. B D

1. Angles ‘a’ and ‘b’ form a linear pair of angles
and a – 2b = 30°, then find the value of ‘a’.
2. In the figure, find the value of angle a
x 5x
2x
x
40° A C

a 4. The sides BA and DC of the parallelogram

ABCD are produced as shown in figure. Then
30° prove that Ða + Ðb = Ðx + Ðy
Lines and Angles 161
2. In the given figure, AB P DC. DEDC and DEBA
D C are both isosceles triangles and ÐEDC = 31º.
y a Identify the measure of ÐAED.
A

b x
A B D B
31° E
5. If an angle x is supplement of itself, then find

x - 60° C
the value of
6° 3. In the given figure, if l1 || l2 and l3 || l4, find the
6. Angles of a triangle are in ratio 1 : 2 : 3, then value of ‘y’ in terms of ‘x’?
the greatest angle is what times smallest angle. l2 l3
7. An angle is 20° more than three times the given
angle. If the two angles are supplementary, then l1
find the angles
8. Diagonals of a rhombus ABCD intersect each xº l4
other at O, then, what are the measurements of
vertically opposite angles ÐAOB and ÐCOD? yº
9. In the given figure, what is the value of yº
ÐA +ÐB + ÐC + ÐD + ÐE + ÐF?
A
4. In the following figure, ÐPQR = 60°, ÐPQR is
D E
bisected and the resultant angles are bisected
again.

B C
R
F U
10. In DPQR, the angle bisectors of ÐPQR and
T
ÐPRO meet at O. If ÐQPR = 80°, find the
measure of ÐQOR. S
P Q P
Find ÐTQS + ÐSQU + ÐPQS.
5. In the following figure, find Ðx. Further find
O ÐBOC, ÐCOD and ÐAOD.
1 4
2 3
Q R

Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks]

DIRECTIONS : Give answer in two to three sentences.

1. If a point P lies between two points X and Y 6. In the figure, find the values of
such that XP = YP, then what is the ratio (i) x (ii) ÐGHS
XY : XP? (iii) ÐPRG (iv) ÐRSD
 EBD_7802
162 Mathematics
R
Q
O
4b a
75 b
S
P T

7. In figure, if AB ^CD, ÐBAD = 40° and ÐSCD 3. In figure, ÐPOR and ÐQOR form a linear pair.
= 30°, find x and y. If a – b = 80°, find the values of a and b.

4. From the adjoining diagram AB || DC, calculate

8. In the given figure, 2b – a = 65° and ÐBOC =

90°, find the measure of ÐAOB, ÐAOD and
ÐCOD.

(i) Ð x (ii) Ð y (iii) Ð z

5. In figure, if AB || CD, EF^CD and ÐGED =
126°, find ÐAGE, ÐGEF and ÐFGE.

Long Answer Questions [4 Marks]

DIRECTIONS: Give answer in four to five sentences

1. In the given figure, ÐAOC and ÐBOC form a
linear pair. If x – 2y = 30°, then find the value 6. In figure, ÐX = 62°, ÐXYZ = 54°. If YO and
x+y ZO are the bisectors of ÐXYZ and ÐXZY
of . respectively of D XYZ, find ÐOZY and ÐYOZ.
90 C

x y
A O B

2. In the given figure, two straight lines PQ and

RS intersect each other at O. If ÐPOT = 75°,
b
then find the value of .
3
Lines and Angles 163

Very Short Answer Questions [1 Mark]

1. How many triangles can be drawn having its A
angles as 45°, 64° and 72°? [Exemplar]
2. In the given figure, find the value of x for which D
the lines l and m are parallel. [Exemplar]

E
n F
B C

l 2. In the given figure, BA || ED and BC || EF. Show

x
44º that ÐABC + ÐDEF = 180° [Exemplar]
m

A
E F

3. For what value of x + y in the given figure, will D

ABC be a line ? Justify your answer. [HOTS]

B C

3. In Figure, x = y and a = b. Prove that l | | n.

[Exemplar]

l m n

4. In the given figure, AB, CD and EF are parallel.

If Ð z = 70°, find the value of x and y. [HOTS]

a b

4. Atul ordered his birthday cake in the form of

circle and invited his 12 friends with 3 family
Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks] members. On birthday he need to divide it into
equal parts. How he can do it?
1. In the given figure, BA || ED and BC || EF. Show What value is depicted by Atul in the above
that ÐABC = ÐDEF [Exemplar] situation. [VBQ]
 EBD_7802
164 Mathematics
5. The sides BC, CA and AB of a DABC are 4. In Figure ÐQ > ÐR , PA is the bisector of
produced in order, forming exterior angles ÐQPR and PM ^ QR . Prove that
ÐACD, ÐBAE and ÐCBF. Show that ÐACD +
1
ÐBAE + ÐCBF = 360°. [HOTS] ÐAPM = ( ÐQ - ÐR ) . [Exemplar]
2
Long Answer Questions [4 Marks]
P
1. Find ÐADC from the given figure.
A [HOTS]

30°

D x
Q M A R

5. In the figure, PQ and RS are two similar

50° 55° mirrors placed paralled to each other. An
B C incident ray AB strikes the mirror PQ at B. The
reflected ray moves along the path BC and
2. If the sides of an angle are respectively parallel strikes the mirror RS at C and again reflects
to the sides of another angle, then prove that back along CD. [VBQ]
these angles are either equal or supplementary. B
P Q
[HOTS]
3. Bisectors of angles B and C of a triangle ABC
A D
intersect each other at the point O. Prove that
R S
1 C
ÐBOC = 90° + ÐA . [Exemplar]
2 (i) Prove that A B || CD.
(ii) Which value is depicted in this question?

Exemplar MCQs 2. If one angle of a triangle is equal to the sum of

1. In figure, if AB || CD || EF, PQ || RS, ÐRQD = the other two angles, then the triangle is
25º and ÐCQP = 60º, then ÐQRS is equal to (a) an isosceles triangle
(b) an obtuse triangle
S (c) an equilateral triangle
A B
R (d) a right triangle
3. An exterior angle of a triangle is 105º and its
C Q 25º D
two interior opposite angles are equal. Each of
60º
E F these equal angles is
P
1 1 1
(a) 85º (b) 135º (c) 145º (d) 110º (a) 37 º (b) 52 º (c) 72 º (d) 75º
2 2 2
Lines and Angles 165
4. If the angles of a triangle are in the ratio 5 : 3 : 3. The degree measure of each of the three angles
7, then the triangle is of a triangle is an integer. Which of the following
(a) an acute angled triangle could not be the ratio of their measures?
[2010]
(b) an obtuse angled triangle
(a) 2 : 3 : 4 (b) 3 : 4 : 5
(c) a right angled triangle
(c) 5 : 6 : 7 (d) 6 : 7 : 8
(d) an isosceles triangle 4. If the arms of one angle are respectively parallel
5. If one of the angles of a triangle is 130º, then to the arms of another angle, then the two angles
the angle between the bisectors of the other two are : [2010]
angles can be (a) neither equal nor supplementary
(a) 50º (b) 65º (c) 145º (d) 155º (b) not equal but supplementary
6. In the figure, POQ is a line. The value of x is (c) equal but not supplementary
(d) either equal or supplementary
5. In the figure given below, if s < 50° < t, then:
[2010]
4x 50°
40º 3x
P O Q
s° t°
(a) 20º (b) 25º (c) 30º (d) 35º
7. In the figure, if OP || RS, ÐOPQ = 110º and (a) t < 80° (b) s + t < 130°
ÐQRS = 130º, then ÐPQR is equal to (c) 50° < t < 80° (d) t > 80°
6. AB is parallel to CD, EF intersects them at M
R S and N. The bisectors of M and N meet at Q. If
O P 130º ÐAME = 80°, then ÐMQN is : [2011]
E
110º

Q A B
M
(a) 40º (b) 50º (c) 60º (d) 70º
8. Angles of a triangle are in the ratio 2 : 4 : 3. Q
The smallest angle of the triangle is
(a) 60º (b) 40º (c) 80º (d) 20º C D
N
NTSE Past Year MCQs
1. In DABC, if ÐB = ÐC = 45°, which of the F
following is the longest side? [2009] (a) 90° (b) 70°
(a) AB (b) AC (c) 80° (d) 60°
(c) BC (d) None of these 7. X, Y, Z, U are four points in a straight line. If
2. If CE is parallel to DB in the given figure, then distance from X to Y is 15, Y to Z is 5, Z to U is
the value of ‘x’ will be : [2010] 8 and X to U is 2, then the correct sequence of
A E the points will be: [2011]
B
(a) X ® Y ® Z ® U (b) X ® Z ® Y ® U
110° 30°
(c) X ® U ® Z ® Y (d) X ® Z ® U ® Y
8. The angled of a triangle are in the ratio 1 : 5 : 3,
75° x the smallest angle of the triangle is: [2012]
60°
F (a) 20o (b) 60o
D C o
(a) 30° (b) 45° (c) 75° (d) 85° (c) 90 (d) 100o
 EBD_7802
166 Mathematics

CHAPTER TEST

Time : 30 Min. Max. Marks : 20

Directions : (i) Attempt all questions

(ii) Question 1 and 2 carry 1 mark each.
(iii) Question 3 and 4 carry 2 marks each.
(iv) Question 5, 6 and 7 carry 3 marks each.
(v) Question 8 carries 5 marks.

1. Find the measure of an angle which is 24° more than its complement.
2. Find the measure of an angle, if six times its complement is 12° less than twice its supplement.
3. In fig., if AB || CD, then find the value of y

C D
45°

0 y

40°
A B
4. In figure, l1 || l2 and a1 || a2. Find the value of x
l1 l2

2x
a1

a2
4x –15

5. In the figure, if AB || CD, CD || EF and y : z = 2 : 3, find x.

A G B
x

C H D
y
z
E F
I
Lines and Angles 167
6. In the given figure, AB || CD. Find the value of x.
E

x° 100°

C D
50°
A B

7. Three friends walk away from a point in three different directions for the morning walk such that the
path of each is qually inclined to those of the other two.
(i) Find the angles that their paths make with one another.
(ii) Give the importance of morning walk.
8. In figure, lines PQ and RS intersect each other at point O, ray OA and ray OB bisect ÐPOR and
ÐPOS respectively. If ÐPOA : ÐPOB = 2 : 7, then find ÐSOQ and ÐBOQ.

B
P

R O S

Q
 EBD_7802
168 Mathematics

Þ z = 130º – 90º = 40º

x = ÐCFG = 130º
x + y = 180º (Linear pair)
Very Short Answer Questions
Þ 130º + y = 180º
1. m and n lines are parallel. y = 50º
2. Pair of alternate interior angles. 5. OP ^ AB
3. Let the two supplementary angles be 2x and 7x.
Þ ÐPOA = 90º
Then, 2x + 7x = 180º
Þ x = 20º Suppose ÐPOQ = a
So the angles are \ ÐQOR = 3a and ÐROA = 5a
2x = 2 × 20º = 40º a + 3a + 5a = 90º
7x = 7 × 20º = 140º 9a = 90º Þ a = 10º
So two angles are 40º and 140º. \ x = 10º
Short Answer Questions and y = 3 × 10º = 30º
z = 5 × 10º = 50º
D E 6. EG is the bisector of ÐAEF.
1.
A B 100º \ ÐAEG = ÐGEF = a
and ÐEFH = ÐHFD = b
140º
\ ÐGEF = ÐEFH (Q a = b )
l 1 2 But these are alternate interior angles
C \ EG || FH
Draw l || AB Again, ÐAEF = 2a
\ l || DE as AB || DE and ÐEFD = 2b
Ð1 + 140º = 180º \ ÐAEF = ÐEFD = 2a or 2b
\ Ð1 = 40º But these are alternate angles.
Similarly, Ð2 = 80º So, AB || CD
Ð1 + ÐBCD + Ð2 = 180º (linear pair 7. ÐPOC = 2y (Vertically opp. angles)
angles) \ 5y + 2y + 5y = 180º [L.P.A]
40º + ÐBCD + 80º = 180º Þ 12y = 180º Þ y = 15º
ÐBCD = 60º 8. (3x – 15º) + (x + 5º) = 90º Þ x = 25º
2. Given, ÐA + ÐB = 65º
and, ÐB + ÐC = 140º Angles are 60º and 30º.
ÐA + 2ÐB + ÐC = 65º + 140º = 205º º
But, ÐA + ÐB + ÐC = 180º 9. ( x - 40 ) º + ( x - 20 ) º + æç x - 10 ö÷ = 180º
(Angle sum prop. of D) è2 ø
Þ 180º + ÐB = 205º Þ ÐB = 25º 5x
\ ÐC = 140º – 25º = 115º Þ - 70 = 180º
2
3. Given, PQ || RS
and, Ð1 = Ð2 and Ð3 = Ð4 5x
Þ = 250º Þ x = 100º
But Ð1 = Ð3 (Corr. angles) 2
\ 2Ð1 = 2Ð3 So, angles are 60º, 80º and 40º.
\ ÐMPB = ÐPRD 10. Ð3 = Ð1 = 60º (corr Ðs)
But they are corr. angles Ð2 + Ð3 = 180º
Hence, AB || CD
4. EF ^ CD Þ ÐCFE = 90º Ð2 + 60º = 180º (Q Ð3 = 60º )
90º + z = ÐCFG Ð2 = 120º = 2 × 60º = 2Ð1
Lines and Angles 169
Now AB || CD and EF || CD
11. \ AB || EF
C
B 16. EQ || FP and transversal cut them
\ ÐAQD = ÐAPF
xº \ ÐAQD = 50º
yº
wº \ ÐDQB = 180º – 50º = 130º
O
zº AB || CD and transversal EQ cuts them
\ ÐEDC = ÐDQB = 130º (A.I.A)
A D \ ÐEDG = 130º – 40º = 90º
FP || EQ and transversal PG cut them
Given that x + y= w+ z
\ ÐFPD = ÐEDG = 90º
x + y + w + z = 360º
Þ 2(x + y) = 360º Long Answer Questions
Þ x + y = 180º 1. ÐAGH = ÐGHD
\ AOB is a straight line.
12. ÐDBS = ÐBCQ = 135° [corresponding angles] 1 1
Þ ÐAGH = ÐGHD Þ Ð1 = Ð2
ÐRBD = 180º – ÐDBS 2 2
= 180º – 135º = 45º Þ GM || LH
13. Ða = 180º – 50º = 130° ÐB = 130º (Linear pair) and similarly, GL || MH
(Since vertically opposite angles are equal) Þ GMHL is a parallelogram
This shows that Ða = Ðb ÐBGH + ÐGHD = 180º
But there alternate interior angles,
1 1
\ LM || XY Þ ÐBGH + ÐGHD = 90º
14. Draw, EH || AB 2 2
Þ Ð3 + Ð2 = 90º
A G B
In DGLH, ÐGLH = 180º - ( Ð2 + Ð3)
135º = 180º – 90º
Þ ÐGLH = 90º
E H Þ ÐGMH = 90º
x
125º Hence ÐMGL + ÐGLH = 180º
Þ ÐMGL + 90º =180°
C F D Þ ÐMGL + 90º Þ ÐMHL = 90º
Now, EH || AB and AB || CD Hence GMHL is a rectangle.
\ EH || CD 2. C
Now, ÐBGE + ÐGEH = 180º (AB || EH)
Þ 135º + ÐGEH = 180º 2xº B
ÐGEH = 180º – 135º = 45º ...(1) 84º O zº
Again ÐDFE + ÐFEH = 180º (CD || EH) yº
Þ 125º + ÐFEH = 180º 75º
A D
ÐFEH = 180º – 125º = 55º ...(2)
Adding (1) and (2)
ÐGEH + ÐFEH = 45º + 55º E
x = 100º
15. ÐA = 57º 84º + 2xº = 180º (linear pair)
ÐACD = 22º + 35º = 57º Þ 2x = 96º
\ ÐA = ÐACD Þ x = 48º
These are alternate angles y + 75 = 2x (VOA)
\ AB || CD y = 2 × 48º – 75º
Again ÐFEC + ÐECD = 145º + 35º = 180º = 96º – 75º = 21º
\ EF || CD z = 84º (VOA)
 EBD_7802
170 Mathematics
6. Let normals at A and B meet at P.
3. B
S O
P m
4 3
O

R Q
ÐPOR + ÐROQ = 180° (linear pair) D 2 A
Þ 5x + 7x = 180º Þ x = 15 P 1
\ ÐPOR = 75º = ÐQOS , ÐROQ = 105º = ÐPOS
4. First prove the theorem
A
l
1 3
2 n
C
As mirrors are perpendicular to each other
therefore BP || OA and AP || OB.
So BP ^ PA,
ÐBPA = 90º
4 5 Therefore Ð3 + Ð2 = 90º ...(i)
B C (Angle sum property)
Construction: Draw l P BC Also Ð1 = Ð2 and Ð4 = Ð3
In figure, l P BC (Angle of incidence = Angle of reflection)
ÞÐ1 =Ð4 and Ð3=Ð5 (A.I.A) \ Ð1 + Ð4 = 90º ...(ii) [from (i)]
and, Ð1+Ð2+Ð3=180° (L.P.A) Adding (1) and (2)
Ð4+Ð2+Ð5=180° Ð1 + Ð2 + Ð3 + Ð4 = 180º
(from eq. (1)) ÐCAB + ÐDBA = 180º
\ Sum of all angles of triangle is 180°. Hence CA || BD
Let A, B & C are the Ð ' s of D
B
Then, ÐA = 2 x - 7 7. R
1
ÐB = x + 25 2
5 l
ÐC = 3x + 12 P A
ÐA + ÐB + ÐC = 180º [Ð sum prop. of D]
Þ 2x – 7 + x + 25 + 3x + 12 = 180º
Þ 6x – 7 + 37 = 180º 3 S
Þ 6x = 180º – 30º Þ 6x = 150º 6 4 m
Q C
150º
Þ x= Þ x = 25º
6
T
5. ÐEFD = 60º
Þ 25º + y = 60º Given : l || m line T is a transversal intersecting
Þ y = 35º them at P and Q respectively.
To prove : PR || QS
[Sum of co-interior angles on same
side of transversal is supplementary] Proof : Ð5 = Ð6
(Corresponding angles and l || m)
Þ ÐBEF + ÐEFD = 180º
Þ ÐBEF + 60° = 180° Þ ÐBEF = 120º 1 1
Þ Ð5 = Ð6
Þ ÐPEF + 40º = 120º Þ ÐPEF = 80º 2 2
Now in DPEF Þ Ð1 = Ð3
Þ x + 80º + 25º = 180º [Angle sum property] \ PR || QS
Þ x = 75º
Lines and Angles 171
Þ Ð2 + Ð3 = 50°
In DQOR, 50° + ÐQOR = 180°
Þ ÐQOR = 180° – 50° = 130°
Very Short Answer Questions
Short Answer Questions
1. a + b = 180° [Linear pair axiom]
Given : a – 2b = 30° 1.
On solving both, we get X P Y
3b = 150 Þ b = 50° and a = 130° Given : XP = YP
2. a = 360° – (40° + 30°) So, P is the mid-point of XY.
= 360° – 70° We can see that,
= 290°. XY = 2XP
3. Since AB | | CD XY 2
Þ x + 2x + x + 5x = 180° Þ =
XP 1
[Co-interior Angles] \ XY : XP = 2 : 1
Þ 9x = 180° Þ \ x = 20° 2. D EDC is an isosceles triangle with
4. In the given figure, AB | | DC ED = EC So, ÐEDC = ÐECD (Q Angle opposite
D C P to equal sides are equal)
y a ÐCED + ÐEDC + ÐECD = 180°
(Q Sum of the angle of a triangle is 180°)
ÐCED + 2 × 31° = 180°
ÐCED = 180° – 62° = 118°
b x Now, ÐAED + ÐCED = 180°
(Q AC is a straight line)
Q A B Þ ÐAED = 180° – 118°
\ a = x ...(1) [Alternate Interior Angles] \ ÐAED = 62°
and b = y ...(2) [Alternate Interior Angles] 3. It can be seen that,
Adding (1) and (2), we get x + 2y = 180° (Q straight line l4)
Ða + Ðb = Ðx + Ðy. Þ 2y = 180° – x
5. x = 180° – x Þ x = 90° x
\ y = 90°-
x - 60° 90° - 60° 2
\ = =5 4. ÐTQS = 15°
6° 6°
ÐSQU = 2 × 15° = 30°
6. Let angles be x, 2x and 3x.
ÐPQS = 15°
So, x + 2x + 3x = 180°
So, ÐTQS + ÐSQU + ÐPQS = 15° + 30° + 15° = 60°.
[Angle sum property of D]
5. x +10 + x + x + 20 = 180 Þ 3x + 30 = 180
Þ x = 30°
Þ x + 10 = 60
Smallest angle = 30°; Greatest angle = 90°
Þ x = 50
Then greatest angle is 3 times the smallest angle.
Hence, Ðx = 50° and other angles are 70°and 60°
7. Let one angle is x
6. (i) 36° (ii) 72°
other angle = 3x + 20
(iii) 108° (iv) 108°
\ x + 3x + 20 = 180
7. In DABD, 90° + 40° + x = 180°
4x + 20 = 180
Þ x = 50°
4x = 160 Þ x = 40°
In DSDC, 30° + 50° + ÐCSD = 180°
other angle is 140°.
Þ ÐCSD = 100
8. Diagonals of a rhombus are perpendicular to
Hence, y = 180° – 100° = 80° (linear pair)
each other.
8. 35°, 100°, 135°
9. From DABC and DDEF,
ÐA + ÐB + ÐC = 180° and Long Answer Questions
ÐD + ÐE + ÐF = 180°
1. Since ÐAOC and ÐBOC form a linear pair
\ ÐA + ÐB + ÐC + ÐD + ÐE + ÐF = 360°
10. Refer the question figure therefore
Ð1 = Ð2 and Ð3 = Ð4 x + y = 180° ...(i)
In DPQR, 80° + ÐQ + ÐR = 180°
x – 2y = 30° ...(ii) (Given)
Þ ÐQ + ÐR = 100°
 EBD_7802
172 Mathematics
On solving (i) and (ii), we get \ By linear sum property, we have
x = 130 and y = 50 ÐGEC + ÐGEF + ÐFED = 180°
x+ y 180 Þ ÐGEC + 36° + 90° = 180°
Hence, = =2
90 90 Þ ÐGEC = 180°– 126° = 54°
2. Since ROC is a straight line therefore Now, ÐFGE = ÐGEC = 54°( Alternate
ÐROP, ÐPOT and ÐTOS forms a linear pair Interior Angles)
\ 4b + 75 + b = 180°
6. From DXYZ, we have
Þ 75 + 5b = 180
Þ 5b = 180 – 75 = 105 ÐXYZ + ÐYZX + ÐZXY = 180°
Þ b = 21 (By D’s angle sum property)
b 21 Þ 54° + ÐYZX + 62° = 180°
Hence, = =7
3 3 Þ ÐYZX = 180° – 116° = 64° ...(i)
3. Since, ÐPOR and ÐQOR form a linear pair Given YO is the bisector of ÐXYZ
\ ÐPOR+ÐQOR = 180°(Linear pair axiom) 1 1
\ ÐXYO = ÐOYZ = ÐXYZ = (54°) = 27°
or a + b = 180° ........ (i) 2 2
But a – b = 80° [Given] ........ (ii) ...(ii)
Adding eqs (i) and (ii), we get 1
Similarly ÐXZO = ÐOZY = ÐYZX
2a = 260° 2
260 1
\ a= =130° = (64)° = 32° ... (iii)
2 2
Substituting the value of a in (i), we get (QZO is the bisector of ÐYZX )
130° + b = 180° Now, consider DOYZ, which gives
b = 180° – 130° = 50° ÐOYZ + ÐOZY + ÐYOZ = 180° (By angle
sum property)
4. Ð x = Ð EDC = 70° (corresponding angles)
Þ 27° + 32° + ÐYOZ = 180° [Using (ii) and (iii)]
Now, Ð ADB = x = 70° [Q AB = DB] Þ ÐYOZ = 180° – 59° = 121°.
In D ABD, Ð ABD = 180 – Ð x – Ð x
= 180 – 70 – 70 = 40°
Þ Ð BDC = Ð ABD = 40° (alternate angles) Very Short Answer Questions
Þ Ð y = 40° 1. Sum of angles = 45° + 64° + 72° = 181°
Since, AB || DC but sum of angles of a triangle is 180°
Þ Ð z + 90 = 180° \ No triangle can be formed
Þ Ð z = 180 – 90 = 90° 2. If a transversal intersects two parallel lines, then
5. (i) ÐAGE = ÐGED = 126° ( Alternate Interior each pair of consecutive interior angles are
Angles) supplementary.
Here, the two given lines l and m are parallel.
(ii) We have ÐGED = 126° Angles x and 44º are consecutive interior angles
ÐGEF + ÐFED = 126° on the same side of the transversal.
ÞÐGEF + 90° = 126° (From the figure, Therefore, x + 44º = 180º
Hence, x = 180º – 44º = 136º
ÐFED = 90°)
3. A, B, C will lie in a line,
ÞÐGEF = 126° – 90° = 36°
if x + y = 180°.
(iii) Since, CD is a line
Lines and Angles 173
4. y + z = 180° 4. As we know complete angle is 360° and we
(Angles on the same side of transversal are need to devide the cake in 15 equal parts.
supplementary)
Þ Y = 180° – 70° = 110°
Also, x = y = 110° (Corresponding angles) 24°
Short Answer Questions
1. Produce DE to intersect BC at P(say).
EF || BC and DP is the transversal,

D
So, he should cut the cake at the angle of
360
E = 24° from the centre to divide it into
F 15
equal parts.
B P C
Values shown by Atul are
\ ÐDEF = ÐDPC ...(1) [Corres, Ðs] • Sharing
• Respect for all
Now, AB || DP and BC is the transversal,
• Equality
\ ÐDPC = ÐABC ...(2) [Corres, Ðs]
From (1) and (2), we get 5. ÐACD + Ð z = 180°
ÐABC = ÐDEF
ÐBAE + Ð x = 180°
2. Produce ED to meet BC at P (say).
ÐCBF + Ð y = 180°
A
E F

B
P C
Now, EF || BC and EP is the transversal.
\ ÐDEF = ÐEPC = 180º ...(1)
Again, EP || AB and BC is the transversal.
\ ÐEPC = ÐABC ...(2)
[Corresponding Ðs] ÐACD + ÐBAE + ÐCBF + Ð x + Ð y + Ð z = 540°
From (1) and (2), we get
\ ÐDEF + ÐABC = 180º ..(1)
Þ ÐABC + ÐDEF = 180º
Now put, Ð x + Ð y + Ð z = 180° in eqn. (1)
3. x = y (Given)
Therefore, l | | m (corresponding angles) (1) We get ÐACD + ÐBAE + ÐCBF = 360°
Also, a = b (Given)
Therefore, n | | m (Corresponding angles) (2) Long Answer Questions [4 Marks]
From (1) and (2) , l | | n (Lines parallel to the 1. Construction: Join BD
same line) Now in, DABD
 EBD_7802
174 Mathematics
Ðx + ÐADB + 30° = 180° ...(i) As QR || CB
In DBDC, Ðy + ÐBDC + 55° = 180° ...(ii)
A
\ Ð1 = Ð3
but Ð1 + Ð2 = 180° then
30° Ð3 + Ð2 = 180° (Q Ð1 = Ð3)
D 3. A

z
y 55°
50°
B C
By adding (i) and (ii) O
Ðz + ÐADB + 30° + Ðy + ÐBDC + 55° = 360°
Also, Ðz + Ðy = 50°
Then ÐADB + ÐBDC + 135° = 360° B C
Þ ÐADB + ÐBDC = 225°
i.e., x = ÐADC = 135° Let us draw the figure as shown in Figure
2. Case I : ÐA + ÐABC + ÐACB = 180°
(Angle sum property of a triangle)
Therefore,
1 1 1 1
ÐA + ÐABC + ÐACB = ´180° = 90°
2 2 2 2
1
i.e., ÐA + ÐOBC + ÐOCB = 90° (Since BO
2
and CO are bisectors of ÐB and ÐC ) (1)
But ÐBOC + ÐOBC + ÐOCB
= 180 (Angle sum property) (2)
Subtracting (1) from (2), we have
1
ÐBOC – ÐA < 180↓ , 90↓
As QR || BC 2
1
\ Ð2 = Ð3 i.e., ÐBOC = 90° + ÐA
2
and PQ || AB 4. Since PA is the bisector of ÐQPR
\ ÐQPA = ÐAPR ...(i)
Then Ð1 = Ð2 In DPQM, We have
ÐPQM + ÐPMQ + Ð QPM = 180°
Hence, Ð1 = Ð2 = Ð3
ÐPQM + 90° + ÐQPM = 180°
Case II: ÐPQM + ÐQPM = 90°
ÐPQM = 90° – ÐQPM
ÐQ = 90° - ÐQPM ...(ii)
In DPMR, we have
ÐPRM + ÐMPR + ÐPMR = 180°
ÐPRM + ÐMPR = 90°
ÐPRM = 90° - ÐMPR
ÐR < 90↓ , ÐMPR ...(iii)
Subtracting (iii) from (ii), we get
ÐQ - ÐR = ( 90° - ÐQPM ) - ( 90° - ÐMPR )
Lines and Angles 175
= -ÐQPM + ÐMPR
= ÐMPR - ÐQPM
Exemplar MCQs
ÐQ - ÐR = ( ÐMPA + ÐAPR ) 1. (c) Since, PQ || RS
So, ÐPQC = ÐBRS = 60º
- ( ÐQPA - ÐMPA )
and ÐDQR = ÐQRA = 25º
[By property of alternate interior angles]
= ÐMPA ∗ ÐAPR ,ÐAPR ∗ ÐMPA
Therefore, ÐQRS = ÐQRA + ÐARS
Þ ÐQ - ÐR = 2ÐMPA = ÐQRA + (180º – ÐBRS)
1 = 25º + 180º – 60º
ÐMPA = ( ÐQ - ÐR ) [Q ÐQPA < ÐAPR] = 145º
2
2. (d) Suppose, the angles of DABC be ÐA, ÐB
1 and ÐC.
i.e ÐAPM = ( ÐQ - ÐR ) Hence proved
2 Since, ÐA = ÐB + ÐC ...(i)
5. (i) Two plane mirrors PQ and RS are placed As, in DABC,
paralled to each other i.e. PQ || RS. An ÐA + ÐB + ÐC = 180º...(ii)
From eqs. (i) and (ii)
incident ray AB after reflection takes the
ÐA + ÐA = 180º
path BC and CD.
BN and CM are the normals to the plane 180º
So, ÐA =
mirrors PQ and RS respectively. 2
Therefore,ÐA = 90º
Hence, the required triangle is a right
triangle.
3. (b) Suppose one of interior angle be xº.
Sum of opposite interior angles
= Exterior angle of triangle
xº + xº = 105º
105º
xº =
Since BN ^ PQ, CM ^ RS and PQ || RS 2
\ BN ^ RS Þ BN || CM 1
xº = 52 º
Thus BN and CM are two parallel lines 2
and BC is a transversal. 1
\ Ð2 = Ð3 So, each equal angle of a triangle is 52 º .
2
But Ð1 = Ð2 and Ð 3 = Ð4 4. (a) Q The ratio of angles of given triangle is
Q angle of incidence = angle of reflection 5 : 3 : 7.
\ Ð1 + Ð2 = Ð2 + Ð2 and Suppose angles of triangle be ÐA, ÐB and ÐC.
Ð3 + Ð4 = Ð3 + Ð3 \ ÐA = 5x,
Þ Ð1 + Ð2 = 2Ð2 and Ð3 + Ð4 = 2(Ð3) ÐB = 3x
But Ð2 = Ð3 and ÐC = 7x
Ð1 + Ð2= Ð3 + Ð4 In DABC, ÐA + ÐB + ÐC = 180º
So, 5x + 3x + 7x = 180º
Ð ABC = ÐBCD
15x = 180º
Thus, lines AB and CD are intersected by x = 12º
transversal BC such that. Therefore, ÐA = 5 ×12º = 60º
ÐABC = ÐBCD ÐB = 3 × 12º = 36º
i.e. alternate interior angles are equal. and ÐC = 7 × 12º = 84º
\ AB || CD Hence, the required triangle is acute angled
(ii) Similarity leads to unanimity. triangle.
 EBD_7802
176 Mathematics
5. (d) Suppose angles of given triangle be ÐA, \ ÐPXQ = 180º – ÐRXP
ÐB and ÐC. = 180º – 130º
[from Eq. (i)]
A
= 50º
For DPQX,
130º ÐOPQ = ÐPXQ + ÐPQX
[exterior angle]
O \ 110º = 50º + ÐPQX
B C
Therefore, ÐPQX = 110º – 50º
= 60º
D E Hence, ÐPQR = 60º
[As, ÐPQX = ÐPQR]
In DABC,
8. (b) Since, the ratio of angles of given triangle
ÐA + ÐB + ÐC = 180º is 2 : 4 : 3.
[By angle sum property] Suppose the angles of a triangle be ÐA,
1 1 1 180º ÐB and ÐC
\ ÐA + ÐB + ÐC = = 90º So, ÐA = 2x,
2 2 2 2
ÐB = 4x
1 1 1 and ÐC = 3x
So, ÐB + ÐC = 90º - ÐA
2 2 2 Q ÐA + ÐB + ÐC = 180º
\ 2x + 4x + 3x = 180º
é ÐB ÐC ù 9x = 180º
êë 2 + 2 + ÐBOC = 180º úû x = 20º
Therefore, ÐA = 2 × 20º = 40º
1
\ 180º - ÐBOC = 90º - ÐA ÐB = 4 × 20º = 80º
2 ÐC = 3 × 20º = 60º
1 Thus, the smallest angle of given triangle
Therefore,ÐBOC = 180º - 90º + ÐA is 40º.
2
NTSE Past Year MCQs
1
= 90º + ÐA 1. (c) By angle sum property of triangles.
2 ÐA + Ð B + Ð C = 180°
1 ÐA + 45° + 45° = 180°
= 90º + ´ 130º
2 Þ ÐA = 180° – 90°
= 155º Þ ÐA = 90°
Hence, the required angle will be 155º. Hence DABC is right angled at A.
6. (a) Since, ÐPOQ = 180º In a right D, the hypotenuse is the
\ 40º + 4x + 3x = 180º largest side.
7x = 180º – 40º So BC is the longest side.
7x = 140º 2. (d) In DABD
So, x = 20º ÐADB + 30° + 110° = 180°
7. (c) Q OP || RS and RX is a transversal. Þ ÐADB = 40°
So, ÐRXP = ÐXRS So, ÐBDC = 75° – 40° = 35°
[By property of alternate angles] ÐECF = ÐBDC = 35° ( Q Given: CE || DB)
Now, DF is a straight line
R S So, 60° + x + 35° = 180°
130º Þ x = 180° – 95°
O P X \ x = 85°
3. (d) Out of all the given options 6 : 7 : 8 could
110º not be the ratio of the measures of the three
angles of a triangle.
Q
If we assume 6x, 7x and 8x be the three
\ ÐRXP = 130º ...(i) angles, then 6x + 7x + 8x = 180°
Now, ÐPXQ + ÐRXP = 180º 21x = 180°
Lines and Angles 177
180° Û 4x = 192 Û x = 48.
x= Hence, the measure of the required angle is 48°.
21
3. Draw a line EF parallel to lines AB and CD.
180°
So, 6x = 6´ = 51.428, which is not C D
21
an integer 45°
4. (d) Either equal or supplementary.
E 1 F
5. (d) Here, the condition to be satisfied is as O
follows: 2
50° + s° + t° = 180° 40°
s° + t° = 130°, is the necessary condition
A Q B
to happen.
But, s < 50° < t Clearly, y = Ð1 + Ð2
So, out of all the given options, t > 80° is Also, Ð1 = 45° (alternate angles) and Ð2 = 40°
the most appropriate one. Ð1 + Ð2 = 45° + 40° = 85° Þ y = 85°
6. (a) Given : ÐAME = 80° 4. Given l1 || l2 and a1 is a transversal line
So, ÐBMF= ÐAME = 80° \ Ð1 = 2x (corresponding angles)
(Q Vertically opposite angles) l1 l2
1 1
\ÐQMN = ÐBMF = ´ 80° = 40°
2 2 2x 1
(Q Bisector of M meets at Q) a1
Also, ÐCNE = ÐAME = 80°
(Q Corresponding angles)
So, ÐCNE + ÐEND = 180° 2
(Q CD is a straight line) a2
Þ 80° + ÐEND = 180° 4x –15
Þ ÐEND = 100°
1 1 Also Ð1 = Ð2
\ÐQNM = ÐEND = ´100° = 50°
2 2 (corresponding angles)
(Q Bisector of N meets at Q) Again Ð2 + 4x – 15 = 180° (Linear pair)
In DQMN, \ Ð1 + 4x – 15° = 180°
ÐMQN + ÐQMN + ÐQNM = 180° (Q Ð2 = Ð1)
Þ ÐMQN + 40° + 50° = 180° Þ 2x + 4x – 15° = 180°
\ ÐMQN = 90° (Q Ð1 = 2x)
7. (c) Correct sequence of points is : Þ 6x = 180° + 15 = 195
X U Z Y 195
1 Þ x= = 32.5°.
8. (a) smallest angle = ´ 180o = 20o 6
9 5. In the given figure, AB || CD, CD || EF and
y:z=2:3

1. Let the measure of the required angle be x°. A G B

\ x – (90° – x) = 24° Û 2x = 114° Û x = 57°. x
Hence, the measure of the required angle is 57°.
C H D
2. Let the measure of the required angle be x°.
Then, measure of its complement = (90° – x)°. y
z
Measure of its supplement = (180° – x)°. E F
Now, according to the question I
6(90 – x) = 2(180 – x) – 12
540 – 6x = 360 – 2x – 12 Let y = 2a and z = 3a
 EBD_7802
178 Mathematics
ÐDHI + ÐFIH = 180° OC where as OA makes same angles with OB
[Co-interior Angles] and OC So,
Þ y + z = 180° ÐAOC = ÐAOB = ÐBOC
Þ 2a + 3a = 180° Now ÐAOC + ÐAOB + ÐBOC = 360°
Þ 5a = 180° ÐAOB + ÐAOB + ÐAOB = 360°
180° Therefore, ÐAOB = 120°.
Þ a= = 36 (ii) Morning walk is essential for good health.
5 8. ÐPOR + ÐPOS = 180° [Linear pair]
\ y = 2a = 2 × 36° = 72° and We are given that, ray OA and ray OB bisect
z = 3a = 3 × 36° = 180° ÐPOR and ÐPOS respectively.
Also, AB || CD and GI is a transversal
\ ÐBGI = ÐDHI 1
Therefore, ÐPOA = ÐPOR and
[Corresponding Angles] 2
Þ x=y 1
Þ x = 72° ÐPOB = ÐPOS.
6. Through E draw a line GEH || AB || CD. 2

E B
P
G H
x° 100°
A
C D
50° R O S
A B
Now, GE || AB and EA is a transversal.
\ ÐGEA = ÐEAB = 50° [Alt. Int.Ðs] Q
Again, EH || CD and EC is a transversal. 1
\ ÐHEC + ÐECD = 180° [Co. Int.Ðs] Þ ÐPOA + ÐPOB = (ÐPOR + ÐPOS)
2
\ ÐHEC = 180° – ÐECD = 180° – 100° = 80°
Now, GEH is a straight line. 1
×180° = 90°
=
\ ÐGEA + ÐAEC + ÐHEC = 180° 2
[straight angle] Now, if ÐPOA : ÐPOB = 2 : 7, then, we have
Þ 50° + x° + 80° = 180°
2
Þ x = 50. ÐPOA = × 90° = 20° and
Hence, x = 50° 9
7. (i) A 7
ÐPOB = ×90° = 70°.
9
ÐPOR = 2 × ÐPOA = 2 × 20° = 40°
ÐSOQ = ÐPOR [Vertically opposite angle]
\ ÐSOQ = 40°
O
ÐBOQ = ÐBOS + ÐSOQ = ÐPOB + ÐSOQ
é 1 ù
êë ÐBOS= ÐPOB= 2 Ð POSúû
B C = 70° + 40° = 110°
Suppose the three friends walk along OA, OB, \ ÐBOQ = 110°.
 TRIANGLES

7
TRIANGLE
A triangle is a closed figure bounded by three straight lines.
It is denoted by the symbol D.
A

B C
D ABC has three sides denoted by AB, BC and CA; three angles denoted
by ÐA, ÐB and ÐC; and three vertices denoted by A, B and C.
Types of Triangles
On the basis of sides:
(i) Equilateral triangle: All the three sides are equal
(ii) Isosceles triangle: Two sides are equal.
(iii) Scalene triangle: All the three sides are unequal.
On the basis of angles:
(i) Acute angled triangle: All the internal angles are less than 90°.
(ii) Right angled triangle: One of the internal angle is equal 90°
(iii) Obtuse angled triangle: One of the internal angle is more than 90°.
CONGRUENCY OF TWO PLANE GEOMETRICAL FIGURES (OR SHAPES)
Two geometrical figures or shapes are said to be congruent, if they have same size and same shape i.e. exactly
overlap each other. For example
(i) Two line segments are congruent if and only if their lengths are equal.
(ii) Two angles are congruent if and only if their measures are equal.

CONGRUENCY OF TWO TRIANGLES

Two triangles are said to be congruent if three sides and three angles of a triangle are respectively equal to the
corresponding sides and angles of other triangle.
In other words, two triangles are congruent if and only if there exists a correspondence between their vertices
such that the corresponding angles of the two triangles are equal or congruent.
 EBD_7802
180 Mathematics

In fig., two triangles ABC and DEF are shown, where AB = DE, BC = EF, AC = DF, ÐA= ÐD, ÐB = ÐE and
ÐC = ÐF, then DABC and DDEF are congruent and we write DABC @ DDEF. DABC @ DDEF is read
as “triangle ABC is congruent to triangle DEF”.
NOTE:
(i) In congruent triangles correspondings parts are equal and we write in short ‘CPCT’ for “Corresponding
parts of congruent triangles”.
(ii) Two congruent figures are equal in area but two figures having the same area need not be congruent.

CRITERIA FOR CONGRUENCE OF TRIANGLES

1. SAS Congruence Rule (Side-Angle-Side)
Two triangles are congruent if two sides and the included angle of one triangle are equal to the two sides and
the included angle of the other triangle.
In DABC and DPQR,

A
R
50°

cm
7 cm

5
5c

50°
m

P Q
B C 7 cm

Since AB = PQ = 7 cm, AC = PR = 5 cm and ÐA = ÐP = 50°.

\ DABC @ DPQR (By SAS rule)

2. ASA Congruence Rule (Angle-Side-Angle)

Two triangles are congruent if two angles and the included side of one triangle are equal to two angles and
the included side of the other triangle.
In DABC and DDEF,

A D

B 30° 45° C E 30° 45° F

5 cm 5 cm

Since ÐB = ÐE = 30°, ÐC = ÐF = 45° and BC = EF = 5cm

\ DABC @ DDEF, (By ASA rule)
Triangles 181
3. SSS Congruence Rule (Side-Side-Side)
If three sides of one triangle are equal to the three sides of another triangle, then the two triangles are
congruent.
In DABC and DXYZ,

A X
6c 6c
m m

m
5c m

5c
B C Y Z
7 cm 7 cm

Since AB = XY = 5cm, BC = YZ = 7 cm and CA = ZX = 6cm.

\ DABC @ DXYZ (By SSS rule)

4. RHS Congruence Rule (Right Angle-Hypotenuse-Side)

If in two right triangles, the hypotenuse and one side of one triangle are equal to the hypotenuse and one
side of the other triangle, then the two triangles are congruent.
In DABC and DPQR,

A P
5c
5c

4 cm
4 cm

m
m

B C Q R

Since ÐB = ÐE = 90°, AC = PR= 5cm and AB= PQ = 4cm.

\ DABC @ DPQR (By RHS rule)
NOTE :
RHS stands for Right angle-Hypotenuse-Side

5. AAS Congruence Rule (Angle-Angle-Side)

Two triangles are congruent if any two pairs of angles and one pair of corresponding sides are equal.
In DABC and DDEF,

A D

B C E F

Since ÐA = ÐD, ÐB = ÐE and BC= EF.

\ DABC @ DDEF (By AAS rule)
 EBD_7802
182 Mathematics

ILLUSTRATION 1 :
In figure, AD = BC and BD = CA. Prove that ÐADB = ÐBCA and ÐDAB = ÐCBA

A B

D C

SOLUTION :
Given that AD = BC and BD = CA
In DABD and DABC,
AD = BC
BD = CA } (Given)

AB = AB (Common)
Therefore by SSS rule,
DABD @ DBAC
Hence corresponding angles are equal,
i.e. ÐADB = ÐBCA and ÐDAB = ÐCBA

ILLUSTRATION 2 :
In figure, AB = AC. D is a point in the interior of DABC such that ÐDBC = ÐDCB.
Prove that AD bisects Ð BAC.
A

B C
SOLUTION :
In DBDC, ÐDBC = ÐDCB, then the opposite sides are equal.
i.e. CD = BD ....... (i)
Now in DABD and DACD
BD = CD [by (i)]
AD = AD (common side)
AB = AC (Given)
Triangles 183
Therefore by SSS rule,
DABD @ DACD
Consequently, ÐBAD = ÐCAD
Þ AD bisects ÐBAC

Some Properties of a Triangle

1. Angles opposite to equal sides of an isosceles triangle are equal.
2. The sides opposite to equal angles of a triangle are equal.
Theorem 1 : The angles opposite to equal sides of an isosceles triangle are equal.
Given : DABC in which AB = AC.
To Prove : ÐB = ÐC
Construction : Draw AD, bisector of angle ÐBAC which meets BC at D.
A

B D C
Proof : In DABD and DACD
AB = AC (Given)
ÐBAD = ÐCAD (By construction)
AD = AD (Common side)
Therefore DABD @ DACD (By SAS Rule)
Hence corresponding angles ÐB = ÐC
Theorem 2 : Prove that the sides opposite to equal angles of a triangles are equal.
Given : DABC, in which ÐB = ÐC
To prove : AB = AC
Construction :Draw AD, the bisector of angle ÐBAC which meets BC at D.
A

B D C
Proof : In DABD and DACD
ÐB = ÐC (Given)
AD = AD (Common side)
ÐBAD = ÐCAD (By construction)
Therefore DABD @ DACD (By ASA)
Hence corresponding sides, AB = AC
 EBD_7802
184 Mathematics
INEQUALITIES IN A TRIANGLE
We know that if two sides of a triangle are equal then the angles opposite to them are also equal and vice-
versa.What happens to the two sides of a triangle when angles opposite to them are unequal and vice-versa ?
We get the answer of such type of questions in the form of following three theorems.
Theorem 3 : If two sides of a triangle are unequal, then the angle opposite to the longer side is larger
(or greater).
Given: A triangle ABC in which AB > AC
To Prove:ÐC > ÐB
Construction: Take a point D on AB such that AC = AD join CD.
A

B C
Proof : In DACD, AC = AD
Therefore, ÐACD = ÐADC ......... (i)
But ÐADC is an exterior angle of DBDC
\ ÐADC > ÐB ......... (ii)
From (i) and (ii), we have
ÐACD > ÐB ......... (iii)
By figure, ÐACB > ÐACD ......... (iv)
From (iii) and (iv), we have
ÐACB > ÐACD > ÐB
Þ ÐACB > ÐB
Þ ÐC > ÐB
Theorem 4 : In any triangle, the side opposite to the larger (greater) angle is longer.
Given: A triangle ABC in which ÐB > ÐC
To Prove: AC > AB
A

B C
Proof: We have the following three possibilities for sides AB and AC of DABC.
(i) AC = AB (ii) AC < AB and (iii) AC > AB
Case (i) : If AC = AB :
Since AC = AB, then opposite angles of equal sides are equal. Hence, ÐB = ÐC.
But it is given that ÐB > ÐC
Hence AC ¹ AB
Triangles 185
Case (ii) : If AC < AB :
We know that the angle opposite to longer side is larger.
\ AC < AB Þ ÐC > ÐB,
which is also contrary to given ÐB > ÐC
Hence, AC </ AB
Case (iii) : If AC > AB :
We are left only this possibility which must be true.
Hence, AC > AB.
Theorem 5 : The sum of any two sides of a triangle is greater than the third side.
Given : A triangle ABC.
To Prove :
(i) AB + BC > AC
BC + AC > AB
AC + AB > BC
Construction : Produce BA to D, such that AD = AC and join DC.
D

B C
Proof : In DADC, by construction AD = AC, then opposite angles are equal,
\ ÐACD = ÐADC ............. (i)
Now, ÐBCD > ÐACD ............. (ii)
From (i) and (ii), we have
ÐBCD > ÐACD = ÐADC
Therefore, BD > BC[side opposite to larger angle in a triangle is longer]
Þ BA + AD > BC [Q BD = BA + AD]
Þ BA + AC > BC [By construction AD = AC]
Þ AB + AC > BC
Similarly, we can show that
AB + BC > AC
BC + AC > AB
ILLUSTRATION : 3
In figure, ÐDBA = 132° and ÐEAC = 120°. Show that AB > AC
E

A
120°

132°
D B C
 EBD_7802
186 Mathematics

SOLUTION :
As DBC is a straight line,
132° + ÐABC = 180° Þ ÐABC = 180° – 132° = 48°
For DABC, ÐEAC is an exterior angle
120° = ÐABC + ÐBCA (Ext. angle = sum of two opp. int. angles)
Þ 120° = 48° + ÐBCA Þ ÐBCA = 120° – 48° = 72°
Thus, we find that ÐBCA > ÐABC
Þ AB > AC (side opposite to greater angle is greater)

Important Formulae, Terms and Definitions

Congruent Figures: Two figures are congruent, if they are of the same shape and of the same size.
Criteria for Congruence:
(i) Two triangles are congruent if two sides and the included angle of one triangle are equal to the
two sides and the included angle of the other triangle. (SAS Congruence Criterion)
(ii) Two triangles are congruent if two angles and the included side of one triangle are equal to two
angles and the included side of the other triangle. (ASA Congruence Criterion)
(iii) If three sides of one triangle are equal to the three sides of another triangle, then the two triangles
are congruent. (SSS Congruence Criterion)
(iv) If in two right triangles, the hypotenuse and one side of one triangle are equal to the hypotenuse
and one side of the other triangle, then the two triangles are congruent.
(RHS Congruence Criterion)
(v) Two triangles are congruent if any two pairs of angles and one pair of corresponding sides are
equal.
(AAS Congruence Criterion)
Inequalities in a Triangle:
(i) It two sides of a triangle are unequal, then the angle opposite to the longer side is greater than that
opposite to the shorter side.
(ii) In a right triangle, hypotenuse is longer than the other two sides.
(iii) The sum of any two sides of a triangle is greater than the third side.
(iv) An exterior angle of a triangle is greater than either of its interior angles.
(v) In any triangle, the side opposite to the larger angle is longer.
Triangles 187
 EBD_7802
188 Mathematics

EXERCISE 7.1 (iii) ÐABD = ÐBAC

1. In quadrilateral ACBD, AC = AD and AB Proof : (i) In DABD and DBAC,
bisects ÐA (see figure). Show that DABC @ We have AD = BC (Common)
DABD. What can you say about BC and BD?
AB = AB
C ÐDAB = ÐCBA (Given)
\ By SAS rule
DABD @ DBAC

A B
(ii) Since, DABD and DBAC are congruent
(Proved in (i))
\ BD = AC (CPCT)
(iii) Similarly, ÐABD = ÐBAC.
D (CPCT)
Sol. We have a quadrilateral ACBD in which AC = AD (Q DABD @ DBAC)
and AB bisects ÐA. 3. AD and BC are equal perpendiculars to a
We have to Prove : DABC @ DABD line segment AB (See figure). Show that CD
Proof : In DABC and DABD, bisects AB.
Given AC = AD B C
AB = AB (Common)
Since, AB bisects angle A
\ ÐCAB = ÐDAB
O
Thus, DABC @ DABD (SAS Rule)
BC = BD (CPCT)
2. ABCD is a quadrilateral in which AD = BC
and Ð DAB = Ð CBA. (See figure) Prove that: D A
(i) DABD @ DBAC Sol. Given : AD and BC are equal perpendiculars to
(ii) BD = AC a line segment AB.
(iii) ÐABD = ÐBAC. To Prove : CD bisects AB.
D Proof : From DOAD and DOBC we have given
A
AD = BC
ÐOAD = ÐOBC (Each = 90°)
ÐAOD = ÐBOC
B (Vertically Opposite Angles)
\ By AAS rule DOAD @ DOBC
C
\ By CPCT, OA = OB
Sol. We have, ABCD which is a quadrilateral in Thus CD bisects AB.
which AD = BC and ÐDAB = ÐCBA.
4. l and m are two parallel lines intersected by
To Prove (i) DABD @ DBAC
another pair of parallel lines p and q (See
(ii) BD = AC figure). Show that DABC @ DCDA.
Triangles 189
Sol. Given line l is the bisector of ÐA and ÐB is
p q
any point on l. BP and BQ are perpendiculars
from B to the arms of ÐA.
A D l
To Prove : (i) DAPB @ DAQB
(ii) BP = BQ Or B is equidistant
from the arms of ÐA.
Proof : (i) Since l is the bisector of ÐA \ from
m
B C DAPB and DAQB,
ÐBAP = ÐBAQ
AB = AB (Common)
Sol. We have given that l and m are two parallel ÐBPA = ÐBQA (Each = 90°)
lines which are intersected by another pair of (Q BP and BQ are perpendiculars )
parallel lines p and q.
\ By AAS rule DAPB @ DAQB
Prove that : DABC @ DCDA.
(ii) Since DAPB @ DAQB
Proof : Since , l and m and p and q are parallel
\ BP = BQ. (CPCT)
lines therefore
6. In figure, AC = AE, AB = AD and Ð BAD
AB || DC and AD || BC
= Ð EAC. Show that BC = DE.
\ Quadrilateral ABCD is a parallelogram.
( Q A quadrilateral is a parallelogram if both E
the pairs of opposite sides are parallel)
Since, ABCD is ||gm A
\ BC = AD ....(1)
and AB = CD ....(2)
(Opposite sides of a ||gm are equal)
and ÐABC = ÐCDA ....(3)
(Opposite angles of a ||gm are equal)
Thus, In DABC and DCDA we get B D C
AB = CD (From (2)) Sol. From the given figure, AC = AE, AB = AD and
BC = DA (From (1)) ÐBAD = Ð EAC.
ÐABC = ÐCDA (From (3)) Prove that : BC = DE.
\ DABC @ DCDA (SAS Rule) Proof : In DABC and DADE,
5. Line l is the bisector of an Ð A and Ð B is Given AB = AD,
any point on l. BP and BQ are perpendiculars AC = AE
from B to the arms of ÐA. (See figure) Show and ÐBAD = ÐEAC
that : Þ ÐBAD + ÐDAC = ÐDAC + ÐEAC
(Adding ÐDAC to both sides)
Þ ÐBAC = ÐDAE
Q \ By SAS rule
l
DABC @ DADE
B Þ BC = DE. (CPCT)
7. AB is a line segment and P is its mid-point. D
A P and E are points on the same side of AB such
that
(i) DAPB @ DAQB. Ð BAD = Ð ABE and Ð EPA = Ð DPB. (See
(ii) BP = BQ or B is equidistant from the arms figure) Show that
of ÐA. (i) D DAP @ D EBP
 EBD_7802
190 Mathematics
(ii) AD = BE Proof : (i) Sicne, M is the mid -point of the
E D
hypotenuse AB therefore In DAMC and DBMD,
we have
AM = BM
Given CM = DM
ÐAMC = ÐBMD
(Vertically Opposite Angles)
\ DAMC @ DBMD. (SAS Rule)
A P B (ii) Since DAMC @ DBMD (From (i) above)
Sol. Given : AB is a line segment and P is its mid- \ ÐACM = ÐBDM (CPCT)
points. D and E are points on the same side of But these are alternate interior angles and they
AB such that ÐBAD = ÐABE and ÐEPA are equal
= ÐDPB. \ AC || BD
Prove that : (i) DDAP @ DEBP Now, We have a transversal BC intersects AC
(ii) AD = BE and BD and AC || BD
\ ÐDBC + ÐACB = 180°
Proof : (i) Since, P is the mid-point of the line
( Q The sum of the consecutive interior angles
segment AB \ from DDAP and DEBP, on the same side of the transversal is 180°)
AP = BP Þ ÐDBC + 90° = 180° (Q ACB = 90°
Also, given ÐDAP = ÐEBP and (given))
ÐEPA = ÐDPB Þ ÐDBC is a right angle.
Adding ÐEPD to both sides (iii) Now, from DDBC and DACB, we have
Þ ÐEPA + ÐEPD = ÐEPD + ÐDPB ÐDBC = ÐAC B (each = 90°) (From (ii))
Þ ÐAPD = ÐBPE BC = CB (Common)
Thus, by ASA rule \ DAMC @ DBMD (From (i))
\ DDAP @ DEBP \ AC = BD
(ii) Since, DDAP @ DEBP (From above) (CPCT)
So, from SAS rule,
\ AD = BE (CPCT)
DDBC @ DACB.
8. In right triangle ABC, right angled at C, M (iv) Since, DDBC @ DACB(From (iii))
is the mid-point of hypotenuse AB. C is joined \ DC = AB (CPCT)
to M and produced to a point D such that
1
DM = CM. Point D is joined to point B. (See Now DM = CM = DC
figure) Show that: 2
D A
(i) D AMC @ D BMD Þ 2 CM = AB
(ii) Ð DBC is a right angle. 1
Þ CM = AB.
2
(iii) D DBC @ D ACB M
1 EXERCISE 7.2
(iv) CM= AB
2 B C 1. In an isosceles triangle ABC, with AB = AC,
Sol. Given : a right triangle ABC in which right the bisectors of Ð B and ÐC intersect each
angled at C and M is the mid-point of other at O. Join A to O. Show that :
hypotenuse AB. C is joined to M and produced (i) OB = OC (ii) AO bisects ÐA
to a point D such that DM = CM. Point D is Sol. Given an isosceles triangle ABC, in which AB
joined to point B. = AC, and the bisectors of ÐB and ÐC intersect
To Prove : (i) DAMC @ DBMD each other at O.
(ii) ÐDBC is a right angle Let us join A to O.
(iii) DDBC @ DACB We have to Prove : (i) OB = OC
1 (ii) AO bisects A.
(iv) CM = AB.
2
Triangles 191
Proof : (i) Given AB = AC Sol. Given : DABC in which AD is the perpendicular
\ ÐB = ÐC (Q Angles opposite to equal bisector of BC.
sides of a triangle are equal) To Prove : DABC is an isosceles triangle in
1 1 which AB = AC.
\ ÐB = ÐC Proof : DADB and DADC gives us that
2 2
Since, BO and CO are the bisectors of ÐB and ÐADB = ÐADC (Each = 90°)
ÐC respectively (Q AD is the perpendicular bisector of BC)
\ ÐOBC = ÐOCB \ DB = DC
Also, sides opposite to equal angles of a triangle AD = AD (Common)
are equal \ DADB @ DADC (By SAS Rule)
A \ AB = AC (C.P.C.T)
Hence proved.
3. ABC is an isoscele triangle in which altitudes
BE and CF are drawn to equal sides AC and
O AB respectively. Show that these altitudes are
equal.
A

B C F E

\ OB = OC
(ii) In DOAB and DOAC, we have given
AB = AC
B C
Also, from (i) OB = OC Sol. Given : An isosceles DABC in which altitudes
\ ÐB = ÐC BE and CF are drawn to sides AC and AB
(Angles opposite to equal sides of a triangle are respectively.
equal) To Prove : BE = CF
1 1
\ ÐB = ÐC Proof : DABC is an isoscele triangle
2 2
(Q BO and CO are the bisectors of ÐB and ÐC \ AB = AC
respectively ) Also, Angles opposite to equal sides of a traingle
\ ÐABO = ÐACO are equal
\ By SAS Rule DOAB @ DOAC \ ÐABC = ÐACB ....(1)
\ ÐOAB = ÐOAC (C.P.C.T.) Thus, In DBEC and DCFB
\ AO bisects ÐA. ÐBEC = ÐCFB (Each = 90°)
2. In D ABC, AD is the perpendicular bisector BC = CB (Common)
ÐECB = ÐFBC (From (1))
of BC. Show that D ABC is an isosceles
triangle in which \ By ASA rule DBEC @ DCFB
AB = AC. A
\ By C.P.C.T
BE = CF.
4. ABC is a triangle in which altitudes BE and CF
to sides AC and AB are equal. (See figure) Show
that
(i) D ABE @ DACF
(ii) AB = AC, i.e., DABC is an isosceles
triangle.
B D C
 EBD_7802
192 Mathematics
A ÐABC + ÐDBC = ÐACB + ÐDCB
Þ ÐABD = ÐACD.
6. DABC is an isosceles triangle in which
F E AB = AC. Side BA is produced to D such that
AD = AB. (See figure) Show that Ð BCD is a
right angle.
Sol. Given a DABC which is isosceles with AB = AC.
Side BA is produced to D such that AD = AB.
To Prove : ÐBCD is a right angle.
B C
Proof : Since, DABC is an isosceles
Sol. Given : DABC in which altitudes BE and CF \ ÐABC = ÐACB ....(1)
to sides AC and AB are equal.
AC = AD
To Prove : (i) DABE @ DACF (Q AB = AC and AD = AB)
(ii) AB = AC, i.e., DABC is an
\ In DACD,
isosceles triangle.
ÐCDA = ÐACD
Proof : (i) In DABE and DACF, we have given (Angles opposite to equal sides of a triangle are
BE = CF equal)
ÐBAE = ÐCAF (Common) ÐCDB = ÐACD ....(2)
ÐAEB = ÐAFC (Each = 90°) By adding (1) and (2), we get
\ DABE = DACF. (By AAS Rule)
ÐABC + ÐCDB = ÐACB + ÐACD
(ii) From (i) DABE @ DACF
Þ ÐABC + ÐCDB = ÐBCD ....(3)
\ AB = AC (C.P.C.T.)
Now, In DBCD,
\ DABC is an isosceles triangle.
ÐBCD + ÐDBC + ÐCDB = 180° (By
5. ABC and DBC are two isosceles triangles on
the same base BC. (See figure) Show that D
ÐABD = Ð ACD.
A

angle sum property)

B C
B C
Þ ÐBCD + ÐABC + ÐCDB = 180°
D Þ ÐBCD + ÐBCD = 180° (Usi n g
Sol. We have given two triangles ABC and DBC (3))
which are isosceles on the same base BC. Þ 2ÐBCD = 180 °
To Prove : ÐABD = ÐACD.
Þ ÐBCD = 90°
Proof : Since DABC is an isosceles triangle on
Þ ÐBCD is a right angle.
the base BC
7. ABC is a right angled triangle in which ÐA
\ ÐABC = ÐACB ...(1)
= 90° and AB = AC. Find Ð B and ÐC.
Similarly, DDBC is an also isosceles triangle
Sol. It is given in DABC,.AB = AC
on the base BC
\ ÐB = ÐC ....(1)
\ ÐDBC = ÐDCB ...(2)
(Q Angles opposite to equal sides of a triangle
Adding the corresponding sides of (1) and (2),
are equal)
we get
Triangles 193
Also, In DABC, (i) DABD @ D ACD
ÐA + ÐB + ÐC = 180° (ii) DABP @ D ACP
(By angle sum property) (iii) AP bisects Ð A as well as Ð D.
Þ 90° + ÐB + ÐC = 180° (iv) AP is the perpendicular bisector of BC.
( Q ÐA = 90° (given)) Sol. Given two isosceles triangles DABC and DDBC
on the same base BC and vertices A and D are
Þ ÐB + ÐC = 90° ....(2) on the same side of BC. AD is extended to
From (1) and (2), we get intersect BC at P.
ÐB = ÐC = 45° To Prove : (i) DABD @ DACD
8. Show that the angles of an equilateral triangle (ii) DABP @ DACP
are 60° each. (iii) AP bisects ÐA as well as ÐD
Sol. We have an equilateral DABC. (iv) AP is the perpendicular bisector
To Prove : ÐA = ÐB = ÐC = 60° of BC.
Proof : Since, ABC is an equilateral triangle. Proof : (i) Since, DABC is an isosceles triangle
\ All the three sides are equal therefore In DABD and DACD, we have
ie AB = BC = CA ....(1) AB = AC ....(1)
Consider AB = BC and BD = CD ( Q DDBC is an isosceles triangle)
Þ ÐA = ÐC ....(2) ....(2)
Now, AD = AD ....(3) (Common)
(Angles opposite to equal sides of a
\ By SSS rule
triangle are equal)
DABD @ DACD
Consider BC = CA
(ii) Consider DABP and DACP, in which
\ ÐA = ÐB ....(3) AB = AC ....(4) (From (1))
(Angles opposite to equal sides of a triangles ÐABP = ÐACP ....(5)
are equal) (Angles opposite to equal sides of a triangle are
From (2) and (3), we obtain equal)
ÐA = ÐB = ÐC ....(4) Since, DABD @ DACD
Also, In DABC, \ ÐBAP = ÐCAP ....(6) (C.P.C.T.)
ÐA + ÐB + ÐC = 180° ....(5) From (4), (5) and (6) and by ASA Rule
(By angle sum property) DABP @ DACP
Let ÐA = y°. Then, ÐB = ÐC = y° From (4) (iii) From (ii) part DABP @ DACP
\ From (5), \ By C.P.C.T
y° + y° + y° = 180° ÐBAP = ÐCAP
3y° = 180° Þ y° = 60° Þ AP bisects ÐA.
Þ ÐA = ÐB = ÐC = 60°. Now from DBDP and DCDP.
BD = CD ....(7) (From (2))
EXERCISE 7.3
DP = DP ....(8)
1. D ABC and D DBC are two isosceles triangles (Common)
on the same base BC and vertices A and D and DABP @ DACP
are on the same side of BC. (See figure). If \ BP = CP ....(9) (C.P.C.T.)
AD is extended to intersect BC at P, Show From (7), (8) and (9), and SSS Rule
that DBDP @ DCDP
A Þ ÐBDP = ÐCDP (C.P.C.T.)
Þ DP bisects ÐD
Þ AP bisects ÐD
D (iv) From (iii) DBDP @ DCDP
\ BP = CP ....(10) (C.P.C.T.)
and ÐBPD = ÐCPD ( C.P.C.T.)
But ÐBPD + ÐCPD = 180° (Linear Pair
B C Axiom)
P
 EBD_7802
194 Mathematics
\ ÐBPD = ÐCPD = 90° ....(11)
From (10) and (11),
AP is the perpendicular bisector of BC.
2. AD is an altitude of an isosceles triangle ABC
in which AB = AC. Show that
(i) AD bisects BC (ii) AD bisects ÐA.
Sol. Given : AD is an altitude of an isosceles DABC
such that AB = AC. Sol. Given : Two sides AB and BC and median AM
To Prove : (i) AD bisects BC of one DABC are respectively equal to sides PQ
(ii) AD bisects ÐA. and QR and median PN of PQR.
Proof : (i) Given in right DADB and right
To Prove : (i) DABM @ DPQN
DADC,
(ii) DABC @ DPQR
Hyp. AB = Hyp. AC
AD = AD (Common) Proof : (i) In DABM and DPQN
\ DADB @ DADC (R.H.S. Rule) AB = PQ ....(1)
\ By C.P.C.T AM = PN ....(2) (Given)
BD = CD and BC = QR (Given)
Þ AD bisects BC. Since, M and N are the mid-points of BC and
QR respectively
A \ 2BM = 2QN
Þ BM = QN ....(3)
From, (1), (2) and (3)
DABM = DPQN (SSS Rule)
(ii) From (i) part DABM @ DPQN
\ By C.P.C.T.
B D C
ÐABM = ÐPQN
(ii) From the (i) part DADB @ DADC Þ ÐABC = ÐPQR ....(4)
Now, in DABC and DPQR, we have given
\ ÐBAD = ÐCAD (C.P.C.T.) AB = PQ
Þ AD bisects ÐA. and BC = QR
3. Two sides AB and BC and median AM of one \ From (4), we have ÐABC = ÐPQR
triangle ABC are respectively equal to sides \ DABC = DPQR. (SAS Rule)
PQ and QR and median PN of D PQR (See
4. BE and CF are two equal altitudes of a
figure). Show that :
triangle ABC. Using RHS congruence rule,
(i) D ABM @ D PQN
prove that the triangle ABC is isosceles.
(ii) D ABC @ D PQR
Sol. We have given a DABC, in which BE and CF
are two equal altitudes
To Prove : DABC is isosceles.
Proof : From right DBEC and right DCFB, we
have
BE = CF
Hyp. BC = Hyp. CB (Common)
Triangles 195

A (By angle sum property)

\ ÐQ = ÐP + ÐR
Þ ÐQ > ÐP

F E

B C
\ DBEC @ DCFB (RHS Rule)
\ ÐBCE = ÐCBF (C.P.C.T)
Since, Side opposite to equal angles of a triangle
are equal and ÐQ > ÐR
\ AB = AC \ PR > QR (Q Side opposite to greater angle
\ DABC is isosceles. is longer)
5. ABC is an isosceles triangle with AB = AC.
and PR > PQ
Draw AP ^ BC to show that Ð B = Ð C.
Sol. We have DABC which is an isosceles triangle \ PR is the longest side, i.e., hypotenuse is
with AB = AC. the longest side.
To show : Ð B = Ð C 2. In figure, sides AB and AC of DABC are
We draw AP ^ BC extended to points P and Q respectively. Also
Proof : In right triangle APB and right triangle Ð PBC < Ð QCB. Show that AC > AB.
A

B C
APC,
P
Q
Sol. Given : Sides AB and AC of DABC are extended
to points P and Q respectively and ÐPBC
< ÐQCB.
Given Hyp. AB = Hyp. AC
We have to show that
AP = AP (Common)
AC > AB.
\ DAPB @ DAPC (RHS Rule)
\ ÐABP = ÐACP (C.P.C.T.) Proof : Given ÐPBC < ÐQCB (Given)
Þ ÐB = ÐC. Þ – ÐPBC > –Ð QCB
EXERCISE 7.4 By adding 180° both side
Þ 180° – ÐPBC > 180° – ÐQCB
1. Show that in a right angled triangle, the
hypotenuse is the longest side. Þ ÐABC > ÐACB
Sol. Let PQR be a right angled triangle in which Since, Side opposite to greater angle is longer.
ÐP = 90° \ AC > AB.
Then, ÐP + ÐR = 90°
 EBD_7802
196 Mathematics
3. In figure, ÐB < ÐA and Ð C < Ð D. Show Proof : Since AB is the smallest side of
that AD < BC. quadrilateral ABCD.
B D \ In DABC,
AB < BC D
O
Þ BC > AB
A

C
Sol. From the figure, we have ÐB < ÐA and B C
ÐC < ÐD. Also, we know . Angle opposite to longer side
We have to show that AD < BC is greater
Proof : Since ÐB < ÐA
\ ÐBAC > ÐBCA ....(1)
i.e ÐA > ÐB
\ OB > OA ....(1) Similarly, CD is the longest side of quadrilateral
(Q Side opposite to greater angle is longer) ABCD
AlsoÐC < ÐD (Given) In DACD,
i.e. ÐD > ÐC CD > AD
Þ OC > OD ....(2) \ ÐCAD > ÐACD ...(2)
( Q Side opposite to greater angle is longer)
Hence, from (1) and (2), we get (Angle opposite to longer side is greater)
OB + OC > OA + OD From (1) and (2), we obtain
Þ BC > AD ÐBAC + ÐCAD > ÐBCA + ÐACD
Þ AD < BC. Þ ÐA > ÐC
4. AB and CD are respectively the smallest and In similar manner by joining B to D, we can
longest sides of a quadrilateral ABCD. (See prove that ÐB > ÐD.
figure) Show that Ð A > Ð C and Ð B > Ð D.
D 5. In figure, PR > PQ and PS bisects Ð QPR.
Prove that Ð PSR > Ð PSQ.
P

Q S R
B C Sol. Given : PR > PQ and PS bisects ÐQPR.
Sol. We have given two sides of a quadrilateral
To Prove : ÐPSR > ÐPSQ
ABCD, AB and CD which are the smallest and
longest sides respectively. Proof : Given in DPQR, PR > PQ
To Prove : ÐA > ÐC and ÐB > ÐD Since, Angle opposite to longer side is greater
We construct a line by joining A to C. \ ÐPQR > ÐPRQ ....(1)
Triangles 197
Also, PS bisects ÐQPR Þ PM < PN
\ ÐQPS = ÐRPS ....(2) Hence proved.
\ In DPQS, by angle sum property, we have EXERCISE 7.5
ÐPQR + ÐQPS + ÐPSQ = 180° ....(3)
1. ABC is a triangle. Locate a point in the
Similarly, In DPRS
interior of DABC which is equidistant from
ÐPRS + ÐSPR + ÐPSR = 180° ....(4) all the vertices of D ABC.
From (3) and (4), Sol. Construct the perpendicular bisectors of two
ÐPQR + ÐQPS + ÐPSQ = ÐPRS + ÐSPR sides of ABC. Their point of intersection is the
+ÐPSR required point.
Þ ÐPQR + ÐPSQ = ÐPRS + ÐPSR 2. In a triangle locate a point in its interior which
Þ ÐPRS + ÐPSR = ÐPQR + ÐPSQ is equidistant from all the sides of the triangle.
Þ ÐPRS + ÐPSR > ÐPRQ + ÐPSQ Sol. Draw the angle bisectors of any two angles of
(From (1)) the triangle. Their point of intersection is the
required point.
Þ ÐPRQ + ÐPSR > ÐPRS + ÐPSQ
3. In a huge park, people are concentrated at
(Q ÐPRQ = ÐPRS)
three points.
Þ ÐPSR > ÐPSQ.
6. Show that of all line segments drawn from a A
given point not on it, the perpendicular line
segment is the shortest.
Sol. Let l be the line and P be a point not lying on l
PM ^ l. B
N be any point on l other than M. C
We have to show that : A : where there are different slides and swings
PM < PN. for children,
Proof : From DPMN we have B : near which a man-made lake is situated,
ÐM = 90° and C : which is near to a large parking and exit.
By angle sum property of a triangle, Where should an icecream parlour be set
up so that maximum number of persons can
P approach it?
(Hint : The parlour should be equidistant from
A, B and C)
Sol. Draw the perpendicular bisectors of AB and AC.
Their point of intersection is the required point.
l 4. Complete the hexagonal and star shaped
M N
Rangolies (see figures (i) and (ii)) by filling
ÐN is an acute angle them with as many equilateral triangles of
\ ÐM > ÐN side 1 cm as you can. Count the number of
Since, Side opposite to greater angle is greater triangles in each case. Which has more
\ PN > PM triangles?
 EBD_7802
198 Mathematics

5 cm

5c
m
5c

5 cmm
5c
m

5 cm
(i) (i)

(ii) Number of triangles = 24 × 12 = 288

5 cm
m

5c
5c

m
5c

m
5c
m

5 cm

(ii)

Sol. (i) Number of triangles (ii)

= 25 + 25 + 25 + 25 + 25 + 25 = 150
Triangles 199

Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks] 6. Show that sum of the three altitudes of a triangle
is less than the sum of three sides of the triangle.
1. In the figure, DABC and DDBC are two [2016]
isosceles triangles on the same base BC. Prove 7. In a right angled triangle, if one acute angle is
that ÐABD = ÐACD . [2014] double the other, then prove that the hypotenuse
is double the smallest side. [2016]
A 8. In the figure, ABC is an isosceles triangle in
which AB = AC and LM is parallel to BC. If
ÐA = 50º find ÐLMC . [2016]
A

50º
B C

L M
D
2. In figure, PQRS is a square and SRT is an
equilateral triangle. Prove that :
(i) PT = QT B C
(ii) ÐTQR = 15º [2014] 9. In the given figure, AB = AC and BE and CF
T are bisectors of ÐB and ÐC respectively. Prove
that DEBC @ DFCB . [2016]
A
S R

F E
P Q
3. D ABC is an isosceles triangle such that
AB = AC. Side BA is produced to D, such that B C
AD = AB. Show that ÐBCD is a right angle.
Long Answer Questions [4 Marks]
[2014]
1. In figure, AB = AC, CH = CB and HK || BC. If
D
ÐCAX = 137º , then find ÐCHK . [2013]
X
A

A 137º
B C
4. Write ASA congruence rule for two triangles.
[2015] H K
5. In a DABC, X and Y are the points on AB and
1
AB and BY = 1 BC
BC respectively. If BX =
2 2 B C
and AB = BC. Show that BX = BY. [2015]
 EBD_7802
200 Mathematics

2. Prove that the sum of two sides of a triangle is A

greater than twice the median with respect to
the third side.
OR
If AD is a medium of DABC. Prove that D
AB + AC > 2AD. [2013]
3. In the given figure, if AC = BC, ÐDCA = ÐECB
and ÐDBC = ÐEAC, then prove that BD = AE.
[2014]
B P C
D E 7. In the given figure, ABCD are BPQ are straight
lines. If BP = BC and DQ is parallel to CP prove
that :
(i) CP = CD
(ii) DP bisects ÐCDQ [2016]
Q
A C B
4. In figure, DABC and DABD are such that P
AD = BC, Ð1 = Ð2 and Ð3 = Ð4 . Prove that x
BD = AC. [2014]
4x
D C
A B C D
8. ABCD is a square and ABE is an equilateral
triangle outside the square prove that
1 2 1
A 3 4 B ÐACE = ÐABE . [2016]
2
5. In the given figure, AD = BD. Prove that 9. In the figure, OA = OB, OC = OD and ÐAOB
BD < AC. [2014] = ÐCOD. Prove that AC = BD [2016]
A O
59º
32
º

D
A C B
10. In DABC; D, E and F are mid-points of sides
B D C BC, AC and AB respectively. A line through C
6. DABC and DDBC are two isosceles triangle on drawn parallel to DE meets FE produced to G.
the same base BC and vertices A and D on the Show that ar(DFDE) = ar(DEGC). [2017]
same side of BC, AD is extended to intersect
A
BC at P, show that :
(i) DABD @ DACD
(ii) AP is perpendicular bisector of BC
F E
[2015] G

B D C
Triangles 201

Very Short Answer Questions [1 Mark] 6. In the given figure, l is the bisector of PAQ,
BQ ^ AQ, BP ^ AP. Prove that B is equidistant
DIRECTIONS : Give answer in one word or one sentence.
from the arms of Ð PAQ.
1. In the given figure, find the ratio ÐABD :
ÐACD.

Q l

A P
2. In the given figure if BE = CF, then prove 7. D an d E are points on sides AB an d AC
that DABE @ DACF respectively of DABC such that ar(DDBC) =
ar(DEBC). Prove that DE || BC.
A

D E

3. In the given figure, prove that DACB @ B C

DADB 8. Out of the three angles of a triangle, one is twice
the smallest and another is three times the
smallest. Find the angles.
9. In two congruent triangles ABC and DEF, if
AB = DE and BC = EF. Name the pairs of equal
angles.
10. In two triangles ABC and ADC, if AB = AD
and BC = CD. Are they congruent?
Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks]

DIRECTIONS : Give answer in two to three sentences.

4. In quadrilateral ACBD, AB is a diagonal. If AC 1. In the given figure, find x and y
= AD and AB bisects ÐA, by which congruence
property is DACB @ DADB ?
5. In the given figure PA ^ AB, QB^AB and OA
= OB. Show that O is the mid point of PQ.
Q

A B
O

P
 EBD_7802
202 Mathematics

2. In figure, AB > AC, PB and PC are bisectors of 7. In the given figure, ABC is a triangle, right
ÐB and ÐC respectively, then prove that PC<PB. angled at B. If BCDE is a square on side BC
and ACFG is a square on AC, then prove that
A AD = BF
G

P
F
A
B C
3. In the given figure, find the relation between
AB and AD B C
A
E D
4
Long Answer Questions [4 Marks]
3 1 2
B C D DIRECTIONS: Give answer in four to five sentences
4. In the figure given below 1. In the adjoining fig, find the value of x.

X A
D
x°

F
E
64°
B D C

Y 2. The internal bisectors of the angles B and C of

a triangle ABC meet at O. Then prove that
ÐDEX = ÐYEF, DE = EX and EX = EF then
XY is equal to.... 1
ÐBOC = 90° + ÐA
5. One of the angles of a triangle is 75°. If the 2
difference of the other two angles is 35°, what 3. In the given figure, AM ^ BC and AN is the
is the measure the largest angle of the triangle? bisector of ÐA. Then find ÐMAN
6. In the given figure, if x = y and AB = CB, then
prove that AE = CD A
B D A
x°

F
E y° 65° 90° 33°
B M N C
C 4. In the given figure, AD bisects ÐA. Then
arrange AB, BD and DC in ascending order
Triangles 203
6. In fig, find the measure of ÐB¢A¢C¢
A

A A'
35° 35°
3x 2x+20°
6 cm 6 cm

75° 70° 35° B 60° C B' 60° C'

B D C 5 cm 5 cm
5. In the following figure, triangle ABC is right- 7. In quadrilateral ABCD, BM and DN are drawn
angled at B. Given that AB = 9 cm, AC = 15 cm perpendiculars to AC such that BM = DN. If
and D, E are the mid-points of AB and AC BR = 8 cm, then find BD
respectively. Calculate:
D C
A M

R
D E N
A B

B C 8. ABC is right triangle such that AB = AC and

bisector of angle C intersects the side AB at D.
(i) The length of BC
Prove that AC + AD = BC.
(ii) The area of DADE.

Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks] A B

1. In Figure, D and E are points on side BC of a
DABC such that BD = CE and AD = AE. Show
that DABD @ DACE. [Exemplar]

D C
A

E
3. In Figure BA ^ AC , DE ^ DF such that
BA = DE and BF = EC. Show that
DABC @ DDEF [Exemplar]
A
B D E C

C E
2. CDE is an equilateral triangle formed on a side B F
CD of a square ABCD. Show that
DADE @ DBCE . [Exemplar]
D
 EBD_7802
204 Mathematics
4. Ayush has a field in the form of parallelogram 3. If the bisector of an angle of a triangle also
and he wants to donate half of his field to a bisects the opposite side, prove that the triangle
girl's school. How can he do this? Which values
is isosceles. [Exemplar]
are depicted by Ayush? [VBQ]
5. In a Fig, AB = AC, ÐACM = 125° and ÐPAB = x 4. Two sides AB and BC and median AM of one
Find the value of x. Rohan is also interested to triangle ABC are respectively equal to sides PQ
solve these types of questions. What values and QR and median PN of DPQR (See figure).
Rohan possess? [VBQ] Show that : [HOTS]
P (i) DABM @ DPQN (ii) DABC @ DPQR
x A
A P

125°
B B M C Q N R
C M
5. In triangle ABC, points M and N on sides AB
6. Mr. Balwant Singh has a triangular field ABC.
He has three sons. He wants to divide the field and AC respectively are taken so that
into four equal parts, so that he may give three
1 1
parts to his three sons and retain the fourth AM = AB and AN = AC . Prove that
with him. [VBQ] 4 4
(i) Is it possible to divide the field into four 1
MN = BC [HOTS]
parts which are equal and identical? 4
(ii) If yes, explain the method of division. 6. P and Q are respectively the mid-points of sides
(iii) By doing so, which value is depicted by AB and BC of a triangle ABC and R is the mid-
Mr. Balwant singh? point of AP. Show that : [HOTS]
Long Answer Questions [4 Marks]
1. In Figure, ABC is a right triangle and right
angled at B such that ÐBCA = 2ÐBAC . Show
that hypotenuse AC = 2BC. [Exemplar]
A

1
(i) ar (DPRQ) = ar(DARC)
C B 2
2. S is any point in the interior of a DPQR. Show 3
(ii) ar (DRQC) = ar (DABC)
that SQ + SR < PQ + PR. [Exemplar] 8
Triangles 205

Exemplar MCQs (c) congruent but not isosceles

1. Which of the following is not a criterion for (d) neither congruent nor isosceles
congruence of triangles? 11. In DABC and DDEF, AB = FD and ÐA = ÐD.
(a) SAS (b) ASA The two triangles will be congruent by SAS
(c) SSA (d) SSS axiom, if
2. If AB = QR, BC = PR and CA = PQ, then (a) BC = EF (b) AC = DE
(a) DABC @ DPQR (b) DCBA @ DPRQ (c) AC = EF (d) BC = DE

(c) DBAC @ DRPQ (d) DPQR @ DBCA NTSE Past Year MCQs
3. In DABC, if AB = AC and ÐB = 50º, then ÐC 1. Consider the following statements [2010]
is equal to I. Equality of two sides of one triangle with
(a) 40º (b) 50º some two sides of the second makes the
(c) 80º (d) 130º triangles congruent.
4. In DABC, if BC = AB and ÐB = 80º, then ÐA II. Equality of the hypotenuse and a side of
is equal to one triangle with the hypotenuse and a side
(a) 80º (b) 40º of the second respectively makes the tri-
(c) 50º (d) 100º angles congruent.
5. If DPQR, if ÐR = ÐP and QR = 4 cm and PR = III. Equality of the hypotenuse and an acute
5 cm. Then, the length of PQ is angle of one triangle with the hypotenuse
(a) 4 cm (b) 5 cm and an angle of the second respectively
(c) 2 cm (d) 2.5 cm makes the triangles congruent.
6. If D is a point on the side BC of a DABC such Which of the above statements are true?
that AD bisects ÐBAC. Then, (a) I, II and III (b) I and II only
(a) BD = CD (b) BA > BD
(c) I and III only (d) II and III only
(c) BD > BA (d) CD > CA
2. If ABC is a triangle right angled at B and M,
7. It is given that DABC @ DFDE and AB = 5 cm,
N are the mid-points of AB and BC, then
ÐB = 40º and ÐA = 80º, then which of the
following is true? 4(AN 2 + CM 2) is equal to : [2010]
(a) DF = 5 cm, ÐF = 60º (a) 4 AC2 (b) 5 AC2
(b) DF = 5 cm, ÐE = 60º 5
(c) DE = 5 cm, ÐE = 60º (c) AC2 (d) 6AC2
(d) DE = 5 cm, ÐD = 40º 4
8. If two sides of a triangle are of lengths 5 cm and 3. In DABC, D is a point on BC such that 3BD = BC.
1.5 cm, then the length of third side of the If each side of the triangle is 12 cm. then AD
triangle cannot be equals [2014]
(a) 3.6 cm (b) 4.1 cm (a) 4 5 (b) 4 6
(c) 3.8 cm (d) 3.4 cm
9. In DPQR, if ÐR > ÐQ, then (c) 4 7 (d) 4 11
(a) QR > PR (b) PQ > PR 4. If the line segment joining the midpoint of the
(c) PQ < PR (d) QR < PR consecutive side of quadrilateral ABCD form a
10. In DABC and DPQR, if AB = AC, ÐC = ÐP and recatangle then ABCD must be [2014]
ÐB = ÐQ, then the two triangles are (a) rhombus (b) square
(a) isosceles but not congruent (c) kite (d) all of the above
(b) isosceles and congruent
 EBD_7802
206 Mathematics

CHAPTER TEST

Time : 30 Min. Max. Marks : 20

Directions : (i) Attempt all questions

(ii) Question 1 and 2 carry 1 mark each.
(iii) Question 3 and 4 carry 2 marks each.
(iv) Question 5, 6 and 7 carry 3 marks each.
(v) Question 8 carries 5 marks.

1. In DABC, ÐA = 100° and AB = AC. Find ÐB and ÐC

2. In the figure AD is a median and BL, CM are perpendiculars drawn from B and C respectively on
AD and AD is produced to M. Proved that BL = CM.
A
L

C
B D

M
3. If the bisector of the vertical angle of a triangle bisects the base, prove that the triangle is isosceles.
4. In DABC, ÐB = 45°, ÐC = 55° and bisector of angle ÐA meets BC at point D. Find ÐADB.
5. In figure, PQ = QR and Ðx = Ðy. Prove that AR = PB.

A
x
Q O
y
B
R

6. In Fig. PS = PR, ÐTPS = ÐQPR. Prove that PT = PQ.

T S R Q

P
Triangles 207

7. AD, BE and CF, the altitudes of DABC are equal. Prove that DABC is an equilateral triangle.
A

F E

B D C
8. In the adjoining figure AP ^ QR, PR > PQ and PS = PQ.
Show that AR > AQ.
A

Q P S R
 EBD_7802
208 Mathematics

(ii) In DTQR, QR = RT
(Square and equilateral D on the same base)
Short Answer Questions Þ ÐTQR = ÐQTR = x
\ x + x + ÐQRT = 180º
1. A Þ 2x + 150º = 180º
Þ 2x = 30º
\ x = 15º
Hence, ÐTQR = 15°
3. D

B C 4

A
D
Construction : Join AD
Proof : In D ABD and D ACD 3
AB = AC (Given) B 1 2 C
BD = CD (Given) In DABC, AB = AC
AD = AD (Common) Þ Ð1 = Ð2 ...(1)
DABD @ DACD (SSS congruency) Angles opp. to equal sides are equal.
\ ÐABD = ÐACD (By c.p.c.t.) In DADC, AB = AD (Given)
2. PQRS is a square. (given) \ AC = AD (Given)
Ð3 = Ð4 ...(2)
T
In DBCD,
x Ð1 + (Ð2 + Ð3) + Ð4 = 180º
Þ Ð2 + Ð2 + Ð3 + Ð3 = 180º
S R
Þ 2(Ð2 + Ð3) = 180º
Þ Ð2 + Ð3 = 90º
x Þ ÐBCD is a right angle.
Q 4. ASA congruence : Two triangles are congruent,
P if two angles and the included side of one
(i) (Given) SRT is an equilateral triangle. triangle are equal to two angles and the included
\ ÐPSR = 90º , ÐTSR = 60º side of other triangle.
Þ ÐPSR + ÐTSR = 150º 5. A
Similarly, ÐQRT = 150º
In DPST and DQRT,
PS = QR
ÐPST = ÐQRT = 150º X
and ST = RT
DPST @ DQRT (by SAS)
Þ PT = QT (by c.p.c.t.)
Proved. B Y C
AB = AC
Triangles 209

1 1 Let ÐCAB = a and ÐACB = 2a produce CB

Þ AB = BC to D so that BD = BC
2 2
In DABC and DABD
1 AB = AB (Common)
AB = BX [Given]
2 BC = BD (Given)
1 ÐABC = ÐABD (each 90°)
Þ BC = BX ...(i)
2 \ DABC @ DABD (SAS)
1 \ AC = AD and ÐCAB = ÐDAB (cpct)
BC = BY [Given] ...(ii)
2 Now, ÐCAD = a + a = 2a = ÐACB
From (i) and (ii), BX = BY Then AD = CD
A or AD = 2BC
6.
or AC = 2BC
Hence hypotenuse AC is double the smallest
side BC.
8. Now, in DABC
AB = AC
F E \ ÐABC = ÐACB = x
Þ ÐB = ÐC = x
ÐA + ÐB + ÐC = 180º
50º + x + x = 180º
2x = 180º – 50º = 130º
B D C x = 65º
^r
Since from point line is the shortest. \ ÐB = ÐC = 65º
CF ^ AB \ LM || BC
\ CF < AC and CF < BC ...(1) \ ÐLMC + ÐBCM = 180º
Similarly, BC is a line segment and A does not ÐLMC + 65º = 180º
lie on it. ÐLMC = 180º - 65º
AD ^ BC
\ AD < AB and AD < AC ...(2) ÐLMC = 115º
Also, AC a line segment and B does not lie on 9. AB = AC (Given)
it. \ ÐABC = ÐACB
BE ^ AC BE and CF are the bisector of ÐB and ÐC
\ BE < AB and BE < BC ...(3)
Adding (1), (2) and (3), we get 1 1
\ ÐABC = ÐACB
2(AD + BE + CF) < 2(AB + BC + CA) 2 2
\ AB + BC + CA > AD + BE + CF Þ ÐEBC = ÐFCB
i.e., Perimeter is greater than the sum of three In DEBC and DFCB
altitudes. Proved. ÐABC = ÐACB (Given)
7. DABC is right angled at B.
ÐEBC = ÐFCB (Proved above)
A BC = BC (Common)
\ DBEC @ DCFB [By ASA]
a
Hence proved DEBC @ DFCB
Long Answer Questions
1. ÐXAK + ÐKAH = 180º (linear pair)
ÐKAH = 180º - 137º = 43º
2a (Q ÐCAX = ÐXAK = 137º , given )
C B D AB = AC (Given)
 EBD_7802
210 Mathematics
(Angles opp. to equal sides are equal) ÐECA = ÐDCB (Proved)
ÐABC = ÐACB ÐEAC = ÐDBC (Given)
(ext. angle) ÐABC + ÐACB = 137º \ DACE @ DBCD (AAS)
137º \ BD = AE (CPC)
\ ÐABC = ÐACB = = 68.5º 4. Given, AD = BC
2
CH = CB (Given) Ð1 = Ð2
Þ Ð3 = Ð4
ÐCBA = ÐCHB = 68.5º
In DABC and DABD
\ ÐHCB = 180º - 137º = 43º AB = AB (Common side)
ÐCHK = ÐHCB = 43º Ð1 = Ð2 ...(i)
(Alternate angles) Ð3 = Ð4 ...(ii)
2. Add (i) and (ii) Ð1 + Ð3 = Ð2 + Ð4
A
ÐDAB = ÐCBA
and, AD = BC
DABC @ DABD
(SAS Congruence)
B C \ BD = AC (C.P.C.T)
D
5. AD = BD
Þ ÐABD = ÐDAB = 59º
(Angles opp. to equal sides are equal)
E In DABD, 59º + 59º +ÐADB = 180º
Construction : Þ ÐADB = 180º - 118º = 62º
Produce AD to E such that
AD = DE Join EC and ÐACD = 62º - 32º = 30º
In triangles ADB and EDC (Exterior angle is equal to the sum
AD = DE (Const) of interior oppsite angles)
BD = DC (Given) In DABD, AB > BD
ÐADB = ÐEDC (V.O.A) (Side opp. to greatest angle is the longest)
\ Also in DABC, AB < AC
DADB @ DEDC
BD < AC
(SAS congruence axiom)
6. AB = AC
Þ AB = EC (By c.p.c.t.)
Þ ÐABC = ÐACB
In DAEC, AC + EC > AE and BD = CD
[Triangle inequality property] Þ ÐDBC = ÐDCB
\ AC + AB > AE (Q EC = AB ) ÐABC - ÐDBC = ÐACB - ÐDCB
Þ AC + AB > AD + DE Þ ÐABD = ÐACD
Þ AC + AB > AD + AD DABD @ DACD (SAS)
(Q DE = AD ) Þ ÐBAP = ÐCAP (C.P.C.T)
DABP @ DACP (SAS)
Þ AC + AB > 2AD Proved
\ BP = PC, ÐAPB = ÐAPC
3. Given, ÐDCA = ÐECB
\ ÐAPB = ÐAPC = 90º
Adding ÐDCE
AP is perpendicular to BC.
ÐDCA + ÐDCE = ÐECB + ÐDCE AP is perpendicular bisector of BC.
Þ ÐECA = ÐDCB 7. BP = B C (Given)
In DACE and DBCD
AC = BC (Given) \ ÐBCP = ÐBPC = yº
Triangles 211

1
Q Þ ÐACE = ÐABE
2
1 9. Proof ÐAOB = ÐCOD (Given)
ÐAOB - ÐCOB = ÐCOD - ÐCOB
P
ÐAOC = ÐBOD ...(i)
yº xº Now, in DAOC and DBOD
AO = OB (Given)
4xº yº 3 2 OC = OD (Given)
A B C D ÐAOC = ÐBOD [From (i)]
\ AOC @ BOD
4xº = y° + y° [Exterior angle property]
AC = BD (CPCT)
4x° = 2y°
10. Since D and F are mid-point of BC and AB
y° = 2x°
respectively.
Ð2 = x º So, by mid-point theorem in DABC, we have
y º = xº + Ð3 FD || AC
Þ xº = Ð3 [Q y = 2x°] 1
and FD = AC
Þ CP = CD 2
\ FD = AE and FD || AE
Also, we have Ð2 = xº , xº = Ð3
Þ DP bisects ÐCDQ A
8. Q DABE is an equilateral triangle
1
\ ÐABE = ÐBEA
= ÐEAB = 60º 3 E
F G
4
A D
2

4 B D C
E
1

Thus, AFDE is a parallelogram.

3
2 Þ ar(FAE) = ar(FDE) ...(i)
B C [A diagonal of parallelogram divides it
into two congruent triangles]
Also ÐBAC = 45º
In DFAE and DGCE
BE = BC
Q Ð1 = Ð2
Þ Ð1 = Ð2
(alternate interior angles)
\ Ð1 + Ð2 = 180º - (60º + 90º ) Here, AE = EC
= 180º - 150º = 30º Now, Ð3 = Ð4
Þ 2Ð1 = 30º (vertically opposite angle)
Þ Ð1 = 15º Then DFAE @ DGCE [By ASA rule]
Þ ar(FAE) = ar(GCE) ...(ii)
Þ Ð3 = 45º - 15º = 30º
From (i) and (ii), we get
\ ÐACE = 30º ar(FDE) = ar(EGC)
ÐABE = 60º
 EBD_7802
212 Mathematics
6. In Ds ABQ and ABP,
ÐAQB = ÐAPB = 90°
ÐQAB = ÐPAB [line l bisects ÐPAQ]
Very Short Answer Questions
AB = AB (common)
1. Join A to D, Þ DABQ @ DABP (By AAS rule)
then DABD @ DACD [SSS Criterion]
Þ BQ = BP [CPCT]
7. Since, DDBC and DEBC are on the same base
BC and have equal areas.
\ Their altitudes must be the same.
\ DE || BC.
8. Let the smallest angle be x°.
Other two angles are 2x° and 3x°.
180
Þ ÐABD = ÐACD [CPCT] So, x + 2x + 3x = 180 Þ x = = 30.
6
\ ÐABD : ÐACD = 1 : 1 Then, angles are x = 30°
2. In Ds ABE and ACF, 2x = 2 ´ 30 = 60°
BE = CF
ÐCFA = ÐBEA = 90° 3x = 3 ´ 30 = 90°
ÐA is common. 9. ÐA = ÐD; ÐB = ÐE; ÐC = ÐF
Hence,DABE @ DACF [AAS Criterion] 10. Yes
3. In DACB and DADB Short Answer Questions
AC = AD [Given]
ÐCAB = ÐDAB [Given] 1. In DABD and DACD
AB = AB [Common] AB = AC [Given]
\ DACB @ DADB [SAS] BD = CD [Given]
4. In DACB and DADB, AD = AD [Common]
\ DABD @ DACD
C [by SSS congruency criterion]
\ÐBAD = ÐCAD [CPCT]
Þ x = 37°
And, ÐBDA = ÐCDA [CPCT]
B A Þ y = 70°
2. In DABC, AB > AC
Þ ÐC > ÐB
[Greater side has greater angle opp. to it]
D 1 1
Þ ÐC > ÐB
AC = AD (Given) 2 2
ÐCAB = ÐDAB (AB bisects ÐA) Þ ÐPCB > ÐPBC
and AB = AB (Common side) A
\ DACB @ DADB (S.A.S. rule)
5. In Ds AOP and BOQ,
ÐA = ÐB = 90°
P
AO = BO (given)
ÐAOP = ÐBOQ (vertically opposite angles) C
B
Þ DAOP @ DBOQ By ASA rule
ì 1 1 ü
\ PO = QO ïÐPCB = ÐCand ÐPCB = ÐB ï
í 2 2 ý
[Corresponding parts of congruent triangles are ï ï
î as P Band PCare bisect or of Ð B and Ð C þ
equal]
Þ O is the mid point of PQ. In DPBC, ÐPCB > ÐPBC
ÞPB > PC
Triangles 213
3. Ð1 = Ð3 + Ð4 Now, ÐADC = ÐABD + ÐDAB
(Exterior angle property of a triangle) [Ext. Ð of a D = sum of int. opp. Ðs]
But Ð1 = Ð2 (AC = AD) But, AD = BD Þ ÐABD = ÐDAB.
Ð2 = Ð3 + Ð4 Þ Ð2 > Ð3 So, ÐADC = 2 ÐDAB
Hence AB > AD 1
Side opposite to greater angle is larger as Þ ÐDAB = ÐADC
2
compared to smaller angle.
4. ÐDEX = ÐYEF 1
Þ x° = × 58° = 29°
Adding ÐXEF on both sides 2
ÐDEF = ÐYEX ..............(i) Hence, x = 29
In DDEF and DYEX 2.
ÐDEF = ÐYEX [from (i)] A
DF = YE
FE = XE
\ DDEF @ DYEX (by SAS criterion) O
Þ XY = DF (CPCT)
5. Let the remaining angles of the triangle be x
and y
Then, x – y = 35° ..............(i) B C
Since, one angle of the triangle is 75°, then by In DBOC,
angle sum property in a triangle ÐBOC + ÐOBC + ÐOCB = 180°
x + y + 75 = 180
1 1
x + y = 105 ..............(ii) ÐBOC + ÐABC + ÐACB = 180°
On solving eqn (i) and (ii); we get x = 70°, y = 35°, 2 2
Hence, the largest angle is the given angle 75°. 1
6. Consider DABE and DCBD for congruency ÐBOC + (ÐABC + ÐACB) = 180°
2
Here, Ðx = Ðy
So, 180° – Ðx = 180° – Ðy 1
ÐBOC + (180° – ÐA) = 180°
\ ÐAEB = ÐCDB 2
AB = CB (Given) 1
ÐCBD = ÐABE Þ ÐBOC + 90° – ÐA = 180°
2
(Q common angle of DABE and DCBD)
1
So, DABE @ DCBD (by ASA) Þ ÐBOC = 90° + ÐA
Therefore, AE = CD (CPCT) 2
7. In DACD and DFCB, we have: 3. In DABC, ÐA + ÐB + ÐC = 180°
ÐACD = 90° + ÐBCA and Þ ÐA + 65° + 33° = 180°
ÐFCB = 90° + ÐBCA; Þ ÐA = 180° – 98°
CF = CA; (Q Sides of a square) Þ ÐA = 82°
CD = CB (Q Sides of a square) AN is bisector of ÐA
\ DACD @ DFCB. 1
Þ AD = BF (CPCT) Þ ÐNAC = ÐA = 41°
2
Long Answer Questions In DAMC,
ÐAMC + ÐMAC + ÐACM = 180°
1. We have, In DADC Þ 90° + ÐMAC + 33° = 180°
ÐCAD + ÐADC + ÐDCA = 180° Þ ÐMAC = 180° – 113°
[Angle sum property] Þ ÐMAC = 57°
Þ ÐCAD + ÐADC + 64° = 180° This we have ÐMAN = ÐMAC – ÐNAC
Þ ÐCAD + ÐADC = (180° – 64°) = 116° = 57° – 41° = 16°
But CD = CA Þ ÐCAD = ÐADC
4. In DBAD, we have
[Ðs opposite to equal sides of a D are equal]
ÐBDA > ÐBAD
116° Þ BD < AB ....(i)
So, ÐCAD = ÐADC = = 58°
2
 EBD_7802
214 Mathematics
In DABD, we have \ BD = 2BR
ÐABD > ÐADB \ BD = 2 × 8 = 16 cm
Þ AB < AD ....(ii) 8. Let AB = AC = x
But DADC is isosceles By Pythagoras theorem
Here ÐDAC = ÐDCA
Þ AD = CD BC = AB 2 + AC 2 = x2 + x2
Then from (ii), AB < CD ....(iii)
So, (i) and (ii) Þ BD < AB < DC BC = 2x
5. (i) In DABC, Which is right angled at B, we
have C
BC2 = AC2 – AB2
= (15)2 – (9)2 = 225 – 81
= 144
Þ BC = 144 = 12cm.
(ii) Since, D and E are the mid-points of AB
A D B
and AC respectively in DABC
\ DE || BC Again by Bisector theorem
1 1 9
and AD = BD = AB = (9) = cm AC AD BC BD
2 2 2 Þ = Þ =
By mid point theorem BC BD AC AD

1 BC BD
DE = . BC = 6 cm Þ +1 = +1
2 AC AD
Q DE || BC and AB intersects them. BC + AC BD + AD
\ ÐADE = ÐABC = 90° (Corresponding Þ =
AC AD
angles)
Þ DADE is a right angled triangle BC + AC AB 2x + x x
Þ = Þ =
\ Area of DADE AC AD x AD
( AD)( DE ) 9 6 27
= = . = = 13.5cm 2 . 2 +1 x x
2 2 2 2 Þ = Þ AD =
1 AD 2 +1
6. In DABC and DA¢B¢C¢
AB = A¢B¢ = 6 cm x 2x + x + x 2 x + 2x
\ AC + AD = x + = =
BC = B¢C¢ = 5 cm 2 +1 2 +1 2 +1
ÐB = ÐB¢ = 60° 2 x (1 + 2)
Hence by SAS criterion = = 2 x = BC
( 2 + 1)
DABC @ DA¢B¢C¢
\ ÐA = ÐA¢ [By CPCT]
Þ 3x = 2x + 20°
Þ x = 20°
\ ÐB¢A¢C¢ = 2x + 20° = 2 ´ 20° + 20° = 60° Short Answer Questions
7. Consider DDNR and DBMR 1. Given: BD = CE and AD = AE
DN = BM In DADE
Ð DNR = Ð BMR [Each = 90°] AD = AE
Ð DRN = Ð BRM (Vertically Opposite Angles) Þ ÐAED = ÐADE
\ DDNR @ DBMR (AAS criterion of congruency) Now, ÐADE + ÐADB = 180° (linear pair)
\ DR = BR (CPCT) ÐADB = 180° - ÐADE ...(1)
Triangles 215
also, ÐAED + ÐAEC = 180° (linear pair) 5. From the fig.
ÐAEC = 180° - ÐAED ÐACB + ÐACM = 180°
ÐACB + 125° = 180°
= 180° - ÐADE ...(2)
ÐACB = 180° – 125° = 55°
\ from (i) & (ii)
As AB = AC Þ ÐABC = ÐACB Þ ÐABC =
ÐADB = ÐAEC 55°
Consider, x = ÐABC + ÐACB (Sum of two interior
DABD and DACE opposite angles equal to exterior angle)
AD = AE (given) = 110°
ÐADB = ÐAEC (proved) Rohan is an intelligent boy having good
BD = EC (given) knowledge of Maths, Critical thinker, curious
\ DABD @ DACE (By S.A.S) to solve maths problems.
2. Given: DCDE is an equilateral triangle 6. (i) Yes, field can be divided into four equal
ÐADC = ÐBCD (each 90°) parts.
(ii) Mark the mid-points D, E and F of sides
ÐEDC = ÐECD (each 60°)
AB, BC and AC respectively, then DDEF,
ÐADC + ÐEDC = ÐBCD + ÐECD DAED, DEFC and DFBD are congurent
Þ ÐADE = ÐBCE triangles.
Consider Hence, these four parts are equal and
DADE and DBCE identical.
AD = BC (Sides of square ABCD) (iii) Mr. Balwant singh is a wise man. He
ÐADE = ÐBCE (Proved) believes in equality and justice. He knows
DE = CE (Sides of equilateral triangle) his responsibilities.
\ DADE @ DBCE (By SAS)
3. Given BA = DE and BF = EC.
Consider,
BF = CE
BF + CF = CE + CF
BC = EF
Consider, DABC and DDEF
ÐCAB = ÐFDE (each 90°) Long Answer Questions
AB = DE (given)
1. Produce CB at a point D such that BC = BD
BC = EF (proved)
and join AD.
\ DABC @ DDEF (By RHS)
4. We know, A
A B

D
C B
D C
Diagonals of parallelogram divides it into two In DABC and DABD, we have
equal parts. So, Ayush can divide his field BC = BD (By construction)
diagonally and donate one part for the Girl's AB = AB (Same side)
school. ÐABC = ÐABD (Each of 90°)
Values: Therefore, DABC @ DABD (SAS)
1. Social Responsibility So, ÐCAB = ÐDAB ü
2. Charity ý ( CPCT )
and AC = AD þ
3. Promotion of Girl's education
 EBD_7802
216 Mathematics
Thus, ÐCAD = ÐCAB + ÐBAD = x + x = 2x and ÐADB = ÐEDC (Vertically opposite
and ÐACD = ÐADB = 2x [AC = AD] angles)
That is, DACD is an equilateral triangle. Therefore, DABD @ DECD (SAS)
or AC = CD, i.e., AC = 2 BC (Since BC = BD).
2. Produce QS to intersect PR at T (See Fig.). So, AB = EC ü ...(1)
ý ( CPCT )
and ÐBAD = ÐCED þ ...(2)
P
Also, ÐBAD = ÐCAD (Given)
Therefore, ÐCAD = ÐCED [From (2)]
T So, AC = EC [Sides opposite the equal angles]
S
...(3)
Therefore, AB = AC [From (1) and (3)]
Q R 4. (i) In DABM and DPQN
From DPQT, we have AB = PQ ....(1)
PQ + PT > QT (Sum of any two sides is greater AM = PN ....(2) (Given)
than the third side)
and BC = QR (Given)
i.e., PQ + PT > SQ + ST ...(1)
From DTSR, we have Since, M and N are the mid-points of BC
ST + TR > SR ...(2) and QR respectively
Adding (1) and (2), we get \ 2BM = 2QN
PQ + PT + ST + TR > SQ + ST + SR
Þ BM = QN ....(3)
i.e., PQ + PT + TR > SQ + SR
i.e., PQ + PR > SQ + SR From, (1), (2) and (3)
or SQ + SR < PQ + PR DABM @ DPQN (SSS Rule)
3. A (ii) From (i) part DABM @ DPQN
\ By C.P.C.T.
ÐABM = ÐPQN
Þ ÐABC = ÐPQR ....(4)
B C Now, in DABC and DPQR, we have given
D
AB = PQ
and BC = QR
From (4), we have ÐABC = ÐPQR
E \ DABC @ DPQR. (SAS Rule)
We are given a point D on side BC of a DABC 5.
A
such that ÐBAD = ÐCAD and BD = CD (See
Fig.). We are to prove that AB = AC. M N
Produce AD to a point E such that AD = DE E F
and then join CE.
Now, in DABD and DECD, we have
BD = CD (Given)
AD = ED (By construction) B C
Triangles 217
We construct a line EF where E and F are the = ar (DPRQ) + ar (DBPQ)
middle points of AB and AC respectively.
1 1
1 = ar (DABC) + ar (DPBC) [Using(1)]
8 2
EF || BC and EF = BC … …(1)
2
1 1 1
(Q E and F are mid points) = ar (DABC) + × ar (DABC)
8 2 2
1 1
Now, AE = AB and AM = AB (given) 1 1
2 4 = ar (DABC) + ar (DABC)
8 4
1
=
\ AM AE 3
2 = ar (DABC)
8
1
Similarly, AN = AF
2
Þ M and N are the mid-points of AE and AF Exemplar MCQs
respectively.
1. (c) Since, criterion for congruence of triangles
\ MN || EF and are SAS (Side-Angle-Side), ASA (Angle-
1æ1 Side-Angle), SSS (Side-Side-Side) and
1 ö
MN = EF = ç BC ÷ [From (1)] RHS (right angle-hypotenuse-side).
2 2è2 ø
Here, SSA is not a criterion for congruence
1 of triangles.
= BC 2. (b) Here, A « Q, B « R, C « P
4
6. We join AQ and CP. Therefore, DCBA @ DPRQ ,
(i) ar (DPRQ) = ar(DARQ) so option (b) is correct.
3. (b) In DABC, AB = AC and ÐB = 50º (Given)
1 1
= ar (DAPQ) = ar (DBPQ) A
2 2
1 1 1
= ar (DCPQ) = × ar (DBPC)
2 2 2
1 1 1
= ar (DBPC) = × ar (DABC)
4 4 2 50º
1 B C
= ar (DABC) ....(1)
8 So, ÐC = ÐB
1 1 [Angles opposite to equal sides]
1
Also, ar(DARC) = × ar(DAPC) Therefore,ÐC = 50º
2 2 2 4. (c) Since, BC = AB and ÐB = 80º
1 1 1 So, ÐC = ÐA ...(i)
= ar (DAPC) = × ar (DABC) [Angles opposite to equal sides are also equal]
4 4 2
A
1
=
ar (DABC) ....(2)
8
From (1) and (2), we have,
1
ar(DPRQ) = ar (DARC)
2 80º
(ii) ar (DRQC) = ar (DRBQ) B C
 EBD_7802
218 Mathematics
As, ÐA + ÐB + ÐC = 180º F
ÐA + 80º + ÐA = 180º
\ 2ÐA = 100º [from eq. (i)]
Therefore,ÐA = 50º
5. (a) Since, ÐR = ÐP, QR = 4 cm and PR = 5 cm

D E
5 cm
So, DF = AB [By CPCT]
\ DF = 5 cm
Now, ÐE = ÐC
Q 4 cm R = 180º – (ÐA + ÐB)
[By angle sum property]
So, PQ = QR = 180º – (80º + 40º)
[sides opposite to equal angles = 60º
are also equal] 8. (d) Suppose two sides AB = 5 cm and CA
\ PQ = 4 cm = 1.5 cm
Therefore, the length of PQ is 4 cm. As, difference of two sides < third side and
6. (b) AD bisects ÐBAC sum of two sides > third side
Þ ÐBAD = ÐCAD ...(i) So, 5 – 1.5 < BC
and 5 + 1.5 > BC
A Therefore, 3.5 < BC
and 6.5 > BC
Hence, options (a), (b) and (c) satisfy the
above inequality but option (d) does not satisfy.
9. (b)
P
B D C
ÐBDA is an exterior angle in DACD
Then, ÐBDA > ÐCAD ...(i)
Therefore,ÐBDA > ÐBAD
[from eq. (i)] Q R
Hence, BA > BD Since, ÐR > ÐQ
[side opposite to greater angle] So, PQ > PR [side opposite to greater angle
7. (b) Since, DABC @ DFDE and AB = 5 cm, is also greater]
ÐB = 40º, ÐA = 80º 10. (a) Since, in DABC,
AB = AC
A So, ÐC = ÐB
[angles opposite to equal sides are also
80º equal]
\ DABC is an isosceles triangle.
As, ÐB = ÐQ
ÐC = ÐP
Thus, ÐP = ÐQ
40º \ QR = PR
B C
Triangles 219
[sides opposite to equal angles are alsoequal] Þ DE = 6 – 4 = 2 cm
Therefore, DPQR is an isosceles triangle. A
But, both triangles are not congruent because
AAA is not a criterion for congruence. 12 12
11. (b) Since in DABC and DDEF, AB = DF and
ÐA = ÐD
So, the two triangles will be congruent by
B D E C
SAS axiom, if
12
AC = DE
Now in right DAED, by Pyth agoras
NTSE Past Year MCQs Theorem,
1. (d) SS is not a congruence rule AD2 = AE2 + DE2

( )
2. (b) A 2
Þ AD2 = 6 3 + (2)2
Þ AD2 = 108 + 4
M Þ AD2 = 112
Þ AD = 112 = 4 7 cm
4. (a) If the line segment joining the midpoint of
B the consecutive side of quadrilateral ABCD
N C form a rectangle the ABCD is a rhombus.
Using Pythagoras theorem,
AC2 = AB2 + BC2 ...(i)
Now, AN2 = AB2 + BN2 1. We have,
Þ 4AN2 = 4AB2 + 4BN2 AB = AC
Þ 4AN2 = 4AB2 + (2BN)2 Þ ÐB = ÐC
Þ 4AN2 = 4AB2 + (2BN)2 [\ Angles opp. to equal sides are equal]
Þ 4AN2 = 4AB2 + BC2 ...(ii) A
Also, CM2 = MB2 + BC2
Þ 4CM2 = 4MB2 + 4BC2
Þ 4CM2 (2MB)2 + 4BC2 100°
Þ 4CM2 = AB2 + 4BC2 ...(iii)
Adding (ii) and (iii), we have
4AN2 + 4CM2 = 4AB2 + BC2 + AB2 + 4BC2
Þ 4(AN2 + CM2) = 5(AB2 + BC2) B C
Þ 4(AN2 + CM2) = 5AC2 (Q From (i)) In DABC, we have
3. (c) Since DABC is equilateral ÐA + ÐB + ÐC = 180°
AE bisects BC Þ ÐA + ÐB + ÐB = 180° [QÐB = ÐC]
1 Þ 100° + 2ÐB = 180°
Þ BE = CE = BC = 6 cm Þ 2ÐB = 80°
2
Þ ÐB = 40°
In right DAEC, by Pythagoras Theorem,
Hence, ÐB = ÐC = 40°
AE2 + CE2 = AC2 2. In DBDL and DCDM, we have
AE2 + (6)2 + (12)2 ÐBLD = ÐCMD [Each 90°]
AE2 + 36 = 144 ÐBDL = ÐCDM [Vert. opp. angles]
Þ AE2 = 108 BD = CD [D is the mid-point of BC]
Þ AE = 6 3 cm DBDL @ DCDM [By AAS congruency]
Þ BL = CM [By C.P.C.T]
1 1 3. Given a DABC in which AD is the bisector of
DE = BE – BD = BC – BC ÐA which meets BC in D such that BD = DC.
2 3
TO PROVE AB = AC.
 EBD_7802
220 Mathematics
CONSTRUCTION Produce AD to E such that \ ÐAPO = ÐBRO
AD = DE (Q If two angles of two triangles are same,
Join EC. then their third angle will also be same)
PROOF In ABD and DECD, we have: Now in DQPB and DQRA,
ÐQPB = ÐQRA (Proved above)
A PQ = QR (given)
12 ÐQ = ÐQ (common)
\ by ASA criterion of congruence,
DQPB @ DQRA
Þ PB = AR (c.p.c.t.).
Hence proved.
B C 6. In DPRS, we have
D
PS = PR
Þ ÐPRS = ÐPSR
[Q Angles opposite to equal sides are equal]
3 Þ 180° – ÐPRS = 180° – ÐPSR
Þ ÐPRQ = ÐPST
E Thus, in DPST and DPRQ we have
BD = DC (given), ÐTPS = ÐQPR [Given]
AD = DE (by const.) PS = PR [Given]
ÐADB = ÐEDC (vert. opp. Ðs ) ÐPST = ÐPRQ [From (i)]
\ DABD @ DECD. So, by ASA congruence criterion, we have
\ AB = EC and Ð1 = Ð3 (CPCT) DPST @ DPRQ
Also, Ð1 = Ð2 [Q AD bisects ÐA] Þ PT = PQ (by C.P.C.T)
\ Ð2 = Ð3 7. In right triangles BCE and CBF,
Consequently, EC = AC Hyp. BC = Hyp. BC (common)
BE = CF (given)
[sides opp. to equal Ðs ]
\ By R.H.S criterion of congruence,
\ AB = AC [Q EC = AB].
DBCE @ DBCF
Hence, DABC is isosceles.
\ ÐB = ÐC Þ AC = AB (By CPCT)
4. A [Q sides opposite to equal angles are equal]
...(1)
Similarly DABD @ DABE
\ ÐB = ÐA
Þ AC = BC [Q sides opposite to
equal angles are equal] ...(2)
45° 55° From (1) and (2), AB = BC = AC.
B D C Hence DABC is an equilateral triangle.
Since ÐB = 45°, ÐC = 55° 8. In DAPQ and DAPS, we have
By angle sum property, PQ = PS [Given]
ÐA + ÐB + ÐC = 180° AP = AP [Common]
\ ÐA = 180° – (45° + 55°) ÐAPQ = ÐAPS [Each 90°]
= 180° – 100° = 80° \ DAPQ @ DAPS [By SAS congruency]
\ ÐBAD = ÐDAC = 40° \ ÐAQP = ÐASP
[Q AD bisects ÐBAC] or ÐAQS = ÐASQ ...(1) [By C.P.C.T.]
\ ÐADB = 180° – (45° + 40°) But, ext. ÐASQ > int. ÐARS.
= 180° – 85° = 95°. \ ÐAQS > ÐARS [From (1)]
5. In DAPO and DBRO, Þ ÐAQR > ÐARQ
Ðx = Ðy (given) \ AR > AQ. [Side opposite to
ÐAOP = ÐBOR greater angle is longer]
(vertically opposite angles)
 QUADRILATERALS
8
QUADRILATERAL
A quadrilateral is a closed figure obtained by joining four points in a plane (with no three points collinear)
in an order. Since, ‘quad’ means ‘four’ and ‘lateral’ means ‘sides’, therefore ‘quadrilateral’ means ‘a figure
bounded by four sides’.
Every quadrilateral has :
(i) Four vertices (ii) Four sides
(iii) Four angles and (iv) Two diagonals

BASIC TERMS
(i) Adjacent Sides: Two sides of a quadrilateral having a common end point are called its adjacent sides.
(ii) Opposite Sides: Two sides of a quadrilateral having no common end point are called its opposite sides.
(iii) Adjacent Angles: Two angles of a quadrilateral having a common arm are called its adjacent angles.
(iv) Opposite Angles : Two angles of a quadrilateral having no common arm are called opposite angles.

TYPES OF QUADRILATERALS

Rectangle C
D
It is a quadrilateral whose each angle is 90°.
The adjoining figure shows a quadrilateral ABCD in which each angle is 90°
i.e., ÐA = 90° = ÐB = ÐC = ÐD
A B
(a) ÐA + ÐB = 90° + 90° = 180° ÞAD || BC
(b) ÐB + ÐC = 90° + 90° = 180° ÞAB || DC
Therefore rectangle ABCD is a parallelogram.
Hence, A rectangle is a parallelogram also.
Properties of Rectangle:
(i) Opposite sides of a rectangle are equal and opposite angles of a rectangle are equal.
(ii) The diagonals of a rectangle bisect each other.
(iii) Each diagonal divides the rectangle into two congruent triangle.
(iv) The diagonals of a rectangle are equal.
 EBD_7802
222 Mathematics
Rhombus D C
It is a quadrilateral whose all the sides are equal.
The adjoining figure shows a quadrilateral ABCD in which
AB = BC = CD = DA, therefore it is a rhombus.
Properties of Rhoumbus:
(i) The diagonals of a rhombus bisect each other at right angles.
(ii) Each diagonal of a rhombus divides it into two congruent triangles. A B
(iii) Opposite angles of a rhombus are equal and the sum of any two adjacent angles is 180°.
(iv) The opposite sides of a rhombus are parallel.
(v) All the sides of a rhombus are equal.
Square D C
It is a quadrilateral whose all the sides are equal and each angle is 90°.
The adjoining figure shows a quadrilateral ABCD in which
AB = BC = CD = DA and ÐA = ÐB = ÐC = ÐD = 90°, therefore ABCD is a square.
Properties of Square:
(i) All sides are equal.
(ii) All angles are equal. A B
(iii) The diagonals are equal and bisect each other.
(iv) Each diagonal divides the square into two congruent right angled isosceles triangles.

Parallelogram D C
It is a quadrilateral in which both the pairs of opposite sides are parallel.
The adjoining figure shows a quadrilateral ABCD in which AB is parallel
to DC and AD is parallel to BC, therefore ABCD is a parallelogram.
Properties of Parallelogram:
(i) In a parallelogram, any two opposite sides are equal. A B
(ii) In a parallelogram, any two opposite angles are equal.
(iii) In a parallelogram, the diagonals bisect each other.
(iv) In a parallelogram, each diagonal divides it into two congruent triangles.
(v) In a parallelogram, any two adjacent angles have their sum equal to 180° i.e., the adjacent angles are
supplementary. D C
Trapezium
It is a quadrilateral in which one pair of opposite sides are parallel.
In the quadrilateral ABCD, sides AB and DC are parallel, therefore it is a trapezium.
If non-parallel sides of a trapezium are equal , it is known as isosceles trapezium.
A B
A
Kite
It is a quadrilateral in which two pairs of adjacent sides are equal.
B D
The adjoining figure shows a quadrilateral ABCD in which adjacent
sides AB and AD are equal and also adjacent sides BC and CD are equal
therefore ABCD is a kite.

C
Quadrilaterals 223
Convex and Concave Quadrilateral
(i) Convex Quadrilateral: It is a type of quadrilateral in which the measure of each angle is less
than 180°.

(ii) Concave Quadrilateral: It is a type of quadrilateral in which at least one of the angles is more than 180°.

NOTE:
(i) The sum of the angles of a quadrilateral is 360° or 4 right angles.
(ii) When the sides of a quadrilateral are produced, the sum of the four exterior angles so formed is 360°.

ILLUSTRATION : 1
The angle of a quadrilateral are in the ratio 2 : 3 : 7 : 6. Find the measure of each angle of the
quadrilateral.

SOLUTION :
Let the measure of the angles of the given quadrilateral be (2x)°, (3x)°, (7x)°, (6x)° respectively.
Then, 2x + 3x + 7x + 6x = 360 [Q The sum of the angles of a quadrilateral is 360°]
Þ 18x = 360
Þ x = 20
\ First angle = (2x)° = (2 × 20)° = 40°
Second angle = (3x)° = (3 × 20)° = 60°
Third angle = (7x)° = (7 × 20)° = 140°
Fourth angle = (6x)° = (6 × 20)° = 120°
THE MID-POINT THEOREM
Theorem : The line segment joining the mid-points of any two sides of a triangle is parallel to the
third side and equal to half of it.
Given : A DABC in which D and E are the mid-points of AB and AC respectively. DE is joined.
1
To prove : DE | | BC and DE = BC
2
Construction : Produce DE to F such that DE = EF. Join CF.
Proof : In Ds AED and CEF , we have
ED = EF (by construction)
EA = EC [Q E is the mid point of AC]
 EBD_7802
224 Mathematics
and ÐAED = ÐCEF (vert. opp. Ðs)
\ DAED @ DCEF (S.A.S.)
So, AD = CF and ÐADE = ÐEFC [C.P.C.T.]
Now, AD = CF and AD = DB together imply that DB = CF.
Also, ÐADE = ÐEFC Þ AD || CF [Q ÐADE & ÐEFC are
Þ DB || CF alternate angles]
Thus, DB || CF and DB = CF
\ BCFD is a parallelogram
Hence, DF || BC and DF = BC.
But, D, E, F are collinear and DE = EF.
1
\ DE || BC and DE = BC.
2

D E F

B C

Converse of Mid Point Theorem

Theorem : The line drawn through the mid-point of one side of a triangle parallel to the another side,
bisects the third side.
Given : A triangle ABC in which P is the mid-point of side AB and PQ is parallel to BC.
To prove : PQ bisects the third side AC i.e., AQ = QC.
Construction : Through C, draw CR parallel to BA, which meets PQ produced at point R.

Proof : A

Q
P R

B C

Since, PQ || BC i.e., PR || BC [Given]

and CR || BA i.e., CR || BP [By construction]
Quadrilaterals 225
\ Opposite sides of quadrilateral PBCR are parallel.
Þ PBCR is a parallelogram.
Þ BP = CR
Also, AP = PB [As, P is mid-point of AB]
\ CR = AP
AB || CR and AC is transversal, Þ ÐPAQ = alternate ÐRCQ
AB || CR and PR is transversal, Þ ÐAPQ = alternate ÐCRQ
In DAPQ and DCRQ
AP = CR, ÐPAQ = Ð RCQ and ÐAPQ = ÐCRQ
Þ DAPQ @ DCRQ (A.S.A rule)
Þ AQ = CQ (CPCT)

Important Formulae, Terms and Definitions

Quadrilaterals : A quadrilateral is a closed figure obtained by joining four points in a plane (with no
three points collinear) in an order.
Types of Quadrilaterals : There are 6 types of quadrilaterals.
(i) Rectangle : It is a quadrilateral whose each angle is 90°. D C
The adjoining figure shows a quadrilateral ABCD in which each
angle is 90° i.e., ÐA = 90° = ÐB = ÐC = ÐD
(a) ÐA + ÐB = 90° + 90° = 180° ÞAD || BC
A B
(b) ÐB + ÐC = 90° + 90° = 180° ÞAB || DC
(ii) Rhombus : It is a quadrilateral whose all the sides are equal.

The adjoining figure shows a quadrilateral ABCD in which

AB = BC = CD = DA, therefore it is a rhombus.
D C

A B
(iii) Square : It is a quadrilateral whose all the sides are equal and each angle is 90°.
The adjoining figure shows a quadrilateral ABCD in which
AB = BC = CD = DA and ÐA = ÐB = ÐC = ÐD = 90°, therefore ABCD is a square.
D C
1

A B
 EBD_7802
226 Mathematics
(iv) Parallelogram :
It is a quadrilateral in which both the pairs of opposite sides are parallel.
The adjoining figure shows a quadrilateral ABCD in which AB is parallel
to DC and AD is parallel to BC, therefore ABCD is a parallelogram.
D C

A B
(v) Trapezium : It is a quadrilateral in which one pair of opposite sides are parallel.

D C

A B
In the quadrilateral ABCD, sides AB and DC are parallel, therefore it is a trapezium.
If non-parallel sides of a trapezium are equal , it is known as isosceles trapezium.

(vi) Kite : It is a quadrilateral in which two pairs of adjacent sides are equal.
The adjoining figure shows a quadrilateral ABCD in which adjacent sides AB and AD are equal
and also adjacent sides BC and CD are equal therefore ABCD is a kite.

B D

Mid-point Theorem : The line segment joining the midpoints of any two sides of a triangle, is parallel
to the third sides and equal to half of it. A line through the midpoint of a side of a triangle parallel to
another side bisects the third side and equal to half of it.
Some Important Points : The angle bisectors of a parallelogram form a rectangle. In a parallelogram,
the bisectors of any two consecutive angles intersect at right angle. The quadrilateral formed by joining
the midpoints of the sides of a quadrilateral, is a parallelogram.
Quadrilaterals 227
 EBD_7802
228 Mathematics

EXERCISE 8.1 3. Show that if the diagonals of a quadrilateral

bisect each other at right angles, then it is a
1. The angles of quadrilateral are in the ratio rhombus.
3 : 5 : 9 : 13. Find all the angles of the Sol. Consider : Quadrilateral ABCD in which
quadrilateral. diagonals AC and BD intersect each other at
Sol. Let PQRS be a quadrilateral in which right angles at P.
D C
ÐP : ÐQ : ÐR : ÐS = 3 : 5 : 9 : 13
Sum of the ratios = 30
Also, By angle sum property of quadrilateral
we have ÐP + ÐQ + ÐR + ÐS = 360° P
3
\ ÐP = ´ 360° = 36° B
30 A
5 To prove : Quadrilateral ABCD is a rhombus.
ÐQ = ´ 360° = 60°
30 Proof : In DAPB and DAPD,
AP = AP (Common)
9
Ð R = ´ 360° = 108° Given PB = PD
30 ÐAPB = ÐAPD (Each of 90°)
13 \ By SAS rule
and Ð S = ´ 360° = 156° . DAPB @ DAPD
30
Thus, all the angles are 36°, 60°, 108° and \ AB = AD ...(1) (C.P.C.T.)
156° Similarly, we can prove that
2. If the diagonals of a parallelogram are equal, AB = BC ...(2)
then show that it is a rectangle. BC = CD ...(3)
Sol. Consider a parallelogram ABCD, in which and CD = AD ...(4)
diagonals are equal-ie- AC = BD. From (1), (2), (3) and (4), we get
To show : ||gm ABCD is a rectangle. AB = BC = CD = DA
Thus, Quadrilateral ABCD is a rhombus.
Proof : Consider DACB and DBDA, in which 4. Show that the diagonals of a square are equal
AC = BD (Given) and bisect each other at right angles.
AB = BA (Common) Sol. Consider a square ABCD in which AC and BD
BC = AD (Q Opposite sides of ||gm are equal.) are the diagonals which cuts each other at O .
\ By SSS rule DACB @ DBDA To proved :
\ ÐABC = ÐBAD ...(1) (i) AC = BD
(C.P.C.T.) Again since AD || BC (ii) AC and BD bisect each other at right
and transversal AB intersects them. angles.
\ ÐBAD + ÐABC = 180° ...(2) Proof :
(Q Sum of consecutive interior angles on the (i) In DABC and DBAD,
same side of the transversal is 180°) AB = BA (Common)
From (1) and (2), we have Since, opposite sides of a square are equal
ÐBAD = ÐABC = 90°
\ ÐA = 90°
Þ Parallelogram ABCD is a rectangle.
D C

A B
Quadrilaterals 229
\ BC = ADÐABC = ÐBAD \ ÐODA = ÐOBC
(Each = 90°.) Þ AD || BC
\ From SSS rule, we have DABC @ DBAD
\ AC = BD (C.P.C.T.)
(ii) Now, consider DOAD and DOCB, in
which
AD = CB( Q Opp. sides of square ABCD)
ÐOAD = ÐOCB (Q AD || BC and
transversal AC intersects them)
\ ÐODA = ÐOBC (AD || BC and
transversal BD intersects them)
\ DOAD @ DOCB (ASA Rule ) Thus, AD = CB and AD || CB
\ QOA = QOC ... (1) Þ Quadrilateral ABCD is a ||gm
Similarly, we can prove that In DAOB and DAOD,
OB = OD ...(2) AO = AO (Common)
Thus, from (1) and (2), OB = OD (Given)
AC and BD bisect each other. ÐAOB = ÐAOD [Each = 90° (Given)]
Now, we have to show that AC and BD \ DAOB @ DAOD (SAS Rule)
bisect each other at 90° \ AB = AD
Again, Consider DOBA and DODA. Thus, ABCD is a parallelogram and AB = AD
in which Þ ABCD is a rhombus.
OB = OD (From (2)) Again, from DABC and DBAD.
BA = DA AC = BD (Given)
(Opp. sides of square) BC = AD (By defn of rhombus)
OA = OA (Common) AB = BA (Common)
\ By SSS rule DOBA @ DODA \ DABC @ DBAD (SSS Rule)
\ By C.P.C.T ÐAOB = ÐAOD and ÐABC = ÐBAD (C.P.C.T.)
But ÐAOB + ÐAOD = 180° Since AD || BC (Q Opp. sides of ||gm)
(Linear pair Axiom) and transversal AB intersects them.
\ ÐAOB = ÐAOD = 90° \ ÐABC + ÐBAD = 180°
Þ AC and BD bisect each other at right (Sum of consecutive interior angles on the
angles. same
5. Show that if the diagonals of a quadrilateral are side of the transversal is 180°)
equal and bisect each other at right angles, then \ ÐABC = ÐBAD = 90°
it is a square. Similarly,
Sol. Let ABCD be a quadrilateral with the diago- ÐBCD = ÐADC = 90°
nals AC and BD which are equal and bisect \ ABCD is a square.
each other at right angles. 6. Diagonal AC of a parallelogram ABCD
To prove : Quadrilateral ABCD is a square. bisects ÐA. Show that
Proof : Consider two triangles, DOAD and
DOCB, in which we have D C
OA = OC
and OD = OB
Also ÐAOD = ÐCOB (Vertically
Opposite Angles)
\ DOAD @ DOCB (SAS Rule)
\ AD = CB (C.P.C.T.)
and ÐODA = ÐOBC (C.P.C.T.) A B
 EBD_7802
230 Mathematics
(i) it bisects Ð C also, 8. ABCD is a rectangle in which diagonal AC
(ii) ABCD is a rhombus. bisects Ð A as well as Ð C. Show that
Sol. Given a ||gm ABCD whose diagonal AC (i) ABCD is a square
bisects ÐA . (ii) diagonal BD bisects Ð B as well as Ð D.
To prove :(i) AC bisects ÐC also Sol. Given : Diagonal AC of rectangle ABCD
(ii) ABCD is a rhombus. bisects ÐA as well as ÐC.
Proof : To Show : (i) ABCD is a square.
(i) Consider DADC and DCBA. (ii) Diagonal BD bisects ÐB as well as ÐD.
AD = CB (Opp. sides of || gm) Proof :
CA = CA (Common) (i) In rectangle ABCD, AB || DC and
DC = BA (Opp. sides of || gm transversal AC intersects them.
ABCD) \ ÐACD = ÐCAB (Alternate
\ By SSS rule DADC @ DCBA Interior angles)
\ ÐACD = ÐCAB But ÐCAB = ÐCAD
and ÐDAC = ÐBCA (C.P.C.T.) \ ÐACD = ÐCAD
But given ÐCAB = ÐDAC D C
\ ÐACD = ÐBCA
Þ AC bisects ÐC .
(ii) From (i) part,
ÐACD = ÐCAD A B
\ AD = CD and AD = CD
(Opposite sides of equal angles of a triangle (Sides opposite to equal angles of a triangle
are equal) are equal)
\ AB = BC = CD = DA (Q ABCD is a ||gm) \ ABCD is a square.
Thus, ABCD is a rhombus. (ii) Now, In DBDA and DDBC,
7. ABCD is a rhombus. Show that diagonal AC BD = DB (Common)
bisects Ð A as well as ÐC and diagonal BD and By defn of square DA = BC and
bisects Ð B as well as ÐD. AB = DC Thus, SSS rule gives us
Sol. Given : ABCD is a rhombus. DBDA @ DDBC
To show : \ ÐABD = ÐCDB (C.P.C.T.)
(i) Diagonal AC bisects ÐA as well as ÐC. But ÐCDB = ÐCBD [Q CB = CD
(ii) Diagonal BD bisects ÐB as well as ÐD. (Sides of a square ABCD]
Proof : Since, it is given that ABCD is a rhom- \ ÐABD = ÐCBD
bus Thus, BD bisects ÐB.
\ AD = CD Now,ÐABD = ÐCBD
ÐDAC = ÐDCA ……(1) ÐABD = ÐADB (Q AB = AD)
(Angles opposite to equal sides of a traingle and ÐCBD = ÐCDB (Q CB = CD)
are equal) \ ÐADB = ÐCDB
Also, CD || AB Þ BD bisects ÐD.
and transversal AC intersects them 9. In parallelogram ABCD, two points P and
\ ÐDAC = ÐBCA ……(2) Q are taken on diagonal BD such that
(alt. Int. angles) DP = BQ (see figure). Show that:
From (1) and (2) A D
ÐDCA = ÐBCA
Þ AC bisects ÐC
P
Similarly AC bisects ÐA.
(ii) Proceeding in similar manner as in (i)
above, we can show that diagonal BD Q
bisects ÐB as well as ÐD. B C
Quadrilaterals 231
(i) D APD @ D CQB (ii) AP = CQ \ OB – BQ = OD – DP
(iii) D AQB @ D CPD (iv) AQ = CP \ OQ = OP ....(1)
Also,OA = OC ....(2)
(v) APCQ is a parallelogram
From (1) and (2), APCQ is a parallelogram.
Sol. We have given two poin ts P and Q on 10. ABCD is a parallelogram and AP and CQ
diagonal BD of a ||gm ABCD such that DP = BQ. are perpendiculars form vertices A and C
To Show : (i) DAPD @ DCQB on diagonal BD respectively (see figure).
(ii) AP = CQ Show that
(iii) DAQB @ DCPD (i) D APB @ D CQD (ii) AP = CQ
(iv) AQ = C P D C
(v) APCQ is a parallelogram. P
we construct a line AC by joining A to C
intersect BD at O.
Proof :
(i) In DAPD and DCQB,
Since, AD || BC Q
(Opp. sides of parallelogram ABCD A B
and a transversal BD intersects them) Sol. Given : A parallelogram ABCD in which AP
\ ÐADB = ÐCBD (Alternate angles) and CQ are perpendiculars from vertices A and
Þ ÐADP = ÐCBQ ....(1) C on diagonal BD respectively.
and DP = BQ ....(2) To Show : (i) DAPB = DCQD
AD = CB . ...(3) (ii)AP = CQ.
(Opposite sides of ||gm) Proof :
From (1), (2) and (3) (i) Since opposite sides of ||gm are equal
DAPD @ D CQB (SAS rule) \ In DAPB and DCQD,
(ii) Now, we have from (i) DAPD @ DCQB AB = CD
\ By C.P.C.T and ÐABP = ÐCDQ (Q AB = DC and
AP = CQ transversal BD intersects them)
(iii) From DAQB and DCPD, Now, ÐAPB and ÐCQD are of 90°
AB || CD (Oppo. sides of ||gm ABCD
\ ÐAPB = ÐCQD
and a transversal BD intersects them)
\ DAPB @ DCQD (AAS Rule)
\ ÐABD = ÐCDP (Alternate angles)
(ii) From (i) DAPB @ DCQD
Þ ÐABQ= ÐCDP
\ AP = CQ.
and AQ = CP
(C.P.C.T.)
QB = PD (Given)
11. In D ABC and D DEF, AB = DE, AB || DE,
Þ AB = CD
(Opp. sides of || gm ABCD) BC = EF and BC || EF. Vertices A, B and C
\ DAQB @ DCPD (SAS Rule) are joined to vertices D, E and F respectively.
(iv) From (iii) part we have DAQB @ DCPD (see figure) Show that
\ AQ @ CP (C.P.C.T.) A

A D

P D
O B C
Q
B C
F
(v) Given, BQ = DP and The diagonals of a E
parallelogram bisect each other. (i) quadrilateral ABED is a parallelogram
\ OB = OD (ii) quadrilateral BEFC is a parallelogram
 EBD_7802
232 Mathematics
(iii) AD || CF and AD = CF 12. ABCD is a trapezium in which AB || CD and
(iv) quadrilateral ACFD is a parallelogram AD = BC. (see figure) Show that
(v) AC = DF
B
(vi) D ABC @ D DEF.. A
E
Sol. To prove :
(i) quadrilateral ABED is a parallelogram
(ii) quadrilateral BEFC is a parallelogram
(iii) AD || CF and AD = CF
(iv) quadrilateral ACFD is a parallelogram D C
(v) AC = DF
(vi) D ABC @ D DEF.. (i) Ð A = Ð B
Given two triangles DABC and DDEF in which (ii) Ð C = Ð D
we have given AB = DE, AB || DE, BC = EF (iii) DABC @ D BAD
and BC || EF. Vertices A, B and C are joined to (iv) diagonal AC = diagonal BD
vertices D, E and F respectively. [Hint : Extend AB and draw a line through C
Proof : parallel to DA intersecting AB produced at E.]
(i) Since we know that A quadrilateral is a Sol. Given : A trapezium ABCD in which AB ||
parallelogram if a pair of opposite sides CD and AD = BC.
are parallel and is of equal length. To prove :(i) ÐA = ÐB
\ In quadrilateral ABED, (ii) ÐC = ÐD
AB = DE and AB || DE (Given) (iii) DABC @ DBAD
\ quadrilateral ABED is a parallelogram. (iv) diagonal AC = diagonal BD.
(ii) Similarly, in quadrilateral BECF, Construction : Extend AB and draw a line
through C parallel to DA intersecting AB
BC = EF and BC || EF produced at E
\ quadrilateral BECF is a parallelogram. Proof :
(iii) Since, opposite sides of a ||gm are paral- (i) It is given that AB || CD andAD || EC
lel and equal (By construction)
\ AD || BE and AD = BE ....(1) Also, we know that a quadrilateral is a
(Q ABED is a parallelogram) parallelogram if a pair of opposite sides
Similarly BE || CF and BE = CF ....(2) is parallel and is of equal length
(Q BEFC is a parallelogram)
\ AECD is a parallelogram
From (1) and (2), we get
\ AD = EC (Q Opp. sides of a ||gm are
AD || CF and AD = CF.
(iv) From (iii) part equal)
In quadrilateral ACFD we have But given that AD = BC
AD || CF and AD = CF \ EC = BC
Since, A quadrilateral is a parallelogram \ ÐCBE = ÐCEB
if a pair of opposite sides is parallel and ....(1)
is of equal length (Q Angles of opposite to equal sides of
\ quadrilateral ACFD is a parallelogram. a triangle are equal)
(v) Similarly, AC || DF and AC = DF. Þ ÐB + ÐCBE = 180° ....(2)
(Q ACFD is a parallelo- (Linear Pair Axiom)
gram) Again by Construction we have AD || EC
(vi) In DABC and DDEF, AB = DE and transversal AE intersects them
(Q ABED is a parallelogram)
\ ÐA + ÐCEB = 180° ....(3)
BC = EF (Q BEFC is a parallelogram)
From (2) and (3),
AC = DF [Proved in (v)]
\ DABC @ DDEF. (SSS Rule) ÐB + ÐCBE = ÐA + ÐCEB
Quadrilaterals 233
But ÐCBE = ÐCEB [From (1)] Proof :
\ ÐB = ÐA (i) Mid-point theorem: The line segment
(ii) Since, AB || CD joining the mid-points of two sides of a
\ ÐA + ÐD = 180 triangle is parallel to the third side in
(Q The sum of consecutive interior angles DDAC, we have given S is the mid-point
on the same side of the transversal is 180°) of DA and R is the mid-point of DC
and ÐB + ÐC = 180 1
\ ÐA + ÐD = ÐB + ÐC \ SR || AC and SR = AC
2
But from (i), we have ÐA = ÐB (By above given mid-point theorem)
\ ÐD = ÐC (ii) In similar manner, consider DBAC, in
(iii) In DABC and DBAD which P is the mid-point of AB and Q is
AB = BA (Common) the mid-point of BC
BC = AD (Given) \ Again by
ÐABC = ÐBAD [From (i)]
1
\ DABC @ DBAD (SAS Rule) PQ || AC and PQ = AC
(iv) Since DABC @ DBAD (From (iii) 2
above) (Mid-point theorem)
\ AC = BD. (C.P.C.T.) 1
But from (i), we have SR = AC
EXERCISE 8.2 2
1. ABCD is a quadrilateral in which, P, Q, R \ PQ = SR
and S are mid- points of the sides AB, BC, (iii) From (ii) and (i) we have PQ || AC
CD and DA (see figure) AC is a diagonal. SR || AC
Show that \ PQ || SR (Two lines parallel to the
D same line are parallel to each other)
R Also, PQ = SR (From (ii))
C \ PQRS is a parallelogram. (A
quadrilateral is a parallelogram if a pair
of opposite sides is parallel and is of equal
S
length)
Q 2. ABCD is a rhombus and P, Q, R and S are
the mid-points of the sides AB, BC, CD and
DA respectively. Show that the quadrilateral
PQRS is a rectangle.
A P B Sol. Given : ABCD is a rhombus and P, Q, R, S are
1 the mid-poin ts of AB, BC, CD, DA
(i) SR || AC and SR= AC respectively. Join PQ, QR, RS and SP.
2
(ii) PQ = SR To prove : Quadrilateral PQRS is a rectangle.
(iii) PQRS is a parallelogram. Join the diagonals AC and BD.
Sol. Given : A quadrilateral ABCD in which P, Q, Proof : In DRDS and DPBQ.
R and S are mid-points of the sides AB, BC, DS = QB and DR = PB ( Q Halves of opposite
CD and DA and AC is a diagonal. sides of || gm ABCD are equal)
Also, ÐSDR = ÐQBP (Opposite angles of
1
To show : (i) SR || AC and SR = AC || gm ABCD are equal)
2
\ By SAS rule
(ii) PQ = SR
DRDS @ DPBQ
(iii) PQRS is a parallelogram.
 EBD_7802
234 Mathematics
\ SR = PQ (C.P.C.T.) From (1) and (2),
D R
C PQ || SR and PQ = SR ....(3)
E \ Quadrilateral PQRS is a parallelogram
F
D R C
S
O Q

S Q

A P
B B
Silmlarly, From DRCQ and DPAS, A P
RC = AP and Now, In rectangle ABCD,
CQ = AS
AD = BC
ÐRCQ = ÐPAS
1 1
(Opposite Ðs of || gm ABCD are equal) Þ AD = BC
\ By SAS congruence rule 2 2
DRCQ @ DPAS Þ AS = BQ …(4)
\ RQ = SP (C.P.C.T.) In DAPS and DBPQ,
\ Quadrilateral PQRS, gives us AP = BP
SR = PQ and RQ = SP (Q P is the mid-point of AB)
Þ Quadrilateral PQRS is a parallelogram, AS = BQ (From (4))
In DCDB, ÐPAS = ÐPBQ (Each measures
R and Q are the mid-points of DC and CB 90°)
respectively.
\ DAPS @ DBPQ (SAS Axiom)
\ RQ || DB Þ RF || EO. \ PS = PQ ....(5) (C.P.C.T)
Similarly, RE || FO
From (3) and (5), PQRS is a rhombus.
Thus, OFRE is a ||gm
\ ÐR = ÐEOF = 90° 4. ABCD is a trapezium in which AB || DC,
(Opposite angles of a || gm are equal and BD is a diagonal and E is the mid-point of
diagonals of a rhombus intersect at 90°) AD. A line is drawn through E parallel to
Thus quadrilateral PQRS is a rectangle. AB intersecting BC at F (see figure). Show
3. ABCD is a rectangle and P, Q, R and S are that F is the mid-point of BC.
the mid-points of the sides AB, BC, CD and D C
DA respectively. Show that the quadrilateral
PQRS is a rhombus.
Sol. Given : A rectangle ABCD and P, Q, R and S
are the mid-points of AB, BC, CD and DA E F
respectively. Join PQ, QR, RS and SP
Show that : Quadrilateral PQRS is a rhombus.
Let us Join AC. A B
Proof : Again, By applying the mid-point Sol. Given : A trapezium ABCD in which we have
theorem in DABC AB || DC, BD is a diagonal and E is the mid-
1
We get PQ || AC and PQ = AC ....(1) point of AD. A line is drawn through E paral-
2
Simlarly, In DADC, lel to AB intersecting BC at F.
1 We have to show that : F is the mid-point of
SR || AC and SR = AC ....( 2)
2 BC.
(By mid-point thm)
Quadrilaterals 235
Proof : Let DB intersect EF at G. ie - G is the Þ DP = PQ ....(4)
mid-point of BD Similarly, in DBAP,
Since, E is the mid-point of DA and EG || AB BQ = PQ ....(5)
in DDAB, From (4) and (5), we obtain
\ G is the mid-point of DB (By converse of DP = PQ = BQ
mid-point theorem) Þ Line segments AF and EC trisect the di-
Similarly, agonal BD.
\ G is the mid-point of BD and GF || AB || DC 6. Show that the line segments joining the mid-
in DBDC, points of the opposite sides of a quadrilateral
\ By converse of mid-point theroem. F is the bisect each other.
mid-point of BC. Sol. Given : P, Q, R and S are the mid-points of
5. In a parallelogram ABCD, E and F are the the sides DC, CB, BA and AD respectively in
mid-points of sides AB and CD respectively a quadrilateral ABCD.
(see figure). Show that the line segments AF To prove : PR and QS bisect each other.
and EC trisect the diagonal BD. Construction : Join PQ, QR, RS, SP, AC and
BD.
D F Proof :
C

A R B
P

Q
S Q
A B
E
Sol. Given : Two mid-point E and F of sides AB
and CD respectively in a parallelogram ABCD D C
P
Show that : Line segments AF and EC trisect
the diagonal BD. Since, R and Q are the mid-points of AB and
Proof : In parallelogram ABCD, AB || DC BC respectively. in DABC
Þ AE || FC ....(1) 1
Since, AB = DC \ RQ || AC and RQ = AC
2
(Opp. sides of ||gm ABCD)
Similarly, P and S are the mid-points of AD
1 1
\ AB = DC and DC respectively \ we have
2 2
Þ AE = CF ....(2) 1
PS || AC and PS = AC
From (1) and (2), 2
AECF is a parallelogram (Q quadrilateral \ RQ || PS and RQ = PS.
is a parallelogram if a pair of opposite sides is Thus a pair of opposite sides of a quadrilateral
parallel and is of equal length) PQRS are parallel and equal.
\ EC || AF ....(3) \ Quadrilateral PQRS is a parallelogram.
(By defn of || gm AECF) Since the diagonals of a parallelogram
In DDBC, bisect each other.
F is the mid-point of DC and FP || CQ
\ PR and QS bisect each other.
(Q EC || AF) 7. ABC is a triangle right angled at C. A line
\ P is the mid-point of DQ through the mid-point M of hypotenuse AB
(By converse of mid-point theorem) and parallel to BC intersects AC at D. Show
that
 EBD_7802
236 Mathematics
(i) D is the mid- point of AC \ ÐADM = ÐCDM = 90°
(ii) MD ^ AC
1 In DADM and DCDM, in which
(iii) CM = MA = AB
2 AD = CD ( Q D is the mid-point of AC)
Sol. Given : A right triangle ABC right angled at ÐADM = ÐCDM (Each measures 90°)
C. A line through the mid-point M of
DM = DM (Common)
hypotenuse AB and parallel to BC which
intersects AC at D. \ DADM @ DCDM (SAS Rule)
A
To prove : (i) D is the mid-point of AC.
(ii) MD ^ AC
1
(iii) CM = MA = AB. M
2 D
Proof :
(i) In DACB, Since, M is the mid-point of
AB and MD || BC. C B
\ D is the mid-point of AC. (By converse \ MA = MC (C.P.C.T.)
of mid-point theorem) But we know M is the mid-point of AB
(ii) \ ÐADM = ÐACB 1
(Corresponding angles) \ MA = MB = AB
2
(Q MD || BC and AC intersects them) 1
But we have given ÐACB = 90° \ MA = MC = AB
2
\ ÐADM = 90° Þ MD ^ AC 1
(iii) Now, ÐADM + ÐCDM = 180° Þ CM = MA = AB.
2
(Linear Pair Axiom)

Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks] 3. Prove that the diagonals of a rectangle are equal
1. In the given figure, PQRS is a parallelogram in in length. [2014]
which PT and QT are angle bisectors of ÐP and
S R
ÐQ respectively. Find the value of ÐPTQ.
[2013]
S R

T
P Q

4. The angles of a quadrilateral are (4xº), (7xº),

P Q (15xº) and (10xº). Find the smallest and largest
angles of the quadrilateral. [2015]
2. PQRS is a quadrilateral with SQ as one of its 5. In a parallelogram PQRS of the given figure,
diagonals. If SR = PQ = 4 cm, SQ = 5 cm and the bisectors of ÐP and ÐQ meet SR at O. Show
SQ is perpendicular to both SR and PQ, show that ÐPOQ = 90º. [2015]
that ar (DPSQ) = ar (DSRQ) [2014]
Quadrilaterals 237

S O R
D P C

R
Q
P Q

A B
Long Answer Questions [4 Marks]
1. Prove that the diagonals of a square are equal Thus, ar (ABCD) : ar (PQRC) = 4 : 1
and perpendicular to each other. [2013]
5. In DABC; D, E and F are mid-points of sides
2. In the figure, ABCD is a parallelogram. E and
F are the mid-points of sides AB and CD BC, AC and AB respectively. A line through C
respectively. Show that the line segments AF drawn parallel to DE meets FE produced to G.
and EC trisect the diagonal BD. [2013] Show that ar(DFDE) = ar(DEGC). [2016]

D F C
A
P
Q

F E
G
A E B

3. In the given figure, PQRST is a pentagon. TX

is drawn parallel to SP which meets PQ produced B D C
at X. RY drawn parallel to SQ meets PQ
produced at Y. Show that ar (PQRST) = ar
(DSXY). [2014] 6. In Dorjee's field if adjacent angles are in the
ratio 3 : 5, find all the angles of his field.
S
[2016]
7. Let Krishna's field is ABCD and P, Q, R and S
are mid-points of sides AB, BC, CD and DA.
Prove that PQRS is a parallelogram. [2017]
T R 8. In the figure, ABCD and AGFE are parallelogram
with equal areas. Show that DG || FC. [2017]

A G B

X P Q Y

4. ABCD and PQRC are rectangles and Q is the D C

O
mid-point of AC. Show that P is the mid-point
of DC and R is the mid-point of BC. Also, find
the ratio of ar (ABCD) : ar(PQRC). [2015] E F
 EBD_7802
238 Mathematics
9. In the given figure of DABC, let ÐA = 50º ,
ÐB = 60º and ÐC = 70º . If mid-point of side
AB, BC and CA are D, E and F respectively
then find ÐDEF . [2017]
A D
A
M
B
C
D F N

12. In the figure, ABC is an triangle in which D

B E C and E trisect AB. If DE and EG are parallel to
BC, then prove that AF = FG = GC. [2017]
10. ABCD is a parallelogram (see figure). AM and
BN are respectively perpendicular from A and A
B to DC and DC produced. Prove th at
AM = BN. [2017]
D F

E G

B C

Very Short Answer Questions [1 Mark] 4. The measure of all the angles of a
parallelogram, if one angle is 20° less than
DIRECTIONS : Give answer in one word or one sentence. thrice the smallest angle is.
1. The triangle formed by joining the mid-points 5. In quadrilateral ABCD, bisectors of angles A
of the sides of a right triangle is ................. and B intersect at O such that ÐAOB = 75°,
2. In a parallelogram ABCD diagonals AC and BD then find the value of ÐC + ÐD.
intersects at O and AC = 12.8 cm and BD = 7.6 cm, 6. If ABCD is a rhombus with ÐABC = 56°, then
find the measure of OC and OD find the measure of ÐACD.
3. P is the mid-point of side AB of a parallelogram
7. In parallelogram ABCD, if ÐA = (3x – 20)°, ÐB
ABCD. A line through B parallel to PD meets
= (y + 15)°, ÐC = (x + 40)°, then find the values
DC at Q and AD produced at R. If AR = m BC.
of x and y.
Find the value of m
Quadrilaterals 239
8. The figure formed by joining the mid-points
S R
of the adjacent sides of a rhombus is known
105°
as ________
x
9. In the given figure, PQRS is a square. Find the O
X
measure of ÐSQR.
P Q
S R
4. If the sides BA and DC of quadrilateral ABCD
are produced as shown in the figure, then prove
that x + y = a + b.

D C F
48° y° a°
P Q

10. In a square PQRS, PQ = (4x + 3) cm and QR = b° x°

(5x – 6)cm. Then the value of x is E A B
Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks] 5. The length and breadth of a rectangle are in
the ratio 4 : 3. If the diagonal measures 25 cm,
DIRECTIONS : Give answer in two to three sentences. then find the perimeter of the rectangle.
1. In the given figure, AP and BP are angle bisector 6. In the given figure, ABCD is a quadrilateral,
of ÐA an d ÐB which meets at P on the the line segments bisecting ÐC and ÐD meet
parallelogram ABCD. Then prove that 2 ÐAPB at E. Then find the value of 2 ÐCED
= ÐB + ÐD
D C
A D 2 1
1
2
E
P A
B
3 7. DABC and DDBC are two isosceles triangles
4
B C
on the same base BC. (See figure) Show that
ÐABD = ÐACD.
2. In fig. X is a point in the interior of square
ABCD. AXYZ is also a square. If DY = 3 cm and
A
AZ = 2 cm, then find BY

B C

D
3. In the given figure, if PQRS is a square then
find the value of x.
 EBD_7802
240 Mathematics
8. If the bisectors of two adjacent angles A and B
of a quadrilateral ABCD intersect at a point O D C
such that ÐC + ÐD = k ÐAOB, then find the 80° x
value of k – 1
9. In the figure given below PQRS is a
parallelogram, L and M are the points on PS
1 105°
and QR respectively so that SL = PS and 73°
3 A B
1 E
QM = QR , then QLSM is a parallelogram
3
Long Answer Questions
S
R
L DIRECTIONS: Give answer in four to five sentences

1. Show that the line segments joining the mid-

points of the opposite sides of a quadrilateral
M bisect each other.
P Q 2. ABCD is a quadrilateral and BD is one of its
diagonals as shown in the following figure.
10. ABCD is a parallelogram as shown in the Show that quadrilateral ABCD is a parallelo-
figure. If AB = 2AD and P is the mid-point of gram and find its area.
AB, find the measure of ÐCPD.
D C D 3 C

4
x
A P B
11. In the given figure, ABCD is a parallelogram. A 3 B
Compute the value of x – y.
3. In figure, ABCD is a parallelogram, AE ^ DC
A D
and CF ^ AD. If AB = 16 cm, AE = 8 cm and
28°
CF = 10 cm, find AD.
60°
A B

12x
7y F
B C

ÐSRP D E C
12. PQRS is a square. Determine
5
4. D, E and F are respectively the mid-points of
13. In a rhombus ABCD, ÐA = 60° and AB = 6 cm. the sides BC, CA and AB of a DABC. Show that:
The length of the diagonal BD is equal to
14. Using the information given in figure, calculate
x
the value of
34
Quadrilaterals 241
(ii) ar (DDCB) = ar (DACB)
A
D A

F E
O

B C B
D C
(i) BDEF is a parallelogram (iii) DA || CB or ABCD is a parallelogram.
1 [Hint. From D and B, draw perpendiculars to AC.]
(ii) ar (DDEF) = ar (DABC)
4 6. P is the mid-point of side AB of a parallelo-
(iii) ar (BDEF) = ar (DABC).
gram ABCD. A line through B parallel to PD
5. In figure, diagonals AC and BD of quadrilateral meets DC at Q and AD produced at R. Prove
ABCD intersect at O such that OB = OD. If AB that
= CD, then show that :
(i) AR = 2 BC (ii) BR = 2BQ
(i) ar (DDOC) = ar (DAOB)

Very Short Answer Questions [1 Mark] 2. A diagonal of a parallelogram bisects one of its
1. Diagonals of a rhombus are equal an d angle. Prove that it will bisect its opposite angle
perpendicular to each other. Is this statement also. [Exemplar]
true? Give reason for your answer. [Exemplar] 3. There was four plants in Suraj's fields. Suraj
2. Diagonals AC and BD of a quadrilateral ABCD named their bases of P, Q, R, S. He joined PQ,
intersect each other at O such that OA : OC = QR, RS and SP. His teacher told him that the
3: 2. Is ABCD a parallelogram ? Why or why quadrilateral PQRS was a parallelogram. He
not? [Exemplar] asked him to find the measure of all the angles
of the parallelogram, provided that the measure
3. The quadrilateral formed by joining the mid-
points of the sides of a quadrilateral PQRS, of any one interior angle of PQRS. To obtain a
taken in order, is a rectangle, if [Exemplar] technique and hence to solve the problem, he
worked hard and spent much time.
Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks] (i) Obtain all the angles of the paralellogram
1. In fig, AX and CY are respectively the bisectors PQRS if ÐR = 80°
of the opposite an gles A and C of a (ii) Which mathematical concept is used in the
parallelogram ABCD. above problem?
Show that AX || CY [Exemplar] (iii) Which value was depicted by Suraj on such
a problem? [VBQ]
D Y A 4. Rani has a photo-frame without a photo in the
shape of a triangle with sides a, b, c in length.
She wants to find the perimeter of a triangle
formed by joining the mid-points of the sides of
the photo-frame. She could not understand how
to overcome this problem. She shares this
C problem with her classmate Renu. Renu helps
X B her and the required perimeter is computed.
 EBD_7802
242 Mathematics
(i) Find the perimeter of the triangle formed 2. PQ an d RM are two parallel lines and a
by joining the mid-points of the frame. transversal l intersects PQ at X and RM at Y.
(ii) Which mathemetical concept is used in the Bisector XS of ÐPXY, bisector YS of ÐXYR meet
above problem? at point S. Bisector XT of ÐQXY and bisector
(iii) Which value is depicted between Rani and YT of ÐXYM meet at point T. Prove that the
Renu? [VBQ] bisectors of the interior angles form a rectangle.
5. In a locality, a park is in the form of the [HOTS]
trapezium ABCD. E and F are the mid-points
of the non-parallel sides AD and BC. Trees are
l
to be planted along the lines AB, EF and CD
E
such that the distance between consecutive trees
is same. For this job, the contractor appointed X
two parties, one for the lines AB and CD and
P Q
the other for the line EF. On the completion of 4 1
the job, the second party was paid half the T
amount paid to the first party. Comment on the S 3 2
dealings of the contractor.
6. Explain why each interior angle of a square R Y M
is 90°. [HOTS] F

3. In fig, BE ^ AC. AD is any line from A to BC

90° 90° intersecting BE in H. P, Q an d R are
respectively the mid-points of AH, AB and BC.
Prove that ÐPQR = 90° [HOTS]

90° A
90°

Long Answer Questions [4 Marks] P E

Q
1. A point P is taken inside an equilateral four-
sided figure ABCD such that its distances from H
the vertices D and B are equal. Show that AP
and PC are in one and the same straight line.
[HOTS] B D R C

D C 4. E and F are respectively the mid-points of the

non-parallel sides AD and BC of a trapezium
ABCD. Prove that EF || AB and

2 3 1
P 4 EF = ( AB + CD ) [HOTS]
2
1

A B
Quadrilaterals 243

Exemplar MCQs 8. If APB and CQD are two parallel lines, then
1. Three angles of a quadrilateral are 75º, 90º and the bisectors of the angles APQ, BPQ, CQP and
75º, then the fourth angle is PQD form
(a) 90º (b) 95º (a) a square
(c) 105º (d) 120º (b) a rhombus
2. A diagonal of a rectangle is inclined to one side (c) a rectangle
of the rectangle at 25º. The acute angle between (d) any other parallelogram
the diagonals is 9. The figure obtained by joining the mid-points
(a) 55º (b) 50º of the sides of a rhombus, taken in order, is
(c) 40º (d) 25º (a) a rhombus (b) a rectangle
3. ABCD is a rhombus such that ÐACB = 40º, (c) a square (d) any parallelogram
then ÐADB is 10. D and E are the mid-points of the sides AB and
(a) 40º (b) 45º AC of DABC and O is any point on side BC. O
(c) 50º (d) 60º is joined to A. If P and Q are the mid-points of
4. The quadrilateral formed by joining the mid- OB and OC respectively, then DEQP is
points of the sides of a quadrilateral PQRS, taken (a) a square (b) a rectangle
in order, is a rectangle, if (c) a rhombus (d) a parallelogram
(a) PQRS is a rectangle 11. The figure formed by joining the mid-points of
(b) PQRS is a parallelogram the sides of a quadrilateral ABCD, taken in
(c) diagonals of PQRS are perpendicular order, is a square only, if
(d) diagonals of PQRS are equal (a) ABCD is a rhombus
5. The quadrilateral formed by joining the mid- (b) diagonals of ABCD are equal
points of the side of quadrilateral PQRS, taken (c) diagonals of ABCD are equal and
in order, is a rhombus, if perpendicular
(a) PQRS is a rhombus (d) diagonals of ABCD are perpendicular
(b) PQRS is a parallelogram 12. The diagonals AC and BD of a parallelogram
(c) diagonals of PQRS are perpendicular ABCD intersect each other at the point O. If
(d) diagonals of PQRS are equal ÐDAC = 32º and ÐAOB = 70º, then ÐDBC is
6. If angles A, B, C and D of the quadrilateral equal to
ABCD, taken in order are in the ratio 3 : 7 : 6 : (a) 24º (b) 86º
4, then ABCD is a (c) 38º (d) 32º
(a) rhombus (b) parallelogram 13. Which of the following is not true for a
(c) trapezium (d) kite parallelogram?
7. If bisectors of ÐA and ÐB of a quadrilateral (a) Opposite sides are equal
ABCD intersect each other at P, of ÐB and ÐC (b) Opposite angles are equal
at Q, of ÐC and ÐD at R and of ÐD and ÐA at (c) Opposite angles are bisected by th e
S, then PQRS is a diagonals
(a) rectangle (d) Diagonals bisect each other
(b) rhombus 14. D and E are the mid-points of the sides AB and
(c) parallelogram AC, respectively, of DABC. DE is produced to
(d) quadrilateral whose opposite angles are F. To prove that CF is equal and parallel to DA,
supplementary we need an additional information which is
 EBD_7802
244 Mathematics
(a) ÐDAE = ÐEFC (b) AE = EF 2. ABCD is a parallelogram. ‘P’ is a point on AD
(c) DE = EF (d) ÐADE = ÐECF 1
such that AP = AD and ‘Q’ is a point on BC
NTSE Past Year MCQs 3
1
1. If angles P, Q, R and S of the quadrilateral PQRS, such that CQ = BC. Then AQCP is a:
3
taken in order, are in the ratio 3 : 7 : 6 : 4, then (2010)
PQRS is a ________ (2009) (a) parallelogram (b) rhombus
(a) rhombus (b) parallelogram (c) rectangle (d) square
(c) trapezium (d) kite

CHAPTER TEST

Time : 30 Min. Max. Marks : 20

Directions : (i) Attempt all questions

(ii) Question 1 and 2 carry 1 mark each.
(iii) Question 3 and 4 carry 2 marks each.
(iv) Question 5, 6 and 7 carry 3 marks each.
(v) Question 8 carries 5 marks.
1. The angle of a quadrilateral are respectively 100°, 98°, 92°. Find the fourth angle
2. ABCD is a trapezium in which AB || DC and ÐA = ÐB = 45°. Find angles C and D of the trapezium.
3. Given DABC, lines are drawn through A, B and C parallel to the sides BC, CA and AB,
1
respectively forming DPQR. Show that BC = QR.
2
4. A class teacher gave students coloured papers in the shape of quadrilateral. She asked them to make
paralleogram from it using paper folding.
(a) How can a parallelogram be formed by using paper folding?
(b) Prove that it is a parallelogram.
(c) What values are depicted here?
5. Find the length of the diagonals of the rhombus of side 20 cm. Shown in the figure given below:
B

30° 90°
A C
O

D
6. Show that the quadrilateral formed by joining the midpoints of the sides of a square is also a square.
7. In a quadrilateral ABCD, AO and BO are the bisectors of ÐA and ÐB respectively. Prove that
1
ÐAOB = (ÐC + ÐD).
2
8. ABCD is a parallelogram where ÐDAB = 60°. If the bisectors AP and BP of angles A and B respectively,
meet at P on CD, prove that P is the mid-point of CD.
Quadrilaterals 245

(Opposite sides of rectangle are

equal in length)
Short Answer Questions : As, ÐSPQ = ÐRQP (Each right angle)
1. Since, PQRS is a parallelogram and, PQ = QP (Common side)
So, ÐP + ÐQ = 180º So, DSPQ @ DRQP
(Sum of adjacent angles)
(From SAS Congruence Rule)
1 1 Therefore, QS = PR (by CPCT)
Þ ÐP + ÐQ = 90º
2 2 Hence proved.
4. Since, sum of the angles of a quadrilateral is
é1 ù
Now, ÐPTQ = 180º - ê ( ÐP + ÐQ ) ú equal to 360º.
ë 2 û So, 4xº + 7xº + 15xº + 10xº = 360º
\ ÐPTQ = 180º - 90º \ 36x = 360º
Therefore, x = 10º
Hence, ÐPTQ = 90º Hence, smallest angle = 4xº = 40º
and largest angle = 15xº = 150º
S 4 cm R
2.
5. S O R

5 cm

1 2
P Q

P 4 cm Q Since, a parallelogram PQRS where the bisectors

of ÐP and ÐQ meet SR at O.
In DPSQ and DRQS Now, to prove : ÐPOQ = 90º
Q PQ = SR = 4 cm Q PQRS is a parallelogram.
and SQ = SQ (common side) So, PS || QR
As ÐSQP = ÐQSR (Each 90º) As, PS || QR and transversal PQ intersects them.

So, DPSQ @ DRQS (By SAS congruence rule) Then, ÐP + ÐQ = 180º

(Sum of adjacent interior angles is equal to 180º)
Therefore,
1 1
ar ( DPSQ ) = ar ( DSRQ ) Þ ÐP + ÐQ = 90º
2 2
[Since areas of congruent triangles are equal.]
3. Suppose PQRS be a rectangle \ Ð1 + Ð2 = 90º
Now, In DSPQ and DRQP, Then, in DPOQ
SP = RQ Ð1 + ÐPOQ + Ð2 = 180º
\ 90º + ÐPOQ = 180º
Hence, ÐPOQ = 90º
 EBD_7802
246 Mathematics

Long Answer Questions \ AE || FC

Therefore, AECF is a parallelogram.
1. Since a square ABCD where diagonal AC and
In DABP, E is the mid-point of AB and EQ || AP
BD intersects at O.
Then, Q is the mid-point of BP
Now to prove that
In the same way P is the mid-point of DQ
AC = BD
So, DP = PQ = QB
and AC ^ BD
Hence, Line segments AF and EC trisect the
D C diagonal BD.
3. Here, TX || PS
and SQ || RY
O
As, DPTS and DPXS lie on the same base and
between the same parallel lines XT and PS.
So, ar(DPTS) = ar(DPXS) ...(i)
Now, DSQR and DSQY lie on the same base SQ
A B
and between the same parallel lines SQ and RY.
Therefore, ar(DSQR) = ar(DSQY) ...(ii)
Proof : In DADB and DBCA
After adding (i) & (ii),
AD = BC (sides of square
ar(DPTS) + ar(DSQR) = ar(DPXS) + ar(DSQY)
ABCD)
...(iii)
ÐBAD = ÐABC = 90º After adding ar(DPQS) on both sides of (iii)
and AB = BA (common side) ar(DPTS) + ar(DPQS) + ar(DSQR)
So DADB @ DBCA (By SAS rule) = ar(DPXS) + ar(DPQS) + ar(DSQY)
Þ AC = BD (By C.P.C.T) Thus, ar(PQRST) = ar(DSXY)
Now, in DAOB and DAOD Hence proved.
OB = OD, AB = AD, AO = AO 4. Given ABCD and PQRC are rectangles, then
Therefore, DAOB @ DAOD AD || PQ and QR || AB
(SSS congruency rule) In DDCA, PQ || AD
Þ ÐAOB=ÐAOD and Q is the mid-point of AC
Here, ÐAOB + ÐAOD = 180º So, by the converse of mid-point theorem, R is
\ the mid-point of BC.
ÐAOB = ÐAOD = 90º
Þ AC ^ BD Now, ar ( PQRC ) = PQ ´ QR
Hence, AC = BD and AC ^ BD. Hence proved.
1
2. Since, E and F are the mid-points of sides AB = ( BC ) ´ 1 ( CD )
and CD. 2 2

1 1
So, AE = AB = ( BC ´ CD )
2 4

1 1
CF = CD = ar ( ABCD )
2 4
Now, in a parallelogram opposite sides are ar ( ABCD ) 4
equal. Hence, =
ar ( PQRC ) 1
\ AB = CD
Þ AE = CF 5. Since D and F are mid-point of BC and AB
As, AB || CD respectively
Quadrilaterals 247
7. Now to prove - PQRS is a parallelogram
A D R C
1

F 3 E
G S
4 Q

B D C
A
P B
So, by mid-point theorem in DABC, we have We join AC
Since in DABC, P and Q are the mid-points of
1 AB and BC respectively.
FD || AC and FD = AC
2 So, PQ || AC ...(i)
Therefore, FD = AE In DDAC, S and R are the mid-points of AD
and CD respectively.
and FD || AE
Therefore, SR || AC ...(ii)
Thus, AFDE is a parallelogram. From (i) and (ii), we have,
Þ ar (DFAE) = ar (DFDE) ...(i) PQ || SR
[A diagonal of parallelogram divides it In the same way,
into two congruent triangles] PS || QR
In DFAE and DGCE Therefore, PQRS is a parallelogram.
Q 8. We join DF and GC
Ð1 = Ð2
Q ar(ABCD) = ar(AGFE)
(alternate interior angles)
Now, ar(ABCD) – ar(AGOD)
AE = EC = ar(AGFE) – ar(AGOD)
Ð3 = Ð4 Þ ar(GOCB) = ar(DOFE)
(vertically opposite angles) As GOCB and DOFE are parallelograms and
Then DFAE @ DGCE (By ASA rule) ar(GOCB) = ar(DOFE)
So, 2ar(DGOC) = 2ar(DDOF)
Þ ar(DFAE) = ar(DGCE) ...(ii)
(A diagonal divides a parallelogram
From (i) and (ii), we get into two congruent triangles)
ar(DFDE) = ar(DEGC)
6. Since Dorjee's field is a rohmbus, suppose A G B
ABCD.
3
Then, ÐA = ÐC = ´ 180º = 67.5º
8 D C
O
5
and ÐA = ÐD = ´180º = 112.5º
8
Hence, ÐA = 67.5º , ÐB = 112.5º
ÐC = 67.5º and ÐD = 112.5º F
E

\ ar(DGOC) = ar(DDOF)
 EBD_7802
248 Mathematics
Þ ar(DGOC) + ar(DDGO)
= ar(DDOF) + ar(DDGO) A
Therefore, ar(DDGC) = ar(DDGF)
Here, DDGC and DDGF are triangles on same
base DG and have same areas. D F
So, they must lie between same paralles
Hence, DG || FC E G
H
9. Since in DABC, D, E and F are mid-point of
AB, BC and CA. B C

50º
Very Short Answer Questions
1. right angle triangle
D F
2. Since diagonals of a parallelogram bisect each
other.
60º 70º D C
B E C

\ EF || BD O

1 A B
Therefore, EF = AB = BD
2
Thus, BDFE is a || gm. 1 1
Thus,OC = × AC = × 12.8 = 6.4 cm
Hence, ÐB = ÐDEF = 60º 2 2
10. Since ABCD is a parallelogram 1 1
OD = × BD = × 7.6 = 3.8 cm
So, AB || CD Þ AB || NM 2 2
Now, AM ^ CD and BN ^ CD 3. Consider DARB.
Therefore, AM || BN
Thus, ABNM is a parallelogram In DARB,
Hence, AM = BN
A P B
11. Since, AD = DE = EB
As, DF||BC & EG||BC, DF||EG,
Now, in DAFG, AD = DE and DF || EG Þ F is
mid-point of AG
D C
Therefore, AF = FG Q
We join CD and suppose it meets EG at H
As in DDBC, E is mid-point of DB and EH ||
BC R
Hence, H is mid-point of DC P is the mid-point of AB and PD || BR.
In DDFG, HG || DF and H is mid-point of DC,
\ D is the mid-point of AR.
then G is mid-point of FC. So, FG = GC
From (i) and (ii), we get Þ AR = 2AD
AF = FG = GC Þ AR = 2BC (Q ABCD is a || gm)
Hence m = 2
Quadrilaterals 249
4. Let the smallest angle of x. Then, the other Þ y + 85 = 180 Þ y = 95°
angle is (3x – 20°). Since adjacent angles of a
8. Rectangle
parallelogram are supplementary.
9. ÐPQR = 90°
\ x + (3x – 20°) = 180° Þ x = 50°
Þ ÐPQS + ÐSQR = 90° Þ ÐSQR = 90 – 48 = 42°
So, angles are 50°, 130°, 50° and 130°.
10. Since sides of the square are equal, therefore,
5. D C
4x + 3
O P Q

75°
5x – 6
A B

1 1
In DADB, ÐA + ÐB + ÐAOB = 180° S R
2 2
4x + 3 = 5x – 6 Þ x = 9
1 1
ÐA + ÐB = 180° – 75° Short Answer Questions
2 2
1. ABCD is a parallelogram
1 1
ÐA + ÐB = 105° \ÐA + ÐB = 180º
2 2 [ AD P BC , AB is transversal] ...... (i)
ÐA + ÐB = 210°
But AP bisects ÐA Þ Ð1 = Ð2
In quadrilateral ABCD,
ÐA + ÐB + ÐC + ÐD = 360° and BP bisects ÐB Þ Ð3 = Ð4
ÐC + ÐD = 360° – (ÐA + ÐB) from (i)
= 360° – 210° = 150° ÐA + ÐB = 2 ( Ð2 + Ð3) = 180º
ÐC + ÐD = 150° or Ð2 + Ð3 = 90º
In DAPB
6. D Ð2 + Ð3 + ÐAPB = 180º
C (90º) + ÐAPB = 180º
ÐAPB = 90º
Then 2 ÐAPB = 2 × 90º
A 56°
= 180º = ÐC + ÐD
B 2. Since quadrilateral AXYZ is a square
ÐC = 180° – ÐB \ YZ = AZ = 2 cm
= 124° Now DZ = DY + YZ = 3 cm + 2cm = 5 cm
1 In right angled DAZD,
ÐACD = ÐC = 62°
2 AD 2 = AZ 2 + DZ 2 = 4cm 2 + 25 cm 2 = 29 cm2
ÐACD = 62° Since ABCD is a square,
7. ÐA = ÐC \ AB = AD Þ AB2 = AD2 = 29 cm2
Þ 3x – 20 = x + 40 In right angled DBAX,
Þ 2x = 60 Þ x = 30° AB2 = AX2 + BX2
Also, ÐA + ÐB = 180 29 = 4 + BX2
Þ (90 – 20) + y + 15 = 180 Þ BX = 5 cm
 EBD_7802
250 Mathematics
Since AXYZ is a square 1 1
6. Ð1 = ÐC and Ð2 = ÐD
\ XY = AZ = 2 cm 2 2
Now BY = BX + XY = 5 cm + 2 cm = 7 cm
In DDEC, Ð1 + Ð2 + ÐCED = 180°
3. The angles of a square are bisected by the diag-
Ð1 + Ð2 = 180° – ÐCED
onals.
Also, ÐA + ÐB + ÐC + ÐD = 360°
\ ÐORX = 45°
Þ ÐA + ÐB = 360° – (ÐC+ ÐD)
Now, ÐROS + ÐROX = 180° (Linear pair)
1
Þ ÐROX = 180 – 105 = 75° = 360 - 2 (Ð C+ ÐD)
2
In DROX, æ1 1 ö
ÐA + ÐB = 360 - 2 ç Ð C+ Ð D ÷
45° + 75° + x = 180° Þ x = 180 – 120 = 60° è2 2 ø
4. Join BD. ÐA + ÐB = 360 - 2(Ð1 + Ð2)
In DABD we have ÐA + ÐB = 360 - 2(180 - ÐCED)
D C ÐA + ÐB = 2ÐCED
y a
Hence, 2ÐCED = ÐA + ÐB
7. Since DABC is an isosceles triangle on the base BC
b x \ ÐABC = ÐACB ...(i)
A B Similarly, DDBC is an isosceles triangle on the
ÐABD + ÐADB = b ...(i) base BC
In DCBD, we have \ ÐDBC = ÐDCB ...(ii)
ÐCBD + ÐCDB = a ...(ii) Adding the corresponding sides of (i) and (ii),
Adding (i) and (ii), we get we get
ÐABC + ÐDBC = ÐACB + ÐDCB
(ÐABD + ÐCBD) + (ÐADB + ÐCDB) = a + b
Þ ÐABD = ÐACD.
Þ x+y=a+b
8. Let AO and OB be the bisectors of ÐA and ÐB
5. Let the length and breadth of the rectangle be respectively.
4x and 3x.
1 1
(4x)2 + (3x)2 = (25)2 [By Pythagoras theorem] Then Ð1 = ÐA and Ð2 = ÐB
2 2
Þ 16x2 + 9x2 = 625
D C
Þ 25x2 = 625
Þ x2 = 25 Þ x = 5 O
D C
1 2
25 3x A B
In DAOB, Ð1 + Ð2 + ÐAOB = 180°
A B [Angle sum property of a D]
4x
ÐAOB = 180° – (Ð1 + Ð2)
Length of rectangle = 4x = 20 cm Now, sum of angles of quadrilateral is 360°
Breadth of rectangle = 3x = 15 cm ÐA + ÐB + ÐC + ÐD = 360°
1 1 1
Perimeter of rectangle = 2(l + b) = 2(35) = 70 cm ( ÐA + ÐB) + ÐC + ÐD = 180°
2 2 2
Quadrilaterals 251

1 1 13. Since all the sides of a rhombus are equal.

Þ ( ÐC + ÐD ) = 180° - ( ÐA + ÐB ) \ AB = AD
2 2
Þ ÐABD = ÐADB
1
Þ ( ÐC + ÐD ) = ÐAOB In DABD,
2 60° + ÐABD + ÐADB = 180°
ÐC + ÐD = 2 ÐAOB Þ k = 2
The value of k – 1 is 2 – 1 = 1 Þ ÐABD = 60° = ÐADB
9. Since PQRS is a parallelogram Since DABD is equilateral
1 1 \ BD = 6 cm
Þ PS = QR Þ PS = QR Þ SL = QM ...(i)
3 3
and also SL || QM ...(ii)
From (i) and (ii), we conclude that QLSM
is a parallelogram.
10. As shown in the figure, since P is the mid-point
of AB and AB = 2AD,
we have AB = 2AP = 2AD.
or AP = AD
i.e., triangle ADP is an isosceles triangle.
If ÐAPD = x
and ÐAPD = x, then,
ÐA = 180° – 2x
Þ ÐB = 2x
ÐCPB = ÐPCB = 90° – x 14. Since, EAB is a straight line
Since ÐAPB = 180°, ÐDPC = 90° \ ÐDAE + ÐDAB = 180°
11. Since ABCD is a parallelogram Þ 73° + ÐDAB = 180°
\ AB || DC and AD || BC. i.e., ÐDAB = 180° – 73° = 107°
Now, AB || DC and transversal BD intersect Since, the sum of the angles of quadrilateral
them. ABCD is 360°
\ ÐABD = ÐBDC Þ 12x = 60 Þ x = 5 \ 107° + 105° + x + 80° = 360°
Similarly, AD || BC an d transversal BD Þ 292° + x = 360°
intersects them and, x = 360° – 292° = 68°
\ ÐDBC = ÐADB x 68
Þ 7y = 28 Þ y = 4 Hence = =2
34 34
Hence, x – y = 5 – 4 = 1
12. Since PQRS is a square Long Answer Questions
S R 1. Given : P, Q, R and S are the mid-points of the
1 sides DC, CB, BA and AD respectively in a
quadrilateral ABCD.
To prove : PR and QS bisect each other.
Construction : Join PQ, QR, RS, SP, AC and BD.
2 Proof :
P Q R
A B
\ PS = SR and ÐPSR = 90°
Now, in DPSR, we have
PS = SR Þ Ð1 = Ð2
S Q
But Ð1 + Ð2 + ÐPSR = 180°
Þ (2 Ð1) = 90° Þ Ð1 = 45°
ÐSRP Ð1 45
Hence, = = =9 D C
5 5 5 P
 EBD_7802
252 Mathematics
Since, R and Q are the mid-points of AB and 4. (i) EF || BC
BC respectively. in DABC (Q In a triangle ABC, the line segment FE
joining the mid-points F and E of two sides
1
\ RQ || AC and RQ = AC AB and AC is parallel to the third side.)
2 Þ EF || BD (Q BD is the part of BC) ....(i)
Similarly, P and S are the mid-points of AD and Similarly, the line segment ED, joining the
DC respectively mid-points E and D of two sides CA and
\ we have CB is parallel to the 3rd side.
1 \ ED || BF ....(ii)
PS || AC and PS = AC From (i) and (ii),
2
\ RQ || PS and RQ = PS. BDEF is a parallelogram.
Thus a pair of opposite sides of a quadrilateral (ii) From (i), we can have
PQRS are parallel and equal. AFDE and FDCE are parallelograms.
\ Quadrilateral PQRS is a parallelogram. Now, ar (DFBD) = ar (DDEF) ....(iii)
Since the diagonals of a parallelogram bisect (Q FD is a diagonal of ||gm BDEF.)
each other. Similarly, ar (DDEF) = ar (DFAE) ....(iv)
\ PR and QS bisect each other. and, ar (DDEF) = ar (DDCE) ....(v)
From (iii), (iv) and (v), we have
2. From the figure it is clear that
ar (DFBD) = ar (DDEF) = ar (DFAE)
ÐCDB = ÐABD = 90°
= ar (DDCE) ....(vi)
But these angles form a pair of alternate
Since, DABC is divided into four triangles
equal angles.
DFBD, DDEF, DFAE and DDCE.
\ DC || AB
\ ar (DABC) = ar (DFBD) + ar (DDEF)
Also, DC = AB = 3 units (From figure)
+ ar (DFAE)
Now, we know that A quadrilateral is a paral-
+ ar (DDCE) = 4 ar (DDEF)
lelogram if a pair of opposite sides is parallel
[From (vi)]
and is of equal length.
\ Quadrilateral ABCD is a parallelogram. 1
Þ ar (DDEF) = ar (DABC) ....(vii)
Now, area of the || gm ABCD 4
= Base × Corresponding altitude
(iii) Consider
= AB × BD
= 3 × 4 square units (Q AB = 3, BD = 4) ar (BDEF) = ar (DFBD) + ar (DDEF)
= 12 square units = ar (DDEF) + ar (DDEF) [From (iii)]
3. Since, ABCD is a parallelogram in which AB || DC = 2 ar (DDEF)
\ AB = DC
1
Þ Base DC = 16 cm = 2. ar (DABC) [From (vii)]
Height AE = 8 cm. (Given) 4
Area of || gm = Base × Corresponding Altitude 1
\ Area of || gm ABCD = ar (DABC).
2
= DC × AE = 16 × 8 = 128 cm2 ...(i)
5.
Again by considering AD as the base and height as
CF = 10 cm. D A
\ Area of || gm ABCD = AD × CF
= AD × 10 = (10 AD) cm2 F
Clearly 10. AD = 128 (By using (i))
O
128 E
Þ AD = = 12.8 cm
10
C B
Quadrilaterals 253
(i) Draw DE ^ AC and BF ^ AC (iii) ar (DDOC) = ar (DAOB) [From (i)]
In DADB, AO is a median Þ ar (DDOC) + ar (DOCB)
\ ar (DAOD) = ar (DAOB) ....(i) = ar (DAOB) + ar (DOCB)
(Q A median of a triangle divides it into (Adding same areas on both sides)
two triangles of equal areas) Þ ar (DDCB) = ar (DACB).
Similarly, in DCBD, CO is a median. 6. (i) Consider DARB. In DARB,
\ ar (DCOD) = ar (DCOB) ....(ii) P is the mid-point of AB and PD || BR (Giv-
Adding (i) and (ii), we get en)
ar (DAOD) + ar (DCOD) = ar (DAOB)
A P B
+ ar (DCOB)
Þ ar (DACD) = ar (DACB)
( AC )( DE ) ( AC )( BF )
Þ =
2 2

æ Base×Corresponding altitudeö D Q C
çèQArea of a triangle = ÷ø
2
Þ DE = BF ....(iii)
In right Ds DEC and BFA,
Hyp. DC = Hyp. BA
R
DE = BF ( From (iii))
\ DDEC @ DBFA (R.H.S. Rule) \ D is the mid-point of AR
\ ÐDCE = ÐBAF (C.P.C.T.) Þ AR = 2AD
But these angles form a pair of equal Þ AR = 2BC
alternate interior angles.
éQ ABCD is a ||gm\ AD = BC ù
\ DC || AB ....(iv) ë û
Since, DC = AB and DC || AB (ii) ABCD is a ||gm
\ ABCD is a parallelogram Þ DC | | AB
(Q A quadrilateral is a parallelogram if a Þ DQ | | AB
pair of opposite sides is parallel and equal) Thus, in DRAB, D is the mid-point of AR
\ DA || CB and DQ || AB.
(Q Opposite sides of a ||gm are parallel) \ Q is the mid-point of RB
(ii) Since, ABCD is a || gm Þ BR = 2BQ
\ OC = OA ....(v)
OC ´ DE
ar (DDOC) =
2 Very Short Answer Questions
1. This statement is false, because diagonals of a
OA ´ BE
ar (DAOB) = rhombus are perpendicular but not equal to each
2 other.
ar (DDOC) = ar (DAOB). 2. ABCD is not a parallelogram, because
(Q DE = BF and OC = OA) diagonals of a paralellogram bisect each other.
Here OA ¹ OC
3. Diagonals of PQRS are perpendicular.
 EBD_7802
254 Mathematics

Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks] \ ÐS = 180° – 80°

= 100°
1. ÐA = ÐC Thus, ÐP = 80°, ÐQ = 100°, ÐR = 80°,
(Opposite angles of parallelogram ABCD) ÐS = 100°
1 1
Therefore, ÐA = ÐC S P
2 2
i.e., ÐYAX = ÐYCX ...(i)
Also, ÐAYC + ÐYCX = 180° (Because YA || CX)
...(ii)
Therefore, ÐAYC + ÐYAX = 180° [From (i)
and (ii)] 80°
So, AX || CY R Q
(As interior angles on the same side of the
(ii) Property of co-interior angles and
transversal are supplementary)
transversal.
2. Let us draw the figure as per given condition
(iii) Sincerity, dedication and determination.
(Fig.)
4. (i) Suppore the photo-frame ABC be such that
B BC = a, CA = b and AB = c whereas the
A
mid-points of AB, BC and CA are D, E
and F respectively .
In DABC, DF is the line-segment which is
obtained by joining the mid-points of AB
and AC.

A
D C

In it, AC is a diagonal which bisects ÐBAD of a

the parallelogram ABCD, i.e., it is given that cD 2 F b
ÐBAC = ÐDAC. We need to prove that ÐBCA
= ÐDCA b c
AB || CD and AC is a transversal. 2 2
Therefore, ÐBAC = ÐDCA (Alternate angles) B C
E
...(i) a
Similarly, ÐDAC = ÐBCA (From AD || BC) Then, DF is parallel to BC and
...(ii)
BC a
But it is given that ÐBAC = ÐDAC ...(iii) DF = =
Therefore, from (i), (ii) and (iii), we have ÐBCA 2 2
= ÐDCA In the same way,
3. (i) Since, ÐR = 80° AC b
Here, SR || PQ and RQ is transversal DE = =
2 2
So, ÐR + ÐQ = 180°
(By property of co-interior angles) AB c
Now, EF = =
\ ÐQ = 180° – 80° 2 2
= 100° Therefore,
Now, ÐQ + ÐP = 180°
a b c
Therefore, ÐP = 180° – 100 = 80° DF + DE + EF = + +
Similarly ÐS + ÐR = 180° 2 2 2
Quadrilaterals 255
AP = AP (Common)
a+b+c
= and given
2
PD = PB
1 \ By SSS rule
Hence required perimeter is (a + b + c )
2 DAPD @ DAPB
(ii) Mid-point theorem for a triangle. \ Ð1 = Ð2 (C.P.C.T)
(iii) Mutual cooperation is depicted between Similarly, DDPC @ DBPC
Rani and Renu. \ Ð3 = Ð4 (C.P.C.T.)
D C But Ð1 + Ð2 + Ð3 + Ð4 = 360° (Q
5.
Sum of all the angles round a point = 360°)
G
Þ 2Ð2 + 2Ð3 = 360° (Q Ð1
F E = Ð2 and Ð3 = Ð4)
Þ Ð2 + Ð3 = 180°
A B Þ AP and PC are in one and the same
straight line (Linear Pair Axiom)
Proof : F is the mid point of AD
2. Since PQ || RM and EF intersects them
then in DBAE and DCGE
BE = EC \ ÐQXY = ÐRYX (Alternate angles)
Ð AEB = ÐGEC (vertically opporite angles) 1 1
ÐEBA = ÐECG (Alternate interior angles) Þ ÐQXY = ÐRYX
YX
2 2
DBAE @ DCGE
Þ GC = AB Þ Ð1 = Ð3
GE = EA But these angles form a pair of equal alternate
In DAGD, E and F are mid points of BC and AD. angles for lines XT and SY and a transversal
XY.
1
\ EF || GD and EF = GD \ XT = SY ....(i)
2
Similarly, we can have
1 SX || YT ....(ii)
Þ EF || DC and EF = (GC + DC)
2 From (i) and (ii), and fact that a quadrilateral
1 is a parallelogram if both pairs of its opposite
Þ EF || AB and EF = (AB + DC) sides are parallel
2
SYTX is a parallelogram
[Q GC = AB]
Here, contractor is honest and shows full justice Now, ÐQXY + ÐMYX = 180° (Consecutive
to both the parties by dividing the exact work interior angles)
and exact amount of money. 1 1
6. Square is a parallelogram. In a parallelogram Þ ÐQXY + ÐMYX = 90°
2 2
sum of the interior angles is 180°, and since
square has all its angles equal. Þ Ð1 + Ð2 = 90°
But Ð1 + Ð2 + ÐXTY = 180° (Angle sum
\ ÐA + ÐB = 180°
property of a D)
ÐA + ÐA = 180° Þ 2ÐA = 180°
ÐA = 90° Þ 90° + ÐXTY = 180°
ÐA = ÐB = ÐC = ÐD = 90° Þ ÐXTY = 90°
Þ ÐYSX = 90°
Long Answer Questions
and ÐSXT = 90
1. In DAPD and DAPB, we have
(Q Consecutive interior angles are
AD = AB supplementary)
 EBD_7802
256 Mathematics
Now, ÐSXT = 90° Þ ÐSYT = 90° From (i),
(Opposite angles of a ||gm are equal)
1 1 1
Thus each angle of the parallelogram SYTX is EF = QC = ( QD + DC ) = ( AB + CD )
90°. Hence parallelogram SYTX is a rectangle. 2 2 2
3. In DABC, Q and R are the mid-points of AB [Using (ii)]
and BC respectively.
\ QR || AC ....(i) 1
In DABH, Q and P are the mid-points of AB Hence, EF = ( AB + CD )
2
and AH respectively.
\ QP || BH Þ QP || BE ....(ii)
But AC ^ BE. Therefore, from (i) and (ii) we
have
QP ^ QR Þ ÐPQR = 90° Exemplar MCQs

4. A B 1. (d) Since ÐA = 75º, ÐB = 90º

and ÐC = 75º
As, sum of all the angles of a quadrilateral
E F is 360º.
ÐA + ÐB + ÐC + ÐD = 360º
So, 75º + 90º + 75º + ÐD = 360º
Q D C
Therefore, ÐD = 360º – (75º + 90º + 75º)
Given: AB | | CD and E, F are the mid-points = 360º – 240º
of sides AD and BC respectively. = 120º
1 Thus, the fourth angle is 120º.
To prove: EF | | AB, EF = ( AB + CD ) 2. (b) Since, diagonals of a rectangle are equal
2
Construction: Join BE and produce it to meet
CD produced at Q. D C
Proof: In DBQC O
Since E and F are the mid-points of sides AD 3
and BC respectively.
\ By Mid-point Theorem, A 25º 2 B
1 1
EF | | QC and EF = QC ...(i)
2
So, AC = BD
Þ EF | | DC
1 1
But DC | | AB (Given) AC = BD
2 2
Þ EF | | AB
\ OA = OB
Now, In DAEB and DDEQ, we have Ð2 = Ð1
ÐAEB = ÐDEQ (Vertically opposite angles) [angles opposite to equal sides
AE = ED (E is the mid-point of AD) are also equal]
ÐBAE = ÐEDQ (Alternate interior angles) = 25º
Therefore, Ð3 = Ð1 + Ð2
\ DAEB @ DDEQ (By ASA congruence
= 25º + 25º = 50º
criterion)
Hen ce, the acute angle between the
Þ AB = QD (CPCT) ...(ii) diagonals is equal to 50º.
Quadrilaterals 257
3. (c) Since, ABCD is a rhombus such that 5. (d) Since, the quadrilateral ABCD is a
ÐACB = 40º rhombus.
As, AD || BC
ÐDAC = ÐBCA P C S
[By property of alternate interior angles]
Now, ÐAOD = 90º
[diagonals of a rhombus are
perpendicular] D B

D C

40º
Q A R

In DPQS,
O
1
DC = QS
2
[By mid-point theorem] ...(i)
A B
Now, in DPSR
Q ÐADO + ÐDOA + ÐOAD = 180º 1
BC = PR ...(ii)
[By angle sum property] 2
So, ÐADO = 180º – (40º + 90º) Q BC = DC
= 180º – 130º [ABCD is a rhombus]
= 50º
Hence, ÐADB = 50º 1 1
So, QS = PR
4. (c) As, the quadrilateral ABCD formed by 2 2
joining the mid-points of the sides of a [from eqs. (i) and (ii)]
quadrilateral PQRS is a rectangle. Therefore, QS = PR
So, AC = BD Hence, diagonals of PQRS are equal in
[diagonals of a rectangle] length.
\ PQ = QR 6. (c) Since ratio of angles of quadrilateral ABCD
Therefore, quadrilateral PQRS is a rhombus. is 3 : 7 : 6 : 4.
Suppose angles of quadrilateral ABCD be
P A Q 3x, 7x, 6x and 4x, respectively.
So, 3x + 7x + 6x + 4x = 360º
[By angle sum property]
\ 20x = 360º
D B Therefore, x = 18º
Thus, angles of the quadrilateral are
ÐA = 3 × 18 = 54º
ÐB = 7 × 18 = 126º
ÐC = 6 × 18 = 108º
S C R and ÐD = 4 × 18 = 72º
Hence, diagonals of PQRS are
perpendicular.
 EBD_7802
258 Mathematics

ÐRDC + ÐDCR = 180º - ÐCRD ...(iii)

A
After substituting the value Eqs. (ii) and
54º (iii) in Eq. (i),
180º - ÐBPA + 180º - ÐDRC = 180º
126º B ÐBPA + ÐDRC = 180º
\ ÐSPQ + ÐSRQ = 180º
72º 108º
[vertically opposite angles]
D C E Thus, PQRS is a quadrilateral whose
opposite angles are supplementary.
Now, ÐBCE = 180º – ÐBCD
8. (c) Since, APB and CQD are two parallel lines.
= 180º – 108º = 72º=ÐADC
As, the corresponding angles are equal. A P B
So, BC || AD
Here, ÐA + ÐB = 126º + 54º = 180º
and ÐC + ÐD = 108º + 72º = 180º
Hence, ABCD is a trapezium.
7. (d) Since, ABCD is a quadrilateral and all its M N
angles bisectors make a quadrilateral
PQRS.

A
B C Q D

P Q APB || CQD
\ ÐAPQ = ÐPQD
Q
S [alternate interior angles]
Now, 2 ÐMPQ = 2ÐNQP
R
Angle bisectors of ÐAPQ and ÐDQP
C So, ÐMPQ = ÐNQP
D [alternate interior angles]
Þ PM || QN
As, ÐA + ÐB + ÐC + ÐD = 360º As, ÐBPQ = ÐCQP [alternate interior
[By angle sum property] angles]
1 Therefore, PN || QM
( ÐA + ÐB + ÐC + ÐD ) = 180º Thus, quadrilateral PMQN is a
2
parallelogram
\ ÐPAB + ÐPBA + ÐRCD + ÐRDC = 180º
Here, ÐCQD = 180º
...(i)
In DAPB, ÐCQP + ÐDQP = 180º
ÐPAB + ÐABP + ÐBPA = 180º 2ÐMQP + 2ÐNQP = 180º
So, ÐPAB + ÐABP = 180º - ÐBPA ...(ii) [angle bisectors of ÐCQP and DQP]
In DRDC, 2 ( ÐMQP + ÐNQP ) = 180º
ÐRDC + ÐDCR + ÐCRD = 180º \ ÐMQN = 90º
Therefore, Hence, PMQN will be a rectangle.
Quadrilaterals 259
9. (b) Suppose ABCD be a rhombus where P, Q, = PO + OQ
R and S are the mid-points of sides AB, = PQ ...(ii)
BC, CD and DA, respectively.
In DABC, PQ || AC A
1
and PQ = AC
2
[By mid-point theorem] ...(i) D E
D R C
B C
P O Q
S Q
As, in DAOC,
EQ || AO
A P B 1
and EQ = AO
2
Now, in DDAC,
[By mid-point theorem] ...(iii)
SR || AC Q In DABO,
1
and SR = AC ...(ii) 1
2 PD || AO and PD = AO
2
From eqs. (i) and (ii)
[By mid-point theorem] ...(iv)
PQ || SR and PQ = SR
From Eqs. (iii) and (iv),
\ PQRS is a parallelogram.
EQ || PD and EQ = PD
Here, ABQS is a parallelogram.
And, from Eqs. (i) and (ii),
\ AB = SQ ...(iii)
DE || BC
Q PBCR is a parallelogram.
and DE = PQ
\ BC = PR Therefore, DEQP is a parallelogram.
\ AB = PR [Q BC = AB] 11. (c) Since, ABCD is a quadrilateral where P,
Therefore SQ = PR [from Q, R and S are the mid-points of sides of
eqs. (iii)] AB, BC, CD and DA, respectively. So
Thus, the diagonals of a parallelogram are
PQRS is a square.
equal in length.
Hence, PQRS will be a rectangle.
A P B
10. (d) In DABC,
DE || BC ...(i)
By mid-point theorem,
1 S Q
where, DE = BC
2
Now,
1
DE = [ BP + PO + OQ + QC] D R C
2
1
= [2PO + 2OQ]
2
 EBD_7802
260 Mathematics
Here, PQ = QR = RS = PS ...(i) 14. (c) Since, in DADE and DCFE,
and PR = SQ
As, PR = BC and SQ = AB A
So, AB = BC
Therefore, quadrilateral ABCD is either a
square or a rhombus. E
D F
In DADB, By mid-point theorem
SP || DB
1 B C
and SP = DB ...(ii)
2
Now, in DABC Let, DE = EF
As, AE = CE
1 Now, ÐAED = ÐFEC
PQ || AC and PQ =
AC
2 [vertically opposite angles]
[By mid-point theorem] ...(iii) Here, DADE @ DCFE
From Eq. (i), [By SAS congruence rule]
PS = PQ So, AD = CF [by CPCT rule]
1 1 and ÐADE = ÐCFE
\ DB = AC Thus, AD || CF [alternate interior angles]
2 2
Hence, an additional information is
\ DB = AC
required which is DE = EF.
As diagonals of ABCD are equal and so
quadrilateral ABCD is a square not NTSE Past Year MCQs
rhombus. Hence, diagonals of quadrilateral 1. (c) Let the angles of the quadrilateral be
are perpendicular. ÐP = 3x, ÐQ = 7x, ÐR = 6x, ÐS = 4x
12. (c) Since, ÐAOB = 70º and ÐDAC = 32º The sum of four angles of quadrilateral is
360°.
D C Þ ÐP + ÐQ + ÐR + ÐS = 360°
32º
Þ 20x = 360°
Þ x = 18°
O
So the angles are as follows:
70º
32º ÐP = 3 × 18° = 54°
A B ÐQ = 7 × 18° = 126°
ÐR = 6 × 18° = 108°
So, ÐACB = 32º ÐS = 4 × 18° = 72°
Q ÐAOB + ÐBOC = 180º All the four angles are distinct. So the
\ ÐBOC = 180º – ÐAOB quadrilateral ABCD is a trapezium.
= 180º – 70º = 110º
In DBOC, A P D
2. (a)
ÐBOC + ÐBCO + ÐOBC = 180º
[By angle sum property]
\ 110º + 32º + ÐOBC = 180º
Therefore, ÐOBC = 38º
Hence, ÐDBC = ÐOBC = 38º
13. (c) In a parallelogram, opposite sides are equal, B Q C
opposite angles are equal and diagonals Since, ABCD is a parallelogram
bisect each other.
Quadrilaterals 261
Then, AD = BC
4. A
1 1 P
AD = BC B
3 3
AP = CQ Q
Since, AD || BC Þ AP || QC S
AP || QC and AP = QC
AQ || PC and AQ = PC C R D
\ AQCP is a parallelogram.
(a) By joining mid pts. of sides of a
quadrilateral, we can draw a
parallelogram PQRS.
1. Let the measure of fourth angle be x°. We know
(b) In DABD, P & Q are mid points of AB
that the sum of the angles of a quadrilateral is
and AD respectively.
360°.
\ 100 + 98 + 92 + x = 360 1
\ PQ || BD & PQ = BD ...... (1) (Mid
Þ 290 + x = 360 2
Þ `x = 360 – 290 = 70. point theorem)
Hence the measure of fourth angle is 70°
1
C Similarly, RS || BD & RS = BD..... (2)
2. D 2
From (1) & (2), PQRS is a parallelogram.
(c) Values : Curiosity, Happiness, Scientific
45° Temper.
45°
5. Since ÐAOB = 90° and ÐOAB = 30°
A B
OA 3
Since AB || DC. Therefore, ÐA + ÐD = 180° \ = cos30° =
AB 2
Þ 45° + ÐD = 180°
Þ ÐD = 180° – 45° = 135° 3
\ OA = (20) = 10 3
Similarly C = Ð135° 2
Þ AC = 2 (10 3 ) = 20 3 cm
3. R C P
OB 1
Again = sin30° =
AB 2
A B 1
\ OB = (20) = 10 cm
2
Q \ BD = 2 (10) = 20 cm.
6. Given ABCD is a square. P, Q, R and S are the
We have, AQ || CB and AC || QB midpoints of the sides DC, CB, BA and AD
Þ AQBC is a parallelogram respectively. Join PQ, QR, RS and SP
Þ BC = AQ ... (1) To Prove: PQRS is a square.
[Opposite sides of a parallelogram] Construction: Join AC and BD.
Again, AR || BC and AB || RC Þ ARCB is a A R B
parallelogram.
Þ BC = AR ... (2)
H E
[Opposite sides of a parallelogram]
S Q
From (1) and (2), we get AQ = AR O
1 1 G F
Þ AQ = AR = QR Þ BC = QR.
2 2 D P C
 EBD_7802
262 Mathematics
1 éQÐA + ÐB+ ÐC + ÐD = 360° ù
Proof: RQ || AC & RQ = AC and SP || AC
2 ëê\ ÐA + ÐB = 360° – (ÐC + ÐD)ûú
1
& SP = AC [By midpoint theorem] 1
2 Þ ÐAOB = 180° – 180° + (ÐC + ÐD)
\ RQ = SP and RQ || SP 2
\ PQRS is a parallelogram
1
\ RQ || AC Þ ÐAOB = (ÐC + ÐD)
Þ RE || HO and SR || BD 2
Þ HR || OE D
8. P C
Þ OERH is parallelogram.
ÐHRE = ÐHOE [Opposite angels of
parallelogram] 30° 60°
Þ ÐHRE = 90° [ÐHOE = 90°, diagonals 30° 60°
of square are perpendicular to each other] A B
So, Quadrilateral PQRS is a rectangle.
We have, ÐDAB = 60°
1 1 ÐA + ÐB = 180
AC = BD Þ AC = BD [Diagonals of
2 2 \ 60° + ÐB = 120°
square] Þ ÐB = 120°
\ RQ = QP = RS = SP Now, AB || DC and transversal AP intersects
So, Quadrilateral PQRS is a square. them.
7. In DAOB, we have \ ÐPAB = ÐAPD
Þ ÐAPD = 30° [Q ÐPAB = 30°]
C
D Thus, in DAPD, we have
ÐPAD = ÐAPD [Each equal to 30°]
Þ AD = PD ... (i)
O
[Q Angles opposite to equal sides are equal]
Since BP is the bisector of ÐB.
1 2 Therefore, ÐABP = ÐPBC = 60°
A B
Now, AB || DC and transversal BP intersects
ÐAOB + Ð1 + Ð2 = 180° them.
Þ ÐAOB = 180° – (Ð1 – Ð2) \ ÐCPB = ÐABP
æ1 1 ö Þ ÐCPB = 60° [\ ÐABP = 60°]
Þ ÐAOB = 180° – ç Ð A + Ð B ÷ Thus, in DCBP, we have
è2 2 ø
ÐCBP = ÐCPB [Each equal to 60°]
1 1 Þ CP = BC
[Q Ð1 = ÐA and Ð2 = ÐB] [Q Sides opp, to equal angles are equal]
2 2
Þ CP = AD ... (ii)
1 [Q ABCD is a ||gm \ AD = BC]
Þ ÐAOB = 180° – (ÐA + ÐB)
2 From (i) and (ii), we get
1 PD = CP
Þ ÐAOB = 180° – [360° – (ÐC + ÐD)] Þ P is the mid-point of CD.
2
 AREAS OF
PARALLELOGRAMS
9 AND TRIANGLES

AREA
The part of the plane enclosed by a simple closed figure is called a planar region corresponding to that
figure. The magnitude or measure of the planar region is called its Area.

FIGURES ON THE SAME BASE AND BETWEEN THE SAME PARALLEL LINES
Two figures are said to be on the same base and between the same parallel lines, if they have a common
base (or side) and their vertices opposite to the common base lie on a same line parallel to the base. Look
at the figures:

(i) (ii) (iii)

In (i) trapezium ABCD and parallelogram ABEF are on the same base AB. Besides these, the vertices C and
D of trapezium ABCD opposite to base AB and the vertices E and F of parallelogram ABEF opposite to base
AB lie on a line DE parallel to AB. So we can say that trapezium ABCD and parallelogram ABEF are on the
same base AB and between the same pair of parallel lines AB and DE. Similarly in (ii), triangle ABC and
ABD are on the same base AB and lie between the same parallel lines AB and CD. Also in (iii) parallelogram
ABCD and triangle ABE are on the same base AB and between the same parallel lines AB and DE.
BASE AND ALTITUDE OF A PARALLELOGRAM
Base
Any side of a parallelogram can be called its base.
Altitude
The length of the line segment which is perpendicular to the base from the opposite vertex is called the
altitude or height of the parallelogram corresponding to the given base.
D C
M

A B
L
 EBD_7802
264 Mathematics
In the adjoining figure
(i) DL is the altitude of parallelogram ABCD, corresponding to the base AB.
(ii) DM is the altitude of parallelogram ABCD, corresponding to the base BC.
Also, the area of a parallelogram is the product of its any side and the corresponding altitude.
\ Area of parallelogram ABCD = DL × AB = DM ´ BC
PARALLELOGRAMS ON THE SAME BASE AND BETWEEN THE SAME
PARALLELS
Parallelograms on the same base and between the same parallels are equal in area.
We can also say that parallelograms on the same base or equal bases and having same areas lie between the
same parallels.
A B

D E C
Theorem 1: Parallelograms on the same (or equal) base and between the same parallel lines are
equal in area.
Given : Two parallelograms ABCD and ABEF, which have the same base AB and which are between the
same parallel lines AB and FC.
To Prove : Area of || gm ABCD = area of || gm ABEF F D E C
Proof : In D ADF and DBCE,
AD = BC [opp. sides of a || gm]
AF = BE [opp. sides of a ||gm]
Also, AD || BC and AF || BE
So the angle between AD and AF is equal to the angle between BC and BE.
i.e. Ð DAF = Ð CBE A B
\ D ADF @ D BCE [By SAS congruent Rule]
\ area (D ADF) = area (D BCE) [By congruent area Axiom] ...(i)
Now, area || gm ABCD = area ( YABED) + (DBCE)
= area ( YABED) + area (DADF) [Using (i)]
area (|| gm ABCD) = area (|| gm ABEF)
Remark : A parallelogram and a rectangle on the same base and between the same parallel lines are also
equal in area.
ILLUSTRATION : 1
The diagonals of a parallelogram ABCD intersect at O. A line through O meets AB in X and CD in Y.
1
Show that ar( AXYD) = ( ar || gm ABCD ) .
2

D Y C

A X B
Areas of Parallelograms and Triangles 265
SOLUTION :
Since a diagonal of a parallelogram divides it into two triangles of equal area, therefore diagonal AC of
|| gm ABCD divides it into two triangles of equal area.
1
\ ar ( DACD ) = ar ( ||gm ABCD ) ...(i)
2
In Ds AOX and COY, we have
ÐAOX = ÐCOY [... Vertically opposite angles are equal]
éQ Diagonals of a ||gm bisect each other ù
AO = CO ê\ O is the mid-point of AC ú
ë û
éQ AB || DC and transversal AC cuts them ù
and ÐOAX = ÐOCY ê\ ÐCAB = ÐACD Þ ÐOAX = ÐOCY ú
ë û

So, by ASA criterion of congruence, we have

DAOX @ DCOY
Þ ar(DAOX) = ar(DCOY) [By Congruent area axiom]
Þ ar(DAOX) + ar( W AOYD) = ar(DCOY) + ar( W AOYD) [Adding ar( W AOYD) on both sides]

Þ ar (X AXYD ) = ar ( DACD) ...(ii)

ar (W AXYD ) =
1
From (i) and (ii), we get ar (||gm ABCD )
2
ILLUSTRATION : 2
If a triangle and a parallelogram are on the same (or equal) base and between the same parallel lines,
then prove that area of the triangle is equal to half the area of the parallelogram.
SOLUTION :
Given : D ABP and || gm ABCD be on the same base AB and between the same parallel lines AB and PC
(See fig.) D P C Q
1
To Prove : Area of D PAB = area of || gm ABCD
2
Construction : From B, draw BQ || AP

Proof : Since AB || PQ and AP || BQ, therefore ABQP is parallelogram.

Now, parallelogram ABQP and ABCD are on the same base AB and between the same parallels AB and PC.
\ area of || gm ABQP = area of || gm ABCD ...(i)
Since diagonal PB divides || gm ABQP into two triangles of equal areas
\ Area of DPAB = area of D BQP ...(ii)
\ Now, area of || gm ABQP = area of D PAB + area of D BQP
= 2 × area of D PAB [from (ii)]
1
\ Area of D PAB = area of || gm ABQP
2

1
Þ area of D PAB = area of || gm ABCD
2
 EBD_7802
266 Mathematics
Triangles on the Same Base and Between the Same Parallels
The area of a triangle is half the product of its base (or any side) and the corresponding altitude (or height)
consider a triangle ABC with AD as its altitude.
Then we have,
1
Area of DABC = × BC × AD
2
A

B D C
Points to remember :
1. Triangles on the same base (or equal bases) and between the same parallels, are equal in area.
2. If a triangle and a parallelogram are on the same base and between the same parallels, then the area of
the triangle is equal to half the area of the parallelogram.
3. Two triangles having the same base (or equal bases) and equal areas lie between the same parallels.

Theorem 2 : Two triangles on the same base (or equal bases) and between the same parallels are
equal in area.
Given : D ABC and DPBC are on the same base BC and between the same parallel lines BC and AP.
D A P Q

B C
To Prove : Area of D ABC = area of D PBC
Construction : Through B, draw BD || CA intersecting PA produced at D and through C, draw CQ || BP
intersecting AP produced in Q.
Proof : We have
BD || CA [By construction]
BC || DA [Given]
\ BCAD is a parallelogram.
Similarly, BCQP is a parallelogram.
Now, || gm BCQP and BCAD are on the same base BC and lie between the same parallel lines BC and DQ,
\ area of (|| gm BCQP) = area of (|| gm BCAD) ...(i)
We know that the diagonals of a || gm divides it into two triangles of equal area. [By theorem-1]
1
\ area of (D PBC) = area of (|| gm BCQP) ...(ii)
2
1
and area of (D ABC) = area of (|| gm BCAD) …(iii)
2
Now area of (|| gm BCQP) = area of (|| gm BCAD) [from (i)]
Areas of Parallelograms and Triangles 267
1 1
\ area of (|| gm BCQP) = area of (|| gm BCAD)
2 2
\ area of DABC = area of DPBC [From (ii) and (iii)]
Remark : Two triangles having the same base (or equal bases) and equal areas lie between the same
parallels.
NOTE :
The median of a triangle divides it into two triangles of equal areas.
Consider a DABC with AD as its median. Then we have Area (DABD) = Area (DACD)

Important Formulae, Terms and Definitions

Area of parallelogram : base × height
1
Area of triangle : × base × height
2
1
Area of rhombus : × diagonal1 × diagonal2
2
1
Area of trapezium : × height × (sum of parallel sides)
2
Theorems :
(i) Triangles on the same base and having equal areas lie between the same parallels.
(ii) If a parallelogram and a triangle are on the same base and between the same parallels, then
1
area of triangle = × area of parallelogram
2
(iii) If a parallelogram and a rectangle are on the same base and between the same parallels, then area
of parallelogram = area of rectangle
 EBD_7802
268 Mathematics
Areas of Parallelograms and Triangles 269

EXERCISE 9.1 AB ||DC \ AB = DC

Þ Base DC = 16 cm
1. Which of the following figures lie on the Height AE = 8 cm. (Given)
same base and between the same parallels. Area of || gm = Base × Corresponding Altitude
In such a case, write the common base and \ Area of || gm ABCD = DC × AE
the two parallels. = 16 × 8 = 128 cm2. ...(1)
A P B P Q Again by considering AD as the base and
M N height as CF = 10 cm.
\ Area of || gm ABCD = AD × CF
= AD × 10
= 10 AD cm2
D CS R Clearly 10. AD = 128 (By using (1))
(i) (ii)
128
P Q A B Þ AD = = 12.8 cm.
10
P 2. If E, F, G and H are respectively the mid-
T R
points of the sides of a parallelogram ABCD,
Q 1
show that ar (EFGH) = ar (ABCD).
S R D C 2
(iii) (iv) Sol. Given : E, F, G and H are mid-points of sides
AB, BC, CD and DA respectively in || gm
A B P A B Q ABCD.
P To prove : area of (EFGH)
1
D = area of (ABCD)
C 2
S D C R Let us Join OF, OG, OH and OE. Also.join AC
Q
(v) (vi) and BD.
Sol. (i) DPDC and quadrilateral ABCD lie on the Proof : Since, F and G are the mid-points of
same base DC and between the same BC and DC respectively in DABCD.
parallels DC and AB. \ FG || BD
(iii) DTRQ and parallelogram SRQP lie on the ...(1)
same base RQ and between the same (Q In a triangle, the line segment joining the
parallels RQ and SP. mid-points of any two sides is parallel to the
(v) Quadrilaterals APCD and ABQD lie on third side.
the same base AD and between the same Similarly, EH || BD ...(2)
parallels AD and BQ. (E and H are the mid-points of AB an
AD respectively in DBAD of side)
EXERCISE 9.2 From (1) and (2),
1. In figure, ABCD is a parallelogram, AE ^ DC EH || BD ...(3)
and CF ^ AD. If AB = 16 cm, AE = 8 cm Similarly, we can show that
and CF = 10 cm, find AD. EF || HG ...(4)
From (3) and (4),
A B Quadrilateral EFGH is a parallelogram
Again FO || BA
F (Q F is the mid-point of CB and O is the
mid-point of CA)
Þ FO || CG ...(5)
D E C
(Q BA || CD) (opposite sides of a parallelogram
Sol. Since, ABCD is a parallelogram in which
are parallel)
 EBD_7802
270 Mathematics

1 Similarly, DBCQ and || gm ABCD have the

\ BA||CG and FO = BA same base and between same parallel lines .
2
1
1 \ ar (BCQ) = ar (ABCD) ....(ii)
= CD (By Defn of || gm) 2
2 From (i) and (ii), we get ar (APB) = ar (BCQ)
= CG ...(6) 4. In figure P is a point in the interior of a
(Q G is the mid-point of CD) parallelogram ABCD. Show that
From (5) and (6) ,
A B
Quadrilateral OFCG is a parallelogram
\ OP = PC (Q Diagonals of a || gm
bisect each other) Q R
P
ar(DOPF) = ar(DCDF)
Similarly, ar(DOQF) = ar(DBQF) D C
[Q DOPF and DCPF have equal 1
bases (Q OP= PC) and have a (i) ar (APB) + ar (PCD) = ar (ABCD)
2
common vertex F Q Their
altitudes are also the same] (ii) ar (APD) + ar (PBC) = ar (APB)
Adding, we get + ar (PCD)
ar(DOPF) + ar(DOQF) = ar(DCPF) +ar(DBQF) (Hint : Through P, draw a line
ar(||gmOQFP) = ar(DCPF) + ar(DBQF) ...(7) parallel to AB)
Similarly, Sol. Given : An interior point P of a parallelogram
ar(||gm OPGS) = ar(DGPC) + ar(DDSG) ...(8) ABCD.
ar(||gm OSHR) = ar(DDSH) + ar(DHAR) ...(9) To prove :
ar(||gm OREQ) = ar(DARE) + ar(DEQB) ..(10)
Adding (7), (8) , (9) and (10) , weget 1
(i) ar (APB) + ar (PCD) = ar (ABCD)
ar(||gm EFGH) = {ar(DCPF) + ar(DGPC)} 2
+ {ar(DDSG) + ar(DDSH)} + {ar(DHAR) (ii) ar (APD) + ar (PBC) = ar (APB)
+ ar(DBQF) + ar(DEQB)} = ar(DECG) + ar (PCD)
+ ar(DGDH) + ar(DHAE) + ar(DEBF) From the given hint.
Draw a line through P parallel to DC which
1
= ar(|| gmABCD) meets AD at Q and BC at R.
2 Proof : since DAPB and parallelogram ABRQ
3. P and Q are any two points lying on the sides have the same base line AB and between the
DC and AD respectively of a parallelogram same parallels line AB and QR.
ABCD. Show that : ar (APB) = ar (BQC). 1
Sol. Given two points P and Q are lying on DC and \ ar (APB) = ar (ABRQ) ....(1)
2
AD respectively in a parallelogram ABCD. Similarly
Also by joining BP, BQ, QC and PA, we form DPCD and ||gm DCRQ have the same base DC
DBCQ and DABP. and between the same parallel lines DC
D P C and QR.
1
\ ar (PCD) = ar (DCRQ) ....(2)
2
From (1) and (2), we get, ar (APB) + ar (PCD)
Q
1 1
= ar (ABRQ) + ar (DCRQ)
2 2
A B
To show : ar (APB) = ar (BQC) 1
Hence, ar (APB) + ar (PCD)= ar (ABCD)
Proof : Since, DAPB and || gm ABCD are on 2
the same base AB and between the same (ii) Similarly, ar (APD) + ar (PBC)
parallels line AB and DC. 1
1 = ar (ABCD)
\ ar (APB) = ar (ABCD) ....(i) 2
2
Areas of Parallelograms and Triangles 271
Hence, ar (APB) + ar (PCD) separately, then A must be taken such that SA
= ar (APD) + ar (PBC)
5. In figure PQRS and ABRS are 2
= SR. Also, B must be taken such that
parallelograms and X is any point on side 3
BR. Show that :
1
A Q B PB = PQ
P 3
By defn of ||gm
X SR || PQ
Þ AR || PB ....(1)
S R
Again, by our assumption
(i) ar (PQRS) = ar (ABRS)
1 1 1
(ii) ar (AXS) = ar (PQRS). AR = SR and PB = PQ
2 3 3
Sol. Given : Two parallelograms PQRS and ABRS Also, SR = PQ (Q Opposite sides of a
and X is any point on side BR.
parallelogram are equal)
To prove : (i) ar(PQRS) = ar (ABRS)
1 \ AR = PB ....(2)
(ii) ar (AXS) = ar (PQRS). Th us, form (1) and (2), ARBP is a
2
Proof : (i) ar (PQRS) = ar (ABRS) ....(1) parallelogram.
(Q Parallelograms PQRS and ABRS are on the (Q A quadrilateral is a ||gm if its one pair of
same base SR and between the same parallels opposite sides is parallel and is of equal
SR and PB.) length.)
1
(ii) ar (AXS) = ar (ABRS) ....(2) Since, DASP, || gm ARBP and DBQR are in
2 between the same parallels PQ and SR.
(Q DAXS and ||gm ABRS are on the same base
AS and between the same parallels AS and RB) \ Their altitudes are equal. Let the altitudes
From (1) and (2), we get, ar (AXS) be x.
æ2 ö
1 ç SR ÷ ( x)
= ar (PQRS). (AS)( x ) è 3 ø
2 Now, Area of DASP = =
6. A farmer was having a field in the form of a 2 2
parallelogram PQRS. She took any point A (by assumption)
on RS and joined it to points P and Q. In 1
how many parts the fields is divided? What = (SR) (x) ....(3)
3
are the shapes of these parts? The farmer Area of ||gm ARBP = (AR) (x)
wants to sow wheat and pulses in equal
portions of the field separately. How should 1
she do it? = (SR) (x) ...(4)
3
Sol. The field SPQR is divided into three parts each
æ2 ö
of the shape of a triangle, which are ç PQ÷ ( x )
DAPS, DAPQ, DAQR (BQ)( x ) è 3 ø
Area of DBQR = =
If the farmer want to show wheat and pulses 2 2
in equal portions of the field
æ2 ö
S A R S A R çè SR ÷ø ( x ) 1
3
= =
2 3
(SR) (x) (Q PQ = SR) ...(5) (by assumption)
From (3), (4) and (5),
ar (DASP) = ar (||gm ARBP) = ar (DBQR).
P Q P B Q
 EBD_7802
272 Mathematics
EXERCISE 9.3 ar(DABD)(Q BE is a median in DABD)
1
1. In figure, E is any point on median AD of a Þ ar (DBED) = ar(DABD)
DABC. Show that ar(ABE) = ar (ACE). 2
1 1
A = . ar (DABC) (From (1))
2 2
1
= ar (DABC).
4
E 3. Show that the diagonals of a parallelogram
divide it into four triangles of equal area.
C Sol. Let ABCD be a parallelogram whose diagonals
B D are AC and BD intersecting at O and dividing
Sol. It is given that E is any point on median AD it into four triangles DOAB, DOBC, DOCD
in a DABC. and DOAD.
To show : ar (DABE) = ar(DACE) To prove : Since, (DOAB) = ar (DOBC)
Proof : = ar (DOCD) = ar (DODA).
Since, AD is a median in DABC which divides We draw a perpendicular BE on AC
it into two triangles of equal areas. Proof : ( Since, Diagonals of a parallelogram
\ ar (DABD) = ar (DACD) ....(1) bisect each other therefore OA = OC and
Similarly, ar (DEBD) = ar(DECD) ....(2) OB = OD
(Q ED is a median in DEBC) D C
Subtracting (2) from (1), we get
ar (DABD) –ar (DEBD) E
= ar (DACD) – ar (DECD)
O
Þ ar(DABE) = ar(DACE).
2. In a triangle ABC, E is the mid-point of median
1 A B
AD. Show that ar(BED) = ar (ABC).
4 Now, ar (DOAB))
Base × Corresponding altitude
Sol. From the given information, we have E is the =
mid-point of median AD in a triangle ABC. 2
1 (OA) (BE)
To show : ar (DBED) = ar(DABC). = ...(1)
4 2
Proof :
We have ar (DABD) = ar (DACD) and similarly,
1 Base × Corresponding altitude
= ar(DABC) ...(1) ar (DOBC) =
2 2
(Q A median AD of a triangle ABC divides it (OC)(BE)
into two triangles of equal areas) = ...(2)
2
A But OA = OC ....(3)
\ ar (DOAB) = ar (DOBC)
(from (1) and (2))
Similarly,
ar (DOBC) = ar (DOCD) ....(4)
E and ar (DOCD) = ar (DODA) ....(5)
From (3), (4) and (5),
ar (DOAB) = ar (DOBC) = ar (DOCD)
= ar (DODA).
B D C 4. In figure, ABC and ABD are two triangles
on the same base AB. If line-segment
1 CD is bisected by AB at O. Show that
Similarly, ar (DBED) = ar (DBEA) =
2 ar(ABC) = ar (ABD).
Areas of Parallelograms and Triangles 273

C
Similarly, the line segment ED, joining the
mid-points E and D of two sides CA and CB is
|| to the 3rd side.
\ED || BF ....(2)
A
A B
O

F E

D
Sol. We have two triangles DABC and DABD on
the same base AB and a line segment CD which B D C
is bisected by AB at O. From (1) and (2),
To show : ar (DABC) = ar (DABD). BDEF is a parallelogram.
Proof : (ii) From (i), we can have
OC = OD (Q Line segment CD is bisected AFDE and FDCE are parallelograms.
by AB at O.) Now, ar (DFBD) = ar (DDEF) ...(3)
\ BO is a median of DBCD and AO is a (Q FD is a diagonal of ||gm BDEF.)
median of DACD. Similarly, ar (DDEF) = ar (DFAE) ...(4)
Now, ar (DOBC) = ar (DOBD) ....(1) and, ar (DDEF) = ar (DDCE) ...(5)
(Q A median BO of a triangle BCD divides From (3), (4) and (5), we have
it into two triangles of equal areas) ar (DFBD) = ar (DDEF) = ar (DFAE)
Similarly, ar (DOAC) = ar (DOAD) ....(2) = ar (DDCE) ...(6)
(Q A median AO of a triangle ACD divides it Since, DABC is divided into four triangles
into two triangles of equal areas) DFBD, DDEF, DFAE and DDCE.
Adding (1) and (2), we get \ ar (DABC) = ar (DFBD) + ar(DDEF)
ar (DOBC) + ar (DOAC) = ar (DOBD) + ar (DFAE) + ar (DDCE)
+ ar (DOAD) = 4 ar (DDEF)
Þ ar (DABC ) = ar (DABD). [From (6)]
5. D, E and F are respectively the mid-points 1
Þ ar (DDEF) = ar (DABC) ...(7)
of the sides BC, CA and AB of a DABC. 4
(iii) Consider ar (BDEF) = ar (DFBD)
Show that:
+ ar (DDEF)
(i) BDEF is a parallelogram
1 = ar (DDEF) + ar (DDEF) [From (3)]
(ii) ar (DDEF) = ar (DABC) = 2 ar (DDEF)
4
1
1 = 2. ar (DABC) [ From (7)]
(iii) ar (BDEF) = ar (DABC). 4
2
1
Sol. In DABC, D, E and F are respectively the mid- = ar (DABC).
points of the sides BC, CA and AB 2
To prove : 6. In figure, diagonals AC and BD of
(i) BDEF is a parallelogram quadrilateral ABCD intersect at O such
1 that OB = OD.
(ii) ar (DDEF) = ar (DABC). If AB = CD, then show that :
4
1
D A
(iii) ar (BDEF) = ar (DABC).
2
Proof : (i) EF || BC O
(Q In a triangle ABC, the line segment FE
joining the mid-points F and E of two sides C B
AB and AC is parallel to the third side.) (i) ar (DOC) = ar (AOB)
Þ EF || BD (Q BD is the part of BC) ....(1) (ii) ar (DCB) = ar (ACB)
 EBD_7802
274 Mathematics
(iii) DA || CB or ABCD is a parallelogram. (i) Since, ABCD is a || gm \ OC = OA ...(5)
[Hint. From D and B, draw perpendiculars
OC×DE
to AC.] ar (DDOC) =
Sol. Given : Diagonals AC and BD of a 2
quadrilateral ABCD intersect at O such that OA×BF
OB = OD. ar (DAOB) =
To prove : If AB = CD, then 2
(i) ar (DDOC) = ar (DAOB) ar (DDOC) = ar (DAOB). (Q DE = BF
(ii) ar (DDCB) = ar (DACB) and OC = OA)
(iii) DA || CB or ABCD is a parallelogram. (ii) From (i),
Draw DE ^ AC and BF ^ AC. ar (DDOC) = ar (DAOB)
Þ ar (DDOC) + ar (DOCB)
D A
F = ar (DAOB) + ar (DOCB)
(Adding same areas on both sides)
O Þ ar (DDCB) = ar (DACB).
E 7. D and E are points on sides AB and AC
C B respectively of DABC such that
Proof : (iii) In DADB, AO is a median ar(DDBC) = ar(DEBC). Prove that DE || BC.
Sol. D and E are points on sides AB and AC
\ ar (DAOD) = ar (DAOB) ....(1) respectively of DABC such that
(Q A median of a triangle divides it into ar (DDBC) = ar(DEBC). (Given)
two triangles of equal areas)
Similarly, in DCBD, CO is a median. A
\ ar (DCOD) = ar (DCOB) ....(2)
Adding (1) and (2), we get
ar (DAOD) + ar (DCOD) D E
= ar (DAOB) + ar (DCOB)
Þ ar (DACD) = ar (DACB)
(AC)(DE) (AC)(BF)
Þ =
2 2 B C
(Q Area of a triangle
Base × Corresponding altitude To Prove: DE || BC.
= ) Proof: Since, DDBC and DEBC are on the
2
same base BC and have equal areas.
Þ DE = BF ....(3) \ Their altitudes must be the same.
In right Ds DEC and BFA, \ DE || BC.
Hyp. DC = Hyp. BA
8. XY is a line parallel to side B C of a
DE = BF (From (3))
\ DDEC @ DBFA triangle ABC. If BE || AC and CF || AB
A (R.H.S. Rule)
\ ÐDCE = ÐBAF (C.P.C.T.) meet XY at E and F respectively, show that
But these angles form a pair of equal ar(ABE) = ar(ACF).
alternate interior angles. Sol. Given: XY is a line parallel to side BC of a
\ DC || AB ....(4) triangle ABC. BE || AC and CF || AB meet XY
Since, DC = AB and DC || AB at E and F respectively.
\ ABCD is a parallelogram To Prove: ar(DABE) = ar(DACF).
(Q A quadrilateral is a parallelogram if a Proof: Since, XY ||BC and CF || BC (given)
pair of opposite sides is parallel and equal) \ W BCFX is a || gm
\ DA || CB ( A quadrilateral is a parallelogram if the
(Q Opposite sides of a ||gm are parallel) opposite sides are parallel)
Areas of Parallelograms and Triangles 275

A Sol. To Prove: ar(ABCD) = ar(PBQR).

We construct two diagonals AC and PQ of
ABCD
and BPQR respectively by joining A, C and
P, Q.
E X Y F 1
Proof: ar(DABC) = ar(|| gm ABCD) ...(1)
2
B C (Q AC is a diagonal of || gm ABCD)
\ BC = XF
1
(Opposite sides of a parallelogram Similarly, ar(DBPQ) = ar(|| gm BQRP) ...(2)
are equal) 2
Þ BC = XY + YF as PQ is a diagonal
....(1)
Again, D C
\ W BCYE is a parallelogram
(Q XY || BC and BE || CY)
Hence, by defn of ||gm BC = YE ....(2) A B P
Þ BC = XY + XE
From (1) and (2),
XY + YF = XY + XE
Þ YF = XE ...(3)
Q R
Since, DAEX and DAYF have equal bases
(Q XE = YF) on the same line Since, DACQ and DAPQ have the same base
EFand have a common vertex A. AQ and between the same parallels AQ and
\ Their altitudes are also the same. CP.
\ ar(DAEX) = ar(DAFY) \ ar(DACQ) = ar(DAPQ)
Since, DBEX and DCFY have equal bases By subtracting the same areas from both sides,
we get
(Q XE = YF) on the same line EF and are
ar(DACQ) – ar(DABQ)
between the same parallels EF and BC = ar(DAPQ) – ar(DABQ)
(Q XY || BC). Þ ar(DABC) = ar(DBPQ)
\ ar(DBEX) = ar(DCFY) ....(5)
By adding (4) and (5), we get 1 1
Þ ar(|| gm ABCD) = ar(|| gm PBQR)
ar(DAEX) + ar(DBEX) 2 2
= ar(DAFY) + ar(DCFY) (From (1) and (2))
Þ ar(DABE) = ar(DACF). Þ ar(|| gm ABCD) = ar(|| gm PBQR).
9. The side AB of a parallelogram ABCD is Hence proved.
produced to any point P. A line through A 10. Diagonals AC and BD of a trapezium ABCD
and parallel to CP meets CB produced at Q with AB || DC intersect each other at O.
and then parallelogram PBQR is completed. Prove that
Show that ar(ABCD) = ar(PBQR). ar (DAOD) = ar (DBOC).
[Hint: Join AC and PQ. Now compare Sol. Given: In a trapezium ABCD, two diagonals
ar(ACQ) and ar(APQ)] AC and BD with AB || DC intersect each other
at O.
D C To Prove: ar(DAOD) = ar(DBOC).
Proof:
A B P A B

Q R
D C
 EBD_7802
276 Mathematics
ar(DABD) = ar(DABC) Panchayat of the village decided to take over
(Q Two triangles ABD and ABC are on the some portion of his plot from one of the
same base AB (or equal bases) and between corners to construct a Health Centre,
the same parallels AB and DC are equal in Itwaari agrees to the above proposal with
area) the condition that he should be given equal
Þ ar(DABD) – ar(DAOB) amount of land in lieu of his land adjoining
= ar(DABC) – ar(DAOB) his plot so as to form a triangular plot.
By subtracting the same area from both sides Explain how this proposal will be
we get implemented.
Þ ar(DAOD) = ar(DBOC). Sol. Let the given plot of the shape quadrilateral
Hence proved. be ABCD. Let the portion taken by the
11. In figure, ABCDE is a pentagon. A line panchayat from corner D be ADE.
through B parallel to AC meets DC produced
at F. Show that: A B
(i) ar(ACB) = ar(ACF)
(ii) ar(AEDF) = ar(ABCDE).

A B D
E
C
E

D C F Let us join AC. Draw a line through D parallel

to AC to meet BC produced in P. Then Itwaari
Sol. Given a pentagon ABCDE and a line BC
must be given the land ECP adjoining his plot
through B which is parallel to AC meets DC
so as to form a triangular plot ABP as then
produced at F.
ar(DADE) = ar(DPEC)
To show :
Proof: ar(DDAP) = ar(DDCP)
(i) ar(DACB) = ar(DACF)
(\Two triangles DAP and DCP are on
(ii) ar(WAEDF) = ar(ABCDE). the same base DP (or equal bases) and between
Proof: the same parallels DP and AC are equal in area)
(i) We know Two triangles on the same base Þ ar(DDAP) – ar(DDEP)
(or equal bases) and between the same = ar(DDCP) – ar(DDEP)
parallels are equal in area in the given (Subtracting the same areas from both sides)
ques, we have DACB and DACF are on Þ ar(DADE) = ar(DPCE)
the same base AC and between the same Þ ar(DDAE) + ar( W ABCE)
parallels AC and BF. = ar(DPCE)+ ar( W ABCE)
\ ar(DACB) = ar(DACF) (Adding the same areas on both sides)
(ii) ar(DACB) = ar(DACF) (Proved above) Þ ar(WABCD) = ar( DABP).
(Adding the same areas on both sides)
13. ABCD is a trapezium with AB || DC. A line
ar(DACB) + ar(WAEDC) parallel to AC intersects AB at X and BC at
= ar(DACF) + ar(WAEDC) Y. Prove that ar(DADX) = ar(DACY).

Þ ar(ABCDE) = ar(WAEDF) [Hint: Join CX.]

Hence proved. Sol. We have ABCD which is a trapezium with AB
12. A villager Itwaari has a plot of land of the || DC and a line XY parallel to AC intersects
shape of a quadrilateral. The Gram AB at X and BC at Y.
Areas of Parallelograms and Triangles 277
To Prove: ar(DADX) = ar(DACY) ar(AOD) = ar(BOC). Prove that ABCD is a
Proof: Join CX trapezium.
ar(DADX) = ar(DACX) ....(1) Sol. Given: In quadrilateral ABCD, two diagonals
(Q Two triangles DADX and DACX on the AC and BD which intersect at O in such a
same base AX (or equal bases) and between way that ar (DAOD) = ar(DBOC).
the same parallels AB and DC are equal in We have to prove that quadrilateral ABCD is
area) a trapezium.
A X B A B

Y O

D C
D C
Similarly, ar(DACX) = ar(DACY) ....(2) Proof: Given ar(DAOD) = ar(DBOC)
(Two triangles ACX and ACY on the same base Add ar (DADB) on both side
(or equal bases) and between the same parallels Þ ar(DAOD) + ar(DAOB)
AC and XY are equal in area) = ar(DBOC) + ar(DAOB)
From (1) and (2), we get, Þ ar(DABD) = ar(DABC)
ar (DADX) = ar(DACY). But DABD and DABC are on the same base
14. In figure, AP || BQ || CR. Prove that ar(AQC) AB.
= ar(PBR) \ They will have equal corresponding
A P altitudes and will lie between the same
parallels.
\ AB || DC
B Q Since, A quadrilateral is a trapezium if exactly
one pair of opposite sides is parallel
\ W ABCD is a trapezium.
C R 16. In figure, ar(DRC) = ar(DPC) and ar(BDP)
Sol. Given : AP || BQ || CR. = ar(ARC). Show that both the
To Prove: ar(DAQC) = ar(DPBR). quadrilaterals ABCD and DCPR are
Proof: DBAQ and DBPQ are on the same base trapeziums.
BQ and between the same parallels BQ and A B
AP.
therefore, ar(DBAQ) = ar(DBPQ) ...(1)
Similarly, ar(DBCQ) = ar(DBQR) ...(2) D C
(Q DBCQ and DBQR are on the same base
BQ and between the same parallels BQ and
CR.) R P
By adding (1) and (2), we get Sol. From the given ques, we have ar(DDRC)
ar(DBAQ) + ar(DBCQ) = ar(DDPC) and ar(DBDP) = ar(DARC).
= ar(DBPQ) + ar(DBQR) To Show : Quadrilaterals ABCD and DCPR
Þ ar(DAQC) = ar(DPBR). are trapeziums.
Hence proved. Proof: ar(DDRC) = ar(DDPC) ...(1) (given)
15. Diagonals AC and BD of a quadrilateral But DDRC and DDPC are on the same
ABCD intersect at O in such a way that base DC.
 EBD_7802
278 Mathematics
\ DDRC and DDPC will have equal ÐAFD > ÐADF
corresponding altitudes. \ AD > AF
\ DDRC and DDPC will lie between the (Side opposite to greater angle of a triangle is
same parallels. longer)
\ DC || RP \ AB + AD > AB + AF (By adding AB on
Since, quadrilateral is a trapezium if exactly both sides)
one pair of opposite sides is parallel \ 2(AB + AD) > 2(AB + AF)
\ Quadrilateral DCPR is a trapezium. \ Perimeter of the parallelogram ABCD >
Again, ar(DBDP) = ar(DARC) Perimeter of the rectangle ABEF.
Þ ar(DBDC) + ar(DDPC) 2. In figure, D and E are two points on BC such
= ar(DADC) + ar(DDRC) that BD = DE = EC. Show that ar(ABD) =
Þ ar(DBDC) = ar(DADC)[Using (1)] ar(ADE) = ar(AEC).
But DBDC and DADC are on the same Can you now answer the question that you
base DC. have left in the ‘Introduction’, of this
\ They will have equal corresponding chapter, whether the field of Budhia has
altitudes and will lie between the same been actually divided into three parts of
parallels. equal area?
Þ AB || DC [Remark: Note that by taking BD = DE = EC,
\ W ABCD is a trapezium. the triangle ABC is divided into three triangles
(A quadrilateral is a trapezium if exactly one ABD, ADE and AEC of equal areas. In the
pair of opposite sides is parallel) same way, by dividing BC into n equal parts
and joining the points of division so obtained
EXERCISE 9.4
to the opposite vertex of BC, you can divide
1. Parallelogram ABCD and rectangle ABEF DABC into n triangles of equal areas.]
are on the same base AB and have equal
areas. Show that the perimeter of the A
parallelogram is greater than that of the
rectangle.
Sol. To Prove: The perimeter of the parallelogram
ABCD is greater than that of rectangle ABEF.

F D E C
B D E C
Sol. (i) To Prove: ar(DABD) = ar(DADE)
= ar(DAEC).
Proof : Altitudes of DABD and DADE are
same.
[Q DABD and DADE are on equal bases
A B
(Q BD = DE) and have the same
Proof: Consider parallelogram ABCD and vertex A. ]
rectangle ABEF have same base AB and \ ar(DABD) = ar(DADE) ...(1)
between the same parallels AB and FC. Now, Similarly, ar(DADE) = ar(DAEC) ...(2)
perimeter of the parallelogram ABCD = 2(AB From (1) and (2), we get, ar(DABD)
+ AD) = ar(DADE) = ar(DAEC).
perimeter of the rectangle ABEF = 2(AB + AF). (ii) Join PR and divide it into three parts PA,
Since, ÐAFD = 90° in DADF AB and BR such that
\ By Angle sum property of a triangle PA = AB = BR
ÐADF is an acute angle. (< 90°) Join SA, SB, QA and QB,
Areas of Parallelograms and Triangles 279

S R A B

A D C
P
P Q
Then from part (i),
ar(DPAS) = ar(DABS) = ar(DBRS) ...(1) Q
and ar(DPAQ) = ar(DABQ)
= ar(DBRQ) ...(2) [Hint. Join AC.]
Adding the corresponding sides of (1) and Sol. Given: ABCD is a parallelogram and BC is
(2), we get produced to a point Q such that AD = CQ.AQ
ar(DPAS) + ar(DPAQ) = ar(DABS) intersects DC at P.
+ ar(DABQ) = ar(DBRS) + ar(DBRQ) To Prove: ar(DBPC) = ar(DDPQ)
Proof: Join AC.
Þ ar(WPQAS) = ar(WAQBS) = ar(WBQRS)
ar(DQAC) = ar(DQDC) ...(1)
Thus the field of Budhia has been actually (Q Two triangles QAC and QDC are on the
divides into three parts of equal area.
same base QC
3. In figure, ABCD, DCFE and ABFE are
(or equal bases) and between the same parallels
parallelograms. Show that ar(ADE) =
ar(BCF). A B
A B

D C
D P C

E F
Sol. To Prove: ar(DADE) = ar(DBCF). Q
Proof: Since, (Opposite sides of a || gm ABCD
are ||) AD and BC are equal in areas.)
\ AB || DC ...(1) Þ ar(DQAC) – ar(DQPC)
Similarly, DC || EF ...(2) = ar(DQDC) – ar(DQPC)
(Q DCEF is ||gm) (Subtracting the same areas from both sides)
From (1) and (2), Þ ar(DPAC) = ar(DQDP) ...(2)
AB || EF ...(3) Similarly, ar(DPAC) = ar(DPBC) ...(3)
Again (Q Two triangles PAC and PBC are on the
AD = BC (Q Opposite sides of a || gm ABCD same base PC (or equal bases) and between
are equal) ...(4) the same parallels AB and DC are equal in
Now, ar(DADE) = ar(DBCF). areas)
(Q Two triangles ADE and BCF are on the From (2) and (3),
same base (or equal bases) and between the ar(DPBC) = ar(DQDP)
same parallels AB and EF are equal in areas)
Þ ar(DBPC) = ar(DDPQ).
4. In figure, ABCD is a parallelogram and BC
5. In figure, ABC and BDE are two equilateral
is produced to a point Q such that AD = CQ.
If AQ intersect DC at P, show that ar triangles such that D is the mid-point of BC.
(BPC) = ar(DPQ). If AE intersects BC at F, show that:
 EBD_7802
280 Mathematics

1 A
(i) ar(BDE) = ar(ABC)
4
1
(ii) ar(BDE) =
ar(BAE)
2
(iii) ar(ABC) = 2 ar(BEC)
B F D C
(iv) ar(BFE) = ar(AFD)
(v) ar(BFE) = 2 ar(FED)
1
(vi) ar(FED) = ar(AFC).
8 E
A \ AB || DE ...(3)
(Q Sum of consecutive interior angles on the
same side of the transversal is 180°)
Similarly, ÐEBA + ÐBAC = ÐEBD + ÐDBA
+ ÐBAC = 60° + 60° + 60° = 180°
\ AC || BE ...(4)
F D Since, DCBA and DCEA are on the same base
B C
AC and between the same parallels.
\ ar(DCBA) = ar(DCEA)
Þ ar(DABC) = ar(DCDA) + ar(DCED)
E + ar(DADE) ...(5)

[Hint: Join EC and AD. Show that BE || AC 1

ar(DABD) = ar(DACD) = ar( DABC) ...(6)
and DE || AB, etc.] 2
Sol. Given: ABC and BDE are two equilateral (Q A median AD of a triangle ABC divides it
triangles such that D is the mid-point of BC.AE into two triangles of equal areas)
intersects BC at F. Similarly,
1 1
To show : (i) ar(DBDE) = ar( DABC) ar(DECD) = ar( DEBD) = ar( DEBC) ...(7)
4 2

1 (Q ED is median in DEBC)
(ii) ar(DBDE) = ar( DBAE) Since, DDEA and DDBE are on the same base
2
DE and between the same parallels AB and
(iii) ar(DABC) = 2 ar(DBEC)
DE.
(iv) ar(DBFE) = ar(DAFD)
\ ar(DDEA) = ar(DDBE) ...(8)
(v) ar(DBFE) = 2 ar(DFED)
(Q Two triangles on the same base (or equal
1 bases) and between the same parallels are equal
(vi) ar( DFED) = ar( DAFC).
8 in areas)
Proof: Join EC and AD. Using (5), (6), (7) and (8) we have
ÐABC = ÐBCA = ÐCAB = 60° ...(1) 1
ar( DABC) = ar( DABC) + ar( DBDE) + ar( DBDE)
(Q ABC is an equilateral D) 2
Similarly, ÐBDE = ÐDEB = ÐEBD = 60°..(2)
1
Now, ÐABE + ÐBED = ÐABD + ÐEBD Þ ar(DABC) = 2ar( DBDE)
+ ÐBED = 60 ° + 60° + 60° = 180° 2
Areas of Parallelograms and Triangles 281
BF = 2FD ....(12)
1
Þ ar( DBDE) = ar( DABC) In DBFE and DFED,
4
Q BF = 2FD
(ii) Since, DBAE and DBCE are on the same
base BE and between the same parallels and alt (DBFE) = alt. (DFED)
BE and AC. \ ar (DBFE) = 2ar (DFED).
\ ar(DBAE) = ar(DBCE) (vi) Let the altitude of DABD be h.
Þ ar(DBAE) = 2ar(DBDE) [From (7)] h
Then, altitude of DBED =
1 2
Þ ar( DBDE) = ar(DBAE)
2 1
[Q ar (DBDE) = ar (DABD)]
(iii) 2 ar(DBEC) = 2.2 ar(DBDE) [From (7)] 2
= 4 ar(DBDE) = ar(DABC) 1 h
[Form (i)] Now, ar (DFED) = . FD.
2 2
(iv) ar(DEBD) = ar(DEAD).
(Q Two triangles EBD and EAD are on FD.h
= ....(13)
the same base ED (or equal bases) and 4
between the same parallels AB and DE
are equal in area) 1
ar (DAFC) = . FC . h
Þ ar (DEBD) – ar (DEFD) 2
= ar (DEAD) – ar (DEFD) 1
= (FD + DC) h
(Q Subtracting the same areas from both sides) 2
Þ ar (DBFE) = ar (DAFD). 1 1
= (FD + BD) h = (FD + BF + FD) h
1 2 2
(v) ar(DBDE) = ar(DABC) [From (i)]
4 1
= (2FD + BF) h
1 2
= .2ar( DABD)
4
1
= (2FD + 2FD) h [From (12)]
1 2
= ar (DABD)
2 = 2 . FD . h ....(14)
From (13) and (14), we obtain,
Q Bases of DBDE and DABD are the same.
1
1 ar (DFED) = ar(DAFC).
\ Altitude of DBDE = Altitude of DABD 8
2
6. Diagonals AC and BD of a quadrilateral
....(9)
ABCD intersect each other at P. Show that
ar (DBEF) = ar (DAFD) ....(10)
(From (iv)) ar (DAPB) × ar(DCPD) = ar (DAPD) × ar
(DBPC).
1 [Hint. From A and C, draw perpendiculars to
Q Altitude of DBDE = Altitude of
2 BD.]
DABD [From (9)] Sol. Given : In a quadrilateral ABCD, Diagonals
1 AC and BD intersect each other at P.
\ Altitude of DBEF = Altitude of DAFD To Prove : ar (DAPB) × ar(DCPD)
2
....(11) = ar(DAPD) × ar (DBPC)
From (10) and (11), .
 EBD_7802
282 Mathematics

A B A

F R
P
E
P

D C
B Q C
Proof : From A and C, draw perpendicualrs
AE and CF respectively to BD. Proof : we join AQ and CP.
ar (DAPB) × ar (DCPD) (i) ar (DPRQ) = ar(DARQ)
1 1
(PB) (AE) æ DP×CF ö = ar (DAPQ) = ar (DBPQ)
×ç
=
2 è 2 ÷ø 2 2
1 1 1
1 = ar (DCPQ) = . ar (DBPC)
= (PB) (AE) (DP) (CF) ....(1) 2 2 2
4
1 1 1
and ar(DAPD) × ar (DBPC) = ar (DBPC) = . ar (DABC)
4 4 2
(DP)(AE) (PB)(CF)
= ´ 1
2 2 = ar (DABC) ....(1)
8
1
= (PB) (AE) (DP) (CF) ....(2) 1 1 1
4 Also, ar(DARC) = ar(DAPC)
2 2 2
From (1) and (2)
ar (DAPB) × ar (DCPD) 1 1 1
= ar (DAPC) = . ar (DABC)
= ar(DAPD) ×ar (DBPC). 4 4 2
Hence proved. 1
7. P and Q are respectively the mid-points of = ar (DABC) ....(2)
8
sides AB and BC of a triangle ABC and R is
From (1) and (2), we have, ar (DPRQ)
the mid-point of AP. Show that :
1
1 = ar (DARC)
(i) ar (PRQ) = ar(ARC) 2
2 (ii) ar (DRQC) = ar (DRBQ)
3 = ar (DPRQ) + ar (DBPQ)
(ii) ar (RQC) = ar (ABC)
8 1 1
(iii) ar (PBQ) = ar (ARC). = ar (DABC) + ar
8 2
Sol. Given : In DABC, sides AB and BC have the (DPBC)[Using(1)]
mid-points P and Q respectively and R is the
mid-point of AP. 1 1 1
= ar (DABC) + . ar (DABC)
8 2 2
1
To Prove : (i) ar (DPRQ) = ar(DARC) 1 1
2 = ar (DABC) + ar (DABC)
8 4
3
(ii) ar (DRQC) = ar (DABC) 3
8 = ar (DABC)
(iii) ar (DPBQ) = ar (DARC). 8
Areas of Parallelograms and Triangles 283

1 (v) ar (CYXE) = 2 ar (FCB)

(iii) ar (DPBQ) = ar (DABC) .....(3) (vi) ar (CYXE) = ar (ACFG)
4
[From (ii)] (vii) ar (BCED) = ar (ABMN) + ar (ACFG).
1 Proof :
ar (DARC) = ar (DABC) (i) From DMBC and DABD we have
4
From (3) and (4), ar (DPBQ) = ar (DARC). MB = AB ....(1)
8. In figure, ABC is a right triangle right and BC = BD ....(2)
angled at A. BCED, ACFG and ABMN are (Sides of a square)
squares on the sides BC, CA and AB ÐMBA = ÐCBD (Each measures 90°)
respectively. Line segment AX ^ DE meets Þ ÐMBA + ÐABC = ÐCBD + ÐABC
BC at Y. Show that : Þ ÐMBC = ÐABD ....(3)
G Thus, from (1), (2) and (3),
N
DMBC @ DABD. (By
A SAS Rule)
M F
(ii) ar (BYXD) = 2 ar (DABD)
B C Þ ar(BYXD) = 2ar (DMBC). [from (i)]
Y
(iii) ar (BYXD) = 2 ar (DABD)
ar (ABMN) = 2ar (DMBC) = 2 ar (DABD)
\ ar (BYXD) = ar (ABMN)
D X E [From (i)]
(i) DMBC @ DABD (iv) FC = AC
(ii) ar (BYXD) = 2 ar (MBC) and CB = CE (from DFCB and DACE)
(iii) ar (BYXD) = ar (ABMN) ÐFCA = ÐBCE
(iv) DFCB @ DACE Þ ÐFCA + ÐACB = ÐBCE + ÐACB
(v) ar (CYXE) = 2 ar (FCB) (By adding ÐACB on both sides)
(vi) ar (CYXE) = ar (ACFG) Þ ÐFCB = ÐACE
(vii) ar (BECD) = ar (ABMN) + ar (ACFG). \ DFCB @ DACE. (SAS Rule)
NOTE : Result (vii) is the famous Theorem (v) Since, DFCB @ DACE
of Pythagoras. You shall learn a simpler proof \ ar(DFCB) = ar (DACE)
of this theorem in Class X. Congruent s have equal areas
Sol. Given : A right angle triangle ABC which is \ ar (CYXE) = 2ar (DACE) = 2ar(DFCB)
right angled at A. On the sides BC, CA and [From (iv)]
AB we have squares BCED, ACFG and ABMN (vi) ar (CYXE) = 2ar (DACE)
Line segment AX ^ DE meets BC at Y.. = 2ar(DFCB)
To Prove : (i) DMBC @ DABD ar (ACFG) = 2ar (DFCB)
(ii) ar (BYXD) = 2 ar (MBC) \ ar (CYXE) = ar (ACFG).
(iii) ar (BYXD) = ar (ABMN) (vii) ar (BCED) = ar (CYXE) + ar (BYXD)
(iv) DFCB @ DACE = ar (ACFG) + ar (ABMN)
= ar (ABMN) + ar (ACFG).
 EBD_7802
284 Mathematics

Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks]

S X R
1. In the given figure T is the mid-point of PS.
Find ar (QTR). [2013]

P
P Q
8 cm
T 8. In DPQR , A and B are points on sides QR such
that they trisect QR. Prove that :
ar ( DPQB) = 2 ar ( DPBR ) [2016]

Q S R P
2. In the figure, AP || BQ || CR. Prove that
ar(AQC) = ar(PBR). [2014]
3. In DGHK ; D, E and F are the mid-point of
sides HK, KG and GH respectively, show that
3
EFHK is trapezium and ar ( EFHK ) =
4
ar( DGHK ). [2014]
Q A B R
G
9. Why we cannot construct a triangle of given
sides as 5 cm, 5 cm and 10 cm? [2016]
10. PQRS is a square. Diagonals PR and QS
F E intersect each other at O. If ar(DPOQ) is 4 cm2,
find ar(PQRS). [2017]
11. Diagonals PR and QS of quadrilateral PQRS
intersect each other at A. Show that
H D K ar(DPSA) × ar(DQAR) = ar(DPAQ) × ar(DSAR).
4. ABCD is a rectangle and BD is one of its [2017]
diagonals. If ar(DABD) = 8 cm2, find ar(DBCD).
[2015] S R
5. DPQR is an equilateral triangle with PM ^ QR.
Show that ar(DPQM) = ar(DPRM). [2015]
6. MNOP is a parallelogram and PN is one of its
A
diagonals show that ar ( DPMN ) = ar ( DPON ) .
[2016]
7. In the figure, PQRS is parallelogram with
PQ = 8 cm and ar(DPXQ) = 32 cm2. Find the
P Q
altitude of PQRS and hence its area. [2016]
Areas of Parallelograms and Triangles 285
12. PQRS is a trapezium with PQ || SR. Side SR is 5. In DABC, E is the mid-point of median AD.
produced to X such that RX = PQ. Prove that
1
ar(DPSQ) = ar(DQRX). [2017] Show that ar ( DBED ) = ar ( DABC ) [2016]
4
P Q
6. In DABC, medians BE and CD are produced
respectively to points X and Y such that
CD = DX and BE = EY as shown in figure.
Show the points X, A and Y are collinear. Also,
show that A is the mid-point of XY. [2016]

S R X X A Y

Long Answer Questions [4 Marks]

1. ABCD is a quadrilateral with BD as one of its D
E
diagonals and AB = CD = 2.5 cm, ÐABD =
ÐCDB = 90º and DB = 4 cm. Show that quad.
ABCD is a parallelogram and find its area. B C
[2013]
2. Prove that the diagonals of a rectangle are equal 7. Two brothers have a triangular plot. They decide
in length. [2014] to distribute it equally amongst themselves but
3. PQRS is a square. N and M are the mid-points
also want to give away a triangular part of it for
of sides SR and QR respectively. O is a point on
charity to a school which is attached on the base
diagonal PR such that OP = OR. Show that
side of 120 m of the triangular plot.
ONRM is a square. Also find the ratio of
Answer the following questions :
ar(DORM) and ar(PQRS). [2014]
(i) What is the area of the triangular plot if its
S N R
height is 90 m?
(ii) Explain with the help of figure how could
this be possible and what type of parts do
the brothers get?
M
O (iii) What value of the two brothers is depicted
here? [2016]
8. A villager had a plot of land in the shape of a
P Q quadrilateral. The Gram Panchayat decided to
4. ABCD is a rectangle. E, F, G and H are mid- take some portion of his plot from one of the
point of sides AB, BC, CD and DA, respectively. corners to construct a Health Centre. He
If ar(EFGH) = 16 cm2, find ar(ABCD). [2015] reluctantly agrees but with a condition that he
will be given equal amount of land in lieu of his
D G C plot so as to form a triangular plot.
Answer the following questions:
(i) Explain how could this be implemented
H F with figure?
(ii) What value of the villager is depicted here?
(iii) Do you think constructing a Health Centre
in the village is justified. If so, why?[2017]
A E B
 EBD_7802
286 Mathematics

Very Short Answer Questions [1 Mark] Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks]

DIRECTIONS : Give answer in one word or one sentence. DIRECTIONS : Give answer in two to three sentences.

1. In the given figure, ABCD is a parallelogram, 1. In fig. ABCD and AEFD are two parallelograms,
then find the ratio of ar (DPEA) to the ar (DQFD).
then find ar(DAFB)
F E
D C
B P A
4c

F
m

A 4 cm B C Q D
2. If AD is the median of a triangle ABC and area
2. In the given figure, D is the mid-point of BC
ar( DABC)
of triangle ADC = 15 cm2, then find and L is the mid-point of AD.
15 If ar(DABL) = x ar (DABC), what is the value
3. A point D is taken on the side BC of a DABC such of x?
that BD = 2DC. Then ar(DABD) = 2ar(DADC) A
4. BD is one of the diagonals of a quadrilateral
ABCD. AM and CN are the perpendiculars from
A and C, respectively, on BD. L
1
Show that ar(quad. ABCD) = BD.(AM + CN)
2
C D B
5. In figure, ABCD is a rectangle in which CD = 6
3. ABCD is a trapezium with AB || DC. A line
cm, AD = 8 cm. Find the area of parallelogram
parallel to AC intersects AB at X and BC at Y.
CDEF.
Prove that ar(DADX) = ar(DACY).

D 6 cm C G A X B

8 cm
Y

F D C
A B E
4. In fig., AP | | BQ | | CR. Prove that
6. In the figure, area of DABC = 27 cm 2 and ar(DAQC) = ar(DPBR).
EF || BC. Find the area of parallelogram ABCF.
A P
E A D F
B Q

B C C R
Areas of Parallelograms and Triangles 287
5. In a parallelogram, ABCD, E and F are any two
D L C
points on the sides AB and BC respectively.
Show that ar(DADF) = ar(DDCE).

D C P Q
O
A B
H F M

Long Answer Questions [4 Marks]

A B DIRECTIONS: Give answer in four to five sentences
E
6. ABCD is a quadrilateral and BD is one of its 1. The medians of a triangle ABC intersect at G.
diagonals as shown in the following figure. 1
Show that quadrilateral ABCD is a Then prove that area (DAGB) = area (DABC)
3
parallelogram and find its area.
2. D is the mid-point of side BC of DABC and E
3 is the midpoint of BD. If O is the midpoint of
D C
1
AE, then prove that DBOE = area (DABC)
8
4
A

A 3 B
O
7. In fig., X and Y are points on the side LN of the
triangle LMN such that LX = XY = YN. Through
X, a line is drawn parallel to LM to meet MN at
B E D C
Z. Prove that ar(DLZY) = ar(MZYX).
3. In parallelogram ABCD, AB = 10 cm. The
L altitudes corresponding to the sides AB and AD
are respectively 7 cm and 8 cm. If AD is k.
X Then find the value of k – 0.75
4. A point E is taken on the side BC of a
T Y parallelogram ABCD. AE and DC are produced
to meet at F. Then prove that
N area (DADF) = area (DABFC)
M Z
A B
8. In the given figure, ABCD is a ||gm. O is any
point on AC. PQ || AB and LM || AD. Prove that
E
ar (|| gm DLOP) = ar(|| gm BMOQ).

D C F
 EBD_7802
288 Mathematics

Very Short Answer Questions [1 Mark] 1

BD = CA. Prove that ar (ABC) = 2 ar (DBC)
1. PQRS is a square. T and U are respectively, the 2
mid-points of PS and QR (Fig.). Find the area [Exemplar]
of DOTS, if PQ = 8 cm, where O is the point of A
intersection of TU and QS. [Exemplar]
T
P S D E

O B C

Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks]

Q R
U 1. X and Y are points on the side LN of the triangle
LMN such that LX = XY = YN. Through X, a
2. ABCD is a parallelogram and BC is produced
line is drawn parallel to LM to meet MN at Z
to a point Q such that AD = CQ (Fig.) If AQ (See figure), Then prove that area (DLZY) = area
intersects DC at P, show that (MZYX) [Exemplar]
ar (BPC) = ar (DPQ) [Exemplar] L
X

A B T Y

N
M Z
D P 2. In the given figure, AB || DC || EF, AD || BE
C
and DE || AF. Then:
ar (||gm DEFH) = ar (||gm ABCD). [HOTS]
Q A B
3. In fig. l, m, n are straight lines such that l || m D H
C
and n intersects l at P and m at Q. ABCD is a
quadrilateral such that its vertex A is on l. The
vertices C and D are on m and AD || n. Show G
that ar (ABCQ) = ar (ABCDP) [Exemplar]
E F
n
3. In given figure, CD || AE and CY || BA. Then
A P
l prove that area (DCBX) = area (AXY)
[Exemplar]
B
B C D

m X Z
C D Q
Y
4. In fig. BD || CA, E is mid-point of CA and
E
A
Areas of Parallelograms and Triangles 289
4. In given figure ABCDE is any pentagon. BP 2. ABCD is a parallelogram in which BC is
drawn parallel to AC meets DC produced at P produced to E such that CE = BC in figure. AE
and EQ drawn parallel to AD meets CD intersects CD at F. If ar (DDFB) = 3 cm2, then
produced at Q. Then prove that find the area of the parallelogram ABCD find.
area (ABCDE) = area (APQ) [Exemplar] [Exemplar]
3. In the give figure, X and Y are the midpoints
A
of AC and AB respectively, QP || BC and CYQ
and BXP are straight lines. Prove that area
(DABP) = area (DACQ) [Exemplar]
B E
4. ABCD is a parallelogram. Any line through A
cuts DC at a point P and BC produced at Q.
Then, prove that area (DBPC) = area (DDPQ)
[Exemplar]
P C D Q 5. In th e adjoining figure, ABCD is a
5. Ankush prepares a poster in the form of parallelogram. P is a point on DC such that ar
parallelogram, as shown in figure. (DAPD) = 25 cm2 and ar (DBPC) = 15 cm2.
Calculate ar (||gm ABCD) [Exemplar]
D C 6. Mr. Sharma explains his four children two boys
and two girls, distribution of his property
among them by a picture of DABC such that
Save Electricity D, E, F are mid-points of sides AB, BC, CA
respectively and are joined to divide DABC in
four triangles as shown in figure.
A B (i) If total property is equal to the area of
(i) If ÐA = (5x + 7)° and ÐB = (3x – 3)°, DABC and share of each child is equal to
find all the angles of parallelogram the area of each of four triangles, calculate
ABCD. the share of each child.
(ii) Which mathematical concepts is used in (ii) Which mathematical concept is used in
this question? it?
(iii) By writing a slogan on poster which value (iii) Which values are depicted in Mr
is depicted by Ankush? [VBQ] Sharma's plan? [VBQ]
Long Answer Questions [4 Marks]
1. In the given figure, O is any point on the
diagonal PR of a parallelogram PQRS. Then
prove that area (DPSO) = area (DPQO)
[Exemplar]
 EBD_7802
290 Mathematics

Exemplar MCQs M D E C
1. The median of a triangle divides it into two
(a) triangles of equal area
(b) congruent triangles
(c) right angled triangles
(d) isosceles triangles
2. In which of the following figures, you find two A B
polygons on the same base and between the same (a) perimeter of ABCD = perimeter of ABEM
parallels? (b) perimeter of ABCD < perimeter of ABEM
(c) perimeter of ABCD > perimeter of ABEM
S R A D 1
(d) perimeter of ABCD = (perimeter of
G
2
(a) ABEM)
(b)
6. The mid-point of the sides of a triangle along
P Q B C with any of the vertices as the fourth point make
a parallelogram of area equal to
P A B S 1 1
S R
(a) ar ( ABC ) (b) ar ( ABC )
O 2 3

(c) (d) 1
(c) ar ( ABC ) (d) ar (ABC)
4
P Q Q R 7. Two parallelograms are on equal bases and
between the same parallels. The ratio of their
3. The figure obtained by joining the mid-points areas is
of the adjacent sides of a rectangle of sides 8 cm (a) 1 : 2 (b) 1 : 1
and 6 cm, is (c) 2 : 1 (d) 3 : 1
(a) a rectangle of area 24 cm2 8. ABCD is a quadrilateral whose diagonal AC
(b) a square of area 25 cm2 divides it into two parts, equal in area, then
(c) a trapezium of area 24 cm2 ABCD
(d) a rhombus of area 24 cm2 (a) is a rectangle
(b) is always a rhombus
4. In the figure, the area of parallelogram ABCD
(c) is a parallelogram
is (d) need not be any of (a), (b) or (c)
9. If a triangle and a parallelogram are on the same
D N C
base and between same parallels, then the ratio
of the area of the triangle to the area of
parallelogram is
(a) 1 : 3 (b) 1 : 2
M (c) 3 : 1 (d) 1 : 4
10. ABCD is a trapezium with parallel sides AB =
a cm and DC = b cm. E and F are the mid-
A L B points of the non-parallel sides. The ratio of
ar(ABFE) and ar(EFCD) is
(a) AB × BM (b) BC × BN (a) a : b
(c) DC × DL (d) AD × DL (b) (3a + b) : (a + 3b)
5. In figure, if parallelogram ABCD and rectangle (c) (a + 3b) : (3a + b)
ABEM are of equal area, then (d) (2a + b) : (3a + b)
Areas of Parallelograms and Triangles 291

CHAPTER TEST

Time : 30 Min. Max. Marks : 20

Directions : (i) Attempt all questions

(ii) Question 1 and 2 carry 1 mark each.
(iii) Question 3 and 4 carry 2 marks each.
(iv) Question 5, 6 and 7 carry 3 marks each.
(v) Question 8 carries 5 marks.

1. Area of rhombus is 144 cm2. If one of the diagonals is 12 cm; find the length of the other diagonal.
2. In given figure, ABCD is a parallelogram. If the area of DAEB is 16 cm2, then find the area of DBFC

D E C

A B
3. Prove that the area of a rhombus is half the product of its diagonals.
4. ABCD is a quadrilateral. A line through D, parallel to AC, meets BC produced in P as shown in Fig.
Prove that ar(DABP) = ar (quad. ABCD).
A D

B C P
5. Compute the area of quadrilateral ABCD.

D 17 cm C

9 cm
8 cm
90°

A B
6. Triangles ABC and DBC are on the same base BC with A, D on opposite sides of line BC, such that
ar (DABC) = ar (DDBC). Show that BC bisects AD.
 EBD_7802
292 Mathematics

7. In the given figure PSDA is a parallelogram in which PQ = QR = RS and AP || BQ || CR. Prove that
ar(DPQE) = ar (DDCF).
P Q R S

E
F

A B C D
8. Ankush prepares a poster in the form of parallelogram, as shown in figure.
D C

Save Electricity

A B
(i) If ÐA = (5x + 7)° and ÐB = (3x – 3)°, find all the angles of parallelogram ABCD.
(ii) Which mathematical concepts is used in this question?
(iii) By writing a slogan on poster which value is depicted by Ankush?
Areas of Parallelograms and Triangles 293

3. Since in DGHK , F and E are the mid-points of

HG and GK respectively
Short Answer Questions So, by mid-point theorem
1. Here, Median QT and RT divide DPQS and 1
FE = KH and FE || KH ...(i)
DPRS in two congruent triangles respectively. 2
1 Now, in quadrilateral EFHK,
\ ar ( QTS) = ar ( PQS) ...(i) EF || HK [by (i)]
2
Therefore, EFHK is a trapezium.
1 Q ar ( EFHK ) = ar ( DFHD ) + ar ( DDEF) + ar ( DDEK )
and ar ( RTS) = ar ( RPS) ...(ii) ...(ii)
2
Here, FE || HD and FE = HD
After adding (i) and (ii)
Thus, FEDH is a parallelogram
1 \ ar(DFHD) = ar(DDEF) ...(iii)
ar ( QTS + RTS) = é ar ( PQS) + ar ( PRS) ùû
2ë In the same way DFGE is a parallelogram
So, ar(DDEF) = ar(DGEF) ...(iv)
1 Also, DFEK is a parallelogram
Hence, ar ( QTR ) = ar ( PQR )
2 So, ar(DDEF) = ar(DDEK) ...(v)
2. Since, BQ || CR From (iii), (iv) & (v), we have
ar(DGEF) = ar(DFHD)
As, DBCQ and DBQR are on the same base BQ
= ar(DDEK)
and between the same parallel lines BQ and CR.
= ar(DDEF)
So, ar(DBCQ) = ar(DBQR) ...(i)
Q AP || BQ 1
=
ar(DGHK) ...(vi)
4
A P From (vi) and (ii), we have
3
ar ( EFHK ) = ar ( DGHK )
4
B Q Hence proved.
4. D C

C R
Now, DABQ and DPBQ are on the same base
BQ and between the same parallel lines BQ and
AP.
Therefore, ar ( DABQ ) = ar ( DPBQ ) ...(ii) A B
After adding (1) and (2), we have Since, diagonal of a parallelogram divides it into
two triangles having equal area.
ar ( DBCQ ) + ar ( DABQ ) = ar ( DBQR ) + ar ( DPBQ )
So, ar(DABD) = ar(DBCD)
\ ar ( DAQC ) = ar ( DPBR ) Since, ar(DABD) = 8 cm2
Hence, ar(DBCD) = 8 cm2
 EBD_7802
294 Mathematics
5. Since DPQR is equilateral and PM ^ QR 1
7. Since, area of (DPXQ) = ´ base ´ height
P 2
1
So, 32 = ´ 8´ h
2
32 ´ 2
\ h=
8
Therefore, h = 8 cm
Then, area of parallelogram
Q M R
PQRS = base × height
Now, to show that = 8 × 8 = 64 cm2
ar(DPQM) = ar(DPRM) Hence, altitude of PQRS = 8 cm
In DPQM and DPRM and area of PQRS =64 cm2
PQ = PR (DPQR is equilateral triangle) 8. Since PQR is a triangle and A and B are points
on QR such that QA = AB = BR
ÐPMQ = ÐPMR (Each 90º)
Now, to prove that :
and, PM = PM (Common)
ar ( DPQB) = 2 ar ( DPBR )
So, by congurency criterion we have,
Suppose, h be the height of triangle PQR
DPQM @ DPRM
1
As, two congurent triangles have equal areas. Then, ar ( DPQA ) = ´ QA ´ h
2
So, ar ( DPQM ) = ar ( DPRM )
1 1
6. Since a parallelogram MNOP where one of the = ´ QR ´ h ...(i)
2 3
diagonals is PN.
1
Now, ar ( DPAB) = ´ AB ´ h
P O 2
1 1
= ´ QR ´ h ...(ii)
2 3
1
Similarly, ar ( DPBR ) = ´ BR ´ h
2
M N 1 1
= ´ QR ´ h ...(iii)
2 3
Now, to show that
1
ar ( DPMN ) = ar ( DPON ) and ar ( DPQB) = ´ QB ´ h
2
As, two congurent figures have equal area,
1 2
\ DPMN @ DPON = ´ QR ´ h ...(iv)
2 3
So, in DPMN and DPON, From (i), (ii) and (iii), we get
MN = PO [Opposite sides of || gm]
ar ( D PQA) = ar ( DPAB) = ar ( DPBR ) ...(v)
and PM = ON
PN = NP [Common side] As ar ( DPQB ) = ar ( DPQA ) + ar ( DPAB)
DPMN @ DPON Þ ar ( DPQB ) = ar ( DPBR ) + ar ( DPBR )
[By SSS congruence criterion] [from (iv)]
Hence, ar ( DPMN ) = ar ( DPON ) Hence, ar ( DPQB ) = 2ar ( DPBR )
Areas of Parallelograms and Triangles 295
9. Here, 5 + 5 > 10 12. We draw PM ^ SQ.
So construction of triangle is not possible
because sum of any two sides of a triangle is P Q
always greater than the third side.
10. Since PQRS is a square.

S R

S M R X
O
1
ar ( DPSQ ) = ´ base ´ height
2
1
P Q = ´ PQ ´ PM
2
So, diagonals PR and SQ will bisect each other
1
at right angles. And, ar(DQRX) = ´ PM ´ RX
2
Now DPOQ @ DROQ
As, PQ = RX
DROQ @ DROS
DROS @ DPOS 1
Therefore, ar(DPOQ) = ar(DROQ) Therefore, ar ( DQRX ) = ´ PM ´ PQ
2
= ar(DROS) = ar(DPOS)
Hence, ar(PQRS) = 4ar(DPOQ) Hence, ar ( DPSQ ) = ar ( DQRX )
= 4 × 4 cm2 Hence proved.
= 16 cm2
Long Answer Questions
11. We draw PM ^ QS and RN ^ QS.
1. Here DB is the transversal and DC || AB
S R
D 2.5 C

M
A

N 4

P Q

Now, ar ( DPSA ) ´ ar ( DQAR )

A 2.5 B
æ1 ö æ1 ö
= ç ´ AS ´ PM÷ ´ ç ´ AQ ´ RN÷
è2 ø è2 ø As, ÐCDB = ÐABD = 90º
æ1 ö æ1 ö So, DC || AB and DC = AB = 2.5 cm (given)
= ç ´ RN ´ AS÷ ´ ç ´ PM ´ AQ÷ \ ABCD is a parallelogram
è2 ø è2 ø
ar(ABCD)
= ar ( DSAR ) ´ ar ( DPAQ ) = 2.5 × 4 = 10 cm2 = base × height
 EBD_7802
296 Mathematics
2. Since a rectangle ABCD
1
= ( SR ) 2 [Q SR = RQ]
D C 4
1
= ar ( PQRS ) ...(iv)
4
From (iii) and (iv), we have
ar ( DORM ) 1
=
A B ar ( PQRS ) 8

Prove that AC = BD Hence, the ratio of ar ( DORM ) : ar ( PQRS )

In DDAC and DCBD, =1:8
ÐD = ÐC [Each 90º] 4. We join HF
AD = BC Here, H and F are the mid-points of AD and
[opposite sides of rectangle] BC.
DC = DC (common side) \ HD = FC [AD = BC]
So, DDAC @ DCBD So, HD || FC
(By SAS congruency rule) Hence, HDCF is a rectangle.
Therefore, By CPCT
D G C
AC = BD Hence proved.
3. Q OP = OR (given)
So, O is the mid-point of PR
Now, in DSRP H F
As, O and N are mid-points of sides PR and SR
respectively.
Then, by mid-point theorem, A E B
1 Here, DHFG and rectangle HFCD are on the
ON = SP and ON || SP ...(i)
2 same base HF and lie between the same parallel
In the same way OM || PQ ...(ii) lines HF and DC.
From (i) and (ii), we have
1
ONRM is a parallelogram Therefore, ar ( DHFG ) = ar ( W HFCD ) ...(i)
2
1 1 In the same way,
Q ON = SP = SR
2 2
1
(PQRS is a square \ SP = SR) ar ( DEHF ) = ar ( W ABFH ) ...(ii)
= NR 2
In parallelogram ONRM, adjacent sides ON and After adding (i) and (ii)
NR are equal and ÐS = ÐN = 90º as ON || SP ar ( DHFG ) + ar ( DEHF )
Therefore, ONRM is a square
1 1
= ar ( WHFCD ) + ar ( W ABFH )
1 2 2
\ ar ( DORM ) = ar ( ONRM ) ...(iii)
2
1
(Since diagonal of a parallelogram divides \ ar ( W EFGH ) = ar ( W ABCD )
it into two congruent triangles) 2

ar ( ONRM ) = NR ´ RM Þ 16 =
1
ar ( W ABCD )
2
1 1
= SR ´ RQ
2 2 Thus, ar ( W ABCD ) = 32 cm 2
Areas of Parallelograms and Triangles 297
5. Here, AD is the median of DABC. Therefore, XACB and BCYA are parallelogram,
A in which XA = BC and AY = BC. Thus, XA = AY
As XA = AY and points XAY lie on the same
lines, so they are collinear. Hence proved.
7. (i) Since area of a triangular plot
E 1
= ´ base ´ height
2
1
= ´120 ´ 90 m2
B D C 2
1 = 5400 m2
So, ar ( DABD ) = ar ( DABC ) ...(i)
2 A
Similarly, BE is the median of DABD
1
Therefore, ar ( DBED ) = ar ( DABD ) ...(ii)
2 E
Now, from (i) and (ii)
1
ar ( DBED ) = ar ( DABC )
4
6. We join BX B D C
X A Y (ii) In DABC, median AD is drawn on base
BC which divide it into two equal areas
ABD and DACD. After taking any point E
D
E on AD we join BE and CE.
So, the brothers got areas
ar(DABE) and ar(DACE)
C whereas ar(DBCE) is donated to school for
B
charity.
In DXDB and DADC, (iii) Importance of education and responsibility
Q XD = CD towards society.
and ÐXDB = ÐADC (vertically opp. angles)
As BD = DA (CD is median of DABC) 8. B
So, by SAS rule A
DXDB @ DADC
Þ XB = AC (By CPCT)
After adding DXDA to both sides, we get
O
D ( XDB ) + D ( XDA) = D ( ADC ) + D ( XDA)
D ( XBA) = D ( XAC )
If the two triangles are on the same base and
have equal areas, they lie between same
parallels. D C E
So, XA || BC
Similarly, DBAY @ DCAY and then AY || BC.
 EBD_7802
298 Mathematics
(i) Suppose the plot be ABCD. 3. In DABC, we have BD = 2DC
We join AC and draw BE || AC Let E be the mid-point of BD. Then,
Here, health centre can be constructed in BE = ED = DC
triangular plot (DAOB) and the farmer may Since AE and AD are medians of D’s ABD
have triangular plot DADE. and AEC respectively.
Now,
ar ( DADE ) = ar ( DADC ) + ar ( DACE ) A

= ar ( DADC ) + ar ( DABC )
= ar (Quad. ABCD)
(ii) Helpful, cooperation.
(iii) Yes, constructing a health centre is justified
for human well-being because health
effects.
B E D C
\ ar (DABD) = 2ar (DAED) and ar (DADC)
Very Short Answer Questions = ar (DAED)
1. If a triangle and a parallelogram are on the Þ ar (DABD) = 2ar (DADC)
same base and between the same parallels, 4. We have
then the area of triangle will be half of the ar (quad. ABCD) = ar (DABD) + ar (DBCD)
area of parallelogram. 1 1
Þ ar(quad.ABCD) = (BD × AM) + (BD × CN)
1 2 2
So, ar( DAFB) = ar(ABCD) 1
2 Þ ar (quad. ABCD) = BD × [(AM + CN)]
2
1
= ´ 4 ´ 4 = 8 cm2
2
D
2. Since, AD is the median of DABC
\ ar(DABD) = ar(DADC) C
M
A 90°
90°
N

A B

B M D C In the figure ÐAMD = 90° (AM ^ BD)

1 ÐCNB = 90° (CN ^ BD)
= ar( DABC)
2
5. 48 cm2
(Q The median of a triangle divides it into
6. The diagonal of a parallelogram divides the par-
two triangles of equal areas)
allelogram into two triangles with equal areas.
1 So, DABC and DAFC are equal in area.
Þ ar(DABC) = 15
2 \ Area of parallelogram ABCF
= ar(DABC) + ar (DAFC)
ar( DABC)
Þ =2 = 27 + 27 = 54 cm2
15
Areas of Parallelograms and Triangles 299
Short Answer Questions \ ar (DBCQ) = ar (DBRQ) ...(ii)
1. In triangles PEA and QFD, we have Adding (i) and (ii), we get
ar (DABQ) + ar (DBCQ) = ar (DPBQ) + ar
ÐAPE = ÐDQF (Corresponding angles)
(DBRQ)
AE = DF (Opposite sides of ||gm AEFD)
Þ ar (DAQC) = ar (DPBR)
ÐAEP = ÐDFQ (Corresponding angles) 5. Since DADF and parallelogram ABCD are on
\ DPEA @ DQFD (ASA congr uence the same base AD and between the same
criterion) parallels AD and BC.
As congruent triangles have equal area,
1
\ ar (DPEA) = ar (DQFD) \ ar(DADF) = ar ( P gm ABCD ) ...(i)
2
\ ar ( D PEA) 1 = 1 : 1 Also, DDCE and || gm ABCD are on the same
=
ar ( D QFD) 1 base DC and between the same parallels DC
2. In DABC, D is mid point of CB and AB.
ar (DADC) = ar (DADB) ....(i) 1
But in DADB, \ ar(DDCE) = ar ( P gm ABCD ) ...(ii)
2
L is mid point of AD
\ ar (DALB) = ar (DDLB) From (i) and (ii), we get
ar(DADF) = ar(DDCE)
1 6. From the figure it is clear that
= ar (DADB) ....(ii)
2 ÐCDB = ÐABD = 90°
From (i) and (ii) But these angles form a pair of alternate equal
1 angles.
ar (DABL) = ar (DABC) \ DC || AB
4
Also, DC = AB = 3 units (From figure)
1 Now, we know that a quadrilateral is a
\ x=
4 parallelogram if a pair of opposite sides is
3. We have a trapezium ABCD such that AB || DC. parallel and is of equal length.
XY || AC meets AB at X and BC at Y. \ Quadrilateral ABCD is a parallelogram.
Let us join CX. Now, area of the || gm ABCD
AB || DC [Given] = Base × Corresponding altitude
= AB × BD
and DADX and DACX are on the same base
= 3 × 4 square units ( ?AB = 3 and BD = 4)
AX and between the same parallels AB and DC.
= 12 square units
\ ar(DADX) = ar(DACX) ...(i)
7. Since, DLXZ and DMXZ lie on the same base
Also, AC || XY [Given] XZ and between the same parallels XZ and LM.
and DACX and DACY are on the same base \ ar(DLXZ) = ar(DMXZ)
AC and between the same parallels AC and XY. Adding ar(DXYZ) to both sides, we get
\ ar(DACX) = ar(DACY) ...(ii) ar(DLXZ) + ar(DXYZ) = ar(DMXZ) + ar(DXYZ)
From (i) and (ii), we have ar(DLYZ) = ar(MZYX)
ar(DADX) = ar(DACY) 8. Since diagonals of a parallelogram divides it
4. Since DABQ and DPBQ are on the same base into two triangles of equal area.
BQ and between the same parallels AP and BQ. \ ar (DADC) = ar (DABC)
\ ar (DABQ) = ar (DPBQ) ...(i) Þ ar (DAPO) + ar (||gmDLOP) + ar (DOLC)
Similarly, DBCQ and DBRQ are on the same = ar (DAOM) + ar (||gmBMOQ) + ar (DOQC)
base BQ and between the same parallels BQ ...(i)
and CR.
 EBD_7802
300 Mathematics
Since AO and OC are diagonals of parallelo- Since AD is the median,
grams AMOP and OQCL respectively \ 2 ar (DABD) = ar (DABC) – (i)
\ ar (DAPO) = ar (DAMO) ...(ii) Similarly, 2 ar (DABE) = ar (DABD) – (ii)
and ar (DOLC) = ar (DOQC) ...(iii) and 2 ar (DBOE) = ar (DABE) – (iii)
Subtracting (ii) and (iii) from (i), we get Now, ar (DABC) = 2 ar (DABD)
ar (||gmDLOP) = ar (||gmBMOQ) = 2 [2 ar (DABE)]
= 4 ar (DABE)
Long Answer Questions
= 4 [2 ar (DBOE)]
1. A DABC, in which the medians AD, BE and = 8 ar (DBOE)
CF intersect at point G.
1
A = ar (DABC) = ar (DBOE)
8

3. We have, D C
F E
G
N
8c
m

7 cm
B D C
A M B
In DABC, AD is a median. 10 cm
\ ar (DABD) = ar (DACD) .... (1)
[Q Median divides a D in two Ds of equal area] Area of a parallelogram = Base × Height
In DGBC, GD is median \ ar (|| gm ABCD) = AB × DM = (10 × 7) cm2
\ ar (DGBD) = ar (DGCD) .... (2) ...(i)
Subtracting (2) and (1), we have Also, ar (|| gm ABCD) = AD × BN = (AD × 8) cm2
ar (DABD) – ar (DGBD) = ar (DACD) – ar ...(ii)
(DGCD) From (i) and (ii), we have
\ ar (DAGB) = ar (DAGC) .... (3) 10 ´ 7
Similarly, we can prove that 10 ´ 7 = AD ´ 8 Þ AD = cm
8
ar (DAGB) = ar (DBGC) .... (4)
From (3) and (4), we have 35
Þ AD = cm = 8.75cm
ar (DAGB) = ar (DAGC) = ar (DBGC) 4
But ar (DABC) Þ k = 8.75 cm
= ar (DAGB) + ar (DAGC) + ar (DBGC) The value of k – 0.75 = 8 cm
= 3 ar (DAGB) [Using (3) and (4)] 4. Since ABCD is a parallelogram and diagonal
1 AC divides it into two triangles of equal area,
\ ar (DAGB) = ar (DABC). we have
3
ar (DADC) = ar (DABC) ... (1)
2. As DC || AB, so CF || AB
Since triangles on the same base and between
A
the same parallels are equal in area, so we have
ar (DACF) = ar (DBCF) ... (2)
Adding (1) and (2), we get
O ar (DADC) + ar (DACF)
= ar (DABC) + ar (DBCF)
Þ ar (DADF) = ar (ABFC)

B E D C
Areas of Parallelograms and Triangles 301
Short Answer Questions
1. Since DLXZ and DXMZ are on the same base
Very Short Answer Questions and between the same parallels LM and XZ,
1. PS = PQ = 8 cm and TU || PQ we have
ar (DLXZ) = ar (DXMZ)
1 1 Adding ar (DXYZ ) to both sides of (1), we get
ST = PS = ´ 8 = 4 cm
2 2 ar (DLXZ) + ar (DXYZ) = ar (DXMZ) + ar
(DXYZ)
PQ = TU = 8 cm
Þ ar (DLZY) = ar (MZYX)
1 1 2. ar (ADEG) = ar (DHFE)
OT = TU = ´ 8 = 4 cm ||gm on same base and between same || lines
2 2
Þ ar (DADH) = ar (DGEF) ..... (i)
Area of triangle OTS
Similarly, ar (||gm ABCD) = ar (||gm ADEG)
1 = ar (DADH) + ar (fig. DHGE)
= ´ ST ´ OT [Since OTS is a right angled triangle] = ar (DGEF) + ar (fig. DHGE) [from (i)]
2
ar (||gm ABCD) = ar (||gm DHFE)
3. CD || AE and CY || BA.
1
= ´ 4 ´ 4 cm2 = 8 cm 2 Since triangle on the same base and between
2 the same parallels are equal in area, so we have
2. ar (ACP) = ar (BCP) ...(i) ar (DABC) = ar (DABY)
[Triangles on the same base and between same Þ ar (DCBX) + ar (DABX)
parallels] = ar (DABX) + ar (DAXY)
ar (ADQ) = ar (ADC) ...(ii) Hence ar (DCBX) = ar (DAXY)
[Cancelling ar (DABX) from both sides]
ar (ADC) – ar (ADP) = ar (ADQ) – ar (ADP)
4. BP || AC and AD || EQ,
ar (APC) = ar (DPQ) ...(iii)
Since triangles on the same base between the
From (i) and (iii), we get same parallels are equal in area
ar (BCP) = ar (DPQ) ar (DABC) = ar (DAPC) .... (1)
3. ar (APD) = ar (AQD) …(i) and ar (DADE) = ar (DADQ) .... (2)
[Have same base AD and also between same adding (1) and (2), we get
parallels AD and n]. ar (DABC) + ar (DADE) = ar (DAPC) + ar
Adding ar (ABCD) on both sides in (i), we get (DADQ)
ar(APD) + ar (ABCD) = ar (AQD) + ar (ABCD) Adding ar (DACD) to both sides, we get
or ar (ABCDP) = ar (ABCQ) ar (DABC) + ar (DADE) + ar (DACD) = ar
4. Join DE. Here BCED is a parallelogram, since (DAPC) + ar (DADQ) + ar (DACD)
BD = CE and BD || CE Hence ar (ABCDE) = ar (DAPQ)
ar (DBC) = ar (EBC) ...(i) 5. (i) Q sum of adjacent angles of any
parallelogram is equal to180°
[Have the same base BC and between the same
As, ÐA + ÐB = 180°
parallels] Þ 5x + 7 + 3x – 3 = 180°
In DABC, BE is the median, Þ 8x + 4 = 180°
1 Þ 8x = 176°
So, ar (EBC) = ar (ABC) Þ x = 22°
2
So, ÐA = (5x + 7)° = 5 × 22° + 7 = 117°
Now, ar (ABC) = ar (EBC) + ar (ABE) (opposite angles of parallelogram)
Also, ar (ABC) = 2 ar (EBC), therefore, \ ÐB = (3x – 3)° = 3 × 22° – 3 = 63°,
ar (ABC) = 2 ar (DBC). \ ÐD = ÐB = 63°
and ÐC = ÐA = 117°
 EBD_7802
302 Mathematics
(ii) Properties of parallelogram.
1
(iii) Save electricity for prosperity of life. 3 cm2 = ar (||gm ABCD)
4
Long Answer Questions
Þ ar (||gm ABCD) = 12 cm2
1. Join SQ, bisects the diagonal PR at M.
Hence the area of the parallelogram ABCD is
Since diagonals of a parallelogram bisect each
other, so SM = MQ. Therefore PM is a median 12 cm2.
of DPQS.
ar (DPSM) = ar (DPQM) ... (1) 3. Y and X ar e midpoints of AB and AC
Q
[ Median divides a triangle into two triangles respectively.
of equal area] \ YX || BC.
Now, ar (DBYC) = ar (DBXC) [on same base
S R
and between
O same parallels]
Þ ar (DBYC) – ar (DBOC) = ar (DBXC) – ar
M
(DBOC)
Þ ar (DBOY) = ar (DCOX)
P Q
Þ ar (DBOY) + ar (DXOY) = ar (DCOX) +
Again as OM is the median of triangle DOSQ, ar (DXOY)
so Þ ar (DBXY) = ar (DCXY).
ar (DOSM) = ar (DOQM) ... (2) Now, ar(quad. XYAP) + ar(quad. XYQA)
Adding (1) and (2), we get [On same base and between same parallels]
ar (DPSM) + ar (DOSM) = ar (DPQM) + ar \ ar (DBXY) + ar (quad. XYAP) = ar
(DOQM)
(DCXY) + ar (quad. XYQA)
Þ ar (DPSO) = ar (DPQO)
Þ ar(DABP) = ar(DACQ).
2. In DADF and DEFC, we have
ÐDAF = ÐCEF [Alt. interior Ðs] 4. Here in quadrilateral APCB, AB || CP
Since triangles on the same base and between
AD = CE [Q AD = BC = CE [Given]]
ÐADF = ÐFCE [Alt interior Ðs] same parallel lines are equal in area.
\ DADF @ DECF Þ Area (DAPC) = Area (DBPC) .....(i)
[By SAS rule of congruence] Also in fig ADQC, AD || CQ
\ DF = CF [CPCT] \ Area (DDCQ) = Area (DACQ)
BF is median of DBCD, or Area (DDPQ) – Area (DPCQ)
= Area (DAPC) – Area (DPCQ)
1
\ ar (DBDF) = ar (DBCD) ... (1) Þ Area (DDPQ) = Area (DAPC) .....(ii)
2
Add (i) & (ii)
[Q Median divides a triangles into two triangles Þ Area (DBPC) = Area (DDPQ)
of equal area]
Now if a triangle and a parallelogram are on
B
the same base and between the same parallels,
then the area of the triangles is equal to half A
the area of the parallelogram,
1
\ ar (DBCD) = ar (||gm ABCD) ... (2)
2 C
\ By (1), we have ar (DBDF) P
D Q
1 ì1 ü
= í ar ( || gm ABCD ) ý
2 î2 þ
Areas of Parallelograms and Triangles 303
5. Area of ||gm ABCD = Area (DAPD) + Area
1
(DBPC) Area (DAPB)..... (i) = ar (DABC)
Draw PE || BC, So that PEBC is a parallelogram. 4
Since AD || BC Þ PE || AD, so AEPD is also a As a result, each child get same share of
parallelogram. property.
The diagonal of a parallelogram divides it into (ii) Area of parallelogram and mid-point
two parts with equal area. Then from (i) theorem.
Area of ||gm ABCD = Area (DAPD) + Area (iii) To avoid discrimination between boy and
(DBPC) + Area (DAPE) + Area (DBEP) girl.
= Area (DAPD) + Area (DBPC) + Area
(DAPD) + Area (DBPC)
Q Area (DAPE) = Area (DAPD) and Area Exemplar MCQs
(DBEP) = Area (DBPC) 1. (a) A median of a given triangle divides it into
= 2 Area (DAPD) + 2 Area (DBPC) two triangles having equal areas.
= 2 × 25 + 2 × 15 2. (d) There are two polygons (PQRA and BQRS)
= 50 + 30 on the same base and between the same
= 80 cm2 parallels in figure (d).
6. (i) Here D, E and F are the mid-points of 3. (d) After joining the mid-points of the adjacent
AB, BC and CA respectively. sides of a rectangle, a rhombus is obtained.
A H
A D

6 cm E G
D F

B C
F
8 cm
B E C
\ length of rectangle = 8 cm
So, using mid-point theorem, we get
and breadth of rectangle = 6 cm
DF || BC and EF || AB
Suppose E, F, G and H are the mid-points
Therefore, DF || BE and EF || BD
of the sides of given rectangle ABCD, so
Thus, BEFD is a parallelogram.
EFGH will be a rhombus.
As, the diagonal of any parallelogram
As EG = 8 cm
divide it into two congruent triangles
and HF = 6 cm
Then, DDEF @ DBED
Similarly, DDEF @ DADF 8´ 6
So, area of rhombus =
And DDEF @ DCEF 2
Hence,DDEF @ DBED @ DADF @ DCEF = 24 cm2
ar (DDEF) = ar (DBED) = ar (DADF) Thus, after joining the mid-points of the
= ar(DCEF) adjacent sides of given r ectangle, a
Now, ar (DDEF) + ar (DBED) + ar rhombus of area 24 cm2 is obtained.
(DADF) + ar (DCEF) 4. (c) Since, area of parallelogram is the
= ar (DABC) multiplication of its side and the
Finally, ar (DDEF) = ar (DBED) corresponding altitude.
= ar (DADF) So, area of parallelogram = AB × DL
= ar (DCEF) = AD × BM
 EBD_7802
304 Mathematics
= DC × DL 7. (b) Since, parallelogram on the equal bases and
Hence, option (c) is correct. between the same parallels are always equal
5. (c) Since, in rectangle ABEM, in area. Therefore ratio of their areas is
AB = EM equal to 1 : 1.
and for parallelogram ABCD, 8. (d) Since, ABCD need not be any of rectangle,
CD = AB rhombus and parallelogram as if ABCD is
After adding, both equations, a square, its diagonal AC divides it into
AB + CD = EM + AB two equal parts.
As, the perpendicular distance between two 9. (b) Since, if a parallelogram and a triangle are
parallel sides of a parallelogram is smaller on the same base and between the same
parallels, area of the triangle is half the area
than the length of the other two parallel
of parallelogram.
sides.
So, BE < BC and AM < AD 1
\ Area of triangle =
After adding both inequalities, 2
BE + AM < BC + AD (Area of parallelogram)
or BC + AD > BE + AM Hence, area of triangle : Area of
So, AB + CD + BC + AD > parallelogram = 1 : 2
AB + CD + BE + AM 10. (b) Since, AB = a cm, DC = b cm and AB || DC.
Therefore,AB + BC + CD + AD > As, E and F are mid-points of AD and BC,
AB + BE + EM + AM So, in DABD, E is mid-point of AD and
Hence, perimeter of ABCD > perimeter of EM || AB
ABEM. 1
6. (a) Since, D, E and F are the mid-points of the Therefore,EM = AB ...(i)
2
sides BC, CA and AB respectively
1
Now, in DCBD, MF = CD ...(ii)
A 2
b
D C

F E M
E F

B C
D A a B
After adding Eqs. (i) and (ii),
Here, ar(DAFE) = ar(DBFD)
EF = EM + MF
= ar (DEDC) = ar (DDEF) ...(i)
So, Area of DDEF 1 1
= AB + CD
2 2
1
=
Area of DABC ...(ii)
4 1
= ( AB + CD )
Now, area of the parallelogram AFDE 2
= Area of DAFE + Area of DDEF 1
= (a + b )
1 2
= 2´ Area of DABC [Using Eq. (ii)]
4 Therefore, area of trapezium ABFE
1 1æ 1 ö 1
= Area of DABC = ç a + ( a + b ) ÷ h = ( 3a + b ) h
2 2è 2 ø 4
And area of trapezium EFCD
Areas of Parallelograms and Triangles 305
3.
1é 1 ù 1 D C
= b + ( a + b ) ú h = ( 3b + a ) h
2 êë 2 û 4
O
Area of ABFE
Hence, ratio =
Area of EFCD
A B
1
( 3a + b ) h Let AC and BD be the diagonals of the
= 4 rhombus ABCD.
1
( 3b + a ) h We have to prove that ar(rhombus ABCD)
4
1
= (3a + b) : (a + 3b) = (AC × BD)
2
Since diagonals of a rhombus bisect each other
1. Let the other diagonal be x cm. perpendicularly
\ BO ^ AC, DO ^ AC.
1 Now, ar (rhombus ABCD)
Area of rhombus = (product of diagonals)
2 = ar(DABC) + ar (DADC)
Þ 144 = 1/2 (12 × x)
1 1
144 ´ 2 = AC × BO + AC × DO
Þ x= = 12 × 2 = 24 cm. 2 2
12
1
Thus other diagonal = 24 cm = AC (BO + DO)
2. We know that if a triangle and a parallelogram 2
are on the same base and between the same 1
parallels, then the area of the triangle is equal = (AC × BD). Hence proved.
2
to half the area of the parallelogram.
4. Since Ds ACP and ACD are on the base AC
E C and between the same parallels AC and DP.
D
\ ar(DACP) = ar(DACD)
Þ ar(DACP) + ar(DABC)
F = ar (DACD) + ar (DABC)
Þ ar (DABP) = ar (quad. ABCD).
A D
A B

1
\ ar (DAEB) = ar(|| gm ABCD)
2 B C P
1 5. In DBCD, we have CD2
= BD2
+ BC2
Þ 16 cm2 = ar (|| gm ABCD)
2 Þ (17) = BD + (8)
2 2 2

Þ ar (|| gm ABCD) = 2 × 16 cm2 = 32 cm2 Þ BD2 = 289 – 64 = 225

Þ BD = 15 cm
1
Now ar (DBFC) = ar (|| gm ABCD) In DABD, we have BD2 = AB2 +AD2
2 Þ (15)2 = AB2 + (9)2
1 Þ AB2 = 225 – 81 = 144
= × 32 cm2 = 16 cm2 Þ AB = 12 cm
2
Hence, of area of DBFC is 16 cm2.
 EBD_7802
306 Mathematics
Since AP || BQ || CR || DS.
1 1
So, ar(ABCD) = (12 × 9) + (8 × 15) \ PQ = CD ... (i)
2 2 In DBED, C is the mid-point of BD and
= 54 + 60 = 114 cm2 CF || BE
6. Since D s ABC and DBC are equal in area and \ F is the mid-point of ED
have a common side BC. Therefore the Þ EF = DF
altitudes corresponding to BC are equal i.e. Similarly, EF = PE Þ PE = FD... (ii)
In DPQE and DCFD, we have PE = FD [Proved
A
above]
C ÐEPQ = ÐFDC [Alternate interior angles] and
F
1 O PQ = CD [Given]
2 So, by SAS congruency, we have
E
B DPQE @ DDCF
Þ ar(DPQE) = ar(DDCF)
D
8. (i) Q Sum of adjacent angles of any
AE = DF parallelogram is equal to 180°
Now, in D s AEO and DFO, we have As, ÐA + ÐB = 180°
Ð1 = Ð2 [Vertically opp. angles] Þ 5x + 7 + 3x – 3 = 180°
ÐAEO = ÐDFO [Each equal to 90°] Þ 8x + 4 = 180°
and, AE = DF Þ 8x = 176° Þ x = 22°
So, by AAS criterion of congruence, we have So, ÐA = (5x + 7)° = 5× 22° + 7 = 117°
DAEO @ DDFO (opposite angles of parallelogram)
Þ AO = DO \ ÐB = (3x – 3)° = 3 × 22° – 3 = 63°,
Þ BC bisects AD ÐD = ÐB = 63°
and ÐC = ÐA = 117°
7. P Q R S (ii) Properties of parallelogram.
(iii) Save electricity for prosperity of life.
E
F

A B C D
 10 CIRCLES

CIRCLE
Circle is a set of points or collection of points in a plane which are at a fixed distance from a fixed point. The
fixed point is called the centre of the circle. In the given diagram ‘O’ is the centre of the circle. The fixed
distance is called the radius. In the diagram, OP is the radius of the circle.
A circle divides the plane in which it lies into three parts.
These three parts are
Interior
(i) Inside the circle which is called the interior of the circle.
(ii) The circle O
Circle
(iii) Outside the circle which is called the exterior of the circle. Exterior
Note that the circle and its interior make up the circular region.
P
TERMS RELATED TO A CIRCLE
Radius
A line segment joining the centre and a point on the circle is called its radius.
Chord
A line segment whose end points lie on the circle is called a chord of the circle.
In the given circle, PQ is a chord. Q
P

Diameter
A chord which passes through the centre of the circle is called the diameter of the
circle.
The diameter is the longest chord of the circle. In the given diagram, AB is the A B
diameter. O
Diameter = 2 ´ radius

Arcs and Semicircle

A piece of a circle between two points is called an arc.
Consider two points M and N on the circle. We find that there are two pieces of
circle between M and N. One is longer and other is smaller. The longer piece is
called major arc and smaller piece is called minor arc.
 EBD_7802
308 Mathematics

¼ and minor arc is denoted by MQN

Major arc is denoted by MPN ¼ .

When M and N are ends of a diameter then both the arcs are equal and both
are called semicircle.
In other words, a diameter of the circle divides the circle into two equal parts.
Each part is called as semi-circle.
Circumference
The length of the complete circle is called its circumference.
For example
If a circular wire cut from a point and then re-open as a straight piece of wire. The length of this straight
piece of wire is the circumference of the circular wire.
Segment
The region between a chord and an arc of a circle is called a segment.
There are two segments corresponding to two arcs, major segment
and minor segment. Major segment is the segment enclosed by
major arc. Centre of the circle lies in the major segment.
Minor segment is the segment enclosed by minor arc.
Centre of the circle does not lie in the minor segment.
If two arcs are equal, then both segments are semi-circles.
Sector
Major
The region between an arc and the two radii joining the centre to the end point of sector
the arc is called a sector. There are two sectors: Minor Sector and Major Sector.
The sector which is larger than semicircular region is called major sector and the
region less than the semicircular region is called minor sector. Minor
If both sectors are equal, then each sector is a semi-circle. sector

Concentric Circles
Circles are said to be concentric if and only if they have a same centre r1
and different radius. O
r2

Central Angle –Angle Subtended by an Arc or Chord at the Centre

An angle formed, by an arc of a circle at the centre of the circle is called the Reflex angle
central angle. In the given diagram ÐAOB is the central angle made by the
minor arc AB. O
And the angle subtended by the major arc AB at the centre O of the circle is
reflex ÐAOB.
A B
Theorem 1 : Equal chords of a circle subtend equal angles at the centre.
Given : AB and CD are two equal chords of a circle with centre O. AB and CD subtends an angle ÐAOB and
ÐCOD at the centre O respectively.
To Prove : ÐAOB = ÐCOD
Circles 309
Proof : In DAOB and DCOD,
AB = CD [Given]
OA = OC [Radii of the same circle]
OB = OD O
A D
\ DAOB @ DCOD [ By SSS congruent Rule i.e. side side side]
\ ÐAOB = ÐCOD[Corresponding parts of congruent triangles are equal]

Theorem 2 : (Converse of the Theorem 1) B C

If the angles subtended by the chords of a circle at the centre are equal, then the chords are equal.
Given : AB and CD are two chords of a circle with centre O. Chords AB and CD subtend equal angle ÐAOB
and ÐCOD at the centre respectively.
To Prove : AB = CD
Proof : In DAOB and DCOD,
OA = OC [Radii of the same circle]
OB = OD [Radii of the same circle]
ÐAOB = ÐCOD [Given]
\ DAOB @ DCOD [By Side-Angle-Side congruent rule]
\ AB = CD [Corresponding parts of congruent triangle are equal]

Note that if two chords subtend angles of unequal measure at the centre of a circle, then the chords, are
unequal.
Theorem 3 : The perpendicular from the centre of a circle to a chord bisects the chord.
Given : AB is a chord of a circle with centre O. OM be the perpendicular from O to chord AB.
To Prove : OM bisects AB i.e. AM = MB
Construction : Join OA and OB
Proof : In DAOM and DBOM
OA = OB [Radii of the same circle]
OM = OM [Common] O
ÐOMA = ÐOMB = 90°
\ DOAM @ DOBM [By RHS congruent rule]
\ AM = BM[Corresponding parts of two congruent triangles are equal]
A M B
Theorem 4 : (Converse of the Theorem 3)
The line drawn through the centre of a circle to bisect a chord is perpendicular to the chord.
OR
The line joining the centre of a circle to the mid-point of a chord is perpendicular to the chord.
Given : AB is a chord of a circle whose centre is O. M is the mid-point of the chord AB. i.e. AM = MB.
To Prove : OM is perpendicular to AB i.e. OM ^ AB
Construction : Join OA and OB.
Proof : In DAOM and DBOM
OA = OB [Radii of the same circle]
OM = OM [Common side]
AM = MB [Given]
\ DAOM @ DBOM [By SSS congruent rule]
\ ÐAMO = ÐBMO ....(i) [Corresponding part of two congruent
triangles are equal] O
Now, ÐAMO + ÐBMO = 180° [Linear pair angles]
But ÐAMO = ÐBMO [from (i)]
A B
\ ÐAMO + ÐAMO = 180° M
2ÐAMO = 180°
180°
ÐAMO = = 90° So, OM ^ AB
2
 EBD_7802
310 Mathematics

ILLUSTRATION : 1
The radius of the circle is 5 cm and the perpendicular distance of a chord from the centre is 4 cm.
Find the length of the chord.
SOLUTION :
Let AB be the chord whose length is to be found.
Now, OA = radius = 5 cm O
OM = perpendicular distance of AB from the centre is 4 cm.
In right angle triangle AOM, 5 4
OA2 = OM2 + AM2 [By Pythagoras theorem]
A M B
\ AM2 = OA2 – OM2 = 52 – 42 = 25 – 16 = 9
\ AM = 9 = 3 cm
Now, from theorem 3, the perpendicular from centre to a chord bisect the chord. So M is the mid-point
of AB.
\ AB = 2 AM = 2 × 3 = 6 cm.

NOTE : Perpendicular distance of a line from a point is the shortest distance of the line from the point.
Theorem 5 : Equal chords of a circle (or of congruent circles) are equidistant from the centre (or
centres).
Given : AB and CD are two equal chords of a circle having centre O. OM and ON are the distance of AB and
CD from centre O respectively i.e. OM ^ AB and ON ^ CD.
To Prove : OM = ON
Construction : Join OB and OC.
Proof : From theorem-3, perpendicular from centre to chord bisects the chord, so, OM bisect AB and ON
bisects CD.
\ AM = MB …(i)
And CN = ND …(ii)
But AB = CD [Given]
AM + MB = CN + ND
MB + MB = CN + CN [from (i) and (ii)]
\ 2MB = 2CN
MB = CN …(iii) A D
Now, In DOMB and DONC
MB = CN [from (iii)] O
\ OB = OC [Radii of the same circle] M N
\ ÐOMB = ÐONC = 90° [OM ^ AB, ON ^ CD]
DOMB @ DONC [By RHS congruent rule]
\ OM = ON [Corresponding parts of congruent triangles are equal]
B C
Theorem 6 : (Converse of the Theorem 5)
Chords equidistant from the centre of a circle are equal in length.
Given : AB and CD are two chords of a circle having centre O, whose distances of AB and CD from centre
O are OM and ON respectively are equal in length i.e. OM = ON. A
To Prove : AB = CD
Construction : Join OB and OC.
Proof : In DOBM and DOCN M
OB = OC [Radii of the same circle] O
OM = ON [Given]
B D
ÐOMB = ÐONC = 90°
\ DOMB @ DONC [By RHS congruent rule] N
\ MB = NC …(i)[Corresponding parts of a congruent triangles are equal] C
Circles 311
Now, from theorem-3, perpendicular from centre to a chord bisects the chord
\ AM = MB and CN = ND
Now, MB = NC [from (i)]
2MB = 2NC [Multiplying both sides by 2]
MB + MB = NC + NC
AM + MB = CN + ND [Q AM = MB and CN = ND]
\ AB = CD
NOTE:
(i) One and only one circle can be made to pass through three given non-collinear C D
points in a plane.
(ii) If two chords of a circle are equal, then their corresponding arcs are congruent.
Conversely, if two arcs are congruent, then their corresponding chords are
O
equal.
If AB = CD, then AB » = CD » , conversely, if AB» = CD» , then AB = CD. A
(iii) Congruent arcs of a circle subtend equal angles at the centre of the circle. B
» = CD
If AB » , then ÐAOB = ÐCOD. The converse is also true.
Theorem 7 : The angle subtended by an arc at the centre is double the angle subtended by it at any
point on the remaining part of the circle.
Given : AB is an arc of a circle subtending angles AOB at the centre O and APB at a point P on the
remaining part of the circle.
P
P
P
A B

O A B
O O

A C B C
C

(i) (ii) (iii)

To Prove : ÐAOB = 2ÐAPB (if arc AB is minor)
180° = 2ÐAPB (if arc AB is semi-circle)
Reflex ÐAOB = 2 ÐAPB (if arc AB is major arc)
Construction : Join P to O and extends it to point C.
We consider the three cases as shown in the above figure (i) arc AB is minor (ii) arc AB is a semicircle and
(iii) arc AB is major.
Proof : In all the three cases ÐAOC is the exterior angle of DAOP.
\ ÐAOC = ÐAPO + ÐOAP …(i)
[Exterior angle of a triangle is equal to the sum of the two interior opposite angles]
Now, In DOAP
OP = OA [Radii]
\ ÐAPO = ÐOAP [Angles opp. equal sides in a triangle are equal]
\ ÐAOC = ÐAPO + ÐAPO
ÐAOC = 2ÐAPO …(ii)
Similarly, ÐBOC = 2ÐOPB …(iii)
 EBD_7802
312 Mathematics
Case-I : Adding (ii) & (iii), we get
ÐAOC + ÐBOC = 2 [ÐAPO + ÐOPB]
ÐAOB = 2ÐAPB
Case-II : Angle subtended by semicircle at the centre of the circle is 180°.
Adding (ii) and (iii), we get
ÐAOC + ÐBOC = 2ÐAPO + 2ÐOPB
Þ 180° = 2(ÐAPO + ÐOPB)
Þ 180° = 2ÐAPB
Case-III : Angle subtended by the major arc AB at the centre of the circle is the reflex angleÐAOB.
Adding (ii) and (iii), we get
ÐAOC + ÐBOC = 2ÐAPO + 2ÐOPB
Þ Reflex ÐAOB = 2(ÐAPO + ÐOPB)
Þ Reflex ÐAOB = 2ÐAPB
NOTE: In case (II) ÐAOB = 2ÐAPB,but ÐAOB = 180° [Q AB is the diameter]
180°
\ ÐAPB = = 90°
2
This proves the property that the angle in the semi-circle is a right angle.
Theorem 8 : Angles in the same segment of a circle are equal.
Given : ÐAPB and ÐAQB are two angles in the same segment APQBA of a circle with centre O.
To Prove : ÐAPB = ÐAQB P
Construction : Join centre O to A and B.
Proof : From theorem-7,
ÐAOB = 2ÐAPB …(i) O Q
and ÐAOB = 2ÐAQB …(ii)
\ from (i) and (ii), we get
ÐAPB = ÐAQB A B
Theorem 9 : (Converse of the Theorem 8)
If a line segment joining two points subtends equal angles at two other points lying on the same side of
the line containing the line segment, the four point lie on a circle (i.e. they are concyclic)
Given : A, B, C and D are four points such that point C and D lie on
the same side of the line containing the line segment AB.
Also ÐACB = ÐADB. (Fig. (i))
To Prove : The four points A, B, C, D lie on a circle i.e. they are concyclic.
Construction : Draw a circle through the three non-collinear points A, B and D. Because one and only one
circle passes through three non-collinear points.

C
E D E'
D
C
C

D O O

A B A B
A B
Fig. (i) Fig. (ii) Fig. (iii)
Circles 313
Proof : This is proved by contradiction.
Let the circle does not pass through the point C.
Then two cases arises:
(i) The circle intersect AC at E. see fig. (ii)
(ii) The circle intersect AC produced at E¢. see fig. (iii)
Case (i) :When A, B, E and D lie on a circle [fig. (ii)],
join EB.
ÐADB = ÐAEB ….(i)[Q Angle in the same segment of a circle are equal]
ÐACB = ÐADB …(ii) [Given]
From (i) and (ii), we get
ÐAEB = ÐACB
This can be possible only when E and C coincides.
So, the circle passes through A, B, C and D.
Case (ii) : When A, B, E¢ and D lie on the circle [fig. (iii)],
join E’B.
\ ÐADB = ÐAE¢B ….(iii)[Q : Angle in the same segment of a circle are equal]
ÐACB = ÐADB …(iv) [Given]
From (iii) and (iv),
ÐACB = ÐAE¢B
This can be possible only when E¢ and C coincides. So, the circle passes through A, B, C and D.
Hence, the four points A, B, C and D are concyclic. D
CYCLIC QUADRILATERAL
C
If all the four vertices of a quadrilateral lie on a circle,
then it is called a cyclic quadrilateral.
O
Here ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral.
A
B
Theorem 10 : The sum of either pair of opposite angles of a cyclic quadrilateral is 180°.
OR
The opposite angles of a cyclic quadrilateral are supplementary.
Given : ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral whose vertices A, B, C and D lie on a
D C
circle having centre O.
To prove : (i) ÐABC + ÐADC = 180°
(ii) ÐBAD + ÐBCD = 180° O
Construction : Join O to A and C.
Proof : Since, the angle subtended by an arc at the centre of a circle is twice the B
angle subtended by the arc at any point on the remaining part of the circle.
\ ÐAOC = 2ÐADC A
Similarly, reflex ÐAOC = 2ÐABC
Also, ÐAOC + Reflex ÐAOC = 360° [Sum of all the angles at a point is 360°]
360°
2ÐADC + 2ÐABC = 360° Þ ÐABC + ÐADC = = 180° …(i)
2
In quadrilateral ABCD,
ÐBAD + ÐABC + ÐBCD + ÐADC = 360° [Sum of all the angles of a quadrilateral is 360°]
Þ ÐBAD + ÐBCD + (ÐABC + ÐADC) = 360°
Þ ÐBAD + ÐBCD + 180° = 360° [From equation (i), ÐABC + ÐADC = 180°]
Þ ÐBAD + ÐBCD = 180°
 EBD_7802
314 Mathematics
Theorem 11 : (Converse of the above Theorem)
If the sum of any pair of opposite angles of a quadrilateral is 180°, then the quadrilateral is cyclic.
Given : A quadrilateral ABCD in which ÐB + ÐD = 180°
To prove : ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral.
Proof : This is proved by contradiction method. Let ABCD is not a cyclic quadrilateral. Draw a circle
passing through three non-collinear points A, B and C.

D' D A
D A D'

C B C B

Fig. (i) Fig. (ii)

Then two cases arises :
(i) The circle intersect AD at D¢, see fig (i)
(ii) The circle intersect AD produced at D¢, see fig. (ii)
Case-(i) : Join CD’
ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral [fig. (i)]
\ ÐABC + ÐAD’C = 180° ….(i)
[Q ÐABC and ÐAD¢C are opposite angles of a cyclic quadrilateral ABCD¢]
But, ÐB + ÐD = 180° [Given]
i.e., ÐABC + ÐADC = 180° …(ii)
From (i) and (ii), we get
ÐABC + ÐAD¢C = ÐABC + ÐADC
ÐAD¢C = ÐADC
This can be possible only when D and D¢ coincides. So the circle passes through A, B, C and D.
Hence, ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral.
Case-(ii) Join CD’
A, B, C and D¢ lie on the circle [fig (ii)]
\ ÐABC + ÐAD¢C = 180° …(iii)
[Q ÐABC and ÐAD¢C are opposite angles of a cyclic quadrilateral ABCD¢]
But ÐB + ÐD = 180° [Given]
i.e. ÐABC + ÐADC = 180° …(iv)
From (iii) and (iv), we get
ÐABC + ÐAD¢C = ÐABC + ÐADC
ÐAD¢C = ÐADC
This can be possible only when D and D¢ coincides. So, the circle passes through A, B, C and D.
Hence, ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral.
ILLUSTRATION : 2
ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral in which AC and BD are diagonals.
If ÐDBC = 65° and ÐBAC = 55°, then find ÐBCD D
SOLUTION :
A
ÐBAC = ÐBDC = 55° [Q ÐBAC and ÐBDC are angles in the same segment]
In DBDC, ÐBDC + ÐDBC + ÐBCD = 180° 55°
55° + 65° + ÐBCD = 180°
ÐBCD = 180° – 120° = 60°. 65°
B C
Circles 315
NOTE: D
(i) A cyclic parallelogram is a rectangle.
(ii) If one side of a cyclic quadrilateral is produced, then the
exterior angle formed is equal to the interior opposite angle. E
Here, ÐDCE = ÐDAB O
A
C
B
Important Formulae, Terms and Definitions
Circle: A circle is the collection of all those points in a plane, which are equidistant from a fixed point
in the plane. Only one circle passes through three non-collinear points.
Theorems related to circles:

Theorem 1: Equal chords of a circle subtend equal angles at the centre of the O
circle. A D
Conversely, if two chords subtend equal angles at the centre of a circle, then the
chords are equal.
B C
If AB = CD, then ÐAOB = ÐCOD. Conversely, if ÐAOB = ÐCOD, then AB = CD.
Theorem 2: The perpendicular drawn from the centre to a chord of the
circle bisects the chord. Conversely, the line segment joining the centre O
of a circle to the mid-point of a chord of the circle is perpendicular to the
chord.
If OC ^ AB, then AC = CB. Conversely, if AC = CB, then OC ^ AB. A
C
B
Theorem 3: Equal chords of a circle are equidistant from the centre of the circle. C
Conversely, chords equidistant from the centre of a circle are equal.
Theorem 4: The angle subtended by an arc at the centre is double the angle
subtended by it at any point on the remaining part of the circle. O D
ÐAOB = 2ÐACB = 2ÐADB
The angle subtended in a semicircle is a right angle. A
ÐACB = 90°
B
Theorem 5: Angles in the same segment of a circle are equal.
C
Theorem 6: If a line segment joining two points subtends equal angles at two D
other points lying on the same side of the line containing the line segment, the
four points lie on a circle.
O
Here, ÐACB and ÐADB are angles in the same segment.
Þ ÐACB = ÐADB A B
Theorem 7: The sum of either pair of opposite angles of a cyclic D
quadrilateral is 180°.
In the figure, ÐA + ÐC = 180° and ÐB + ÐD = 180°
O C
Conversely if the sum of a pair of opposite angles of a quadrilateral is
180°, then the quadrilateral is cyclic. A
B
 EBD_7802
316 Mathematics
Circles 317

EXERCISE 10.1 the circle at a given distance from that

point resulting into greatly many equal
1. Fill in the blanks : chords.
(i) The centre of a circle lies in ______ of
(iii) False because for each arc, the remaining
the circle. (exterior/interior).
(ii) A point, whose distance from the centre arc will have greater length.
of a circle is greater than its radius lies (iv) True because of definition of diameter.
in______of the circle. (v) False by virtue of its definition.
(exterior/interior) (vi) True as it is a part of a plane.
(iii) The longest chord of a circle is a _____ EXERCISE 10.2
of the circle.
(iv) An arc is a ______ when its ends are the 1. Recall that two circles are congruent if they
ends of a diameter. have the same radii. Prove that equal chords
(v) Segment of a circle is the region between of congruent circles subtend equal angles at
an arc and ______ of the circle. their centres.
(vi) A circle divides the plane, on which it
Sol. : Given, two congruent circles with centres O
lies, in ______ parts.
Sol. (i) The centre of a circle lies in interior of and O' having 2 equal chords AB and CD
the circle. respectively.
(ii) A point, whose distance from the centre To prove : ÐAOB = ÐCO'D
of a circle is greater than its radius lies in Proof : In DOAB and DO'CD
exterior of the circle. OA = O'C and
(iii) The longest chord of a circle is a diameter
of the circle.
(iv) An arc is a semicircle when its ends are
the ends of a diameter. O O’
(v) Segment of a circle is the region between
an arc and the chord of the circle.
(vi) A circle divides the plane, on which it A B C D
lies, in three parts. OB = O'D (Radii of congruent circles)
2. Write True or False : Give reasons for your AB = CD (Given)
answers. \ DOAB @ DO'CD (SSS Rule)
(i) Line segment joining the centre to any \ ÐAOB = ÐCO'D. (C.P.C.T)
point on the circle is a radius of the circle.
2. Prove that if the chords of congruent circles
(ii) A circle has only finite number of equal
chords. subtend equal angles at their centres, then
(iii) If a circle is divided into three equal arcs the chords are equal.
each is a major arc. Sol. : Let AB and CD be the chords of two congruent
(iv) A chord of a circle, which is twice as long circles.
as its radius is a diameter of the circle. Let O and O¢ be the centres. Also ÐAOB = ÐCO'D
(v) Sector is the region between the chord and To prove : AB = CD
its corresponding arc. Proof : In DOAB and DO'CD,
(vi) A circle is a plane figure. OA = O'C (Radii of congruent circles)
Sol. (i) True because all points on the circle are
OB = O'D (Radii of congruent circles)
equidistant from its centre.
(ii) False because there are infinitely many ÐAOB = ÐCO'D (Given)
points on the circle. So for each point on \ DOAB @ DO'CD (SAS Rule)
the circle, a point can be determined on \ AB = CD. (C.P.C.T.)
 EBD_7802
318 Mathematics
EXERCISE 10.3
1. Draw different pairs of circles. How many Q
points does each pair have in common? O
M
What is the maximum number of common
points? P
R
Sol. (i)

Sol. We have, Two circles with centres O and P

intersecting at Q and R.
To Prove : OP is the perpendicular bisector of
No point common QR.
Construction : Join OQ, OR, PQ and PR. Let
(ii) OP intersect QR at M.
Proof : In DOQP and DORP,
OQ = OR
PQ = PR (Radii of a circle)
Only one point is common OP = OP (Common)
\ DOQP DORP @ (SSS Rule)
(iii) A \ ÐQOP = ÐROP (C.P.C.T.)
Þ ÐQOM = ÐROM ... (1)
In DQOM and DROM,
B
OQ = OR (Radii of a circle)
Two points common ÐQOM = ÐROM (From (i))
The maximum number of common points is OM = OM (Common)
two. \ DQOM @ DROM (SSS Rule)
2. Suppose you are given a circle. Give a \ QM = RM ... (2) (C.P.C.T.)
construction to find its centre. and ÐQMO = ÐRMO... (3) (C.P.C.T.)
Sol. Steps of construction : But ÐQMO + ÐRMO = 180°
(i) Take any three points A, B and C on the (Linear pair axiom)
circle. \ ÐQMO = ÐRMO = 90° ... (4)
(ii) Join AB and BC. \ OM, i.e., OP is perpendicular bisector
of QR. (From (2) and (4))
EXERCISE 10.4
O
A
1. Two circles of radii 5 cm and 3 cm intersect
C
at two points and the distance between their
centres is 4 cm. Find the length of the
B common chord.
Sol. We have a result that if two circles intersect
(iii) Draw the perpendicular bisector of AB
each otherat two points A and B (say), then
and BC.
the line joining their centres O and O' is the
Let these intersect at O. Then, O is the
perpendicular bisector of their common chord.
centre of the circle.
\ Length of the common chord
3. If two circles intersect at two points, prove
= AB = 2O'A = 2 × 3 cm = 6 cm
that their centres lie on the perpendicular
bisector of the common chord.
Circles 319
OA = OD (Radii of a circle)
A AE = DE (By previous Ques)
\ DOEA @ DOED (SSS Rule)
\ ÐOEA = ÐOED. (C.P.C.T)
O O’
4cm
4. If a line intersects two concentric circles
(circles with the same centre) with centre O
at A, B, C and D, prove that AB = CD (see
B Fig).

2. If two equal chords of a circle intersect

D
within the circle, prove that the segments of O
one chord are equal to corresponding
C
segments of the other chord.
Sol. Let us consider A circle with centre O with A B
two equal chords PQ and CD intersect at E. Sol. We have given two concentric circles with the
To prove : PE = DE and CE = QE same centre O and given a line which intersects
Draw OM ^ PQ and ON ^ CD. and Join OE. both the circles at A, B, C and D.
Proof : Since, Equal chords of a circle are To prove : AB = CD
equidistant from the centre therefore In DOME
and DONE, Let us draw a perpendicular OM to BC.
OM = ON Proof : Since, we know that the perpendicular
OE = OE (Common) drawn from the
centre of a circle to a chord bisects the chord.
\ DOME @ DONE (R.H.S.)
\ AM = DM ... (i)
\ ME = NE (C.P.C.T.)
and BM = CM ... (ii)
Þ PM + ME = DN + NE (Q PM = DN
By subtracting (ii) from (i), we get
1 1 AM – BM = DM – CM
= PQ = CD)
2 2 Þ AB = CD.
Þ PE = DE
Þ PB – PE = PQ –DE D
Þ PQ – PE = CD – DE (Q PQ = CD) O
Þ QE = CE C
A M
D B
P
O 5. Three girls Reshma, Salma and Mandip are
M N playing a game by standing on a circle of
radius 5m drawn in a park. Reshma throws
E a ball to Salma, Salma to Mandip, Mandip
C Q to Reshma. If the distance between Reshma
3. If two equal chords of a circle intersect and Salma and between Salma and Mandip
within the circle, prove that the line joining is 6m each, what is the distance between
the point of intersection to the centre makes Reshma and Mandip?
equal angles with the chords. Sol. From DNOR and DNOM,
Sol. Given : Two equal chords AB and CD of a ON = ON (Common)
circle with centre O intersect at E within the ÐNOR = ÐNOM
circle. (Q Equal chords of a circle subtend equal
To prove : ÐOEA = ÐOED. angles at the centre.)
Proof : Join OA and OD. In DOEA and DOED, OR = OM (Radii of a circle)
OE = OE (Common)
 EBD_7802
320 Mathematics
\ DNOR @ DNOM (SAS rule) Þ RN2 = 23.04
Þ ÐONR = ÐONM(C.P.C.T.) Þ RN = 23.04
and NR = NM (C.P.C.T.)
Þ RN = 4.8
But ÐONR + ÐONM = 180°(Linear pair Axiom)
\ ÐONR = ÐONM = 90° \ RM = 2RN = 2 × 4.8 m = 9.6 m
Þ ON is the perpendicular bisector of RM. Hence, the distance between Reshma and
Draw bisector SN of ÐRSM to intersect the Mandip is 9.6 m.
chord RM in N. 6. A circular park of radius 20m is situated in
Similarly, In DRSN and DMSN, By SAS rule a colony. Three boys Ankur, Syed and David
DRSN @ DMSN are sitting at equal distance on its boundary
\ ÐRNS = ÐMNS (C.P.C.T.) each having a toy telephone in his hands to
and RN = MN (C.P.C.T.) talk each other. Find the length of the string
But ÐRNS + ÐMNS = 180° (Linear Pair of each phone.
Axiom) Sol. Given a circular park with radius 20 m and
\ ÐRNS = ÐMNS = 90° center O. Let us draw perpendiculars AM on
\ SN is the perpendicular bisector of RM BC and CN on AB -ie- AM ^ BC and CN ^
and therefore passes through O when AB.
produced. To find : AB = BC = CA
Let ON = x m Proof :
Then SN = (5 – x) m Since, DABC is equilateral. So, AM and CN
\ By pythagorus thm in DONR, are median. They intersect at O where O is the
x2 + RN2 = 52 ... (i) centre of the circle.
Also, AO = 2OM = 20
Similarly, In right DSNR,
Þ OM = 10 m (Q OA = radius)
(5 – x)2 + RN2 = 62 …(ii)
Þ AM = OA + OM = 20 + 10 = 30 m
Let BM = x A

Then, BM = MC = x
1
O \ BM = BC
2
5m 5m N
xm O
R M
N Þ BC = 2x
6m (5–x) m
6m Similarly, AB = 2x B M C
In right triangle AMB,
S
AB2 = AM2 + BM2 (By Pythagoras theorem)
Equating the two values of RN2 from (i) and
Þ (2x)2 = (30)2 + x2
(ii), we get
Þ 4x2 – x2 = 900
52 – x2 = 62 – (5 – x)2
Þ 3x2 = 900
Þ 25 – x2 = 36 – 25 + 10x – x2
Þ 25 – x2 = 11 + 10x – x2 Þ x = 300 = 10 3
Þ 25 – 11 = 10x
Þ AB = 2x = 2(10 3)
14 Hence, the length of the string of each phone
Þ x= = 1.4
10
is 20 3 m.
Putting x = 1.4 in equation (i), we get
Þ (1.4)2 + RN2 = 52
Circles 321
EXERCISE 10.5 (\ The sum of either pair of opposite angles
of a cyclic quadrilateral ADBC is 180°)
1. In figure, A, B and C are three points on a Þ ÐADB + 30° = 180°
circle with centre O such that ÐBOC = 30° Þ ÐADB = 150°
and ÐAOB = 60°. If D is a point on the circle
other than the arc ABC, find ÐADC. C
B
C
A 30° O
60°

A B
D D

Sol. Given three points A,B and C on a circle with 3. In figure, ÐPQR = 100°, where P, Q and R
are points on a circle with centre O. Find
centre O. Also, ÐBOC = 30° and ÐAOB = 60°
ÐOPR.
1
To find : ÐADC. ÐADC = ÐAOC Q
2
(Angle subtended by an arc at the centre is 100°
double the angle subtended by it at any point P
on the remaining part of the circle) R
O
1 1
= (ÐAOB + ÐBOC) = (60° + 30°)
2 2
1 Sol. Given : ÐPQR = 100°
= (90°) = 45°
2 To find : ÐOPR
2. A chord of a circle is equal to the radius of we construct lines PT and RT by taking a point
the circle. Find the angle subtended by the T in the major arc.
chord at a point on the minor arc and also
Since, The sum of either pair of opposite angles
at a point on the major arc.
of a cyclic
Sol. Given a chord which is equal to the radius of
quadrilateral PQRT is 180°
the circle. Since, in DOAB all the three sides
\ ÐPQR + ÐPTQ = 180°
are equal
Þ 100° + ÐPTR = 180°
i.e. OA = OB = AB (Given)
Þ ÐPTR = 80° ... (i)
\ DOAB is equilateral.
\ ÐAOB = 60° Q
Now, Since Angle subtended by an arc at the 100°
centre is double the P
angle subtended by it at any point on the R
remaining part of the circle. O

1 1
\ ÐACB = ÐAOB = × 60° = 30°
2 2 T
Now, (The angle subtended by an arc at the centre is
ÐADB + ÐACB = 180° double the angle subtended by it at any point
on the remaining part of the circle)
 EBD_7802
322 Mathematics
\ ÐPOR = 2ÐPSR (Using (i)) Þ ÐCED + 130° = 180°
= 2 × 80° = 160° ... (ii) Þ ÐCED = 180° – 130° = 50° ... (i)
In DOPR, and ÐECD = 20° (Given) ... (ii)
Q OP = OR (Radii of a circle) From DCED
\ ÐOPR = ÐORP ... (iii) ÐCED + ÐECD + ÐCDE = 180°
(Angles opposite to equal sides of a triangle (By angle sum property)
are equal) Þ 50° + 20° + ÐCDE = 180°
Again, In DOPR, By angle Sum property (Using (i) and (ii))
ÐOPR + ÐORP + ÐPOR = 180° Þ ÐCDE = 180° – 70°
Þ ÐOPR + ÐOPR + 160° = 180° Þ ÐCDE = 110° ... (iii)
Now, ÐBAC = ÐCDE =110° …(Using (iii))
Þ 2ÐOPR = 180° – 160° = 20°
(Angles in the same segment of a circle are
Þ ÐOPR = 10°
equal)
4. In figure, ÐABC = 69°, ÐACB = 31°, find
6. ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral whose diagonals
ÐBDC. intersect at a point E. If ÐDBC = 70°, ÐBAC
D
A is 30°, find ÐBCD. Further, if AB = BC, find
ÐECD.
Sol. Given a cyclic quadrilateral ABCD whose
diagonals AC and BD intersects at E.
B 69° 31° C Also, ÐDBC = 70°
ÐBAC = 30°
To find : ÐBCD and ÐECD.
Since, Angles in the same segment of a circle
Sol. Given : ÐABC = 69°, ÐACB = 31° are equal
To find : ÐBDC therefore ÐCDB = ÐBAC = 30° ... (i)
From the angle Sum property In DABC, ÐDBC = 70° (Given) ... (ii)
ÐBAC + ÐABC + ÐACB = 180° A
Þ ÐBAC + 69° + 31° = 180° (Given) 30° B
Þ ÐBAC + 100° = 180°
Þ ÐBAC = 80° 7 0°
Since, angles in the same segment of a circle
are equal E
\ ÐBDC = ÐBAC = 80° (Using (i)) C
5. In figure, A, B, C and D are four points on a D
circle. AC and BD intersect at a point E such In DBCD,
that ÐBEC = 130° and ÐECD = 20°. Find ÐBCD + ÐDBC + ÐCDB = 180°
ÐBAC. D (By angle sum property)
A
E
20°
Þ ÐBCD + 70° + 30° = 180°
130° (Using (i) and (ii))
B C
Þ ÐBCD = 80° ... (iii)
Now, In DABC,
AB = BC
\ ÐBCA = ÐBAC
(Angles opposite to equal sides of a triangle are
Sol. Given four points A,B,C and D which lie on a equal)
circle. = 30° ... (iv)
Also, ÐBEC = 130° (Q ÐBAC = 30° (given))
ÐECD = 20° Now, ÐBCD = 80° (From (iii))
To find : ÐBAC Þ ÐBCA + ÐECD = 80°
We have ÐCED + ÐBEC = 180° Þ 30° + ÐECD = 80°
(Linear Pair Axiom) Þ ÐECD = 50°
Circles 323
7. If diagonals of a cyclic quadrilateral are P Q
diameters of the circle through the vertices
of the quadrilateral, prove that it is a
rectangle.
Sol. Given in cyclic quadrilateral ABCD, two
S E R
diagonals AC and BD are the diameters of
\ ÐQPS = ÐQES ... (i)
circle. Prove that quadrilateral ABCD is a
rectangle. (Opp. Ðs of a ||gm)
Proof : In DOAB and DOCD, and PS = QE ... (ii)
(Opp. sides of a || gm)
OA = OC and
But PS = QR ... (iii) (Given)
OB = OD (Radii of a circle) From (ii) and (iii),
ÐAOB = ÐCOD (Vert. Opp. Angles) QE = QR
\ By (SAS Rule) DOAB @ DOCD \ ÐQER = ÐQRE ... (iv)
(Angles opposite to equal sides)
\ AB = CD (C.P.C.T.) ÐQER + ÐQES = 180° (Linear Pair Axiom)
Þ Arc AB = Arc CD ... (i) Þ ÐQRE + ÐQPS = 180°(From (iv) and (i))
Þ Trapezium PQRS is cyclic.
D C (Q If a pair of opposite angles of a quadrilateral
is 180°, then the quadrilateral is cyclic)
9. Two circles intersect at two points B and C.
O Through B, two line segments ABD and
PBQ are drawn to intersect the circles at A,
D and P, Q respectively (see figure). Prove
A B
that ÐACP = ÐQCD.
Similarly, we can have P
B D
Arc AD = Arc CB ... (ii)
By adding (i) and (ii), we get A
Arc AB + Arc AD = Arc CD + Arc CB Q
Þ Arc BAD = Arc BCD C
Þ BD divides the circle into two equal parts Sol. We have two circles intersect at B and C.
\ ÐA = 90°, ÐC = 90° (Angle of a semi- Through B, two line segments ABD and PBQ
circle is 90°) are drawn to intersect the circles at A, D and
Similarly, ÐB = 90°, ÐD = 90° P, Q respectively.
\ ÐA = ÐB = ÐC = ÐD = 90° To prove : ÐACP = ÐQCD
\ ABCD is a a rectangle. Proof : ÐACP = ÐABP ... (i)
8. If the non-parallel sides of a trapezium are and ÐQCD = ÐQBD ... (ii)
equal, prove that it is cyclic. (Angles in the same segment of a circle
Sol. Given : A trapezium PQRS whose two non- are equal)
parallel sides PS and QR are equal. ÐABP = ÐQBD ... (iii)
To prove : Trapezium PQRS is a cyclic. (Vertically Opposite Angles)
Draw QE | | PS. From (i), (ii) and (iii),
Proof : By construction PS | | QE ( Q PQ || SE) ÐACP = ÐQCD
\ Quadrilateral ABCD is a parallelogram. 10. If circles are drawn taking two sides of a
triangle as diameters, prove that the point of
intersection of these circles lie on the third
side.
 EBD_7802
324 Mathematics
Sol. Given two sides AB and AC of a triangle ABC. To show that PQRS is a rectangle.
Taking these two sides as diameters we draw a Proof : Since, Opposite angles of a cyclic
circle which intersect at A and D. quadrilateral are supplementary
To prove : D lies on the third side BC of \ ÐPSR + ÐPQR = 180°
DABC. ... (i)
A (Q PQRS is a cyclic quadrilateral)
Given PQRS is a parallelogram.
\ ÐPSR = ÐPQR ... (ii)
B C (opp. angles of a ||gm)
D From (i) and (ii),
Proof : Join AD. ÐPSR = ÐPQR = 90°
ÐADB = 90° …(i) \ ||gm PQRS is a rectangle.
(Angle in a semi-circle)
But ÐADB + ÐADC = 180° P Q
(Linear Pair Axiom) 2
\ ÐADC = 90° (From (i))
Hence, the circle described on AC as diameter 1
must pass through D. S R
Thus, the two circles intersect in D.
Now, ÐADB + ÐADC = 180°.
Þ Points B, D, C are collinear. EXERCISE 10.6
Þ D lies on straight line BC. 1. Prove that the line of centres of two
11. ABC and ADC are two right triangles with intersecting circles subtends equal angles at
common hypotenuse AC. Prove that ÐCAD the two points of intersection.
= ÐCBD. Sol. we have two circles with centres O and O'
Sol. We have given two right triangles ABC and intersecting at P and Q.
ADC with common hypotenuse AC.
To prove : ÐOPO' = ÐOQO'.
To prove : ÐCAD = ÐCBD.
P
A
O O O¢
B
C
D Q
Proof : ÐABC = 90° = ÐADC Proof : In DOPO' and DOQO',
(Q AC is the common hypotenuse of both the OP = OQ and
triangles.) O'P = O'Q (Radii of a circle)
Þ Both the triangles are in the same semi- OO' = OO' (Common)
\ DOPO' @ DOQO' (SSS Rule)
circle.
\ ÐOPO' = ÐOQO' (C.P.C.T)
Þ Points A, B, D and C are cyclic. 2. Two chords AB and CD of lengths 5 cm and
Since, DC is chord and Angles in the same 11 cm respectively of a circle are parallel to
segment are equal each other and are on opposite sides of its
\ ÐCAD =ÐCBD centre. If the distance between AB and CD
12. Prove that a cyclic parallelogram is a is 6 cm, find the radius of the circle.
rectangle. Sol. Let the radius of the circle be r cm.
Sol. Let PQRS be a cyclic parallelogram. Let OM = x cm.
Circles 325
Then ON = (6 – x) cm. 3. The lengths of two parallel chords of a circle
M is the mid-point of CD. (Q OM ^ CD) are 6 cm and 8 cm. If the smaller chord is at
1 1 11 distance 4 cm from the centre, what is the
\ MD = MC = CD = (11) cm = cm
2 2 2 distance of the other chord from the centre?
Sol. Case I : When the two chords are on the
A N 5/2cm B same side of the centre
(6–x)
r 3M
A 3 B
O r 4 4
x C D
4
C M 11/2cm D N

1 1 5
Similarly, NB = AN = AB = (5) = cm
2 2 2 1 1
(Q N is the mid-point of AB and ON ^ AB) We have BM = AM =
AB = (6) = 3 cm
2 2
In right DONB, (Q OM ^ AB and M is mid-point)
OB2 = ON2 + NB2
Again, Since ON ^ CD
(By Pythagoras theorem)
2
\ N is the mid-point of CD.
æ5ö
Þ r = (6 - x ) + ç ÷ (Q The perpendicular from the centre of a
2 2
... (i)
è2ø circle to a chord bisects the chord)
Similarly, In right DOMD,
OD2 = OM2 + MD2 (By Pythagoras theorem) 1
There fore, we have DN = CN = CD
2 2
æ 11 ö
Þ r2 = x 2 + ç ÷ .. (ii)
è2ø 1
From (i) and (ii), we get, = (8) = 4 cm
2
2 2
( 6 - x )2 + æç
5ö 2 æ 11 ö In right DOMB,
÷ = x +ç ÷
2
è ø è2ø OB2 = OM2 + MB2 (By Pythagoras theorem)
25 121 = (4)2 + (3)2 = 16 + 9 = 25
Þ 36 - 12x + x 2 + = x2 +
4 4
Þ OB = 25 = 5 cm
12
Þ x= =1 \ OD = OB = 5 cm (Radii of a circle)
12
2 æ 11 ö
2 In right DOND,
Putting x = 1 in (ii), we get , r = (1) + ç ÷
2
è2ø OD2 = ON2 + ND2 (By Pythagoras theorem)
121 125 5 5 Þ (5)2 = ON2 + (4)2
=1 + = Þr =
4 4 2
Þ ON = 9 = 3 cm
5 5
Hence, the radius of the circule is cm. Þ Hence, the distance of the other chord
2
from the centre is 3 cm.
 EBD_7802
326 Mathematics
Case II : When the two chords are on the z-y
opposite side of the centre. \ ÐC 'OD =
2
z-y z-y
A 3 M 3 B and ÐA 'OE = z - y - =
2 2
4 z-yö
æ
\ ÐAOD = p – (y + q) = p - ç y + ÷
O è 2 ø

æ y+zö
= p-ç ÷ = ÐCOE
C 4 N 4 D è 2 ø
As in Case I Now, In DOAD,
OA = OD (Radii of the same circle)
ON = 3 cm. ÐOAD = ÐODA
4. Let the vertex of an angle ABC be located (Q Angles opposite to the same sides of a
outside a circle and let the sides of the angle triangle are equal)
intersect equal chords AD and CE with the and In DOAD,
ÐOAD + ÐODA + ÐAOD = p
circle. Prove that ÐABC is equal to half the
(By angle Sum property)
difference of the angles subtended by the
chords AC and DE at the centre. æ y+zö
Þ ÐOAD + ÐOAD + p – ç ÷=p
Sol. Let ÐABC = x, ÐAOC = y and ÐDOE = z. è 2 ø
ÐC¢OD + ÐA'OE = z – y ... (i) y+z
Let ÐC¢OD = q Þ 2ÐOAD =
2
Then, ÐA¢OE = z – y – q (From (i))
y+z
ÐAOD = p – (ÐAOC + ÐC ¢OD) = p – (y + q) Þ ÐOAD =
4
ÐCOE = p – (ÐC¢OA¢ + ÐA¢OE)
y+z
= p – (y + z – y – q) = p – (z – q) Similarly, ÐOCE =
4
B æ y+zö
\ ÐOAB = p - ç ÷ and
x è 4 ø
æ y+zö
A C ÐOCB = p - ç ÷
è 4 ø
y Now, In quadrilateral AOCB, ÐABC + ÐOAB
O + ÐOCB + ÐAOC = 2p
z
D E By angle sum property

æ y+zö æ y+zö
x + p-ç ÷+ p-ç ÷ + y = 2p
Since, Equal chords AD and CE subtend equal è 4 ø è 4 ø
angles at the centre
y+z z-y
\ ÐAOD = ÐCOE Þ x+y= Þ 2x = z – y Þ x =
2 2
\ p – (y + q) = p – (z – q)
Hence the result holds.
z-y 5. Prove that the circle drawn with any side of
Þ q=
2 a rhombus as diameter, passes through the
point of intersection of its diagonals.
Circles 327
Sol. We know that the diagonals of a rhombus bisect (ii) ABCD is a rectangle.
each other at right angles. Sol. To prove : (i) chords AC and BD are diameters
A (ii) ABCD is a rectangle.
D C
O
O
B E D
A B
Proof : Let us Join AB, BC, CD and DA.
Since, angle in a semi-circle is 90°
C (i) \ ÐA = 90°
\ we have the circle drawn with one side \ BD is a diameter.
AB as diameter will pass through the mid- Similarly, AC is a diameter. (Q ÐD = 90°)
point E of BD which is the point of Thus, AC and BD are diameters.
intersection of the diagonals. (ii) Let the chords AC and BD intersect each
6. ABCD is a parallelogram. The circle other at O.
through A, B and C intersect CD (produced In both the triangles DOAB and DOCD,
if necessary) at E. Prove that AE = AD. OA = OC and
Sol. Given : ABCD is a parallelogram. The circle OB = OD
through A, B, and C intersects CD (produced, (Q AC and BD bisect each other)
if necessary) at E. ÐAOB = ÐCOD (Vert. Opp. angles)
To prove : AE = AD. By SAS rule
Proof : We have ÐAED + ÐABC = 180° …(i) DOAB @ DOCD
(Q Opposite angles of a cyclic quadrilateral \ AB = CD (C.P.C.T.)
ABCE are supplementary.) Þ AB » @ CD» ... (i)
Also, ÐADE + ÐADC = 180° (Linear Similarly,
Pair Axiom) » @ CB» ... (ii)
AD
But ÐADC = ÐABC Adding (i) and (ii), we get
(Opposite angles of a ||gm) » + AD
AB » @ CD » + CB »
Þ BAD ¼ @ BCD ¼
D Þ BD divides the circle into two equal parts
E C (each a semi-circle)
\ ÐA = 90° and ÐC = 90°
(Q Angle of semi circle is 90°)
Similarly, we can show that
A B ÐB = 90° and ÐD = 90°
\ ÐADE + ÐABC = 180° …(ii) Thus, we get ÐA = ÐB = ÐC = ÐD = 90°
From (i) and (ii), we have Þ ABCD is a rectangle.
ÐAED + ÐABC = ÐADE + ÐABC 8. Bisectors of angles A, B and C of a triangle
Þ ÐAED = ÐADE ABC intersect its circumcircle at D, E and
\ In DADE, AE = AD F respectively. Prove that the angles of the
(Q Sides opposite to equal angles of a triangle 1 1
triangle DEF are 90° – A, 90° – B and
are equal.) 2 2
7. AC and BD are chords of a circle which 1
bisect each other. Prove that (i) AC and BD 90° – C.
2
are diameters,
 EBD_7802
328 Mathematics
Sol. Given : Bisectors of angles A, B and C of a To prove : BP = BQ
triangle ABC intersect its circumcircle at D, E Proof : Since, AB is the common chord of the
and F respectively. two congruent circles
To prove : The angles of the DDEF are \ ÐAPB = ÐAQB
1 1 1 Since, Angles subtended by equal chords are
90° – A, 90° – B and 90° – C equal
2 2 2
respectively. \ BP = BQ (Sides opposite to
E equal angles are equal)
A 10. In any triangle ABC, if the angle bisector of
C
ÐA and perpendicular bisector of BC
intersect, prove that they intersect on the
circumcircle of the triangle ABC.
F D Sol.
A
B
Proof : Join DE, EF and FD. ÐFDE = ÐFDA + 1 2 Q
ÐEDA = ÐFCA + ÐEBA (Q Angles in the same
segment are equal)
1 1 B C
= ÐC + ÐB M
2 2
ÐC + ÐB 180° - ÐA
Þ ÐD = = P
2 2 To prove : P lies on the circumcircle of the
(By angle sum property of D) DABC where AP is the bisector of ÐA and PQ
ÐA is perpendicular bisector of BC.
= 90° - We can Draw the circle through three non-
2
collinear points A, B and P.
ÐB Proof : ÐBAP = ÐCAP
Similarly, ÐE = 90° -
2 » = CP
»
Þ BP
ÐC Þ chord BP = chord CP
and ÐF = 90° -
2 Þ BP = CP
9. Two congruent circles intersect each other
From DBMP and DCMP,
at points A and B. Through A any line
BM = CM and
segment PAQ is drawn so that P, Q lie on
the two circles. Prove that BP = BQ. BP = CP
Sol. we have given two congruent circles intersect MP = MP (Common)
each other at points A and B and a line through \ DBMP @ DCMP (SSS Axiom)
A meets the circles in P and Q. \ ÐBMP = ÐCMP (C.P.C.T.)
But ÐBMP + ÐCMP = 180°
P A Q (Linear Pair Axiom)
\ ÐBMP = ÐCMP = 90°
Þ PM is the right bisector of BC.

B
Circles 329

Very Short Answer Questions [1 Mark] 5. In the given figure, O is the centre of the circle
and BA = AC. If ÐABC = 50º, find ÐBOC and
1. In Figure, O is the centre of the circle and PA = PB. ÐBDC. [2017]
Find ÐOPA. [2013]
A

O
O

A P B
B C

2. In the given figure, O is the centre of the circle D

and chord AC and BD intersect at P such that
ÐAPB = 120º and ÐPBC = 15º, find the value Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks]
of ÐADB. [2014]
1. If O is the circumcentre of a DABC and OD ^
D C BC, then prove that ÐBOD = ÐBAC. [2013]
P 15º
120º A
A B

O
3. In the figure, if ÐDAB = 60º, ÐABD = 50º,
then find ÐACB. [2016]
B D C
D C
2. In the figure, AB and CD are two chords of a
circle with centre O such that MP = NP. If
OM ^ AB and ON ^ DC, show that AB = CD.
[2014]
60º 50º
A B A
B M

4. If a line intersects two concentric circles with

common centre O, at A, B, C and D. Prove that P O
AB = CD. [2016]
D N
C
O 3. In the figure, AB and CD are two chords of a
circle with centre O at a distance of 6 cm and 8
x y cm from O. If the radius of the circle is 10 cm,
A B P C D
find the length of chords. [2014]
 EBD_7802
330 Mathematics
9. Prove that the circle drawn on any one of the
A equal sides of an isosceles triangle as diameter,
P bisects the third side. [2016]
B 10. In the figure, AB and CD are two parallel chords
O of a circle with centre O and radius 5 cm such
that AB = 8 cm and CD = 6 cm. If OP is
perpendicular to AB and OQ is perpendicular
C Q D to CD, determine the length of PQ. [2016]

4. In the given figure, AB is a chord equal to the

radius of the given circle with centre O. Find Q
C D
the values of a and b. [2014]
D O
C
b A B
P
a
B O 11. If two equal chords of a circle intersect within a
circle, prove that the line segment joining the
point of intersection of the centre makes equal
angles with the chords. [2016]
A
12. In the given figure, a diameter PQ of a circle
bisects the chord RS at the point O. If PS is
5. Two circles whose centres are O and O' intersect parallel to RQ, prove that RS is also a diameter
at P. Through P, a line parallel to OO', of the circle. [2016]
intersecting the circles at C and D is drawn as
shown. Prove that CD = 2OO'. [2014, 2015]
P S

O
O O'

C D
P R Q
6. Prove that "equal chords of a circle subtend equal
angles at the centres." [2016]
7. A chord of length 10 cm is at a distance of 12 13. If diagonals of a cyclic quadrilateral are
cm from the centre of a circle. Find the radius diameters of the circle through the opposite
of the circle. [2016] vertices of the quadrilateral, prove that the
8. In the given figure, AB and AC are two chords quadrilateral is a rectangle. [2017]
of circle whose centre is O. If OD ^ AB, OE ^ AC 14. In the given figure, O is the centre of the circle,
and AO bisects ÐDAE, prove that DADE is an OD ^ AC, OE ^ BC and OD = OE. Show that
isosceles triangle and ÐABC = ÐACB.[2016] DDBA @ DEAB . [2017]
A C
D
D E A
E
O

B C B
Circles 331
15. In the given figure, O is the centre of the circle B
and L and M are the mid-points of AB and CB
respectively. If ÐOAB = ÐOCB, prove that A
BL = BM. [2017] 52º
35º X
B Y
C
L M
D
O (i) If ÐBAD = 52º, ÐBCA = 35º. Find ÐACX.
A C (ii) Prove that, ÐCBD = ÐADB. Also prove
that, DY = BY.
(iii) Prove that, DXBD is an isosceles triangle
Long Answer Questions [4 Marks] (iv) Prove that, XA = XC [2014]
1. In the given figure, AB is a diameter of the circle 3. PQ and RS are two parallel chords of a circle
with centre O. If AC and BD are perpendicular whose centre is O and radius is 10 cm. If
on a line PQ and BD meets the circle at E, then PQ = 16 cm and RS = 12 cm, find the distance
prove that AC = ED. [2013] b/w PQ and RS when they lie,
C D
(i) On the same side of centre O.
P Q (ii) On the opposite sides of centre O. [2015]
4. In the given figure, ÐSPQ = 45º, ÐPOT = 150º
and O is the centre of circle. Find the measures
of ÐRQT, ÐRTQ and ÐPUT. [2015]
A E S

O T
45° 150°
B P O Q R

2. In the given figure, ABDC is a cyclic

U
quadrilateral in which AC || BD.
5. Prove that "The angle subtended by an arc at
the centre is double the angle subtended by it at
any point on the remaining part of the circle."
[2016]
 EBD_7802
332 Mathematics

Very Short Answer Questions [1 Mark]

DIRECTIONS : Give answer in one word or one sentence.

1. In the given figure, ÐABC = 45° . Then, show

that OA ^ OC

6. In the given figure, OE ^ CD, OF ^ AB,

AB || CD, AB = 24 cm, CD = 10 cm, radius
OA = 13 cm. Find the length of OF

2. Find the values of x and y in the given figure.

7. In figure, O is the centre of the circle. Then

prove that Ðx + Ðy = Ðz.

3. When two circles intersect at points A and B

with AC and AD being the diameters of the first
and second circle then the points B, C and D
are _____ .
4. In the given figure, ABCD is a cyclic
x°
quadrilateral. Find the value of
50

8. In the figure given below, O is the centre of

circle and ÐAQR = 35° and ÐPAQ = 120° then
find the value of ÐSPR is equal to:
S R
A
35°
120°
P Q

O
5. In the given figure, find the length of AB, if
OA = 5 cm and OC = 3 cm
Circles 333
9. In the figure below, O is the centre of the circle
and ÐQPR = x°; ÐORQ = y°. Which statement
is true about x° and y° ? Prove that the sum of x
and y is 90°.
O

60°
P x° O
y° A B
2. In the adjoining figure given below, O is the
centre of circle, the value of x is.... .
Q R

10. In figure, DABC is an equilateral triangle. Find R

mÐBEC.
x
A

60° P
70°
Q
L O

B C

E
11. In figure, O is the centre of the circle, find
ÐCBD. 3. In the given pentagon ABCDE, AB = BC = CD
= DE = AE. Find the value of x
P
E
x
O
100° A D
A C
O
B
D
12. In a cyclic quadrilateral ABCD, if C
B
mÐA = 3 [m ÐC]. Find m ÐA.
4. A crescent is formed of two circular arcs ACB,
13. In figure, ÐBAD = 78°, ÐDCF = x° and ADB of equal radius, centres E and F in the
ÐDEF = y°. Find the values of x and y. given figure. The perpendicular bisector of AB
cuts the crescent at C and D, where CD = 12 cm,
A D AB = 16 cm. Find the radius of arcs
E
y
78° A
x
B C F

Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks] D G

C
E F
DIRECTIONS : Give answer in two to three sentences.
1. In the given figure, chord AB subtends ÐAOB
equal to 60° at the centre of the circle. If OA = 5 cm, B
then find the length of AB (in cm).
 EBD_7802
334 Mathematics
5. O is the centre of the circle as shown in the 9. In the given figure, chord ED is parallel to the
figure. ÐORP = 35° and the distance between diameter AC of the circle. Given, ÐCBE = 65°,
P and Q through ‘O’ is 4 cm. What is the find ÐDEC.
measure of ÐROQ?
R

35°
y°

P Q
O

6. BC is a chord of a circle with centre O. A is a

10. C is a point on the minor arc AB of the circle,
point on major arc BC. Find the total measure
with centre O. Given ÐACB = x° and express
of ÐBAC and ÐOBC.
y in terms of x. Calculate x, if ACBO is a
A parallelogram.

x Long Answer Questions [4 Marks]

DIRECTIONS: Give answer in four to five sentences

O
z 1. In figure, O is the centre of the circle. Then
y y
prove that Ðx + Ðy = Ðz
B C

7. In the given circle with centre ‘O’, the mid-

points of two equal chords AB & CD are K & L
respectively. If ÐOLK = 25°, Then ÐLKB = ?
B
K

A O

C
L
D

8. In figure, AB and CD are equal chords of a circle

whose centre is O. If OM ^ AB and ON ^ CD.
Prove that ÐOMN = ÐONM
2. Two chords AB and CD of lengths 5 cm and 11
C A
cm respectively of a circle are parallel to each
other and are on opposite sides of its centre. If
M N the distance between AB and CD is 6 cm, find
the radius of the circle.
O 3. In figure, ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral. A
B D circle passing through A and B meets AD and
BC at the points E and F, respectively. Prove
that EF | | DC.
Circles 335

C
A E D B
D
2 3

O 50°
A E

1 5. A circle has radius 2 cm. It is divided into

B F C two segments by a chord of length 2 cm. Prove
that the angle subtended by the chord at a point
in major segment is 45°.
4. In the given figure, O is the centre and AE is
6. Find the distance between two parallel chords of
the diameter of the semicircle ABCDE. If
length 8 cm each in a circle of diameter 10 cm.
AB = BC and ÐAEC = 50° , then find ÐCBE ,
ÐCDE , ÐAOB and also prove BO || CE.

Very Short Answer Questions [1 Mark]

C
1. If arcs AXB and CYD of a circle are congruent, A
the ratio of chord AB and chord CD.
[Exemplar] 45°
B
Y O
C

D
4. “The angles subtended by a chord at any two
A points of a circle are equal.” Is this statement
true? [Exemplar]
B 5. “Two chords of a circle of lengths 10 cm and
X 8 cm are at the distance 8.0 cm and 3.5 cm,
2. In fig., AOC is a diameter of the circle and respectively from the centre.” Is this statements
1 true? [Exemplar]
arc AXB = arc BYC. Find ÐBOC. Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks]
2
[Exemplar] 1. If the perpendicular bisector of a chord AB of
a circle PXA, QBY intersects the circle at P and
Q. Then prove that arc PXA = arc PYB
P [Exemplar]
X Y

3. In fig., ÐABC = 45°, prove that OA ^ OC A B

M
[Exemplar]
Q
 EBD_7802
336 Mathematics
2. In given figure, AOB is a diameter of the circle
and C, D, E are any three points on the A
semicircle. Then ÐACD + ÐBED
[Exemplar]
D O
E
C
E M
B C

A B P
O
2. ABCD is a parallelogram. The circle through
A, B and C intersects CD produced at E. If
AB = 10 cm, BC = 8 cm, CE = 14 cm. Find AE.
D
[HOTS]
3. If ABC is equilateral triangle inscribed in a
circle and P be any point on a minor arc BC 3. In the given figure, two congruent circles with
which does not coincide with B or C, then prove centres O and O' intersect at A and B. If ÐAO'B
that PA is angle bisector of ÐBPC.[Exemplar] = 40o, then find ÐAPB [HOTS]
A
A
P

O 40° O¢
O
B

B C 4. AB and AC are two chords of a circle of radius

r such that AB = 2AC. If p and q are the
P distances of AB and AC from the centre, prove
4. In the given figure, O and O' are the centres of that 4q2 = p2 + 3r2. [HOTS]
two circles intersecting each other at B and C.
ACD is a straight line, find xo. [Exemplar]
D C

C
O x° q O
O¢ N
A 120°
B p
A M B

5. P, Q, R are the mid-points of the sides BC, CA

and AB of a triangle ABC. Also AD is 5. ABCD is a parallelogram. The circle through
perpendicular from A on BC. A, B and C intersects CD produced at E. If AB
A student Mohit challenged another student = 10 cm, BC = 8 cm, CE = 14 cm. Find AE.
Rohit that he cannot draw a circle thrugh the
points P, Q, R and D. [HOTS]
(i) Will Rohit be able to meet the challenge? 6. Roza, Renu and Reena are three friends. They
(ii) Comment on the behaviour of Mohit. decided to sweep a circular park near their
[VBQ] homes. They divided the park into three parts
Long Answer Questions [4 Marks] by two equal chords AB and AC for convenience.
(i) Prove that the centre of the park lies on the
1. In any triangle ABC inscribed in a circle, if the
angle bisector of ÐBAC.
angle bisector of ÐA and perpendicular bisector
of BC intersect, [Exemplar] (ii) Which mathematical concept is used in the
above problem?
Circles 337
(iii) By deciding sweeping, which value is wishes the length of each chord should be more
depicted by the three friends? [VBQ] than the radius and less than the diameter of
7. Three students Priyanka, Sania and David are the biscuit. Assuming that the thickness of the
protesting against killing innocent animals for biscuits is negligible.
commercial purposes in a circular park of radius (i) Prove that the butter-chords subtend equal
20m. They are standing at equal distance on its angles at the centre of the biscuit.
boundary by holding banners in their hands. (ii) What is the measure-range of the angle
(i) Find the distance between each of them? subtended by either butter-chord at the
(ii) Which mathematical concept is used in it? centre?
(iii) How does an act like this reflects their (iii) Which mathematical concept is used in the
attitude towards society? [VBQ] above problem?
8. Mr. Mehta, owner of a biscuit manufacturing (iv) Which value is depicted by Mr. Mehta as
company, wants to stick butter on a circular an owner of a manufacturing company?
biscuit, in the form of two equal chords. He [VBQ]

Exemplar MCQs 4. In figure, if ÐABC = 20º, then ÐAOC is equal to

1. AD is a diameter of a circle and AB is a chord.
If AD = 34 cm, AB = 30 cm, the distance of AB
from the centre of the circle is
(a) 17 cm (b) 15 cm O
(c) 4 cm (d) 8 cm
A
2. In figure, if OA = 5 cm, AB = 8 cm and OD is 20º B
perpendicular to AB, then CD is equal to
C

(a) 20º (b) 40º

O (c) 60º (d) 10º
5. In figure, if AOB is a diameter of the circle and
AC = BC, then ÐCAB is equal to
C C
A B

(a) 2 cm (b) 3 cm A B
(c) 4 cm (d) 5 cm O
3. If AB = 12 cm, BC = 16 cm and AB is
perpendicular to BC, then the radius of the circle
passing through the points A, B and C is
(a) 6 cm (b) 8 cm (a) 30º (b) 60º
(c) 10 cm (d) 12 cm (c) 90º (d) 45º
 EBD_7802
338 Mathematics
6. In figure, if ÐOAB = 40º, then ÐACB is equal to (a) 30º (b) 45º (c) 90º (d) 60º
C NTSE Past Year MCQs
1. A circle of radius 25 units has a chord going
through a point that is located 10 units from the
centre. What is the shortest possible length that
chord could have? [2009]
O
(a) 25 units (b) 525 units
40º (c) 40 units (d)
A B
2100 units
2. Two parallel chords of a circle whose diameter
(a) 50º (b) 40º (c) 60º (d) 70º is 13 cm are respectively, 5 cm and 12 cm in
7. In figure, if ÐDAB = 60º, ÐABD = 50º, then length. If both the chords lie in a semi-circle,
ÐACB is equal to then the distance between the chords is:[2010]
D (a) 8.5 cm (b) 5 cm
C
(c) 3.5 cm (d) 3 cm
3. In the figure given below, if ÐAOP = 75° and
ÐAOB = 120°, then what is ÐAQP? [2011]
R
60º 50º
A B

(a) 60º (b) 50º (c) 70º (d) 80º O

8. ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral such that AB is
a diameter of the circle circumscribing it and 75°
ÐADC = 140º, then ÐBAC is equal to 120°
A
(a) 80º (b) 50º (c) 40º (d) 30º
B
9. In figure, BC is a diameter of the circle and P
ÐBAO = 60º. Then, ÐADC is equal to (a) 45° (b) 37.5°
A (c) 30° (d) 22.5°
4. ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral and ‘O’ is
the centre of the circle. If ÐCOD = 130° and
ÐBAC = 25°, the value of ÐBOC and ÐBCD
B C are respectively. [2015]
O (a) 40°, 90° (b) 50°, 90°
(c) 65°, 50° (d) 70°, 80°
5. Two circles with centres P and R touch each
D other externally at O. A line passing through O
(a) 30º (b) 45º (c) 60º (d) 120º cuts the circles at T and S respectively. Then,
10. In figure, if ÐAOB = 90º and ÐABC = 30º, which one of the following is correct? [2016]
then ÐCAO is equal to (a) PT and RS are of equal length
(b) PT and RS are perpendicular to each other
(c) PT and RS are intersecting
(d) PT and RS are parallel
C
O

90º
30º
A B
Circles 339

CHAPTER TEST

Time : 30 Min. Max. Marks : 20

Directions : (i) Attempt all questions

(ii) Question 1 and 2 carry 1 mark each.
(iii) Question 3 and 4 carry 2 marks each.
(iv) Question 5, 6 and 7 carry 3 marks each.
(v) Question 8 carries 5 marks each.

1. In the figure, points P, Q, R and S lie on a circle with centre O. Find the values of x and y.
Q
y+20°
O y R
2x
P
50°
S

2. In the given figure, AB and CD are straight lines through the centre O of a circle. If ÐAOC = 80°
and ÐCDE = 40°, find (i) ÐDCE, (ii) ÐABC.
C
E
80°
A B
O 40°

D
3. O is the centre of a circle that passes through P, Q, R and S as shown in the figure. SR is produced
to X. If ÐQRX = 133°, find x.
Q
P
(4x + 3)°
O
133° X
S R
4. In Fig. O is the centre of the circle of radius 5 cm. OP ^ AB, OQ ^ CD, AB || CD, AB = 6 cm and
CD = 8 cm. Determine PQ.
A P B

C Q D
 EBD_7802
340 Mathematics

5. Prove that the line joining the mid-points of two parallel chords of a circle passes through the centre.
6. In the given figure, AB is a diameter of the circle with centre O, AC and BD produced meet at E and
ÐCOD = 40°.Calculate ÐCED.
A
C
E
40°
O
D

B
7. The Indian hockey federation organized a friendly hockey match between India and Pakistan on a
circular ground. The sale proceeds of tickets of this match shall be donated to an orphanage. A
rectangular turf is spread on the ground as shown in the figure.

60 m
80 m

(a) Find the radius of the stadium.

(b) Which social value is depicted here?
(c) How does donation to charitable organisations help in the development of society?
8. D and E are points on equal sides AB and AC of an isosceles DABC
such that AD = AE. Prove that the points B, C, E, D are concyclic.

D E

B C
Circles 341

OD = OD (Common side)
ÐODB = ÐODC = 90º
Very Short Answer Questions So, DOBD @ ÐOCD (By RHS rule)
1. Since, PA = PB, OA = OB, OP = OP Þ ÐBOD = ÐCOD (By CPCT)
\ DOPA @ DOPB As, ÐBOC = 2ÐBOD = 2ÐBAC
Hence, ÐBOD = ÐBAC
So, ÐOPA = 90º
2. We join OP
2. Since, in DPCB Proof : In DOMP and DONP
ÐPCB + ÐPBC = ÐAPB ÐOMP = ÐONP [Each 90º]
(As exterior angle of a triangle is equal OP = OP (common side)
to the sum of two opposite interior angles) Q MP = NP
\ ÐPCB + 15º = 120º So, DOMP @ DONP
Þ ÐPCB = 105º (RHS congruency rule)
Þ ÐACB = 105º Þ OM = ON (By CPCT)
\ ÐADB = ÐACB = 105º Therefore, AB = CD
[Angle made in same segment] (As chords equidistant from the centre are
3. Since, in DADB always equal).
3. We join OA and OC
ÐABD + ÐADB + ÐBAD = 180º As, perpendicular from centre to a chord bisects
[By angle sum property] that chord,
Þ 50º +ÐADB + 60º = 180º
1
So, ÐADB = 180º - ( 50º + 60º ) = 70º So, AP = BP = AB
2
Therefore, ÐACB = ÐADB = 70º
1
(As, angles in the same segment of a circle are Similarly, CQ = QD = CD
always equal) 2
4. We draw OP perpendicular from the centre to a In DOAP, AP2 = OA2 – OP2
chord BC bisecting it. [By pythagoras theorem]
OP ^ BC = 102 – 62 = 64
So, BP = PC ...(i) Thus, AP = 8 cm
Similarly, AP = PD ...(ii) Þ AB = 16 cm
After subtracting eq. (i) from eq. (ii), we have In DOQC, CQ2 = OC2 – OQ2
AP – BP = PD – PC = 102 – 82 = 36
Þ AB = CD Hence proved. Therefore, CQ = 6 cm and CD = 12 cm.
5. Since, AB = AC 4. OB = OA (Both are radius)
So, ÐABC = ÐACB = 50º \ OA = AB
By angle sum property of a triangle, So, DOAB is an equilateral triangle
ÐBAC = 180º – ÐABC – ÐACB Þ ÐAOB = 60º
= 180º – 50º – 50º = 80º Now, a + ÐAOB = 180º
Hence, ÐBOC = 2ÐBAC Þ a + 60º = 180º
(angle subtended at the centre is Therefore, a = 120º
double the angle at the circumference) As, reflex angle BOD = 2ÐBCD
= 2 × 80º = 160º Therefore, 360º – a = 2b
Þ 360º – 120º = 2b
Short Answer Questions
Hence, b = 120º
1. Since, OD ^ BC 5. We draw OA and O'B perpendicular to CD from
Proof : In DOBD and DOCD O and O' respectively
OB = OC (radii of circle)
 EBD_7802
342 Mathematics
7. Since, AB = 10 cm
ON = 12 cm

O O'

C A B D O
P

Proof : Here, OA ^ CD A B
So, OA bisects the chord CP (as perpendicular N
from the centre to the chord bisects that chord)
1 Q ON ^ AB
Thus, AP = CP So, AN = BN = 5 cm
2
(Perpendicular drawn from the centre of
\ CP = 2 AP ...(i) the circle to a chord bisects that chord)
Similarly O'B ^ PD Now, in DONB, OB2 = ON2 + NB2
1 (By pythagoras theorem)
Therefore, BP = PD = 122 + 52 = 169
2 Therefore, OB = 13 cm
Þ PD = 2BP ...(ii) Hence, the radius of the circle is equal to 13 cm.
As, CD = CP + DP 8. Proof : Since in DAOD and DAOE
= 2AP + 2BP [from (i) and (ii)] ÐOAD = ÐOAE
= 2(AB) ...(iii) (AO is bisector of ÐDAE)
Now, in quadrilateral ABO'O ÐADO = ÐAEO = 90º
OA = O'B AO = AO (common side)
And AB = OO' So, DADO @ DAEO (AAS rule)
Thus, ABO'O is parallelogram. Þ AD = AE (By CPCT)
Hence, CD = 2AB = 2OO' Then, OD = OE (By CPCT)
6. Here AB and CD are the equal chords of a circle Therefore, AB = AC
with centre at O. (As chords equidistant from centre
are always equal)
B \ ÐABC = ÐACB
9. Suppose DABC is an isosceles triangle with
C AB = AC.
Draw a circle taking AB as the diameter that
A intersects the side BC at D.
O Now to prove that : BD = DC
We join AD
A
D

Prove that
ÐAOB = ÐCOD
Proof : In DAOB and DCOD
AO = CO (radii of circle)
Q AB = CD
BO = DO (radii of circle) B D C
So, DAOB @ DCOD (SSS congruency rule) Proof : ÐADB = 90º
Therefore, ÐAOB = ÐCOD (by CPCT) (angle made in semi-circle)
Hence proved Q ÐADB + ÐADC = 180º
So, ÐADC = 90º
Circles 343
Now, in DABD and DACD (As equal chords are always
Q AB = AC equidistant from centre)
ÐADB = ÐADC = 90º OP = OP (common)
AD = AD (common side) So, DOPM @ DOPN (RHS rule)
So, DABD @ DACD Þ ÐOPM = ÐOPN (By CPCT)
Þ BD = DC (By CPCT) 12. Since, PS || RQ
10. We join OA and OC So, ÐPSO = ÐQRO
As perpendicular from centre of the circle to and, ÐOPS = ÐOQR
the chord bisects it. Also, ÐPOS = ÐQOR
(vertical opposite angle)
Then, DOQR ~ DOPS
Q
C D OQ OP
\ = [Q OR = OS ]
OR OS
O Therefore, OQ = OP
\ O is the centre of the circle.
A B As RS passes through O
P
Hence, RS is diameter of the circle.
Hence proved.
13. Suppose, ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral where
1
So, AP = PB = AB = 4 cm AC and BD are diameters.
2
A
1
Similarly, CQ = QD = CD = 3 cm
2
Now, in DOAP
OP2 = OA2 – AP2
D B
(By pythagoras theorem) O
\ OP2 = 52 – 42 = 25 – 16 = 9
Therefore, OP = 3
In DOCQ, OQ2 = OC2 – CQ2
= 52 – 32= 16 C
Then, OQ = 4 Here AC is diameter.
As, PQ = OP + OQ So, ÐABC = ÐADC = 90º
= 3 + 4 = 7 cm (angle made in semicircle)
11. Suppose AB and CD are two equal chords which BD is the diameter.
are intersecting at P. Therefore, ÐBAD = ÐBCD = 90º
D (angle made in semicircle)
Therefore all angles of quadrilateral ABCD are 90º.
Hence, ABCD is a rectangle.
A 14. In DACE and DBCD
M
Since, OD = OE
P O Therefore, AC = BC
(chords which are equidistant from
N the centre are always equal)
C
1 1
Now, AC = BC
B
2 2
\ CE = CD ...(i)
We draw OM ^ CD and ON ^ AB ÐC = ÐC (Common angle)
As in DOMP and DONP, Thus, DACE @ DBCD
ÐOMP = ÐONP = 90º
Þ AE = BD (By CPCT)
(By construction)
OM = ON
 EBD_7802
344 Mathematics
In DDBA and DEAB ÐABD = ÐBDC ...(vi)
BD = AE Þ XB = XD
From (i) DA = EB Hence, DXBD is isosceles.
AB = AB (common side) (iv) \ ÐBDC = ÐACX
Hence, DDBA @ DEAB (By SSS rule) (corresponding angles)
15. Since OL is a line which is drawn from the centre and ÐABD = ÐXAC
to the mid-point of chord AB Therefore,ÐACX = ÐXAC [from (vi)]
So, OL is perpendicular to AB Þ XA = XC Hence proved.
\ ÐALO = 90º 3. Q OP = OR = 10 cm (radii of circle)
Now, OM is a line which is drawn from the Here, PQ = 16 cm
centre to the mid-point of chord BC and RS = 12 cm
Then, OM is perpendicular to BC Suppose OL ^ PQ and OM ^ RS
\ ÐCMO = 90º As, perpendicular from the centre to a chord
ÐALO = ÐCMO [each 90º] bisects that chord
In DALO and DCMO 1
Q ÐLAO = ÐMCO So, PL = LQ = PQ = 8 cm
2
As, AO = CO (Both are radius)
1
Therefore, DALO @ DCMO (By AAS rule) and RM = MS = RS = 6 cm
Þ AL = CM 2
Now, in right DOLP
1 1 OP2 = OL2 + PL2
Þ AB = BC
2 2 (By Pythagoras theorem)
Hence, BL = BM 100 = OL2 + 64
(As L and M are mid-points of AB
OL = 100 - 64 = 6 cm
and CB respectively)
Similarly, in right DOMR
Long Answer Questions OR2 = OM2 + RM2
1. Proof : Here, ÐAEB = 90º = ÐAED (By pythagoras theorem)
(Angle made in semi-circle) 100 = OM2 + 36
Q ÐEAC + ÐACD + ÐCDE + ÐAED = 360º OM = 8 cm
[By angle sum property] (i) If PQ and RS lie on same side of the centre
So, ÐEAC + 90º + 90º + 90º = 360º O of circle
\ ÐEAC = 360º – 270º = 90º
Therefore, EACD is a rectangle.
Hence, AC = ED
2. (i) Here, ÐBCD = ÐBAD = 52º
(angles made in the same segment) O
As, ÐBCD + ÐBCA + ÐACX = 180º 8L 8 Q
P 6 6
\ 52º + 35º + ÐACX = 180º R S
M
So, ÐACX = 180º – 87º = 93º
(ii) Now, ÐCBD = ÐDAC (angles made Then, distance between PQ and RS
in the same segment) ...(i) = LM
ÐDAC = ÐADB (By property of alternate = OM – OL
angle) ...(ii) = 8 – 6 = 2 cm
From (i) and (ii), we get (ii) If PQ and RS lie on opposite sides of the
ÐCBD = ÐADB ...(iii) centre O of circle
In DYBD, ÐYBD = ÐYDB [from (iii)] M
R S
Þ DY = BY
(iii) ÐABD = ÐACX (By property of exterior
angle) ...(iv)
O
ÐBDC = ÐACX (corresponding angles)
...(v)
From (iv) and (v), we get P Q
L
Circles 345
Then, distance between PQ and RS Ð5 = Ð1 + Ð2
= LM (By exterior angle property) ...(i)
= OL + OM and Ð6 = Ð3 + Ð4 ...(ii)
= 6 + 8 cm = 14 cm After adding eq (i) and (ii), we get
4. Q ÐPOT + reflex ÐPOT = 360º Ð5 + Ð6 = Ð1 + Ð2 + Ð3 + Ð4
Þ 150º + reflex ÐPOT = 360º \ Ð5 + Ð6 = Ð1 + Ð1 + Ð3 + Ð3
So, reflex ÐPOT = 210º (As, Ð1 = Ð2, Ð3 = Ð4)
Now reflex ÐPOT = 2ÐPST Therefore, Ð5 + Ð6 = 2(Ð2 + Ð3)
Þ 210º = 2ÐPST Hence, ÐBOC = 2ÐBAC
Then, ÐPST = 105º
As, ÐPQT + ÐPST = 180º
(opposite angles of cyclic quadrilateral
are always supplementary) Very Short Answer Questions
\ ÐPQT = 180º – 105º = 75º 1
Here, ÐRQT + ÐPQT = 180º (linear pairs) 1. ÐABC = ÐAOC
Therefore, 2
ÐRQT = 180º – 75º = 105º i.e., ÐAOC = 2ÐABC
ÐRTQ = ÐSPQ = 45° = 2 × 45° = 90°
(By property of exterior angle) Þ OA ^ OC
1 2. ÐA + ÐC = 180° Þ 2x + 4 +4y – 4 = 180
Q ÐPUT = ÐPOT
2 Þ x + 2y = 90° … (i)
(angle subtended by an arc at the centre is
ÐB + ÐD = 180° Þ x + 10 + 5y + 5 = 180°
double the angle at the remaining circle)
Þ x + 5y = 165° … (ii)
1 On subtracting (i) from (ii), we get
= ´150º = 75º
2 3y = 75 Þ y = 25°
5. Here, O is the centre of the circle.
Now to prove that Also, x = 40°
ÐBOC = 2ÐBAC 3. B, C and D are collinear
We join O to A. A
A

O'
O

O
B C C D
B
4. We have, ÐCDA = 180° – 80° = 100° = 180°
In DAOB, OA = OB (radii of circle) and ÐABC + x = 180°
So, Ð1 = Ð2 Now, ÐCDA + ÐABC = 180°
(opposite angles to equal sides are also equal) Þ 100° + 180° – x = 180° Þ x = 100°
Now in DAOC Ð3 = Ð4 x 100°
\ = = 2.
A 50° 50°
5. AC = OA – OC2 = 25 – 9 = 16 Þ AC = 4 cm
2 2

Þ AB = 2 × AC = 8 cm
23
O 6. E is mid point of CD and F is the mid point of AB.
Now, in DOAF, AF2 = OA2 – OF2
1 5 6 4 2
æ 24 ö
Þ ç ÷ = 132 – OF2 Þ OF2 = 169 – 144
B C è 2 ø
Þ OF = 5 cm
 EBD_7802
346 Mathematics
7. Since, angle subtended by an arc of a circle at \ ÐA + ÐE = 180° Þ ÐBEC = 120°
the centre is twice the angle subtended by it at
1
any point of the remaining part of the circle 11. ÐAPC = ÐAOC = 50°
therefore 2
ÐAPC + ÐABC = 180°
1 1 Þ ÐABC = 130° Þ ÐCBD = 50°
ÐEBF = ÐEOF = Ðz
2 2 12. ÐA + ÐC = 180°
1 (Q ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral)
\ ÐABF = p – Ðz (Linear Pair Axiom)... (i) Þ 3ÐC + ÐC = 180° Þ ÐC = 45°
2
\ ÐA = 3 × 45 = 135°
1 1 13. Since ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral
Similarly, ÐEDF = ÐEOF = Ðz
2 2 \ x = 78° Þ y = 180 – 78 = 102°
1 Short Answer Questions
\ ÐADE = p – Ðz
2 1. OA = OB (radius of circle)
(Linear Pair Axiom) ... (ii) Þ 5 = OB
ÐBCD = ÐECF = Ðy (Vert. Opp. Angles) Thus, ÐA = ÐB (Q OA = OB)
Now, in quadrilateral ABCD Thus, in DOAB
ÐABC + ÐBCD + ÐCDA + ÐBAD = 2p ÐA + ÐB + ÐO = 180º
( Angle sum property of a quadrilateral) Þ 2 ÐA + 60º = 180º
1 1 Þ ÐA = 60º
Þ p - Ðz + Ðy + p - Ðz + Ðx = 2p Hence, ÐA = ÐB = ÐO = 60º Þ DOAB is an
2 2
Þ Ðx + Ðy = Ðz equilateral triangle.
8. Join SP to obtain the figure Here ÐSPR and \ AB = 5 cm
ÐSQR are angles under the same arc SR. 2. In DRLP
ÐP + ÐRLP + ÐPRL = 180°
S R ÐPRL = 180° – (70° + 90°)
A = 180° – (160°)
35° = 20°
120°
as PQ is the diameter
P Q \ÐPRQ = 90° (Angle in the semi-circle)
\ x = 90° – 20° = 70°
3. Since, equal chords subtend equal angles at the
centre.
360°
So, these two must be equal. \ ÐAOE = = 72°
5
Since, ÐSQR = 35° Þ ÐSPR = 35°. Now, OE = OA Þ ÐOEA = ÐOAE = x
9. Angle subtended by an arc of a circle at the In DOAE, x + x + ÐAOE = 180°
centre of the circle is double the angle Þ 2x + 72° = 180°
subtended by it at any point on the circle.
So, ÐQOR = 2ÐQPR = 2x 108°
Þ x= = 54°
OQ = OR (Q Radius of the circle) 2
So, ÐOQR = ÐORQ (Q Angle opposite to equal 4. AB = 16 cm, EC = FD
sides are equal) Subtracting DE from both sides, we get
In DOQR, CD = EF = 12 cm
2x° + y° + y° = 180° EG = GF = 6 cm
2x° + 2y° = 180° [AG is perpendicular bisector of EF]
\ x° + y° = 90°. 1
10. Since DABC is equilateral \ In DAEG, AG = AB = 8cm
2
\ ÐA = ÐB = ÐC = 60°
and AE2 = AG2 + EG2
Now, ABEC is a cyclic quadrilateral Þ r2 = 82 + 62 = 64 + 36 Þ r = 10 cm
Circles 347
5. Since PQ = 4 cm = 2 × OQ Now, in DACE,
= 2 × radius, PQ is the diameter of circle. Join ÐACE + ÐAEC + ÐCAE = 180°
RQ. ÐPRQ = 90°.
Þ ÐACE = 180° – (90 + 65 °) = 25°
(Angle in a semicircle.)
\ ÐORQ = 90° – 35° = 55° Since, AC || DE \ ÐDEC and ÐACE are
But OR = OQ. alternate angles.
\ ÐORQ = ÐOQR = 55° Þ ÐDEC = ÐACE = 25°
\ y = 180° – (55° + 55°) = 70° 10. Clearly, major arc BA subtends x° angle at a
6. Refer the question figure.
point on the remaining part of the circle.
In DOBC, OB = OC (= radius)
Þ ÐOBC = ÐOCB = y \ Reflex ÐAOB = 2x
Now, z + y + y = 180° Þ 360 – y = 2x
Þ z = 180° – 2y ...(1) Þ y = 360 – 2x
Also, ÐBOC = 2ÐBAC Thus, y = 360 – 2x
Þ z = 2x ...(2)
From (1) and (2), Since ACBO is a parallelogram.
Þ 2x + 2y = 180° Þ x + y = 90° \ x=y
\ ÐBAC + ÐOBC = 90° Þ x = 360 – 2x
7. O is the centre of circle. K and L are mid points
Þ 3x = 360 Þ x = 120
of Chords AB and CD respectively.
B Long Answer Questions
K 1. Since, angle subtended by an arc of a circle at
the centre is twice the angle subtended by it at
A any point of the remaining part of the circle
O
therefore
C 1 1
L
D
ÐEBF = ÐEOF = Ðz
2 2
\ OK ^ AB and OL ^ CD 1
As AB = CD \ ÐABF = p – Ðz (Linear Pair Axiom)... (i)
2
\ OK = OL.
(equal chords are equidistant from centre) 1 1
So DOKL is an isosceles Similarly, ÐEDF = ÐEOF = Ðz
2 2
\ ÐOKL = ÐOLK = 25° (given)
Therefore, 1
\ ÐADE = p – Ðz (Linear Pair Axiom) ... (ii)
ÐLKB = ÐOKL + ÐOKB = 25° + 90° = 115° 2
8. Since Chord AB = Chord CD ÐBCD = ÐECF = Ðy (Vert. Opp. Angles)
\ OM = ON ... (i) Now, in quadrilateral ABCD
(Q Equal chords of a circle are equidistant from ÐABC + ÐBCD + ÐCDA + ÐBAD = 2p
the centre of the circle)
( Angle sum property of a quadrilateral)
In “OMN,
1 1
OM = ON [From (i)] Þ p - Ðz + Ðy + p - Ðz + Ðx = 2p
2 2
\ ÐOMN = ÐONM (Angles opp. to equal sides) Þ Ðx + Ðy = Ðz
9. ÐCAE = ÐCBE 2. Let the radius of the circle be r cm. Let OM = x cm.
(Q angles in the same segment of arc CDE) Then ON = (6 – x) cm.
Þ ÐCAE = 65° (Q ÐCBE = 65°)
M is the mid-point of CD. (Q OM ^ CD)
Since, AC is the diameter and the angle in a
semi-circle is a right angle. 1 1 11
\ ÐAEC = 90° \ MD = MC = CD = (11) cm = cm
2 2 2
 EBD_7802
348 Mathematics
(QÐAEC = 50°)
N 5/2 cm In D AOB and DBOC, AB = BC, AO = OC and
A B OB = OB
\ DAOB @ DBOC
(6 – x)
\ ÐBOA = ÐBOC
O
Þ ÐBOA = 50° and ÐBOC = 50°
Þ ÐBOA = ÐCEO (each 50°)
C D
M 11/2 cm \ BO || CE
Now, ÐAOC + ÐCOE = 180°
\ ÐCOE = 80° (Q ÐAOC = 100° )
1 1 5 Also, ÐCOE = 2ÐCBE
Similarly, NB = AN = AB = (5) = cm
2 2 2 Þ ÐCBE = 40° , ÐCDE = 180 – 40 = 140°
(Q N is the mid-point of AB and ON ^ AB) 5. Given: A chord AB of length 2 cm and radius
In right DONB,
OB2 = ON2 + NB2 (By Pythagoras theorem) of the circle is 2 cm .
2 To prove: ÐACB = 45°
æ 5ö Proof: In DAOB,
Þ r 2 = (6 - x)2 + ç ÷ ...(i)
è 2ø
OA2 + OB2 = ( 2)2 + ( 2)2 = 2 + 2 = 4 = AB2
Similarly, in right DOMD, OD2 = OM2 +
MD 2 (By Pythagoras theorem) Þ DAOB is a right triangle right angled at O.
i.e. ÐAOB = 90°
2
æ 11ö As the angle subtended by an arc at the centre
Þ r2 = x2 + ç ÷ ...(ii)
è 2ø is double the angle subtended by it at remaining
part of the circle.
From (i) and (ii), we get,
2 2 1
æ 5ö æ 11ö \ ÐAOB = 2ÐACB Þ ÐACB = ´ 90° = 45°
(6 - x )2 + ç ÷ = x2 + ç ÷ 2
è 2ø è 2ø
6.
2 25 121 12
Þ 36 - 12 x + x + = x2 + Þx= =1 B
4 4 12
Putting x = 1 in (ii), we get ,
M
2
æ 11ö 121 125 5 5
r 2 = (1) 2 + ç ÷ = 1 + = Þr = D
è 2ø 4 4 2 A O
5 5 N
Hence, the radius of the circle is cm.
2
3. Ð1 + Ð2 = 180° ...(i) C
(Q Opposite angles of a cyclic quadrilateral Two parallel chords AB & CD & AB = CD
ABFE are supplementary.) = 8 cm
Similarly, Ð1 + Ð3 = 180° ...(ii) Diameter of circle = AD = 10 cm.
(Q ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral.)
From (i) and (ii), 10
\ radius = AO = OD = = 5 cm
Ð2 = Ð3 2
But these angles form a pair of equal AB
corresponding angles. AM = MB = = 4 cm.
\ EF | | DC. 2
4. Join OC and BE DAOM is right angle D,
2ÐAEC = ÐAOC Þ ÐAOC = 100° AO2 = AM2 + OM2
Circles 349
52 = 42 + OM2 ÐAMP = ÐBMP [Each = 90o]
OM2 = 25 – 16 = 9 Þ OM = 3 cm. PM = PM [Common side]
Similarly, OM = ON = 3 cm \ DAPM @ DBPM
` [By SAS congruence rule]
\ Distance between parallel chords = MN So AP = BP [CPCT]
= OM + ON = 3 + 3 = 6 cm Hence Arc PXA @ Arc PYB
[If two chords of a circle are equal, then their
corresponding arcs are congruent]
2. Join BC.
Very Short Answer Questions Since angle in a semicircle is 90o, we have
1. We have AXB¼ @ CYD ¼ ÐACB = 90o
Since, if two arcs of a circle are congruent, then As BCDE is a cyclic quadrilateral and opposite
their corresponding chords are equal, so we have angles of a c cyclic quadrilateral are
chord AB = chord CD supplementary
Hence AB : CD = 1 : 1 ÐBCD + ÐBED = 180o
Now adding ÐACB to both sides, we get
Y (ÐBCD + ÐACB) + ÐBED = 180o + ÐACB
C Hence ÐACD + ÐBED = 180o + 90o = 270o
3. Since equal chords of a circle subtends equal
D
angles at the centre, so we have as
chord AB = chord AC [Given]
A So ÐAOB = ÐAOC ... (1)
Since the angle subtended by an arc at the centre
B is double the angle subtended by it at any point
X on the remaining part of the circle,

1 1
2. As arc AXB = arc BYC, \ ÐAPC = ÐAOC ... (2)
2 2

1 1
ÐAOB = ÐBOC and ÐAPB = ÐAOB ... (3)
2 2
\ ÐAPC = ÐAPB
AlsoÐAOB + ÐBOC = 180°
[From (1), (2) and (3)]
1 Hence PA is the bisector of ÐBPC.
Therefore, ÐBOC + ÐBOC = 180° 4. The angle subtented by an arc at the centre is
2
twice the angle subtended by it at any point on
2
or ÐBOC = × 180º = 120° the remaining part of the circle.
3
1 1
1 Þ ÐACB = ÐAOB = × 120o = 60o
3. ÐABC = ÐAOC 2 2
2 Since ACD is a straight line,
i.e., ÐAOC = 2ÐABC = 2 × 45° = 90° ÐACB + ÐBCD = 180o Þ ÐBCD = 120o
or OA ^ OC Again by above theorem
4. False. If two points lie in the same segment x = 360o – Reflex ÐBOD
(major or minor) only, then the angles will be = 360o – 2 ÐBCD
equal otherwise they are not equal. = 360o – 2 × 120o
5. False. As the larger chord is at smaller distance = 360o – 240o = 120o
from the centre. 5. (i) Yes, because P, Q, R and D are four
concyclic points, so Rohit can be able to
Short Answer Questions draw a circle.
1. As PQ is the perpendicular bisector of AB, (ii) Mohit is teasing his friend Rohit which is
So AM = BM not justified and teasing is not a good habit.
In DAPM and DBPM, we have
AM = BM [Proved above]
 EBD_7802
350 Mathematics
Also Ð2 + Ð3 = 180°
A
[Linear pair angles] … (iii)

R N Q

B D P C
In DABC, P, Q and R are mid-point of sides 4
BC, CA and AB.
\ PQ || AB, QR || BC and RP || AC.
Þ ÐPRQ = ÐAQR = ÐPCQ = ÐC
Now, ÐANQ @ ÐNDQ From eqs. (ii) and (iii)
Þ ÐAQN = ÐNQD (C.P.C.T) Ð3 + Ð1 = Ð2 + Ð3
Þ ÐQDP = ÐNQD Þ Ð1 = Ð2
Þ ÐQDP = ÐPRQ = ÐAQN
Þ AE = AD
\ PQ subtends same angle at R and D
Hence, P, Q, R and D are can cyclic. Also AD = BC
Long Answer Questions (opp. sides of a ||gm)
1. Given. ABC is a triangle and O is the centre of BC = 8 cm
its circumcircle. P is a point on the circle such \ AE = 8 cm
that, AP is the internal bisector of ÐBAC and 3. Since the two circles are congruent, AO'BO is
M is the mid point of BC. a parallelogram.
Join BP and CP The opposite angles of || gm are equal.
Q AE is the bisector of ÐBAC Þ ÐAOB = ÐAO'B = 40o
\ ÐBAE = ÐCAE POB is a straight line
Þ arc BP @ arc CP Þ ÐAOB + ÐAOP= 180o
[Q Equal angles subtended at the circumference Þ ÐAOP = 180o – 40o = 140o
of a circle by congruent arcs of circle] Now DOPA is isosceles D as
Þ chord BP = chord CP OP = OA = radius By angle sum property,
[Q If the arcs are congruent, their ÐAOP + ÐAPO + ÐPAO = 180o
corresponding chords are equal] ÐAOP + ÐAPO + ÐAPO = 180o
In DBMP and DCMP, 140o + 2ÐAPO = 180o
BP = CP [Proved above] 2ÐAPO = 40o
BM = CM [Q M is the midpoint] ÐAPO = 20o Þ ÐAPB = 20o
MP = MP [Common side] 4. Join OA.
\ DBMP @ DCMP [By SSS criterion] In right DOAM,
\ ÐBMP = ÐCMP [CPCT] OA2 = OM2 + AM2
Again ÐBMP + ÐCMP = 180o 2
æ1 ö
[Angles of a linear pair] Þ r 2 = p 2 + ç AB÷
è2 ø
Þ ÐBMP = ÐCMP = 90o
Hence MP is the right bisector of BC.
(QOM ^ AB,\ OM bisects AB )
2. Ð4 = Ð3
[Opposite angles of a || gm] … (i) 1
Þ AB 2 = r 2 - p 2 or
Ð4 + Ð1 = 180° [Cyclic quadrilateral] 4
\ Ð3 + Ð1 = 180° [Using (i)] …(ii)
AB 2 = 4r 2 - 4 p 2 ...(i)
Circles 351
6. (i) It is Given that there is a circle C(O, r)
and chord AB = chord
C
AC whereas AD is bisector of ÐCAB.
To Prove: Centre O of circle lies on the
q O bisector of ÐBAC.
N Construction: We join BC which meet
p bisector AD of ÐBAC, at M.
B B
A M

In right DOAN O
OA2 = ON2 + AN2 A
M D
2
2 æ1 ö
2
Þ r = q + ç AC ÷
è2 ø C
(QON ^ AC ,\ ON bisects AC ) Proof: In DBAM and DCAM,
Q AB = AC
1 ÐBAM = ÐCAM
Þ AC 2 = r 2 - q 2
4 (Q AD is bisector of ÐBAC)
2
and AM = AM (common side)
1æ1 ö DBAM @ DCAM(SAS congruency rule)
ç AB÷ = r - q (Q AB = 2 AC )
2 2
or
4è2 ø So, BM = CM
and ÐBMA = ÐCMA
1 1 Now, ÐBMA + ÐCMA = 180°
Þ AB 2 = r 2 - q 2 AB 2 = r 2 - q 2 or
16 16 Therefore, ÐBMA = ÐCMA = 90°
AB2 = 16r2 – 16q2 ...(ii) Hence, AM is the perpendicular bisector
From (i) and (ii), we have of the chord BC.
4r2 – 4p2 = 16r2 – 16q2 As a result, AM passes through the centre O.
or r2 – p2 = 4r2 – 4q2 [Since, perpendicular bisector of chord of
or 4q2 = 3r2 + p2 a given circle passes through its centre]
5. Ð4 = Ð3 [Opposite angles of a || gm] …(i) Thus, the centre of the park lies on the
Ð4 + Ð1 = 180° [Cyclic quadrilateral] angle bisector of ÐBAC.
\ Ð3 + Ð1 = 180° [Using (i)] …(ii) (ii) Congruency of triangles Hence proved.
(iii) Cleanliness and mutual cooperation.
Also Ð2 + Ð3 = 180° [Linear pair angles] …(iii)
7. (i) Suppose that A, B and C are the position
From eqs. (ii) and (iii) of Priyanka, Sania and David respectively
Ð3 + Ð1 = Ð2 + Ð3 on the circumference of circular park
Þ Ð1 = Ð2 having centre O.
Þ AE = AD We draw AD ^ BC.
Also AD = BC As the centre of the circle coincides with
(opp. sides of a ||gm) the centroid of the equilateral triangle
BC = 8 cm DABC.
\ AE = 8 cm 2
So, Radius of circle = AD
3
2
\ 20 = AD
3
Therefore, AD = 30 m
Suppose AB = BC = CA = x
1 x
BD = CD = BC =
2 2
 EBD_7802
352 Mathematics
= r, and angle subtended by either chord = q
A Now two cases arise here:
(Priyanka)
Case I. If l = r
Here, the chord and the corresponding
radius form an equilateral triangle of side r
So, q = 60°
O Case II. If l = 2r
m
20
Here the butter-chord passes through the
90° centre.
Therefore, q = 180°
B D C As, a result, 60° < q < 180°
(Sania) (David) (Q r < l < 2r)
Hence, the required range is between 60°
Now, In DBDA, and 180°
AB2 = BD2 + AD2 By Pythagoras Theorem (iii) Congruency of triangles
2 (iv) Rationality and honesty.
æ xö
\ x2 = ç ÷ + (30)2
è 2ø

x2 Exemplar MCQs
So, x2 – = 900
4 1. (d) Since AD = 34 cm and AB = 30 cm
As, the perpendicular from the centre of a
4 circle to a chord bisects it.
x2 = 900 ×
3
D
Þ x = 1200 = 20 3 m
Hence, distance between each of them will
be 20 3 . O
(ii) Properties of circle, and use of pythagoras
cm

theorem.
17

(iii) Live and let live.

8. (i) Suppose the butter-chords of the biscuit A B
be AB and CD; whereas the centre of the L
biscuit be O.
A C 30 cm
1
So, AL = AB = 15 cm
O 2
Now, in DOLA,
B D OA2 = OL2 + AL2
Now, In DOAB and DOCD, [By pythagoras theorem]
Q AB = CD (17)2 = OL2 + (15)2
OA = OC (Both are radius) 289 = OL2 + 225
OB = OD (Both are radius) Therefore,OL2 = 64
So, DOAB @ DOCD Thus, OL = 8 cm
[SSS Congruency rule] Hence, the distance of the chord from the
Therefore, ÐAOB = ÐCOD (By CPCT) centre is equal to 8 cm.
Hence, the butter-chords subtend equal 2. (a) Since, the perpendicular from the centre
angles at the centre of the biscuit. of a circle to a chord bisects it.
(ii) As, the length of either chord is greater 1
than the radius and less than diameter of So, AC = AB = 4 cm
the circle. 2
Suppose length of either chord = l, radius [Q AB = 8 cm]
Circles 353
In DOCA, AO2 = AC2 + OC2 90º
[By pythagoras theorem] So, ÐCAB = = 45º
(5)2 = (4)2 + OC2 2
25 = 16 + OC2 6. (a) In DOAB,
OC2 = 25 – 16 = 9 OA = OB [radius of a circle]
Therefore,OC = 3 cm So, ÐOAB = ÐOBA
Q OA = OD [radius of a circle] Þ ÐOBA = 40º
\ OD = 5 cm [angles opposite to equal sides]
Hence, CD = OD – OC Now, ÐAOB + ÐOBA + ÐBAO = 180º
=5–3 ÐAOB + 40º + 40º = 180º
= 2 cm ÐAOB = 180º – 80º
3. (c) Since, AB = 12 cm and BC = 16 cm = 100º
Here, AC will be a diameter of circle. In a circle, the angle subtended by an arc
at the centre is two times the angle
subtended by it at the remaining part of
A the circle.
Therefore,ÐAOB = 2ÐACB
100º
12 cm

Hence, ÐACB = = 50º

2
7. (c) Since, ÐDAB = 60º,
ÐABD = 50º
C B Here, ÐADB = ÐACB ...(i)
16 cm [angles in same segment]
In DABD,
By pythagoras theorem in DABC, ÐABD + ÐADB + ÐDAB = 180º
AC2 = AB2 + BC2 [By angle sum property]
AC2 = (12)2 + (16)2 Þ 50º + ÐADB + 60º = 180º
AC2 = 144 + 256 So, ÐADB = 180º – 110º = 70º
So, AC = 400 = 20 cm Therefore,
ÐACB = ÐADB = 70º
1 [from (i)]
Therefore, radius of circle = ( AC ) 8. (b) Since, ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral where
2
ÐADC = 140º
1 C
= ´ 20 = 10 cm
2
D
Hence, the radius of circle is equal to 10 cm.
4. (b) Since, ÐABC = 20º 140º
As, angle subtended at centre by an arc is O B
twice the angle subtended by it at the A
remaining part of circle.
So, ÐAOC = 2 ÐABC
= 2 × 20º = 40º
5. (d) Since, diameter subtends a right angle to
the circle. As, sum of the opposite angles in a cyclic
So, ÐBCA = 90º ...(i) quadrilateral is 180º.
Here, AC = BC So, ÐADC + ÐABC = 180º
\ ÐABC = ÐCAB ...(ii) \ 140º + ÐABC = 180º
[angles opposite to equal sides ÐABC = 180º – 140º = 40º
are also equal] Now, ÐACB = 90º [Q AB is diameter]
For DABC, In DABC, ÐBAC + ÐACB + ÐABC = 180º
ÐCAB + ÐABC + ÐBCA = 180º [By angle sum property]
[from Eqs. (i) and (ii)] ÐBAC + 90º + 40º = 180º
\ ÐCAB + ÐCAB + Ð90º = 180º
 EBD_7802
354 Mathematics
Therefore, Here we know
ÐBAC = 180º – 130º = 50º OD = 10 units
9. (c) Since in DAOB, AO = 25 units
OA = OB [radius of circle] so by pythagoras theorem
So, ÐOBA = ÐBAO AD = AO 2 - OD2 = 252 - 102 = 525
[angles opposite to equal sides
The line from the centre of the circle divides
are also equal]
chord in two equal parts
= 60º
AB = 2CD
Q ÐABC = ÐADC
[angles in the same segment] = 2 525 = 4 ´ 525 = 2100 units
Then, ÐADC = ÐABC = ÐOBA 2. (c)
Therefore,ÐADC = 60º
10. (d) Since, ÐAOB = 90º and ÐABC = 30º
As, in a circle, angle subtended by an arc
at the centre is two times the angle 13cm O
subtended by it at the remaining part of r
the circle. 12 cm P
So, ÐAOB = 2ÐACB r
\ 90º = 2ÐACB 5cm Q
Therefore,ÐACB = 45º
Now, AO = OB = radius
\ ÐABO = ÐBAO ...(i) 13
[angles opposite to equal sides Here, r = cm = 6.5cm
2
are also equal]
In DOAB, æ13 ö2 æ12 ö2 169 144
ÐOAB + ÐABO + ÐBOA = 180º OP = çç ÷÷ - çç ÷÷ = -
2
è ø è ø 2 4 4
[By angle sum property]
\ ÐOAB + ÐOAB + 90º = 180º 5
[from Eq. (i)] = cm
2
2ÐOAB = 180º – 90º
\ ÐOAB = 45º ...(ii) æ13 ö2 æ 5 ö2 169 25
In DACB, OQ = çç ÷÷ - çç ÷÷ = -
è 2 ø è2 ø 4 4
ÐACB + ÐCBA + ÐCAB = 180º
[By angle sum property] 12
Þ 45º + 30º + ÐCAB = 180º = = 6 cm
2
ÐCAB = 105º
As, ÐCAO + ÐOAB = 105º 5 7
\ PQ = OQ – OP = 6 – = = 3.5cm
\ ÐCAO + 45º = 105º [from Eq. (ii)] 2 2
Therefore,ÐCAO = 105º – 45º = 60º 3. (b) Here, ÐAOP is subtended by the arc AP
at the centre of the circle. And, ÐAQP is
NTSE Past Year MCQs subtended by the arc AP at the point Q on
1. (d) We have a chord going through point that the circle.
is located 10 units from the centre and We know that the angle subtended by an
radius of circle = 25 units. arc of a circle at the centre of the circle is
double the angle subtended by it at any
C point on the circle.
O So, ÐAOP = 2ÐAQP
1 1
Þ ÐAQP = ÐAOP = ´ 75° = 37.5°
2 2
A D B
Circles 355
4. (b) ÐCOD = 130° (given) C
E
A B
25° 80°
O 2. A B
O 40°
130°

D C D
ÐCED = 90°
ÐDCE = 180° – (40° + 90°) = 50°.
Since the angle at the arc of a circle is half ÐBOC = (180° – 80°) = 100°
the angle at the centre. ÐOBC = 180° – (100° + 50°) = 30° = ÐABC.
1 3. Q
Þ ÐDAC = ÐCOD = 65° P
2 (4x + 3)°
\ ÐBAD = ÐBAC + ÐDAC = 25° + 65°
= 90° O
Opposite angles of cyclic quadrilateral are 133° X
supplementary S R
Þ ÐBAD + ÐBCD = 180°
Þ 90° + ÐBCD = 180° Since ÐQRX = 133°
Þ ÐBCD = 90° \ ÐSRQ = 180° – 133° = 47°
Angle subtented by the arc BC at the Since PQRS is a cyclic Quadrilateral
centre (ÐBOC) is twice the angle subtented \ (4x + 3)° = 47° = 180°
by it on the circle (ÐBAC) Þ 4x + 3 + 47 = 180
Þ ÐBOC = 2 × ÐBAC [QÐSPQ + ÐSRQ = 180°]
= 2 × 25° = 50° Þ 4x = 180 – 50 = 130
5. (d)
130
T Þ x= = 32.5°
4
3 4. Since the perpendicular from the centre of the
1 O R circle to a chord bisects the chord. Therefore,
P 2
P and Q are mid-poin ts of AB and CD
4 respectively. Consequently,
S
Ð1 = Ð2 (V.O.A.) A P B
Ð1 = Ð3 (Same radius)
Ð2 = Ð4 (Same radius)
\ Ð3 = Ð4 O
As alternate interior angles are equal
\ PT || RS
C Q D

1. Since PQRS is a cyclic quadrilateral

\ y + 20° + 50° = 180 1
AP = PB = AB = 3 cm
and 2x + y = 180° 2
Þ y = 180° – 70° = 110° 1
Þ 2x = 180° – 110° = 70° And, CQ = QD = CD = 4 cm.
Þ x = 35° 2
Thus x = 35°, y = 110° In right triangles OAP and OCQ, we have
OA2 = OP2 + AP2 and OC2 = OQ2 + CQ2
Þ 52 = OP2 + 32 and 52 = OQ2 + 42
Þ OP2 = 52 – 32 and OQ2 = 52 – 42
 EBD_7802
356 Mathematics
Þ OP2 = 16 and OQ2 = 9 Þ ÐBCE = 90°.
Þ OP = 4 and OQ = 3
1 æ1 ö
\ PQ = OP + OQ = (4 + 3) cm = 7 cm. Also, ÐDBC = ÐCOD = ç ´ 40° ÷ = 20°
5. Let AB and CD be two parallel chords having 2 è2 ø
P and Q as their mid-points respectively. Let [angle at centre = 2 × angle at a point on a circle]
O be the centre of the circle. Join OP and OQ Þ ÐEBC = ÐDBC = 20°.
and draw OX || AB or, CD. Now, in DEBC, we have:
Þ ÐEBC + ÐBCE + ÐCEB = 180°
P Þ 20° + 90° + ÐCED = 180°
A B [Q ÐCEB = ÐCED]
Þ ÐCED = (180° – 110°) = 70°.
O Hence, ÐCED = 70°.
X
7. Diagonal of the rectangle = (60)2 + (80)2
C Q D 3600 + 6400 = 10000 = 100 m
100
Now, P is the mid-point of AB (a) \ radius of the stadium = = 50 m
Þ OP ^ AB 2
Þ ÐBPO = 90° (b) Helpful nature, co-operation
But, OX || AB. (c) This money is utilized for welfare of
\ ÐPOX + ÐBPO = 180° orphans.
\ ÐPOX + 90° = 180° 8. In order to show that the points B, C, E, D
Þ ÐPOX = 180° – 90° = 90° are concyclic, we must show that
Similarly, Q is the mid-point of CD ÐECB + ÐEDB = 180°.
Þ OQ ^ CD Now, AB = AC Þ ÐABC = ÐACB ...(i)
Þ ÐCQO = 90° AD = AE Þ ÐADE = ÐAED. ...(ii)
Þ ÐDQO = 90° Now, ÐA + ÐABC + ÐACB = 180°
But, OX || CD and ÐA + ÐADE + ÐAED = 180°
\ ÐXOQ + ÐDQO = 180° Þ ÐA + 2 ÐACB = 180° and
\ ÐXOQ = 180° – 90° = 90° ÐA + 2ÐADE = 180°
Þ ÐPOX + ÐXOQ = 90° + 90° = 180° [using (i) and (ii)]
Þ POQ is a straight line. Þ ÐA + 2ÐACB = ÐA + 2ÐADE
Hence, PQ is a straight line passing through Þ 2ÐACB = 2 ÐADE
the centre of the circle. Þ ÐACB = ÐADE, i.e., ÐECB = ÐADE
6. Since ACE is a straight line, we have: Þ ÐECB + ÐEDB = ÐADE + ÐEDB = 180°
ÐACB + ÐBCE = 180° Þ ÐECB + ÐEDB = 180°.
Þ 90° + ÐBCE = 180° Hence, the points B, C, E, D are concyclic.
[Q ÐACB is in a semicircle]
 11 CONSTRUCTIONS

Geometrical construction is the process of drawing a geometrical figure using only two instruments gradu-
ated ruler, a compass and protractor.

TO CONSTRUCT THE BISECTOR OF AN ANGLE

Bisecting an angle means drawing a ray in the interior of the angle, with its initial point at the vertex of the
angle such that it divides the angle into two equal parts.

TO CONSTRUCT BISECTOR OF ÐAOB FOLLOW THE STEPS GIVEN BELOW

Given an angle AOB.

Steps of Construction
(i) Taking O as centre and any suitable radius draw an arc as shown in the figure, which intersect the ray
OA and OB at C and D respectively
(ii) Taking C as centre and any suitable radius (> ½CD), draw an arc.
(iii) Taking D as centre and same radius as in step-(ii), draw an arc intersecting the arc drawn in step (ii) at
point E.
(iv) Draw ray OE, which is required bisector of ÐAOB.

D E

O C A
 EBD_7802
358 Mathematics
TO CONSTRUCT THE PERPENDICULAR BISECTOR OF A GIVEN LINE
SEGMENT
Given a Line Segment AB. To Construct Perpendicular Bisector of AB Follow the
Steps Given Below
Steps of Construction
(i) Taking A as centre and any suitable radius (> ½ AB), draw two arcs, one on each side of AB.
(ii) Taking B as centre and same radius as in step (i), draw two more arcs, one on each side of AB intersecting
the previous arcs at P and Q respectively.
(iii) Join PQ which intersects AB at M. Then the line PQ is the required
perpendicular bisector of line segment AB.

A B
M

CONSTRUCTION OF AN ANGLE OF 60° AT THE INITIAL POINT OF A GIVEN

RAY
Steps of construction:

R
Q

O P A
(i) Draw a ray OA.
(ii) With centre O and any radius draw an arc PQ cutting the ray OA at P.
(iii) With centre P and the same radius draw an arc cutting the arc PQ at R.
(iv) Join OR and produce it to obtain ray OB.
The angle ÐAOB so obtained is the angle of measure 60°.
Constructions 359
NOTE :
UNIQUENESS OF A TRIANGLE
A triangle is unique if
(i) two sides and the included angle is given
(ii) three sides and angle is given
(iii) two angles and the included side is given and,
(iv) in a right triangle, hypotenuse and one side is given.

SOME CONSTRUCTIONS OF TRIANGLES

To construct a triangle, given its base, a base angle and sum of other two sides
Given : Base BC, a base angle, say ÐB and the sum AB + AC of the other two sides of a triangle ABC
Steps of Construction X
D

Y
A

B C
(i) Draw the base BC and at the point B make an angle, say XBC equal to the given angle.
(ii) Cut a line segment BD equal to AB + AC from the ray BX.
(iii) Join DC and make an angle DCY equal to Ð BDC.
(iv) Let CY intersect BX at A (see fig.)
Then, ABC is the required triangle.

NOTE :
The construction of the triangle is not possible if the sum AB + AC £ BC.
ILLUSTRATION : 1
Construct a triangle ABC, in which BC = 3.5 cm, ÐB = 30° and AB + AC = 6.4 cm
SOLUTION :
Steps of Construction :
(i) Draw BC = 3.5 cm.
(ii) Draw ÐCBX = 30°
(iii) From ray BX, cut-off line segment BD equal to AB + AC i.e. 6.4 cm.
(iv) Join CD.
(v) Draw the perpendicular bisector of CD meeting BD at A.
(vi) Join CA to obtain the required triangle ABC.
Hence, DABC is the required triangle.
 EBD_7802
360 Mathematics

D
A

B C

To Construct a Triangle Given its Base, a Base Angle and the Difference of the
Other Two Sides
Given : The base BC, a base angle, say Ð B and the difference of other two sides AB – AC or AC – AB.
Case (I) : Let AB > AC that is AB – AC is given.
Steps of Construction
X
A

D P

B C
Q
(i) Draw the base BC and at point B make an angle say XBC equal to the given angle.
(ii) Cut the line segment BD equal to AB – AC from ray BX.
(iii)Join DC and draw the perpendicular bisector, say PQ of DC.
(iv) Let it intersect BX at a point A. Join AC (see fig.)
Then ABC is the required triangle.
Case (II) : Let AB < AC that is AC – AB is given.
Steps of Construction

A
P
B C

D
Q
(i) Draw the base BC and at B make an angle XBC equal to the given angle.
(ii) Cut the line segment BD equal to AC – AB from the line BX extended on opposite side of line segment BC.
(iii) Join DC and draw the perpendicular bisector, say PQ of DC.
(iv) Let PQ intersect BX at A. Join AC (see fig.) Then, ABC is the required triangle.
Constructions 361

ILLUSTRATION : 2
Construct a DABC, given that BC = 4.6 cm, AC – AB = 2.2 cm and ÐB = 45°

SOLUTION :
Steps of Construction
(i) Draw BC = 4.6 cm.
(ii) Draw ray XY, passing through the point B as shown, such that ÐCBX = 45°
(iii) With B as centre and radius 2.2 cm draw an arc to intersect ray BY at D.
(iv) Join DC and draw its perpendicular bisector to intersect ray BX at A.
(v) Join CA. Then, ABC is the required triangle.

45°
C
B 4.6cm
E

D
Y

To Construct a Triangle, Given its Perimeter and its Two Base Angles
Given : The base angles, say Ð B and Ð C and BC + CA + AB.
Steps of Construction
(i) Draw a line segment, say XY equal to BC + CA + AB.
(ii) Make angles LXY equal to Ð B and MYX equal to Ð C.
(iii) Bisect Ð LXY and Ð MYX. Let these bisectors intersect at a point A . (see fig (i))

L M
A

X Y
Fig (i)

(iv) Draw perpendicular bisectors PQ of AX and RS of AY.

 EBD_7802
362 Mathematics
(v) Let PQ intersect XY at B and RS intersect XY at C. Join AB and AC. (see fig (ii))

L M
P A R

B C
X Y
Q S
Fig (ii)

Then ABC is the required triangle.

ILLUSTRATION : 3
Construct a right triangle with perimeter 13 cm and one angle of 30°.
SOLUTION :
Steps of Construction :
(i) Draw XY of length 13 cm.
(ii) Draw ÐPXY = 30° and ÐXYQ = 90°
(iii) Draw bisectors of ÐPXY and ÐXYQ meeting each other at A.
(iv) Draw right bisectors of AX and AY which meets XY at B and C respectively.
(v) Join AB and AC.
\ DABC is the required triangle.

Q
P

15° 45°
X B C Y

Important Formulae, Terms and Definitions

Construction 1: To construct a triangle given its base, a base angle and sum of other two sides.
Construction 2: To construct a triangle given its base, a base angle and the difference of the other two sides.
Construction 3: To construct a triangle given its perimeter and its two base angles.
Constructions 363
 EBD_7802
364 Mathematics

EXERCISE 11.1
1. Construct an angle of 90° at the initial point
of a given ray and justify the construction.
Sol. Steps of Construction : K

G D P
E
K
B C A

M Step 3. Again take C as center and radius

T S = BC we draw an arc which is intersecting the
previous arc at D.
P R Q Step 4. Again repeating the process and take
Step 1. Draw PQ of any length. D as centre and radius as BC we draw an arc
Step 2. With P as centre and any radius, draw intersecting the first arc at E.
an arc as shown intersecting PQ at R. Step 5. Now With D and E as centres and
Step 3. With R as centre and radius = PR, draw radius > ED, draw two arcs which are
intersecting each other at K . Also let BK
an arc in tersecting the previous arc
intersect the arc ED at G.
at S.
Step 4. Again with S as centre and same Now Ð ABK = 90°
radius = PR, draw an arc intersecting the first Step 6. Take G and C as centre, and radius
arc at T. 1
> CG , draw two arcs which are intersecting
Step 5. Again with S and T as centres and 2
1 each other at P. Now Ð ABP = 45° .
radius > TS, draw two arcs intersecting each
2
other at K. Proof. We have Ð ABK = 90° and BP is its
Join PK. bisector.
Step 6. ÐQPK = 90°. \ Ð ABP = 45°
Proof : Clearly RS makes an angle of 60° at P 3. Construct the angles of the following
and ST also makes an angle of 60°. Since M is measurements:
the mid-point of TS. 1
\ MS makes an angle of 30° at P. (i) 30° (ii) 22 °
2
Hence, ÐQPK = 90°. (iii) 15°
2. Construct an angle of 45° at the initial point Sol. (i) 30°
of a given ray and justify the construction. Steps of Construction:
Sol. Steps of Construction: Step 1. Draw a line OA
Step 1. First we draw a line BA Step 2. By taking O as centre and any radius
Step 2. Take B as centre and any radius we we draw an arc, which is intersecting OA, at a
draw an arc which is intersecting AB at C. point B.
Constructions 365

E 5. Now, Draw the ray OE which is passing

through C. Thus Ð EOA = 60°
C 6. Draw the ray OF passing through D. Then
D
Ð EOF = 60°.
7. Now, Again with C and D as centres and
1
B radius > CD, we draw two arcs which
O A 2
Step 3. Now, By taking B as centre and same intersect each other, at G.
radius as before, again draw an arc which is 8. Again draw the ray OG. Which is the
intersecting the previous arc at a point C. bisector of the angle FOE, i.e.,
Step 4. Draw the line (ray) OE which is passing 1
ÐFOG = ÐEOG =
through C. Then Ð EOA becomes 60° 1 2
ÐFOE = (60°) = 30°
Step 5. Now, Taking B and C as centres and 2
1 Thus, Ð GOA = Ð GOE + Ð EOA
with the radius > BC, me draw arcs which
2 = 30° + 60° = 90°
intersect each other at D.
9. Now, Once again with O as centre and
Step 6. Draw the ray OD. This ray is the
any radius, draw an arc which intersect
bisector of the ÐEOA, i.e.,
the rays OA and OG, at H and I
1 respectively.
Þ Ð EOD = Ð AOD =
2 10. Now, By taking H and I as centres and
1 1
ÐEOA = (60°) = 30° with the radius > HI, we draw arcs
2 2
1
(ii) 22 ° which intersect each other at J.
2
11. Again as in the previous manner draw the
1
Required : To construct an angle of 22 ° . ray OJ which is the bisector of the angle
2 GOA.
Steps of Construction : 1
1. Draw a ray OA. i.e., ÐGOJ = ÐAOJ = ÐGOA
2
2. Taking O as centre and any radius, draw 1
an arc, which intersects OA, at B. = (90°) = 45°
2
3. Now, By taking B as centre and same 12. Thus, again consider O as centre and any
radius as before, draw an arc which is radius, draw an arc to intersect the rays
intersecting the previous arc, at C. OA and OJ, at K and L respectively.
13. Next, Consider K and L as centres and
G 1
E the radius > KL, draw arcs to intersect
F 2
I J
M each other, at M.
D C L
14. Draw the ray OM which is the bisector of
the angle AOJ, i.e.,
ÐJOM = Ð AOM
O BH K A 1 1 1
4. Again with C as centre and same radius = ÐAOJ = (45°) = 22 °
2 2 2
as before, draw an arc which intersects (iii) 15°
the arc drawn in Steps of construction :
step 2, at D. Consider a ray QA
 EBD_7802
366 Mathematics
Required : To construct an angle of 15° at O.
1. Consider O as centre and take any radius. G H
Draw an arc which intersects OA at B.
2. Take B as centre and the same radius as Q
before, draw an arc which is intersecting E F D
the arc drawn in step 1, at C.
75°
E
A C B
C D Step 4. Taking D as centre and with radius
F AC, draw an arc which is intersecting the same
G
arc at E.
Step 5. With D and E as centres, draw two
O B A 1
arcs with radius > DE, which intersect
3. Join the ray OE which is passing through 2
C such that Ð EOA = 60° at G.
4. Now, Consider B and C as centres and Now , Ð BAG = 90° .
1 Step 6. Again consider D and F as centres and
the radius > BC, draw arcs which
2 1
radius > FD , draw two arcs which are in-
intersect each other, at D. 2
tersecting each other at Q.
5. Draw the ray OD which is intersecting
the arc drawn in step 1 at F and is the Step 7. Join AQ. which is bisector of angle
bisector of the angle EOA, i,e., GAH.
1 te- ÐGAQ = ÐQAH
ÐEOD = ÐAOD = ÐEOA
2 1 1 1
= (60°) = 30° = ÐGAH = ( 30° ) = 15°
2 2 2
6. Now, take B and F as centres and the ra- Thus, ÐQAB = ÐQAH + ÐHAB
1 = 15 + 60° = 75°
dius more than BF, draw arcs which Now Ð BAQ = 75°
2
intersect each other, at G. On measuring the ÐBAQ by protractor, we
7. Draw the ray OG. which is the bisector of find ÐBAQ = 75°
the angle AOD, i.e., Thus, the construction is verified.
1 (ii) Steps of Construction:
ÐDOG = ÐAOG = ÐAOD
2 Step 1. Draw a ray AB of 5 cm.
1 Step 2. Consider A as centre and any radius,
= (30°) = 15°
2 draw an arc which intersects AB at C.
4. Construct the following angles and verify by Step 3. Taking C as centre and radius AC as
measuring them by a protractor. before draw an arc intersecting the previous
(i) 75° (ii) 105° (iii) 135° arc at D.
Sol. (i) Steps of Constructions :
Step 1. Draw a ray AB of 5 cm. M F
Step 2. Taking A as centre and any radius, we G
L
draw an arc which intersects AB at C.
Step 3. Next, Consider C as centre and with
radius AC, draw an arc which is intersecting K D
E 105°
the previous arc drawn in step 2 at D.
A C B
Constructions 367
Step 4. Consider D as centre and radius as Step 5. Again with E as centre and same ra-
before, draw an arc intersecting the same arc dius as before, draw another arc which cuts
at E. the same arc at F.
Step 5. Draw ray AG which is passing through Step 6. With centres at E and F and radius
D such that ÐGAB = 60°
1
Step 6. Draw ray AL which is passing through > EF , draw two arcs intersecting each other
E such that ÐLAG = 60° 2
Step 7. With D and E as centres, draw two at G.
1 Thus ÐABG = 135°
arcs with radius > DE , which intersect at F Step 7. With centres at K and E and radius
2
and previous arc at K. 1
Ray AF is the brisector of ÐLAG. > KE, draw 2 arcs intersect at H.
2
\ ÐLAF = ÐGAF
Now Ð ABH = 135° .
1 1
= ÐLAG = ( 60° ) = 30° 5 Construct an equilateral triangle, given its
2 2 side and justify the construction.
Thus, ÐFAB = ÐFAG + ÐGAB Sol. Given a side (say 6 cm) of an equilateral
= 30° + 60° = 90° triangle.
Step 8. Now, taking K and E as centres draw We have to construct the equilateral triangle
1 and justify the construction.
two arcs with radius > KE , which Steps of construction :
2
intersects, at M. 1. Draw a ray AX with starting point A.
Draw ray AM which is bisector of ÐLAF. From AX, cut off AB of 6 cm.
2. Consider A as centre and radius (= 6 cm),
1 draw an arc, which intersects the ray
\ ÐLAM = (30°) = 15° Thus, ÐMAB
2 AX, at B.
= 15° + 90° = 105°
On measuring ÐMAB by protactor, we find F E
C
ÐBAL = 105°
Thus, the construction is verified
Now Ð BAL = 105° .
(iii) Steps of Construction:
Step 1. Draw BA = 5 cm. A B X
Step 2. With B as centre and any radius, draw 3. Now, consider B as centre and with the
an arc which intersects BA at C. radius as before, draw an arc which is
Step 3. Now with C as centre and radius BC intersecting the previous arc, at C.
draw an arc which intersects the previous arc Draw the ray AE passing through C.
at D.
4. Next, taking B as centre and radius
H (= 6 cm), draw an arc, which intersects
AX, at A.
E D 5. Taking A as centre and with the same
G radius as before, draw an arc intersecting
F the previously drawn arc, at C.
B C A
Draw the ray BF passing through C.
Step 4. Again with D as centre and radius as
before, draw an arc which intersects the same 6. Then DABC is the required triangle with
arc at E. side 6 cm.
 EBD_7802
368 Mathematics
Justification : 1. Draw the base BC of 8 cm.
AB = BC [By construction] 2. From the point B, draw a ray BX and
AB = AC [By construction] make an ÐXBC = 45° at the point B
\ AB = BC = CA 3. Cut the line segment BD equal to AB –
AC (= 1 cm) from the ray BX.
\ DABC is an equilateral triangle.
Join DC.
\ The construction is justified. 4. Draw the perpendicular bisector, say PQ
EXERCISE 11.2 of DC. which intersect the ray BX at a
point A.
1. Construct a triangle ABC in which BC = 7 5. Join AC.
cm, Ð B = 75° and AB + AC = 13 cm. Thus, ABC is the required triangle.
Sol. Given : In DABC, BC = 7 cm, Ð B 3. Construct a triangle PQR in which QR = 6 cm,
= 75° and AB + AC = 13 cm. Ð Q = 60° and PR – PQ = 2 cm.
We have To construct the triangle ABC.
Steps of Construction Sol. Given : In DPQR, QR = 6 cm, Ð Q = 60° and
1. Draw the base BC of 7 cm. PR – PQ = 2 cm.
2. Make an ÐXBC of 75° at the point B. We have to construct the DPQR.
3. From the ray BX cut a line segment BD Steps of Construction :
equal to AB + AC (= 13 cm).
1. Draw the base QR of 6 cm.
Join the ray DC.
2. Make an angle XQR = 60°. at the point
X Q.
D

X
13 cm

P
Y
A L
Q 60°
m

R
2c

75°
S
B 7 cm C M
4. Make an angle DCY which is equal to
Ð BDC. where CY intersect the ray BX 3. From the line QX extended on opposite
at A. side of line segment QR,
Thus, ABC is the required triangle. Cut line segment QS = PR – PQ (= 2 cm).
2. Construct a triangle ABC in which BC = 8 4. Join SR and Draw the perpendicular
cm, Ð B = 45° and AB – AC = 3.5 cm. bisector LM of SR.
Sol. Given : In DABC, BC = 8 cm, Ð B = 45° and 5. Now, we assume LM intersect the ray QX
AB – AC = 3.5 cm. at a point P.
We have To construct the triangle ABC. Now, we Join PR.
Steps of Construction : Thus, PQR is the required triangle.
X 4. Construct a triangle XYZ in which Ð Y =
A 30°, Ð Z = 90° and XY + YZ + ZX = 11 cm.
Sol. Given : In triangle XYZ, Ð Y = 30°, Ð Z = 90°
D P and XY + YZ + ZX = 11 cm.
cm

45° We have To construct the DXYZ.

3.5

B 8 cm C
Q
Constructions 369
Steps of Construction : Sol. Given : In right DABC, base PQ = 12 cm,
1. Draw a line segment AB = XY + YZ + ZX (= Ð P = 90° and AP + AQ = 18 cm.
11 cm).
We have to construct the right triangle APQ.
2. Make Ð LAB = Ð Y ( = 30°) and
Steps of Construction :
Ð MBA = Ð Z (= 90°).
3. Let Bisect the angle LAB and angle MBA. 1. Draw the base PQ of 12 cm.
and these bisectors meet at a point X. 2. Draw the ray PX and make an Ð XPQ of
90° at the point P.
M
D 3. Cut a line segment PD = AP + AQ (= 18 cm)
L from the ray PX.
X Join DQ.
F
X
30° 90°
A B D
Y 11cm Z
G C
E

18 cm
B
4. Draw perpendicular bisectors DE of XA A
and FG of XB.
5. Let DE intersect AB at Y and FG intersect 90°
P 12 cm Q
AB at Z.
Finally we Join XY and XZ. 4. Draw the perpendicular bisector BC of
Then, XYZ is the required triangle. QD to intersect PD at a point A.
Join AQ.
5. Construct a right triangle whose base is 12
cm and sum of its hypotenuse and other side Then, APQ is the required right triangle.
is 18 cm.

Very Short Answer Questions [1 Mark] Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks]

1. Construct an angle of measure 75º, using 1. Construct an equilateral triangle PQR, when
compass and ruler. [2015] PQ = 5.5 cm. [2013]
2. Construct an obtuse angle and draw bisector of 2. Construct a triangle ABC, such that AB = 5 cm,
its supplement. [2016] BC = 4 cm and median AD = 5 cm. [2013]
3. Construct an acute angle and draw its bisector. 3. Draw any exterior angle of a triangle using
[2017] compass, bisect it. [2014]
4. Draw a line segment PQ = 8.4 cm. Divide it 3
into four equal parts, using ruler and compass. 4. Draw ÐDEF = 72º. Construct ÐDEF using a
4
[2017]
compass. [2014]
 EBD_7802
370 Mathematics
5. Construct a D XYZ in which ÐY = 90º, XY = 8 9. Construct a right triangle whose base is 4 cm and
cm and XY – ZY = 4 cm. [2014] sum of its hypotenuse and other side is 8 cm.
6. Construct a triangle XYZ in which ÐY = 30º, [2016]
ÐZ = 90º and XY + YZ + ZX = 11 cm.[2015] 10. Draw a line segment SR of length 10 cm. Divide
7. Using protractor, draw an angle of 52º. Using it into 4 equal parts using compass. [2017]
compass, divide this angle into two equal parts.
Long Answer Questions [4 Marks]
[2015]
8. Draw a line segment PQ = 12 cm and by ruler 1. Construct a DABC in which BC = 4.7 cm,
and compasses, obtain a point R on it such that ÐB = 45º and AB – AC = 2 cm. [2016]
RQ = 3 cm. Write steps of construction.[2016] 2. Construct a triangle ABC, in which ÐB = 60º,
ÐC = 45º and AB + BC + CA = 11 cm.[2017]

Very Short Answer Questions [1 Mark]

K
DIRECTIONS : Give answer in one word or one sentence. Y

1. Can we construct an angle of 67.5°? Justify for

your answer.
2. A triangle ABC can be constructed in which
ÐB = 105°, ÐC = 90° and AB + BC + AC = 10 cm.
A
State true or false and give reason.
3. A triangle ABC can be constructed in which
B C
ÐB = 60°, ÐC = 45° and AB + BC + CA = 12 cm. 12 cm
Write true or false and give reason for your
Long Answer Questions [4 Marks]
answer.
4. The construction of a DABC, given that BC = 5 cm, DIRECTIONS: Give answer in four to five sentences
ÐB = 45° is not possible when difference of AB 1. Construct a perpendicular bisector of a line
and AC is equal to 5.2 cm. Why? segment of length 6 cm. Write the steps of
Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks] construction and also justify your construction.
2. Construct a triangle ABC where base BC = 6 cm,
DIRECTIONS : Give answer in two to three sentences.
ÐABC = 60° and AB + AC = 7 cm. Justify your
1. Construct D ABC where BC = 4.5 cm, AB = 3.5 cm construction.
and ÐB = 45°. 3. Construct a triangle ABC in which AB = 5.8 cm,
2. Construct a right triangle whose base is 12 cm BC + CA = 8.4 cm and ÐB = 60°.
and sum of its hypotenuse and other side is 18 cm. Justify your construction.
Constructions 371

Long Answer Questions [4 Marks] "Construct a triangle ABC whose sides BC, CA
1. Construct a triangle, whose perimeter is 12 cm and AB are respectively 5 cm, 8 cm and 2 cm."
and the ratio between its sides are 3 : 4 : 5. (i) What is the logic in awarding full marks
[HOTS] for a question which has not been
attempted?
2. Construct a DABC in which BC = 5.6 cm,
(ii) Comment on the behaviour of the school
AC – AB = 1.6 cm and ÐB = 45°. Justify your
administration. [VBQ]
construction. [HOTS]
5. Mohan and Sohan constructed a right angle.
3. Construct a right triangle in which one side is
Choose the correct option. What idea is depicted
3.5 cm and sum of the other side and
here? [VBQ]
hypotenuse is 5.5 cm. [HOTS]
4. In a school, the ninth class students were
awarded full marks for the following question
in the paper of Mathematics even when none of
the students attempted it:
Mohan Sohan

Exemplar MCQs (a) 3.2 cm (b) 3.1 cm

1. With the help of a ruler and a compass it is not (c) 3 cm (d) 2.8 cm
possible to construct an angle of 4. With the help of a ruler and a compass, it is
(a) 37.5º (b) 40º possible to construct an angle of:
(c) 22.5º (d) 67.5º (a) 35° (b) 40°
2. The construction of DABC, given that BC = 6 cm, (c) 37.5° (d) 47.5°
ÐB = 45º is not possible when difference of AB 5. The construction of a triangle ABC in which
and AC is equal to AB = 4 cm, ÐA = 60° is not possible when
(a) 6.9 cm (b) 5.2 cm difference of BC and AC is equal to:
(c) 5.0 cm (d) 4.0 cm (a) 3.5 cm (b) 4.5 cm
3. The construction of a DABC, given that BC = 3 cm, (c) 3 cm (d) 2.5 cm
ÐC = 60º is possible when difference of AB and
AC is equal to
 EBD_7802
372 Mathematics

CHAPTER TEST

Time : 30 Min. Max. Marks : 20

Directions : (i) Attempt all questions

(ii) Question 1 and 2 carry 1 mark each.
(iii) Question 3 and 4 carry 2 marks each.
(iv) Question 5, 6 and 7 carry 3 marks each.
(v) Question 8 carries 5 marks.

1. Draw an angle of 60° using a ruler and compass and bisect it i.e. construct an angle of 30°.
2. Construct the perpendicular bisector of line segment whose length = 8 cm
3. Using a protractor, draw an angle of measure 72°. With this angle as given, draw an angle of
measure 36°.
4. Construct an angle of 75° at the initial point of a given ray. Justify the construction.
5. Construct a right angled triangle whose base is 4 cm and sum of its hypotenuse and other side is 8 cm.
6. Construct a DABC whose perimeter is 14 cm and sides are in the ratio 2:3:4.
7. Construct a triangle ABC in which AB = 5.8 cm, BC + CA = 8.4 cm and ÐB = 60°.
8. Construct a triangle PQR whose perimeter is equal to 14 cm, ÐP = 45° and ÐQ = Ð60°.
Constructions 373

Short Answer Questions

1. Steps of Construction
Very Short Answer Questions (i) We draw line segment PQ = 5.5 cm.
1. C (ii) Take P as centre and radius 5.5 cm. Draw
F
an arc.
(iii) Now take Q as centre and radius 5.5 cm.
Draw an arc to cut the previous arc at R.
E 75º (iv) Now join PR and QR
D
PQR is the required equilateral triangle.
A B
R
2. ÐBOA is an obtuse angle & PO is the bisector
of its supplement (ÐBOC).
By construction ÐBOP = ÐCOP
B
5.5 cm 5.5 cm

P 5.5 cm Q
C O A 2. Steps of Construction
3. Suppose there is an acute angle ÐBAC = 60º (i) We draw a line segment BC = 4 cm.
C (ii) We bisect BC at D.

A
E D

B
5 cm

A P
Here, AD is the bisector of acute angle of 60º.
4. Q PQ = 8.4 cm
D
B 4 cm C

(iii) Now from B and D, we draw arcs at

distances 5 cm each on the same side of
P R S T Q BC, which cut each other at A.
(iv) We join AB and AC.
So, DABC is the required triangle.
3. Steps of Construction
(i) We construct a DABC.
8.4 (ii) Produce BC in the direction of C upto E.
Here, PR = RS = ST = TQ = = 2.1 cm
2
 EBD_7802
374 Mathematics

A 6. Given : In triangle XYZ, Ð Y = 30°, Ð Z = 90°

and XY + YZ + ZX = 11 cm.
D We have To construct the DXYZ.
Steps of Construction :
F 1. Draw a line segment AB = XY + YZ + ZX
(= 11 cm).
E
B C G 2. Make Ð LAB = Ð Y ( = 30°) and Ð MBA
(iii) Here ACE is the exterior angle. = Ð Z (= 90°).
(iv) With C as centre draw an arc FG. 3. Let Bisect the angle LAB and angle MBA.
(v) With F & G as centre draw two arcs cutting and these bisectors meet at a point X.
each other at D.
(vi) CD is the required bisector.
4. Steps of Construction D
M
(i) We draw ÐDEF = 72º (Using protactor).
(ii) We bisect it. Suppose the bisected angle L
be ÐDEK. X
F
D G
K 30° 90°
A Z B
Y 11cm
E G
º
72
F 4. Draw perpendicular bisectors DE of XA
E and FG of XB.
(iii) Now bisect ÐDEK.
3 5. Let DE intersect AB at Y and FG intersect
(iv) Here ÐGEF = ÐDEF . AB at Z.
4
5. Since, XY – ZY = 4 cm & XY = 8 cm Finally we Join XY and XZ.
\ ZY = XY – 4 = 8 – 4 = 4 cm
Steps of Construction : Then, XYZ is the required triangle.
(i) Draw the base line XY = 8 cm. 7. Using protactor draw ÐBAC = 52°
(ii) Now, at the point Y, we construct an angle C
90º so, ÐPYX = 90º.
(iii) Now with Y as centre radius = 4 cm, cut
the line PY at Z.
(iv) Join XZ. D
Therefore, DXYZ is the required triangle.
P Q 26°
26°
B
A P
Z Here AD is the bisector of 52º.
8. Steps of Construction :
(i) Draw a line segment PQ = 12 cm
(ii) Draw perpendicular bisector to PQ dividing
4 cm

it into two equal parts at S.

(iii) Now draw a perpendicular bisector to line
SQ dividing it into two equal parts at R.
90º
X So, QR = 3 cm.
Y 8 cm
Constructions 375

F A H

S Q
P
R
3 cm
12 cm

J E K
S 10 cm R

9. Steps of Construction
(i) We draw a ray BX and cut off line segment
BC = 4 cm.
(ii) We construct ÐXBY = 90º.
(iii) Now from BY cut off line segment BD = 8
cm.
(iv) We join CD.
(v) We draw the ^ bisector of CD that intersect G B I
BD at A.
(vi) We join AC, then ABC is the required
triangle. Long Answer Questions
1. Steps of Construction
Y
(i) Draw a line segment BC = 4.7 cm and at
D point B construct an angle of 45º, i.e.,
ÐXBC = 45°.
8 cm

X
A

90º A
X
B 4 cm C

10. Steps of Construction

(i) Draw a line SR = 10 cm
(ii) We divided it into half as taken arc of more P
than half length of the line and place point D
at S. We make two arcs on both sides of the
line. Then repeat the same for point R. C
Meeting the two arcs from R with the two B 4.7 cm
arcs from S, at A & B above & below the Q
line SR respectively.
(iii) Join AB, meeting line SR at E. So SE = ER. (ii) Cut the line segment BD = 2 cm on ray
(iv) We divide SE and ER into two equal BX.
parts for getting four equal parts of line, (iii) We join DC and draw the perpendicular
SR = 10 cm. bisector PQ of DC.
(v) Now repeating steps (ii) & (iii) for lines (iv) Here the perpendicular bisector intersects
SE and ER, we have FG and HI. BX at point A. Join AC.
Hence, length of four sections So, DABC is the required triangle.
SJ = JE = EK = KR = 2.5 cm
 EBD_7802
376 Mathematics
2. Steps of Construction
D
(i) Draw a line segment XY = 11 cm
X A
(ii) Construct an angle PXY = 60º and an angle
ÐQYX = 45º
(iii) Bisect ÐPXY and ÐQYX. These bisectors
intersect each other at point A.
(iv) Draw perpendicular bisectors ST of XA
and UV of YA. Here, perpendicular
bisector ST intersects XY at B and UV B C
intersects XY at C.
2. Steps of Construction :
(v) Join AB & AC.
So, DABC is the required triangle. (i) Draw BC of length 12 cm.
(ii) At B, draw ÐCBK = 90°
U (iii) Along BK, cut off BY of length 18 cm. Join
S P Q
C to Y.
(iv) Draw the right bisectors of CY, which meet
A BY at A.
(v) Join A and C.
DABC is the required triangle.
X B C Y Long Answer Questions
V
T 1. Steps of Construction :
(i) Draw a line segment AB of length 6 cm.
(ii) Taking A and B as centres and radius more
than ½AB, draw arcs on both sides of the
Very Short Answer Questions line segment AB (to intersect each other).
135° 1
1. Yes, because 67.5° = = (90° + 45°) P
2 2
which can be constructed.
2. False, because ÐB + ÐC = 105° + 90°
= 195° > 180°. A B
M
3. True, because ÐB + ÐC = 60° + 45°
= 105° < 180°.
4. Since one side of the triangle becomes greater Q
than the sum of the other two sides.
Short Answer Questions (iii) Let these arcs intersect each other at P and
Q. Join PQ.
1. Steps of Construction : (iv) Let PQ intersect AB at the point M. Then
(i) Draw BC = 4.5 cm. line PMQ is the required perpendicular
(ii) At the point B, draw ray BX, such that bisector of AB.
ÐCBX = 90° Justification:
(iii) Draw the bisector BD of ÐCBX. Join A and B to both P and Q to form AP, AQ,
(iv) With B as centre and taking a radius of BP and BQ.
3.5 cm, draw an arc, intersecting BD at A. In triangles PAQ and PBQ,
(v) Join BA and AC. AP = BP (Arcs of equal radii)
ABC is the required triangle. AQ = BQ (Arcs of equal radii)
Constructions 377
PQ = PQ (common) (ii) Draw ÐABX = 60°
Therefore, DAPQ @ DBPQ (SSS rule) (iii) From ray BX, cut off line segment
So, ÐAPQ = ÐBPQ BD = BC + CA = 8.4 cm.
or ÐAPM = ÐBPM (C.P.C.T.) (iv) Join AD
Now in triangles PMA and PMB,
AP = BP (As before) X
PM = PM (Common) D
ÐAPM = ÐBPM (Proved above)
Therefore, DPMA @ DPMB (SAS rule)
So, AM = BM and ÐAMP = ÐBMP (C.P.C.T.)
As ÐAMP + ÐBMP = 180° (Linear pair axiom)
we get ÐAMP + ÐAMP = 180°
Þ ÐAMP = 90° C
Therefore, PM, that is PMQ is the perpendicular
bisector of AB.
2. Steps of Construction : 60°
(i) Draw the base BC = 6 cm. A B
5.8 cm
(ii) Using ruler and compass, draw an angle
YBC of 60° at B. (v) Draw the perpendicular bisector of AD
meeting BD at C.
Y (vi) Join AC to obtain the required triangle
D ABC.
Justification:
Clearly, C lies on the perpendicular bisector of
7 cm AD.
\ CA = CD
X A Now, BD = 8.4 cm
Þ BC + CD = 8.4 cm
Þ BC + CA = 8.4 cm
60°
B C Hence, DABC is the required triangle.
6 cm

(iii) Cut BD equal to BA + AC = 7 cm from the

ray BY.
(iv) Join DC and make an angle DCX equal to Long Answer Questions
BDC. 1. Steps of Construction:
(v) Let CX intersect BY at A. (i) Draw a line-segment PQ of length 12 cm.
(vi) Thus ABC is the required triangle where (ii) From P, draw a ray PX making an acute
BA + AC = 7 cm. angle with PQ.
Justification: (iii) Sum of the ratio = 3 + 4 + 5 = 12.
First base BC and Ð B are drawn as given in (iv) Mark points X1, X2, X3, .........., X12 on ray
figure. PX; such that PX1 = X1X2 = X2X3
Now, in D ACD = ................. = X11X12
Ð ACD = Ð ADC (By construction) (v) Join X12 to Q. From the point X7 and X3
\ AC = AD draw X7 B || X3A || X12 Q.
Now, AB = BD – AD = BD – AC (vi) Taking A as centre and AP as radius, draw
Þ AB + AC = BD an arc.
3. Steps of Construction : (vii) Taking B as centre and BQ as radius, draw
another arc which intersects the previous
(i) Draw AB = 5.8 cm
arc of step (vi) at C.
 EBD_7802
378 Mathematics
(viii) Join AC and BC. Then, DABC is the required (v) Draw the perpendicular bisector of CD
triangle. intersecting BD at a point A.
C
(vi) Join AC.
So, ABC is the required triangle.
4. (i) Here, sum of two sides of a triangle is not
greater than third side i.e. 5 + 2 < 8.
Therefore, the required triangle is not
P
A B
Q formed.
X1 X2 X
3 X
(ii) This behaviour of the school administration
4 X5 X is praised worthy. This type of actions get
6 X7
X8 X
9 X10 X denoslazied the students.
11 X12 X
5. Mohan is correct whereas Sohan is wrong.
2. Steps of Construction: Value: Universal Truth
(i) Draw BC = 5.6 cm. NTSE Past Year MCQs
(ii) At B, construct ÐCBX = 45°. 1. (b) By a ruler and a compass, we can construct
(iii) Produce XB to X¢ to form line X BX¢ the angles, 90º, 75º, 135°, 45º, 30º and their
(iv) From ray BX¢, cut-off line segment bisectors. Therefore, it is not possible to
BD = 1.6 cm construct an angle of 40º.
(v) Join CD 2. (a) Since BC = 6 cm and ÐB = 45º
AB + BC < AC for no possibility of triangle
ABC
Þ BC < AC – AB
Therefore,6 < AC – AB
Hence, if AC – AB = 6.9 cm, construction
of DABC with given conditions will not be
possible.
3. (d) Since BC = 3 cm and ÐC = 60º
As the construction of a triangle is possible,
if sum of two sides is greater than the third
side of the triangle.
3. Given one side = 3.5 cm and sum of other side So, AB + BC > AC
and hypotenuse = 5.5 cm. \ BC > AC – AB
Steps of Construction:
(i) Draw line segment BC = 3.5 cm. Therefore, 3 > AC – AB [Q BC = 3 cm]
(ii) Construct ÐCBY = 90°. Hence, if AC – AB = 2.8 cm, construction
(iii) From BY cut off a line segment BD = 5.5 cm. of DABC is possible.
4. (c) 37.5° (30° + 7.5°)
5. (b) 4.5 cm
Difference of any two sides of a triangle is
less than the third side.

5.5 cm
1.
Y

C f
F
60°
30°
3.5 cm A B
(iv) Join CD. X
Constructions 379
Steps of construction:
(i) Draw a ray AX.
B
(ii) With the vertex A as centre and taking a X
suitable radius, draw an arc to cut AX at
B. Q R
(iii) Taking B as centre and with the same
radius as before, draw an arc which cut the 72°
arc at C. O P A
(iv) Draw a ray AY through C which form an Step - I Draw a ray OA as shown in Fig.
angle YAX = 60° Step -II With the help of a protractor construct
(v) Next taking B and C as centres and with an angle AOB of measure 72°.
1 Step -III With centre O and a convenient radius
the radius more than BC, draw arcs to draw an arc cutting sides OA and OB at P and
2 Q respectively.
intersect each other, say at F. Step -IV With centre P and radius more than
(vi) Draw the ray AF which bisects the angle
XAY. Then ÐXAF = 30° 1
(PQ), draw an arc.
2. Steps of construction: 2
Step -V With centre Q and the same radius,
as in the previous step, draw another arc
C intersecting the arc drawn in the previous step
at R.
Step VI Join OR and produce it to form ray
OX.
The angle ÐAOX so obtained is the required
A M X angle of measure 36°.
B
Verification: Measure ÐAOX and ÐBOX. You
8 cm
will find that ÐAOX = ÐBOX = 36°.
D 4. Steps of Construction:
(i) Draw a ray AB. Construct an angle 60°,
say ÐCAB.
(i) Draw a ray AX. (ii) Now, draw ÐCAD = 60°
(ii) Cut off AB = 8 cm with A as initial point. (iii) Construct angle bisector AE of ÐCAD.
(iii) Taking A and B as centres and radius more Now, ÐCAE = 30°
(iv) Next, construct angle bisector AF of
1
than AB, draw arcs on both sides of the ÐCAE. ÐCAF = 15°
2 Hence, ÐBAF = 75° is obtained
line segment AB. Justification:
(iv) Suppose these two arcs intersect each other
at C and D. E
(v) Join CD, which is the required D F
perpendicular bisector. C
(vi) Let CD intersect AB at the point M.
Then CMD is the required perpendicular
bisector of AB. i.e. AM = MB and ÐAMC 75°
= ÐBMC = 90°. A B
3. We follow the following steps to draw an angle We have ÐBAC = 60°
of 36° from an angle of 72°. and ÐCAD = 60°.
Steps of Construction Now, AE bisect & ÐCAD = 60°
1
Then, ÐCAE = × 60° = 30°.
2
 EBD_7802
380 Mathematics
Further, AF bisects ÐCAE. (ix) Join AB and AC.
1 Then, D ABC is the required triangle.
Then, ÐCAF = ÐCAE 7. Steps of Construction:
2 Step - I Draw AB = 5.8 cm.
1 Step - II Draw ÐABX = 60°.
= × 30° = 15°. Step -III From ray BX, cut off line segment BD
2
Hence, ÐBAF = ÐBAC + ÐCAF = BC + CA = 8.4 cm
= 60° + 15° = 75°. Step - IV Join AD.
5. Steps of Construction: Step - V Draw the perpendicular bisector of AD
meeting BD at C.
Y Step - VI Join AC to obtain the required triangle
ABC.
D
X
D
8 cm
A C

8.4
cm
90°
B 4 cm C X
60°
(i) Draw a ray BX and cut off a line segment A B
BC = 4 cm from it. 5.8 cm
(ii) Draw ÐCBY = 90° and cut off BD = 8 cm. Justification: Clearly, C lies on the
(iii) Join CD and draw its perpendicular bisector perpendicular bisector of AD.
meeting BD at A. \ CA = CD
(iv) Join CA. Then ABC is the r equired Now, BD = 8.4 cm
triangle. Þ BC + CD = 8.4 cm
6. Steps of construction Þ BC + CA = 8.4 cm
(i) Draw a line segment PQ = 14 cm. Hence, DABC is the required triangle.
(ii) Draw a ray PX, making an acute angle with 8. To draw DPQR, follow the following steps:
PQ and drawn in the downward direction. Steps of Construction
(iii) From P, set off (2 + 3 + 4) = 9 equal Step - I Draw a line segment XY = 14 cm
distances along PX. Step -II Construct ÐYXD = ÐP = 45° and
(iv) Mark points L, M, N on PX such that PL ÐXYE = ÐQ = 60°
= 2 units, LM = 3 units and MN = 4 units. Step - III Draw the bisectors of angles ÐYXD
and ÐXYE mark their point of intersection as
A
Q R.
C Step - IV Draw right bisectors of RX and RY
B meeting XY at P and Q respectively.
P Step - V Join PR and QR to obtain the required
L triangle PQR.
M D E
N X
(v) Join NQ.
(vi) Through L and M, draw LB ||NQ, and
MC || NQ, cutting PQ at B and C respectively. R
(vii) With B as centre and radius BP, draw an
arc.
(viii) With C as centre and radius CQ, draw 45° 60°
another arc, cutting the previous arc at A. X P Q Y
 12 HERON’S FORMULA

AREA OF TRIANGLE
As we all know, the perimeter of the triangle = sum of length of its three sides
1
and Area of a triangle = × Base × Height.
2 A
Using above formulae, we get.

2 ´ Area height
(i) Base of Triangle =
Height
D
B C
2 ´ Area
(ii) Height of Triangle = Base
Base
Unit of measurement for area of any plane figure is taken as square metre (m 2) or square centimetre
(cm2), etc.
Note that when the triangle is right angled, we can directly apply the formula by using two sides containing
the right angle as base and height.

AREA OF RIGHT ANGLED TRIANGLE

1
Area of right triangle = ´ base ´ height
2

HERON’S FORMULA
In some cases, length of each side of the triangle are given but height of the triangle is neither given nor we
are able to find in any way, then to find the area of such type of triangle, we use Heron’s formula which is
given below.

Area of a triangle = s( s - a)(s - b)( s - c)

where a, b, c are length of the sides of a triangle and s is the semi-perimeter of the triangle i.e.

a+b+c
s= 2
Note that this formula is applicable to all types of triangles whether it is right angle triangle or equilateral
triangle.
 EBD_7802
382 Mathematics
AREA OF AN ISOSCELES TRIANGLE BY USING HERON’S FORMULA
If one of the equal side of an isosceles triangle is a and the third side is b then the semi perimeter of isosceles
triangle is
a + a + b 2a + b
s= =
2 2
Heron’s formula = s ( s - a ) ( s - b) ( s - c )

æ 2a + b ö æ 2a + b ö æ 2a + b ö æ 2a + b ö
Area of isosceles triangle = ç ÷ç - a÷ ç -b÷ ç - a÷
è 2 øè 2 øè 2 øè 2 ø
(2a + b) b 2a - b b
= ´ ´ ´
2 2 2 2
b b
= (2a + b) (2a - b) = 4a 2 - b 2
4 4
b
Area of isosceles triangle = 4a 2 - b 2
4
AREA OF EQUILATERAL TRIANGLE BY USING HERON’S FORMULA
a + a + a 3a
The length of one side of equilateral triangle is a then its semi perimeter be s = =
2 2
Therefore by Heron’s formula, area of equilateral triangle

3a æ 3a ö æ 3a ö æ 3a ö 3a a a a a 2 3
= ç - a÷ ç - a÷ ç - a÷ = ´ ´ ´ = sq. units
2 è 2 øè 2 øè 2 ø 2 2 2 2 4

a2 3
Area of equilateral triangle = sq. units
4
APPLICATION OF HERON’S FORMULA IN FINDING AREAS OF
QUADRILATERALS
Heron’s formula can be applied to find the area of a quadrilateral by dividing the quadrilateral into two
triangular parts. If we join any one of the two diagonals of the quadrilateral then we get two triangles. Area
of each triangle can be calculated and the sum of two areas is the area of the quadrilateral.
ILLUSTRATION : 1
Find the area of a quadrilateral ABCD in which AB = 3 cm, BC = 4 cm, CD = 4 cm, DA = 5 cm and
AC = 5 cm.
SOLUTION :
We divide the quadrilateral ABCD in two triangle ABC and ACD.
3+ 4+ 5
For D ABC, a = 3, b = 4, c = 5 and s = =6
2
Area (DABC) = s( s - a)(s - b)( s - c)

= 6(6 - 3)(6 - 4)(6 - 5) = 6 ´ 3 ´ 2 ´ 1 = 6 cm2

Heron’s Formula 383
Similarly, for DACD,
5+5+ 4 =7
a = 5 cm, b = 5 cm, c = 4 cm and s =
2

Area (D ACD) = s( s - a)(s - b)(s - c) = 7(7 - 5)(7 - 5)(7 - 4)

= 2
7 ´ 2 ´ 2 ´ 3 = 2 21cm
\ Area of quadrilateral ABCD = Area of triangle ABC + Area of triangle
ACD = 6 cm2 + 2 21cm 2

Important Formulae, Terms and Definitions

Area : Area of plane figure is measure of region enclosed by it.
Area of Triangle :
1
• By Altitude : Area = ´ base ´ height
2
• By Heron’s Formula : Triangle with sides as a, b, c
a+b+c
Semi-perimeter (s) = ; Area = s( s - a)(s - b)( s - c)
2
An Isosceles Right-angled Triangle
b
Isosceles triangle with equal side ‘a’ and base ‘b’ ; Area = 4a 2 - b2
4
Equilateral triangle
Equilateral triangle with side ‘a’ ;
3 3 2
Altitude = a and Area = a
2 4
 EBD_7802
384 Mathematics
Heron’s Formula 385

EXERCISE 12.1
1. A traffic signal board, indicating ‘SCHOOL
AHEAD’, is an equilateral triangle with side 122 m
‘a’. Find the area of the signal board, using 22 m
120 m
Heron’s Formula. If its perimeter is 180 cm,
what will be the area of the signal board?
Sol. Let a, b, c be the sides of given triangle.
Since, D is equilateral therefore ‘a’ = a, Sol. Let the sides of the wall be a, b and c.
‘b’ = a, ‘c’ = a \ a = 122 m, b = 22 m, c = 120 m
Now, we know,
a + b + c a + a + a 3a a + b + c 122 + 22 + 120
We know s = = = s= = m = 132 m
2 2 2 2 2
\ Area of the signal board \ Area of the wall
= s ( s - a)( s - b)( s - c) = s (s - a)(s - b)( s - c)
(By Heron’s formula) (By Heron’s formula)
= 132(132 - 122)(132 - 22)(132 - 120)
3a æ 3a öæ 3a öæ 3a ö
= ç - a ÷ç - a ÷ç - a ÷ = 132(10)(110)(12) = (12)(11)(10) m2 = 1320 m2
2è 2 øè 2 øè 2 ø
Now, 1 year = 12 months
3a æ a öæ a ö æ a ö 3 2 Given, Rent for 12 months per m2 = ` 5000
= ç ÷ç ÷ ç ÷ = a
2 è 2 øè 2 ø è 2 ø 4 5000
\ Rent for 1 month per m2 = `
12
Given Perimeter of D = 180 cm \ Rent for 3 months per m2
Þ a + b + c = 180 Þ a + a + a = 180 5000
=` ´ 3 = ` 1250
Þ a = 60 cm 12
\ Rent for 3 months of 1320 m2
= ` (1250 × 1320) = ` 1650000.
3 2 3. There is a slide in a park. One of its side walls
\ Area of the signal board = a
4 has been painted in some colour with a
(Q Signal board is an equilateral D) message “KEEP THE PARK GREEN AND
CLEAN” (see fig.). If the sides of the wall are
3 15 m, 11 m and 6 m, find the area painted in
= (60)2 = 900 3 cm 2
4 colour.
2. The triangular side walls of a flyover have
been used for advertisements. The sides of the
walls are 122 m, 22 m and 120 m (see figure).
6m

m
The advertisements yield an earning of ` 5000 11
per m2 per year. A company hired one of its KEEP THE PARK
walls for 3 months. How much rent did it pay? GREEN AND CLEAN
15m
 EBD_7802
386 Mathematics
Sol. Let the sides of the wall be a, b and c. 120 + 170 + 250 540
\ a = 15 m Þ s= = = 270 cm
2 2
b = 11 m
c=6m \ Area = s (s - a)( s - b)( s - c)
a+b+c = 270(270 - 120)(270 - 170)(270 - 250)
We know s=
2
= 270(150)(100)(20)
15 + 11 + 6
Þ s= m = 16m = (9 ´ 30)(5 ´ 30)(5 ´ 20)(20)
2
= (3) (30) (5) (20) cm2 = 9000 cm2.
\ Area painted in colour 6. An isosceles triangle has perimeter 30 cm and
= s(s - a)(s - b)(s - c) (By Heron’s formula) each of the equal sides is 12 cm. Find the area
of the triangle.
= 16(16 - 15)(16 - 11)(16 - 6) m 2 Sol. Let a, b, c be the sides of isoscele D.
Given, a = 12 cm, b = 12 cm
= 16(1)(5)(10) m 2 = 20 2 m 2 . Perimeter = 30 cm
Þ a + b + c = 30 Þ 12 + 12 + c = 30
4. Find the area of a triangle two sides of which
are 18 cm and 10 cm and the perimeter is Þ c = 30 – 24
42 cm. A
Sol. Let the sides of D be a, b and c.
Given a = 18 cm , b = 10 cm
cm

12
Perimeter = 42 cm

c
12

m
Þ a + b + c = 42
Þ 18 + 10 + c = 42
Þ c = 42 – 28 B D C
Þ c = 14 cm Þ c = 6 cm
a +b+c 42 a+b+c 12 + 12 + 6
Now, s = Þ s= = 21 cm Now, s = =
2 2 2 2
30
\ Area of the triangle = s (s - a)(s - b)( s - c) Þ s= cm = 15cm
2
= 21(21 - 18)(21 - 10)(21 - 14) \ Area of the triangle
= s ( s - a)( s - b)( s - c)
= 21(3)(11)(7) = (7)(3)(3)(11)(7)
= 15(15 - 12)(15 - 12)(15 - 6)
= (7)(3) 11 = 21 11cm2 .
5. Sides of a triangle are in the ratio of 12 : 17 : 25 = 15(3)(3)(9) = 9 15 cm 2 .
and its perimeter is 540 cm. Find its area. EXERCISE 12.2
Sol. Let the sides of the triangle be 12x, 17x and
25x cm. 1. A park, in the shape of a quadrilateral ABCD,
\ Perimeter = 12x + 17x + 25x = 54x has Ð C = 90°, AB = 9 m, BC = 12 m,
According to the question, 54x = 540 cm CD = 5 m and AD = 8 m. How much area
Þ x = 10 cm does it occupy?
\ Sides a, b and c of the triangle are given as Sol. Given a quadrilateral ABCD, with Ð C = 90°
a = 12 × 10 = 120 cm, b =17 × 10 = 170 cm, By joining BD, We get a diagonal
c = 25 × 10 = 250 cm \ Area of right triangle BCD
1
a+b+c = ´ Base ´ Height Where base = DC = 5m
\ s= 2
2 and height = BC = 12 m
Heron’s Formula 387
1 Therefore, DABC is right angled with
= ´ 5 ´ 12 = 30 m2
2 Ð B = 90°.
From right triangle BCD, \ Area of right angled triangle ABC
BD2 = BC2 + CD2 (By Pythagoras Theorem) 1 1
= (12)2 + (5)2 = 144 + 25 = 169 = ´ Base ´ Height = ´ 3 ´ 4 = 6 cm 2
2 2
Þ BD = 169 = 13m But, for DACD, the sides are a = 4 cm,
Now, we will find the area of DABD whose sides b = 5 cm, c = 5 cm
are a+b+c
D 5m C We have s =
2
8m

4 + 5 + 5 14
\ s= = = 7 cm
12m

A 2 2
9m \ Area of the DACD
= s (s - a)(s - b)( s - c)
B
a = 13 m, b = 8 m, c = 9 m (By Herson’s formula)
a + b + c 13 + 8 + 9 30 = 7(7 - 4)(7 - 5)(7 - 5)
\ s= = = = 15m
2 2 2
\ Area of the DABD = 7(3)(2)(2) = 2 21 cm 2
= s ( s - a)( s - b)( s - c) (By Heron’s formula) = 2 × 4.6 cm2 (approx.)
= 9.2 cm2 (approx.)
= 15(15 - 13)(15 - 8)(15 - 9) \ Area of the quadrilateral ABCD = Area of
= 15(2)(7)(6) = (3 ´ 5)(2)(7)(2 ´ 3) DABC + Area of DACD = 6 cm2 + 9.2 cm2
= 15.2 cm2. (approx.)
= 3 ´ 2 35 = 6 35 m 2 3. Radha made a picture of an aeroplane with
= 6 × 5.916 = 35.5 m2 (approx.) coloured paper as shown in figure. Find the
\ Area of the quadrilateral ABCD = Area of total area of the paper used.
DBCD + Area of DABD
= 30 m2 + 35.5 m2 = 65.5 m2 (approx.) 5 cm
Hence, the park occupies the area 65.5 m 2 .
6 cm
(approx.) I
2. Find the area of a quadrilateral ABCD in IV 1.5 cm V
which AB = 3 cm, BC = 4 cm, CD = 4 cm,
DA = 5 cm and AC = 5 cm.
Sol. Let ABCD be the quadrilateral such that 6.5 cm II
AB = 3 cm, BC = 4 cm, CD = 4 cm, DA = 5 cm
and AC = 5 cm.
Let AC be the diagonal which divides
quadrilateral in 2Ds ABC and ACD. III
1 cm

For DABC, we have , a = 4 cm, b = 5 cm, 2cm

Sol. For Triangular Area I, we have
c = 3 cm a = 5 cm, b = 5 cm, c = 1 cm
Since, a2 + c2 = b2 as the sides of the triangle
D 4 cm a + b + c 5 + 5 + 1 11
C \ s= = = = 5.5cm
2 2 2
\ Area of shaded region I
5 cm

4 cm
cm

= s (s - a)(s - b)( s - c)
5

A B = 5.5(5.5 - 5)(5.5 - 5)(5.5 - 1)

3 cm
 EBD_7802
388 Mathematics
\ Area of the triangle
= 5.5(.5)(.5)(4.5) = (.5) (5.5)(4.5)
= s ( s - a )( s - b )( s - c ) (By Heron’s formula)
= (.5) (.5)(11)(.5)(9) = (.5)(.5)(3) 11
= 42 ( 42 - 26 )( 42 - 28 )( 42 - 30 )
= 0.75 11 = 0.75(3.3)(approx.)
= 2.5 cm2 (approx.) = 42 (16 )(14 )(12 ) = ( 6 ´ 7 )16 ( 7 ´ 2 )( 6 ´ 2 )
Area of shaded region II = Area of rectangle
= 6.5 × 1 = 6.5 cm2. = 6 × 4 × 7 × 2 = 336 cm2
Let the height of the parallelogram be x cm.
For Area of shaded region III draw the figure Then, area of the parallelogram = Base × Height
1 cm = 28 × x cm2
Since, triangle and parallelogram have the same
area
336
1 cm

3 x=
cm \ 28x = 336 Þ Þ x = 12 cm
2 28
5. A rhombus shaped field has green grass for
18 cows to graze. If each side of the rhombus
1 cm 1 cm is 30 m and its longer diagonal is 48 m, how
2 1 cm 2 much area of grass field will each cow be
2 cm getting?
Area of region III
S 30m R
1 3 1 3 3 3
= ´2´ + ´1´ = +
2 2 2 2 2 4 30m 48m 30m
3 3 3 ´1.732
= = (approx.)
4 4 P 30m Q
5.196 Sol. Let PQRS be the rhombus shaped field and let
= = 1.3 cm2 (approx.) PR be the diagonal of the field.
4
For DPQR, sides are given as a = 30 m, b = 48 m,
Thus, Area of region IV = Area of right angled c = 30 m
6 ´1.5 a+b+c
D = = 4.5cm 2 We know s=
2 2
6 ´1.5 30 + 48 + 30 108
Similarly, Area V = = 4.5cm 2 Þ s = = = 54 m
2 2 2
\ Total area of the paper used = Area I + Area \ Area of DPQR
II + Area III + Area IV + Area V= 2.5 cm2 + 6.5
cm2 + 1.3 cm2 + 4.5 cm2 + 4.5 cm2 = s ( s - a )( s - b )( s - c )
= 19.3 cm2. (approx)
= 54 ( 54 - 30 )( 54 - 48)( 54 - 30 )
4. A triangle and a parallelogram have the same
base and the same area. If the sides of the
= 54 ( 24 )( 6 )( 24 )
triangle are 26 cm, 28 cm and 30 cm, and the
parallelogram stands on the base 28 cm, find
the height of the parallelogram.
= ( 9 ´ 6 )( 24 )( 6 )( 24 ) = 3 ´ 6 ´ 24 = 432 m2
Sol. For triangle, sides are a = 26 cm, b = 28 cm, \ Area of the rhombus PQRS
c = 30 cm = 2 Area of DPQR
= 2 × 432 = 864 m2
a + b + c 26 + 28 + 30 84 \ Area of grass for 18 cows = 864 m2
\ s= = = = 42 cm
2 2 2
Heron’s Formula 389
Hence, Area of grass for one cow d1 and d2 denotes the diagonals
864 2 1æ1 ö 2
= m = 48 m2 =ç ´ 32 ´ 32 ÷ = 256 cm
18 2è2 ø
6. An umbrella is made by stitching 10 Area of paper of shade II = 256 cm2
triangular pieces of cloth of two different For paper of shade III, sides are given as
colours (see figure), each piece measuring a = 8 cm, b = 6 cm, c = 6 cm
20 cm, 50 cm and 50 cm. How much cloth of
each colour is required for the umbrella? a +b+ c 8+6+6
\ s= = = 10 cm
2 2
50 cm \ Area of paper of shade III
= s ( s - a )( s - b )( s - c )
20 cm = 10 (10 - 8)(10 - 6 )(10 - 6 )

= 10 ( 2 )( 4 )( 4 ) = 8 5 = 17.92 cm 2
Sol. Let the sides of one triangular piece are given 8. A floral design on a floor is made up of 16
as a = 20 cm, b = 50 cm, c = 50 cm tiles which are triangular, the sides of the
a+b+c triangle being 9 cm, 28 cm and 35 cm(see fig).
We know s = Find the cost of polishing the tiles at the rate
2
of 50 p per cm2.
20 + 50 + 50 120
Which implies s = = = 60 cm
2 2
\ Area of one triangular piece
= s ( s - a )( s - b )( s - c ) 28cm 9cm
28cm 9cm
= 60 ( 60 - 20 )( 60 - 50 )( 60 - 50 )

= 60 ( 40 )(10 )(10 ) = 200 6 cm 2

\ Area of five triangles of one colour Sol. Let the sides of one tile are given as a = 9 cm,
= 5(200 6 cm2) = 1000 6 cm 2 b = 28 cm, c = 35 cm
a + b + c 9 + 28 + 35
Hence, 1000 6 cm2 cloth of each colour is we know s = = = 36 cm
2 2
required for the umbrella. \ Area of one tile
7. A kite in the shape of a square with a
diagonal 32 cm and an isosceles triangle of = s ( s - a )( s - b )( s - c )
base 8 cm and sides 6 cm each is to be made (By Heron’s formula)
of three different shades as shown in figure.
How much paper of each shade has been used = 36 ( 36 - 9 )( 36 - 28 )( 36 - 35 )
in it? = 36 ( 27 )( 8 )(1) = 6 ´ 3 ´ 2 6 = 36 6 cm 2
\ Area of 16 tiles =
I 36 6 ´ 16 = 576 6 cm 2
II \ cost of polishing the tiles at the rate of 50

6cm 6cm 576 6 ´ 50

III
paise per cm2. = 576 6 ´ 50 p = `
8cm 100
1 é1 ù = ` 288 6 = ` 705.60
Sol. Area of paper of shade I = d1d2 ú Where
2 êë 2 û
 EBD_7802
390 Mathematics
9. A field is in the shape of a trapezium whose
14 + 13 + 15 42
parallel sides are 25 m and 10 m. The non- Þs = = = 21 m
parallel sides are 14 m and 13 m. Find the 2 2
area of the field.
Sol. Let the trapezium be ABCD such that \ Area of DAED = s ( s - a )( s - b )( s - c )
AB = 25m, CD = 10m, BC = 13m and AD = 14 m.
From D, draw DE || BC meeting AB at E. Also, = 21( 21 - 14 )( 21 - 13)( 21 - 15 )
draw DF ^ AB.
\ DE = BC = 13 m = 21( 7 )( 8 )( 6 ) = ( 7 ´ 3) 7 ( 4 ´ 2 )( 2 ´ 3)
AE = AB – EB = AB – DC (Q EB = DC) = 7 × 3 × 2 × 2 = 84 m2
= 25 – 10 = 15 m
1
Also area of DAED = × Base × altitude
10m 2
D C
1 1
Þ × AE × DF = 84 Þ × 15 × DF = 84
2 2
14m

13m 13m
84 ´ 2 56
Þ DF = = m
F 15 5
A B
15m E \ Area of parallelogram EBCD
25m = Base × Height
Let the sides of DAED are given as 56
= EB × DF = 10 × = 112 m 2
a = 14 m 5
b = 13 m \ Area of the field = Area of DAED + Area of
c = 15 m parallelogram EBCD
a+b+c = 84 m2 + 112 m2 = 196 m2
We know s =
2
Heron’s Formula 391

Very Short Answer Questions [1 Mark] Long Answer Questions [4 Marks]

1. A field is in the shape of a trapezium whose
1. Write the formula for finding the area of a
parallel sides are 35 m and 10 m. The non-
triangle when sides are given. [2013]
parallel sides are 14 m and 13 m. Find the area
2. The sides of a triangle are 12 cm, 16 cm and of the field. [2014]
20 cm. Find its area. [2014] 2. A kite is in the shape of a square with side 16
3. Sides of a triangle are 70 cm, 80 cm and 90 cm. cm and an isosceles triangle of base 4 cm and
Find its area. (Use = 5 = 2.23) [2015] equal side of 6 cm each (see fig). It is made up
of two colours as shown in the figure. Find the
4. Find the area of a triangle whose two sides are area of paper of each colour used in it. [2014]
8 cm and 11 cm and the perimeter is 32 cm.
[2015]
5. The area of a parallelogram of altitude 12 cm is
108 cm2. Find the base of the parallelogram.

cm
16
[2016]
Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks]
1. An umbrella is made by stitching ten triangular
pieces of cloth, each measuring 60 cm, 60 cm
and 20 cm. Find the area of the cloth required
for the umbrella. [2014] m
2. The sides of a quadrilateral ABCD are AB = 13 cm,
6c

BC = 16 cm, CD = 20 cm and DA = 5 cm. If

BD = 12 cm, find the area of the quadrilateral, 4 cm
using Heron's formula. [2015]
3. The longest side of a right angled triangle is 3. In a rectangular field of dimensions 50 m × 30
125 m and one of the remaining two sides is m, a triangular park is constructed. If the
dimensions of the park are 14 m and 13 m, find
100 m. Find its area using Heron's formula.
the area of remaining field. [2015]
[2015]
4. In a four sided field, the length of the longer
4. If the sides of a triangle are 26 cm, 28 cm and diagonal is 120 m. The length of the
30 cm. Find the area of triangle. [2016] perpendiculars from the opposite sides vertices
5. The semiperimeter of a triangle is 132 cm and upon this diagonal are 12.7 m and 7.3 m. Find
the product of the differences of semiperimeter the area of the field. [2016]
and is respective sides (in cm) is 13200. Find 5. The sides of a triangular park are 5 m, 7 m and
the area of triangle. [2016] 8 m respectively. Find the cost of levelling the
6. The base (unequal side) of an isosceles triangle park at the rate of ` 10 per m2. (use 3 = 1.73 )
is 4 cm and is perimeter is 20 cm. Find its base. [2016]
[2016] 6. A triangular park has sides 60 m, 40 m and 26 m.
7. The sides of a triangle are in the ratio 3 : 5 : 7 Gardener has to put a fence all around its
and its perimeter is 300 m. Find is area. boundary and also plant grass in side.
[2016] Find the area in which grass will be planted.
8. Find the area of a triangular field of sides 18 m, Also calculate the cost f fencing it with barbed
24 m and 30 m. Also find the altitude wire at the rate of ` 30 per meter, leaving a spare
corresponding to the shortest sides. [2017] 2 m wide for a gate on one side. [2017]
 EBD_7802
392 Mathematics

Very Short Answer Questions [1 Mark] 12 2 cm, th en area of the triangle is

64 p cm2. Find the value of ‘p’.
DIRECTIONS : Give answer in one word or one sentence.
6. The adjacent sides of a || gm ABCD are 34 cm,
1. Area of an equilateral triangle, of each side 2a and 20 cm and the diagonal AC is 42 cm. Find
units is _____. the area of the || gm.
2. Two sides of a triangle are 8 cm and 11 cm and
perimeter of triangle is 32 cm. Find the value Long Answer Questions [4 Mark]
of (s).
DIRECTIONS: Give answer in four to five sentences
3. Find the area of a triangle ABC, in which
AB = AC = 4 cm and ÐA = 90° 1. The lengths of the sides of a triangle are 5 cm,
4. Reema is given three sticks of lengths 12 cm, 12 cm and 13 cm. The length of perpendicular
6 cm and 4 cm respectively. She is asked to from the opposite vertex to the side whose length
make a triangle and find the area of the triangle m
formed. is 13 cm, is . Find the value of m ÷ 10.
13
5. The length of each side of an equilateral triangle 2. One side of an equilateral triangle is 6 cm. Find
of area 4 3 cm2, is_____. its area by using Heron’s formula. Find its
6. The lengths of the sides of D ABC are altitude also.
consecutive integers. If D ABC has the same 3. The lengths of two adjacent sides of a
perimeter as an equilateral triangle with a side parallelogram are respectively 40 cm and 50 cm.
of 9 cm, then find the length of the shortest One of its diagonals is 20 cm. Find the area of
side of D ABC. the parallelogram.
4. Find the area of the quadrilateral ABCD whose
Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks] diagonal AC = 15 cm. and sides AB = 7 cm,
BC = 12 cm, CD = 12 cm and DA = 9 cm
DIRECTIONS : Give answer in two to three sentences. 5. Find the area of a trapezium whose parallel
1. The sides of an equilateral tr iangle ar e sides are 55 cm, 40 cm and non-parallel sides
(2a – b + 5), (a + b) and (2b – a + 2). What is are 20 cm and 25 cm respectively.
the area of the triangle? 6. The dimensions of a rectangle ABCD are
2. The adjacent sides of a parallelogram ABCD 51 cm × 25 cm. A trapezium PBCQ with its
are AB = 34 cm, BC = 20 cm and diagonal parallel sides QC and PB in the ratio 9 : 8, is
AC = 42 cm. Find the area of the parallelogram. cut off from the rectangle as shown in the fig.
D C 5
If the area of the trapezium PBCQ is th part
6
of the area of the rectangle, find the lengths of
QC and PB.
cm
20 cm

42 A P
B
25 cm

A 34 cm B
D Q C
3. The sides of a triangle are 4, 5 and 6 cm. Find
51cm
the area of the triangle. 7. Find the percentage increase in the area of a
4. An isosceles triangle has perimeter 30 cm and triangle if its each side is doubled.
each of the equal sides is 12 cm. Find the area of 8. Find the area of the quadrilateral ABCD in
the triangle. which AB = 12 cm, BC = 6 cm, CD = 7 cm,
5. A square and an equilateral triangle have equal BD = 9 cm and AD = 15 cm.
perimeters. If the diagonal of the square is
Heron’s Formula 393

Very Short Answer Questions [1 Mark] “STOP CHILD LABOUR”. The sides of walls
1. Find the cost of laying grass in a triangular field are 122 m, 22 m and 120 m. The advertisement
of sides 50 m, 65 m and 65 m at the rate of ` 7 yields an earning of ` 500/m2 for a year.
per m2. A company hired one of its wall for 3 months.
2. The area of a regular hexagon of side ‘a’ is the (i) How much did it pay?
sum of the areas of ––––– equilateral triangles (ii) Write the values shown here. [VBQ]
with side a. [Exemplar] Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks]
3. The perimeter of an isosceles triangle is 32 cm. 1. A triangle and a parallelogram have the same
The ratio of the equal side to its base is 3 : 2. base and the same area. If the sides of the triangle
Find the area of the triangle. [Exemplar]
are 15 cm, 14 cm and 13 cm and the parallelogram
4. A field in the form of parallelogram has sides
60 m and 40 m and one of its diagonals is 80 m stands on the side of 15 cm, find the height of the
long. Find the area of parallelogram. parallelogram.
[Exemplar] 2. A triangle has perimeter 32 cm, one side is 11 cm
and difference of other two sides is 5 cm.
D 60 m C
Determine its area.
3. Two identical circle with same inside design as
80 m shown in figure are to be made at the entrance.
40 m 40 m
The identical triangular leaves are to be painted
red and the remaining area green. Find the total
area to be painted red. [HOTS]
A 60 m B
5. A rhombus shaped sheet with perimeter 40 cm
15 cm 41
and one diagonal 12 cm, is painted on both sides cm
at the rate of `5 per cm 2. Find the cost of 28 cm
painting. [Exemplar]
6. Find the area of the trapezium PQRS with
height PQ given in figure. [Exemplar]
S 4. Quadrilateral ABCD whose sides in metres are
9, 40, 28 and 15 respectively and the angle
13 m between the first two sides is a right angle. What
5m
is the area of quadilateral ABCD? [HOTS]
12 m

T 5. The perimeter of a rhombus is 260 cm and one

R of its diagonals is 66 cm. Find the area of the
rhombus and its other diagonal. [HOTS]
7m 7m 6. The perimeter of a triangle is 50 cm. One side
of a triangle is 4 cm longer than the smaller
side and the third side is 6 cm less than twice
P Q the smaller side. Find the area of the triangle.
[HOTS]
7. There is a slide in a park. One of its side is in 7. A traffic signal board, indicating "SCHOOL
the form of triangle. That side has been AHEAD" is an equilateral triangle with side 'a'.
painted. There was a message "Keep the park (i) Find the area of the signal board, using
green and clean". The sides of that wall are Heron's formula
15 m, 11 m and 6 m. Find the area of painted (ii) If its perimeter is 180 cm, what will be the
wall. Which values are shown here? [VBQ] area of signal board?
8. The triangular side walls of a flyover have been (iii) Which value is depicted in this problem ?
used for advertisement to write a message [VBQ]
 EBD_7802
394 Mathematics
8. Rana has two adjacent triangular fields. He opposite vertex. He grew rice in one part and
grows wheat in a field with sides 25 m, 52 m vegetables in the other. Find the area in which
and 63 m. He divided the adjacent field with he grew wheat, rice and vegetables. Which
sides 25 m, 101 m, 114 m into two parts by values are depicted here? [VBQ]
joining the mid point of the longest side to the

Exemplar MCQs 8. The area of an isosceles triangle having base 2 cm

1. An isosceles right triangle has area 8 cm2. The and the length of one of the equal sides 4 cm, is
length of its hypotenuse is 15
(a) 15 cm 2 (b) cm 2
(a) 32 cm (b) 16 cm 2
(c) 48 cm (d) 24 cm (c) 2 15 cm 2 (d) 4 15 cm 2
2. The perimeter of an equilateral triangle is 60 m. 9. The edges of a triangular board are 6 cm, 8 cm
The area is and 10 cm. The cost of painting it at the rate of
(a) 10 3 m2 (b) 15 3 m 2 9 paise per cm2 is
(a) ` 2.00 (b) ` 2.16
(c) 20 3 m 2 (d) 100 3 m2 (c) ` 2.48 (d) ` 3.00
3. The sides of a triangle are 56 cm, 60 cm and 52 cm NTSE Past Year MCQs
long. Then, the area of the triangle is 1. The area of a triangle whose sides are 13 cm,
(a) 1322 cm2 (b) 1311 cm2 14 cm and 15 cm is: [2009]
(c) 1344 cm 2 (d) 1392 cm2 (a) 84 sq cm (b) 64 sq cm
4. The area of an equilateral triangle with side (c) 825 sq cm (d) 105 sq cm
2 3 cm is 2. Two adjacent sides of a parallelogram are 51 cm
and 37 cm. One of its diagonals is 20 cm, then
(a) 5.196 cm2 (b) 0.866 cm2
2 its area is: [2010]
(c) 3.496 cm (d) 1.732 cm2
(a) 412 cm2 (b) 512 cm2
5. The length of each side of an equilateral triangle
(c) 612 cm2 (d) 712 cm2
having an area of 9 3 cm2 is 3. The sides of a triangle are 5 cm, 12 cm and 13 cm,
(a) 8 cm (b) 36 cm then its area is: [2011]
(c) 4 cm (d) 6 cm (a) 0.0024 m2 (b) 0.0026 m2
6. If the area of an equilateral triangle is (c) 0.003 m2 (d) 0.0015 m2
16 3 cm 2 , then the perimeter of the triangle is 4. If Anish is moving along the boundary of a
(a) 48 cm (b) 24 cm triangular field of sides 35m, 53m and 66m and
(c) 12 cm (d) 36 cm you are moving along the boundary of a circular
7. The sides of a triangle are 35 cm, 54 cm and field whose area is double the area of the
61 cm, respectively. The length of its longest triangular field, then the radius of the circular
22
altitude field is (Take p = ) : [2016]
7
(a) 16 5 cm (b) 10 5 cm (a) 14 3 m (b) 3 14 m
(c) 24 5 cm (d) 28 cm (c) 28 3 m (d) 7 3m
Heron’s Formula 395

CHAPTER TEST

Time : 30 Min. Max. Marks : 20

Directions : (i) Attempt all questions

(ii) Question 1 and 2 carry 1 mark each.
(iii) Question 3 and 4 carry 2 marks each.
(iv) Question 5, 6 and 7 carry 3 marks each.
(v) Question 8 carries 5 marks.

1. The area of a triangle is 48 cm2. Its base is 12 cm. Find its altitude.
2. Find the area of a triangle whose sides are 5 cm, 12 cm and 13 cm. Also, find the shortest altitude.
3. Find the perimeter and area of a triangle whose sides are of lenghts 52 cm, 56 cm and 60 cm
respectively.
4. The height of an equilateral triangle is 6 cm. Find the area of the triangle. [Take 3 = 1.732]
5. The perimeter of a triangular field is 300 m and the ratio of the sides is 3 : 5 : 7. Find the area of the
field. Also, find length of ^ drawn on the largest side.
6. Find the area of the quadrilateral ABCD, in which AB = 7 cm, BC = 6 cm, CD = 12 cm, DA = 15 cm
and AC = 9 cm.
7. A municipal park is in the shape of an equilateral D having semiperimeter 28 3 m. On all sides of
the park a message “No smoking at a public place” is painted.
(i) Find area of the park.
(ii) Comment on the value of the message.
8. Two parallel sides of a trapezium are 60 cm and 77 cm and other sides are 25 cm and 26 cm. Find
the area of the trapezium.
 EBD_7802
396 Mathematics

5. Area of parallelogram = base × height

Þ 108 = base × 12
Very Short Answer Questions 108
So base = = 9 cm
1. By using Heron's formula, 12
Short Answer Questions
Area = s( s - a)(s - b)( s - c)
1. Area of cloth required for the umbrella
a+b+c = 10 × Area of cloth required for one piece
Where s =
2 Q Area of one piece of cloth is formed by sides
a +b +c 60 cm, 60 cm and 20 cm.
2. Q s=
2 60 + 60 + 20
\ s= = 70 cm
where a, b, c are the sides of a triangle 2
12 + 16 + 20 So, Area of triangular piece
So, s = = 24 cm
2 = 70 ( 70 - 60 )( 70 - 60 )( 70 - 20 )
Now, area of given triangle
= 70 ´ 10 ´ 10 ´ 50
= s ( s - a )( s - b )( s - c )
= 10 ´ 10 ´ 35
= 24 ( 24 - 12 ) ( 24 - 16 )( 24 - 20 )
= 100 35 cm2
= 2 ´ 3 ´ 4 ´ 12 ´ 8 ´ 4 Hence, area of cloth required for the umbrella
= 2 × 4 × 12 = 96 cm2 = 10 ´ 100 35
a +b +c
3. Q s= = 1000 35 cm2
2

70 + 80 + 90 C
So, s = = 120 cm 2. 20
2 D
Now, area of given triangle
= s ( s - a )( s - b )( s - c ) 5 12 16
= 120 (120 - 70 )(120 - 80 )(120 - 90 )
= 120 ´ 50 ´ 40 ´ 30
A B
= 40 × 10 × 3 × 5 13
= 1200 × 2.23 = 2676 cm2
4. Since, a = 8 cm, b = 11 cm and Perimeter = 32 cm Here, for DABD, AB = 13 cm, BD = 12 cm,
So, c = 32 – (8 + 11) = 13 cm AD = 5 cm
s = 16 \ s = 15 cm
\ Area of given triangle Now, Area of DABD = 15 ´ 2 ´ 3 ´ 10 = 30 cm2
For DBCD, BC = 16 cm, CD = 20 cm, BD = 12 cm
= 16 (16 - 8 )(16 - 11)(16 - 13 )
\ s = 24 cm
= 8 30 cm2
Heron’s Formula 397
So, Area of DBCD = 24 ´ 4 ´ 12 ´ 8 Þ 15x = 300
= 96 cm2 \ x = 20
Hence, Area of quadrilateral = 30 + 96 Then, a = 60, b = 100, c = 140
= 126 cm2 a + b + c 300
3. Third side of given triangle Now, s = = = 150
2 2
2 2
= (125 ) - (100 ) = 75 m Hence, area of triangle

Q s = 150 = s ( s - a )( s - b )( s - c )
Area of given triangle
= 150 (150 - 60 )(150 - 100 )(150 - 140 )
= 150 ´ 25 ´ 50 ´ 75 = 3750 m2
4. Since, a = 26 cm, b = 28 cm, c = 30 cm = 150 ´ 90 ´ 50 ´ 10 = 1500 3 m2
a +b +c 18 + 24 + 30
So, s = 8. Here, s = = 36
2 2
26 + 28 + 30 So, area of triangular field
= = 42
2 = s( s - a)(s - b)( s - c)
Area of given triangle
= 36 ( 36 - 18)( 36 - 24 )( 36 - 30 )
= s ( s - a )( s - b )( s - c )
= 36 ´ 18 ´ 12 ´ 6 = 216 m2
= 42 ( 42 - 26 )( 42 - 28 )( 42 - 30 ) Hence, altitude corresponding to 18 m
= 42 ´ 16 ´ 14 ´ 12 = 336 cm2 2 ´ Area 2 ´ 216
= = = 24 m
5. Q s = 132 cm Base 18
Here, (s – a) (s – b) (s – c) = 13200
Area of given triangle Long Answer Questions
1. Suppose ABCD be the given field in the shape
= s ( s - a )( s - b )( s - c )
of trapezium where AB = 35 m, CD = 10 m,
= 132 ´ 13200 = 1320 cm2 BC = 13 m, AD = 14 m and DC || AB
6. Suppose AC = BC = x
D 10 m C
Here, Perimeter = 20 cm (given)
So, x + x + 4 = 20
14 m
\ 2x = 16 13 m
Therefore, x = 8 cm
Hence, area of given triangle
A E F B
= s ( s - a )( s - b )( s - c ) 35 m

= 10 (10 - 8)(10 - 8 )(10 - 4 ) We draw CE || DA

Let h be the height of the trapezium
= 10 ´ 2 ´ 2 ´ 6 = 4 15 cm2 Here, DC || AE
7. Suppose the side of triangle are a = 3x, b = 5x, and CE || DA
c = 7x So, AECD is a parallelogram.
\ a + b + c = 300 Then, AE = DC = 10 m
So, 3x + 5x + 7x = 300 and CE = DA = 14 m
 EBD_7802
398 Mathematics
For DCEB, CB = 13 m, CE = 14 m Required area of paper of each color
and BE = AB – AE = 35 – 10 = 25 m 1
= [Area of kite]
Suppose a = 14 m, b = 13 m and c = 25 m 2
1é
a +b +c 14 + 13 + 25 = ë 256 + 8 2 ûù
\ s= = = 26 m 2
2 2
= 128 + 4 2
\ Area of DCEB = s ( s - a )( s - b )( s - c )
= 128 + 5.64 éëQ 2 = 1.41ùû
= 26 ( 26 - 14 )( 26 - 13 )( 26 - 25 ) = 133.64 cm2
3. Here, area of rectangular field = 50 × 30 = 1500 m2
= 26 ´ 12 ´ 13 ´ 1 = 26 6 m2 As dimensions of triangular park are 14 m, 15 m
1 and 13 m.
As, area of DCEB = ´ base ´ height Let, a = 14 m, b = 15 m, c = 13 m
2
a +b +c 14 + 15 + 13
1 \ s= = = 21 m
= ´ BE ´ h 2 2
2 So, area of triangular park
1 = s ( s - a )( s - b )( s - c )
\ ´ 25 ´ h = 26 6 m 2
2
= 21( 21 - 14 ) ( 21 - 15 )( 21 - 13 )
52
Then h= 6m = 21´ 7 ´ 6 ´ 8 = 84 m2
25
Now, area of remaining field
Hence, Area of trapezium = Area of rectangular field
1 – Area of triangular park
= ( DC + AB ) ´ h = 1500 – 84 = 1416 m2
2
4. Q In W ABCD
1 52
= (10 + 35 ) ´ 6 Here, AC = 120 m
2 25 and h1 = 7.3 m and h2 = 12.7 m
1 52 D
= ´ 45 ´ 6
2 25
= 114.66 m2
h2
2. As, area of kite = Area of square
+ Area of isosceles triangle C
Q Area of square = (side)2 h1
= (16)2 = 256 cm2 A
Now, Area of isosceles triangle B
a
= 4b2 - a 2 So, area of quadrilateral ABCD
4
é1 ù
4 2 = ê ´ AC ´ ( h1 + h2 ) ú
= 4 ( 6 ) - 42 ë2 û
4
1
4 = ´ 120 ´ ( 7.3 + 12.7 )
= 144 - 16 2
4
1
= ´120 ´ 20 = 1200 m2
= 128 = 8 2 cm2 2
Heron’s Formula 399
5. Let a = 5 m, b = 7 m, c = 8 m 3. D ABC is a right angled at A
a +b +c 5+7+8 1 1 2
\ s= = = 10 m \ ar(DABC) = . AB. AC = ´ 4 ´ 4 = 8cm
2 2
2 2
4. With sticks of given lengths Reema will not be
So, area of triangular park able to form a triangle.
= s ( s - a )( s - b )( s - c ) (Q for a triangle sum of any two sides must be
greater than the third side.)
= 10 (10 - 5 )(10 - 7 )(10 - 8 )
3 2
5. Given : a = 4 3
= 10 ´ 5 ´ 3 ´ 2 = 10 3 m2 4
Hence, Cost of levelling the park Þ a2 = 16 Þ a = 4 cm
= 10 ´ 10 3
6. A
= 100 3 = ` 173 éëQ 3 = 1.73ùû
6. Let a = 60 m, b = 40 m, c = 26 m x–1 x
60 + 40 + 26 126
\ s= = = 63 m
2 2
B C
So, Area of triangular park x+1

= s ( s - a )( s - b )( s - c ) Given : (x – 1) + (x) + (x + 1) = 27
Þ 3x = 27 Þ x = 9
= 63 ´ 3 ´ 23 ´ 37
Length of shortest side = 9 – 1 = 8 cm.
= 401 m2
\ Required length of wire which is needed for Short Answer Questions
fencing 1. DABC is equilateral D
= 60 + 40 + 26 – 2 Þ AB = BC = CA
= 124 m
Hence, total cost of fencing = 124 × 30 = ` 3720 A
2

2a
a+

Very Short Answer Questions

b+
–
2b

1. Here side is ‘2a’.

We have, B C
a+b
Area of equilateral triangle with side

3 2 Now AB = BC gives
2a – a sq. unit 2b – a + 2 = a + b
4
Þ b = 2a – 2 ...(i)
3 BC = CA gives
\ Area with side 2a = (2a)2 sq. units
4 a + b = 2a – b + 5 from (i)
= 2 a + 2a – 2 = 2a – 2a + 2 + 5
3a sq. units.
Þ 3a = 9
2. Perimeter (2s) = 32 cm
Þ a=3
Þ s = 16 cm
\ b = 2 (3) – 2 = 6 – 2 = 4
 EBD_7802
400 Mathematics
\ AC = 2(3) – 4 + 5 5. Given, 4a = 3x
=6–4+5=7 A a B E
3
Area of equilateral D = (side)2
4
a a x x
3 2 3
= (7) = ´ 49
4 4
D a C F G
2. In DABC, it is given that x
a = BC = 20 cm, b = AC = 42 cm and and BD2 = 2a2
c = AB = 34 cm. Given : BD = 12 2
1 Þ 2a2 = 144 ´ 2 Þ a = 12 cm
\s= (20 + 42 + 34) cm = 48 cm;
2 4
Þ x = ´ 12 = 16 cm
\ (s – a) = 28 cm, (s – b) = 6 cm and (s – c) = 14 cm. 3

\ area of DABC = s (s - a)(s - b)(s - c) 3

So, area of triangle = ´ 16 ´ 16 cm2
4
= 48´ 28 ´ 6 ´14 cm 2 = (14 ´ 24) cm 2
= 336 cm2. = 64 3 cm2 Þ p = 3
\ area of parallelogram ABCD 6. || gm ABCD can be divided into two triangles
= 2 × (area of DABC) ABC and ACD.
= (2 × 336) cm2 = 672 cm2. Now, ABCD is a || gm
So, AB = CD = 34 cm
3. We have, a = 4 cm, b = 5 cm, c = 6 cm.
Semi perimeter (s) D C

a + b + c 4 + 5 + 6 15
= = = cm
2 2 2 c m
42 20 cm
Area of triangle = s( s - a)(s - b)( s - c)

15 æ 15 ö æ 15 ö æ 15 ö 15 A
= ç - 4÷ø çè - 5÷ø çè - 6÷ø = 7cm 2 34 cm B
2è 2 2 2 4
BC = DA = 20 cm
4. Let the length of unequal side be x cm. In D ABC,
Then perimeter = 30 cm. a = 34 cm, b = 20 cm, c = 42 cm
Þ x + 12 + 12 = 30
a + b + c 34 + 20 + 42
Þ x + 24 = 30 s= = = 48 cm
Þ x = 6 cm 2 2
We have, 2s = 30 cm Þ s = 15 cm Applying Heron’s formula

Hence, area = s( s - a)(s - b)( s - c) Area of D ABC = s( s - a)( s - b)(s - c)

= 15 ´ (15 - 12) ´ (15 - 12) ´ (15 - 6) = 48(48 - 34)(48 - 20)(48 - 42) = 336
Area of || gm ABCD = 2 ´ Area of D ABC
= 15 ´ 3 ´ 3 ´ 9 = 9 15 cm2 = 2 × 336 = 672 sq. unit.
Heron’s Formula 401
Long Answer Questions
1
1. Here, a = 5, b = 12 and c = 13. Þ 9 3= ´ 6 ´ Altitude
2
1 1 Þ 9 3 = 3 ´ Altitude
\ s= (a + b + c) = (5 + 12 + 13) = 15
2 2
9 3
Let A be the area of the given triangle. Þ Altitude = = 3 3 cm.
3
Then,
3. Side of DABC are given as a = 50 cm, b = 20 cm,
A = s( s - a)(s - b)(s - c) c = 40 cm
= 15(15 - 5)(15 - 12)(15 - 13)

Þ A = 15´10´ 3´ 2 = 30 cm 2 D 40 cm C

50

20 cm
50 cm
cm

40 cm
A B

Let p be the length of the perpendicular from a+b+c

Now, s =
vertex A on the side BC. Then, 2

1 50 + 20 + 40 110
A = ´ (13) ´ p Þs = = = 55 cm
2 2 2
From (i) and (ii) we get
\ Area of DABC = s( s - a)(s - b)( s - c )
1 60
´ (13) ´ p = 30 Þ p = cm
2 13 = 55(55 - 50)(55 - 20)(55 - 40)
Hence m ÷ 10 = 60 ÷10 = 6 = 55(5)(35)(15) = 5 5775 cm2
2. a = 6 cm, b = 6 cm, c = 6 cm \ Area of the parallelogram ABCD
a+b+c 6+6+6 = 2 Area of DABC
\ s= = = 9cm
2 2 = 2 ´ 5 5775 = 10 5775 cm2
\ Area of the equilateral triangle 4. We know that the diagonal of a quadrilateral
= s( s - a)(s - b)( s - c) divides it into two triangles.
As per figure, in D ABC
= 9(9 - 6)(9 - 6)(9 - 6) AB = 7 cm, BC = 12 cm, AC = 15 cm
= 9(3)(3)(3) = 9 3 cm 2 Therefore semi perimeter

1 7 + 12 + 15
Area = × Base × Altitude s= = 17 cm
2 2
 EBD_7802
402 Mathematics
Area of D ABC
= 30 ´ 15 ´ 10 ´ 5 = 22500 = 150 sq. cm.
= 17 ´ (17 - 7) ´ (17 - 12) ´ (17 - 15)
1
Area of D BCE = ´ BE ´ CF
= 17 ´ 10 ´ 5 ´ 2 sq. cm. 2

= 10 17 sq. cm. = 10 × 4.12 = 41.2 sq. cm. 2 ´ 150

Þ CF = = 20 cm.
15
Similarly for D ACD, AC = 15 cm, CD = 12 cm
and DA = 9 cm Area of parallelogram AECD = AE × CF = 40 × 20
= 800 sq. cm.
15 + 12 + 9 36
Therefore s = = = 18 cm. \ Area of the trapezium ABCD
2 2
Area of D ACD = Area of parallelogram AECD + Area of D EBC
= 800 + 150 = 950 sq. cm.
= 18 ´ (18 - 15) ´ (18 - 12) ´ (18 - 9) 6. Area of rectangle ABCD = AB × BC
= 51 × 25 = 1275 cm2
= 18 ´ 3 ´ 6 ´ 9 = 54 sq. cm.
C 5 6375 2
12 cm Area of trapezium PBCQ = ´ 1275 = cm
6 6
D
Let QC = 9x cm and PB = 8x cm
12 cm
cm
9 cm

1
15

\ Area of trapezium PBCQ = (QC+PB)×BC

2

6375 1
A B Þ = (9 x + 8 x ) ´ 25
6 2
Area of quadrilateral ABCD
= Area of D ABC + Area of D ACD 17 x ´ 25 6375 6375 2
Þ = Þx = ´
= 41.2 + 54 = 95.2 sq. cm. 2 6 6 17 ´ 25
5. In figure, ABCD is a trapezium in which parallel
Þ x=5
sidesAB = 55 cm, DC = 40 cm and non-parallel
sides AD = 20 cm and BC = 25 cm. \ QC = 9 × 5 cm = 45 cm and
Draw AD || EC and CF ^ AB PB = 8 × 5 cm = 40 cm
Therefore, EB = AB – AE = 55 – 40 = 15 cm 7. Let a, b, c, be the sides of the old triangle and
and EC = 20 cm. s be its semi-perimeter. Then,
D C 1
s= ( a + b + c)
2
m

25

The sides of the new triangle are 2a, 2b and 2c.

c
20

cm

Let s¢ be its semi-perimeter. Then,

A 55 cm E F B 1
s¢ = ´ (2a + 2b + 2c) = a + b + c = 2s
\ Area of D BCE 2
= 30 ´ (30 - 15) ´ (30 - 20) ´ (30 - 25) Let D and D¢ be the areas of the old and new
triangles respectively. Then,
15 + 20 + 25 D = s (s - a)(s - b)(s - c) and
where s = = 30 cm.
2
Heron’s Formula 403

= 2
D¢ = s ¢ (s ¢ - 2a)( s ¢ - 2b)( s ¢ - 2c) 440 = 20.98 cm
\ Area of Quadrilateral ABCD
Þ D¢ = 2s (2s - 2a)(2s - 2b)(2s - 2c) = 54 + 20.98 = 74.98 cm2 [from (i)]
[ Q s¢ = 2s]
Þ D ¢ = s (s - a)( s - b)(s - c) = 4D
\ Increase in the area of the triangle = D¢ – D Very Short Answer Questions
= 4D –D = 3D
50 + 65 + 65 180
Hence, percentage increase in area 1. s= = = 90 m
2 2
æ 3D ö Area of triangular field
= çè ´ 100÷ = 300% .
D ø
= s (s - a)(s - b)(s - c)
8. In the quadrilateral ABCD diagonal BD divides
it into two triangles ABD and BCD.
= 90 (90 - 50)(90 - 65)(90 - 65)
\ Area of quadrilateral ABCD
= Area of D ABD + Area of D BCD ...(i) = 90´ 40 ´ 25´ 25 = 2250000 = 1500
For D ABD,
Cost of laying grass = ` 7 × 1500
a = 12 cm, b = 9 cm c = 15 cm
= ` 10, 500
a + b + c 12 + 9 + 15
s= = = 18cm
2 2 2. E D
Applying Heron’s formula for D ABD
D
O C
7 F
15
9
C
6 A B
A
12 B
We see a regular hexagon is divided into six
Area = s( s - a)(s - b)( s - c) equilateral triangles.
So, the area of a regular hexagon of side ‘a’ is
= 18(18 - 12)(18 - 9)(18 - 15)
the sum of the areas of the six equilateral
2
=18 ´ 6 ´ 9 ´ 3 = 18 ´ 3 = 54 cm triangles with side a.
For DBCD, 3. As the sides of the equal side to the base of an
a = 6 cm, b = 7 cm, c = 9 cm isosceles triangle is 3 : 2, so let the sides of an
isosceles triangle be 3x, 3x and 2x. Now perimeter
6+7+9 of triangle = 3x + 3x + 2x = 8x
s= = 11cm
2 Given perimeter of the triangle = 32 m
Applying Heron’s formula for D BCD. \ 8x = 32; x = 32 ¸ 8 = 4
Area = s( s - a)( s - b)(s - c) So, the sides of the isosceles triangle are
(3 × 4) cm, (3 × 4) cm, (2 × 4) cm, i.e., 12 cm,
= 11(11 - 6)(11 - 7)(11 - 9) 12 cm and 8 cm
12 + 12 + 8 32
= 11 ´ 5 ´ 4 ´ 2 \s= = = 16 cm
2 2
 EBD_7802
404 Mathematics

= 16 (16 - 12)(16 - 12)(16 - 8) 1

= (12 m + 7 m) × 12 m
2
= 16 ´ 4´ 4 ´8 = 4´ 4 ´ 4´ 4´ 4 ´ 2
1
= 4 × 4 × 2 2 = 32 2 cm 2 = × 19 m × 12 m
2
AB + BC + AC 180 1
4. s= = = 90 m = × 228 m2 = 114 m2.
2 2 2
Area (DABC) 7. Area of painted wall = Area of DABC
= s (s - AB)(s - BC)(s - AC)

= 90 (90 - 60)(90 - 40)(90 - 80)

= 90´ 30´ 50 ´10
2
= 1350000 = 15´ 90000 = 300 15m
\ Area (ABCD)
= 2 × 300 15 = 600 15 m2.
5. Perimeter of rhombus = 40 cm
Þ 4 × side = 40 cm Þ side =10 cm
One diagonal = 12 cm. As rhombus is also a
parallelogram, so its diagonals divide it into
Here, a = 15, b = 11, c = 6
two congruent triangles of equal area.
Area of rhombus = 2 (Area of triangle with sides a + b + c 15 + 11 + 6 32
s= = = = 16 cm
10 cm, 10 cm and 12 cm) 2 2 2
10 + 10 + 12
s= = 16 Area of DABC = s( s - a)(s - b)( s - c)
2
Area of triangle
= 16 ´ 1 ´ 5 ´ 10 = 4 ´ 4 ´ 5 ´ 5 ´ 2
= 16 (16 - 10)(16 - 10)(16 - 12)
= 4 ´ 5 2 = 20 2 sq m.
= 2
16 ´ 6´ 6´ 4 = 2304 = 48 cm Values:
\ Area of Rhombus = 2 × 48 = 96 cm2 • Keep our environment clean.
Cost of painting = 2 × (5 × 96) = ` 960 • Social responsibility.
6. Draw RT ^ PS From the figure, it is clear that • Green and clean environment gives healthy
ST = PS – PT mind.
= 12 m – 7 m = 5 m 8. a = 22 m, b = 120 m, c = 122 m
Now from right triangle RTS, we have
RS2 = RT2 + ST2 A
Þ RT2 = RS2 – ST2 = (13)2 – 52
\ RT2 = 169 – 25 = 144 120 m
22 m
Þ RT = 144 = 12 m STOP CHILD
Now, area of trapezium PQRS LABOUR

B C
1 122 m
= (PS + QR) × RT
T
2
Heron’s Formula 405
Þ b + c = 21 cm ... (1)
a + b + c 22 + 120 + 122 264
s= = = Þ Also, we are given that
2 2 2
Þ b – c = 5 cm ... (2)
264
= = 132 m Adding (1) and (2)
2
Þ 2b = 26 cm
Area of wall = area of DABC
Þ b = 13 cm and c = 8 cm
= s( s - a)(s - b)( s - c)
a + b + c 32
= 132 ´ 110 ´ 12 ´ 10 Now, s = = = 16 cm
2 2
= 11 ´ 12 ´ 12 ´ 11 ´ 10 ´ 10
Area of DABC = s (s - a)(s - b)(s - c)
= 12 ´ 12 ´ 11 ´ 11 ´ 10 ´ 10
= 12 × 11 × 10 = 1320 sq m. = 16 ´(16 - 11) + (16 - 13)´(16 - 8)
3 = 16´ 5´ 3´8 = 64 ´30
Cost of advertisement = 5000 × ´ 1320
12
= 8 30 cm 2
5000 3. Area of one triangular leaf
= ´ 1320 = 5000 × 330
4
= s( s - a)(s - b)(s - c)
= ` 16,50,000
Values: 41 + 28 +15 84
1. Social responsibility s= = = 42
2 2
2. Children are the future of nation
Area of a triangle
3. Moral duty
Short Answer Questions = 42(42- 41)(42- 28)(42-15)
1. Sides of the triangle are 13 cm, 14 cm and 15 cm. 2
= 42´1´14´ 27 = 126 cm
13 + 14 + 15 42
s= = = 21 Area of 6 such triangular leafs = 126 × 6
2 2
= 756 cm2
Area of triangle
Since two such circles are there,
= 21(21 - 15)(21 - 14)(21 - 13) Thus, area to be painted red
= 21´ 6´ 7 ´8 = 756 × 2 = 1512 cm2
4. ABC is a right triangle; right angled at B,
= 7056 = 84 cm 2
2
AC = AB2 + BC2 = 92 + (40)
But area of triangle = area of parallelogram
h × b = 84 cm = 81 + 1600 = 1681 = 41 m
84 D
h= = 5.6cm
15 15 m
2. Let a, b and c be the three sides of DABC. A 28 m
41 m
Given a = 11 cm and
9m
a + b + c = 32 cm
Þ 11 + b + c = 32 cm B C
40 m
 EBD_7802
406 Mathematics
Now, Area of DACD \ Area of rhombus ABCD
a = 15 m, b = 28 m, c = 41 m = 2 × area of DABC = 2 × 1848 = 3696 cm2.
Also, area of rhombus
15 + 28 + 41 84
s= = = 42 m 1
2 2 = ×Product of its diagonals
2
\ Area of DACD = s (s - a)(s - b)(s - c) 1 1
= AC × BD = × 66 × BD
2 2
= 42 (42 - 15)(42 - 28)(42 - 41)
1
\ × 66 × BD = 3696
= 42´ 27 ´14 ´1 2

= 2´ 3´ 7 ´3´3´ 3´ 2 ´ 7 3696 ´ 2
Þ BD = = 112 cm
= 2 × 3 × 3 × 7 = 126 sq. m 66
Similarly, area of DABC 6. Let the smaller side of the triangle be x cm.
1 Therefore, the second side will be (x + 4) cm,
= ´ 40 ´ 9 = 180 Sq.m and third side is (2x – 6) cm.
2
Now perimeter of triangle
\ Area of quadrilateral ABCD
= x + (x + 4) + (2x – 6)
= Area of DABC + Area of DACD
= (4x – 2) cm
= 180 + 126 = 306 sq. m
Also perimeter of triangle = 50 cm.
5. Perimeter of rhombus = 260 cm. ABCD is a
4x = 52; x = 52 ¸ 4 = 13
rhombus and its one diagonal AC = 66 cm.
Therefore, the three sides are 13 cm, 17 cm, 10 cm
\ sides of rhombus = 260 ¸ 4 = 65 cm
In DABC, we have 13 + 17 + 20 50
s= = = 25 cm
AB = BC = 65 cm and AC = 66 cm 2 2
AB + BC + AC 65 + 65 + 66 \ Area of D = 25 (25 - 13)(25 - 17)(25 - 20)
s= = = 98 cm
2 2
\ Area of DABC = 25´12´8´ 5 = 5´5´ 4 ´3´ 4´ 2´ 5

= s (s - a)(s - b)(s - c) =5×4× 3´ 2´ 5 = 20 30 cm 2

7. Here, a = a, b = a, c = a
= 98(98 - 65)(98 - 65)(98 - 66)
a + b + c 3a
s= =
= 98´ 33´ 33´ 32 2 2
= A
49´ 2 ´33´ 33´ 2´16
D
C
School
O Ahead

B C
(i) Area of triangle
A
B
3a æ 3a ö æ 3a ö æ 3a ö
= 7 × 2 × 33 × 4 = 1848 cm2. = ´ ç - a÷ ç - a ÷ ç - a ÷
2 è 2 øè 2 øè 2 ø
Heron’s Formula 407

3a a a a 1140
= ´ ´ ´ Hence, A3 = A2 = = 570 sq. m.
2 2 2 2 2
Therefore, both rice and vegetables are grown
3 2 in 570 sq m.
= a sq. unit
4 Values:
(ii) If perimeter = 3a = 180 cm • Ecofriendly
a = 60 cm • Social responsibility
• Growth of Nation.
3
Then area of signal board = ´ (60)2
2
Exemplar MCQs
3
= ´ 60 ´ 60 = 3 ´ 1800 1. (a) Since, area of an isosceles right triangle
2
= 8 cm2
= 1800 3 square units A
(iii) Values:
• We should follow traffic rules for our
safety.
• Social responsibility
• Leadership
8. The first field A1 is a triangle with sides 25m, 90º
52m, 63m.
B 1 C
As, area of an triangle = (Base × Height)
2
Q Base = Height
So, (Base)2 = 16
A2
A1 Base = 4 cm
A3
For, DABC, by Pythagoras theorem,
AC2 = AB2 + BC2 = 42 + 42
25 + 52 + 63
So, s = = 70 m AC = 32 cm
2
Therefore, length of its hypotenuse is
By Heron's formula
Area = s( s - a)(s - b)( s - c) 32 cm.
2. (d) Suppose each side of an equilateral triangle
= 70 ´ 45 ´ 18 ´ 7 be x.
= 7 × 9 × 10 = 630 sq. m As, perimeter of an equilateral triangle
Rana grows wheat in 630 m2. = 60 m
The second field (A2 + A3) has sides 25m, 101m So, x + x + x = 60
and 114m. Þ 3x = 60
25 + 101 + 114 60
s= = 120 m Þ x= = 20 m
2 3
By Heron's formula Now, area of an equilateral triangle
3
Area = s( s - a)(s - b)( s - c) = (Side )2
4
= 120 ´ 95 ´ 19 ´ 6 3
= 19 × 5 × 12 = 1140 sq. m = ´ 20 ´ 20 = 100 3 m 2
4
But triangles A2 and A3 have same base and
same height, so their areas are equal. Hence, the area of triangle is 100 3 m 2 .
 EBD_7802
408 Mathematics
3. (c) Here, a = 56 cm, b = 60 cm and c = 52 cm. = 3 × Side
= 3 × 8 = 24 cm
a+b+c
Now, s= Thus, the perimeter of an equilateral
2 triangle is 24 cm.
56 + 60 + 52 7. (c) Suppose, AB = 35 cm, BC = 54 cm and
= = 84 cm CA = 61 cm
2
A
So, area of a triangle
= s ( s - a )( s - b )( s - c )
35 cm 61 cm
[Using Heron's formula] D

= 84 ( 84 - 56 )(84 - 60 )(84 - 52 )

= 84 ´ 28 ´ 24 ´ 32
= (4)3 × 7 × 3 = 1344 cm2 B 54 cm C
Therefore, area of triangle is 1344 cm2. a + b + c 35 + 54 + 61
\ s= =
4. (a) Since, side of an equilateral triangle 2 2
= 2 3 cm. = 75 cm
So, Area of DABC
So, area of equilateral triangle
3 3 = s ( s - a )( s - b )( s - c )
=
4
( Side )2 =
4
( 2 3 )2 [Using Heron's formula]
= 3 3 = 3 × 1.732 = 5.196 cm2 = 75 ( 75 - 35)( 75 - 54 )( 75 - 61)
Therefore, area of given equilateral triangle 2
is 5.196 cm2. = 75 ´ 40 ´ 21 ´ 14 = 420 5 cm

5. (d) Since, area of equilateral triangle = 9 3 cm2 1

Now, area of DABC = ´ AB ´ CD
So, area of equilateral triangle 2
3 1
= (Side )2 = 9 3 \ ´ 35 ´ CD = 420 5
4 2
\ (Side)2 = 36
Therefore, side = 6 cm Therefore, CD = 24 5
Hence, side of given equilateral triangle is Hence, the length of longest altitude is
6 cm. 24 5 cm.
6. (b) Since, area of an equilateral triangle 8. (a) Suppose AB = AC = 4 cm and BC = 2 cm.
= 16 3 cm 2
As, area of an equilateral triangle A
3
= ( Side )2
4
3
Þ ( Side )2 = 16 3
4
Þ (Side)2 = 64
So, Side = 8 cm
Therefore, perimeter of an equilateral B D C
triangle 1 cm 1 cm
Heron’s Formula 409
In DADB,
AB2 = AD2 + BD2 2. (c) A 51 cm D
[Using Pythagoras theorem]
c m
(4)2 = AD2 + 1 37 cm 20
37 cm
\ AD2 = 15
So, AD = 15 cm B 51 cm C
Therefore, area of DABC
Let ABCD be the given parallelogram as
1 shown above.
= ´ BC ´ AD
2 Diagonal of a parallelogram divides it into
1 two triangles of equal areas.
= ´ 2 ´ 15
2 Hence, area (parallelogram ABCD)
= 2 area (DBCD)
= 15 cm 2 Let us calculate the area of DBCD by using
9. (b) Suppose a = 6 cm, b = 8 cm and c = 10 cm. Heron’s Formula.
a+b+c 51 + 37 + 20 108
\ s= s= = = 54
2 2 2
Area of DBCD
6 + 8 + 10
= = 12 cm
2 = 54(54 - 51)(54 - 37)(54 - 20)
So, area of a triangular board = 54 ´3´17 ´ 34
= s ( s - a )( s - b )( s - c )
= 93636 = 306cm 2
[Using Heron's formula]
So, area of parallelogram ABCD = 2 × 306 cm2
= 12 (12 - 6 )(12 - 8 )(12 - 10 ) = 612 cm2.
5 + 12 + 13 30
= 12 ´ 6 ´ 4 ´ 2 = 24 cm2 3. (c) s = = = 15cm
2 2
As, the cost of painting for area 1 cm2 Area of triangle
= ` 0.09
= s (s - a) (s - b) (s - c)
Therefore, cost of painting for area 24 cm 2
= 0.09 × 24 = ` 2.16 = 15(15 - 5) (15 - 12) (15 - 13)
Hence, the cost of painting of given
triangular board is ` 2.16. = 15´10´ 3´ 2
NTSE Past Year MCQs = 900 = 30cm 2
a + b + c 13 + 14 + 15 42 30
1. (a) s = = = = 21cm
2 2 2 = m2
100 ´100
Area = s ( s - a)( s - b)( s - c) = 0.003 m3
= 21(21 - 13) (21 - 14) (21 - 15)
4. (a)
= 21´ 8´ 7 ´ 6 35 53
= 3´7´2´2´2´7´2´3
= 2´ 2´ 3´ 7 = 84sq.cm 66
 EBD_7802
410 Mathematics

35 + 66 + 53 154 æ1 ö
s= = = 77 m = ç ´ 168÷ cm = 84 cm.
2 2 è2 ø

Area of D = 77 (42) (24) (11) = 924 (s – a) = (84 – 52) cm = 32 cm,

(s – b) = (84 – 56) cm = 28 cm and
pr 2 = 2(924) (s – c) = (84 – 60) cm = 24 cm.
By Heron's formula, the area of the given
r triangle is
D= s( s - a)( s - b)(s - c)
2 ´ 924 ´ 7
r2 = = 84 ´ 32 ´ 28 ´ 24 cm
2
22
= 2
r 2 = 588 14 ´ 6 ´ 16 ´ 2 ´ 14 ´ 2 ´ 6 ´ 4 cm
= (14 × 6 × 4 × 2 × 2) cm2
r = 14 3 m = 1344 cm2.
Hence, the area of the given triangle is 1344 cm2.
4. Let each side of the triangle be a.

1. We know that æ 3 ö
Then, its height = ç ´ a÷ .
è 2 ø
A
13
5

12 a 3a
1 2
Area of a triangle = (base) ×(altitude)
2

1
48 = (12) × (altitude)
2 B a L C
48 2
Thus altitude = = 8 cm.
6 3
\ × a = 6 cm
2. (5)2 + (12)2 = 25 + 144 = 169 = (13)2 2
Þ Given D is right angled
1 æ 6 ´ 2ö
\ Area of D = (12)(5) = 30 cm2 Þ a = çè ÷ cm = ( 3 × 4) cm.
2 3 ø
60
Shortest altitude = cm. æ 3
13 2ö
3. Let a = 52 cm, b = 56 cm and c = 60 cm. \ Area = ç 4 ´ a ÷ sq units
è ø
Perimeter of the triangle = (a + b + c) units
= (52 + 56 + 60) cm = 168 cm. ìï 3 üï
= í ´ ( 3 ´ 4) 2 ý cm2
1 ïî 4 ïþ
\ s= (a + b + c)
2
Heron’s Formula 411

æ 3 ö 1
= ç ´ 48÷ cm2 = (12 × 3 ) cm2 Now, 1500 3 = Area of D = (140)(CD)
è 4 ø 2

= (12 × 1.732) cm2 = (20.784) cm2. 1500 3 150 3

Þ CD = = m.
Hence, the area of the given triangle is 70 7
= 20.784 cm2. 6. The diagonal AC divides the quadrilateral
5. Let a, b, c be the lenghts of the sides of the ABCD into two triangles ABC and ACD.
triangular field. \ Area of quad. ABCD
a b c = Area of DABC + Area of DACD
\ = = = K (say)
3 5 7
Þ a = 3K, b = 5K, c= 7K ...(i)
Given that perimeter = 300 m D
Þ (3K + 5K+ 7K) = 300 m
Þ 15 K = 300
Þ K = 20
15 cm
12 cm

C
9 cm
A C
0 6 cm
10 7 cm
b= a = 60
B

For DABC, we have

D 6+7+9
A c = 140 B s= = 11 cm
2

\ Area of DABC = s( s - a)(s - b)( s - c)

Putting K = 20 in (1), we get
a = 3K = 3 (20) = 60 m, Þ Area of DABC = 11(11 - 6)(11 - 7)(11 - 9)
b = 5K = 5(20) = 100 m,
c = 7 K = 7 (20) = 140 m = 11 ´ 5 ´ 4 ´ 2 = 440 sq. cm
Þ Area of DABC = 20.98 cm2
a + b + c 60 + 100 + 140
\ s= = 9 + 12 + 15
2 2 For DACD, we have s = = 18 cm
2
300
= = 150 m \ Area of DACD
2
By Heron's formula, = 18(18 - 9)(18 - 12)(18 - 15)
Area of D = s ( s - a)( s - b)(s - c) Þ Area of DACD

150(150 - 60)(150 - 100)(150 - 140) = 18 ´ 9 ´ 6 ´ 3 = 54 sq. units

=
Hence, Area of quad. ABCD = (20.98 + 54) cm2
= 150 ´ 90 ´ 50 ´ 10 = 74.98 cm2

= 1500 3 m2
 EBD_7802
412 Mathematics
a+b+c
7. (i) Since s = 60 cm
2 D C
a+a+a 3a
= = = 28 3
2 2
25cm 25cm 26cm
So, 56 3 = 3a
17 cm
56 3 56 A
E M B
a= = 77 cm
3 3
Therefore, area of equilateral triangle
26 + 25 + 17
2 s= Þ s = 34 cm
3 2 3 æ 56 ö 2
= a =
4 4 çè 3 ÷ø
\ Area of DBCE = s ( s - a)( s - b)(s - c)

784 3 2 = 34(34 - 26) ´ (34 – 25) ´ (34 – 17) cm2

= m.
3 2
= 34 ´ 8 ´ 9 ´ 17 cm
(ii) Smoking is dangerous for health as well
= 17 × 4 × 3 cm2 = 204 cm2
as our environment is also polluted by it.
8. From C draw CE || DA. 1
Also, area of DBCE = (BE × CM)
Clearly, ADCE is a parallelogram having 2
AD || CE and DC || AE such that AD = 25 cm
1
and DC = 60 cm. Þ 204 = ´ 17 ´ CM
\ AE = 60 cm, CE = 25 cm and 2
BE = (77 – 60) cm = 17 cm Þ CM = 24 cm
Thus, sides of DABC are BC = 26 cm, Area of parallelogram ADCE = AE × CM
CE = 25 cm and BE = 17 cm = 60 × 24 cm2 = 1440 cm2
Let s be the semi-perimeter of DBCE. Then, Hence, Area of trapezium
= 204 + 1440 = 1644 cm2
 SURFACE AREAS AND

13 VOLUMES

SOLIDS
The bodies occupying space (i.e. have 3-dimensions) are called solids such as a cuboid, a cube, a cylinder, a
cone, a sphere etc.
VOLUME (CAPACITY) OF A SOLID
The measure of space occupied by a solid body is called its volume. The units of volume are cubic centimeters
(written as cm3) or cubic meters (written as m3).

Cuboid
H G
A solid bounded by six rectangular faces is called a cuboid.
In the given figure, ABCDEFGH is a cuboid whose
(i) 6 faces are : E h
F
ABCD, EFGH, ABFE, CDHG, ADHE, and BCGF
Out of these, the four faces namely ABFE, DCGH, D C
ADHE and BCGF are called lateral faces of the cuboid.
b
(ii) 12 edges are :
AB, BC, CD, DA, EF, FG, GH, HE, CG, BF, AE and DH. A l B
Cuboid
(iii) 8 vertices are :
A, B, C, D, E, F, G, and H.
Note that a rectangular room is in the form of a cuboid and its 4 walls are its lateral surfaces.
Let ‘l’ be the length, ‘b’ the breadth and ‘h’ the height of a cuboid, then
(i) Sum of the lengths of the 12 edges of a cuboid = 4(l + b + h)
(ii) Lateral surface area = 2(l + b) × h
(iii) Total surface area = 2(lb + bh + hl)
(iv) Diagonal = l 2 + b 2 + h2
(v) Volume = lbh
Cube
A cuboid whose edges are equal i.e. its length, breadth and height are equal
is called a cube. Each face of cube is a square and area of these squares are equal.
For a cube, l = b = h
 EBD_7802
414 Mathematics
(i) Total surfaces area of a cube
= 2 (l × l + l × l + l × l ) = 6l2 = 6 × (Edge)2
(ii) Lateral surface of a cube = 2 (l × l + l × l)
= 2 (l2 + l2)= 4l2 = 4 (Edge)2
(iii) Length of a diagonal of the cube
= l 2 +l 2 +l 2 = 3 l
(iv) Volume of the cube = l × l × l = l3 = (Edge)3
RIGHT CIRCULAR CYLINDER
A solid like measuring jars, circular pillars, circular pipes etc, whose cross
section is uniform and circular are called circular cylinders. Circular cylinders have a curved (lateral) surface
and congruent cross-section.
The line joining the centres of the circular ends of a cylinder is called its axis. If the axis is perpendicular to
the circular ends then cylinder is called right circular cylinder. r O
If ‘r’ is the radius and ‘h’ is the height of a cylinder, then

(i) Curved or lateral surface area = 2prh h

(ii) Total surface area
= Curved surface + Area of two circular ends
= 2prh + 2pr2
O¢ r¢
= 2pr (r + h)
(iii) Volume = pr2h
ILLUSTRATION : 1
The curved surface area of a right circular cylinder of height 14 cm is 88 cm2. Find the diameter
of the base of the cylinder.
SOLUTION :
Let r be the radius and h be the height of the cylinder. Then,
22
2prh = 88 and h = 14 Þ 2 ´ ´ r ´ 14 = 88 Þ 88 r = 88 Þ r = 1
7
\ Diameter of the base = 2r = 2 cm
Hollow cylinder
r
A solid bounded by two co-axial cylinders of the same height but with
different radii is called a hollow cylinder.
If ‘r’ is the radius of the inner cylinder, ‘R’ is the radius of the
h
outer cylinder and ‘h’ is the height of the hollow cylinder, then
(i) Curved or lateral surface area = 2p(R + r) h
(ii) Total surface area = 2p(R + r) (h + R – r) R
(iii) Volume = ph(R2 – r2)
Surface Areas and Volumes 415
Right Circular Cone
It is a solid generated by revolving a right triangular sheet
about its one of the perpendicular side.
In the figure, the right circular cone is formed by revolving the
DAOP right angled at O about one of its perpendicular side, say OP.

Vertex: The top point P is called the vertex of the cone.

Base: A cone has a plane circular end, called the base of the cone.
Axis: The line joining the centre O of the base to the vertex P is called the axis of the cone. In the right
circular cone, axis is perpendicular to the base.
Radius (r): OA or OB is known as radius of the cone.
Height (h): The distance of the vertex P from the centre O of the base is called height of the right circular
cylinder. Hence length OP is the height in the given figure.
Slant Height (l): The length of the line segment joining the vertex to any point on the circular edge of the
base is called slant height In fig. PB is the slant height. It is denoted as 'l'

The slant height = l = h 2 +r 2

Note that the angle OPA or OPB is called the semi-vertical angle of the cone.
The surface Area and Volume of cone are given by,
(i) Curved surface area = prl
(ii) Total surface Area = curved surface area + area of the base
= prl + pr2
= pr (l + r)
1 2
(iii) Volume of the cone = pr h
3
ILLUSTRATION : 2
What is the height of the cone if the diameter is 8 cm and volume is 48 p cm3.
SOLUTION :
Let h cm be the height of the cone
D = Diameter of the cone = 8 cm
\ r = Radius of the cone = 4cm
Now, Volume of the cone = 48 p cm3 [Given]
1 2
As we know V = pr h
3
1
Þ ´ p ´ 4 ´ 4 ´ h = 48p
3
48p ´ 3
Þ h= cm = 9cm
16p
Hence, the height of the cone is 9 cm.
 EBD_7802
416 Mathematics
SPHERE
It is the set of all points in space which are at a constant and equal
distance from a fixed point. The fixed point is called the centre of the
sphere and the fixed distance is called the radius of the sphere.
In the given figure, O is the centre and OP is radius of the sphere.
Diameter : A line segment through the centre of a sphere whose end-
points are on the sphere is called the diameter of the sphere. In the given
figure, PP' is the diameter of the sphere.

(i) Surface area of a sphere of radius r = 4pr2

= curved surface area
4 3
(ii) Volume of a sphere, V = pr
3
ILLUSTRATION : 3
Find the volume of a sphere whose surface area is 154 square cm.
SOLUTION :
Let the radius of the sphere be r cm. Then,
surface area = 154 cm2
22 2 154 ´ 7 49 7
Þ 4 pr2 = 154 Þ 4 ´ ´ r = 154 Þ r2 = = Þ r= cm
7 4 ´ 22 4 2
Let V be the volume of the sphere. Then,
4 3 4 22 7 7 7 3 1
V= pr = ´ ´ ´ ´ cm = ´ 11 ´ 7 ´ 7cm3 = 179.66cm3
3 3 7 2 2 2 3
Hemisphere
A plane through the centre of a sphere divides the sphere into two equal
parts, each of which is called a hemisphere. It is shown in the figure.

(i) Total surface Area of Hemisphere = Curved surface Area + Area of plane circular surface
= 2pr2 + pr2 = 3pr2
(ii) Curved surface area of Hemisphere = 2pr2
2 3
(iii) Volume of a hemi-sphere, V = pr
3

Spherical Shell
The difference of two solid concentric spheres is called a spherical shell.
This is shown in the fig.
Here r and R is the radius of internal and external spherical surfaces
respectively.

Volume of a spherical shell,

V = Outer volume – Inner volume
4 3 4 3 4
= pR - pr = p ( R3 -r 3 ) cubic units
3 3 3
Surface Areas and Volumes 417
Hemispherical Shell
A plane through the centre of a spherical shell divides the spherical shell
into two parts, each of which is called a hemispherical shell.

(i) If R and r be the outer and inner radii of a hemispherical shell then
Outer curved surface area = 2pR2
Inner curved surface area = 2 pr2
Surface area of plane ring = pR2 – pr2 = p (R2– r2)
Total surface area = (outer curved surface area) + (inner curved area) + (surface area of plane ring)
= 2pR2 + 2pr2 + p (R2 – r2) = p (3R2 + r2)
(ii) Volume of a hemispherical shell
= (Outer volume) – (Inner volume)
2 3 2 3 2
= pR – pr = p(R3 – r3)
3 3 3

Important Formulae, Terms and Definitions

Solid: Anything which occupies space is called a solid.
• The space occupied by a solid is called its volume.
• The capacity of container = Its internal volume
• Volume of material in hollow body = External Volume –
Cube: Cube whose edge = a
• Volume = a3
• Diagonal = a a
3a
• Lateral Surface Area = 4a2 a
• Total Surface Area = 6a2

Cuboid: Cuboid whose length = l, breadth = b and height = h

• Diagonal = l 2 + b2 + h2 h
b
• Volume = l ´ b ´ h
l
• Lateral Surface Area = 2 (l + b) ´ h
• Total Surface Area = 2 (lb + bh + hl)

Cylinder: Cylinder whose radius = r, and height = h

• Volume = pr 2 h
• Curved Surface Area = 2prh h
r
• Total Surface Area = 2pr (r + h)
 EBD_7802
418 Mathematics

Cone: Cone having height = h, radius = r and slant height = l

• Slant height, l = l
r 2 + h2 h
1 2
• Volume = pr h r
3
• Curved Surface Area = prl
• Total Surface Area = pr (r + l )

Sphere: Sphere having radius = r

4 3 r
• Volume = pr
3
• Surface Area = 4pr 2

Hemisphere:
r
2 3
• Volume = pr
3
• Curved Surface Area = 2pr 2
• Total Surface area = 3pr 2
Surface Areas and Volumes 419
 EBD_7802
420 Mathematics

EXERCISE 13.1 The cost of white washing the walls and ceiling
at the rate of ` 7.50 per m2
1. A plastic box 1.5 m long, 1.25 m wide and 65 cm = Surface area of the walls and ceiling × Rate
deep is to be made. It is to be open at the top. = 74 m2 × ` 7.50/m2 = ` 555.
Ignoring the thickness of the plastic sheet, 3. The floor of a rectangular hall has a perimeter
determine : 250 m. If the cost of painting the four walls at
(i) The area of the sheet, required for making the rate of ` 10 per m2 is ` 15000, find the
the box. height of the hall.
[Hint : Area of the four walls = Lateral surface
(ii) The cost of sheet for it, if a sheet measuring
area]
1 m2 costs ` 20. Sol. The cost of painting the four walls at the rate of
Sol. (i) Length of the plastic box (l) = 1.5 m ` 10/m2 = ` 15000
Breadth (b) = 1.25 m Cost
\ Area of the four walls =
65 Rate
Height (h) = 65 cm = m = 0.65 m ` 15000
100 = = 1500 m2
é 1 ù ` 10/m 2
êQ 1cm = 100 m ú But the surface area of four walls of a room
ë û
= Perimeter of the base × height
Since the box is open at the top. 1500 m2 = 250 m × h
Therefore the surface area of the sheet required 1500 m2
= Surface area of a cuboid – area of the top h= Þh=6m
250 m
= 2 (l × b + b × h + h × l) – l × b 4. The paint in a certain container is sufficient
= 2 (1.5 m × 1.25 m + 1.25 m × 0.65 m + 0.65 m to paint an area equal to 9.375 m2. How many
bricks of dimensions 22.5 cm × 10 cm × 7.5 cm
× 1.5 m) – 1.5 m × 1.25 m
can be painted out of this container ?
= 2 (1.875 m2 + 0.8125 m2 + 0.975 m2) Sol. Dimensions of each brick is
– 1.875 m2 length (l) = 22.5 cm, breadth (b) = 10 cm,
= 2 (3.6625 m2) – 1.875 m2 height (h) = 7.5 cm
Surface area of each brick
= 7.325 m2 – 1.875 m2 = 5.45 m2
= 2(l × b + b × h + h × l )
(ii) Cost of the sheet for it at the rate ` 20 per m2 = 2 (22.5 cm × 10 cm + 10 cm × 7.5 cm
= Area × Rate + 7.5 cm × 22.5 cm)
= 5.45m2 × ` 20/m2 = ` 109 = 2 (225 cm2 + 75 cm2 + 168.75 cm2)
2. The length, breadth and height of a room are = 2 × 468.75 cm2 = 937.5 cm2
5 m, 4 m and 3 m respectively. Find the cost Let n bricks will be painted.
of white washing the walls of the room and Then the surface area of n bricks = 9.375 m2
the ceiling at the rate of ` 7.50 per m2. n × area of each brick = 9.375 × 10000 cm2
Sol. The dimensions of the room are : éQ 1m2 = 10000cm2 ù
ë û
Length (l) = 5 m, Breadth (b) = 4 m and n × 937.5 cm2 = 93750 cm2
Height (h) = 3 m
93750 cm 2 93750 ´10
Area of the walls and ceiling = Lateral surface n= =
area + Area of the ceiling 937.5cm 2 937.5 ´10
= 2 (l + b) × h + l × b 937500
= = 100 bricks.
= 2 (5 m + 4 m) × 3 m + 5 m × 4 m 9375
= 54 m2 + 20 m2 = 74 m2
Surface Areas and Volumes 421
5. A cubical box has each edge 10 cm and 7. Shanti Sweets Stall was placing an order for
another cuboidal box is 12.5 cm long, 10 cm making cardboard boxes for packing their
wide and 8 cm high. sweets. Two sizes of boxes were required. The
(i) Which box has the greater lateral surface bigger of dimensions 25 cm × 20 cm × 5 cm
area and by how much ? and the smaller of dimensions 15 cm × 12 cm ×
(ii) Which box has the smaller total surface 5 cm. For all the overlaps, 5% of the total
area and by how much ? surface area is required extra. If the cost of
Sol. Edge of the cubical box = 10 cm the cardboard is ` 4 for 1000 cm2, find the
Lateral surface area of a cube = 4 (side)2
cost of cardboard required for supplying 250
= 4 × (10 cm)2
boxes of each kind.
= 400 cm2
Length of the cuboidal box (l) = 12.5 cm Sol. Dimensions of the bigger box
breadth (b) = 10 cm length (l) = 25 cm, breadth (b) = 20 cm,
height (h) = 8 cm height (h) = 5 cm
Lateral surface area of the cuboidal box Total surface area of the bigger box
= 2 (l + b) × h = 2 (l × b + b × h + h × l)
= 2 (12.5 cm + 10 cm) × 8 cm = 2 ( 25 cm × 20 cm + 20 cm × 5 cm + 5
= 2 (22.5 cm) × 8 cm = 360 cm2 cm × 25 cm)
(i) The cubical box has greater lateral surface = 2 (500 cm2 + 100 cm2 + 125 cm2)
area by 400 cm2 – 360 cm2 = 40 cm2 = 2 (725 cm2) = 1450 cm2
(ii) Total surface area of the cubical box = 6 × (side)2 Dimensions of the smaller box
= 6 × (10 cm)2 = 600 cm2 length (l) = 15 cm, breadth (b)
Total surface area of the cuboidal box = 12 cm, height (h) = 5 cm
= 2 (l× b + b × h + h × l) Total surface area of the smaller box
= 2 (12.5 cm × 10 cm + 10 cm × 8 cm = 2 (l× b + b × h + h × l)
+ 8 cm × 12.5 cm) = 2 (15 cm × 12 cm + 12 cm × 5 cm + 5 cm
= 2 (125 cm2 + 80 cm2 + 100.0 cm2) × 15 cm)
= 2 (305 cm2) = 610 cm2
= 2 (180 cm2 + 60 cm2 + 75 cm2)
Hence the cuboidal box has greater total surface
= 2 (315 cm2) = 630 cm2
area by 610 cm2 – 600 cm2 = 10 cm2
Total surface area of both boxes
6. A small indoor greenhouse (herbarium) is
= 1450 cm2 + 630 cm2 = 2080 cm2
made entirely of glass panes (including base)
Total surface area for making 250 boxes of each
held together with tape. It is 30 cm long,
kind = 2080 cm2 × 250 = 520000 cm2
25 cm wide and 25 cm high.
(i) What is the area of the glass ? Area required for all the overlaps
(ii) How much of tape is needed for all the 12 = 5% of the total surface area
edges? 5 ´ 520000
= cm2 = 26000 cm2
Sol. Length of the greenhouse (l) = 30 cm 100
breadth (b) = 25 cm Hence total surface area of cardboard required
height (h) = 25 cm = 520000 cm2 + 26000 cm2 = 546000 cm2
(i) Area of the glass used in the greenhouse,
= Total surface area of the greenhouse
= 2 (l × b + b × h + h × l) The cost of cardboard at the rate of ` 4 per 1000
= 2 (30 cm × 25 cm + 25 cm × 25 cm
+ 25 cm × 30 cm) 4
cm2 = 546000 cm 2 × = ` 2184.
= 2 (750 cm2 + 625 cm2 + 750 cm2) 1000 cm 2
= 2 (2125 cm2) = 4250 cm2 8. Parveen wanted to make a temporary shelter
(ii) Tape needed for all the 12 edges for her car, by making a box-like structure
= 4 (l + b + h) with tarpaulin that covers all the four sides
= 4 (30 cm + 25 cm + 25 cm) and the top of the car (with the front face as a
= 4 (80 cm) = 320 cm flap which can be rolled up). Assuming that
 EBD_7802
422 Mathematics
the stitching margins are very small, and (i) inner curved surface area
therefore negligible, how much tarpaulin (ii) outer curved surface area
would be required to make the shelter of (iii) total surface area
height 2.5 m, with base dimensions 4 m × 3 m ? Sol. (i) Inner diameter d1 = 4 cm
Sol. Dimensions of the shelter
length (l) = 4 m, breadth (b) = 3 m, d1 4
Inner radius r1 = = cm = 2cm
height (h) = 2.5 m 2 2
Tarpaulin required for the shelter
= 2 (l× b + b × h + h ×l) – Area of the base
= 2 (4 m × 3 m + 3 m × 2.5 m + 2.5 m × 4 m)
–4m×3m
= 2 (12 m2 + 7.5 m2 + 10m2) – 12 m2
= 2 (29.5 m2) – 12 m2
= 59.0 m2 – 12 m2 = 47m2
EXERCISE 13.2
1. The curved surface area of a right circular
Outer diameter d2 = 4.4 cm
cylinder of height 14 cm is 88 cm2. Find the
diameter of the base of the cylinder. d 2 4.4
Outer radius r2 = = cm = 2.2cm
Sol. Here h = 14 cm 2 2
Let radius of the right circular cylinder = r cm height h = 77 cm
Curved surface area of the right circular cylinder Inner curved surface area
is 2prh = 88cm 2
22 2
22 = 2pr1h = 2 ´ ´ 2 ´ 77 cm = 968 cm2
2´ ´ r ´14 cm = 88 cm 2 7
7 (ii) Outer curved surface area = 2pr2 h
88 r cm = 88 cm2 22
88cm 2 = 2 ´ ´ 2.2 ´ 77 cm 2 = 1064.8 cm2
r= = 1cm 7
88cm (iii) Total surface area = 2p(r1 + r2 )(h + r2 - r1 )
Diameter of the base of the cylinder d
22
= 2 r = 2 × 1 cm = 2 cm = 2 ´ (2 + 2.2)(77 + 2.2 - 2)
2. It is required to make a closed cylindrical tank 7
22
of height 1 m and base diameter 140 cm from = 2 ´ (4.2)(77.2) = 2038.08 cm2
a metal sheet. How many square metres of 7
the sheet are required for the same ? 4. The diameter of a roller is 84 cm and its length
Sol. Diameter of the cylindrical tank, d = 140 cm is 120 cm. It takes 500 complete revolutions
to move once over to level a playground. Find
d 140 the area of the playground in m2.
radius r = = cm = 70 cm = 0.70 m
2 2 Sol. Diameter of the roller d = 84 cm
height h = 1 m
Sheet required = Total surface area of the d 84
radius r = = cm = 42 cm
2 2
cylindrical tank = 2pr (r + h)
length h = 120 cm
22 Curved surface area of the roller
= 2´ ´ 0.70(0.70 + 1) m 2
7
22
= 4.4 × (1.70) m2 = 7.48 m2 = 2prh = 2 ´ ´ 42 ´120 cm2 = 31680 cm2
3. A metal pipe is 77 cm long. The inner diameter 7
Hence the roller covers in 1 complete revolution
of a cross section is 4 cm, the outer diameter = 31680 cm2
being 4.4 cm. Find its
Surface Areas and Volumes 423
\ Area covered in 500 complete revolutions 8. In a hot water heating system, there is a
= 31680 × 500 cm2 = 15840000 cm2 cylindrical pipe of length 28 m and diameter
15840000 2 5 cm. Find the total radiating surface in the
= m = 1584 m2 system.
10000
Sol. Diameter of the pipe d = 5 cm = 0.05 m
1
[Q 1cm2 = m2 ]
radius r = =
d 0.05
10000 m
2 2
5. A cylindrical pillar is 50 cm in diameter and Length of the pipe h = 28 m
3.5 m in height. Find the cost of painting the
Total radiating surface = 2 prh
curved surface of the pillar at the rate of
`12.50 per m2. 22 0.05
= 2´ ´ ´ 28 m 2 = 4.4 m2
Sol. Diameter of the pillar d = 50 cm, d = 0.50 m 7 2
9. Find :
(i) the lateral or curved surface area of a
d 0.50 closed cylindrical petrol storage tank
radius of the pillar r = = m = 0.25m
2 2 that is 4.2 m in diameter and 4.5 m high.
height h = 3.5 m 1
(ii) how much steel was actually used, if
Curved surface area of the pillar = 2prh 12
22 2
= 2 ´ ´ 0.25 ´ 3.5 m 2 = 5.5 m of the steel actually used was wasted in
7
making the tank ?
Cost of painting the pillar at the rate of ` 12.50 Sol. (i) Diameter of the cylindrical petrol storage
per m2 = 5.50 m2 × ` 12.50 per m2 = ` 68.75. tank,
6. Curved surface area of a right circular d = 4.2 m
cylinder is 4.4 m2. If the radius of the base of
the cylinder is 0.7 m, find its height. d 4.2
radius r = = m = 2.1m
Sol. Radius of the cylinder r = 0.7 m 2 2
Let height = h m height h = 4.5 m
Curved surface area of the cylinder = 4.4 m2 Lateral or curved surface area of the tank
22
2prh = 4.4m 2 = 2prh = 2 ´ ´ 2.1´ 4.5 m 2 = 59.4 m2
22 7
2´ ´ 0.7 ´ h = 4.4 (ii) The total surface area of the tank
7
4.4 4.4 = 2 prh + 2 pr 2 = 59.4m 2 + 2 ´ 22 ´ (2.1) 2
h= m = m 7
2 ´ 22 ´ 0.1 4.4 22
h=1m = 59.4m2 + 2 ´ ´ 2.1´ 2.1m2 = 59.4 m2
7
7. The inner diameter of a circular well is 3.5 + 27.72 m2 = 87.12 m2
m. It is 10 m deep. Find Let the actual area of the steel used be x m2
(i) its inner curved surface area,
(ii) the cost of plastering this curved surface at 1
Wasted area = of x
the rate of ` 40 per m2. 12
Sol. Inner diameter of the well d = 3.5 m Thus remaining area = 87.12 m2
d 3.5 1
So inner radius of the well = = m x- x = 87.12 m 2
2 2 12
depth h = 10 m
11
(i) Inner curved surface area of the well x = 87.12 m2
22 3.5 12
= 2prh = 2 ´ 7 ´ 2 ´ 10 = 110 m2 12
x = ´ 87.12m 2 = 95.04 m 2
(ii) The cost of plastering the curved surface 11
area at the rate of ` 40 per m2 10. In figure, you see the frame of a lampshade.
= 110m 2 ´ ` 40 / m 2 = ` 4400 It is to be covered with a decorative cloth. The
 EBD_7802
424 Mathematics
frame has a base diameter of 20 cm and height EXERCISE 13.3
of 30 cm. A margin of 2.5 cm is to be given for
1. Diameter of the base of a cone is 10.5 cm and
folding it over the top and bottom of the frame.
its slant height is 10 cm. Find its curved
Find how much cloth is required for covering
surface area.
the lampshade.
Sol. Diameter of the base of the cone d = 10.5 cm
d 10.5
radius r = = cm , slant height l = 10 cm
2 2
Curved surface area of the cone
22 10.5 11
= prl = ´ ´ 10 cm 2 = ´ 105cm 2
7 2 7
= 165 cm 2
2. Find the total surface area of a cone, if its
slant height is 21 m and diameter of its base
Sol. Diameter of the base of lampshade d = 20 cm is 24 m.
Sol. Diameter of the base of the cone, d = 24 cm
d 20 d 24
radius r = = cm = 10cm ; height = 30 cm radius r = = cm = 12cm , slant height
2 2 2 2
Margin over the top and bottom = 2.5 cm + 2.5 l = 21 cm
cm = 5 cm Total surface area of the cone
Hence total length of the cloth used 22
h = 30 cm + 5 cm = pr (l + r ) = ´12(21 + 12) = 1244.57 cm2
7
h = 35 cm
3. Curved surface area of a cone is 308 cm2 and
The cloth required for covering the lampshade its slant height is 14 cm. Find
22 (i) radius of the base and
= 2prh = 2 ´ ´ 10 ´ 35 = 2200 (ii) total surface area of the cone.
7
Sol. Slant height of the cone l = 14 cm
11. The students of a Vidyalaya were asked to
(i) Curved surface area = 308cm2
participate in a competition for making and
prl = 308 cm2
decorating penholders in the shape of a
22
cylinder with a base, using cardboard. Each ´ r ´ 14 cm = 308cm 2
penholder was to be of radius 3 cm and height 7
308cm
10.5 cm. The Vidyalaya was to supply the r= = 7 cm
competitors with cardboard. If there were 35 22 × 2cm
competitors, how much cardboard was (ii) Total surface area of the cone
required to be bought for the competition ? æ 22 ö 2
= prl + pr 2 = ç 308 + ´ 7 ´ 7 ÷ cm
Sol. Radius of the pen holder r = 3 cm è 7 ø
height h = 10.5 cm = (308 + 154) cm2 = 462 cm2
Car dboard r equired for one competitor 4. A conical tent is 10 m high and radius of its
= 2prh + pr 2 base is 24 m. Find :
22 22 (i) slant height of the tent.
= 2 ´ ´ 3 ´10.5 cm 2 + (3) 2 (ii) cost of the canvas required to make the
7 7 tent, if the cost of 1 m2 canvas is ` 70.
2 198 2 Sol. Here h = 10 m and r = 24 m
= 198cm + cm
7
Hence the cardboard supplied for 35 competitors (i) Slant height l = r 2 + h2
198
= 198´ 35cm2 + ´ 35cm 2 = 242 + 102
7
= 6930 cm2 + 990 cm2 = 7920 cm2 = 576 + 100 = 676 =26m
Surface Areas and Volumes 425
(ii) Curved surface area of the tent
= 48 + 576 cm
22
= prl = ´ 24 ´ 26 m2
7 l = 625 m = 25 cm
The cost of the canvas required to make
the tent at the rate of ` 70 per m2. Curved surface area of the cap = prl
22 22
= ´ 24 ´ 26m 2 ´ ` 70 / m 2 = `137280. = ´ 7 ´ 25 cm 2 = 550 cm2
7 7
5. What length of tarpaulin 3 m wide will be Area of the sheet required for making one cap
required to make conical tent of height 8 m = 550 cm2
and base radius 6 m? Assume that the extra So the area of the sheet required for making 10
length of material that will be required for such caps = 550 cm2 × 10 = 5500 cm2
stitching margins and wastage in cutting is 8. A bus stop is barricaded from the remaining
approximately 20 cm. (use p = 3.14 ) part of the road, by using 50 hollow cones
Sol. The height of the conical tent h = 8 m made of recycled cardboard. Each cone has a
base radius r = 6 m base diameter of 40 cm and height 1 m. If the
outer side of each of the cones is to be painted
Slant height l = r 2 + h2 = 62 + 82 m and the cost of painting is `12 per m2, what
l = 36 + 64 = 10 m will be the cost of painting all these cones?
Curved surface area of the tent = prl = 3.14 × (use p = 3.14 and take 1.04 = 1.02 )
6× 10 m2 = 188.40 m2 Sol. Base diameter of each cone d = 40 cm
Let the length of the tarpauline L = a m, d 40
width B = 3 m Base radius r = = = 20cm = 0.20 m
2 2
Area = L × B = 188.4 m2 height = 1 m
a × 3 m = 188.4 m2
a = 62.8 m Slant height l = r 2 + h 2
Extra length for margins = 20 cm = 0.2 m
Hence total length = 62.8 m + 0.2 m = 63 m = (0.20)2 + (1)2 = 0.04 + 1 m
6. The slant height and base diameter of a
conical tomb are 25 m and 14 m respectively. l = 1.04 = 1.02 m
Find the cost of white-washing its curved Curved surface area of each cone = prl
surface at the rate of `210 per 100 m2. = 3.14 × 0.20 × 1.02 m2 = 0.6406 m2
Sol. Base diameter of the conical tomb d = 14 m Curved surface area of 50 such cones = 50 ×
d 14 0.6406 m2 = 32.03 m2
Base radius r = = m = 7m
2 2 The cost of painting the curved surface area of
Slant height l = 25 m these 50 cones @ ` 12 per m2 = 32.03 × ` 12
Curved surface area of the tomb per m2 = ` 384.36
22
= prl = ´ 7 ´ 25 m 2 = 550 m2 EXERCISE 13.4
7
The cost of white-washing at the rate of ` 210 1. Find the surface area of a sphere of radius :
(i) 10.5 cm (ii) 5.6 cm (iii) 14 cm
per 100 m2 = 550 m2 × ` 210 per 100 m2 = ` 1155.
Sol. (i) Radius of the sphere r = 10.5 cm
7. A joker’s cap is in the form of a right circular
cone of base radius 7 cm and height 24 cm. Surface area of the sphere = 4pr 2
Find the area of the sheet required to make 22
= 4 ´ ´ 10.5 ´10.5 cm 2 = 1386 cm2
10 such caps. 7
Sol. The base radius of the conical cap r = 7 cm (ii) Radius of the sphere r = 5.6 cm
height h = 24 cm
Surface area of the sphere = 4pr 2
2 2 2 2
Slant height l = r + h = 7 + 24 cm 22
= 4 ´ ´ 5.6 ´ 5.6cm 2 = 394.24 cm2
7
 EBD_7802
426 Mathematics
(iii) Radius of the sphere r = 14 cm 5. A hemispherical bowl made of brass has inner
diameter 10.5 cm. Find the cost of tin-plating
Surface area of the sphere = 4pr 2
it on the inside at the rate of ` 16 per 100 cm2.
22
= 4 ´ ´ 14 ´14cm 2 = 2464 cm2 Sol. Inner diameter of the hemispherical bowl
7 = 10.5 cm
2. Find the surface area of a sphere of diameter :
(i) 14 cm (ii) 21 cm (iii) 3.5 m d 10.5
Radius r = = cm
Sol. (i) Diameter of the sphere d = 14 cm , 2 2
Inner surface area of the bowl
d 14
radius r = = = 7cm
2 2 22 10.5 10.5 2
2 = 2pr 2 = 2 ´ ´ ´ cm = 173.25
Surface area of the sphere = 4pr 7 2 2
22 cm2
= 4 ´ ´ 7 ´ 7 cm 2 = 616 cm2
7 The cost of tin plating it on the inside at the rate
(ii) Diameter of the sphere d = 21 cm, radius of ` 16 per 100 cm2
d 21 = 173.25 × Rs 16 per 100 cm2
of the sphere r = = cm
2 2 2772 2
Surface area of the spher e = 4pr 2 = cm
100
22 21 21
= 4 ´ ´ ´ cm 2 = 1386 cm2 = 27.72
7 2 2 6. Find the radius of a sphere whose surface area
(iii) Diameter of the sphere d = 3.5 m, radius
is 154 cm2.
d 3.5 Sol. Let the radius of the sphere be r cm
r= = m
2 2 Surface area of the sphere = 154 cm2
Surface area of the sphere 22 2
4pr 2 = 154cm 2 Þ 4 ´ r = 154 cm 2
22 3.5 3.5 2 7
= 4pr 2 = 4 ´ ´ ´ m = 38.5 m2
7 2 2 154 ´ 7 7´7 7
3. Find the total surface area of a hemisphere of Þ r2 = Þr = cm Þ r = cm
4 ´ 22 2´ 2 2
radius 10 cm. (use p = 3.14 ) Þ r = 3.5 cm
Sol. Radius of the hemisphere r = 10 cm 7. The diameter of the moon is approximately
Total surface area of the hemisphere one fourth of the diameter of the earth. Find
= 3pr 2 = 3 ´ 3.14 ´ (10)2 the ratio of their surface areas.
= 9.42 ´100cm2 = 942 cm2 Sol. Let the diameter of the earth D = 2x units , radius
4. The radius of a spherical balloon increases D 2x
from 7 cm to 14 cm as air is being pumped R= = = x units
2 2
into it. Find the ratio of surface areas of the 1
balloon in the two cases. Diameter of the moon, d = diameter of the
4
Sol. Initial radius of the spherical balloon r1 = 7 cm 1 x
earth = ´ 2 x = units
Surface ar ea of the balloon S1 = 4pr12 4 2
22 d x/2 x
= 4 ´ ´ 7 ´ 7 cm 2 = 616 cm2 radius r = = = units.
7 2 2 4
Increased radius of the balloon r2 = 14 cm Surface area of the earth S = 4pR 2 = 4 ´ p x 2
Surface area of S2 = 4pr22 sq. units.
2
22 æxö
= 4´ ´ 14 ´14cm 2 Surface area of the moon s = 4 pr 2 = 4p ç ÷
7 è4ø
S2 = 2464cm2 4p x2
=
S1 616 cm 2 1 16 4p x2
Ratio = = = s 1
S2 2464 cm 2 4 Ratio of their surface areas = = 16 =
S 2 16
4p x
S1 : S2 = 1 : 4 = s : S = 1 : 16
Surface Areas and Volumes 427
8. A hemispherical bowl is made of steel, 0.25 cm EXERCISE 13.5
thick. The inner radius of the bowl is 5 cm.
Find the outer curved surface area of the bowl. 1. A matchbox measures 4 cm × 2.5 cm × 1.5
Sol. The inner radius of the hemispherical bowl cm. What will be the volume of a packet
r1 = 5cm containing 12 such boxes ?
Sol. Dimensions of the matchbox are :
Thickness = 0.25 cm
length l = 4 cm, breadth b = 2.5 cm, height h = 1.5 cm
So outer radius of the bowl r2 = r1 + thickness Volume of the matchbox = l × b × h = 4 × 2.5 × 1.5 cm3
= 5 cm + 0.25 = 15 cm3
r2 = 5.25cm The volume of the packet containing 12 such
The outer curved surface area of the bowl boxes = 15 × 12 cm3 = 180 cm3
22 2. A cuboidal water tank is 6 m long, 5 m wide
= 2pr22 = 2 ´ ´ 5.25 ´ 5.25cm 2 = 173.25 cm2 and 4.5 m deep. How many liters of water
7
9. A right circular cylinder just encloses a sphere can it hold? (1 m3 = 1000 lit)
of radius r. Sol. Length of the water tank l = 6 m
The ratio of surface area of the sphere to breadth b = 5 m, depth h = 4.5 m
curved surface area of the cylinder is Volume (capacity) of the water tank
(a) 1:3 (b) 1:2 (c) 2 : 1 (d) 1 : 1 = l × b × h = 6 × 5 × 4.5 m3 = 135 m3
= 135 × 1000 l (Q 1 m3 = 1000 lit)
= 135000 l
3. A cuboidal vessel is 10 m long and 8 m wide.
How high must it be made to hold 380 cubic
meters of a liquid?
Sol. Length of the cuboidal vessel l = 10 m,
breadth b = 8 m
Let height = h m
Volume of the vessel = 380 m3
Sol. (d) Radius of the shpere = r , l × b × h = 380 m3
Radius of the cylinder = r , 10 × 8m2 × h = 380 m3
height of the cylinder h = 2r 380 m3
h= = 4.75m
10 ´ 8 m 2
r 4. Find the cost of digging a cuboidal pit 8 m
long, 6 m broad and 3 m deep at the rate of
r ` 30 per m3.
Sol. Length of the cuboidal pit l = 8 m
r breadth b = 6 m
depth h = 3 m
r Volume of the pit = l × b × h = 8 × 6 × 3 m3 = 144 m3
The cost of digging the pit at the rate of ` 30
per m3 = 144 × ` 30 = ` 4320.
5. The capacity of a cuboidal tank is 50000 liters of
water. Find the breadth of the tank, if its length
(i) Surface area of the sphere = 4pr 2 and depth are respectively 2.5 m and 10 m.
(ii) Curved surface area of the cylinder Sol. Length of the cuboidal tank l = 2.5, depth h = 10 m,
= 2prh = 2pr ´ 2r = 4pr 2 Let breadth = b m
Volume of the tank = 50000 litres
(iii) Ratio of the areas in (i) and (ii)
50000 3
4pr 2 l ´b´ h = m [Q1m3 = 1000 lit.]
= =1:1 1000
4pr 2 50
2.5 ´ b ´ 10 = 50 m3 b = m b = 2 m
25
 EBD_7802
428 Mathematics
6. A village, having a population of 4000, requires Surface area of the first cube = 6a12 = 6 × (12)2
150 litres of water per head per day. It has a cm2 = 6 × 12 × 12 cm2
tank measuring 20 m × 15 m × 6 m. For how S1 = 6 × 144 cm2
many days will the water of this tank last ?
Surface area of the smaller cube S2 = 6a22 = 6 ×
Sol. Population of the village = 4000
Water required per day = 4000 × 150 liters (6 cm)2 = 6 × 6 × 6 cm2
= 600000 lit. S1
Ratio between their surface areas =
600000 3 S2
= m [Q 1 m3 = 1000 l ] = 600 m3
1000
6 ´ 144 cm2 4
The volume of the tank = l × b × h = 20 m × 15 = = =4:1
2 1
m × 6 m = 1800 m3 6 ´ 6 ´ 6 cm
1800 9. A river 3 m deep and 40 m wide is flowing at
Hence the water will last for = days the rate of 2 km per hour. How much water
600
= 3 days. will fall into the sea in a minute ?
7. A godown measures 40 m × 25 m × 10 m. Find Sol. Width of the river b = 40 m
the maximum number of wooden crates each depth h = 3 m
measuring Speed of the flowing of the river = 2 km per h
1.5 m × 1.25 m × 0.5 m that can be stored in 2 ´1000 m per min 100 m per min
the godown. = =
60 3
Sol. The measures of the godown
= 40 m × 25 m × 10 m So length of the water fall in to the sea in a
Volume of the godown = 40 × 25 × 15 m3 100
minute = l = m
Volume of each wooden crates 3
= 1.5 m × 1.25 m × 0.5 m Volume of the water fall into the sea in a minute
So the maximum number of crates in the godown
100
Volume of godown =l×b×h = ´ 40 ´ 3 m3 = 4000 m3
= 3
Volume of each crate
= 4000 × 1000 lit. [Q 1 m3 = 1000 lit]
40 ´ 25 ´15 = 4000000 lit.
=
1.5 ´1.25 ´ 0.5
EXERCISE 13.6
40 ´ 25 ´ 15
= ´ 10 ´ 100 ´ 10 = 16000 1. The circumference of the base of a cylindrical
15 ´ 125 ´ 5
vessel is 132 cm and its height is 25 cm. How
8. A solid cube of side 12 cm is cut into eight many litres of water can it hold?
cubes of equal volume. What will be the side (1000 cm3 = 1 litre)
of the new cube ? Also, find the ratio between Sol. The circumference of the cylindrical vessel
their surface areas. = 132 cm
Sol. Side of the cube a = 12 cm 22
Volume of the cube = (side)3 = (12 cm)3 = 12 × 2pr = 132cm = 2 ´ r = 132 cm
7
12 × 12 cm3
It is divided into 8 cubes 132 ´ 7
r= = 21 cm
12 ´ 12 ´12 3 2 ´ 22
So, volume of each cube = cm
height of the cylinder h = 25 cm
8
12 ´ 12 ´ 12 3 Volume (capacity) of the cylinder = pr 2 h
(side)3 = cm
2´ 2 ´ 2 22 22
(side)3 = 6 × 6 × 6 cm3 = ´ (21) 2 ´ 25 cm3 = ´ 21´ 21´ 25
7 7
= 34650 cm 3
side = 3 6 ´ 6 ´ 6 cm = 6 cm.
Surface Areas and Volumes 429

34650 Sol. Let the radius of the base of the cylinder = r cm,
= litre [Q 1 litre = 1000cm3 ] height h = 5 cm
1000
= 34.650 litre (i) Lateral surface of the cylinder is 2prh
2. The inner diameter of a cylindrical wooden pipe = 94.2cm2
is 24 cm and its outer diameter is 28 cm. The
length of the pipe is 35 cm. Find the mass of the 2 × 3.14 × r × 5 = 94.2 cm2
pipe, if 1 cm3 of wood has a mass of 0.6 g. 94.2
Sol. Inner r adius of the cylindrical pipe r= cm
31.4
diameter 24
r1 = = = 12cm r = 3 cm
2 2
28 (ii) Volume of the cylinder = pr 2 h = 3.14 ×
Outer radius r2 = cm = 14 cm (3)2 × 5 cm3 = 3.14 × 9 × 5 = 141.3 cm3
2
Length of the pipe h = 35 cm
5. It costs ` 2200 to paint the inner curved surface
Volume of the wood in the pipe = ph(r22 - r12 )
of a cylindrical vessel 10 m deep. If the cost of
22 painting is at the rate of ` 20 per m2, find
= ´ 35(142 - 122 ) = 110 (14 + 12) (14 – 12) (i) inner curved surface area of the vessel,
7
= 110 × 26 × 2 = 5720 cm3 (ii) radius of the base,
mass of the pipe = volume × density = 5720 cm3 (iii) capacity of the vessel.
Sol. Cost of painting the curved surface area of the
3432 cylindrical vessel = ` 2200
× 0.6 g per cm3 = 3432.0 g = kg = 3.432 kg
1000 Rate of painting = ` 20 per m2
3. A soft drink is available in two packs – (i) So inner surface area (curved) of the
(i) a tin can with a rectangular base of
length 5 cm and width 4 cm, having a Cost 2200
cylindrical vessel = = = 110 m2
height of 15 cm and Rate 20
(ii) a plastic cylinder with a circular base of (ii) Inner curved surface area of the cylindrical
diameter 7 cm and height 10 cm. vessel = 110 m2
Which container has greater capacity
and by how much ? 2prh = 110 m2
Sol. Length of the rectangular pack (l) = 5 cm
22
breadth (b) = 4 cm, height (h) = 15 cm 2´ ´ r ´10 = 110 m 2
Capacity of the pack = l × b × h = 5 × 4 × 15 7
cm3 = 300 cm3 110 ´ 7
r=
Base radius of the cylindrical pack r = 7 cm 2 ´ 22 ´ 10
height h = 10 cm 7
r = m = 1.75 m
Volume of the cylindrical pack = pr 2 h 4
2 (iii) Capacity of the vessel
22 æ 7 ö
= ´ ç ÷ ´10cm3 22 æ 7 ö
2
7 è2ø = pr 2 h = ´ ç ÷ ´10m3
7 è4ø
22 7 ´ 7
= ´ ´ 10 = 11 × 35 cm3 = 385 cm3 22 7 7 385 3
7 2´ 2 = ´ ´ ´ 10 = m = 96.25 m3
Hence the cylindrical pack has greater capacity 7 4 4 4
by 385 cm3 – 300 cm3 = 85 cm3 6. The capacity of a closed cylindrical vessel of
4. If the lateral surface of a cylinder is 94.2 cm2 height 1 m is 15.4 litres. How many square
and its height is 5 cm, then find metres of metal sheet would be needed to make
(i) radius of its base (ii) its volume. it ?
(Use p = 3.14 )
 EBD_7802
430 Mathematics
Sol. Capacity of a closed cylindrical vessel = 15.4
22
litres. = pr12 h = ´ (0.05) 2 ´ 14 = 44 × .0025 cm3
7
height h = 1 m = 100 cm,
= 0.1100 cm3 = 0.11 cm3
pr 2 h = 15.4 ´1000 cm3 8. A patient in a hospital is given soup daily in a
cylindrical bowl of diameter 7 cm. If the bowl
is filled with soup to a height of 4 cm, how
22 2
r ´ 100 = 15400 cm3 much soup the hospital has to prepare daily
7 to serve 250 patients ?
Sol. Diameter of the cylindrical bowl d = 7 cm
2 15400 ´ 7 2
Þ r = cm
d 7
22 ´ 100
Radius of the bowl r = = cm = 3.5 cm
2 2
Þ r 2 = 7 ´ 7 cm2 Height of the soup bowl h = 4 cm
Þ r = 7 ´ 7 cm r = 7 cm Volume of the soup in 1 bowl = pr 2 h
Metal sheet needed to make it = Total surface 22 22
= ´ (3.5)2 ´ 4 cm3 = ´ 3.5 ´ 3.5 ´ 4 cm3 =
area of the cylindrical vessel = 2pr (h + r ) 7 7
11.0 × 14.0 cm3 = 154 cm3
22
= 2´ ´ 7(100 + 7) = 44 × 107 cm2 = 4708 cm2 Volume of the soup for 250 patients
7
= 250 ´154cm3 = 38500cm3
4708 2
= m [Q 1 m2 = 10000 cm2] or = 38.5 l [Q 1000 cm3 = 1l]
10000
= 0.4708 m2 EXERCISE 13.7
1. Find the volume of the right circular cone with
7. A lead pencil consists of a cylinder of wood (i) radius 6 cm, height 7 cm
with a solid cylinder of graphite filled in the (ii) radius 3.5 cm, height 12 cm.
interior. The diameter of the pencil is 7 mm Sol. (i) Radius r = 6 cm, Height h = 7 cm
and the diameter of the graphite is 1 mm. If
the length of the pencil is 14 cm, find the 1 2
Volume of the con e = pr h
volume of the wood and that of the graphite. 3
Sol. The diameter of the graphite d1 = 1 mm, radius
1 22
= ´ ´ 6 ´ 6 ´ 7 cm3 = 264 cm3
d 1 0.5 3 7
r1 = 1 = mm = cm = 0.05 cm
2 2 10 (ii) Radius r = 3.5 cm, Height h = 12 cm
The diameter of the pencil d2 = 7 mm, radius 1 2
Volume of the con e = pr h
7 3
r2 = mm = 3.5mm = 0.35 cm
2
1 22
Length of the pencil h = 14 cm =´ ´ 3.5 ´ 3.5 ´ 12 cm 3 = 11 × 14.0
3 7
Volume of the wood
= 154 cm3
= pr22 h - pr12 h = ph(r 2 - r 2 ) 2. Find the capacity in liters of a conical vessel
2 1
with
22 (i) radius 7 cm, slant height 25 cm
= ´14(0.352 - 0.052 ) = 44 (0.35 + 0.05)
7 (ii) height 12 cm, slant height 13 cm
(0.35 – 0.05) = 44 × 0.40 × 0.30 = 5.28 cm3 Sol. (i) Base radius r = 7 cm,
Volume of the graphite Slant height l = 25 cm
Surface Areas and Volumes 431

1 2 r 2 = 16cm2 Þ r = 16 cm Þ r = 4 cm
Capacity of the conical vessel = pr h.
3
Diameter = 2r = 2 × 4 cm = 8 cm.
where
5. A conical pit of top diameter 3.5 m is 12 m
h = l 2 - r 2 = 625 - 49 = 576 = 24 deep. What is its capacity in kilolitres ?
1 22 Sol. Diameter of the conical pit d = 3.5 m, radius
\ Capacity = ´ ´ 7 ´ 7 ´ 24 = 22 ×
3 7 d 3.5
r= = m , depth h = 12 m
7 × 8 = 1232 cm3 » 1.232 l 2 2

1 1 2
(Q 1 cm3 = litre ) Capacity of the conical pit = pr h
1000 3
(ii) Height h = 12 cm
1 22 3.5 3.5
Slant height l = 13 cm = ´ ´ ´ ´ 12 m3 = 38.5 m3
3 7 2 2
From l 2 = r 2 + h 2 we have
= 38.5 Kl [Q 1m3 = 1 Kl ]
2 2 2 2 = 169 - 144
r = l -h = 13 - 12
= 25 6. The volume of a right circular cone is 9856 cm3.
r = 5 cm If the diameter of the base is 28 cm, find
So the capacity of the conical vessel
(i) height of the cone,
1
= pr 2 h = 1 ´ 22 ´ (5) 2 ´ 12 cm3 (ii) slant height of the cone,
3 3 7
(iii) curved surface area of the cone.
22 2200
= ´ 25 ´ 4 cm3 = cm3 Sol. Diameter of the base of the cone d = 28 cm
7 7
d 28
2200 11 Base radius r = = cm = 14cm
= litre = litre 2 2
7 ´ 1000 35
(i) Let the height of the cone be h cm.
3. The height of a cone is 15 cm. If its volume is 1570
cm3. Find the radius of the base. (use p = 3.14 ) 1
Volume of the cone : pr 2 h = 9856 cm3
Sol. The height of the cone h = 15 cm 3
1 2 1 22
The volume of the cone : pr h = 1570 cm3 Þ ´ ´ 14 ´ 14 ´ h = 9856cm
3 3 7

1 1570 9856 ´ 3 224 ´ 3

2
Þ ´ 3.14 r 2 ´ 15 = 1570 Þ r = cm2 Þh = Þ h=
3 3.14 ´ 5 22 ´ 2 ´ 14 14

r = 100 cm Þ h = 48 cm
r = 10 cm
(ii) l = r 2 + h 2
4. If the volume of a right circular cone of height
9 cm is 48p cm3, find the diameter of its base. = 142 + 482 = 196 + 2304 = 2500 = 50cm
Sol. Let the radius be r cm, height h = 9 cm
So slant height of the cone l = 50 cm
1 2 3
Volume of the cone : pr h cm = 48p cm (iii) Curved surface ar ea of the cone
3
22
1 2 = prl = ´ 14 ´ 50 = 2200 cm2
r ´ 9 cm = 48cm3 7
Þ
3
 EBD_7802
432 Mathematics
7. A right triangle ABC with sides 5 cm, 12 cm Height h = 3 m
and 13 cm is revolved about the side 12 cm. Volume of the heap
Find the volume of the solid so obtained.
1 1 22 10.5 10.5
= pr 2 h = ´ ´ ´ ´ 3m3
Sol. C 3 3 7 2 2
= 86.615 m3
Area of the canvas required to cover the heap
13 cm h = 12 cm
= Curved surface area of the heap

= prl = 22 ´ 10.5 ´ r 2 + h 2
12 cm

7 2

A' 2
A 5 cm B æ 10.5 ö 2
= 11´ 1.5 ´ ç ÷ +3
è 2 ø
Since the triangle is revolved about the side
12 cm. = 16.5 27.5625 + 9 = 16.5 36.5625
So height of the cone so formed h = 12 cm = 16.5 × 6.04 m2 = 99.66 m2
Base radius r = 5 cm EXERCISE 13.8
So volume of the cone
1. Find the volume of a sphere whose radius is
1 1 2 3 (i) 7 cm (ii) 0.63 m
= pr 2 h = ´ p ´ (5) ´ 12 cm = 100 p cm3
3 3
8. If the triangle ABC is question 7 above is Sol. (i) Radius of the sphere r = 7 cm
revolved about the side 5 cm, then find the 4 3
volume of the solid so obtained. Find also the Volume of the sphere = pr
3
ratio of the volumes of the two solids obtained
in question 7 and 8. 4 22
= ´ ´ 7 ´ 7 ´ 7 cm3 = 1437.33 cm3
Sol. If the triangle ABC in Ques 7 above is revolved 3 7
about 5 cm then height h = 5 cm and approx
Base radius r = 12 cm (ii) Radius of the sphere , r = 0.63 m
4 3
Then volume of the cone so formed = 1 pr 2 h Volume of the sphere = pr
3 3

1 4 22
= p ´ (12)2 ´ 5 = 240p cm3 = ´ ´ 0.63 ´ 0.63 ´ 0.63m3 = 1.0478
3 3 7
Ratio of th e volume of the two solids m3 = 1.05 m3 (approx)
2. Find the amount of water displaced by a solid
100 p 5
= = = 5 : 12. spherical ball of diameter
240 p 12 (i) 28 cm (ii) 0.21 m
9. A heap of wheat is in the form of a cone whose Sol. (i) Diameter of the solid spherical bowl, d = 28 cm
diameter is 10.5 m and height is 3 m. Find its
volume. The heap is to be covered by canvas d 28
Radius, r = = cm = 14cm
to protect it from rain. Find the area of the 2 2
canvas required. Volume of the water displaced by the ball
Sol. The base diameter of the heap of wheat in the
4 3 4 22
form of a cone d = 10.5 m = pr = ´ ´ 14 ´ 14 ´ 14 cm3
3 3 7
d 10.5 = 11498.6667 cm3 = 11498.67 cm3
Base radius r = = m = 5.25 m
2 2 approx.
Surface Areas and Volumes 433
(ii) Diameter of the ball d = 0.21 m
v 1 1
= = v= V
d 0.21 V 64 64
Radius r = = m
2 2
Volume of the water displaced by the ball 1
Hence the volume of the moon = volume of
64
4 3 4 22 0.21 0.21 0.21 3
= pr = ´ ´ ´ ´ m the earth
3 3 7 2 2 2 5. How many litres of milk can a hemispherical
= 0.0049 m3 bowl of diameter 10.5 cm hold ?
3. The diameter of a metallic ball is 4.2 cm. What Sol. Diameter of the hemispherical bowl d = 10.5
is the mass of the ball, if the density of the
metal is 8.9 g per cm3 ? d 10.5
cm, radius r = = cm
Sol. Diameter of the metalic ball d = 4.2 cm, 2 2
The capacity of the bowl
4.2
r= cm 2 3 2 22 10.5 10.5 10.5 3
2 = pr = ´ ´ ´ ´ cm
4 3 3 3 7 2 2 2
Volume of the ball = pr = 303.1875 cm3
3
4 22 4.2 4.2 4.2 303.1875
= ´ ´ ´ ´ = 38.808 cm3 = litres = 0.303 litres (approx)
3 7 2 2 2 1000
Mass of the ball = volume × density = 38.808 × 6. A hemispherical tank is made up of an iron
8.9 g per cm3 = 345.39 gm (approx) sheet 1 cm thick. If the inner radius is 1 m,
4. The diameter of the moon is approximately then find the volume of the iron used to make
one-fourth of the diameter of the earth. What the tank.
fraction of the volume of the earth is the Sol. The inner radius of the hemispherical tank,
volume of the moon ? r1 = 1 m
Sol. Let the diameter of the earth D = x units thickness of the iron sheet = 1 cm = 0.01m
1 x \ Outer radius of the tank
then diameter of the moon d = D Þ d = r2 = 1 + 0.01m
4 4
units r2 = 1.01 m
D x
Radius of the earth R = = units 2
2 2 \ Volume of the iron used = p(r23 - r13 )
x 3
d 4 x 2 22 é
Radius of the moon r = = = units = ´ ´ (1.01)3 - (1)3 ù
2 2 8 3 7 ë û
3 44 44
4 3 4 æ xö = (1.0303 - 1) = ´ 0.0303
Volume of the earth V = pR = p ç ÷ 21 21
3 3 è2ø
= 0.0635 m3 (approx.)
4 x3 7. Find the volume of a sphere whose surface
V = p´ cubic units area is 154 cm2.
3 8
Sol. Let the radius of the sphere be r cm
Volume of the moon
Surface area of the sphere = 4pr2 = 154 cm2
3
4 3 4 æ xö 4 x3 22
v= pr = p´ ç ÷ = p cubic units 4 ´ r 2 = 154cm2
3 3 è8ø 3 512 7
154 ´ 7
r2 =
4 x3 4 ´ 22
p
v 3 512 8
= = 7´7 7
V 4 x 3 512 r= cm = cm = 3.5 cm
p 2´ 2 2
3 8
 EBD_7802
434 Mathematics

4 3 10. A capsule of medicine is in the shape of a sphere

So the volume of the sphere = pr of diameter 3.5 mm. How much medicine (in
3
mm3) is needed to fill this capsule ?
4 22 7 7 7
= ´ ´ ´ ´ = 179.67 cm3 (approx) Sol. Diameter of the spherical capsule, d = 3.5 mm,
3 7 2 2 2
8. A dome of a building is in the form of a d 3.5
radius r = = mm
hemisphere. From inside, it was white-washed 2 2
at the cost of ` 498.96. If the cost of white- 4 3
washing is ` 2.00 per square metre, find the So the volume of the capsule = pr
(i) inside surface area of the dome, 3
(ii) volume of the air inside the dome. 4 22 3.5 3.5 3.5
Sol. (i) The cost of white-washing inside the dome = ´ ´ ´ ´ mm3 = 22.4583 mm3
= ` 498.96 3 7 2 2 2
Rate = ` 2.00 per m2 = 22.46 mm3 (approx)
\ Inside surface area of the dome = EXERCISE 13.9
Cost = ` 498.96
2 = 249.48 m
2 1. A wooden bookshelf has external dimensions
Rate ` 2 per m as follows : Height = 110 cm, Depth = 25 cm,
(ii) Surface area of hemispherical dome Breadth = 85 cm (see figure). The thickness
2pr 2 =249.48m 2 of the plank is 5 cm everywhere. The external
faces are to be polished and the inner faces
22 2
2´ r = 249.48 m 2 are to be painted. If the rate of polishing is 20
7 paise per cm2 and the rate of painting is 10
249.48 11.34 ´ 7 2 paise per cm2, find the total expenses required
r2 = ´ 7 m2 Þ r 2 = m
2 ´ 22 2 for polishing and painting the surface of the
bookshelf.
r 2 = 5.67 ´ 7 m 2 Þ r = 39.69 m
85 cm
r = 6.3m
So the inside volume of the dome
2 3 2 22
= pr = ´ ´ 6.3 ´ 6.3 ´ 6.3 = 13.2 ×
3 3 7
6.3 × 6.3 m3 = 523.908 m3 110 cm
9. Twenty seven solid iron spheres, each of radius
r and surface area S are melted to form a
sphere with surface area S'. Find the
(i) radius r' of the new sphere,
(ii) ratio of S and S'.
Sol. (i) Volume of new sphere = 27 volume of 25 cm
small sphere Sol. Surface area to be polished = [(110 × 85) + 2
4 3 4 (110 × 25) + 2 (85 × 25) + 2 (110 × 5) + 4 (75 ×
pr = 27. pr 3
3 3 5)]
3
= (9350 + 5500 + 4250 + 1100 + 1500) cm2
r ' = 27r 3 = 21700 cm2
r ' = 3r \ Expenses required for polishing at the rate
(ii) S = 4pr2 and 20 paise per cm2 = 21700 × 20 paise
2
S ' = 4 p.r '2 = 4p.(3r ) 21700 ´ 20
=` =` 4340
S ' = 4p.9r 2 100
Now, surface area to be painted
S : S' = 4pr 2 : 4 p ´ 9r 2 = 1 : 9
= [2 (20 × 90) + 6 (75 × 20) + (75 × 90)] cm2
Surface Areas and Volumes 435
= (3600 + 9000 + 6750) cm2 = 19350 cm2 \ Surface area of a cylinderical support = 2prh
\ Required Expenses for painting at the rate 22
10 paise per cm2 = 2´ ´ 1.5 ´ 7 = 66cm 2
7
19350 ´ 10 ( Q Surface area of cylinder = 2prh)
= 19350 × 10 paise = ` = `1935
100 \ Surface area of eight cylindrical supports
\ Total expenses for polishing and painting the = 66 × 8 = 528 cm2
surface of the bookshelf \ Cost of painting black at the rate 5 paise per
= ` 4340 + ` 1935 = ` 6275. 528 ´ 5
2. The front compound wall of a house is cm2 = 528 × 5 paise = ` =` 26.40.
decorated by wooden spheres of diameter 21 100
\ Required cost of paint = 2757.86 + 26.40
cm, placed on small supports as shown in = ` 2784.26 (approx.)
figure. Eight such spheres are used for this 3. The diameter of a sphere is decreased by 25%.
purpose, and are to be painted silver. Each By what per cent does its curved surface area
support is a cylinder of radius 1.5 cm and decrease?
height 7 cm and is to be painted black. Find r
the cost of paint required if silver paint costs Sol. Let the radius of the sphere be cm.
25 paise per cm2 and black paint costs 5 paise 2
per cm2. æ rö
then its diameter = 2 çè ÷ø = r cm
2
[ Q Radius = 2 (diameter)]
Curved surface area of the original sphere
2
æ rö
= 4p ç ÷ = pr2 cm2
è 2ø
Since, the diameter of sphere is decreased by 25%.
25
\ New diameter of the sphere = r - r ´
100
Sol. For a wooden sphere, we have r 3r
Diameter = 21 cm = r- = cm
4 4
21
\ Radius (r) = cm 1 æ 3r ö 3r
2 \ Radius of the new sphere =ç ÷= cm
Q
( Radius = Half of diameter) 2è 4 ø 8
Since, surface area of sphere = 4pr2 \ New curved surface area of the sphere =
\ Surface area of a wooden sphere = 4pr 2 2
æ 3r ö 9 pr 2
2 4p ç ÷ = cm 2
22 æ 21ö è 8ø 16
= 4´ ´ ç ÷ = 1386 cm2
7 è 2ø \ Decrease in the original curved surface area
\ Surface area of a wooden sphere to be painted
9pr 2 7pr 2
22 = pr 2 - =
= 1386 – p (1.5)2 = 1386 – (1.5)2 = 1378.93 16 16
7 \ Decrease in % in surface area
\ Surface area of eight wooden spheres
= 1378.93 × 8 = 11031.44 cm2 7 pr 2
\ Cost of painting silver at the rate 25 paise 700 3
per cm2 = 11031.44 × 25 paise = 162 ´ 100% = % = 43 % or 43.75%
pr 16 4
11031.44 ´ 25 Hence, the original curved surface area decreases
=` =` 2757.86
100 3
Now, for a cylindrical support, we have by 43 %.
4
Radius (r) = 1.5 cm
Height (h) = 7 cm
 EBD_7802
436 Mathematics

Very Short Answer Questions [1 Mark] 4. A solid piece of metal, cuboidal in shape, with
1. The diameter of a football is five times the dimensions 24 cm, 18 cm and 4 cm is recast
diameter of a cricket ball. Ratio of surface areas into a cube. Calculate the lateral surface area of
of football and cricket ball is .......... . [2013] the cube. [2014]
2. Two cylinders have bases of same size. The 5. The length, breadth and height of a room are
diameter of each is 7 cm. If one of the cylinder 5 m, 4 m and 3 m. Find the cost of white washing
is 10 cm high and the other is 20 cm high, then the walls of the room and the ceiling at the rate
the ratio of their volumes is ................ .[2013] of ` 7.50 per m2. [2014]
3. Calculate the volume of a cuboid whose 6. The circumference of the base of a cylindrical
dimensions are 3.6 cm, 8.2 cm and 11 cm. vessel is 132 cm and its height is 25 cm. How
[2014] many litres of water can it hold? [2014]
4. If the number of square centimetres in the 7. A joker's cap is in the form of right circular cone
surface area of a sphere is equal to the number of base radius 7 cm and slant height 25 cm. Find
of cubic cm in its volume. Find the diameter of the area of sheet required for 10 such caps.
the sphere? [2014] [2014]
5. Find the capacity of a tank of dimensions 8 cm 8. Bhavya has a piece of canvas whose area is 552 m2.
× 6 cm × 2.5 cm [2015] She uses it to make a conical tent with a base
6. Compute the curved surface area of a hemisphere radius of 7 m. Assuming that all the stitching
whose diameter is 14 cm. [2015] margins and the wastage incurred while cutting
7. If the height and the radius of cone is tripled, amounts to approximately 2 m2. Find the volume
then find ratio of volume of new cone and of æ 22 ö
that of original. [2016] of the tent can be made with it. ç Take p = ÷
è 7 ø
8. How many faces does a right circular cylinder
have? [2016] [2014]
9. The length, breadth and height of a room are
Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks] 6 m, 4 m and 3 m respectively. Find the cost of
1. A rectangular piece of paper is 22 cm long and white washing the four walls of the room at the
10 cm wide. A cylinder is formed by rolling the rate of ` 12 per m2. The room has an entrance
paper along its length. Find the volume of the door measuring 2.5 m × 1 m which is not to be
cylinder. [2013] white washed. [2015]
2. The internal and external diameters of a hollow 10. A dome of a building is in the form of a
hemispherical vessel are 24 cm and 25 cm hemisphere. From inside, it was white washed
respectively. If the cost of painting 1 cm2 of the at the cost of ` 997.92. If the cost of white
surface area is ` 0.05, find the total cost of washing is 400 paisa per square meter, find the
painting the vessel all over. [2013]
æ 22 ö
3. The radius and height of a right circular cone volume of air inside the dome. ç Take p = ÷
è 7 ø
are in the ratio 4 : 3 and its volume is 2156 cm3.
Find the curved surface area of the cone. [2013] [2013, 15]
Surface Areas and Volumes 437
11. Find the radius of the base of a right circular 3. A right triangle ABC with sides 5 cm, 12 cm
and 13 cm is revolved about the side 5 cm. Find
2 the volume of the solid so obtained. If, it is
cylinder whose curved surface area is of the
3 revolved about the side 12 cm, what would be
sum of the surface areas of two circular faces. the ratio of volumes of two solids obtained in
The height of the cylinder is given to be 15 cm. two cases? [2014]
[2015] 4. A teak wood log is in the form of cuboid of length
12. How many litre of milk can a hemispherical 2.3 m, width 75 cm and of certain thickness. Its
volume is 1.104 cu. m. How many rectangular
bowl of diameter 10.5 cm hold? [2016]
planks of size 2.3 m × 72 cm × 4 cm can be cut
13. The floor of a rectangular hall has a perimeter
from the cuboid? [2015]
250 m. If the cost of painting the four walls at 5. The cost of papering the walls of the room 12 m
the rate of ` 10 per m2 is `15000, find the height long at the rate of ` 1.35 per m2 is ` 340.20 and
of the hall. [2016] the cost of matting the floor at the rate of 85
14. The radius and height of a cylinder are in the paisa per m2 is ` 91.80 find the height of the
ratio 5 : 7. If its volume is 4400 cm3, find radius room. [2015]
of the cylinder. [2016] 6. The length and breadth of a hall are in the ratio
15. A hemispherical bowl made of brass has inner 4 : 3 and its height is 550 cm. The cost of
diameter 0.105 m. Find the cost of tin-plating it decorating its walls on Diwali (including doors
on the inside at the rate of ` 16 per 100 cm2. and windows) at ` 6.60 per square metres is
[2017] ` 5082. Find the length and breadth of the room.
[2015]
16. Metallic spheres of radii 6 m, 8 m and 10 m,
7. A closed cubical box of edge 20 cm is made up
respectively are melted to form a single solid
of wood of thickness 2 cm. Find the :
sphere. Find the radius of the resulting sphere. (i) Volume of the wood used to make it.
[2017] (ii) Volume of air trapped in it. [2016]
Long Answer Questions [4 Marks] 8. A cylindrical bowl of internal diameter 18 cm
and height 15 cm is full of liquid. The whole of
1. A dome of a building is in the form of a the liquid is to be filled is small cylindrical
hemisphere. From inside it was white washed bottles of diameter 3 cm and height 4 cm. Each
at the cost of ` 498.96. If the cost of white bottle is sold for ` 5, then find the amount
washing is ` 2.00 per square meter. Find the earned. [2016]
volume of the air inside it and also find the inside 9. A solid cylinder has total surface area 462 cm2.
surface area of the dome. [2014] Its curved surface area is one third of its total
2. A hemispherical dome, open at base is made from surface area. Find :
sheet of fiber. If the diameter of hemispherical (a) its radius (b) its height
(c) its volume [2017]
13
dome is 80 cm and of sheet actually used
170
was wasted in making the dome, then find the
35
cost of dome at the rate of cm2. [2014]
100
 EBD_7802
438 Mathematics

Very Short Answer Questions [1 Mark] 6. The height of a cone is 16 cm and its base radius
is 12 cm. Find the total surface area of the cone.
DIRECTIONS : Give answer in one word or one sentence. (Use p = 3.14)
7. A rectangular sheet of metal foil with dimension
1. A cuboidal block of wood is of dimensions
66 cm by 12 cm is rolled to form a cylinder of
5 m × 2 m × 1 m. Find the number of cubes of
height 12 cm. Find the volume of the cylinder.
dimensions 1 m × 1 m × 1 m which can be cut
from it. 8. An open box is made of wood 3 cm thick. Its
2. If the volume of the cuboid is 880 cm3 and the external dimensions are 1.4 m and 1.1 m & 0.8
area of its base is 88 cm2. Find the height of the m. Find the cost of painting the outer surface of
cuboid. box at 75 paise per 100 cm2.
3. What is the volume of a right circular cylinder 9. A river 3 m deep and 40 m wide is flowing at
whose base area is 606 cm2 and height is 2 m? the rate of 2 km/hr. How much water will fall
4. The curved surface area of a right circular into the sea in a minute?
cylinder of height 14 cm is 88 cm2. Find the 10. Calculate the curved surface area of a cone
radius of the base of cylinder. whose radius of base and height are in the ratio
5. Find the radius of a sphere whose surface area 5 : 12 and its volume is 2512 cu. cm.
is 616 cm2. 11. A right angled DABC with sides 3 cm, 4 cm
6. How much ice-cream can be put into a cone with and 5 cm is revolved about the fixed side of 4
base radius 3.5 cm and height 12 cm? cm. Find the volume of the solid generated. Also,
7. A cuboidal water tank is 6 m long, 10 m wide find the total surface area of the solid.
and 4.5 m deep. How many litres of water it can 12. The capacity of a cuboidal tank is 50,000 litres
hold? of water. Find the breadth of the tank, if its length
8. Three cubes each of side 5 cm are joined end to and depth are respectively 2.5 m and 10 m.
end. Find the surface area of the resulting
cuboid. 13. A hemispherical bowl is made of 0.2 cm thick
Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks] steel. The inner diameter of the bowl is 8 cm.
Also, find outer curved surface area of the bowl.
DIRECTIONS : Give answer in two to three sentences. Also, find the cost of polishing its outer surface
1. If the curved surface area of a cylinder is 94.2
æ 22 ö
cm2 and height is 5 cm, then find radius of its at the rate of ` 2 per cm3. ç Take p = ÷
base and volume of the cylinder (use p = 3.14). è 7 ø
2. Find the volume of a sphere whose surface area [2016]
is 154 cm2. Long Answer Questions [4 Marks]
3. The total surface area of a solid right circular
cylinder is 1540 cm2. If the height is four times DIRECTIONS: Give answer in four to five sentences
the radius of the base, then, find the height of
1. The diameter of a sphere is decreased by 25%.
the cylinder.
By what percent does its curved surface area
4. A cone is 8.4 cm high and the radius of its base decrease?
is 2.1 cm. It is melted and recast into a sphere. 2. A dome of a building is in the form of a hemi-
Find the radius of sphere. sphere. From inside, it was white-washed at the
5. The radius and slant height of a cone are in the cost of ` 498.96. If the cost of white-washing
ratio 4 : 7. If its curved surface area is 792 cm2,
is ` 2.00 per square metre, find the
find its radius.
Surface Areas and Volumes 439
(i) inside surface area of the dome 5. The surface area of a solid metallic sphere is
(ii) volume of the air inside the dome. 1256 cm2. It is melted and recast into solid right
3. From a right circular cylinder with height 10 circular cone of radius 2.5 cm and height 8 cm.
cm and radius of base 6 cm, a right circular Calculate (i) the radius of the solid sphere, (ii)
cone of the same height and base is removed. the number of cones recast (Take p = 3.14)
Find the volume of the remaining solid. 6. The volume of a rectangular block of stone is
4. The internal and external diameters of a hollow 10368 dm3. Its length, breadth and height are
hemi-spherical vessel are 24 cm and 25 cm in the ratio 3 : 2 : 1. Find its dimensions. Find
respectively. The cost of paint one sq. cm of the also the cost of polishing its entire surface at
surface is 7 paise. Find the total cost to paint 2 paise per dm2.
the vessel all over (ignore the area of edge).

Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks] 6. There are 50 students in a blind school. Mr. and
1. The surface area of a sphere of radius 5 cm is Mrs. Khatri wished to serve them milk. They
five times the area of the curved surface of a have two options for serving the milk.
cone of radius 4 cm. Find the height and the Option A : A hemispherical bowl with radius
10.5 cm made up ecofriendly material.
22 Option B : A hemispherical bowl with radius 7
volume of the cone (taking p = ).
7 cm made up of plastic.
[Exemplar] (i) How many litres of milk is required if
2. Rain water which falls on a flat rectangular option A is taken?
surface of length 6 m and breadth 4 m is (ii) How many litres of milk is required of
transferred into a cylindrical vessel of internal option B is taken?
radius 20 cm. what will be the height of water (iii) Which value is depicted by Mr. and Mrs.
in the cylindrical vessel if the rain fall is 1 cm. Khertu by adopting option A? [VBQ]
Give your answer to the nearest integer. (Take 7. Arihant builds a room measuring roof 22 m by
p = 3.14) [Exemplar] 20 m. He also builds a cylindrical tank havintg
3. A village has a population of 4000 people. 60 diameter of base 2m and height 3.5 m adjoining
litres of water is required per person per day. the room to collect the rain water of roof for
harvesting.
The village tanker of water is cuboidal in shape (i) If the tank is just filled with rain water,
with dimensions 48 m × 27 m × 5 m which is find the rainfall in cm.
completely filled with water. For how many days (ii) What values are depicted in Arighant's
the water of this is sufficient? [HOTS] plan? [VBQ]
8. The teacher asked students to prepare project
4. The water for a industry is stored in a
related to Diwali. Lipsa prepared 12 cylindrical
hemispherical tank of internal diameter 14 m.
candles each having radius of bases 2 cm and
The tank contains 40 kilolitres of water. Water
height 7 cm. Himanshu prepared 14 fire crackers
is pumped into the tank to fill it to full capacity.
each of spherical shape of radius 1.50 cm.
Calculate the volume of water pumped into the
(i) Find the volume of candles and fire crakers.
tank. [HOTS]
(ii) According to you which has better project
5. The ratio of dimensions of a cuboidal box is 2 :
work and why?
3 : 4. The difference between the cost of
(iii) Which message has been conveyed in above
wrapping the box at the rate of ` 4 per square
information? [VBQ]
meter and ` 4.50 per square meter is ` 416. Find
the dimensions of the cuboidal box. [HOTS]
 EBD_7802
440 Mathematics
9. Naresh, a juice seller has set up his juice shop. (i) Is the school management justified in
He has three types of glasses (see figure) of inner making lesser payment?
diameter 5 cm to serve the customers. The height (ii) Comment on the dealings of the milk
of the glasses is 10 cm. contractor. [VBQ]
Long Answer Questions [4 Marks]
1. A farmer wants to dig a well either in the form
of cuboidal shape of 1.5 m × 1.5 m × 7 m or in
Type B
the cylindrical shape of radius 75 cm and height
Type A
A glass with a A glass with 7 m. The rate of digging a well in ` 75/m3. The
plane bottom hemispherical farmer decided to dig cylindrical form of well.
raised bottom
(a) Calculate the cost to dig the well in both
æ 22 ö
cases. ç Use p = ÷
è 7 ø
(b) By the decision what value is depicted by
Type C the farmer? [VBQ]
A glass with
conical raised 2. During the summer season, some volunteers
bottom of height 1.5 cm thought of providing water to thirsty people. So
He decided to serve the customers in 'A' type of
glasses. (Take p = 3.14) they utilised some space along the main road
(i) Find the volume of each type of glass. and placed a cylindrical vessel of water. The
(ii) Which glass has the minimum capacity? circumference of the base of a cylindrical vessel
(iii) Which mathematical concept is used in is 132 cm and its height is 25 cm.
above problem? (a) How many litres of water can vessel hold?
(iv) By choosing a glass of type A, which value (b) What value is exhibited by the volunteers?
is depicted by juice seller Naresh? [VBQ] [VBQ]
10. A milk contractor supplies a total of 1000 litre 3. A cube and cuboid have the same volume. The
of milk in two vessels each having a height equal dimensions of the cuboid are in the ratio of 1 : 2 : 4.
to 95cm. One vessel is cylindrical having a base If the difference between the cost of polishing
radius equal to 40 cm and the other has a square the cuboid and the cube at the rate of ` 5 per m2
base of each side 72 cm. The contractor claims is ` 80, find the edge of the cube. [HOTS]
that either of the two vessels contains 500 litre 4. The cost of pepering the walls of the room 12 m
of milk. The school mangement applies 3% cut long at the rate of ` 1.35 per m2 is ` 340.20 and
on the amount to be paid to the milk contractor. the cost of matting the floor at the rate of 85
paisa per m2 is ` 91.80. Find the height of the
room. [HOTS]
5. The frame of a lampshade is cylindrical in shape.
It has base diameter 28 cm and height 17 cm. It
is to be covered with a decorative cloth. A margin
95 cm
95 cm

of 2 cm is to be given for folding it over top and

1
bottom of the frame. If of cloth is wasted in
cm

12
72

80 cm 72 cm cutting and pasting, find how much cloth is

required to e purchased for covering the frame.
[HOTS]
Surface Areas and Volumes 441

Exemplar MCQs (a) 1900 (b) 1920

1. If the radius of a sphere is 2r, then its volume (c) 1800 (d) 1840
will be 9. The length of the longest pole that can be put in
a room of dimensions (10 m × 10 m × 5 m) is
4 3
(a) pr (b) 4pr 3 (a) 15 m (b) 16 m
3
(c) 10 m (d) 12 m
8pr3 32 3 10. The radius of a hemispherical balloon increases
(c) (d) pr from 6 cm to 12 cm as air is being pumped into
3 3
it. The ratios of the surface areas of the balloon
2. The total surface area of a cube is 96 cm 2. The in the two cases is
volume of the cube is
(a) 1 : 4 (b) 1 : 3
(a) 8 cm3 (b) 512 cm3
(c) 2 : 3 (d) 2 : 1
(c) 64 cm3 (d) 27 cm3
3. A cone is 8.4 cm high and the radius of its base NTSE Past Year MCQs
is 2.1 cm. It is melted and recast into a sphere. 1. A right circular cone has for its base a circle
The radius of the sphere is having the same radius as a given sphere. The
(a) 4.2 cm (b) 2.1 cm volume of the cone is one-half that of the sphere.
(c) 2.4 cm (d) 1.6 cm The ratio of the altitude of the cone to the radius
4. In a cylinder, radius is doubled and height is of its base is: [2010]
halved, then curved surface area will be 1 1
(a) halved (b) doubled (a) (b)
1 2
(c) same (d) four times
5. The total surface area of a cone whose radius is 2 2
(c) (d)
r 1 3
and slant height 2l is
2 2. A rectangle of length “a” and breadth “b” is
æ rö revolved 360° about its length. The volume of
(a) 2pr ( l + r ) (b) pr çè l + ÷ø the resulting cylinder is : [2011]
4
(a) pab2 (b) pa2b
(c) pr ( l + r ) (d) 2prl
(c) pab (d) 2pab
6. The radii of two cylinders are in the ratio of 2 : 3. If the volume of two cubes are in the ratio 27 : 1,
3 and their heights are in the ratio of 5 : 3. The the ratio of their edges is : [2011]
ratio of their volumes is (a) 3 : 1 (b) 27 : 1
(a) 10 : 17 (b) 20 : 27 (c) 1 : 3 (d) 1 : 27
(c) 17 : 27 (d) 20 : 37 4. The diameter of a solid metallic right circular
7. The lateral surface area of a cube is 256 m2. cylinder is equal to its height. After cutting out the
The volume of the cube is largest possible solid sphere S from this cylinder,
(a) 512 m3 (b) 64 m3 the remaining material is recast to form a solid
(c) 216 m 3 (d) 256 m3 sphere S1. What is the ratio of the radius of
8. The number of planks of dimensions (4 m × 50 sphere S to that of sphere S1? [2011]
cm × 20 cm) that can be stored in a pit which is (a) 1 : 21/3 (b) 21/3 : 1
16 m long, 12 m wide and 40 m deep is (c) 21/3 : 31/3 (d) 31/2 : 21/2
 EBD_7802
442 Mathematics
5. From a 25 cm × 35 cm rectangular cardboard, 7. The diameter of a right circular cylinder is
an open box is to be made by cutting out decreased by 10%. The volume of cylinder
identical squares of area 25 cm 2 from each remains the same then the percentage increase
corner and turning up the sides. The volume of in height is: [2014]
the box is [2012] (a) 20% (b) 23.45%
(a) 3000 cm 3 (b) 1875 cm 3
(c) 5% (d) 20.5%
(c) 21875 cm3 (d) 1250 cm3 8. A copper wire 3 mm in diameter is rounded
6. Let P (4, k) be any point on the line y = 6 – x. If about a cylinder whose length is 1.2 m and
the vertical segment PQ is rotated about diameter is 10 cm, so as to cover the curved
y – axis, the volume of the resulting cylinder is surface of the cylinder. The length of the wire
[2012] is [2015]
(a) 32 p (b) 16 p (a) 125.6 m (b) 1256 m
(c) 12.56 m (d) 1.256 m
32
(c) p (d) 8p
3
Surface Areas and Volumes 443

CHAPTER TEST

Time : 30 Min. Max. Marks : 20

Directions : (i) Attempt all questions

(ii) Question 1 and 2 carry 1 mark each.
(iii) Question 3 and 4 carry 2 marks each.
(iv) Question 5, 6 and 7 carry 3 marks each.
(v) Question 8 carries 5 marks.

1. The diameter of a cone is 14 cm and its slant height is 9 cm. Find the area of its curved surface.
2. The radius of a spherical balloon increases from 6 cm to 12 cm as air is being pumped into it. Find the
ratios of the surface areas of the balloon in the two cases.
3. Three cubes each of side 5 cm are joined end to end. Find the surface area of the resulting cuboid.
4. Water flows at the rate of 10 metre per minute through a cylindrical pipe 5 mm in diameter. How
long would it take to fill a conical vessel whose diameter at the surface is 40 cm and depth 24 cm?
5. Find the surface area of a sphere whose volume is 4851 cm3.
6. Find the number of coins 1.5 cm in diameter and 0.2 cm thick to be melted to form a right circular
cylinder of height 5 cm and diameter 4.5 cm.
7. Following a lecture on waste management, the school has decided to keep 2 dustbins in each class,
one for biodegradable and other one for non-degradable waste.
(a) Which bin would occupy less area?

r = 35 cm
h = 50 cm

(b) Which bin has more capacity?

l = b = 30 cm
h = 50 cm

(c) By using these bins which values are depicted bye the school ?
8. The external and internal diameters of a hollow hemispherical vessel are 25 cm and 24 cm respectively.
The cost of painting 1 cm2 of the surface is `0.05. Find the total cost to paint the vessel all over.
 EBD_7802
444 Mathematics

7. Suppose h and r be the height and radius of

original cone and let h' and r' be the height and
Very Short Answer Questions radius of new cone
1. Since diameter of football Q h' = 3h and r' = 3r
= 5 ´ diameter of cricket ball 1 2
If r is radius of a football and r ' is that of a cricket So, volume of original cone = pr h
3
ball
Then, 2r = 5 × (2r') 1 2
and volume of new cone = p ( r ') h '
3
2r r
So, =5 Þ =5
2r ' r' 1 ( )2
p r ' h'
Volume of new cone 3
r Now, =
= 5 Þ r = 5r ¢ Volume of original cone 1 2
r' pr h
3
Hence, ratio of surface areas
2
4pr 2 ærö
= = ( r ' )2 h ' ( 3r )2 3h
2 çè r ' ÷ø 27
4p ( r ' ) =
2
= =
2 1
r h r h
= 25 : 1
Hence, the ratio of volume of new cone to the
2. Q Ratio of their respective volumes
that of original cone is 27 : 1.
pr 2 h h 10 8. 3
= = = =1:2
2 h ' 20 Short Answer Questions
pr h '
3. Required volume of cuboid
= length × breadth × height 22
= 3.6 × 8.2 × 11 = 324.72 cm3.
10 cm 10 cm
4. Since area of sphere = Volume of sphere 1.
2 4 3
\ 4pr = pr
3
Suppose, r denotes the base radius and h be the
So, r = 3 cm height. Here h = 10 cm
Therefore, diameter = 2r = 6 cm. \ circumference of base
5. Required capacity of the tank = length of rectangular sheet
= length × breadth × height Þ 2pr = 22
= 8 cm× 6 cm × 2.5 cm = 120 cm3.
6. Diameter of hemisphere = 14 cm 22
So, 2 ´ ´ r = 22
So, radius = 7 cm 7
Hence, curved surface area of hemisphere
7
22 Therefore, r =
2
= 2pr = 2 ´ ´ 7 ´ 7 2
7
2 Hence, volume of cylinder = pr 2 h
= 308 cm
Surface Areas and Volumes 445
Therefore, edge of the cube = 12 cm
22 7 7
= ´ ´ ´ 10 Hence, lateral surface area of cube
7 2 2
= 4x2 = 4(12)2 = 576 cm2.
= 385 cm3 5. Since, l= 5 m, b = 4 m, h = 3m.
2. Here, internal radius (r) = 12 cm Required area to be painted = Area of four walls
and external radius (R) = 12.5 cm + Area of ceiling
\ Surface area = 2pr2 + 2pR2 + p(R2 – r2) = 2h(l + b) + l × b
= 2p(144 + 156.25) = 54 + 20 = 74 m2
+ p(12.5 + 12) (12.5 – 12) As, cost of painting per 1m2 = ` 7.50.
22 Hence, cost of painting 74 m2 = 74 × 7.50 = `555
= (600.50 + 12.25) ´ 6. Q Circumference of base,
7
= 1925.79 cm2 2pr = 132 cm
Hence, total cost of painting 1925.79 cm2 at 132
So, r= ´7
the rate of 0.05/cm2 2 ´ 22
= 1925.79 × 0.05 = 21 cm
= ` 96.29 So, capacity of cylindrical vessel
3. Suppose the radius of the cone = 4x
and the height of the cone = 3x 22
= pr 2 h = ´ 212 ´ 25 = 34650 cm3
As, volume of the cone = 2156 cm3 7
1 2 34650
\ pr h = 2156 Hence, volume (in litres) =
3 1000
1 22 = 34.65 litres.
So, ´ ´ 4 x ´ 4 x ´ 3 x = 2156 7. Since, l = 25 cm, r = 7 cm
3 7
\ Area required for one cap = CSA of cone
22
´ 16 x3 = 2156 22
7 = prl = 7 ´ 7 ´ 25 = 550 cm2

3 Hence, area of sheet required for 10 caps

7´7´7 æ 7 ö
\ x3 = =ç ÷ = 10 × 550 = 5500 cm2 = 0.55 m2.
2´ 2´7 è 2 ø 8. Since, curved surface area of the tent = 552 – 2
7 prl = 550 m2
Þ x= = 3.5 cm Here, radius (r) = 7 m
2
So, p × 7 × l = 550
Now, Radius of the cone r = 4 × 3.5 = 14 cm
\ l = 25 m
Height of the cone h = 3 × 3.5 = 10.5 cm
\ Slant height of the cone Now, h = 252 - 7 2 = 24 m

= h 2 + r 2 = 10.52 + 142 = 17.5 cm 1 2

Hence, volume of the tent = pr h
Curved surface area of the cone = prl 3
22 1 22
= ´ 14 ´ 17.5 cm2 = 44 × 17.5 cm2 = 770 cm2 = ´ ´ 7 ´ 7 ´ 24
7 3 7
4. Suppose x be the edge of cube. = 1232 m3.
As, volume of cube = Volume of cuboid 9. Here, l = 6 m, b = 4 m, h = 3m
So, x3 = 24 × 18 × 4 Area of four walls = 2(l + b)h
\ x3 = 1728 =2(6 + 4)3 = 60 m2
x = 12 cm
 EBD_7802
446 Mathematics
Now, area of door = 2.5 × 1 = 2.5 m2 13. Here, cost of painting of four walls = ` 15000
So, net area to be white washed As, cost of painting per square meter = ` 10
= Area of four walls – Area of door.
15000
= 60 – 2.5 = 57.5 m2 So, area of the four walls painted = `
Hence, cost of white washing = 57.5 × 12 10
= ` 690 = 1500 m2
10. Here, total cost of white washing hemispherical Now, the area of four walls painted 2(l + b)h
dome = ` 997.92 = 250h
As, cost of white washing per square meter
1500
=`4 \ 1500 = 250 h Þ h = = 6 m.
So, curved surface area = 997.92 ÷ 4 = 249.48 250
m2 14. Suppose r and h be the radius and height of the
cylinder
22 2
\ 2pr 2 = 249.48 Þ 2 ´ 7 ´ r = 249.48 Then, r:h=5:7
So, the radius of the cylinder (r) = 5x
Þ r2 = 39.69 and the height of the cylinder (h) = 7x
Therefore, r = 6.3 m As, volume of the cylinder = pr2h
Hence, volume of air inside dome
22 2
2 3 Þ 4400 = ´ ( 5x ) ´ 7 x
= pr 7
3
22
2 22 \ 4400 = ´ 5x ´ 5x ´ 7 x
= ´ ´ 6.3 ´ 6.3 ´ 6.3 7
3 7
= 523.90 m3. 3 4400 ´ 7
11. Since h = 5 cm Therefore, x = =8
22 ´ 5 ´ 5 ´ 7
2 Thus, x=2
Curved Surface Area = (sum of circular faces)
3 Hence, the radius of given cylinder
= 5(2) = 10 cm.
2(
2 pr 2 ) Þ 15 = r
2
Þ 2prh = 15. Since, diameter of given hemispherical bowl
3 3 = 0.105m
45 So, radius = 0.0525 m = 5.25 cm
So, =r Therefore, curved surface area of hemisphere
2
Hence, r = 22.5 cm. 22 525 525
12. Since, diameter of hemispherical bowl = 10.5 cm = 2pr2 = 2 ´ ´ ´ cm2 = 173.25 cm2
7 100 100
So, radius of hemispherical bowl
16
r=
10.5
= 5.25 cm \ Total cost of tin-plating = 173.25 ´
100
2
= ` 27.72
2 3 16. Since r1 = 6 m, r2 = 8 m, r3 = 10 m
Now, volume of hemispherical bowl = pr
3 Let the radius of required sphere be R.
Now, volume of newly formed sphere
2 3
= ´ 3.14 ´ ( 5.25 ) = 303 cm3 (approx.) = sum of volume of small spheres
3
Therefore, amount of milk which the 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3
pR = pr1 + p2 + pr3
hemispherical bowl can hold = 0.303 litre 3 3 3 3
Surface Areas and Volumes 447

4 ( 2 3
p 6 + 8 + 103 ) = p (1728 )
4 35
= Hence, total cost of sheet = ´ 10826.21
3 3 100
Therefore, R3 = 1728 = ` 3789.14.
Hence, R = 12 m 3. Case I : When DABC is revolved about the side
5 cm.
Long Answer Questions
Then, r = 12 cm, h = 5 cm
1. Since cost of white washing = ` 498.96
So, curved surface ar ea of hemisphere 1 2
So, Volume = pr h
3
498.96 2
= m
2 1 2
= p ´ (12 ) ´ 5 .
3
\ 2pr 2 = 249.48 m 2
= 240 p cm3
22 2
2´ ´ r = 249.48
7
Therefore, r2 = 39.69 5 13

Þ r = 6.3 m
2 3
Hence, volume of air inside dome = pr 12
3

2 22 Here, cone is generated with radius 12 and

= ´ ´ 6.3 ´ 6.3 ´ 6.3
3 7 height 5.
= 523.908 m3 Case II : When DABC is revolved about 12 cm,
2. Since, diameter = 80 cm r = 5 cm, h = 12 cm
So, r = 40 cm
Curved surface area of the dome = 2pr2
12 13
22 70400
= 2´ ´ 40 ´ 40 = cm2
7 7
r
13 5
As, of sheet was wasted in making dome.
170
Here, cone is generated with radius 5 and height 12.
13 70400
\ Area of sheet wasted = ´ 1 2
170 7 So, Volume = pr h
3
915200
= cm2 1
1190 = p(5)2 ´12 = 100 p cm3
3
Therefore, total area of sheet
Therefore, ratio of volumes = 240p : 100p
70400 915200 = 12 : 5
= + = 10826.21 cm2
7 1190 4. Since, volume of cuboid
= length × width × thickness
35
Now, cost of sheet per square metre = ` Volume
100 So, thickness =
Length×Width
 EBD_7802
448 Mathematics
(ii) Hence, volume of air trapped in it
1.104
= = 20 × 20 × 20 = 8000 cm3.
2.3 ´ 0.75
= 0.64 m 1 2
8. Volume of liquid in bowl = pr h
As, volume of rectangular planks 3
= 2.3 m × 0.75 m × 0.04 m
18
Hence, required number of planks Q r= = 9 cm
2
Volume of teak wood and h = 15 cm
=
Volume of rectangular plank
1 2
So, volume of liquid in bowl = p ( 9 ) 15
1.104 3
=
2.3 ´ 0.75 ´ 0.04 = 405 p cm3
= 16 3
As, radius of small bottle (r') = = 1.5 cm
Total Cost 2
5. Since, area of four walls = and height of small bottle (h') = 4 cm
Cost/m 2
1 2
340.20 Therefore, volume of small bottle = p ( r ' ) h '
So, 2 ( l + b ) h = = 252 sq. m 3
1.35
Þ 2(l + b)h = 252 ...(i) 1 2
= p (1.5 ) 4 = 3p
Now, area of floor = l × b 3
91.80 405p
= = 108 sq. m
.85 Now, number of bottles = = 135
3p
\ 12 × b = 108 Þ b = 9 m ...(ii) Hence, amount earned = 135 × 5 = ` 675
From (i) and (ii), we get 9. Since, total surface area of cylinder = 462 cm2
2(12 + 9)h = 252
So, 2pr ( r + h ) = 462
252
Þ h= =6m 1
2 ´ 21 As, CSA = (TSA)
6. Suppose length and breadth of the hall be 4x 3
and 3x respectively. Also, h = 550 cm 1
Now, total cost of decorating walls Þ 2prh = ´ 462
3
= Lateral surface area × Rate per sq. metre
\ 5082 = 2h(2 + b) × 6.60 From (i) by (ii), we have
So, 2 × 5.5(4x + 3x) × 6.60 = 5082 2pr ( r + h ) 462
=
5082 2prh 1
Therefore, x = = 10 m ´ 462
5.5 ´ 6.60 ´14 3
Hence, l = 4 × 10 = 40 m
r+h
b = 3 × 10 = 30 m Therefore, =3
h
7. (i) Since, edge of cubical box (a) = 20 cm
Thickness of wood = 2 cm \ r = 2h
As, volume of cubical box = a3 22 1
So, volume of the wood used to make it Thus, 2 ´ ´ 2 h ´ h = ´ 462
7 3
= (22 × 22 × 22) – (20 × 20 × 20)
[From (ii)]
= 223 – 203 = 2648 cm3
Surface Areas and Volumes 449
\ r2 = 49
154 ´ 7
\ h2 = Þ r=7
2 ´ 22 ´ 2
Hence, the radius of sphere is equal to 7 cm.
7 6. Since r = 3.5 cm, h = 12 cm
Then, h = cm
2
1 2
Þ r = 7 cm Hence, required amount of ice-cream = pr h
3
Hence, volume of given cylinder = pr2h
22 7 1 22
= ´7´7´ = ´ ´ 3.5 ´ 3.5 ´ 12
7 2 3 7
= 539 cm3 = 154 cm3
7. Since, length of cuboidal tank = 6 m
width of cuboidal tank = 10 m
and Depth of cuboidal tank = 4.5 m
Very Short Answer Questions So, Volume of tank = l × b × h
Vcuboid = 6 × 10 × 4.5
1. Number of cubes = = 270 m3
Vcube
As, 1 m3 = 1000 litre
5 ´ 2 ´1 Hence, Capacity of water tank (in litre)
= = 10 cube = 270 × 1000 = 270000 litre
1´1 ´1
8. The dimensions of the cuboid so formed are
2. Q Area of base = 88 cm2.
Now, volume of cuboid = l × b × h l = Length = 15 cm, b = Breadth = 5cm, and h
= 880 cm3 ...(i) = Height = 5 cm.
As, area = l × b = 88 cm2 ...(ii)
From (i) and (ii), 88 × h = 880
Hence, Height of cuboid (h) = 10 cm.
3. Since, area = 606 cm2
5 cm

and, h = 2m = 200 cm
So, volume = (Area) h

m
5c
= 606 × 200
= 121200 cm3. 5 cm 5 cm 5 cm
4. Since, CSA of a cylinder = 88 cm2
and height = 14 cm So, surface area of the cuboid = 2 (15×5 + 5× 5
As, CSA of a cylinder = 2prh + 15 × 5) cm2 = 2 (75 + 25 +75) cm2 = 350 cm2

22 Short Answer Questions

\ 88 = 2 ´ ´ r ´ 14 1. Suppose, radius of base = r
7
Here, 2prh = 94.2
88 ´ 7 So, 2 × 3.14 × r × 5 = 94.2
So, r = = 1 cm
2 ´ 22 ´14
94.2
5. Q Surface area of sphere = 4pr2 Therefore, r = =3
10 ´ 3.14
So, 4pr2 = 616
\ pr2 = 154 Hence, Volume of cylinder = pr2h
= 3.14 × 3 × 3 × 5
2 154 ´ 7 = 141.3 cm3.
Therefore r =
22
 EBD_7802
450 Mathematics
5. Suppose the base radius of a cone
4 3
2. Since, volume of sphere = pr r = 4x
3 and slant height
Q surface area of sphere = 154 cm2 h = 7x
So, 4pr2 = 154 Q Curved surface area = 792 cm2
So, prl = 792
22 2
\ 4´ ´ r = 154
7 22
Therefore, ´ 4 x ´ 7 x = 792
7
154 ´ 7 49
\ r2 = = 792 ´ 7
4 ´ 22 4 Þ x2 = =9
22 ´ 4 ´ 7
7 Therefore, x = 3
Therefore, r =
2 Hence, base radius = 4 × 3 cm
= 12 cm
4 22 7 7 7
Hence, volume of sphere = ´ ´ ´ ´ 6. Since, total surface area of cone = pr(l + r)
3 7 2 2 2
Q r = 12 cm and h = 16 cm
539 2 2
= cm3 As, l = r 2 + h 2 = (12 ) + (16 )
3
= 179.67 cm3 = 400 = 20 cm
3. Since, Total Surface Area = 1540 cm2 So, Total Surface Area = 3.14 × 12 (20 + 12)
So, 2pr(h + r) = 1540 cm2 = 3.14 × 12 × 32
As, h = 4r = 1205.76 cm2.
Therefore, 2pr (4r + r) = 1540 7. Suppose r be the base radius and h be the height
\ 2p × 5r2 = 1540 of the cylinder
Q h = 12 cm
1540 ´ 7 As, 2pr = 66
r2 =
2 ´ 5 ´ 22
22
r2 = 49 \ 2´ ´ r = 66
7
Thus, r = 7 cm
Hence, h = 4r = 28 cm. 66 ´ 7
So, r=
4. Since, radius of cone (r) = 2.1 cm 22 ´ 2
and, height of cone (h) = 8.4 cm
21
Suppose the radius of the sphere be R. Therefore r = cm.
As, volume of cone = Volume of sphere 2
Hence, volume of cylinder = pr2h
1 2 4 8. Since, l = 140 cm
pr h = pR3
3 3 b = 110 cm
h = 80 cm
r2h So, surface area of open box = lb + 2(bh + hl)
R3 =
4 Total cost of painting box
75
(2.1) 2 (8.4) =` [154 + 2 ( 88 + 112 )]
R3 = = 9.261 100
4
Hence, R = 2.1 cm 3
= [554]
4
= ` 415.5
Surface Areas and Volumes 451
9. Since, rate of flow of water = 2 km/h
2000
= m/min.
60
4 5
100
= m/min.
3
And, depth of river = 3 cm
width of river = 40 m r
So, volume of the water flowed in 1 min. 3

æ 100 ö As, cone is generated with radius 3 cm, height

=ç ´ 40 ´ 3 ÷ m3
è 3 ø 4 cm and slant height 5 cm when it is revolved
= 4000 m3 about the fixed side of 4 cm.
\ 4000 m3 water will fall into the sea in 1 minute. 1 2
10. Suppose r = 5x, h = 12 x So, Volume V = pr h
3
1 2
As, pr h =2512 cu. cm 1 22
3 = . . ( 3 )( 3 ) ( 4 )
3 7
1 22 2 = 37.71 cm3
So, ´ ( 5 x ) ´ 12 x =2512
3 7 Hence, total surface area = prl + pr2
2512 ´ 3 ´ 100 22
3
\ x = =8 = ´ 3 ( 5 + 3 ) = 75.43 cm2.
5 ´ 5 ´ 12 ´ 314 7
Thus, x = 2 12. Volume of cuboidal tank = 50000 litres
Therefore, r = 10, h = 24, l = 26 = 5 × 104 litres
Hence, curved surface area of cone = prl = 5 × 104 × 103 cm3
[Q l litre = 1000 cm3]
5720
= = 817.14 cm2. Given,
7 length of cuboidal tank = 2.5 m
= 250 cm
Depth of cuboidal tank = 10 m
11. = 1000 cm
5 cm \ Volume of tank = length × breadth × depth
4 cm Þ 5 × 104 × 103 = 250 × breadth × 1000

5 ´ 104 ´ 103
Þ breadth =
250 ´ 1000
3 cm = 2000 cm = 20 m.
13. Here, inner radius (r) = 4 cm
Here, rcone = 3 cm and thickness of steel = 0.2 cm
hcone = 4 cm So, outer radius of bowl (R) = 4 + 0.2 = 4.2 cm
lcone = 5 cm \ The outer curved surface area of the bowl
22 2
= 2 pR 2 = 2 ´ ´ ( 4.2 )
7
 EBD_7802
452 Mathematics
Volume of the air inside the dome = Volume of the
44 42 42
= ´ ´
7 10 10 hemispherical
= 110.88 cm2 dome
Therefore, total cost of polishing its outer surface =
area = 2 × 110.88 = ` 221.76.
2 3 2 22
´ ( 6.3) m3 = 523.908 m3
3
pr = ´
Long Answer Questions 3 3 7
1. Let the original diameter of the sphere be 2x. 3. Let V1 and V2 be the volumes of the right
Then, original radius of the sphere = x circular cylinder and cone respectively.
Original curved surface area = 4px2 Then,
Decreased diameter of the sphere = 2x – 25%
22
of 2x V1 = × 6 × 6 × 10 cm3 [Using : V1 = pr2h]
7
x 3
= 2x - = x 1 22
2 2 and V2 = ´ × 6 × 6 × 10 cm3
3 7
3
Decreased radius of the sphere = x é 1 2 ù
4
êë Using : V2 = 3 pr h úû
\ Decreased curved surface area =
2
\ Volume of the remaining solid = V1 – V2
æ3 ö 9 Þ Volume of the remaining solid
4p ç x ÷ = px 2
è4 ø 4 =
2 9 2 7 æ 22 1 22 ö
Decrease in area = 4 px - px = px
2
çè ´ 6 ´ 6 ´ 10 – ´ ´ 6 ´ 6 ´ 10÷ cm3
4 4 7 3 7 ø
Hence, percentage decrease in area = Þ Volume of the remaining solid
7 2
px 22 æ 1ö
4 = ´ 6 ´ 6 ´ 10 ´ ç1 – ÷ cm3
´ 100% 7 è 3ø
4 px 2
Þ Volume of the remaining solid
7 175
= ´ 100% = % = 43.75% 22 2
16 4 = ´ 6 ´ 6 ´ 10 ´ cm3
7 3
2. Let r be the inner radius of the hemispherical
dome. Then, Þ Volume of the remaining solid = 754.28
inside surface area of the hemispherical dome cm3
4. Let R cm and r cm be respectively the external
Total cost and internal radii of the hemispherical vessel.
=
Cost per square metre Then, R = 12.5 cm, r = 12 cm.
Now,
498.96 2
= m = 249.48m 2 Internal surface area of the vessel
2
22
Now, 2pr2 = 249.48 = 2pR2 = 2 × × (12.5)2 cm2
7
2 249.48 ´ 7
Þ r = = 39.69 External surface area of the vessel
2 ´ 22
22
Þ r = 39.69 = 6.3 m = 2pr2 = 2 × × (12)2 cm2
7
Surface Areas and Volumes 453
\ Total area to be painted But the given volume of the stone = 10368 dm3
22 22 10368
=2× × (12.5)2 + 2 × × 122 cm2 \ 6x3 = = 1728
7 7 6
Þ Total area to be painted Þ
x= 3 1728 = (12 ´ 12 ´ 12)1/3 = (123 )1/3 = 12
ìïæ 25 ö
2 ü
2ï
22 Hence, the length of the stone = 3 × 12 = 36 dm
=2× × íçè 2 ÷ø + 12 ý cm2
7 ïî þï breadth of the stone = 2 × 12 = 24 dm.
height of the stone = 1 × 12 = 12 dm.
Þ Total area to be painted Surface area of the block of stone

22 æ 625 ö 13211 2 = 2(lb + bh + hl)

=2× × çè + 144÷ cm2 = cm
7 4 ø 7 = 2 (36 × 24 + 24 × 12 + 12 × 36)
Cost of painting at the rate of 7 paise per = 2 (864 + 288 + 432) = 2 × 1584 = 3168 dm2
sq. cm Total cost of polishing the entire surface at 2
13211 7 paise per dm2
= ` ´ = ` 132.11
7 100 = ` 3168 × 2 = ` 6336 = ` 63.36
5. (i) Let the radius of the sphere be r cm.
Then, its surface area = (4pr2) cm2
\ 4pr2 = 1256 Þ 4 × 3.14 × r2 = 1256 Short Answer Questions
Þ 1. Surface area of the sphere = 4p × 5 × 5 cm2.
Curved surface area of the cone = p × 4 × l
1256 1256 cm2 ,
r2 = = = 100 Þ r = 10 cm.
4 ´ 3.14 12.56 where l is the slant height of the cone.
According to the statement
Hence, the radius of the sphere = 10 cm.
4p × 5 × 5 = 5 × p × 4 × l
(ii) Volume of the sphere =
or l = 5 cm.
4 3 é4 ù æ 4000 ö 3 Now, l2 = h2 + r2
pr = ê p ´ (10)3 ú cm3 = ç p ÷ cm
3 ë3 û è 3 ø Therefore, (5)2 = h2 + (4)2
Volume of a cone = where h is the height of the cone
or (5)2 – (4)2 = h2
1 2 é1 ù æ 50 ö or (5 + 4) (5 – 4) = h2
pR h = ê p ´ (2.5)2 ´ 8ú cm3 = ç p ÷ cm3
3 ë3 û è 3 ø or 9 = h2
\ Number of cone recast or h = 3 cm

Volume of the sphere æ 4000 3 ö 1 2

= =ç p´ ÷ = 80 Volume of Cone = pr h
Volume of 1 cone è 3 50p ø 3
6. Let the length of block = 3x dm 1 22
= ´ × 4 × 4 × 3 cm3
breadth of block = 2x dm 3 7
height of block = dx m
22 ´ 16
\ Volume of the block of stone = 3x × 2x × x = cm3
7
= 6x3 dm3
352
= cm3 = 50.29 cm3 (approximately)
7
 EBD_7802
454 Mathematics
2. Let th e height of th e water level in the So, x = 4
cylindrical vessel be h cm Hence, Length = 2 × 4 = 8 m
Volume of the rain water = 600 × 400 × 1 cm3 Breadth = 3 × 4 = 12 m
Volume of water in the cylindrical vessel = p Height = 4 × 4 = 16 m
(20)2 × h cm3 6. (i) Since, r = 10.5 cm
According to statement 2 3
So, volume of hemisphere = pr
600 × 400 × 1 = p (20)2 × h 3
600 2 22 3
or h= cm = 191 cm = ´ ´ (10.5 ) = 2.42 litres
3.14 3 7
3. The given tank is cuboidal in shape with length (l) (ii) Now, total volume = 2.42 × 50 = 121 litres
= 48 m, breadth (b) = 27 m, and height (h) = 5m Since, r = 7 cm
So, Volume of tank = l × b × h 2 3
= 48 × 27 × 5 = 6480 m3 So, volume of hemisphere = pr
3
= 6480000 litres
As, water consumption in village per day 2 22 3
= ´ ´ ( 7 ) = 0.7186 litres
= 4000 × 60 3 7
= 240000 litres Therefore, total volume = 0.7186 × 50
Hence, number of days for which water will be = 35.93 litres
(iii) Value : Pollution, control, social value.
6480000 7. (i) Since, radius of cylindrical tank
sufficient = = 27 days.
240000 r =1 m
Height of cylindrical tank
2 3 h = 3.5 m
4. Since, volume of hemispherical tank = pr
3 Now, volume of cylindrical tank
= pr2h
2 22
= ´ ´ 7 ´ 7 ´ 7 m3 = 718.67 m3 = 718.67 22
3 7 = ×1 × 1 × 3.5
7
kl. = 11m3
As, volume of water already present = 40 Suppose the rainfall be h m
kilolitres So, Volume of water on the roof
Hence, volume of water to be pumped = Volume of cylindrical tank
= 718.67 – 40 = 678.67 m3. 22 × 20 × h = 11
5. Since, ratio = 2 : 3 : 4 11
Suppose, length = 2x, breadth = 3x, height = 4x h=
22 ´ 20
\ Total surface area of the box
= 2(lb + bh + hl) 1
= 2(2x × 3x + 3x × 4x + 4x × 2x) = m
40
= 2(6x2 + 12x2 + 8x2) = 52x2 = 2.5 m
Now, cost of wrapping at the rate of ` 4 per m2 (ii) Water conservation
= ` 4 × 52x2 8. (i) Since radius of cylindrical candle (r)
= ` 208x2 = 2 cm
And, cost of wrapping at the rate of `4.50 per m2 Height of cylindrical candle (h) = 7 cm
= ` 4.50 × 52x2 = 234x2 Volume of cylindrical candle = pr2h
Since, 234x2 – 208x2 = 416 22
\ 26x2 = 416 = ×2×2×7
x2 = 16 7
Surface Areas and Volumes 455
= 88 cm3 (iii) Volume (mensuration)
Now, volume of 12 cylindrical canldes (iv) Honesty is the best policy.
= 12 × 88 = 1056 cm3 10. (i) Capacity of cylindrical vessel = p(40)2 95
As, radius of fire cracker = 477.7 litres
r = 1.5 cm Capacity of cubividal vessel = 72 × 72 × 95
Therefore, volume of fire cracker = 492.5 litres
(spherical) Thus, milk contractor supply nearly 3% less
than actual volume. So that the school
4 3
= pr management is fully justified in making the
3 less payment.
4 22 3 3 3 (ii) Milk contractor is trying to cheat with
= × × × × school management. He is not a honest
3 7 2 2 2
person.
99
= cm3 Long Answer Questions
7
Hence, volume of 14 fire crackers
1. (a) Q Volume of well in cuboidal shape
V1 = l × b × h1
99 Since, l = 1.5 m, b = 1.5 m and h1 = 7 m
= × 14 = 198 cm3.
7 So, V1 = 1.5 × 1.5 × 7
(ii) Lipsa has better project work because = 15.75 m3
environment does not polluted by candles. As, rate of digging a well = ` 75/m3
(iii) Environment protection Therefore, cost of digging a well in
9. (i) Since volume of glass A = pr2h cuboidal shape
= 3.14 × 2.5 ×2.5 × 10 = 15.75 × 75 = ` 1181.25
= 196.25 cm3 Volume of well in cylindrical shape
As, Volume of hemisphere in glass B V2 = pr2h2
2 3 Since, r = 75 cm = 0.75 m, h2 = 7 m
= pr
3 22
So, V2 = ´ 0.7 ´ 0.75 ´ 7
2 7
= × 3.14 × 2.5 × 2.5 × 2.5
3 =12.375 m3
= 32.71 cm3 Now, cost of digging a well in cylindrical
So, volume of glass B = Volume of glass A shape = 12.375 × 75 = ` 928.125
– Volume of hemisphere (b) Economical efficiency.
= 196.25 – 32.71 2. Since, circumference = 132 cm and h = 25 cm
= 163.54 cm3 So, 2pr = 132
Q Volume of cone of glass C
22
1 \ 2´ ´ r = 132
= pr2h 7
3
132 ´ 7
1 Therefore, r= = 21 cm
= × 3.14 × 2.5 × 2.5 × 1.5 2 ´ 22
3
= 9.81 cm3 (a) Hence, volume of given cylindrical vessel
Therefore, Volume of glass C = pr 2 h
= 196.25 – 9.81
= 186.44cm3 22
= ´ 21´ 21 ´ 25
(ii) The glass of type B has the minimum 7
capacity as 163.54 cm3
 EBD_7802
456 Mathematics
= 34652 cm3 Suppose a sq. cm of cloth be purchased.
34650 Then wastage of cloth for cutting and pasting
= litres
1000 A
= 34.65 litres = cm2
12
(b) Value : Human welfare.
Thus, area of cloth actually used
3. Suppose the dimensions of cuboid be x, 2x and
4x so volume of cube = volume of cuboid A 11
= A- = A cm2
\ 3
a = x ´ 2x ´ 4x 12 12
Then, a 3 = 8 x3 Hence, area of cloth actually used
= Area of cloth required
So, a =2 x
Therefore, difference in surface area of cuboid 11
A = 1848
and cube 12
= Surface area of cuboid – Surface area of cube
1848 ´12
= 2 ( x.2 x + 2 x.4 x + 4 x.x ) - 6 ( 2 x )
2 A= = 2016 cm2
11
= 2 ( 2 x2 + 8 x 2 + 4 x 2 ) - 6 ( 4 x )
2

Exemplar MCQs
= 28 x 2 - 24 x 2 = 4 x 2
Hence, difference in cost of polishing
= 5 × 4x2 = 80 1. (d) Since, radius of a sphere = 2r
\ x2 = 4 4
Then, x = 2 So, volume of a sphere = p ( 2r )3
3
Thus, edge of cube = 2x = 4 cm.
4. Since area of four walls = 2 ( l + b ) h 32pr3
= cube units
340.20 3
= sq. m
1.35 Therefore, the volume of given sphere
\ 2 ( 2 + b ) h = 0.252 sq. m 32pr3
is cube units.
91.50 3
Now, area of floor = l ´ b = = 108 sq. m
85 2. (c) Since, surface area of a cube = 96 cm2
So, 12 × b = 108 So, surface area of a cube = 6 (side)2 = 96
Þ b=9 \ (Side)2 = 16
From (i) 2 (12 + 9)h = 252 Therefore,(Side) = 4 cm
252 Hence, volume of cube = (Side)3
Therefore, h= =6m = (4)3 = 64 cm3
2 ´ 21
5. Since, Base diameter = 28 m
3. (b) Since, height of a cone = 8.4 cm
28 Base radius of cone = 2.1 cm
So, base radius = = 14 cm
2
Now, height of cloth required = 17 + 2 + 2 = 21 cm 1 2
So, volume of a cone = pr h
Therefore, area of cloth required = CSA of 3
cylinder having radius 14 cm and height 21 cm
1
22 = ´ p ´ 2.1 ´ 2.1 ´ 8.4
= 2 prh = 2 ´ ´ 14 ´ 21 cm2 3
7
= 1848 cm2 = p´ 4.41´ 2.8 cm3
Surface Areas and Volumes 457
As, cone is melted and recast it into a sphere. 2
Suppose, the radius of a sphere be R. ær ö æh ö
=ç 1÷ ç 1÷
Now, volume of a sphere = Volume of a cone è r2 ø è h 2 ø
4 3 2
\ pr = p ´ 4.41 ´ 2.8 æ 2ö æ5ö
3 = ç ÷ ç ÷ = 20 : 27
è 3ø è3ø
r3 = 4.41 × 0.7 × 3
So, r = 2.1 cm Therefore, the ratio of their respective
Hence, the radius of given sphere is 2.1 cm. volumes is 20 : 27.
4. (c) Suppose the base radius be r and height be 7. (a) Since, lateral surface area of a cube
h of given cylinder. = 256 m2
As, curved surface area of cylinder = 2prh As, lateral surface area of a cube = 4 × (Side)2
\ 256 = 4 × (Side)2
h 2
So, (Side) = 64
Now, radius = 2r, height =
2 Therefore,side = 8 m
h Thus, volume of a cube = (Side)3
New curved surface area = 2p ( 2r ) ´ = (8)3 = 512 m3
2
Hence, the volume of the given cube is
= 2prh
512 m3.
Hence, the curved surface area will not
8. (b) Suppose, dimensions of the plank are
change.
l = 4 m, b = 50 cm = 0.5 m
r and h = 20 cm = 0.2 m
5. (b) Suppose, radius, R = and slant height, So, Volume of the plank = l × b × h
2
L = 2l = 4 × 0.5 × 0.2 = 4 m3
So, total surface area of a cone As, dimensions of the pit are
l = 16 m, b = 12 m and h = 40 m
ræ rö æ rö Thus, Volume of a pit = l × b × h
= pR ( L + R ) = p ´ ç 2l + ÷ = pr ç l + ÷
2è 2ø è 4ø = (16 × 12 × 40) m3
Therefore, the total surface area of required Therefore,
Number of planks
æ rö
cone is pr ç l + ÷ .
è 4ø Volume of the pit
=
6. (b) Suppose, the radii of two cylinders be r1 Volume of the plank
and r2 and heights h1 and h2 respectively.
16 ´ 12 ´ 40
= = 1920
r1 2 4
As, =
r2 3 Hence, the number of planks is equal to
1920.
h1 5 9. (a) Since dimensions of a room,
and =
h2 3 l = 10 m, b = 10 m, h = 5 m
So, length of the longest pole
pr12 h1 = diagonal of cuboid
So, ratio of volumes =
pr22 h 2 = l 2 + b2 + h 2
 EBD_7802
458 Mathematics

= (10 )2 + (10 )2 + ( 5 )2

= 100 + 100 + 25
= 225
= 15 m
a
Thus, the length of the longest pole is equal
to 15 m.
10. (a) Since, radius of a hemispherical balloon,
r1 = 6 cm
As, air is pumped into balloon. So new
radius of a hemispherical balloon, b
r2 = 12 cm
So, ratio of the surface areas of the balloon Volume of the cylinder = pr2h
=pb2a =pab2
3pr12 3. (a) Let V1 , V2 be the volumes and a, b be the
= edges of cube 1 and cube 2 respectively.
3pr22 Volume of a cube = (edge)3
V1 27
r12 ( 6 )2 1 Given : V = 1
Therefore, = = 2
r22 (12 ) 2 4
Hence, ratio of the surface areas of the V1 27 a3
So, = =
balloon in the both cases is 1 : 4. V2 1 b3
NTSE Past Year MCQs 1/3
a æ 27 ö a 3
1. (c) Cone : Þ = ç ÷ Þ b=1
ç ÷
Radius of base = r b è1 ø
height = h \ The ratio of edges of two cubes is 3:1.
1 4. (b) 2r = h
Volume of cone = pr 2 h
3 Volume of the cylinder = pr2h
Sphere : = pr2(2r)
Radius = r = 2pr3
4 Volume of the sphere S
Volume of sphere = pr3 . 4
3
1 = pr 3
Given : Vol. of cone = ´ Vol.of sphere 3
2
1 2 1 4 3
So, pr h = ´ pr
3 2 3
Þ h = 2r
r h=2r
\ Ratio of altitude of cone to radius of its
2r 2
base = =
r 1
2. (a) Height of the cylinder
= length of the rectangle
r
= a units
Radius of the cylinder Volume of remaining material = 2pr3 –
= Breadth of the rectangle 4 3
pr
= b units 3
Surface Areas and Volumes 459
2
= pr 3
3
Let radius of the sphere S1 be r1 1. We know that the area S of the curved surface
Now, volume of the sphere S1 = volume of of a right circular cone of radius r and slant
height l is given by S = prl
remaining material
14
4 3 2 3 Here, r = cm = 7 cm and l = 9 cm
pr = pr 2
3 1 3
22
\ S= × 7 × 9 cm2 = 198 cm2
3 7
2 æç r ö÷
Þ = Þ r : r 1 = 21/3 : 1 4p (6) 2 1
1 çè r1 ÷ø 2. Ratio of surface areas = = = 1 : 4.
2 4
4 p (12)
5. (b) Length of box = 25 cm
3. The dimesions of the cuboid so formed are as
Breadth of box = 15 cm under:
Height of box = 5 cm l = Lenght = 15 cm, b = Breadth = 5 cm, and
h = Height = 5 cm.
Volume of box = 15 × 25 × 5
= 1875 cm3
5 5
5 5
25
5 cm

5 5

m
5 5

5c
35 5 cm 5 cm 5 cm
6. (a) P(4, k) lies on y = 6 – x So, surface area of the cuboid
\k=2 = 2(15 × 5 + 5 × 5 + 5 × 15) cm2 = 350 cm2.
Volume of cylinder = p × (4)2 × 2 = 32p 4. Volume that flows in 1 min
= [p × (0.25)2 × 1000] cm3.
7. (b) Let initial r = 100 Volume of the conical vessel
Let initial h = 100 é1 ù
2
\ initial volume = p(100)2 × 100 = ê p ´ (20) ´ 24ú cm3
ë3 û
later volume = p(90)2 × h
é 1 2 ù
According to condition ê 3 p ´ (20) ´ 24 ú
Required time = ê 2 ú
p(90)2 × h = p(100)2 × 100 ê p ´ (0.25) ´ 1000 ú
ë û
100 ´100 ´100 10000 = 51 min 12 sec.
h= = = 123.45679
90 ´ 90 81 5. Let the radius of the sphere be r cm.
\ % increment in height = 123.45 – 100 = 23.45 æ 4 3ö
Then, its volume = çè pr ÷ø cm3.
8. (a) Circumference of base of cylinder 3
= 2p × 5 = 10p cm 4 3
\ pr = 4851
Total rounds of wire around the cylinder 3
1.2 ´100 4 22 3
= = 400 Þ × × r = 4851
3 / 10 3 7
\ length of wire = 400 × 10p = 4000 p cm æ 3 7ö
Þ r3 = ç 4851 ´ ´ ÷
4000 × 3.14 = 12560 cm or 125.6 m è 4 22 ø
 EBD_7802
460 Mathematics
3 (b) Capacity of the cylinder = pr2h
441 ´ 21ö æ 21ö
= æç ÷ = ç ÷ 22
è 8 ø è 2ø = × 35 × 35 × 50 = 22 × 5 × 35 × 50
7
21 = 110 × 1750 = 192500 cm3
Þ r= = 10.5 Capacity of the cuboidal bin = l × b × h
2
Thus, the radius of the sphere is 10.5 cm. = 30 × 30 × 50 = 45000 cm3
Surface area of the sphere = (4pr2)sq units Capacity of the cuboidal bin is less than
the cylindrical bin.
æ 22 21 21 ö (c) The school wants to install the following
= ç 4 ´ ´ ´ ÷ cm2 = 1386 cm2.
è 7 2 2 ø values among the students:
Hence, the surface area of the given sphere is (i) Environment sensitivity
1386 cm2. (ii) Responsible citizenship
6. Each coin is cylindrical in shape. (iii) Awareness.
8. Internal diameter of the vessel = 24 cm.
1.5
Radius of each coin, r = cm = 0.75 cm. 24
2 \ Internal radius of the vessel = = 12 cm
Thickness of each coin, h = 0.2 cm. 2
Volume of each coin = (pr2h) cubic units. Internal surface of the hemisphere = 2pr2
= (p × 0.75 × 0.75 × 0.2) cm3. 22 6336 2
Radius of the new cylinder formed, =2× × 12 × 12 cm2 = cm
7 7
4.5 Again the external diameter of the vessel = 25 cm.
R= cm = 2.25 cm.
2 25
Height of the new cylinder formed, H = 5 cm . External redius of the vessel = = 12.5 cm.
2
Volume of the new cylinder formed = pR2H
External surface area of the hemisphere = 2pr2
= (p × 2.25 × 2.25 × 5) cm3.
22
æ volume of new cylinder ö =2× × 12.5 × 12.5
Number of coins = ç ÷ø 7
è volume of 1coin
2 ´ 22 ´ 125 ´ 125 6875 2
= cm2 = cm
æ p×2.25×2.25×5 ö 700 7
= çè ÷
p ´ 0.75 ´ 0.75 ´ 0.2 ø Total curved surface area
æ 225 ´ 225 ´ 5 ´ 10 ö 6336 6875 13211
= + = cm2
= çè ÷ = 225. 7 7 7
75 ´ 75 ´ 2 ø
Area of thickness of vessel
Hence, the number of coins required = 225.
7. (a) Curved surface area of the cylindrical bin éæ 25 ö 2 ù
2
= p ê ç ÷ - (12) ú
= 2prh = 2 ×
22
× 35 × 50 = 44 × 250 êëè 2 ø úû
7
= 11000 cm2 22 é 625 ù 22 49 154
= - 144 ú = ´ = = 38.5 cm2
Total surface area of cuboidal bin 7 êë 4 û 7 4 4
= 2 [l × b + b × h + h × l]
= 2 [30 × 30 + 30 × 50 + 50 × 30] 13211
Total painted area = + 38.5
= 2 [900 + 1500 + 1500] 7
= 2 [3900] = 7800 cm2 = 1925.80 cm2
Total surface area of cuboidal bin is less Cost of painting = 1925.00 × 0.05 = ` 96.25
than the curved surface area cylindrical bin
 14 STATISTICS

STATISTICS
A branch of mathematics is useful in the collection, classification and interpretation of data.
Or
Statistics is the science which deals with the collection, presentation, analysis and interpretation of some
numerical data.

DATA
The word ‘data’ means information in the form of numerical figures or a set of given facts.
For example, the percentage of marks scored by 10 pupils of a class in a test are :
36, 80, 65, 75, 94, 48, 12, 64, 88 and 98. The set of these figures is the data related to the marks obtained by
10 pupils in a class test. Statistical data are of two types (i) Primary, (ii) secondary.

Primary Data
The data which is collected by the investigator with a definite plan or design in mind is called Primary Data.

Secondary Data
When the data is gathered from some sources which already had stored for some purpose, then the data is
called secondary data.

Some Basic Terms

Raw (Ungrouped) Data

The data which is collected for specific purpose and put as it is (without any arrangement) is called raw data
or the data obtained in original form are called raw data or ungrouped data. Each entry in raw data is known
as an observation.
For example, Runs scored by batsman in a T-20 cricket match are :
17, 20, 15, 42, 25, 17, 23, 18, 5, 15
 EBD_7802
462 Mathematics
Range of Raw Data
The difference between the highest and lowest values of given data is called range. In the above case,

Highest Score = 42, Lowest score = 5

\ Range = Highest Score – Lowest score = 42 – 5 = 37
Frequency
The number of times a particular observation occurs is called its frequency.
For example, Marks obtained by 20 students of a class in a unit test are:
8, 5, 10, 6, 12, 18, 10, 5, 11, 13, 4, 3, 9, 11, 2, 10, 10, 19, 5, 7
By observation, we can see that 5, 10 and 11 occurs three times, four times and two times respectively. Hence,
frequency of 5, 10 and 11 are 3, 4 and 2 respectively.
PRESENTATION OF DATA
Frequency Distribution
A tabular arrangement of data showing their corresponding frequencies is called a frequency distribution.
The table showing the data with their corresponding frequencies is called a frequency distribution table.
These are of two types:
Discrete (or Ungrouped) Frequency Distribution
When number of terms is large and variate are discrete, that is variate can accept some particular values
only under finite limits and is repeated, then it is called discrete frequency distribution.
This is done by the use of the method of tally marks. In the first column, we write all possible values of the
variable from the lowest to the highest.
For example,
The number of cars in 20 families are given below
1, 1, 2, 3, 4, 3, 2, 1, 1, 4, 4, 5, 2, 4, 2, 1, 3, 2, 3, 1
Then the data in the form of ungrouped frequency distribution is shown below :

No. of Cars Tally Marks Frequency

1 6
2 5
3 4
4 4
5 1

Grouped Frequency Distribution

When a data has a large number of values (entries) and most of them are distinct, it becomes in convenient
to present it in the form of ungrouped frequency distribution. The data is condensed into a finite number of
groups called classes. Presenting data in this form is called a grouped frequency distribution.
For example, The marks obtained by 28 students of a class in a test are 38, 26, 4, 32, 20, 22, 11, 47, 12, 23,
8, 2, 10, 8, 12, 17, 19, 16, 42, 40, 13, 38, 17, 27, 30, 6, 23, 18.
Then the data in Grouped frequency distribution, using group 0-10, 10-20 is shown below:
Statistics 463

Marks Tally Marks Number of Students

(Class Intervals) Frequency

0-10 5
10-20 10
20-30 6
30-40 4
40-50 3

NOTE
(i) Lower limit and upper limit: In the classes 0-9, 10-19, 20-29 and 30-39, the value 0, 10, 20 and 30 are
called the lower limits of the classes and the values 9, 19, 29, and 39 are called the upper limit of the
classes.
(ii) Class mark (or Midmark or Midvalue) of a class: In a grouped frequency distribution, the class mark
æa + b ö
or the midmark of a class a-b is equal to the value çç ÷
÷
è 2 ø
(iii) Width of a class: The difference of the upper limit and the lower limit of the class is called the width
of a class.
CUMULATIVE FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTION TABLE
There are two types of cumulative frequency distribution table.
Discrete Frequency Distribution
In a discrete frequency distribution, the cumulative frequency of a particular value of the variable is the total
of all the frequencies of the values of the variable which are less than or equal to the particular value.
Grouped Frequency Distribution
In a grouped frequency distribution the cumulative frequency of a class is the total of all frequencies up to that
particular class.
To calculate cumulative frequencies, the classes should be written in ascending order.
For Example, The following table shows the number of patients getting medical treatment in a hospital on
a day.
Ag e (in years ) [Clas s Interval] No. of Patients [Frequency] Cumulative Frequency
10 – 20 90 90
20 – 30 50 140 (= 90 + 50 )
30 – 40 60 200 (= 140 + 60)
40 – 50 80 280 (= 200 + 80)
50 – 60 50 330 (= 280 + 50)
60 – 70 30 360 (= 330 + 30)
Total 3 60

The above table showing the cumulative frequency with class interval is called grouped frequency distribution
table.
The above grouped cumulative frequency distribution table can be presented in two other following ways.
 EBD_7802
464 Mathematics
(a) Less Than Type Grouped Cumulative Frequency Distribution Table

Age (in years ) No. of Patients (cumulative frequency)

Les s than 20 90
Les s than 30 140
Les s than 40 200
Les s than 50 280
Les s than 60 330
Les s than 70 360

(b) More Than Type Grouped Frequency Distribution Table

Ag e (in years ) No. of Patients (cumulative frequency)

Equal and more than 10 360
Equal and more than 20 270 (= 360 – 90)
Equal and more than 30 220 (= 270 – 50)
Equal and more than 40 160 (= 220 – 60)
Equal and more than 50 80 (= 160 – 80)
Equal and more than 60 30 (= 80 – 50)

EXCLUSIVE AND INCLUSIVE CLASS INTERVAL

Class interval of the form 10 – 20, 20 – 30, 30 – 40, ……..; in which upper limit of any class interval
coincides with the lower limit of the just next class interval, is called Exclusive class Interval.
Class interval of the form 10 – 19, 20 – 29, 30 – 39, …….; in which upper limit of any class interval does not
coincides with the lower limit of the just next class interval, is called Inclusive class Interval. In the inclusive
class interval, the difference between lower limit of any class interval and upper limit of just previous class
interval is always 1.
To use inclusive class interval frequency or cumulative frequency distribution, first of all we convert it into
exclusive class interval frequency distribution. For this, we only decrease the lower limit of each class interval
by 0.5 and increase the upper limit of each class interval by 0.5 of inclusive class interval. But frequency or
cumulative frequency remains the same.

GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION OF DATA

The main features of a frequency distribution can be easily presented with the help of graphical representation
such as bar graphs, histograms, frequency polygons, etc.,
Bar Graph
A bar graph (diagram) is a pictorial representation of the numerical data by a series of bars of rectangles of
uniform width standing on the same horizontal (or vertical) base line with equal spacing between the bars.
Each rectangle or bar represents only one value of the data.
Statistics 465

X
O

Histogram
A histogram is a graphical representation of grouped frequency distribution for continuous classes in the
form of rectangles with class intervals as bases and corresponding frequencies as heights.

Y
Frequency

X
O Class-interval

Note that in a histogram, rectangles are drawn leaving no gap in between consecutive rectangles.

ILLUSTRATION 1 :

The following is the distribution of weights (in kg) of 50 persons:

Weight (in kg) : 50-55 55-60 60-65 65-70 70-75 75-80 80-85 85-90
Number of persons : 12 8 5 4 5 7 6 3

Draw a histogram for the above data.

SOLUTION :
We represent the class limits along X-axis on a suitable scale and the frequencies along Y-axis on a
suitable scale.
Since the scale on X-axis starts at 50, a kink (break) is indicated near the origin to signify that the
graph is drawn to scale beginning at 50, and not at the origin.
 EBD_7802
466 Mathematics

Frequency Polygon
If the points pertaining to the midvalues of the classes of a frequency distribution, and the corresponding
frequencies are plotted on a graph sheet and these points are joined by straight lines, then the figure formed
is called a frequency polygon.
Frequency polygons are useful for large and continuous data.
It is also useful for comparing two different sets of data of the same nature.

Y
Frequency

X
O Midvalues of classes

ILLUSTRATION 2 :
Construct a frequency polygon for the following data without drawing the histogram:

Clas s Interval 0-8 8-16 1 6-24 2 4-3 2 32 -40 4 0 -4 8

Frequency 8 10 16 24 15 7

SOLUTION :
Calculate class marks of given frequency distribution
Statistics 467

Class Interval Class Mark (or mid-point) Frequency

0-8 4 8
8-16 12 10
16-24 20 16
24-32 28 24
32-40 36 15
40-48 44 7

30

25 (28,24)

20
Frequency

15 (20,16) (36,15)

10 (12,10)
(44,7)
(4,8)
5

X
0
4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48

Class Mark
MEASURES OF CENTRAL TENDENCY (AVERAGES)
There are three main averages :
(1) Mean (2) Median (3) Mode
Mean
The mean (or average) of a number of observations is the sum of the values of all the observations divided by
the total number of observations. n
å xi
i =1
It is denoted by the symbol x , read as ‘x bar’. The mean ( x ) of n observations is given by x = .
n

ILLUSTRATION 3 :
The mean of 6, 10, x and 12 is 8. Find the value of x.

SOLUTION:
n
å xi 6 + 10 + x + 12 28 + x
x = i =1
28 + x
= = Þ 8= (Q x = 8)
n 4 4 4

Þ 28 + x = 32 Þ x = 4, \ value of x is 4
 EBD_7802
468 Mathematics
Mean of Discrete Frequency Distribution
n
å fi xi
For an ungrouped frequency distribution, x = i =1
n
å fi
i =1

where fi is the frequency corresponding to the observation xi.

n
Note that å fi xi = f1x1 + f 2 x2 + f3 x3 + ... + fn xn
i =1

ILLUSTRATION 4 :
Find the mean of the following distribution:

Number (x ) 8 10 15 20
Frequency (f ) 5 8 8 4

SOLUTION :

x f fx
8 5 40
10 8 80
15 8 120
20 4 80
To tal 25 320

n
å fi xi 320
\ x = i =1 Þ x= = 12.8 Þ mean = 12.8
n 25
å fi
i =1

Median
The median is that value of the given number of observations, which divides it into exactly two parts.
Median is the middle most or the central value of the variate in a set of observations,when the observations
are arranged either in ascending or in descending order of their magnitudes.
Methods to Find Median
When the data is arranged in ascending (or descending) order the median of ungrouped data is calculated as
follows :
æ n +1ö
(i) When the number of observation (n) is odd, the median is the value of the ç th observation.
è 2 ÷ø
Statistics 469
æ nö æn ö
(ii) When the number of observations (n) is even, the median is the mean of the ç ÷ th and the çè +1÷ø th
è 2ø 2
observations.

ILLUSTRATION 5 :
The monthly salaries (in `) of 10 employees of a factory are:
12000, 8500, 9200, 7400, 11300, 12700, 7800, 11500, 10320, 8100. Find the median salary.

SOLUTION :
Arranging the observation in ascending order :
7400, 7800, 8100, 8500, 9200, 10320, 11300, 11500, 12000, 12700
Total number of observations (n) = 10 (even)

1 éæ n ö ù
th th
æn ö
\ median = êç ÷ observation + ç + 1 ÷ observation ú
2 êè 2 ø è2 ø úû
ë

1 éæ 10 ö ù
th th
æ 10 ö
= êç ÷ observation + ç + 1 ÷ observation ú
2 êè 2 ø è 2 ø úû
ë
1 é th
= 5 observation + 6th observation ù
2ë û
1 19520
Median = [9200 + 10320] = = 9760
2 2
Median Salary = ` 9760
Mode
The mode is that value of the observation which occurs most frequently, i.e., an observation with the maximum
frequency is called the mode.
Note that it is not effected by presence of extremely large or small items.
ILLUSTRATION 6 :
Find the value of mode of the following data
50, 70, 50, 70, 80, 70, 70, 80, 70, 50
SOLUTION :
To find mode, we prepare ungrouped (or discrete) frequency table.
Observation Frequency
50 3
70 5
80 2
In the above table we see that observation 70 is repeating maximum number of times i.e. frequency of
70 is maximum. Hence the mode of the given set of observation is 70.
 EBD_7802
470 Mathematics
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MEAN, MODE AND MEDIAN

Mode = 3 Median – 2 Mean

ILLUSTRATION 7 :
If the value of mode and mean is 60 and 66 respectively, then find the value of median.
SOLUTION :
Mode = 3 Median – 2 Mean
1 1
\ Median = (mode + 2 mean) = (60 + 2 × 66) = 64
3 3

Important Formulae, Terms and Definitions

Range : Highest observation — Lowest observation.
Class size : Upper class limit — Lower class limit.
Upper class limit + Lower class limit
Class marks :
2

Mean : Mean of a set of observations is their sum divided by number of observations. It is denoted by x .
n

x1 + x2 + x3 + .... + xn
å xi
i =1
· For Raw Data; Mean = x = =
n n

n
å fi xi
i =1
· For Discrete (Ungrouped) Data; Mean = x = n
å fi
i =1

Median :
th
æ n +1ö
· If n is an odd number, then median = Value of ç ÷ observation
è 2 ø
th th
ænö æn ö
· If n is an even number, then median = Average of ç ÷ and ç + 1÷ observations
è2ø è2 ø
Mode : The mode is the most frequently occuring observation.
Statistics 471
 EBD_7802
472 Mathematics

EXERCISE 14.1 5 3 10 20 25 11 13 7 12 31
1. Give five examples of data that you can collect 19 10 12 17 18 11 32 17 16 2
from your day-to-day life. 7 9 7 8 3 5 12 15 18 3
Sol. (i) Heights of students in our class. 12 14 2 9 6 15 15 7 6 12
(ii) Number of class-rooms in our school. Construct a grouped frequency distribution table
(iii) Water bills of our house for last three years. with class size 5 for the data given above taking
the first interval as 0–5 (5 not included). What
(iv) Election results obtained from television or
main features do you observe from this tabular
newspaper. representation?
(v) Literacy rate figures obtained from Sol.
educational survey.
Distance Tally marks Number of engineers
2. Classify the data in Q.1 above as primary or
(in km) (frequency)
secondary data.
Sol. (i), (ii) and (iii) are primary data. (iv) and (v) 0-5 5
are secondary data.
5 - 10 11
EXERCISE 14.2
1. The blood groups of 30 students of Class VIII 10 - 15 11
are recorded as follows : 15 - 20 9
A, B, O, O, AB, O, A, O, B, A, O, B, A, O, O,
A, AB, O, A, A, O, O, AB, B, A, O, B, A, B, O 20 - 25 1
Represents this data in the form of a frequency
25 - 30 1
distribution table. Which is the most common
and which is the rarest blood group among these 30 - 35 2
students?
Sol. By using tally marks we can represent the above Total 40
given data in tabular form as
Main features from this tabular representation
Blood Tally marks Number of students are :
Group (frequency) (i) The maximum number of engineers are in
the intervals 5–10 and 10–15.
A 9 (ii) The minimum number of engineers are in
the intervals 20–25 and 25–30 each.
B 6 (iii) The frequencies of the intervals 20–25 and
25–30 are the same. (Each = 1)
AB 3
3. The relative humidity (in %) of a certain city
O 12 for a month of 30 days was as follows :
98.1 98.6 99.2 90.3 86.5 95.3 92.9 96.3 94.2 95.1
Total 30 89.2 92.3 97.1 93.5 92.7 95.1 97.2 93.3 95.2 97.3
96.2 92.1 84.9 90.2 95.7 98.3 97.3 96.1 92.1 89
O is the most common and AB is the rarest blood
(i) Construct a grouped frequency distribution
group among 30 students. table with classes 84–86, 86–88, etc.
2. The distance (in km) of 40 engineers from (ii) Which month or season do you think this
their residence to their place of work were data is about?
found as follows : (iii) What is the range of this data?
Statistics 473
Sol. (i) (ii) The heights of maximum number of
students are in the interval 160–165 and
Relative Tally marks Number of days
humidity (frequency) the heights of minimum number of students
(in %) are in the interval 170–175.
(iii) More than 50% of students are shorter than
84–86 1 165 cm.
5. A study was conducted to find out the
86–88 1
concentration of sulphur dioxide in the air in
88–90 2 parts per million (ppm) of a certain city. The
data obtained for 30 days is as follows :
90–92 2
0.03 0.08 0.08 0.09 0.04 0.17
92–94 7
0.16 0.05 0.02 0.06 0.18 0.20
94–96 6 0.11 0.08 0.12 0.13 0.22 0.07
96–98 7 0.08 0.01 0.10 0.06 0.09 0.18
0.11 0.07 0.05 0.07 0.01 0.04
98–100 4
(i) Make a grouped frequency distribution
Total 30 table for this data with class intervals as
0.00–0.04, 0.04–0.08, and so on.
(ii) Since, the relative humidity is high.
\This data appears to be taken in the rainy (ii) For how many days, was the concentration
season. of sulphur dioxide more than 0.11 parts
(iii) Range = Highest value – Lowest value per million.
= 99.2 – 84.9 = 14.3 (in %) Sol. (i)
4. The heights of 50 students, measured to the
nearest centimetres, have been found to be as Concentration Tally Marks Number of Days
follows : of sulphur (Frequency)
dioxide in the
161 150 154 165 168 161 154 162 150 151
air (ppm)
162 164 171 165 158 154 156 172 160 170
0.00 – 0.04 4
153 159 161 170 162 165 166 168 165 164
154 152 153 156 158 162 160 161 173 166 0.04 – 0.04 9
161 159 162 167 168 159 158 153 154 159 0.08 – 0.12 9
(i) Represent the data given above by a grouped
frequency distribution table, taking the class 0.12 – 0.16 2
intervals as 160–165, 165–170, etc. 0.16 – 0.20
(ii) What can you conclude about their heights from 4
the table? 0.20 – 0.24 2
Sol. (i) Grouped frequency distribution table is Total 30
given as
(ii) For 2 + 4 + 2 = 8 days, the cocentration
Number of Students
Heights Tally Marks (Frequency) was more than 0.11 parts per million.
6. Three coins were tossed 30 times
150 – 155 12 simultaneously. Each time the number of
heads occurring was noted down as follows :
155 – 160 9
0 1 2 2 1 2 3 1 3 0
160 – 165 14 1 3 1 1 2 2 0 1 2 1
165 – 170 10 3 0 0 1 1 2 3 2 2 0
170 – 175 5
Prepare a frequency distribution table for the data
given above.
Total 50
 EBD_7802
474 Mathematics
Sol. Frequency distribution table is given as: Number of Tally marks Frequency
hours
Number of Tally Marks Frequency
heads occuring 0–5 10
0 6 5–10 13
1 10 10–15 5
2 9 15–20 2
3 5 Total 30
Total 30 (ii) From the table we observe that only 2
Children watched television for 15 or more
7. The value of p upto 50 decimal places is given
hours a week.
below :
3.14159265358979323846264338327950288419716939937510 9. A company manufactures car batteries of a
(i) Make a frequency distribution of the digits from particular type. The lives (in years) of 40 such
0 to 9 after the decimal point. batteries were recorded as follows :
(ii) What are the most and the least frequently
occurring digits? 2.6 3.0 3.7 3.2 2.2 4.1 3.5 4.5
Sol. (i) Frequency distribution is as follows 3.5 2.3 3.2 3.4 3.8 3.2 4.6 3.7
Digits Tally marks Frequency . 2.5 4.4 3.4 3.3 2.9 3.0 4.3 2.8
0 2 3.5 3.2 3.9 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.7 3.4
1 5 4.6 3.8 3.2 2.6 3.5 4.2 2.9 3.6
2 5
3 8 Construct a grouped frequency distribution table
4 4 for this data, using class intervals of size 0.5
5 5 starting from the interval 2–2.5
Sol. (i) By taking class-interval of size 0.5, we
6 4
construct a grouped frequency distribution
7 4 as follows:
8 5 Lives Tally marks Number of
9 8 . (in years) batteries
Total 50 (frequency) .
(ii) 3 and 9 are the most frequently occurring 2.0 – 2.5 2
digits and the least occurring digit is 0.
8. Thirty children were asked about the number 2.5 – 3.0 6
of hours they watched TV programmes in the 3.0 – 3.5 14
previous week. The results were found as
follows: 3.5 – 4.0 11

1 6 2 3 5 12 5 8 4 8 4.0 – 4.5 4
10 3 4 12 2 8 15 1 17 6 4.5 – 5.0 3
3 2 8 5 9 6 8 7 14 12 Total 40
(i) Make a grouped frequency distribution table for
EXERCISE 14.3
this data, taking class width 5 and one of the
class intervals as 5–10. 1. A survey conducted by an organisation for
(ii) How many children watched television for 15
or more hours a week? the cause of illness and death among the
Sol. (i) By taking class width 5, we make a grouped
frequency distribution table as :
Statistics 475
women between the ages 15–44 (in years)
Section Number of girls per
worldwide, found the following figures (in %):
thousand boys
Scheduled Caste (SC) 940
S . No. Caus es Female fatality
rate (% ) Scheduled Tribe (ST) 970
1. Rep roductive health Non SC/ST 920
31.8
conditions Backward districts 950
2. Neurops ychiatric
25.4 Non-backward districts 920
conditions
3. Inju ries 12.4 Rural 930
4. Cardiovas cular Urban 910
4.3
conditions
5. Res piratory
(i) Represent the information above by a bar graph.
4.1 (ii) In the classroom discuss what conclusion can
conditions
6. Other causes 22.0 be arrived at from the graph.
Sol. (i)
(i) Represent the information given above
graphically.
(ii) Which condition is the major cause of
women’s ill health and death worldwide?
Number of girls per

(iii) Try to find out, with the help of your

thousand boys

teacher, any two factors which play a major

role in the cause in (ii) above being the
major cause.
Sol. (i)

Section
(ii) (a) We conclude from the graph that the
number of girls to the nearest ten per
thousand boys is maximum in
Scheduled Tribe section of the society
and minimum in Urban section of the
society.
(b) The number of girls to the nearest ten
per thousand boys is the same for
‘Non SC/ST’ and ‘Non-backward
Districts’ sections of the society.
(ii) Graph shows that reproductive health
3. Given below are the seats won by different
conditions is the major cause of women’s
political parties in the polling outcome of a
ill health and death worldwide. state assembly elections :
(iii) Lack of proper diet, lack of advised
exercises. Political Party A B C D E F
2. The following data on the number of girls (to Seats won 75 55 37 29 10 37
the nearest ten) per thousand boys in different (i) Draw a bar graph to represent the polling
sections of the society is given below : results.
 EBD_7802
476 Mathematics
(ii) Which political party won the maximum
number of seats? Y
Sol. (i)
Y

X
(ii) Other suitable graphical representation is
Frequency polygon.
(ii) From the graph it is clear that political party (iii) No (Q the maximum number of leaves have
A won the maximum number of seats. their lengths lying in the interval 145–153.)
4. The length of 40 leaves of a plant are 5. The following table gives the life times of 400
measured correct to one millimetre, and the neon lamps :
obtained data is represented in the following Life time (in hours ) Number of lamps
table. 300-400 14
Length (in mm) Number of leaves 400-500 56
118-126 3 500-600 60
127-135 5 600-700 86
136-144 9 700-800 74
145-153 12 800-900 62
154-162 5 900-1000 48
163-171 4
(i)Represent the given informatin with the
172-180 2 help of a histogram.
(i) Draw a histogram to represent the given (ii) How many lamps have a life time of more
data. than 700 hours?
Sol. (i)
(ii) Is there any other suitable graphical
representation for the same data?
(iii) Is it correct to conclude that the maximum
number of leaves are 153 mm long? why?
Sol. (i) Modified Continuous Distribution

Length (in mm) Number of leaves

117.5-126.5 3
126.5-135.5 5
135.5-144.5 9
144.5-153.5 12
153.5-162.5 5
162.5-171.5 4
171.5-180.5 2 (ii) 74 + 62 + 48 = 184 lamps have a life time
of more than 700 hours.
Statistics 477
6. The following table gives the distributionof 7. The runs scored by two teams A and B on the
students of two sections according to the first 60 balls in a cricket match are given
marks obtained by them :
below :
S ection A S ection B
Number of balls Team A Team B
Mark s Frequency Mark s Frequency 1-6 5
2
0-10 3 0-10 5 7-12 1 6
10-20 9 10-20 19 13-18 8 2
20-30 17 20-30 15 19-24 9 10
25-30 4 5
30-40 12 30-40 10
31-36 5 6
40-50 9 40-50 1
37-42 6 3
Represent the marks of the students of both the 43-48 10 4
sections on the same graph by two frequency 49-54 6 8
polygons. 55-60 2 10
From the two polygons compare the performance
of the two sections. Represent the data of both the teams on the same
Sol. From the single given table we can make two graph by frequency polygons.
modified tables for both the sections. (Hint: First make the class intervals continuous.)
Modified Tables Sol. By making the class -intervals continuous we
For section A
get a modified table as
Number of balls Clas s -Mark s Team A Team B
Clas s es Clas s -Mark s Frequency
0.5-6.5 3.5 2 5
0-10 5 3
6.5-12.5 9.5 1 6
10-20 15 9
12.5-18.5 15.5 8 2
20-30 25 17
18.5-24.5 21.5 9 10
30-40 35 12
24.5-30.5 27.5 4 5
40-50 45 9
30.5-36.5 33.5 5 6
For section B
36.5-42.5 39.5 6 3
Clas s es Clas s -Mark s Frequency 42.5-48.5 45.5 10 4
0-10 5 5 48.5-54.5 51.5 6 8
10-20 15 19 54.5-60.5 57.5 2 10
20-30 25 15
Now, we plot the points on the graph paper of
30-40 35 10
both team.
40-50 45 1
 EBD_7802
478 Mathematics
8. A random survey of the number of children English alphabet in the surnames was found
of various age groups playing in a park was as follows :
found as follows:
Number of letters Number of s urnames
Ag e (in years ) Number of Children
1-4 6
1-2 5
4-6 30
2-3 3
6-8 44
3-5 6
8-12 16
5-7 12
12-20 4
7-10 9
10-15 10 (i) Draw a histogram to depict the given
15-17 4 information.
(ii) Write the class interval in which the
Draw a histogram to represent the data above. maximum number of surnames lie.
Sol. Table given in the question can be re-written as Sol. (i) Above given table can be rewritten in
[Minimum class-size = 1] modified manner as :
Age Number of Width of Length of
[Minimum class-size = 2]
(in years) children the class the Number Number of Width of Length of .
(frequency) rectangle of letters surnames the class the rectangle
6
5 1–4 6 3 ×2=4
1-2 5 1 ´1 = 5
1 3

3 30
2-3 3 1
1
´1= 3 4–6 30 2 × 2 = 30
2
6
3-5 6 2 2
´1 = 3 44
6–8 44 2 × 2 = 44
12
2
5-7 12 2 ´1 = 6
2 16
8–12 16 4 ×2=8
7-10 9 3
9
´1 = 3 2
3
4
10-15 10 5
10
´1 = 3
12–20 4 8 × 2= 1 .
5
8
4
15-17 4 2 ´1 = 2
2

9. 100 surnames were randomly picked up from

a local telephone directory and a frequency
distribution of the number of letters in the
Statistics 479
(ii) The maximum number of surnames lie in
Sum of all the observations
class interval 6–8. Mean =
Total numbers of observations
EXERCISE 14.4
1. The following number of goals were scored 41 + 39 + 48 + 52 + 46
+ 62 + 54 + 40 + 96 + 52
by a team in a series of 10 matches : + 98 + 40 + 42 + 52 + 60 822
2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 1, 3, 3, 4, 3 = = = 54.8
15 15
Find the mean, median and mode of these
scores. (ii) Median : By arranging the given data in
Sol. (i) We have the formula for mean, descending order, we have
98, 96, 62, 60, 54, 52, 52, 52, 48, 46, 42,
Sum of all the observations 41, 40, 40, 39
Mean = Number of observations (n) = 15, which is
Total number of observations
odd.
2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 0 +1+ 3 + 3 + 4 + 3 28 th
= = = 2.8 æ n +1 ö
10 10 \ Median = ç ÷ observation.
è 2 ø
(ii) Median : First we arrange the given data
in ascending order, we get th
æ 15 + 1 ö observation = 8th observation
0, 1, 2, 3, 3, 3, 3, 4, 4, 5 =ç ÷
è 2 ø
Total number of observations (n) = 10, which
is even. = 52
(iii) Mode : By arranging the data in
\ Median =
descending order, we have
th th 98, 96, 62, 60, 54, 52, 52, 52, 48, 46, 42,
ænö æn ö
ç ÷ observation + ç + 1÷ observation 41, 40, 40, 39
è ø
2 è2 ø
2 Here, 52 occurs most frequently (3 times)
\ Mode = 52.
th th 3. The following observations have been
æ 10 ö æ 10 ö
ç ÷ observation + ç + 1 ÷ observation arranged in ascending order. If the median
= è 2ø è2 ø
2 of the data is 63, find the value of x.
29, 32, 48, 50, x, x + 2, 72, 78, 84, 95
5th observation + 6th observation Sol. Consider the observations 29, 32, 48, 50, x,
= x +2, 72, 78, 84, 95.
2
Total number of observations (n) = 10, which is
3+ 3 even
= =3
2 \ Median
(iii) Mode : By arranging the given data in th th
ascending order, we get 0, 1, 2, 3, 3, 3, 3, ænö æn ö
ç ÷ observation + ç + 1÷ observation
4, 4, 5 è2ø è2 ø
=
2
Here, 3 occurs most frequently (4 times)
\ Mode = 3. æ 10 ö
th
æ 10 ö
th

2. In a mathematics test given to 15 students, ç ÷ observation + ç + 1 ÷ observation

= è 2ø è2 ø
the following marks (out of 100) are recorded: 2
41, 39, 48, 52, 46, 62, 54, 40, 96, 52, 98, 40,
42, 52, 60 5 th observation + 6 th observation
=
Find the mean, median and mode of this data. 2
Sol. (i) By the formula: x + (x + 2)
= = x +1
2
 EBD_7802
480 Mathematics
According to the question, x + 1 = 63 \ For ungrouped frequency distribution ,
Þ x = 62 8

4.
Hence, the value of x is 62.
Find the mode of 14, 25, 14, 28, 18, 17, 18, 14,
å fi xi 305000
x= i= 1 = = ` 5083.33
23, 22, 14, 18. 8 60
Sol. The given data is å fi
14, 25, 14, 28, 18, 17, 18, 14, 23, 22, 14, 18 i= 1
Arranging the data in ascending order, we have Hence, the mean salary is ` 5083.33
14, 14, 14, 14, 17, 18, 18, 18, 22, 23, 25, 28 6. Give one example of a situation in which
Here 14 occurs most frequently (4 times) (i) the mean is an appropriate measure of
\ Mode = 14. central tendency.
5. Find the mean salary of 60 workers of a (ii) the mean is not an appropriate measure
factory from the following table : of central tendency but the median is an
Salary (in ` ) Number of workers appropriate measure of central tendency.
3000 16 Sol. (i) mean marks in a test in science.
4000 12 (ii) average beauty.
5000 10
6000 8
7000 6
8000 4
9000 3
10000 1
Total 60

Sol. Given table can be re-written as

Salary Number of (f i)(xi)

(xi)(in `) workers (fi)
3000 16 48000
4000 12 48000
5000 10 50000
6000 8 48000
7000 6 42000
8000 4 32000
9000 3 27000
10000 1 10000
8 8
Total å fi = 60 å fi xi = 305000
i =1 i =1
Statistics 481

Very Short Answer Questions [1 Mark] 5. The mean of 10 numbers is 55. If one number is
1. Find the mean of first 10 natural numbers. [2013] included, their mean becomes 60. Find the
included number. [2014]
2. Following observations have been written in
6. The mean of monthly salary of 12 employees of
ascending order. If median of the data is 22,
a firm is ` 14,500. If one more person joins the
then find the value of x. [2013] firm who gets ` 18,400 per month, than what
3. Find the median of the given data. will the mean monthly salary now. [2015]
144, 145, 147, 148, 149, 150, 152, 155, 160 7. The mean of n-observations is x . If constant
[2013] "a" is subtracted from each observation, then
4. Find the range of the data
show that the new mean " x - a " . [2015]
25, 18, 20, 22, 16, 6, 17, 12, 30, 32, 10, 19, 8,
8. Find the median and mode of the following data:
11, 20. [2013] 24, 17, 13, 24, 26, 20, 26, 30, 8, 41, 24
5. Find the mean of first six odd number. [2014] If one 24 is replaced by 26, find new median
6. The number of children in 10 families of a and new mode. [2016]
locality are : 2, 4, 3, 4, 2, 0, 3, 5, 1, 6. Find the 9. A company manufacture car tyres of a particular
mean number of children per family. [2016] type. The lives (in year) of 40 such tyres are as
7. Mean of 15 observation is 23. If each observation follows :
is multiplied by 2, find new mean. [2016] 2.6, 3.0, 3.7, 3.2, 2.2, 4.1, 3.5, 4.5. 3.5, 2.3,
8. For the given data : 11, 15, 17, y + 1, 19, y – 2, 3.2, 3.4, 3.8, 3.2, 4.6, 3.7, 2.5, 4.4, 3.4, 3.3,
3 ; if the mean is 14, find the value of y.[2016] 2.9, 3.0, 4.3, 2.8, 3.5, 3.2, 3.9, 3.2, 3.2, 3.1,
9. Find the mode of the numbers. 3.7, 3.4, 4.6, 3.8, 3.2, 2.6, 2.5, 4.2, 2.9, 3.6
14, 14, 15, 27, 26, 27, 27, 22, 13 [2016] Construct a continuous grouped frequency
10. The points scored by a basketball team in a series distribution for the above data of equal class size
of matches are as follows : and with first class interval as 2 – 2.5, (2.5 is
not included) [2017]
17, 2, 7, 27, 25, 5, 14, 18, 10, find range.
[2016] Long Answer Questions [4 Marks]
11. Find the range of the data. 1. Consider the marks out of 100, obtained by 50
22, 25, 20, 32, 36, 28, 40, 45, 35, 38 [2016] students of a class in a test, given as below :
Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks] Marks 0-20 20-40 40-60 60-80 80-100
1. There are 100 students in a class. 40 of them Number of
are girls. The average marks of the boys in 15 10 10 11 4
students
Science is 75% and that of the girls is 65%.
Find the average marks of the class in Science. Draw a frequency polygon representing the data.
[2013] [2013]
2. Find the median of the following data. 2. The following table gives the pocket money
2, 12, 32, 17, 26, 39, 42, 12, 18, 32, 15 [2013] (in `) given to children per day by their parents:
3. A set of data consists of six numbers 7, 8, 8, 9, 9
Pocket
and 'x'. Find the difference between the modes 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50
when x = 9 and x =8. [2013] Money
4. The following observations have been arranged No. of
12 23 35 20 10
in ascending order. If the median of the data is Children
63, find x.
29, 32, 48, 50, x, x + 2, 72, 78, 84, 95. Represent the data in the form of a histogram.
[2014] [2016]
 EBD_7802
482 Mathematics
3. The following table gives the life times of 400 (i) Represent the given information with help
neon lamps : of histogram.
(ii) How many lamps have life time of more
Life Time (in hours) Number of lamps than 700 hours? [2016]
300-400 14 4. Draw a histogram to represent the following
400-500 56 grouped frequency.
500-600 60 Age (in yrs.) 5-9 10-14 15-19 20-24 25-29 30-34 35-39
600-700 86 No. of persons 10 28 32 48 50 35 12

700-800 74 Also draw frequency polygon. [2016]

800-900 62
900-1000 48

Very Short Answer Questions [1 Mark] 10. The mean of the age of three students Reema,
Dipanshu and Bhavya is 15 years. If their ages
DIRECTIONS : Give answer in one word or one sentence. are in the ratio 4 : 5 : 6 respectively, then find
their respective ages.
1. Two coins were tossed 20 times simultaneously.
Each time the number of "Heads" occuring was Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks]
noted down as follows : 1. The electricity bills of twenty households in a
0, 1, 1, 2, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 1, 2, 2, 0, 2, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 2
locality are as follows :
Prepare a frequency distribution table for the data.
2. If the mode of scores 3, 4, 3, 5, 4, 6, 6, x is 4, 375, 415, 525, 275, 815, 720, 1085, 717, 807,
then find the value of x 780, 315, 380, 417, 425, 375, 223, 245, 255,
3. Find the mean of the factors of 12. 615, 575
4. Consider the data : 2, 3, 9, 16, 9, 3, 9. Since 16 Construct a frequency distribution table with
is the highest value in the observations, is it class 100.
correct to say that it is the mode of the data? 2. The mean of 9 number is 50. If one number is
Give reason. included, their mean becomes 55. Find the
5. The class marks of a distribution are 6, 10, 14, included number.
18, 22, 26, 30. Find the class size and the class 3. The number of observations in a group is 40. If
intervals. the mean of first 10 is 4.5 and that of the
6. The mean of x1, x2 is 6 and mean of x1, x2 and
x3 is 7. Find the value of x3. remaining 30 is 3.5, then the mean of the whole
7. If 6, 4, 8 and 3 occur with frequencies 4, 2, 5 group is
and 1 respectively then find the arithmetic 4. If the mean of five observations x, x + 2, x + 4,
mean. x + 6, x + 8 is 11, then find the mean of first
8. Find the mean of thirty numbers where mean three observations
of ten numbers is 12 and that of the remaining 5. If the ratio of mean and median of a certain data
20 is 9. is 2 : 3, then find the sum of ratio of its mode
9. At a shooting competition, the scores of a
and mean.
competitor were as given below :
6. The mean of the age of three students Reema,
Score 1 2 3 4 5 Dipanshu and Bhavya is 15 years. If their ages
Number of shots 3 6 4 7 5 are in the ratio 4 : 5 : 6, then find their ages.
(i) What was his modal score? 7. The mean of 1, 7, 5, 3, 4, and 4 is m. The
(ii) What was his total score? observations 3, 2, 4, 2, 3, 3 and p have mean
(iii) What was his mean score? (m – 1) and median q. Find p and q.
Statistics 483
8. Find the difference between arithmetic means of 4. Find value of p if the mean of the following
all even and odd numbers between 50 and 60. data is 40.4.
9. The mean monthly salary of 10 members of a
Variable (x ) Frequency (f )
group is `1445, one more member whose
monthly salary is `1500 joined the group. Find 10 3
the mean monthly salary of 11 members of the 20 8
group. 30 12
10. If the mean of 1002, 1004, 1006, 1008, 1010 is 40 5
(n)3 + 6, then find the value of n – 2. 50 p
11. Mean of 18 number is 5. If 2 is multiplied to
60 7
every number, what will be the new mean ?
70 5
12. The mean of 20 numbers is 30. If 5 is added to
each number, then find the mean of the new 5. Find the mean of the observations 25, 27, 19,
number. 29, 21, 23, 25, 33, 28, 20 and show that sum of
13. If M is the mean of x1, x2, ... , x6 then find the the deviations of the mean from the observations
value of is zero.
(x1 – M) + (x2 – M) + (x3 – M) + (x4 – M) + 6. Draw a histogram for the following data:
(x5 – M) + (x6 – M).
Long Answer Questions [4 Marks] Height
150-160 160-170 170-180 180-190 190-200
(in cm)
DIRECTIONS: Give answer in four to five sentences Number
8 3 4 10 1
of student
1. In Mathematics test given to 15 students, the
following marks (out of 90) are recorded :
7. Following is the distribution of ages (in years)
41, 39, 48, 52, 46, 62, 54, 40, 88, 52, 86, 40,
of teachers working in a primary school :
42, 52, 60
Find the mean, median and mode of this data.
Age (in years) Number of teacher
2. The following table gives the distribution of
students of two sections according to the marks 21-25 70
obtained by them: 26-30 110
Mark s S ection A Section B 31-35 165
(clas s ) (frequency) (frequency) 36-40 320
0-10 3 5 41-45 200
10-20 9 19 46-50 135
20-30 17 15 (a) Determine the class size.
30-40 12 10 (b) Determine the class marks of fifth class
40-50 9 1 intervals.
(c) How many teachers are in the age group
Represent the marks of the students of both the 26 to 45 years.
sections on the same graph by two frequency 8. Find the difference between the median and
polygons. From the two polygons compare the mean of factors of 42.
performance of the two sections. 9. Mean of first 11 multiples of 11 is x and median
3. The mean of 1, 7, 5, 3, 4, and 4 is m. The of that numbers is y. Find x : y.
observations 3, 2, 4, 2, 3, 3 and p have mean
(m – 1) and median q. Find p and q.
 EBD_7802
484 Mathematics

Very Short Answer Questions [1 Mark] (i) How many students get less than 30% of
1. The mean of the data: marks?
(ii) Represent the data by histogram.
2, 8, 6, 5, 4, 5, 6, 3, 6, 4, 9, 1, 5, 6, 5
(iii) Which value is depicted by a student Ram
is given to be 5. Based on this information, is it obtaining the highest marks in the interval
correct to say that the mean of the data: 45-50?
10, 12, 10, 2, 18, 8, 12, 6, 12, 10, 8, 10, 12, 16, 4 5. In a survey of 150 couples in a locality for the
is 10? Give reason. [Exemplar] number of children they have, the following
2. In a histogram, the areas of the rectangles are data is obtained.
proportional to the frequencies. Can we say that Number of children 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
the lengths of the rectangles are also proportional
Number of Couples 5 12 30 80 13 7 3
to the frequencies? [Exemplar]
3. Consider the data : 2, 3, 9, 16, 9, 3, 9. Since 16 (i) Find the mean number of children.
is the highest value in the observations, is it (ii) Comment on the awareness of family
correct to say that it is the mode of the data? welfare programme in the locality.
Give reason. [Exemplar] [VBQ]
6. The following table provides Vidushi's score
4. If x is the mean of n observations x1, x2, ....... , in the first terminal examination in various
xn then the algebraic sum of deviations from subjects. [VBQ]
mean is [HOTS]
5. If the ratio of mean and median of a certain data Subjects Moarks Obtained(Out
Marks Obtained 100)
(Out of 100)
English 92
is 2 : 3, then find the sum of ratio of its mode Hindi 89
and mean. [HOTS] Mathematics 53
SocialScience 77
Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks] Science 95
Sanskrit 99
1. The mean of 121 numbers is 59. If each number
is multiplied by 4. What will be the new means? Represent the information by a bar graph.
[HOTS] Vidushi wants to improve her performance in
2. In a data, 10 numbers are arranged in ascending math.
order. If the 8th entry is increased by 6, then Which of the following ways should she follow:
what will be the change in median. [HOTS] (i) She should take tuition.
3. If the mean of the observations Z, Z + 3, Z + 5, (ii) She should only pray to God.
Z + 7, Z + 10 is 9, then find the mean of last (iii) She should use unfair means in exam.
three observations [HOTS] (iv) She should work hard and discuss the
4. The % of marks obtained by students in the problems with the teacher.
annual examination of a class in mathematics Which value is violated if Vidushi resorts
are given below; [VBQ] to unfair means?
Long Answer Questions [4 Marks]
Percentage
percentageofof marks
marks No. of students 1. Consider a small unit of a factory where there
0 – 10 8 ar e 5 employees : a supervisor and four
10 – 30 32 labourers. The labourers draw a salary of
‘` 5,000 per month each while the supervisor
34 – 45 18 gets `15,000 per month. Calculate the mean,
45 – 50 10 median and mode of the salaries of this unit of
the factory. [HOTS]
Statistics 485
n from every number, what will be the new mean?
2. Prove that å ( xi - x ) = 0 where is the mean [HOTS]
i =1 4. If the mean of n observations x1, x2, x3, ........,
of the n observations x1, x2, ... xn [HOTS] xn is x , find the mean of the observations
3. The mean of 10 numbers is 20. If 5 is subtracted x1 x 2 x 3 x
, , ,......., n . [HOTS]
a a a a

Exemplar MCQs 310, 290, 300, 320, 319, 304, 402, 318,
406, 292, 354, 278, 210, 240, 330, 316,
1. The class mark of the class 90-120 is
406, 215, 258, 236.
(a) 90 (b) 105 The frequency of the class 310-330 is
(c) 115 (d) 120 (a) 4 (b) 5
2. The range of the data 25, 18, 20, 22, 16, 6, 17, (c) 6 (d) 7
15, 12, 30, 32, 10, 19, 8, 11 and 20 is 9. A grouped frequency distribution table with
(a) 10 (b) 15 classes of equal sizes using 63-72 (72 included)
(c) 18 (d) 26 as one of the class is constructed for the
3. In a frequency distribution, the mid value of a following data :
is 10 and the width of the class is 6. The lower 30, 32, 45, 54, 74, 78, 108, 112, 66, 76, 88
limit of the class is 40, 14, 20, 15, 35, 44, 66, 75, 84, 95, 96,
(a) 6 (b) 7 102, 110, 88, 74, 112, 14, 34, 44.
(c) 8 (d) 12 The number of classes in the distribution will be
4. The width of each of five continuous classes in (a) 9 (b) 10
a frequency distribution is 5 and the lower class (c) 11 (d) 12
limit of the lowest class is 10. The upper class 10. To draw a histogram to represent the following
limit of the highest class is frequency distribution.
(a) 15 (b) 25 Class interval 5-10 10-15 15-25 25-45 45-75
(c) 35 (d) 40
5. If m is the mid-point and l is the upper class Frequency 6 12 10 8 15
limit of a class in a continuous frequency The adjusted frequency for the class 25-45 is
distribution, then lower class limit of the class (a) 6 (b) 5
is (c) 3 (d) 2
(a) 2m + l (b) 2m – l 11. The mean of five numbers is 30. If one number
(c) m – l (d) m – 2l is excluded, their mean becomes 28. The
6. The class marks of a frequency distribution are excluded number is
given as follows : 15, 20, 25, ..... The class (a) 28 (b) 30
corresponding to the class mark 20 is (c) 35 (d) 38
(a) 12.5 – 17.5 (b) 17.5 – 22.5 12. If the mean of the observations x, x + 3, x + 5,
(c) 18.5 – 21.5 (d) 19.5 – 20.5 x + 7 and x + 10 is 9, then mean of the last three
7. In the class intervals 10-20, 20-30, the number observations is
20 is included in 1 2
(a) 10-20 (a) 10 (b) 10
3 3
(b) 20-30
1 2
(c) Both the intervals (c) 11 (d) 11
(d) None of these 3 3
8. A grouped frequency table with class intervals 13. If x represents the mean of n observations x1,
of equal sizes using 250-270 (270 not included n
in this interval) as one of the class interval is x2, ...., xn, then value of å ( xi - x ) is
constructed for the following data : i =1
268, 220, 368, 258, 242, 310, 272, 342,
 EBD_7802
486 Mathematics
(a) –1 (b) 0 (a) 46.5 (b) 49.5
(c) 1 (d) n – 1 (c) 53.5 (d) 56.5
14. If each observation of the data is increased by 5, 20. The mean of 25 observations is 36. Out of these
then their mean observations, if the mean of first 13 observations
(a) remains the same is 32 and that of the last 13 observations is 40,
(b) becomes 5 times the original mean the 13th observation is
(c) is decreased by 5 (a) 23 (b) 36
(d) is increased by 5 (c) 38 (d) 40
15. Let x be the mean of x1, x2, ..., xn and y be the 21. The median of the data 78, 56, 22, 34, 45, 54,
39, 68, 54 and 84 is
mean of y1, y2, ..., yn. If z is the mean of x1, x2, (a) 45 (b) 49.5
..., xn, y1, y2, ..., yn then z is equal to (c) 54 (d) 56
x+y 22. For drawing a frequency polygon of a continuous
(a) x+y (b) frequency distribution, we plot the points whose
2
ordinates are the frequencies of the respective
x+y x+y classes and abscissae are, respectively
(c) (d) (a) upper limits of the classes
n 2n
16. If x is the mean of x1, x2, ...., xn then for a ¹ 0, (b) lower limits of the classes
(c) class marks of the classes
x x x (d) upper limits of preceeding classes
the mean of ax1 , ax 2 , ..., ax n , 1 , 2 , ..., n
a a a 23. Median of the following numbers :
is 4, 4, 5, 7, 6, 7, 7, 12, 3 is
(a) 4 (b) 5
æ 1ö æ 1öx (c) 6 (d) 7
(a) ç a + ÷ x (b) ç a + ÷
è aø è aø2 24. The mode of given data 15, 14, 19, 20, 14, 15,
16, 14, 15, 18, 14, 19, 15, 17 and 15 is
æ 1ö (a) 14 (b) 15
æ 1öx ça + ÷ x
(c) ç a + ÷ (d) è aø (c) 16 (d) 17
è aøn 2n NTSE Past Year MCQs
17. If x1 , x 2 , x 3 , ..., x n are the means of n groups 1. If 37a = 37b = 5661, what is the average of
with n 1 , n 2 , ..., n n number of observations, a and b? [2011]
respectively, then the mean x of all the groups (a) 74.5 (b) 151
taken together is given by (c) 76.5 (d) 153
2. If the mode of the data is 45 and mean is 27,
n
then the median is: [2012]
n å ni xi (a) 36 (b) 33
(a) å ni xi (b)
i =1
(c) 30 (d) 28
i =1 n2 3. The average marks scored by Ajay in certain
n number of tests is 84. He scored 100 marks in
å ni xi
n his last test. His average score of all these tests
å ni xi i =1 in 86, then the total number of tests he appeared
(c) i =1 (d) is: [2014]
n 2n
(a) 8 (b) 7
å ni (c) 9 (d) 10
i =1
18. The mean of 100 observations is 50. If one of 4. On 13 consecutive days the number of person
the observation which was 50 is replaced by 150, booked for violating speed limit of 40 km/hr.
the resulting mean will be were as follows
(a) 50.5 (b) 51 59, 52, 58, 61, 68, 57, 62, 50, 55, 62, 53, 54, 51
(c) 51.5 (d) 52 The median number of speed violations per day
19. There are 50 numbers. Each number is subtracted is [2015, 2014]
from 53 and the mean of the number so (a) 61 (b) 52
obtained is found to be –3.5. The mean of the (c) 55 (d) 57
given number is
Statistics 487

CHAPTER TEST

Time : 30 Min. Max. Marks : 20

Directions : (i) Attempt all questions

(ii) Question 1 and 2 carry 1 mark each.
(iii) Question 3 and 4 carry 2 marks each.
(iv) Question 5, 6 and 7 carry 3 marks each.
(v) Question 8 carries 5 marks.

1. The following observationas have been arranged in the ascending order 29, 32, 48, 50, x, x + 2, 72,
78, 84, 95. If the median of the data is 63, find the value of x.
2. For what value of x, the mode of the following data is 9 ?
5, 8, 9, 3, 8, 7, 6, 8, 9, x, 4, 9
3. The mean of 10 numbers is 20. If 5 is subtracted from every number, what will be the new mean?
4. The demand of different shirt sizes, as obtained by a survey, is given below:

Size 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 Total
No.of persons(wearing it) 26 39 20 15 13 7 5 125

Find the mean as observed from the survey.

5. The following table presents the number of illiterate females in the age group (10-34) in a town.

Age group Number of Females

10–14 300
15–19 980
20–24 800
25–29 580
30–34 290
Draw a histogram to represent the above data.
6. Using empirical formula calculate the mode for the following data:
23, 25, 28, 25, 16, 23, 17, 22, 23, 25.
 EBD_7802
488 Mathematics

7. Read the following bar graph given in figure and answer the following questions.

1993-1994
1993-94
100

1992-1993
1992-93
90
80
70

1993-1994
(in million tones)

1993-1994
Coal production 60

1992-1993
1992-1993
50
40

1992-93
1993-94
30
20
10
0
Bihar U.P W.B M.P A.P X
State

(i) What information is given by this bar graph?

(ii) Which two states have same production in production in 1993-94?
(iii) Name the state having same production in both the years?
(iv) Which state has minimum production?
8. Construct a frequency polygon for the following data.

Age(in year) 0 - 2 2 - 4 4 - 6 6 - 8 8 - 10 10 - 12 12 - 14 14 - 16 16 - 18
Frequency 2 4 6 8 10 6 5 3 1
Statistics 489

2. Arrange the data in ascending order

2, 12, 12, 15, 17, 18, 26, 32, 32, 39, 42
As, n is odd
Very Short Answer Questions
th
1. Since, æ n +1 ö
So, median = ç ÷ observation
1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + 7 + 8 + 9 + 10 è 2 ø
Mean =
10 th
æ 11 + 1 ö
55 =ç ÷
= = 5.5 è 2 ø
10
2. 20 = 6th observation
3. 149 Hence, median = 18
4. 26 3. If x = 9, mode = 9
5. Since, If x = 8, mode = 8
1 + 3 + 5 + 7 + 9 + 11 36 So, difference between the modes
Mean = = =6 9–8=1
6 6
4. Since, data in increasing order is 29, 32, 48,
6. Since,
50, x, x + 2, 72, 78, 84, 95
Mean number of children per family
Here, n = 10 (even)
2 + 4 + 3 + 4 + 2 + 0 + 3 + 5 +1+ 6
=
10 ìïæ n ö th æ n ö th üï
So, median = Mean of íçè 2 ÷ø + çè 2 + 1÷ø ý
30 ïî ïþ
= =3
10
observations
7. If each observation is multiplied by 2, then new
Þ 63 = Mean of 5th and 6th observation
mean is obtained by multiplying in old mean.
New mean = 2 × old mean x+ x+2
= 2 × 23 \ 63 =
2
= 46
8. Mean = 14 Then 63 = x + 1
Hence x = 62
11 + 15 + 17 + y + 1 + 19 + y - 2 + 3
=
7 5. Since, N = 10, x = 55
So, 98 = 64 + 2y
\ 2y = 34 å xi
As, x=
Hence y = 17 N
9. Mode = 27 So, sum of 10 observations = 10 × 55 = 550
10. Since, Range = highest point – lowest point
= 27 – 2 = 25 If, N = 11, x = 60
11. Since, Range = highest value – lowest value Then, sum of 11 observations = 11 × 60 = 660
= 45 – 20 = 25 Therefore, 11th observation (included number)
= 660 – 550 = 110
Short Answer Questions
6. Since, mean of monthly salary of 12 employees
1. Since, total marks of boys = 60 × 75 = 4500 = ` 14,500
and total marks of girls = 40 × 65 = 2600
So, sum of monthly salary of 12 employees
\ Sum of class = 4500 + 2600 = 7100
= 14,500 × 12 = ` 1,74,000
7100 As, sum of monthly salary of 13 employees
Hence, mean marks of the class = = 71
100
 EBD_7802
490 Mathematics
= 1,74,000 + 18,400 = ` 1,92,400 Therefore, median = 6th term
Therefore, mean of monthly salary of 13 = 24
1,92, 400 and mode = 26
employees = = ` 14,800
13 9. Class
7. Since, mean of n observations = x Tally Marks Number of tyres
Intervals
Suppose observations be x1, x2, x3, ............, xn
2.0 - 2.5 || 2
Sum of observations 2.5 - 3.0 |||| || 7
As, Mean = No. of observations
3.0 - 3.5 |||| |||| |||| 14
x1 + x2 + x3 + ...... + xn 3.5 - 4.0 |||| |||| 10
So, x = 4.0 - 4.5 |||| 4
n
4.5 - 5.0 ||| 3
Þ x1 + x2 + x3 + ....... + xn = nx
40
If each observation is reduced by a, then the
observations will be Long Answer Questions
x1 - a, x2 - a, x3 - a,......., xn - a
1. Marks Number of students
Suppose, the new mean be k
x1 - a + x2 - a + x3 - a + ....... + xn - a 0-20 15
Mean = 20-40 10
n
Therefore, 40-60 10
nk = x1 - a + x2 - a + x3 - a + ....... + xn - a 60-80 11
80-100 4
\ nk = nx - na
Thus, k = x - a Required frequency polygon graph is
ABCDEFG.
Hence, the new mean is x - a . Hence proved.
8. After arranging data in ascending order : y
8, 13, 17, 20, 24, 24, 24, 26, 26, 30, 41
16 B
As, n = 11 (odd)
14
n th + 1
Number of students

So, Median = term 12 E

2 C D
10
11 + 1 8
= term = 6th term
2
6
Hence, median = 24 F
and mode = 24 4
When we replace 24 by 26, the given data will 2
A G
be as follows : x
–10 0 20 40 60 80 100
8, 13, 17, 20, 24, 24, 26, 26, 26, 26, 30, 41
Marks
As, n = 11 (odd)
Statistics 491

2. Pocket moneys Number of children Y-axis

0-10 12
50
10-20 23

Number of children
20-30 35 40
30-40 20 30
40-50 10
20

10

0 10 20 30 40 50 X-axis
Pocket Money

3. (i) Y

90

80

70

60
No. of Lamps

50

40

30

20

10

100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 X
Life Time (in hours)

(ii) lamps having life time of more than 700 hr

= 74 + 62 + 48 = 184
 EBD_7802
492 Mathematics

4. Age (in yrs) No. of persons Continuous Age (in yrs) Class Marks
5-9 10 4.5-9.5 7
10-14 28 9.5-14.5 12
15-19 32 14.5-19.5 17
20-24 48 19.5-24.5 22
25-29 50 24.5-29.5 27
30-34 35 29.5-34.5 32
35-39 12 34.5-39.5 37
Y-axis
60

50
50
No. of persons

48
40

32 35
30
28
20

10 12
10

4.5 9.5 14.5 19.5 24.5 29.5 34.5 39.5 X-axis

Age (in years)

Very Short Answer Questions 3. Factors of 12 are 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 12

1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 6 + 12 28 14
1. Mean = = =
No. of heads Tally marks Frequency 6 6 3
0 7 4. 16 is not the mode of the data. The mode of a
given data is the observation with highest
1 7
frequency and not the observation with highest
2 6 value.
Total 20 5. Class size = 10 – 6 = 4
Class intervals are : 4 – 8, 8 – 12, 12 – 16,
2. Mode is the value which occurs most
16 – 20, 20 – 24, 24 – 28, 28 – 32.
frequently in a set of observations.
6. We have x1 + x2 = 12 and x1 + x2 + x3 = 21
Given mode = 4
\ x=4 \ 12 + x3 = 21 Þ x3 = 21 – 12 = 9
Statistics 493
7. Frequency table
å xi
2. Here, N = 9, x = 50 , as x =
xi fi f i xi N
6 4 24 So, sum of 9 observations = 9 × 50 = 450
4 2 8 If N = 10, x = 55
8 5 40 then sum of 10 observations = 10 × 55 = 550
3 1 3 Hence, excluded no. = 550 – 450 = 100
Total 12 75 x1 + x2 + ..... + x10
3. = 4.5
10
å fi xi = 75 = 6.25 Þ x1 + x2 + ..... + x10 = 45
\ Required mean =
å fi 12
and x11 + x12 + ... + x40 = 105
10 ´ 12 + 20 ´ 9
8. Required mean =
30 \ x1 + x2 + ...... + x40 = 150
120 + 180 x1 + x2 + ...... + x40 150 15
= = 10 \ = =
30 40 40 4
9. (i) Modal score = 4
because 4 occurs seven time. x + x + 2+ x + 4+ x +6+ x +8
(ii) Total score = (1 × 3) + (2 × 6) + (3 × 4) 4. 11 =
+ (4 × 7) + (5 × 5) 5
= 3 + 12 + 12 + 28 + 25 5 x + 20
= 80 11 = = x+4Þ x = 7
5
80
(iii) Mean score = = 3.2
25 7 + 9 + 11 27
10. Let their ages be 4x ,5x and 6x. Hence, required mean = = =9
3 3
4 x + 5x + 6 x 5. Let mean be 2x and median be 3x
mean age =
3 we know
15 x mode = 3 median – 2 mean
15 = Þx=3
3 = 3(3x) – 2(2x) = 5x
So, their ages are 12, 15, 18 year. Thus, mode : mean = 5 : 2
Short Answer Questions sum = 5 + 2 = 7
1. The frequency distribution table is shown 6. Let their ages be 4x ,5x and 6x.
below : 4x + 5x + 6x
Their mean age =
3
Class intervals Tally marks Frequency
15 x
200 - 300 |||| 4 15 = Þ 5x = 15 Þ x = 3
3
300 - 400 |||| 4
So, their ages are 12, 15, 18 years.
400 - 500 ||| 3
1+ 7 + 5 - 3 + 4 + 4 24
500 - 600 || 2 7. Mean = Þm= =4
6 6
600 - 700 | 1
700 - 800 ||| 3 3+ 2+ 4 + 2+ 3+ 3+ p
Also, m - 1 =
800 - 900 || 2 7
900 - 1000 0 Þ 21 = 17 + p
Þ p=4
1000 - 1100 | 1 First we arrange the observations in ascending
Total 20 order. i.e. 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 4, 4.
 EBD_7802
494 Mathematics
Since, no. of observations is odd Sum of observations
11. Mean =
æ 7 + 1 öth Number of observations
\ Median = ç ç ÷÷ observation.
è 2 ø Sum = 18 × 5 = 90
q = 4th observation. New sum = 90 × 2 = 180
q = 3.
8. The even numbers between 50 and 60 are 52, 180
\ New mean = = 10
54, 56, 58 18
The odd numbers between 50 and 60 are 51, Sum of observations
53, 55, 57, 59 12. Mean =
Number of observations
The arithmetic mean of even numbers between
50 and 60 is Sum of the observations = 20 × 30 = 600
New sum when 5 is added in each
52 + 54 + 56 + 58 220 20 observations = 600 + 20 × 5 = 700
= = 55
4 4
700
The arithmetic mean of odd number between \ New mean = = 35
50 and 60 is 20
13. Since M is the mean of x1, x2, .., x6
51 + 53 + 55 + 57 + 59 275
= = 55
5 5 x1 + x2 + .. + x6
\ =M
\ Required difference = 55 –55 = 0 6
9. Here, n = 10, X = 1445 Þ x1 + x2 + .. + x6 = 6M
1 Consider (x1 – M) + (x2 – M) + (x3 – M) +
So, X = (Sxi ) Þ nX = Sxi (x4 – M) + (x5 – M) + (x6 – M)
n
= (x1 + ... +x6) – 6 M
Þ 10 ´1445 Þ Sx i = 14450 =6M–6M=0
So total monthly wages of 10 person = `14450
Long Answer Questions
Monthly salary of one more person who joined
the group is `1500 1. Since,
\ Total monthly wages of 11 person Sum of observations = å xi
Mean ( x ) =
= `14450 + `1500 = `15950 Total no. of observation N
So, average monthly salary to 11 persons
Total monthly wages 15950 (41 + 39 + 48 + 52 + 46 + 62
= =
11 11 +54 + 40 + 88 + 52 + 86 + 40
= `1450. + 42 + 52 + 60)
=
Sum of observations 15
10. Mean =
Number of observations
802
= = 53.47 marks
1002 + 1004 + 1006 + 1008 + 1010 15
=
5 After arranging in ascending order, we get
39, 40, 40, 41, 42, 46, 48, 52, 52, 52, 54, 60,
5030
= = 1006 62, 86, 88
5 Here N = 15 (odd)
Þ n3 + 6 = 1006 Þ n3 = 1000
Þ n = 10 Þ n – 2 = 10 – 2 = 8 th
æ N +1ö
So Median = ç ÷ observation
è 2 ø
Statistics 495

th 1+ 7 + 5 + 3+ 4 + 4 24
æ 15 + 1 ö 3. Mean = Þm= =4
=ç ÷ observation 6 6
è 2 ø
= 8th observation = 52 marks 3+ 2+ 4 + 2+ 3+ 3+ p
Also, m - 1 =
Now, Mode = 52 (highest frequency) 7
2. First we find the class marks and make new Þ 21 = 17 + p
table as follows: Þ p=4
First we arrange the observations in ascending
order.
Marks Section A Section B i.e. 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 4, 4.
Class
(class) (frequency) (frequency Since, no. of observations is odd
)
0-10 5 3 5 th
æ 7 +1ö
10-20 15 9 19 \ Median = ç ÷ observation.
è 2 ø
20-30 25 17 15
30-40 35 12 10 q = 4th observation.
40-50 45 9 1 Þ q = 3.
4. Mean

Sf . x 30 + 160 + 360 + 200 + 420 + 350 + 50 p

= =
Sf 40 + p

1520 + 50 p
40.4 = Þ 9.6 p = 96 Þ p = 10
40 + p

25 + 27 + 19 + 29 + 21 + 23 + 25 + 33 + 28 + 20
5. Mean =
10
250
= = 25
10
Further, required sum
= (25 – 25) + (27 – 25) + (19 – 25) + (29 – 25)
+ (21 – 25) + (23 – 25) + (25 –25) + (33 – 25)
+ (28 – 25) + (20 – 25)
= 0 + 2 + (– 6) + (4) + (– 4) + (– 2) + 0 + 8 + 3
+ (– 5)
=–6+8+3–5=0

Performance of section A is better than

performance of section B.
 EBD_7802
496 Mathematics

th
æ 11 + 1 ö
6. Median = ç ÷ term i.e., 6th term
è 2 ø
\ y = 66
\ x : y = 66 : 66 = 1 : 1

Very Short Answer Questions

1. It is correct. Since the 2nd data is obtained by
multiplying each observation of 1st data by 2,
therefore, the mean will be 2 times the mean of
the 1st data.
2. No. It is true only when the class sizes are the
same.
7. (a) 5 (b) 43 (c) 98795 3. 16 is not the mode of the data. The mode of a
8. Factors of 42 are 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 14, 21, 42 i.e., 8 given data is the observation with highest
1 + 2 + 3 + 6 + 7 + 14 + 21 + 42 96 frequency and not the observation with highest
Mean = = = 12 value.
8 8
Arrange the data in ascending order, we have x1 + ... + x n n
1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 14, 21, 42 4. If x =
n
then å (x i - x) = 0
i =1
Number of term = 8 (even)
For even number of terms is 5. Let mean be 2x and median be 3x
we know
th th
ænö æn ö mode = 3 median – 2 mean
ç ÷ term + ç + 1÷ term
è2ø è2 ø = 3(3x) – 2(2x) = 5x
Median =
2 Thus, mode : mean = 5 : 2
sum = 5 + 2 = 7
4th term + 5th term 6 + 7
= = = 6.5 Short Answer Questions
2 2
1. Here n = 121, x = 59.
Difference between mean and median
\ The sum of 121 numbers
= 12 – 6.5 = 5.5
= nx = (121 × 59) =7139.
9. First 11 multiples of 11 are 11, 22, 33, 44, ….
When each number is multiplied by 4,
121 total = 4 × (previous total) = 4 × 7139
Sum of 11 multiples of 11 = 28556.
Mean =
11 æ 28556 ö
\ New mean = ç ÷ = 236
11 + 22 + 33 + 44 + 55 + 66 + 77 è 121 ø
2. As the median depends only on 5th and 6 th
+88 + 99 + 110 + 121 entries and there is no change in these entries
= therefore there is no change in the value of the
11
median.
726
x = = 66 3. False, Mean of Z, Z + 3, Z + 5, Z + 7, Z + 10 is 9 i.
11
Z + Z + 3 + Z + 5 + Z + 7 + Z + 10
Number of terms = 11 (odd), =9
For odd number of terms, we have 5
5Z + 25
Þ =9
5
Statistics 497
Þ Z+5=9ÞZ=4 (ii) Mean is greater than 2 that means couples
last three observation are 4 + 5, 4 + 7, 4 + 10 of society are not fully a ware of family
i.e., 9, 11, 14 welfare programme.
9 + 11 + 14 34 6.
Þ Mean = =
3 3
Y scale
1
Þ 11 1 cm = 10 marks
3 100
4. (i) Here, required number of students 90
= 8 + 32 = 40 80
(ii) Now, Length of rectangle (adjusted 70
frequency) 60
Class Frequency 50
= × Minimum class-size 40
Class Width
30
Marks Number of students Width of class Rectangle length 20

Vidushi
0 – 10 8 10 8 10
×5=4
10 0 X

Science

Science
Hindi

Sanskrit
English

Math
10 – 30 32 20 32

Social
×5=8
20
30 – 45 18 15 18
×5=6 Subjects
15
45 – 50 10 5 10
× 5 = 10
5 For better performance in mathematics,
Histogram representing marks obtained by Vidushi should do hard work and have a
students where class-intervals as widths and discussion of problems with her teacher.
adjusted frequencies as heights. The value of honesty is violated if Vidushi
resorts to unfair means. She may get good
Y marks using unfair means but it may not let
her develop integrity of character.
10
10 Long Answer Questions
9 8
8 5000 + 5000 + 5000 + 5000 + 15000
7 1. Mean =
Nu mber of students

6
6 5
5
4 35000
4
3 = = 7000
5
2
1
X So, the mean salary is `7000 per month.
O 10 20 30 40 50
Marks obtained To find the median, we arrange the salaries in
ascending order :
(iii) Hardwork intelligence and dedication. 5000, 5000, 5000, 5000, 15000
5. (i) N = 150 Since the number of employees in the factory is 5,
å fi xi = 417 5 +1 6
the median is given by the th - th
417 2 2
x = = 2.78 = 3rd observation. Therefore, the median is
150
`5000 per month.
 EBD_7802
498 Mathematics
To find the mode of the salaries, we see that
1 æ x1 x 2 x 3 x ö
5000 occurs the maximum number of times in = + + + ... + n ÷
the data 5000, 5000, 5000, 5000, 15000. So, n çè a a a a ø
the modal salary is `5000 per month.
1 æ x1 + x 2 + x 3 + .... + x n ö
=
a çè ÷
2. By definition of mean
n ø
x1 + x2 + x3 + ... + xn
x= 1
n = ´x
a
Þ x1 + x2 + x3 + ... + xn = nx ... (i)
Now, consider x
= . [Using (1)]
n a
å ( xi - x ) = ( x1 - x ) - ( x2 - x )
i =1

+ ( x3 - x ) + ... + ( xn - x ) Exemplar MCQs

= ( x1 - x2 + x3 – ... + xn ) - nx 1. (b) Here,

= nx - nx = 0 [(From (i)] Upper class + Lower class

class mark =
3. Let x1, x2, ....., x10 be 10 numbers with their 2
mean equal to 20. Then,
120 + 90 210
1 = = = 105
X = (Sxi ) 2 2
n
2. (d) Here, maximum value = 32
x + x + ... + x10 and minimum value = 6
Þ 20 = 1 2
10 As, range of the data
Þ x1 + x2+.......+ x10 = 200 ...(i) = maximum value – minimum value
New numbers are x1 – 5, x2 – 5, ....., x10 – 5. = 32 – 6 = 26
Let X ¢ be the mean of new numbers. Then, Therefore, the range of given data is 26.
3. (b) Suppose, x and y are the upper and lower
( x1 – 5) + ( x2 - 5) + .... + ( x10 - 5)
X¢ = class limit in given frequency distribution.
10
x+y
( x + x + .... + x10 ) - 5 ´10 200 - 50 So, mid value = = 10
X¢ = 1 2 = 2
10 10
\ x + y = 20 ...(i)
[Using (i)] Now, width of class = 6
X ' = 15 \ x–y=6 ...(ii)
4. Since the mean of n observations x1, x2, x3 , After adding Eqs. (i) and (ii),
........, xn is x 2x = 20 + 6
After putting x = 13 in Eq. (i),
x1 + x 2 + x 3 + ....... + x n
x= ...(1) \ 13 + y = 20
n
y=7
x1 x 2 x3 x
Mean of observations , , ,......., n Therefore, the lower limit of the class is
a a a a
equal to 7.
Statistics 499
4. (c) Suppose, x and y are the upper and lower
class limit in given frequency distribution. Class interval Tally marks Frequency
As, width of the class = 5 210-230 ||| 3
\ x–y=5 ...(i) 230-250 ||| 3
Q lower class (y) = 10 250-270 ||| 3
After, putting y = 10 in Eq. (i)
270-290 || 2
\ x – 10 = 5
290-310 |||| 4
x = 15
310-330 ||||| 6
Therefore, the upper class limit of the
lowest class is 15. 330-350 || 2
Thus, the upper class limit of the highest 350-370 || 2
class 370-390 — 0
= 5 × 5 + 10 = 35 390-410 ||| 3
Hence, the upper class limit of the highest
class is equal to 35. 9. (b) Here, the given data can be arranged as
5. (b) Suppose, x and y be the lower and upper follows :
class limit of given continuous frequency
distribution. Class interval Tally marks Frequency
13-22 |||| 4
x+y
So, mid-point = =m 23-32 || 2
2
33-42 ||| 3
\ x + y = 2m
43-52 ||| 3
x + l = 2m
53-62 | 1
Therefore, x = 2m – l
Hence, the lower class limit of the required 63-72 || 2
class is equal to 2m – l. 73-82 |||| 5
6. (b) It is given that the difference between mid 83-92 ||| 3
values is 5. So, option (c) and (d) are wrong. 93-102 ||| 3
As, the mid value is 20 that can get only, if 103-112 |||| 4
consider option (b).
Therefore, the number of classes in
17.5 + 22.5
Therefore, = 20 distribution is equal to 10.
2 10. (d) Since, minimum class width = 5
7. (b) As, the class interval 10-20 is the Ist As, frequency in the interval (25-45) = 8
interval of frequency distribution and 20-30 is Now, width of the interval 25 – 45 = 20
the second one but the number 20 is included in Therefore,adjusted frequency
20-30. Frequency
8. (c) Here, the given data can be arrange as = × Minimum class width
Class width of (25 - 45)
follows :
8
Therefore, the frequency of the class 310-330 is = ´5 = 2
20
equal to 6. Hence, the required adjusted frequency for
the class 25-45 is equal to 2.
 EBD_7802
500 Mathematics
11. (d) Suppose, x1, x2, x3, x4 and x5 be given five 14. (d) Suppose, x 1 , x 2 , ..., x n be the n
numbers and one of the excluded number is x5. observations.
x1 + x 2 + x 3 + x 4 + x 5 n
As, = 30
5 å xi
So, x1 + x2 + x3 + x4 = 150 – x5 So, x old = i=1 ...(i)
After dividing both sides by 4, n

x1 + x 2 + x 3 + x 4 150 - x 5 As,
=
4 4 ( x1 + 5 ) + ( x 2 + 5) + ... + ( x n + 5)
...(i) x new =
n
As, mean of the four numbers = 28
n
150 - x 5
Now,
4
= 28 [from eq. (i)] å xi
i =1
\ x new = +5
x5 = 150 – 112 n
Therefore,x5 = 38
[from Eq. (i)]
Hence, the excluded number is equal to 38.
12. (c) Since, the mean of observations x, x + 3, Therefore, x new = x old + 5
x + 5, x + 7 and x + 10 is 9. Hence, the new mean will be increased by 5.
x + x + 3 + x + 5 + x + 7 + x + 10 n
=9
So,
5 15. (b) Since, å xi = nx
i =1
\ 5x + 25 = 45
5x = 20 n
x=4 and å y = ny ...(i)
Therefore, last three observations are j =1
x + 5 = 4 + 5 = 9, x + 7 = 4 + 7 = 11
and x + 10 = 4 + 10 = 14 ( x1 + x 2 + ... + x n ) + ( y1 + y2 + ...yn )
Hence, the mean of last three observations So, z =
n+n
9 + 11 + 14
= n n
3
å xi + å y j
34 1 i =1 j=1
= = 11 =
3 3 2n
1 nx + ny x + y
Thus, mean of last three observations is 11 . = = [from Eq. (i)]
3 2n 2
n 16. (b) Since, mean of x1, x2, ....., xn is x .
13. (b) Q å xi = nx ...(i) n
i =1
So, å xi = nx ...(i)
n n n i =1
So, å ( xi - x ) = å xi - å x Suppose, the mean of
i =1 i =1 i =1
æ x1 x 2 x ö
n ç ax1, ax 2 , ...., ax n , , , ...., n ÷ is z .
= nx - x å1 è a a a ø
i=1

= nx - x . n [from Eq. (i)]

=0
Statistics 501
18. (b) As, mean of 100 observations is equal to 50.
( ax1 + ax 2 + ... + ax n ) + æç x1 + x 2 + ... + x n ö÷ So, n = 100 and x = 50
è a a a ø
\ z= n
n+n
å xi
æ 1ö i =1
ç a + ÷ ( x1 + x 2 + .... + x n )
Now, mean =
è aø n
=
2n
1 100
n Þ 100 ´ å x i = 50
æ 1ö
ç a + ÷ å xi
i =1
è a ø i =1 [from Eq. (i)] 100
=
2n å xi = 5000
i =1
æ 1ö When the observation 50 is replaced by
ça + ÷x
= è aø 150, then
2 100
17. (c) Suppose x1 , x 2 , x 3 , ..., x n are the means å x i = 5000 - 50 + 150 = 5100
i =1
of n groups having number of observations n 1,
n2, ...., nn 5100
Therefore,resulting mean = = 51
n1 n2 100
Here, n1x1 = å x i , n 2 x 2 = å x j , Hence, the resulting mean is equal to 51.
i =1 j=1
n
n3 nn å xi
n3x 3 = å x k , ....., n n x n = å x p 19. (d) Since, n = 50, so mean x = i =1
k =1 p =1 n

1 50
´ å xi
n1 n2 n3 nn
\ x=
å x i + å x j + å x k + .... + å x p 50 i =1
i =1 j=1 k =1 p =1
So, x =
n1 + n 2 + .... + n n 50
Then, å x i = 50x
n x + n 2 x 2 + n3 x 3 + .... + n n x n i =1
= 1 1 After, subtracting each observation from 53
n1 + n 2 + .... + n n
( -x1 + 53) + ( - x 2 + 53) + .... + ( - x 50 + 53)
n x new =
50
å n i xi
= i =1 - ( x1 + x 2 + .... + x 50 ) + ( 53 + 53 + ..... + 50 times )
n \ - 3.5 =
å ni 50
i =1 –3.5 × 50 = –(x1 + x2 + ....+ x50) + 53 × 50
Hence, the mean of all groups taken 50

n
Therefore, å xi = 2650 + 175 = 2825 ...(i)
i =1
å ni x i Thus, mean of 50 observations
i =1
together is equal to x = n
.
1 50
å ni = å xi
50 i =1
i =1
 EBD_7802
502 Mathematics

=
1
´ 2825 æ n +1ö
So, median = ç ÷ th observation
50 è 2 ø
= 56.5 [from Eq. (i)]
Hence, the mean of given number is equal æ 9 +1ö
=ç ÷ th observation
to 56.5. è 2 ø
20. (b) Suppose, mean of 25 observations = 36 = 5th observation = 6
Now, sum of 25 observations Hence, median of the given number is equal
= 36 × 25 = 900 to 6.
As, sum of first 13 observations 24. (b) After arranging the given data in ascending
= 13 × 32 = 416 order, we get
And, sum of last 13 observations 14, 14, 14, 14, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 16, 17,
= 40 × 13 = 520 18, 19, 19, 20
Therefore, 13th observation Here, 15 occurs most frequently 5 times.
= (Sum of last 13 observations Hence, the mode of the given data is equal
+ Sum of first 13 observations) to 15.
– (Sum of 25 observations) NTSE Past Year MCQs
= (520 + 416) – 900
= 936 – 900 = 36 1. (d) Given : 37a = 37b = 5661
Hence, the 13 observation is equal to 36. 5661
21. (c) Here, we arrange the given observations \ a=b= = 153
37
in ascending order
22, 34, 39, 45, 54, 54, 56, 68, 78 and 84 153 + 153
So, average of a and b = = 153
So, total number of observations (n) = 10 2
As, n is even, 2. (b) mode = 3(median) – 2(mean)
So, Median 45 = 3(median) – 2(27)
ænö æn ö 99
ç ÷ th observation + ç + 1 ÷ th observation median = = 33
= è2ø è2 ø 3
2 3. (a) x1 + x2 + x3 + ... xn = 84x
æ 10 ö æ 10 ö 84x + 100
ç ÷ th observation + ç + 1 ÷ th observation = 86
è 2 ø è 2 ø x +1
=
2 x=7
Total number of test 7 + 1 = 8
5th observation + 6th observation 4. (d) 13 observations in ascending order are as
=
2 follows 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 57, 58, 59,
54 + 54 61, 62, 62, 68:
= = 54 \ median = 57
2
Hence, the median of given data is equal
to 54.
22. (c) Class marks (mid-point of the classes) are
abscissa of the points, that we plot in 1. Since the number of observations is even = 10
frequency polygon.
23. (c) Here, we arrange the given numbers in æ nö
\ Median = Average of ç ÷ th and
ascending order as follows : è 2ø
3, 4, 4, 5, 6, 7, 7, 7 and 12.
Q n = 9 (odd) æn ö
çè + 1÷ø th observations
2
Statistics 503
= Average of 5th and 6th observations
x + ( x + 2) 2x + 2 Sxi fi 4991
= = = x + 1 = 63 (given) Mean = Sf = = 39.928
2 2 125
i
Þ x = 63 – 1 = 62.
Hence x = 62.
2. The given data except x can be presented in 5. The given frequency distribution is not
the form of a table given below: continuous. So, we shall first convert it into a
continuous frequency distribution.
Numbers Tally Marks Frequency
Y
3 | 1
4 | 1
1000
5 | 1
6 | 1 800

Number of female
7 | 1
600
8 ||| 3
9 ||| 3 400
200
Frequency of number 8 and 9 is 3. But mode
of data = 9 (given)

14.5
9.5

24.5
0

29.5
34.5
19.5
Thus frequency of the number 9 should be X
greater than 3, which is possible only if x = 9. Age group
Hence, x = 9.
3. Let x1, x2, ...., x10 be 10 numbers with their The difference between the lower limit of a class
mean equal to 20. Then, and the upper limit of the preceding class is 1
1 x + x + ... + x10 i.e. h = 1. To convert the given frequency
X= ( Sxi ) Þ 20 = 1 2 distribution into a continuous frequency
n 10
Þ x1 + x2 + ... + x10 = 200 h 1
New numbers are (x1 – 5), (x2 – 5), ..., (x10 – 5). distribution, we subtract = = 0.5 from each
2 2
Let X' be the mean of new numbers. Then,
( x - 5) + ( x2 - 5) + ... + ( x10 - 5) h
X' = 1 lower limit and add = 0.5 to each uper limit.
10 2
The distribution so obtained is as given below:
( x1 + x2 + ... + x10 ) - 5 ´ 10 200 - 50
X' = =
10 10 Age group Number of Females
[Using (i)]
X' = 15. 9.5–14.5 300
14.5–19.5 980
19.5–24.5 800
4. Size Number of Persons 24.5–29.5 580
xi f i 29.5–34.5 290
( xi ) ( fi )
38 26 988 This histogram of the above frequency
distribution is given in Fig.
39 39 1521
6. The given data when arranged in an ascending
40 20 800 order takes the form 16, 17, 22, 23, 23, 23, 25,
41 15 615 25, 25, 28.
42 13 546 Thus, we many present it as shown below:
43 7 301
44 5 220
Total 125 4991
 EBD_7802
504 Mathematics
8. First we obtain the class marks as given in the
Item ()x Frequency ()f fx following table:

16 1 16 Age(in year) Class Marks Frequency

17 1 17
1
0- 2 1 2
22 22
23 3 69 2-4 3 4
25 3 75 4-6 5 6
28 1 28
N = 10 å fx = 227 6 -8 7 8
8 -10 9 9
Here, N = 10, which is even.
10 -12 11 6
1 æ Nö
Median = {size of ç ÷ th item 12 -14 13 5
2 è 2ø
14 -16 15 5
+ size of æç + 1ö÷ th item}
N 16 -18 17 1
è2 ø
Now, we join the points (1, 2), (3, 4), (5, 6),
= {size of 5th item + size of 6th item} (7, 8), (9, 9) (11, 6), (13, 5), (15, 3) and (17, 1)
1 Now , we join the plotted points by line
= (23 + 23) = 23. segments. The end points (1, 2) and (19, 0)
2
respectively of imagined class-intervals to obtain
Now, Sfx = 227 and Sf = 10.
the frequency polygon.
Sfx 227
\ mean = = = 22.7
Sf 10
10
Hence, mode = 3(median) – 2(mean)
= [(3 × 23) – (2 × 22.7)] 9 (9, 9)
= (69 – 45.4) = 23.6 8 (7, 8)
7. (i) The given bar graph given the information 7
about hte production of coal in million (5, 6) (11, 6)
6
tonnes in two consecutive years, namely
Frequency

5 (13, 5)
1992-94 in various states.
(ii) A.P. and Bihar have same production in 4
(3, 4)
1993-1994. 3 (15, 3)
(iii) U.P has the same production in both the 2 (1, 2) (17, 1)
years.
1
(iv) U.P has the minimum production. (–1, 0) (19, 0)
–1 0 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19
Age (in year)
 PROBABILITY
15
PROBABILITY
Probability is a branch of mathematics which evolved out of practical considerations. It is used practically in
almost every field. Probability theory can be thought as the science of uncertainty. Probability is a measure
of uncertainty and deals with the phenomenon of chance or randomness.
Some Important Objects
Coin : We know that a coin has two faces : They are called Head and Tail.

Die (Dice) : Die is a solid in the form of a cube, having six faces.
Faces of die
· · · · · · · ·
· · · · · · · · ·
· · · ·

Each face has some marking of dots as shown above. One face has one dot, second face two dots, third face
has three dots and ... so on. We take them as 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. Plural of die is dice.
Cards : A pack of cards has 52 cards out of which 26 are red cards and 26 are black cards.
(a) 26 red cards contain 13 cards of diamond (¨) and 13 cards of heart (©).
(b) 26 black cards contain 13 cards spade (ª) and 13 cards of club (§)
(c) 13 cards are 1, 2, 3, ..., 10, Jack, Queen and King.
(d) Card having 1 is also called an ace.

Some Basic Terms and Concepts

1. An Experiment : An action or operation resulting in two or more outcomes is called an experiment
For example
(i) Tossing of a coin is an experiment. There are two possible outcomes head or tail.
(ii) Drawing a card from a pack of 52 cards is an experiment There are 52 possible outcomes.
 EBD_7802
506 Mathematics
2. Sample space : The set of all possible outcomes of an experiment is called the sample space, denoted
by S. An element of S is called a sample point.
For example
(i) In the experiment of tossing of a coin, the sample space has two points corresponding to head (H)
and Tail (T) i.e S {H,T.}
(ii) When we throw a die then any one of the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 will come up. So the sample
space, S = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}
3. Event: Any subset of sample space is an event.
For example
(i) If the experiment is done throwing a die which has faces numbered 1 to 6, then
S = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}, A = {1, 3, 5}, B {2, 4, 6}, the null set f and S itself are some events with
respect to S.The null set f is called the impossible event or null event.
(ii) Getting 7 when a die is thrown is called a null event.
The entire sample space is called the certain event.

EMPIRICAL PROBABILITY
Let there be n-trials of an experiment and E be an event associated to it such that E happens in m-trials. Then
the empirical probability of happening of event E is denoted by P(E) is given by

Number of Trials in which

the event happens
P(E) =
Total number of trials

m
P(E) =
n
NOTE
(i) The probability of an event lies between 0 and 1, i.e., It can be any fraction from 0 to 1. (0 and 1
inclusive)
(ii) The sum of the probabilities of all the possible outcomes of a trial is 1.
(iii) Probability of the occurence of an event + Probability of the non-occurrence of that event = 1.
ILLUSTRATION : 1
Two coins are tossed simultaneously 500 times, and we get
Two heads : 105 times; One head : 275 times;
No head : 120 times
Find the probability of occurrence of each of these events.
SOLUTION :
Let us denote the events of getting two heads, one head and no head by E1, E2 and E3 respectively.

105
So, P ( E1 ) = = 0.21 ,
500
Probability 507

275
P ( E2 ) = = 0.55 ,
500

120
P ( E3 ) = = 0.25
500
ILLUSTRATION : 2
Suppose that an integer is picked from among 1 to 20 (both inclusive). What is the probability of
picking a prime?
SOLUTION :
There are 20 outcomes of the experiment of picking an integer. The primes between 1 and 20 are 2, 3,
5, 7, 11, 13, 17 and 19 and these are 8 in number. Therefore, 8 are favourable to the event of picking a
8 2
prime and hence the probability of picking a prime is =
20 5

Important Formulae, Terms and Definitions

Probability : Probability is a quantitative measure of certainity.
Probability of an event : The empirical (or experimental) probability P(E) of an event E is given by
Number of trials in which E has happened
P(E) =
Total number of trials
Sum of Probabilities : Sum of probabilities of occuring an event and not occuring is equal to 1.
Probability of an event lies between O and 1 i.e., 0 £ P(E) £ 1 .
 EBD_7802
508 Mathematics
Probability 509

EXERCISE 15.1 Now, sum of these probabilities

1. In a cricket match, a batswoman hits a 19 407 211
= + +
boundary 6 times out of 30 balls she plays. Find 60 750 1500
the probability that she did not hit a boundary.
Sol. Let A be the event of hitting the boundary. 475 + 814 + 211 1500
= = =1
then, 1500 1500
Number of times the batswoman hits the boundary Hence, the sum is checked
P(A) = 3. Refer to Example 5, Section 14.4, Chapter 14.
Total number of balls she plays
(NCERT Book)
6 1 Find the probability that a student of the class
= = = 0.2
30 5 was born in August.
\ Probability of not hitting the boundary 7
= 1 – Probability of hitting the boundary 6
= 1 – P(A) = 1 – 0.2 = 0.8. 5
2. 1500 families with 2 children were selected Number of Students
4
randomly, and the following data were 3
recorded: 2
Number of girls in a family 2 1 0 1

Number of families 475 814 211 O

May

July
Jan.
Feb.
Mar.
Apr.

Jun.

Aug.
Sep.
Oct.
Nov.
Dec.
Compute the probability of a family, chosen
Months of Birth
at random, having
Sol. From the bar chart we have
(i) 2 girls (ii) 1 girl (iii) No girl
Also check whether the sum of these total number of students born in the year
probabilities is 1. = 3 + 4 + 2 + 2 + 5 + 1 + 2 + 6 + 3 + 4 + 4 + 4 = 40
Sol. Total number of families Again from the bar graph we observe that the
= 475 + 814 + 211 = 1500 Number of students born in August = 6
(i) Let A be the event of choosing the family Let C be the event that student was born in
having 2 girls. August.
Number of family having 2girls 6 3
\ P(A) = \ P(C) = = .
Total no. of family 40 20
4. Three coins are tossed simultaneously 200
475 19 times with the following frequencies of
= =
1500 60 different outcomes :
(ii) Let B be the event of choosing the family,
Outcome 3 heads 2 heads 1 head No head
having 1 girl
Frequency 23 72 77 28
814 407
\ P(B) = = If the three coins are simultaneously tossed
1500 750
(iii) Let C be the event of choosing the family, again, compute the probability of 2 heads
having no girl coming up.
Sol. Total number of times the three coins are tossed
211 = 200
\ P(C) =
1500 From the given data we have number of times
 EBD_7802
510 Mathematics
when 2 heads appear = 72
579 193
Let A be the event of getting 2 heads. \ P(B) = = .
2400 800
72 9
\ P(A) = = . (iii) From the table Number of families earning
200 25 less than ` 7000 per month and does not
5. An organisation selected 2400 families at own any vehicle = 10
random and surveyed them to determine a Let C be the event of choosing a family
relationship between income level and the which earns less than ` 7000 per month
number of vehicles in a family. The information and does not own any vehicle
gathered is listed in the table below: 10 1
\ P(C) = = .
2400 240
Vehicles per family
Monthly income (iv) From the table Number of families earning
(in ` ) 0 1 2 Above 2 Rs. 13000 – 16000 per month and owning
more than 2 vehicles = 25
Less than 7000 10 160 25 0 Let D be the event of choosing a family
7000 – 10000 0 305 27 2 which earns Rs. 13000 – 16000 per month
10000 – 13000 1 535 29 1 and owning more than 2 vehicles.
13000 – 16000 2 469 59 25 25 1
16000 or more 1 579 82 88 \ P(D) = = .
2400 96
Suppose a family is chosen. Find the (v) Number of families owning not more than
probability that the family chosen is 1 vehicle
(i) earning ` 10000 – ` 13000 per month and = Number of families owning 0 vehicle +
owning exactly 2 vehicles. Number of families owning 1 vehicle
(ii) earning ` 16000 or more per month and = (10 + 0 + 1 + 2 + 1) + (160 + 305 + 535
owning exactly 1 vehicle. + 469 + 579)
(iii) earning less than ` 7000 per month and = 14 + 2048 = 2062
does not own any vehicle.
\ Probability that the family chosen owns not
(iv) earning ` 13000 – ` 16000 per month and
2062 1031
owning more than 2 vehicles. more than 1 vehicle = = .
(v) owning not more than 1 vehicle. 2400 1200
Sol. Total number of families selected = 2400 6. Refer to Table 14.7, Chapter 14. (NCERT Book)
(i) From the given table we have no. of (i) Find the probability that a student
families earning ` 10,000 – `13000 per obtained less than 20% in the
month and owning exactly 2 vehicles = 29 mathematics test.
Let A be the event of choosing a family (ii) Find the probability that a student
which earns obtained marks 60 or above.
` 10000 – `13000 per month and owning
exactly 2 vehicles. Marks Number of students
29 0 - 20 7
\ P(A) = . 20 - 30 10
2400
(ii) Number of families earning ` 16000 or 30 - 40 10
more per month and owning exactly 1 40 - 50 20
vehicle = 579. 50 - 60 20
Let B be the event of choosing a family 60 - 70 15
which earns ` 16000 or more per month 70 - above 8
and owning exactly 1 vehicle Total 90
Probability 511
Sol. From the table, it is given that total number of
students = 90 5 3 10 20 25 11 13 7 12 31
19 10 12 17 18 11 32 17 16 2
(i) It is clear from the table that number of students
7 9 7 8 3 5 12 15 18 3
obtaining less than 20% in the mathematics 12 14 2 9 6 15 15 7 6 12
test = 7 What is the probability that an engineer lives :
Let A be the event that a student obtained (i) less than 7 km from her place of work?
less than 20% in mathematics test (ii) more than or equal to 7 km from her
place of work?
7
\ P(A) = 1
90 (iii) within km from her place of work?
(ii) It is clear from the table that number of 2
Sol. Given total number of female engineers = 40
students obtaining marks 60 or above
= 15 + 8 = 23 (i) Number of female engineers whose
distance (in km) from their residence to
Let B be the event that a student obtained
marks 60 or above their place of work is less than 7 km = 9.
\ Probability (engineer lives less than 7 km
\ P(B) = 23 . 9
90 from place of work) = .
40
7. To know the opinion of the students about the (ii) Number of female engineers whose
subject statistics, a survey of 200 students was distance (in km) from their residence to
conducted. The data is recorded in the their place of work is more than or equal
following table. to 7 km = 31.
\ Probability (engineer lives more than or
Opinion Number of Students
equal to 7 km from her place of work)
like 135
31
dislike 65 = .
40
Find the probability that a student chosen at (iii) Number of female engineers whose
random distance (in km) from their residence to
(i) likes statistics, (ii) does not like it. 1
their place of work is within km = 0.
Sol. Given total number of students = 200 2
(i) Given in the table, Number of students who 0
\ Required probability = = 0.
like statistics = 135 40
\ Probability (a student likes statistics) 9. Activity : Note the frequency of two-wheelers,
three-wheelers and four-wheelers going past
135 27 during a time interval, in front of your school
= = .
200 40 gate. Find the probability that any one vehicle
(ii) Again, from the table we have out of the total vehicles you have observed is a
Number of students who do not like two-wheeler.
Sol. Do yourself.
statistics = 65
10. Activity : Ask all the students in your class to
\ Probability (a student does not like it) write a 3-digit number. Chose any student
65 13 from the room at random. What is the
= = .
200 40 probability that the number written by her /
8. Refer to Q.2, Exercise 14.2 (NCERT Book) him is divisible by 3? Remember that a
The distance (in km) of 40 engineers from their number is divisible by 3, if the sum of its digits
residence to their place of work were found is divisible by 3.
Sol. Do yourself.
as follows:
 EBD_7802
512 Mathematics
11. Eleven bags of wheat flour, each marked 5 kg, 0.03 0.08 0.08 0.09 0.04 0.17
actually contained the following weights of 0.16 0.05 0.02 0.06 0.18 0.20
flour (in kg) : 0.11 0.08 0.12 0.13 0.22 0.07
4.97 5.05 5.08 5.03 5.00 5.06 0.08 0.01 0.10 0.06 0.09 0.18
5.08 4.98 5.04 5.07 5.00 0.11 0.07 0.05 0.07 0.01 0.04
Find the probability that any of these bags
Given total number of days = 30
chosen at random contains more than 5 kg of
From the data, we have number of days on which
flour. the concentration of sulphur dioxide is in the
Sol. Given total number of bags of wheat flour interval 0.12 – 0.16 = 2.
= 11.
\ Probability (concentration of sulphur
From the given data, total number of bags of
2 1
wheat flour which contains more than 5 kg of dioxide is in the interval 0.12 – 0.16) = = .
flour = 7. 30 15
13. In Q.1, Exercise 14.2, you were asked to
7
\ Required probability = . prepare a frequency distribution table,
11 regarding the blood groups of 30 students of a
12. In Q.5. Exercise 14.2, you were asked to
class. Use this table to determine the
prepare a frequency distribution table,
probability that a student of this class, selected
regarding the concentration of sulphur dioxide
at random, has blood group AB.
in the air in parts per million of a certain city
Sol. The blood groups of 30 students of class VIII are
for 30 days. Using this table, find the recorded as follows:
probability of the concentration of sulphur A, B, O, O, AB, O, A, O, B, A, O, B, A, O, O,
dioxide in the interval 0.12 – 0.16 on any of A, AB, O, A, A, O, O, AB, B, A, O, B, A, B, O.
these days.
Given, total number of students = 30
Sol. A study was conducted to find out the
concentration of sulphur dioxide in the air in From the data, number of students having blood
parts per million (ppm) of a certain city. The data group AB = 3
3 1
obtained for 30 days is as follows: \ Required probability = = = 0.1.
30 10

Very Short Answer Questions [1 Mark] 4. Teachers and students are selected at random to
1. Two coins are tossed 100 times with the make two teams of 20 members each on sports
following frequencies of different outcomes : day to participate in the event of "tug of war".
The numbers of volunteers are as follows :
Outcomes 2 head 1 head No head
Teachers S tudents
Frequency 30 48 22 Male Female Male Female
12 18 20 10
Find the probability of getting less than 2 heads.
[2013] Find the probability that the person choosen at
2. When a coin is tossed, the probability of getting random
a head is? [2013] (i) is a male
3. There are 13 girls and 15 boys in a line. If one (ii) is a female student. [2014]
student is chosen at random then find the 5. 1000 families with 2 children were selected
probability that he is a boy. [2014] randomly and following data recorded :
Probability 513
(i) An even prime
Number of g irls
in a family
0 1 2 (ii) A multiple of 3. [2017]
Number of 12. Some families with 2 children were surveyed
198 527 275
families and the following date were recorded :
If a family member is chosen at random, Number of girls
compute the probability that it has : 0 1 2
in a family
(i) 0 boys (ii) 2 boys [2014]
Number of
6. Three coins are tossed simultaneously 150 times 184 714 425
families
with the following frequencies of different
outcomes. If a family is chosen at random, compute the
Number of tails 0 1 2 3 probability that it has
(i) exactly 1 girl
Frequency 25 30 32 63 (ii) exactly 2 boys [2017]
Compute the probability of getting. Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks]
(i) At least 2 tails
(ii) Exactly one tail [2015] 1. Following is the data about the months of birth
7. In an experiment, a coin is tossed 600 times. If of 40 students in Class IX :
the tail turns up 380 times, find the experimental Feb, Jan, July, June, Mar, Feb, Feb, Feb, Nov,
probability of getting. Jan, Jan, Dec, May, June, June, July, June, Nov,
(a) A head (b) A tail [2015] Dec, June, July, June, Aug, Dec, June, Mar, July,
8. The probability of guessing the correct answer July, June, Dec, Sep, Mar, Jan, Dec, June, Dec,
Sep, Mar, Jan, Nov.
x One student is chosen at random. Find the
of a certain question is . If the probability of
3 probability that the student chosen :
(i) was born in June
5x
not guessing the correct answer is , then find (ii) was not born in the month of June. [2013]
3
2. 1500 families with 2 children were selected
the value of x. [2015] randomly, and following data were recorded :
9. A coin is tossed 1200 times with the following
outcomes : Number of girls 2 1 0
Head : 455, Tail : 745
Compute the probability for each case. [2016] Number of family 475 814 211
10. Two coins are tossed simultaneously 500 times, Find the probability that a family chosen at
following are the outcomes random, having
No head = 100 times (i) 2 girls (ii) 1 girl
One head = 200 times (iii) no girl [2013]
Two heads = 200 times 3. A die is thrown 500 times. The frequency of
If the two coins are simultaneously tossed again, numbers (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6) appearing on the
compute the probability of obtaining : uppermost face are given :
(i) One head (ii) Two heads [2016]
11. A die is rolled 200 times and its outcomes are Outcomes 1 2 3 4 5 6
recorded as below :
Frequency 89 75 78 73 88 97
Outcome 1 2 3 4 5 6
Find the probability of having an outcome
Frequency 25 35 40 28 42 30
(i) Number 3 on uppermost face
Find probability of getting :
 EBD_7802
514 Mathematics
(ii) Number greater than 4 0 1 2 2 1 2 3 1 3 0
(iii) Number < 4
1 3 1 1 2 2 0 1 2 1
(iv) Number between 1 and 3 [2014]
4. A survey of 200 people was conducted about 3 0 0 1 1 2 3 2 2 0
their preference of visiting various pavilions. Prepare frequency distribution table for the data
given above. [2016]
Good Delhi Toy 9. The given table shows the month of birth of 40
Pavilion
living Pavilion Pavilion
Defence students. [2016]

Month No. of S tudents

Number of
95 45 40 20
People Jan . 3
Feb. 4
Find the probability that selected person visited : M ar. 2
(i) both good living and Delhi pavilion A pr. 2
(ii) only defence pavilion M ay 5
(iii) only toy pavilion June 1
(iv) both toy and defence pavilion [2014] Ju ly 2
5. The weights of 60 persons in a group are given
A ug . 6
below :
Sept. 3
Oct. 4
Weight (in kg) 60 61 62 63 64 65
Nov . 4
No. of Persons 5 18 4 16 5 12 Dec. 4

Find the probability that a person selected at (i) Find the probability that a student was born
in the month with 31 days.
random has :
(ii) Find the probability that a student was born
(i) weight less than 65 kg in the month of February.
(ii) weight between 61 and 64 kg
1
(iii) weight equal to or more than 64 kg 10. The probability of winning a game is less
3
[2015]
than the twice of losing the game. Find
6. In a one-day cricket Match, Sachin played 40
probability of winning the game. [2017]
balls and hit 12 sixes and Saurav played 30 balls
and hit 9 fours. Find the probability that Sachin Long Answer Questions [4 Marks]
will hit a six in the next ball and also find the 1. The heights of the students of a class is measured
probability that Saurav will not hit a four in the and recorded as given below :
next ball. [2015]
7. A coin is tossed for a certain number of times. Height (in cm) No. of Students
If the probability of getting a head is 0.4 and 120-125 7
head appears for 24 times, find the number of 125-130 7
times, the coin was tossed. Hence, find probability 130-135 11
of getting a tail and verify that P(H) + P(T) = 1. 135-140 3
[2015]
140-145 5
8. Three coins were tossed 30 times
simultaneously. Each time the number of heads 145-150 9
occuring was noted down as follows : 150-155 8
Probability 515
A student is selected at random. Find the Mark s No. of S tudents
probability that height of the student is : 0-20 7
(i) more than 135 cm
20-30 10
(ii) at least 145 cm
30-40 10
(iii) less than 130 cm
40-50 20
(iv) more than 125 cm but less than 140 cm.
50-60 20
[2013]
60-70 15
2. Two sections of class IX having 27 students in
70-80 8
each section appeared for mathematics
A student is selected at random. Find the
olympiad. The marks obtained by them are
probability that student has obtained.
shown below : (i) less than 30
46, 31, 74, 68, 42, 54, 14, 61, 48, 37, 26, 8, 64, (ii) 60 or more marks
57, 93, 72, 53, 59, 38, 16, 88, 56, 46, 66, 45, (iii) between 40 and 70 marks
(iv) 70 or more marks [2016]
61, 54, 27, 27, 44, 63, 58, 43, 81, 64, 36, 49,
4. In class IX of 50 students second language opted
50, 76, 38, 47, 77, 62, 53, 40, 71, 60, 45, 42, by the students is as follows :
34, 46, 40, 59, 42 Sanskrit – 14
One student is selected at random. Find the Japanese – 08
French – 12
probability that selected student is : Urdu – 6
(i) Having marks more than 49. Rest of then opted of German.
(ii) Having marks between 39 and 99. [2015] A student is selected at random. Find the
3. Following table shows the marks scored by a probability that the student.
(a) opts for French
group of 90 students in a mathematics test of (b) does not opts for Japanese
100 marks : (c) either opts for Sanskrit or for German.
[2017]

Very Short Answer Questions [1 Mark] 2. Some bags of rice containing the following
weights of rice (in kg): 4.97, 3.999, 5.05, 5.08,
DIRECTIONS : Give answer in one word or one sentence. 5.03, 5.00, 4.35, 5.06, 5.00, 5.07, 5.04, 5.00,
1. Three coins are tossed simultaneously 200 times 4.098, 4.098, 5.001.
with the following frequencies of different Find the probability that any one of these bag
outcomes : chosen at random contains less than 5 kg of rice.
3. The probability of happening of an event is 37%.
Number of tails 0 1 2 3 Then find the probability of the event

Frequency 35 45 42 78 4. Two dice are rolled simultaneously. Find the

probability that they show different faces
Compute the probability of getting : 5. Reema and Anshi playing a game. Reema’s
(i) at least 2 heads 1
winning probability is and sum of their
(ii) all heads 3
 EBD_7802
516 Mathematics
winning probabilities is 1. Numerator of Anshi’s 3. The mark obtained by 30 students in a
winning probability is competitive exam are given below :
6. Determine the probability of three coins falling
Mark s 70 58 61 52 65 75 68
all heads up when tossed simultaneously.
No. of
7. A bag contains 5 red balls and some blue balls. 3 5 4 7 6 2 3
S tudent
If the probability of drawing a blue ball is double
that of a red ball, find the number of balls in the One students is choosen at random. Find the
bag. probability
(a) That the student scored more than 65
8. In a school, 14% of students take computer
marks.
classes and 67% take drama classes. What is
(b) That the marks scored by the students is
the probability that a student neither takes
an odd number.
computer class nor takes drama class?
4. A school organized an adventure camp for
9. A die is rolled 120 times and the outcomes are students to Kanatal. The following table shows
recorded in the given table. the participation of students in different types
1 Even Odd number 6 of adventure activities :
Outcome number less greater-than Type I - trekking
than 6 1 Type II - trekking and mountain climbing
Frequency 30 35 30 25 Type III - trekking, mountain climbing and
Determine the probability of getting an odd rapling
number greater than 1 in a trial Type IV - trekking, rapling and rafting.
10. An integer is chosen at random from the first
200 positive integer. Find the probability that Type of activities Number of S tudents
the integer is divisible by 11.
Typ e I 75
Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks]
Ty pe II 62
DIRECTIONS : Give answer in two to three Type III 55
sentences. Type IV 36
1. A box contains 50 bolts and 150 nuts. On A ll 22
checking the box, it was found that half of the
bolts and half of the nuts are rusted. If one item Find the probability that the student chosen at
is chosen at random, find the probability that it random participated in :
is rusted. (a) Type III activities.
2. A die is thrown 100 times and the outcomes are (b) All the activities.
recorded as follow: (c) Type I activity.
(d) Type II and type IV activities.
Outcome 1 2 3 4 5 6 5. A bag contains 3 red balls, 5 black balls and 4
25 20 12 18 15 10 white balls. A ball is drawn at random from
Frequency
the bag. What is the probability of not getting
If the die is thrown once again, what is the a black ball?
probability of getting : 6. In a sample survey of 640 people, it was found
(i) even number that 400 people have a secondary school
(ii) prime number certificate. If a person is selected at random,
Probability 517
then find the probability that the person does
Result (Pass/Fail) Pass Fail
not have such certificate.
No. of students 35 15
7. A coin is tossed 60 times and the tail appears
35 times. What is the probability of getting a If a student chosen at random out of the class
head? (i.e., without any bais), find the probability that
8. There are 50 students in a class and their result the student is not failing (i.e., the student passed
is as below: the examination).

Short Answer Questions [2 or 3 Marks] (i) being 18-29 years of age and having
1. Here is an extract from a mortality table. exactly 3 accidents in one year.
(ii) being 30-50 years of age and having one
Age (in Number of persons surviving
or more accidents in a year.
years) out of a sample of one million
(iii) having no accident in one year. [HOTS]
60 16090
4. The percentage of marks obtained by a student
61 11490
in monthly unit tests are given below.
62 8012
63 5448 Tes t I II III IV V VI
64 3607 Percentage
52 60 65 75 80 72
65 2320 of mark s

(i) Based on this information, what is the Find the probability that in the next test the
probability of a person ‘aged 60’ of dying student gets
within a year? (i) more than 70% marks
(ii) What is the probability that a person ‘aged (ii) less than 70% marks
61’ will live for 4 years? [Exemplar] (iii) at least 60% marks [HOTS]
2. In cricket match, a batsman hits a boundary 12 5. Cards each marked with one of the numbers 8,
times out of 48 balls he plays. Find the 9, 10, 11, 12, …, 30 are placed in a box and
probability that he does not hit a boundary in mixed thoroughly. One card is drawn at random
the next ball. [HOTS] from the box. What is the probability of getting
3. An Insurance company selected 2000 drivers at (i) an even number? (ii) an odd number? (iii) a
random in a particular city to find a relationship prime number? (iv) a number multiple of 5?
between age and accidents. The data obtained (v) a number divisible by 3? [HOTS]
are given in the following table : 6. 50 plants were sown in five different colonies
Age of A, B, C, D and E. After 30 days, the number of
Accidents in one year
drivers plants survived as follows:
(in years ) 0 1 2 3 ov er 3
Colony A B C D E
18 – 29 440 160 110 61 35
30 – 50 505 125 60 22 18 No. of plants survived 40 45 42 38 41
A bo ve 50 360 45 35 15 9 What is the probability that:
Find the probabilities of the following events (i) more than 40 plants survived in a colony?
for a driver chosen at random from the city : (ii) less than 41 plants survived in a colony?
 EBD_7802
518 Mathematics
(iii) Which values are depicted from above (ii) Which value is depicted by Mr. Kakkad
data? [VBQ] regarding his son?
7. In 6 monthly tests of all subjects, percentage of (iii) Which value (s) is (are) depicted by 85
Rohit's marks are an average as follows: blood donors? [VBQ]
Jan Feb Mar Apr May June 9. In a legislative assembly, 170 members (120 men
and 50 women) belong to the ruling party and
96.25 98.11 96.66 95.90 98.89 99.01
130 members (90 men and 40 women) belong
The six marksheets associated with the six test to the opposition.
above are duly shuffled and one of them is picked There are heated discussions and also some
out at random. scuffles over the issue of safety of women in the
(i) What is the probability that the marksheet state. The opposition presents a new bill for the
picked out shows the marks 98.11% or
safety of women. All the members of the
98.89%?
opposition and also all the women from the
(ii) What is the probability that the marksheet
picked out is associated with the month of ruling party vote in favour of the bill.
July? (i) What is the probability that the bill will be
(iii) Which mathematical concept is used by you passed?
to answer (ii) (ii) Comment on the behaviour of the members
(iv) Which value is depicted by the student of the legislative assembly. [VBQ]
Rohit? [VBQ] Long Answer Questions [4 Marks]
8. Mr. Kakkad's son Cheeku is suffering from a
disease for 20 days and is hospitalised. Doctor 1 1 1
asks Mr. Kakkad to donate blood in order to 1. If P(E1) = , P(E2) = , P(E3) = , where
6 3 6
fulfil Cheeku's need. A pathologist tests and tells
E1, E 2, E 3 and E 4 are elementary events of a
Mr. Kakkad, "Your blood group cannot be given
to your son." After this Mr. Kakkad thinks of an random experiment, then P(E4) is equal to
idea and uploads a request of blood requirement [HOTS]
on Facebook as soon as possible. In a short time, 2. A die is thrown 250 times and the outcomes
85 blood donors arrive in the hospital. Given are noted as given below:
blood of only three of them may be used for Outcomes 1 2 3 4 5 6
Cheeku. Frequency 65 40 42 25 33 45
(i) What is the probability that the blood group
of a person chosen at random out of the If a die is thrown at random, find the probability
donors cannot be given to Cheeku? of getting 2, 3 and 4 respectively [HOTS]

Exemplar MCQs 2. In a survey of 364 children aged 19-36 months,

1. In a sample study of 642 people, it was found it was found that 91 liked to eat potato chips. If
that 514 people have a high school certificate. a child is selected at random, the probability
If a person is selected at random, the probability that he/she does not like to eat potato chips is
that the person has a high school certificate is (a) 0.25 (b) 0.50 (c) 0.75 (d) 0.80
(a) 0.5 (b) 0.6 (c) 0.7 (d) 0.8
Probability 519
3. In a medical examination of students of a class, One bulb is selected at random from the lot. The
the following blood groups are recorded. probability that its life is 1150 h, is

Blood 1 7
A AB B O (a) (b) (c) 0 (d) 1
80 16
group
6. Refer to Q. 5. The probability that bulbs selected
Number of randomly from the lot has life less than 900 h, is
10 13 12 5
students
11 5 7 9
A student is selected at random from the class. (a) (b) (c) (d)
40 16 16 16
The probability that he/she has blood group B,
is NTSE Past Year MCQs
1. What is the probability that there are 53 Sundays
1 13 3 1
(a) (b) (c) (d) in a leap year? [2011]
4 40 10 8
4. Two coins are tossed 1000 times and the 1 2 3 4
(a) (b) (c) (d)
outcomes are recorded as below : 6 7 8 9
2. Which of the following is true? [2012]
Number of heads 2 1 0 (a) Probability of an event is always greater
Frequency 200 550 250 than 1.
(b) Probability of an event can be any positive
Based on this information, the probability for number.
atmost one head is (c) Probability of an event cannot be negative.
1 1 4 3 (d) Probability of an event cannot be zero.
(a) (b) (c) (d) 3. Two fair dice are thrown together. The
5 4 5 4
probability that the number 5 does not appear
5. 80 bulbs are selected at random from a lot and on any of them is [2014-2015]
their life time (in hours) is recorded in the form
of a frequency table given below : 1 5 11 25
(a) (b) (c) (d)
36 36 36 36
Life time
300 500 700 900 1100
(in hours)
Frequency 10 12 23 25 10
 EBD_7802
520 Mathematics

CHAPTER TEST
Time : 30 Min. Max. Marks : 20

Directions : (i) Attempt all questions

(ii) Question 1 and 2 carry 1 mark each.
(iii) Question 3 and 4 carry 2 marks each.
(iv) Question 5, 6 and 7 carry 3 marks each.
(v) Question 8 carries 5 marks.

1. Two dice are rolled. Find the probability that the sum of the numbers appears on the upper face of
dice is equal to 9.
2. 20 cards are numbered from 1 to 20. Find the probability that a card chosen at random is mulitple
of 2 and 3 both?
3. In a cricket match, a batsman hits the boundary 5 times out of 40 balls played by him. Find the
probability that the boundary is not hit by the ball.
4. The given table shows the month of birth of 40 students of class IX of a particular section of a school.
Jan. Feb. March April May June July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. Total
Number of
3 4 2 2 5 1 2 6 3 4 4 4 40
students born
With the help of above table find the probability that a student of the class was born in August.
5. Following table shows the marks scored by a group of 90 students in a mathematics test of 100
marks.
Marks 0 - 20 20 - 30 30- 40 40 - 50 50 - 60 60 - 70 70 - 100
Number 7 10 10 20 20 15 8
of students
Find the probability that a student obtained:
(i) less than 20% marks
(ii) 60 or more marks.
6. A coin to tossed 200 times and it is found that head comes up 114 times and tail 86 times.
If a coin is tossed at radom, what is the probability of getting
(i) a head, (ii) a tail?
7. A bag contains 6 black, 7 red and 2 white balls. A ball is drawn from the bag at random. find the
probability that the ball drawn is
(i) red (ii) black or white (iii) no black.
8. On one page of a telephone directory, there wer 200 telelphone numbers, The frequency distribution
of their unit place digit (for example, in the number 25828573, the unit place digit is 3) is given in the
table below:
Digit: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Frequency 22 26 22 22 20 10 14 28 16 20
A number is chosen at random, find the probability that the digit at its unit's place is:
(i) 6 (ii) a non-zero multiple of 3
Probability 521

So, Number of times when a head comes up

= 600 – 380 = 220
Very Short Answer Questions 220 11
Therefore, P(getting a head) = =
1. Probability of getting less than 2 heads 600 30
= Probability of 0 or 1 head appeared
380 19
48 + 22 70 and, P(getting a tail) = =
= = = 0.7 600 30
100 100
8. As, P(E) + P(E') = 1
1 x 5x
2. Here, P(geting a head) = Þ + =1
2 3 3
3. Here, Number of Boys = 15
& number of Girls = 13 6x
\ =1
So, Total Number of Students = 15 + 13 = 28 3
15 So, 2x = 1
Hence, Probability (selecting a boy) =
28 1
Hence, x=
4. Here, Total Number of volunteers 2
= 12 + 18 + 20 + 10 = 60
455 91
(i) Total number of males 9. Probability (getting head) = =
1200 240
= 12 + 20 = 32
32 8 745 149
P (choosen person is a male) = = Probability (getting tail) = =
60 15 1200 240
(ii) Total number of female students = 10
10. Here, total number of outcomes = 500
P (choosen person is a female student)
200 2
=
10 1
=
P(one head) = =
500 5
60 6
200 2
275 11 P(Two heads) = =
5. (i) P(0 boy) = P(2 girls) = = 500 5
1000 40
11. (i) Q P(an even prime number 2)
198 99
(ii) P(2 boy) = P(0 girl) = = 35
= =
7
1000 500
200 40
6. (i) P(At least 2 tails) = P(2 tails) + P(3 tails)
(ii) Multiple of 3 are 3 and 6
32 + 63 95 19
= = = 40 + 30
150 150 30 So, P(multiple of 3) =
200
30 1
(ii) P(Exactly one tail) = =
150 5 70 7
= =
7. Since, Total number of times when the coin is 200 20
tossed = 600 12. Here, total number of families
Now, Number of times when a tail come up = 184 + 714 + 425 = 1323
= 380
 EBD_7802
522 Mathematics

714 34 89 + 75 + 78 242
(i) Probability (exactly one girl) = = (iii) P(Number < 4) = =
1323 63 500 500
(ii) Probability (exactly 2 boys) = P(exactly 0 121
=
250
184
girl) =
1323 75 3
(iv) P(Number between 1 and 3) = =
Short Answer Questions 500 20
4. Here, total number of people = 200
1. (i) P(both good living and Delhi pavilion)
Month Number of Students born
95 + 45 140 7
Jan 5 = = =
200 200 10
Feb 4
20 1
March 4 (ii) P(only defence pavilion) = =
200 10
May 1
June 9 40 1
(iii) P(only toy pavilion) = =
200 5
July 5
(iv) P(both toy and defence pavilion)
Aug 1
Sept 2 40 + 20 3
= =
Nov 3 200 10
5. (i) P(weight less than 65 kg)
Dec 6
5 + 18 + 4 + 16 + 5 48 4
9 = = =
(i) P(student born in June) = 60 60 5
40 (ii) P(weight between 61 and 64 kg)
(ii) Favourable outcomes of student not born
4 + 16 1
in June = (40 – 9) = 31 = =
60 3
31 (iii) P(weight equal to or more than 64 kg)
So, Required probability =
40 5 + 12 17 .
= =
475 60 60
2. (i) P(2 girls) = 6. Since, total number of balls which are faced by
1500
Sachin = 40
814 Suppose E1, be the event of hitting a six by
(ii) P(1 girl) = Sachin
1500
So, Number of outcomes = 12
211
(iii) P(no girl) = 12 3
1500 Hence, P(E1) = =
40 10
3. (i) P(Number 3 on uppermost face) Here, total no. of balls which are faced by Saurav
= 30
78 39 Suppose E2 be the event when Saurav did not
= =
500 250 hit the boundary
(ii) P(Number greater than 4) Number of outcomes = 30 – 9 = 21
88 + 97 185 37 21 7
= = = Hence P(E2) = =
500 500 100 30 10
Probability 523
7. Suppose x be the number of times when a coin Long Answer Questions
is tossed. 1. Here, total number of students
So, P(H) = 0.4 = 7 + 7 + 11 + 3 + 5 + 9 + 8 = 50
Here, number of favourable outcomes = 24 (i) P(height of the student is more than 135 cm)
24 3 + 5 + 9 + 8 25 1
\ = 0.4 = = =
x 50 50 2
(ii) P(height of the student is at least 145 cm)
24
Þ x= = 60 9 + 8 17
0.4 = =
The coin was tossed total 60 times. 50 50
Now, number of times when tail turned up (iii) P(height of the student is less than 130 cm)
= 60 – 24 = 36 7 + 7 14 7
= = =
36 50 50 25
\ P(T) = = 0.6
(iv) P(height of the student is more than 125 cm
60
Hence, P(H) + P(T) = 0.4 + 0.6 = 1 7 + 11 + 3 21
8. Frequency distribution table is given below : but less than 140 cm) = =
50 50
2. The frequency distribution table is given below :
Outcomes 0 head 1 head 2 heads 3 heads
Frequency 6 10 9 5 Class Marks Tally Marks Frequency
0-9 | 1
9. (i) Months with 31 days are: Jan, Mar, May
July, Aug, Oct & Dec 10-19 || 2
P(a student was born in a month with 20-29 ||| 3
31 days) 30-39 |||| | 6
3 + 2 + 5 + 2 + 6 + 4 + 4 26 40-49 |||| |||| |||| 15
= = = 0.65
40 40 50-59 |||| |||| 10
(ii) P(a student was born in February) 60-69 |||| |||| 9
4 70-79 |||| 5
= = 0.1
40 80-89 || 2
10. Let probability (winning a game) = p 90-99 | 1
& probability (lossing a game) = q Total 54
\ p +q =1 ...(i)
(i) P(selected student having marks more
1 than 49)
Now, p = 2q - (given)
3
10 + 9 + 5 + 2 + 1 27 1
Þ 6q - 3 p = 1 ...(ii) = = =
54 54 2
After solving (i) and (ii), we have (ii) P(selected student having marks between
4 5 15 + 10 + 9 + 5 + 2 + 1
q= and p = 39 and 99) =
9 9 54
5 42 7
Hence, Probability (winning the game) = = =
9 54 9
 EBD_7802
524 Mathematics

7 + 10 17 4. Total outcomes = 36(62)

3. (i) Probability (less than 30) = = .
90 90 Favourable outcomes = 30
(ii) Probability (60 or more marks) Probability that they show different faces
15 + 8 23 30 5
= = . = =
90 90 36 6
(iii) Probability (between 40 and 70 marks) 1
20 + 20 + 15 55 11 5. Reema’s winning probability =
= = = . 3
90 90 18 1 2
(iv) Probability (70 or more marks) Þ Anshi’s winning probability = 1 - =
3 3
8 4 Numerator of Anshi’s winning probability is 2.
= = .
90 45
6. Total outcomes = 8
4. No. of students who opted Germany
[HHH, HTH, HHT, TTT,
= 50 – 14 – 8 – 12 – 6 = 10
(a) Probability that a student selected opts for HTT, THT TTH THH]
Favourable outcomes = 1[HHH]
12 6
French = = Probability of three coins falling all h e a d s
50 25
1
(b) Probability that a student selected does not up when tossed simultaneously =
8
opts for Japanese = 1 – Probability that a 7. Let total balls are x
selected student opts for Japanese
5
8 42 21 Probability of drawing a red ball =
= 1- = = x
50 50 25 10
(c) Probability that a selected student in either Probability of drawing a blue ball =
x
opts for Sanskrit or for German
= P(Sanskrit) + P(German) 5 10
+ =1
x x
14 10 24 12
= + = = 15 = x
50 50 50 25
\ Total balls in the bag = 15
8. n(S) = 100, n(computer) = 14, n(drama) = 67,
n(rest of people who do not take computer and
Very Short Answer Questions drama classes) = 19
80 4 19
1. (i) P(at least 2 heads) = =
P(rest of people) =
200 5 100
35 7
(ii) P(all heads) = = 9. Total number of trials = 120
200 40
2. Since, total no. of bags = 14 Chances or trials which favour the outcome (odd
Favourable no. of bag = 4 number greater than 1) = 30
Probability (Odd number greater than 1)
P(chosen bag contains less than 5 kg of rice)
30 1
4 2 = = = 0.25
= = . 120 4
14 7
10. Total number of integers in the sample space
37
3. Required prob. = 37% = = 0.37 = 200 = n(S).
100
Probability 525
Among fir st 200 integers we have 11,
55 11
22, 33, 44, 55, 66, 77, 88, 99, 110, 121, 132, type III activity = =
250 50
143, 154, 165, 176, 187, 198 are divisible by 11
= 18. (b) Q Favourable outcome = 22
Therefore, probability of selecting a doing
P(Integer is divisible by 11)
22 11
Number of integers divisible by 11 all activities = =
= 250 125
Total number of integers in sample space
(c) Q Favourable outcome = 75
18 9
= = Hence, probability of selecting a student
200 100
75 3
Short Answer Questions doing type I activity = =
250 10
1. Since, number of bolts = 50
and, number of nuts = 150 (d) Q Favourable outcome = 62 + 36 = 98
As, half of them are rusted So, probability (selecting student
So, 25 bolts and 75 nuts are rusted participated in II and IV activities)
Now, number of favourable outcomes 98 49
= =
= 75 + 25 = 100 250 125

P (selected item is rusted) = 100 = 1 5. Number of balls = 3 + 5 + 4 = 12

200 2 Number of balls that are not black
2. (i) P(getting even number in trial) = Number of red balls + Number of white balls
=3+4=7
20 + 18 + 10 48 12 7
= = =
100 100 25 \ Required probability = .
12
(ii) P(getting prime number in trial) 6. Probability that a person has certificate
20 + 12 + 15 47 400 5
= = = =
100 100 640 8

3. Therefore the probability that a person does not

Mark s 70 58 61 52 65 75 68
5 3
No. of
3 5 4 7 6 2 3 have certificate is 1 – = .
S tudent 8 8
(a) Here, total number of students = 30 7. Total number of times the coin is tossed = 60.
Q Number of favourable outcomes Number of time the tail appears = 35.
=3+2+3=8 Number of times the appears
= (60 – 35) = 25.
8 4
P(getting more than 6) = =
25 5
30 15 =
Probability of getting a head =
(b) Q Number of favourable outcomes 60 12
= 4 + 6 + 2 = 12 8. Total number of students = 35 + 15 = 50
P(marks scored is an even number) Probability that the student is not
Failing = Probability that student passed the
12 2
= = exam
30 5
4. (a) Since, total number of students = 250 No of Students passed 35 7
= = = = 0.7
Here, favourable outcome = 55 Total no. of Students 50 10
So, probability of selecting a student doing
 EBD_7802
526 Mathematics
(iii) Number of drivers having no accident in
one year = 440 + 505 + 360 = 1305
Short Answer Questions : So, P (drivers with no accident)
1. (i) We see that 16090 persons aged 60, 1305
(16090-11490), i.e., 4600 died before = = 0.6525 = 0.653
2000
reaching their 61st birthday.
4. (i) Number of tests in which the student scored
Therefore, P(a person aged 60 die within a
more than 70% marks = 3
year)
3 1
4600 460 \ P (more than 70% marks) = =
= 6 2
16090 1609
(ii) Number of tests in which the student scored
(ii) Number of person aged 61 years = 11490
less than 70% marks = 3
Number of person surviving for 4 years =
2320 3 1
\ P (more than 70% marks) = =
P(a person aged 61 will live for 4 years) 6 2

2320 232 (iii) Number of tests in which the student scored

= = at least 60% marks = 5
11490 1149
2. Let E be the event ‘the batsman hits a boundary’. 5
\ P (at least 60% marks) =
Then, E is the event ‘the batsman does not hit 6

a boundary’. 5. The possible outcomes 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, …, 30

12 1 are in all 23 (total number of possible outcomes)
\ P(E) = = (i) P (an even number)
48 4
1 3 = P (8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26,
Þ P(E) = 1 – P(E) = 1 – =
4 4
12
28, 30) =
3. Total number of drivers = 2000 23
(i) Number of drivers who are 18-29 years old (ii) P (an odd number)
and have exactly 3 accidents in one year
11
is 61 = P (9, 11, 13, 15, …, 29) =
23
So, P (driver is 18-29 years old with exactly
(iii) P (a prime number)
61
3 accidents) = = 0.0305 » 0.031 6
2000 = P (11, 13, 17, 19, 23, 29) =
23
(ii) Number of drivers having 30-50 years of
age and having one or more accidents in (iv) P (a number multiple of 5)
one year. 5
= 125 + 60 + 22 + 18 = 225 = P (10, 15, 20, 25, 30) =
23
So, P (driver is 30-35 years of age and
having one or more accidents) (v) P (a number divisible by 3)

225 8
= = 0.1125 = 0.113 = P (9, 12, 15, 18, 21, 24, 27, 30) =
23
2000
Probability 527
6. Here, total number of colonies = 5 9. (i) Req. Probability is
(i) Now, number of colonies where more than 130 + 50 180 3
40 plants survived = 3(B, C, E) = = =
130 + 170 300 5
So, P(more than 40 plants survived in a
(ii) Behaviour of the members of assembly is
3 not good. They try to maintain peaceful
colony) = atmosphare inside the assembly.
5
Long Answer Questions
(ii) As, number of colonies where less than 41
plants survived = 2(A, D) 1. The sum of probabilities of elementary events
of a random experiment is 1.
Therefore P(less than 41 plants survied in
Þ P(E1) + P (E2) + P (E3) + P (E4) = 1
2
a colony) = 1 1 1
5 Þ + + + P (E4) = 1
6 3 6
(iii) Grow more and more plants to keep
environment safe. 4
Þ + P (E4) = 1
7. (i) Here marks 98.11% and 98.89% are related 6
with February and May respectively. 4
Therefore, the number of favourable Þ P (E4) = 1 –
6
outcomes = 2.
Q Number of all possible outcomes 2
Þ P (E4) =
= number of monthly tests = 6 6

2 1 1
Hence, required probability = = Þ P (E4) =
6 3 3

(ii) No marksheet is associated with month of 2. Total number of trials = 250.

July. In a random thrown of a die, let E1, E2, E3 and
So, required probability = 0 E 4 be the events of getting 1, 2, 3 and 4
respectively. Then,
(iii) Probability of an impossible event is zero.
(i) P(getting 1) = P(E1)
(iv) Excellent student.
8. Since, total number of blood donors = 85 Number of times 1 appears
=
(i) Here, number of donors whose blood can total number of trials
be given to Cheeku = 3
65
So, Number of favourable events = = 0.26
250
= 85 – 3 = 82
(ii) P(getting 2) = P (E2)
82
Therefore, required probability = . Number of times 2 appears
85
=
total number of trials
(ii) Love and responsibility
(iii) Blood donation is useful for the needy and 40
it can save life of a person. = = 0.16
250
 EBD_7802
528 Mathematics
(iii) P(getting 3) = P (E3) Therefore, the probability that he/she has

Number of times 3 appears 3

= blood group B is equal to .
total number of trials 10
4. (c) Since, the total number of coins tossed,
42
= = 0.168 n(S) = 1000
250 So, number of outcomes for atmost one
(iv) P(getting 4) = P (E4) head, n(E) = 550 + 250 = 800
\ req., probability
Number of times 4 appears
=
total number of trials n(E) 800 4
= = =
n(S) 1000 5
25
= = 0.10
250 Thus, the probability for atmost one head

4
is equal to .
Exemplar MCQs 5

1. (d) Here, the total number of people in given 5. (c) Here, total number of bulbs = n(S) = 80
sample study, n(S) = 642. Number of bulbs having life time 1150,
The number of people having high school = n(E) = 0
certificate, n(E) = 514. Therefore, probability that its life time is
So, the probability that the person selected n(E) 0
possess a high school certificate 1150 h = = =0
n(S) 80
n(E) 514 6. (d) Here, n(S) = 80
= = = 0.8
n(S) 642 Now, number of bulbs having life time less
2. (c) Here, total number of children, n(S) = 364 than 900 h = n(E) = 10 + 12 + 23 = 45
So, number of children who do not like to n(E) 45 9
eat potato chips, n(E) = 364 – 91 = 273 \ req. probability = = =
n(S) 80 16
Therefore, probability that he/she does not
like to eat potato chips NTSE Past Year MCQs

n(E) 273 1. (b) In a leap year, there are 366 days.

= = = 0.75 366 days = 52 complete weeks + 2 days
n(S) 364
= 52 Sundays + 2 days
3. (c) Here, total number of students in a medical The 2 days can be as follows:
examination, (1) Sun Mon
n(S) = 40 (2) Mon Tue
As, number of persons having B blood (3) Tue Wed
group,
(4) Wed Thu
n(E) = 12
(5) Thu Fri
So, probability that he/she has blood group
(6) Fri Sat
n(E) 3 (7) Sat Sun
B = =
n(S) 10
Probability 529
So, 53rdSunday can happen in 2 ways out
n( E ) 3
of all the 7 possible ways. P(E) = =
n( S ) 20
2
\ Required probability = . 3. Total number of balls thrown = 40.
7
Number of times, the boundary is hit by the
2. (c) Probability of an event can not be negative. ball = 5.
3. (d) Number of points of Sample space Number of times, the boundary is not hit by
= 6 × 6 = 36. the ball = (40 – 5) = 35
The events in which ‘5’ appears on atleast Let E = event that the boundary is not hit by
one of the two dice are (1, 5), (2, 5), (3, 5), the ball.
(4, 5), (5, 5), (6, 5), (5, 1), (5, 2), (5, 3),
35 7
(5, 4), (5, 6) i.e, such events happen 11 Then, P(E) = = .
40 8
times.
Number of times’5’ does not appear on any 7
of the two dice = 36 – 11 = 25 Hence, the required probability is .
8
25 4. Let E be the event of the born student in the
\ Required Probability =
36 month of August
\ Probability of student born in the month
August = P(E)
1. When two dice are rolled, the sample space to Number of student born in August
be obtained is =
Total number of the students in that class
S = (1, 1) (1, 2) (1, 3) (1, 4) (1, 5) (1, 6)
(2, 1) (2, 2) (2, 3) (2, 4) (2, 5) (2, 6) 6 3
(3, 1) (3, 2) (3, 3) (3, 4) (3, 5) (3, 6) = =
40 20
(4, 1) (4, 2) (4, 3) (4, 4) (4, 5) (4, 6)
5. Total number of student = 90.
(5, 1) (5, 2) (5, 3) (5, 4) (5, 5) (5, 6)
(i) Number of students scoring less than 20
(6, 1) (6, 2) (6, 3) (6, 4) (6, 5) (6, 6)
marks = 7
Þ n(S) = 36
\ Probability that a student scores less
Let E: Sum of the numbers on the dice is equal
to 9 7
than 20 marks =
E = {(3, 6), (4, 5), (5, 4), (6, 3)} Þ n (E) = 4 90

n( E ) 4 1 (ii) Number of students scoring 60 or marks

P(E) = = = = 15 + 8 = 23
n( E ) 36 9
\ Probability that a student scores 60 or
2. Total number of outcomes = 20
23
Þ n(S) = 20 more marks =
E : The card chosen at random is mulitple of 90
both 2 and 3 6. Totat number of trials = 200.
n(E) = {6, 12, 18} Number of heards = 114.
Þ n(E) = 3 Number of tails = 86
 EBD_7802
530 Mathematics
(i) Let E be the event of getting a head.
9 3
P(getting a head) = P(E) (iii) P (no black) = =
15 5
number of headscoming up 8. We have,
=
total number of trials Total number of selected telephone numbers =
200
114
= = 0.57. (i) It is given that the digits 6 occurs 14 times
200
at unit's place.
(ii) Let F be the event of getting a tail. \ Probability that the digit at unit's place
P(getting a tail)
14
is 6 = = 0.07
number of tails coming up 200
= total number of trials (ii) A non-zero multiple of 3 means 3, 6 and 9.
Number of telephone number in which
86
= = 0.43. unit’s digits is either 3 or 6 or 9
200
= 22 + 14 + 20 = 56
7. n(S) = 6 black + 7 red + 2 white = 15. \ Probability of getting a telephone
n(black) = 6, n (red) = 7, n (white) = 2, number having a multiple of 3 at unit's
n(not black) = 15 – 6 = 9 place
n(Red) 7 56
(i) P(Red) = = = = 0.28
n(S) 15 200

6+ 2 8
(ii) P (Black or White) = =
15 15